EX-LIBRIS
IN
SIGNO
HOC
VINCES
ISMAEL GLUSMAN
The
WILLIAM L.
CLEMENTS
LIBRARY
University of Michigan
Gift of
Mellon Fund
1983



Anrro Domini 770
aniel
abanel
M
Equs
D c
e
C

4 de
S? HEN: MORGAN
Part. 2. Chap 4
S

BUCANIERS
Ο F
AMERICA:
Or, a True
ACCOUNT
OF THE
Moſt Remarkable Aflaults
Committed of late Years upon the Coaſts of
The Welt-Indies,
By the BUCANIERS of Jamaica and Tortuga,
Both ENGLISH and FRENCH
Wherein are contained more eſpecially,
The unparalleld Exploits of Sir Henry Morgan, our Engliſh
Jamaican Hero, who fack'd Puerto Velo, burne Panama, &c.
Written originally in Dutch, by John Eſquemeling, one of the Bucaniers,
who was preſent at thoſe Tragedies, and Tranſlated into Spaniſh by
Alonſo de Bonne-maiſon, M. D. &c.
The Second EDITION, Corrected, and Inlarged with two
Additional Relations, viz. the one of Captain Cook, and the other of
Captain Sbarp.
Now faithfully rendred into Engliſh.
LONDON: Printed for William Crooke, at the Green Dra-
gon without Temple-bar. 168
4
h и


An Advertiſement to the Reader,
Concerning this
Second Edition.
T
pa
He firſt Edition of this Hitory of the Bucaniers
was received with ſuch general applauſe of moſt
people, but more eſpecially of the Learned, as to
encourage me towards obliging the Publick with this Se
cond Impreſſion, though within the ſpace of three months
of time. This I have compleated with the ſame Cuts and
Maps, and all the other embelliſhments which the former
had; and yet rendred it by the cloſeneſs of its character
more eaſie to be purchaſed, as being comprehended in a few-
er number of ſheets of paper. Unto this Second Edition
I have alſo added fome Relations, which have been impar-
ted unto me from good and authentick hands; wherein
are contained feveral other bold Exploits and Attempts,
performed of late years by the ſame Bucaniers; eſpecially
ſince the time that the Author of the firſt Impreſſion left
thoſe parts of the Weſt-Indies, and publiſhed his Book in
Holland. Theſe are comprehended in two or three Cha-
pters at the latter end of this Second Edition, and do chiefly
relate unto the Adventures of Captain Cook in the year
1678, and the hazardous and bold Attempts of Captain
Sharp and others; who lately ſetting forth from famaica,
penetrated into the South-Sea, and there ranſack’t and pil-
laged, for the ſpace of three years, all they could meet, re-
turning at laft homewards round about the Tierra del
Fuego, commonly called Terra Auſtralis incognita, beyond
the Streight of Magallanes ; and thus performing one of the
boldeſt and longeſt Voyages that ever was attempted in the
world. Of all which Voyage, and eſpecially of all the
Soun-
A2

An Advertiſement to the Reader.
Soundings, Ports, Harbours, Rivers, Creeks, Iſlands, Rocks,
Towns, and Cities, belonging unto the whole Navigation
of the South-Sea, he hath brought home ſuch an exact De-
ſcription, and ſuch compleat Maps, taken from the Spani-
ards themſelves, who onely navigate that Ocean, as were
never ſeen in theſe parts of the world before. The very
Journal of this Triennial Navigation, I am informed is now
in the Preſs,being publiſhed by a worthy Gentleman of my
acquaintance ; the perufal whereof I hope will acquit what
I have ſaid to be nothing more nor leſs than the very Truth
it ſelf. What I here give my Reader, concerning Captain
Sharp and his Companions, is onely a ſhort account of his
tranfactions, which may ſerve for an accompliſhment of
this Hiſtory of the Bucaniers, (he being one of the ſame pro-
feſſion, and) which I received from the very hand of one
of his Seamen, who was preſent at theſe Exploits, (and
which was printing before I heard of the Journal of Captain
Sharp :) The which likewiſe how far it will agree with the
Journal it felf, (as I hear almoſt ready to be publiſhed)
cannot eaſily declare, as having not ſeen nor peruſed the
ſaid Book. Yet thus much I am induced to believe of this
Narrative, though never ſo ſhortly compiled, that it will
not much deviate from the ſubſtance of what matter of fact
will be there rehearfed ; and that the ſaid Journal,when pub-
liſhed, will appear for its Novelty and Curioſity, to be as it
were a Second Part of this Hiſtory of the Bucaniers. All
which notwithftanding, ſomething may be yet remaining
behind of this nature, wherewith in due time I 1
e I may chance
to pleaſure the Publick, but not to be added to this Volume,
but to be a Volume of it ſelf, this firſt Volume of the Buca-
siers being as full as it can be made. Whatever shall for
the future be publiſhed by me, fhall be put into another Vor
lume. d ntin gorul zilo u bollo vlnom mog oposal
adilo ono goimog and bus : zalogni lo sdgion or
oils ni baiqmas 25W 12V 42 VOV ilogrol bris able
idolls to lisiosala brega toV midw ils 10 THE
-fino
A

THE
Tranſlator
TO THE
REA DE R.
T
He preſent Volume, both for it's Curioſity, and
Ingenuity, I dare recommend unto the perufal of
our Engliſh Nation, whoſe glorious Actions it
containeth. What relateth unto the curioſity
hereof, this Piece, both of Natural and Hu-
mane Hiſtory, was no ſooner publiſhed in the Durch Origi-
nal, than it was ſnatchi up for the moſt curious Library's of
Holland; it was Tranſlated into Spaniſh ; (two Impreſſions
thereof being ſent into Spain in one year ;) it was taken notice
of by the Learned Academy of Paris ; and finally recommer-
ded as worthy our eſteem, by the Ingenious Author of the
Weekly Memorials for the Ingenious, printed here at Lon-
don about two years ago. Neither all this undeſervedly, ſee-
ing it enlargeth our acquaintance of Natural Hiſtory, ſo much
prized and enquired for, by the Learned of this preſent Age ;
with ſeveral obſervations not eaſily to be found in other accounts
already received from America : and beſides, it informeth us
(with huge novelty) of as great and bold attempts, in point of
Military condułt and valour, as ever were performed by man-
kind; without excepting, here, either Alexander the Great, or
Julius Cæſar, or the reſt of the Nine Worthy's of Fame. Of
all which altions, as we cannot but confeſs our ſelves to have
been ignorant hitherto, (the very name of Bucaniers being, as
yet,known but unto few of the Ingenious; as their Lives, Laws,
[a]
and

To the READER.
and Converſation, are in a manner unto none) ſo can they not
chooſe lut be admired, out of this ingenious Author, by whoſo-
ever is curious to learn the various revolutions of humane af-
fairs. But, more eſpecially, by our Engliſh Nation ; as unto
whom theſe things more narrowly do appertain. We having
here more than half the Book filled with the unparalleld, if
not unimitable, adventures and Heroick exploits of our own
Countrey-men, and Relations ; whoſe undaunted and exempla-
ry Courage, when called upon by our King and Country, we ought
to emulate.
From whence it hath proceeded, that nothing of this kind
was ever, as yet, publiſhed in England, I cannot eaſily deter-
mine ; except, as ſome will ſay, from ſome ſecret Ragion di
Stato. Let the reaſon be as 'twili; this is certain, ſo much the
more we are obliged unto this preſent Author, who though a
Stranger unto our Nation, yet with that candour and Fidelity
hath recorded our Actions, as to render the Metal of our true
Engliſh Valour to be the more believed and feared abroad, than
if theſe things had been divulged by our ſelves at home. From
hence peradventure will other Nations learn, that the Engliſh
People are of their Genius more inclinable to act than to write ;
feeing as well they as we have lived unacquainted with theſe
actions of our Nation, until ſuch time as a foreign Author to
our Country came to tell them.
Beſides the merit of this Piece for its curioſity, another point
of no leſ eſteem, is the truth and ſincerity wherewith every
thing ſeemeth to be penned. No greater ornament or dignity
can be added unto Hiſtory, either humane or natural, than
truth. . All other embelliſhments
, if this be failing, are of lit-
tle or no eſteem; if this be delivered, are either needleſs or fu-
perfluous. What concerneth this requiſite in our Author, his
Lines do every-where declare the faithfulneſs and ſincerity of
his mind. He writeth not by hearſay, but was an eye-witneſs,
as he fomewhere telleth you, unto all and every one of the bold
and hazardous attempts which he relateth. And theſe be.deli-
wereth with ſuch candour of ſtilé, ſuch ingenuity of mind, ſuch
plainneſs of words, ſuch conciſeneſs of periods, ſo much deveſted
of

To the READER.
of Rhetorical Hyperboles, or the leaſt flouriſhes of Eloquence,
jo hugely void of Paſſion or national Reflections, as that he
ſtrongly perſwadeth all-along to the credit of what he ſaith;
yea, raiſėth the mind of the Reader to believe theſe things far
greater than what he hath ſaid; and having read him, leaveth
onely this fcruple or concern behind, that you can read him no
longer. In a word, ſuch are his deſerts, that ſome perſons per-
adventure would not ſtickle to compare him to the Father of
Hiſtorians, Philip de Comines : At leaſt thus much may be
ſaid, with all truth imaginable, that he reſembleth that great
Author in many of his excellent qualities.
I know ſome perſons have objected againſt the greatneſs of
theſe prodigious Adventures, intimating that the reſiſtance our
Bucaniers found in America, was every-where but ſmall. For
the Spaniards, Jay they, in the Weſt-Indies, are become of late
years nothing leſs, but rather much more degenerate than in
Europe. The continual Peace they have enjoyed in thoſe
parts, the defect of Military Diſcipline, and European Soul-
diers for their Commanders, much contributing hereunto. But
more eſpecially, and above all other Reaſons, the very Luxury
of the Soil and Riches, the extream heat of thoſe Countries,
and influence of the Stars being ſuch, as totally inclineth their
Bodies unto an infinite effeminacy and cowardize of mind.
Unto theſe Reaſons I ſhall onely anſwer in brief, This Hiſtory
will convince them to be manifeftly falſe. For as to the conti-
nual Peace here alleadged, we know that no Peace could ever be
eſtabliſhed beyond the Line, ſince the firſt poſeſion of the
Weſt-Indies by the Spaniards, till the burning of Panama. At
that time, or few months before, Sir William Godolphin by
his prudent negotiation in quality of Embaſadour for our moſt
Gracious Monarch, did conclude at Madrid a Peace to be ob-
ſerved even beyond the Line, and through the whole extent
of the Spaniſh Dominions in the Weſt-Indies. This tranſacti-
on gave the Spaniards new cauſes of complaints againſt our pro-
ceedings, that no ſooner a Peace had been eſtabliſhed for thoſe
parts of America, but our Forces had taken and burnt both
Chagre, St. Catharine, and Panama. But our Reply was
[a 2 ]
Dista
COM-

To the READER.
convincing, That wereas eight or ten months had been allowed
by Articles for the publiſhing of the ſaid Peace through all the
Dominions of both Monarchies in America, thoſe Hoſtilities
had been committed, not onely without orders from his Majeſty
of England, but alſo within the space of the ſaid eight or ten
months of time. Until that time, the Spaniſh Inhabitants of
America being, as it were, in a perpetual War with Europe,
certain it is, that no Coaſts nor Kingdoms in the World have
been more frequently infeſted nor alarm’d with the Invaſions of
ſeveral Nations, than theirs
. Thus from the very beginning
of their Conqueſts in America, both Engliſh, French, Dutch,
Portugueſe, Swedes, Danes, Curlanders, and all other Nati-
ons that navigate the Ocean, have frequented the Weſt-In-
dies, and filled them with their Robberies and Aſaults.
From theſe occaſions have they been in continual watch and
ward, and kept their Militia in conſtant exerciſe, as alſo
their Garriſons pretty well provided and paid; as fearing
every fail they diſcover'd at Sea, to be Pirates of one Na-
tion or another. But much more eſpecially, ſince that Cu-
rafao, Tortuga, and Jamaica have been inhabited by Engliſh,
French, and Dutch, and bred up that Race of Hunts-men,
than which, no other ever was more deſperate, nor more mortal
Enemies to the Spaniards, called Bucaniers. Now ſhall we
ſay, that theſe people, through too long continuation of Peace,
have utterly aboliſhed the exerciſes of War, having been all-
along inceſſantly vexed with the Tumults and Alarms thereof?
In like manner is it falſe, to accuſe their defect of Military
Diſcipline for want of European Commanders. For who know-
eth not that all places, both Military and Civil, through
thoſe vast Dominions of the Weſt-Indies, are provided out of
Spain? And thoſe of the Militia moſt commonly given unto
expert Commanders trained up from their infancy in the Wars
of Europe, either in Africa, Milan, Sicily, Naples, or Flan-
ders, fighting againſt either Engliſh, French, Dutch, Portu-
gueſe, or Moors? Tea, their very Gariſons, if you ſearch
them in thoſe parts, will peradventure be found to be ſtock d
three parts to four with Souldiers both born and bred in the
Kingdom of Spain.
From
(

To the READER.
From theſe Confiderations it may be inferr’d, what little
difference ought to be allowed betwixt the Spaniſh Souldiers,
Inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies, and thoſe of Europe. And
how little the Soil or Climate bath influenced or cauſed their
Courage to degenerate towards cowardize or baſeneſs of mind.
As if the very ſame Arguments, deduced from the nature of
that Climate, did not equally militate againſt the valour of our
famous Bucaniers, and repreſent this to be of as degenerate Mes.
tal as theirs.
But nothing can be more clearly evinced, than is the Valour
of the American Spaniards, either Souldiers or Officers, by the
Sequel of this Hiſtory. What men ever fought more deſperate-
ly than the Gariſon of Chagre? Their number being 314, and
of all theſe, onely thirty remaining ; of which number ſcarce ten
were unwounded; and among them, not one Officer found alive ?
Were not 600 killed upon the ſpot at Panama, 500 at Gibral-
tar, almoſt as many more. at Puerto del Principe, all dying
with their Arms in their hands, and facing bravely the Ene-
my for the defence of their Country and private Concerns :
Did not thoſe of the Town of San Pedro both fortifie them-
felves, lay ſeveral Ambuſcades, and laſtly ſell their lives as
dear as ever any European Souldiers could do; Lolonois be-
ing forced to gain ſtep by ſtep his advance unto the Town, with
huge loſs both of bloud and men 2 Many other inſtances might
be produced out of this compendious Volume, of the generous re-..
fiſtance the Spaniards made in ſeveral places, though Fortune
favoured not their Arms.
Next, as to the perſonal Valour of many of their Commana
ders, what man ever behaved himſelf more briskly than the
Governour of Gibraltar, than the Governour of Puerto del
Principe, both dying for the defence of their Towns ; than Don
Alonſo del Campo, and others ? Or what Examples can eaf-
ly parallel the deſperate courage of the Governour of Chagre?
who, though the Palizada's were fired; the Terraplens were
funk into the Ditch, the Breaches were entred, the Houſes all
burnt about him, the whole Caſtle taken, his Men all killed;
yet would not admit of any quarter, but choſe rather to die un-
der

To the READER.
der his Arms, being ſhot into the brain, than ſurrender himſelf
as a Priſoner unto the Bucaniers. What Lion ever fought to
the laſt gaſp more obſtinately than the Governour of Puerto
Velo ? who ſeeing the Town enter'd by ſurpriſal in the night,
one chief Caſtle blown up into the Air , all the other Forts and
Caſtles taken,his own aſſaulted ſeveral ways, both Religious men
and women placed at the front of the Enemy to fix the
Ladders
againſt the Walls ; yet spared not to kill as many of the ſaid
Religious perſons as he could. And at laſt, the Walls being
ſcaled, the Caſtle enter?d and taken, all his own men overcome
by fire and ſword, who had caſt down their Arms, and begged
mercy from the Enemy; yet would admit of none for his own
life. Tea, with his own hands killed ſeveral of his souldiers,
to force them to ſtand to their Arms, though all were loſt. Tea,
though his own Wife and Daughter begged of him upon their
knees that he would ſave his life by craving quarter,
though the Enemy deſired of him the ſame thing; yet would
hearken to no cries nor perſwafrons, but they were forced to kill
him, combating with his Arms in his hands, being not other-
wiſe able to take him priſoner, as they were deſirous to do.
Shall theſe men be ſaid to be influenced with Cowardize
, who
thus acted to the very lajt "Scene of their own Tragedies ? Or
ſhall we rather ſay, that they wanted not Courage, but For-
tune? It being certainly true, that he who is killed in a Bat-
tel, may be equally couragious with him that killeth. And
that whoſoever derogateth from the Valour of the Spaniards in
the Weſt-Indies, diminiſheth in like manner the Courage of the
Bucaniers, his own Country-men, who have ſeemed to act beyond
mortal men in America.
Now, to ſay ſomething concerning John Eſquemeling, the
firft Author of this Hiſtory. I take him to be a Dutch-man,
or at leaft born in Flanders, notwithſtanding that the Spaniſh
Tranſlation repreſenteth him to be Native of the Kingdom of
France. His printing this Hiſtory originally in Dutch, which
doubtleſs muſt be his native Tongue, who otherwiſe was but an
illiterate man, together with the very found of his name,convin-
cing me thereunto. True it is, he ſet ſail from France, and
was

To the READER.
was ſome years at Tortuga ; but neither of theſe two Argy
ments, drawn from the Hiſtory, are prevalent
. For were ke a
French-man born, how came he to leark the Dutch Language fo
perfectly as to prefer it to his own ? Eſpecially that not being
spoken at Tortuga nor Jamaica, where he reſided all the
while.
I hope I have made this Engliſh Tranſlation ſomething
more
plain and correct, than the Spaniſh. Some few notorious Faults
either of the Printer or of the Interpreter, I am ſure I have re-
dreſſed. But the Spaniſh Tranſlator complaining much of the in-
tricacy of Stile in the Original (as flowing from a perſon who,as
kath been ſaid, was no Scholar) as he was pardonable, being in
great haſte, for not rendring his own Verſion ſo diſtinct and ela-
borate as he would deſire ; so muſt I be excuſed from the one,
that is to ſay, Elegancy, if I have cautiouſly declined the other,
I mean Confuſion.
En Gay
3U CA-

10

Part I.
Soba mobiliams
BUCANIERS
mo
Of dan
A M ER I CA.
PART I.
CHAP. I.
The Author ſetteth forth towards the Weſtern Iſlands, in the
Service of the Weſt-India Company of France. They meet
with an Engliſh Frigat. And arrive at the Iſland of Tore
tuga.
W
E ſet Sail from Havre de Grace, in France, in a Ship
called St.John, the ſecond day of May, in the year
1666. Our Vefſel was Equipp'd with eight and
twenty Guns, twenty Mariners, and two hun-
dred and twenty Paſſengers ; including in this number, thoſe, whom
the Company fent as free Paſſengers, as being in their ſervice. Soon
after, we came to an Anchor under the Cape of Borflor, there to joyn
other ſeven Ships of the ſame Weſt India Company, which were to
come from Diep, under the Convoy of a Man of War, mounted
with ſeven and thirty Guns, and two hundred and fifty men. OF
theſe Ships two were bound for Senegal, five for the Caribby Iſlands,
and ours for the Iſland of Tortuga. In the ſame place there gather'd
unto us, about twenty Sail of other Ships that were bound for Nero-
found-land, with foine Dutch Veſſels that were going for Nants, Ro-
chel, and St. Martins ; ſo that in all, we made a Fleet of Thirty Sail.
Here we prepared to fight , putting our ſelves into a convenient po-
ſture of Defence, as having notice that four Engliſh Frigats of three-
ſcore Guns each, did lie in wait for us, about the Iſle of Ornay. Our
Admiral the Chevalier Sourdis , having diſtributed what Orders he
thought convenient, we fet ſail from thence with a favourable gale
B
of

Bucaniers of America. Part I.
of wind. Preſently after, ſome miſts ariſing, theſe totally impeded
the Engliſh Frigats from diſcovering our Fleet at Sea. We fieerd
our courſe as near as we could under the Coaſt of France, for fear of
the Enemy. As we failed along, we met a Veffel of Oſtend, who com-
plained unto our Admiral, that a French Privateer had robb'd him
that very morning. This complaint being heard, we endeavoured
to purſue the ſaid Pirate ; but our labour was in vain, as not being
able to overtake him.
Our Fleet as we went along, cauſed no ſmall Fears and Alarms
unto the Inhabitants of the Coaſts of France ; theſe judging us to be
Engliſh and that we fought ſome convenient place for Landing. To
allay their frights, we uſed to hang out our Colours , but not
withſtanding they would not truſt us. After this we came to an
Anchor in the Bay of Conquet in Britany,nigh unto the Iſle of Heyſant,
there to take in water. Having for'd our felves with freſh Provifi-
ons at this place, we proſecuted our Voyage, deſigning to paſs by the
Ras of Fonteneau, and not expoſe our felves to the Sorlingues, fearing
the Engliſh Veſſels that were Cruſing thereabouts to meet us. This
River Ras is of a current very ſtrong and rapid, which rowling over
many Rocks, diſgorgeth it ſelf into the Sea on the Coaſt of France,
in the Latitude of eight and forty degrees and ten minutes ; for which
reaſon this paſſage is very dangerous; all the Rocks,as yet,being not
thoroughly known.
Here, I ſhall not omit to mention the Ceremony, which at this
by the French paſſage, and ſome other places is uſed by the Mariners, and by them
At Sex called Baptiſm; although it may ſeem either little to our purpoſe, or
of no uſe. The Maſters Mate cloathed himſelf with a ridiculous
fort of garment, that reached unto his feet, and on his head he
put
a futable Cap, which was made very burleſque. In his right hand
he placed a naked wooden Sword, and in his left, a pot full of Ink,
His face was horribly blackt with foot, and his neck adorned with a
Collar of inany little pieces of wood. Being thus apparelld, he
commanded to be call'd before him every one of them, who never
had paffed that dangerous place before. And then cauſing them to
kneel down in his preſence, he made the ſign of the Croſs upon
their
Foreheads with ink, and gave each one a ſtroke on the ſhoulders with
his wooden Sword. Mean while the ſtanders by did caft a Bucket of
water upon every mans head; and this was the concluſion of the
ceremony. But that being ended, every one of the Baptized is ob-
liged to give a bottle of Brandy for his offering ; placing it nigh the
Main Maft
, and without ſpeaking a word ; even thoſe who have no
fuch Liquor being not excuſed from this performance. In caſe the
Veffel never paſſed that way before, the Captain is obliged to diftri-
bute

Part 1.
3
Bucaniers of America.
bute ſome Wine among the Mariners, and other people in the Ship. Ondor
But as for other gifts, which the newly Baptized do frequently offer,
they are divided among the old Sea-men, and of them, they make
a Banquet among themſelves.
The Hollanders likewiſe do uſe to Baptize ſuch as never paſſed that Ceremony of
way before. And not only at the paſſage above-mentioned, but al- the Dutch.
ſo at the Rocks called Berlingues, nigh the Coaſt of Portugal, in the
latitude of thirty nine degrees and forty minutes, (as being a pal-
fage very dangerous, eſpecially by night, when through the obſcuri-
ty thereof, the Rocks are not diftinguilhable, by reaſon the Land is
very high) they uſe ſome ſuch ceremony. But their manner of Bap-
tizing is much diſtinct from that we have deſcribed above, perform'd
by the French. He therefore that is to be Baptized, is faſtned and
hoiſed up three times at the main yards end, as if he were a Crimi-
nal. If he be hoiſed the fourth time, in the name of the Prince of
Orange, or of the Captain of the Veſſel, his honour is more than or-
dinary Thus they are dipped every one ſeveral times in the main
Ocean.But he that is the firſt dipped hath the honour of being ſalu-
ted with a Gun. Such as are not willing to fall, are bound to pay
twelve pence
for their ranſome: if he be an Officer in the Ship,two
ſhillings: and if a Paſſenger, according to their pleaſure. In caſe
tbe Ship did never paſs that way before, the Captain is bound to
give a ſmall Runlet of Wine; which if he doth not perform, the
Mariners may cut off the Stem of the Veſſel. All the profit which
accrueth by this ceremony, is kept by the Maſters Mate; who after
rcaching their Port, doth uſually lay it out in wine, which is drank
amongſt the ancient Seamen. Some will ſay this ceremony was in-
ftituted by the Emperor Charles the Fifth ; howſoever, it is not
found amongſt his Laws. But here I leave theſe cuſtoms of the
Sea, and ſhall return unto our Voyage.
012
Having paſſed the River Ras, we met with very good weather, un-
til we came to the Cape of Finis-Terre. Here a huge Tempeft of
wind ſurprized us, and ſeparated our Ship from the relt that were in
our company. This ſtorm continued for the ſpace of eight days ;
in the which time it would move compaſſion to ſee how miſerably
the Paſſengers were tumbled to and fro on all fides of the Ship; info-
much, as the Mariners in the performance of their duty, were com-
pelled to tread upon them every where. This uncouthſome wea-
ther being ſpent, we had again the uſe of very favourable gales, un-
til we came unto the Tropick of Cancer. This Tropick is nothing elſe,
but an imaginary Circle, which Aſtrologers have invented in the Hea-
vens; and ſerveth as a period to the progreſs of the Sun towards the otto oli sat
toisirsso
North-pole. It is placed in the latitude of three and twenty de-
B2
grees,

4
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
the Iſle of Tore Iſland of Tortuga is ſituated on the North-ſide of the famous
Another Cere- grees and thirty minutes, under the line. Here we are Baptized the
morious Bap- ſecond time, after the ſame manner as before. The French do always
tiſm.
perform this ceremony at this Tropick; as alſo under the Tropick
of Capricornus toward the South. In this part of the world we had
very favourable weather, at the which we were infinitely gladded,by
reaſon of our great neceſſity of water. For at this time that Element
Neceſſity of
freſh mater.
already was ſo ſcarce with us, that we were finted unto two half
pints by man every day.
Being about the Latitude of Barbadas, we met an Engliſh Frigat,
or Privateer; who firſt began to give us chaſe. But finding himſelf
not to exceed in ftrength, did preſently ſteer away from us. This
flight gave us occaſion to purſue the ſaid Frigat, as we did, ſhooting
at him ſeveral Guns of eight pound carriage; but at length he el-
caped, and we returned to our courſe. Not long after we came
Arrival at within fight of the Iſle of Martinica. Our endeavours were bent
tbe Caribbe
unto the coaſt of the Iſle of St.Peter ; but theſe were fruſtrated, by
Iſlands.
reaſon of a ſtorm which took us hereabouts. Hence we reſolved to
ſteer to the Iſland of Guadalupe. Yet neither this Iſland could we
reach, by reaſon of the ſame ſtorm; and thus we directed our courſe
unto the Iſle of Tortuga , which was the very fame land we were
bound unto. We paſſed along the coaſt of the Iſle of Punta Rica,
which is extreamly delicious and agreeable to the view, as being a-
dorned with beautiful Trees and Woods, even to the tops of the
Mountains. After this, we diſcovered the Iſland Hiſpaniola, (of
which I ſhall give a deſcription in this Book) and we coaſted about
it, until we came unto the Iſle of Tortuga, our deſired Port. Here we
Arrival at the anchord the ſeventh day of July, in the ſame year, not having loft
Iſle of Tortu-
one man in the whole Voyage. We unladed the goods that belong-
ga.
ed unto the Company of the Weſt-Indies; and ſoon after, the Ship
was ſent to Cal de Sac, with fome Paſſengers.
CA AP. II.
Deſcription of the Iſland of Tortuga : Of the Fruits and Plants
there growing: How the French ſetled there ai two ſeveral
times, and caſt out the Spaniards, firſt Maſters thereof. The
Author of this Book was twice ſold in the ſaid Iſland.
Deſcription of
and great Illand, called Hiſpaniola, nigh unto the Continent
tuga.
thereof, and in the altitude of twenty degrees and thirty minutes.
It's

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
5
It's juſt extent is threeſcore Leagues about. The Spaniards, who
gave Name unto this Iſland, called it ſo, from the ſhape of the Land,
which in ſome manner reſembleth a great Sea-Tortoiſe called by them
Tortuga de mar. The Countrey is very mountainous and full of
Rocks, yet notwithſtanding hugely thick of lofty Trees, that ceaſe
not to grow upon the hardeſt of thoſe Rocks, without partaking of
ik
a ſofter foil. From hence it cometh, that their Roots, for the grea-
teſt part, are ſeen all over entangled among the Rocks, not unlike una
to the branching of Ivy againſt our Walls. That part of this Iſland
which ſtretcheth towards the North , is totally diſ-inhabited. The
reaſon is, firſt, becauſe it hath proved to be very incommodious and
unhealthy and ſecondly, for the ruggedneſs of the Coaſt, that gi-
veth no acceſs unto the ſhoar, unleſs among Rocks almoſt unacceffi-
ble. For this cauſe it is populated only on the Southern part, which
hath one onely Port that may be eſteemed indifferently good. Yet
this Harbour hath two ſeveral Entries, or Channels, which afford pal-
ſage unto Ships of ſeventy Guns; the Port it felf being without
danger, and capable of receiving a great number of Veſſels. That
part which is Inhabited, is divided into four other parts; of which
the firſt is called the Low-land, or lopp-Country. This is the chiefeft
among
the reſt, becauſe it containeth the Port aforeſaid. The Town
is called Cayona, and here do live the chiefeft and richeſt Planters of
the Iſland. The ſecond part is called the Middle Plantation. Its
Territory or Soil, is hitherto almoſt new, as being only known to be
good for the culture of Tobacco. The third is named Ringot.
Theſe places are fcituated towards the Weſtern part of the Iſland.
The fourth and laſt is called The Mountain, in which place were made
the firſt Plantations that were cultivated upon this land.
As to the Wood that groweth on the Iſland, we have already faid, of the Trees
that the Trees are exceeding tall,and pleaſing to the fight'; whence that gren at
no man will doubt, but they may be applied unto ſeveral uſes, with Tortuga.
great benefit. Such is the yellomo Saunder, which Tree, by the Inha-
bitants of this Countrey , is called Bois de Chandel; or, in Engliſh
Candle-wood, being it burneth like a Candle, and ſerveth them with
light while they uſe their fiſhery in the night. Here groweth alſo
Lignum Sancium, by others called Guaiacum. Its Vertues are very
well known ; more eſpecially unto them who obſerve not the fixth
Commandment,and are given to all manner of impure Copulations ;
Phyſitians drawing from hence,under ſeveral compofitions, the grea-
teſt antidote for all Venerial Diſeaſes as alſo for cold and viſcous
humors. The Trees likewiſe that afford Gummi Elemi,grow here in
great abundance. In like manner doth Radix Chine or China Root:
yet this is not ſo good as that which cometh from other parts of the. ..
Ides tavapooled ods. Woda ubinu bual aistu* Weft-

Bucaniers of America.
Part I.
Herbs.
Fruits.
Palmito's.
Wild Bores.
Weſtern world. It is very white and ſoft, and ferveth for pleaſant
food unto the wild Bores, when as they can find nothing elſe. This
Iſland alſo is not deficient in Aloes, nor an infinite number of other
Medicinal
Medicinal Herbs, which may pleaſe the curioſity of ſuch as are gi-
Wood for
ven to their contemplation. Moreover, for the building of Ships,or
building,
any other ſort of Architecture, here are found in this ſpot of Neptune,
feveral forts of Timber very convenient The Fruits likewiſe, which
here abundantly grow, are nothing inferiour as to their quantity or
quality, unto what the adjacent Iſlands produce. I ſhall name only
ſome of the moſt ordinary and common. Such are Magniot , Pota-
to's, Acajou Apples, Tannas, Bacones, Paquayes, Carofoles, Mamayns,
Ananaes, and divers other forts; which, not to be tedious, I omit to
ſpecifie. Here grow likewiſe in huge number , thoſe Trees called
Palmito's or Palmites, from whence is drawn a certain juyce, which
ferveth the Inhabitants inſtead of Wine ; and whoſe Leaves do co-
ver their houſes inſtead of Tyles.
In this Iſland aboundeth alſo with daily increaſe, the Wild-Bore.
The Governour hath prohibited the hunting of them with Dogs;
fearing leaſt the Hand being but ſmall, the whole race of thoſe A-
nimals in ſhort time ſhould be deſtroy’d. The reaſon why he thoughe
convenient to preſerve thoſe wild Bcafts, was,chat in caſe of In-
vaſion of an external enemy, the Inhabitants might ſuſtain themſelves
with their food. Eſpecially were they once conſtrained to retire una
to the Woods and Mountains. By this means he judgʻd they were
enabled to maintain any fudden aſſault, or long perſecution. Yet
this ſort of Game is almoſt impeded by its ſelf, by reaſon of the ma-
ny Rocks and Precipices, which for the greateſt part are covered
with little ſhrubs , very green and thick ; from whence the hunti-
men have oftimes precipitated themſelves, and left us the fad
expe-
storience and grief of many memorable diſaſters.
Great flocks
At a certain time of the year, there reſorteth unto this Iſland of
of Wild Pid- Tortuga, huge flocks of Wild Pigeons ; at which ſeaſon the Inhabi-
cants feed on them very plentifully, having more than they can con-
fume, and leaving totally to their repoſe all other ſort of Fowl, both
wild and tame, to che intent, that in abſence of the Pigeons, theſe
may ſupply their place. But as nothing in the Univerſe, though ne-
ver fo pleaſant can be found, but what hath ſomething of bitter-
meſs joyned to it, the very ſymbol of this truth we ſee in the afore-
ſaid Pigeons. For theſe, the ſeaſon being paſt wherein God hath
appointed them to afford delicious food unto thoſe people,car ſcarce
be touched with the tongue, they become ſo extreamly lean , and
bitter even to admiration. The reaſon of this bitterneſs, is attribu-
ted unto a certain feed which they eat about that time,even as bitter
any
820ns.
as

Part I.. Bucaniers of America.
as gall. About the Sea-ſhoars, every where are found great multi-
tudes of Crabs, belonging both to the Land and Sea ; and both forts Land-Crabs
very big. Theſe are good to feed Servants and Slaves, who find & Sea-Crabsa
them very plealing to the pallat, yet withal very hurtful to the fight.
Beſides which ſymptom, being eaten too often, they alfo cauſe great
giddineſs in the head with much weakneſs of the Brain ; inſomuch,
that very frequently they are deprived of fighe, for the ſpace of one
quarter of an hour.
The French having eſtabliſhed themſelves in the Iſle of St. Chri-
ſtopher, planted there a ſort of Trees, of which at preſent there poffi.
bly may be greater quantities. With the Timber of thoſe Trees
they made Long-boats,and Hoys, which they ſent from thence Weſt- The French
ward, being well Mann'd and Victualled, to diſcover other Iſlands. ſent Boats to---
Theſe ſetting Sail from St.Chriſtopher's, came within fight of the 1- wards the
ſland Hifpaniola, where at length they arrived with abundance of joy. cover other
Having landed, they marched into the Countrey, where they found iſlands.
huge quantities of Cattle, ſuch as were, Coros, Bulls , Horſes, and
Wild-Bores. But finding no great profit in thoſe Animals, unleſs they
could encloſe them ; and knowing likewiſe the Iſland to be pretty
well peopled by the Spaniards , they thought it convenient to enter-
prize upon and ſeize the Iſland of Tortuga. This they performed Firſt entry of
without any difficulty, there being upon the Iſland no more than ten the French-in-
or twelve Spaniards to guard it. Theſe few men let the French
to Tortuga.
come in peaceably, and poffeſs the Inand for the ſpace of fix months
without any trouble. In the mean while they paſſed and repaffed
with their Canows unto Hiſpaniola , from whence they tranſported
many people, and at laſt began to plant the whole Iſle of Tortuga.
The few Spaniards remaining there, perceiving the French to in-
creaſe their number daily, began at laft to repine at their proſperity,
and grudge them the poſſeſſion they had freely given. Hence they
gave notice unto others of their own Nation, their Neighbours, who
ſent ſeveral great Boats well Arm'd and Mann'd, to diſpoſſeſs the
French of that Ifland. This Expedition fucceeded according to
their deſires. For the new poffeffors ſeeing the great number of
Spaniards that came againft them, fted with all they had unto the
Woods; and hence by night they wafted over with Canows, unco
the Ifle of Hifpaniola. This they more eaſily performed, as having no
Women nor Children with them, nor any great ſubſtance to carry a-
way. Here they alſo retired into the Woods, both to ſeek them-
ſelves Food, and from thence with ſecrecy to give intelligence unto
others of their own faction ; as judging for certain, that within a .
little while they ſhould be in a capacity to hinder che Spaniards from.
fortifying in Tortuga.
Mean

Bucaniers of America. Part I.
return unto
Y-3
Mean while the Spaniards of the greater Iſland ceaſed not to ſeek
20140-352 - after their new Gueſts the French , with intent to root them out of
the Woods if poſſible, or cauſe them to periſh with hunger. But
this their deſign ſoon failed, having found that the French were Ma-
fters both of good Guns, Powder, and Bullets. Here therefore the
Fugitives waited for a certain opportunity, wherein they knew the
Spaniards were to come from Tortuga, with Arms and great number
of men, to joyn with thoſe of the greater Iſland for their deſtructi-
on. When this occaſion proffer'd, they i'ch' mean while deſerting
*The French
the Woods where they were, returned unto Tortuga, and diſpoſſeſſed
the finall number of Spaniards that remained at home. Having ſo
Tortuga.
done, they fortified themſelves the beſt they could; thereby to prevent
dazh the return of the Spaniards,in caſe they ſhould attempt it. Moreover,
They petition they ſent immediately unto the Governour of St.Chriſtophers, craving
for a Gozer-his Aid and Relief and demanding of him to ſend them a Governor,
nonr 20 him of the better to be united among themſelves, and ſtrengthned on all oca
St. Chriſto-
phers.
caſions. The Governour of St. Chriſtophers received their Petition
with expreſlions of much ſatisfaction, and without any delay ſent
unto them Monſieur le Paſſeur, in quality of a Governour; together
with a Ship full of men, and all other things neceſſary, both for their
They build a eſtabliſhment and defence. No ſooner had they received this Recruit,
but the Governour commanded a Fortreſs to be built upon
the
top
of a high Rock; from whence he could hinder the acceſs of any
Ships or other Veſſels that ſhould deſign to enter the Port. Unto
this Fort 110 other acceſs could be had, then by almof climbing
through a very narrow paſſage, that was capable only of receiving
two perſons at once; and thoſe not without difficulty. In the mid-
dle of this Rock was a great cavity, which now ſerveth for a ſtore-
houſe; and beſides, here was a great convenience for raiſing a Bar-
tery. The Fort being finiſhed, the Governour commanded two
Guns to be mounted; which could not be performed without huge
coil and labour. As alſo a Houſe to be built within the Fort ; and
-afterwards, the narrow way that led unto the ſaid Fort, to be broken
and demoliſhed ; leaving no other aſcent thereunto, than by a Lad-
der. Within the Fort gulheth out a plentiful Fountain of freſh wa-
ter, which perpetually runneth with a pure and Cryſtalline Stream,
fufficient to refreſh a Garriſon of a Thouſand men. Being poffeffed
of theſe conveniences, and the ſecurity theſe things might promife,
the French began to people the Iſland, and each of them to ſeek their
"living; forne by the exerciſe of Hunting , others by planting To-
bacco, and others by Cruiſing and Robbing upon the Coaſts of the
Spaniſh Hilands; which trade is continued by them unto this day.
The
Fort. 10

Part I. Bucaniers of America.
The Spaniards notwithſtanding, could not behold but with jea-
lous eyes, the daily increaſe of the French in Tortuga; fearing left
in time they might by them be diſpofſeffed alſo of Hipaniola. Thus
taking an opportunity (when many of the French were abroad at
Sea, and others employed in hunting) with eight hundred Men in ſe-
veral Canows, they landed again in Tortuga , almoſt without being The Spaniards
perceived by the French. But finding that the Governour had cut enter into Tora -
down many Trees, for the better diſcovery of an Enemy, in caſe of tnga the se-
cond time.
any aſſault ; as alſo that nothing of conſequence could be done with-
out great Guns, they conſulted about the fitteſt place for raiſing a
Battery. This place was foon concluded to be the top of a Moun-
tain, which was in fight; ſeeing that from thence alone, they could
level their Guns at the Fort, which now did lie open unto them,
Since the cutting down of the Trees by the new poffeffors. Hence
they reſolved to open a way for carriage of ſome pieces of Ord-
nance to the top. This Mountain is ſomewhat high, and the
up-
per part thereof plain, from whence the whole Iſland may be view d.
The fides thereof are very rugged, by reaſon an huge number of un-
acceſſible Rocks do ſurround it every where. So that the afcent was;
very difficult , and would always have been the ſame, had not the
Spaniards undergone the immenſe labour and toil, of making the
way
afore-mentioned, as I (hall now relate.
The Spaniards had in their company many Slaves and Indians, la-
bouring Men,whom they call Matates, or in Engliſh, half yellow Men.
Unto theſe they gave orders, with Iron Tools to dig a way through The Spaniards
the Rocks. This they performed with the greateſt ſpeed imagina- cut open a way
ble. And through this way by the help of many Ropes and Pul- in the Moun-
lies, they at lait made ſhift to get up two Sole Cannon-pieces, where-
with they made a Battery, and intended next day to batter the Fort.
Mean while the French were not ignorant of theſe deſigns, but ra-
ther prepared themſelves for a defence, (while the Spaniards were
bufied about the Battery) ſending notice every where to their Com
panions, and requiring their help. Thus the Hunters of the Illand
all joyned together, and with them all the Pirats, who were not al-
ready too far from home. Theſe landed by night at Tortuge, left
they ſhould be ſeen by the Spaniards. And under the fame obfcuri-
ty of the night, they all together by a back-way climbed up the by the French
Are afaxited
Mountain, where the Spaniards were poſted; which they more eaſily and precipita-
could perform, as being acquainted with thoſe Rocks. They came
ted.
thither at the very initant that the Spaniards, who were above, were
preparing to ſhoot at the Fort, not knowing in the leaſt of their
coming. Here they ſet upon them at their backs with ſuch fury, as
forced the greateſt part to precipitate themſelves from the top to the
с
bos
tain,

Bucaniers of America. Part T.
bottom, and daſh their bodies in pieces. Few or none eſcaped this
Arcacque ; for if any remained alive, they were all put to the Sword,
The reſt fly, and
abandon the
without giving quarter to the meaneſt
. Some Spaniards did ftill keep
Yle for ever. the bottom of the Mountain, but theſe hearing the Shreeks and crys
of them that were killd, and believing fome Tragical Revolution to
be above, fled immediately towards the Sea, deſpairing through this
-10To accident, to ever regain the Iſle of Tortuga.
The Governours of this Ifland did always behave themſelves, as
Proprietors and abſolute Lords chereof, until the year 1664. Ac
which time the Weft-India Company of France took poffeffion there-
of, and ſent thither for their Governour Monſieur Ogeron. Theſe
planted the Colony for themſelves,by the means of their Factors and
Servants, thinking to drive ſome confiderable Trade from thence
with the Spaniards, even as the Hollanders do from Curaſao. But this
deſign did not anſwer their expectation. For with other Nations
they could drive no Trade, by reaſon they could not eſtabliſh any
ſecure commerce from the beginning with their own. Foraſmuch,
as at the firſt Inftitution of this company in France, they made an a-
greement with the Pirats, Hunters, and Planters, firſt poſſeſſors of
Tortuga,that theſe ſhould buy all their neceſſaries from the ſaid Com-
pany, taking them upon truſt. And although this agreement was
put in execution, yet the Factors of the Company foon after found
that they could not recover either Moneys or Returns from thoſe peo-
ple. Inſomuch, as they were conſtrained to bring ſome armed men
into the Ifland, in behalf of the Company, for to get in ſome of their
The Weſt-India payments. But neither this endeavour, nor any other could pre-
Company lea- vail, towards the ſetling a ſecure Trade with thoſe of the Inand.
veth Tortuga. And hereupou the Company recalled their Factors, giving them or-
ders to ſell all that was their own in the ſaid Plantation, both the
Servants belonging to the Company, (which were ſold, fome for
twenty, others for chirty pieces of Eight) as alſo all other Merchan-
dizes and Proprieties, which they had there. With this reſolution
all their deſigns fell to the ground.
The Author is
In this occafion I was alſo fold, as being a ſervant under the ſaid
fold. Company , in whoſe Service I came out of France. But my fortune
was very
bad. For I fell into the hands of the moſt cruel Tyrant
and perfidious man that ever was born of Woman, who was then
Governour, or rather Lieutenant-General of that Hland. This man
did treat me with all the hard uſages imaginable , yea, with that of
hunger, with which I thought to have periſhed inevitably. Withal,
he was willing to let me buy my freedom and liberty, but not up-
der the rate of three hundred pieces of Eight, I not being Maſter of
one at that time in the whole world. At laſt, through the mani.
fold

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
fold miſeries I endured, as alſo affliction of mind, I was thrown in-
to a dangerous Fit of Sickneſs. This Misfortune being added to the
reſt of my calamities, was the cauſe of my happineſs. For my
wicked Mafter ſeeing my condition, began to fear left he ſhould loſe
his monies with my life. Hereupon,he fold me the ſecond time un- He is fold the
to a Chirurgeon, for the price of ſeventy pieces of Eight. Being ſecond time.
in the hands of this ſecond Maſter, I began foon after to recover my
health, through the good uſage I had received from him, as being
much more humane and civil, than that of my firſt Patron. He
gave
me both Cloathes and very good food, and after that I had ſerved
him but one year, he offered me my liberty, with only this condi-
tion, that I ſhould pay him one hundred pieces of Eight, when I
was in a capacity of Wealth fo to do. Which kind Propoſal of his, Hegetteth his
Ecould not chooſe but accept with infinite joy and gratitude of freedom.
mind.
Being now at liberty, though like unto Adam when he was firſt
Created by the hands of his Maker, that is, naked, and deſtitute of
all humane neceffaries, nor knowing how to get my living, I deter-
mined to enter into the wicked Order of the
Pirates, or Robbers at Tuyneth Pie
Sea. Into this Society I'was received with common conſent, both of rate
the Superiour and vulgar fort, and among them I continued until
the year 1672. Having aſſiſted them in all their deſigns and at-
tempts, and ſerved them in many notable Exploits, of which here-
after I ſhall give the Reader a true Account, I returned unto my own
Native Country. But before I begin to relate the things above-
mentioned, I ſhall ſay fomeching for the ſatisfaction of ſuch as are..
curious, of the Iſland Hifpaniola , which lyeth towards the Weſtern
parts of America; as alſo give my Reader a brief deſcription theree
of, according to my ſlender ability and experience.
on world
esw bout CHAP
hin og von
o bhoorsa alla
do 7 godė SQAI IE* zor dildo
adalo
uds

Bucaniers of America.
Part I.
KASAYPALS
bu
CH A P. III.
Deſcription of the great and famous Iſland of Hiſpaniola.
TH
He very large and rich Iſland called Hiſpaniola, liech ſcituate in
the Altitude of ſeventeen degrees and an half. The greateſt
part thereof extendeth from Eaſt to Weſt, twenty degrees Southern
latitude. The circumference is of three hundred Leagues ; the
length one hundred and twenty,its breadth almoſt fifty s being more
or leſs broad or narrow at certain places. I ſhall not need here to
inſert, how this Iſland was at firft diſcovered; it being known un-
Diſcovered by to the world, that it was performed by the means of Chriſtopher Co-
Columbus.
lumbus, in the year 1492 ; being ſent unto this purpoſe by Ferdinand,
the

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
13
the Catholick, then King of Spain. From which time unto this
preſent, the Spaniards have been continually poffeffors thereof.
There be upon this Iſland many very good and ſtrong Cities, Towns,
and Hamlets ; as alſo it aboundeth in a great number of pleaſant
and delicious Countrey-houſes and Plantations: All which are owing
unto the care and induſtry of the Spaniards, its Inhabitants.
The chief City and Metropolis of this Iſland, is called Sento Do- Qualities of
mingo; being Dedicated unto St. Dominick, from whom it de- the City of
Santo Domin-
riveth this name. It is ſituated towards the South, in a place which
go.
affordeth a moſt excellent proſpect. The Countrey round about be-
ing embelliſhed with innumerable rich Plantations, as alſo verdant
Meadows, and fruitful Gardens ; all which do produce plenty and med
variety of excellent and pleaſant Fruits, according to the nature of
thoſe Countries. The Governour of the Iſland makcth his reſidence
in this City, which is, as it were, the Store-houſe of all the other
Cities, Towns, and Villages ; which from hence do export and pro-
vide themſelves with all neceſſaries whatſoever for humane life. And
yet hath it this particularity above many other cities in other places,
that it entertaineth no external commerce with any other Nation
than its own, the Spaniards. The greateſt part of the Inhabitants
are rich and ſubſtantial Merchants, or ſuch as are Shop-keepers, and
do fell by retail.
Another City of this Iſland is named San Tiago, or in Engliſh, City of St. Tia-
St.fames as being conſecrated unto the Apoſtle of that name.
is an open place, without either Walls or Caſtle , fituate in the
Altitude of nineteen degrees of Southern latitude. The greateſt part
of the Inhabitants thereof are Hunters, and Planters; the adjacent
Territory and Soil being very proper for the ſaid exerciſes of its
conftitution. The City is ſurrounded with large and delicious
Fields , as much pleaſing to the view, as thoſe of Santo Domingo
And theſe abound with all ſorts of Beaſts, both Wild and Tame į
from whence are ta’ne an huge number of Skins and Hides, that af-
ford unto the Owners a very confiderable Traffick.
Towards the Southern parts of this Iſland , is ſeen another City City of Nue-
called Nueſtra Sennora de Alta Gracia. The Territory hereof, pro- de Alta Gra-
duceth great quantities of Cacao, which occafioneth the Inhabitants cia.
to make great ſtore of the richeſt fort of Chocolat. Here groweth
alſo much Ginger and Tobacco ; and much Tallow is prepared of the
Beafts which hereabouts are hunted. q
The Inhabitants of this beautiful Iſland of Hiſpaniola , often go 11e of Savona
and come in their Canows unto the Iſle of Savona, not far diſtant
from thence, where is their chief Fiſhery; cſpecially of Tortoiſes.
Hither thoſe Fil do conſtantly reſort in huge multitudes, at certain
ſeaſons
This go.

Bucaniers of America. Part I.
Afo.
feafons of the year, there to lay their Eggs, burying them in the
ſands of the Shore. Thus by the heat of the Sun, which in thoſe
parts is very ardent, they are hatched, and continue the propagation:
of their Species. This Ifland of Savona hath little or nothing that
is worthy conſideration, or may merit any particular deſcription, as
being ſo extreamly barren, by reaſon of its Sandy Soil
. True it is,
that here groweth ſome ſmall quantity of Lignum Sanctum, or Gua-
jacum; of whoſe uſe we have already faid fomething in another
place.
Weſtwards of the City of Santo Domingo, is alſo fituated another
great Village, called by the name of El Pueblo de Aſo, or the Town of
The Town of Afc. The Inhabitants of this Town drive a great Commerce and
Traffick with thoſe of another Village, which is placed in the very
Town of St. middle of the Iſland, and is called San Juan de Goave, or St. John of
John of Goave Goave. This place is environ’d with a magnificent proſpect of
Gardens, Woods, and Meadows. Its Territory extendech above.
twenty Leagues in length, and grazeth an huge number of wild Bulls,
and Cows. In this Village ſcarce dwell any others, than Hunters
and Butchers; who flay the Beals that are killed. Theſe are for the
moft part a mungrel ſort of people of ſeveral Bloods. Some of which
are born of white European people and Negroes, and theſe are cala.
led Mulatos. Others are born of Indians, and white people, and
ſuch are termed Meſticos. But others are begotten of Negroes and
Indians, and theſe alſo have their peculiar name,being called Alcatra-
ces. Beſides which forts of people, there be ſeveral other fpecies and
races, both here and in other places of the Weſt-Indies ; of whom
this account may be given, that the Spaniards love better the Negro
women in thoſe Weſtern parts, or the tawny Indian Females, than:
their own white European race. When as peradventure, the Ne-
groes
and Indians have greater inclinations to the white women; or
thoſe that come near them, the tawny, than their own. From the
faid Village are exported yearly, vaſt quantities of Tallow and Hides;
they exerciſing no other Traffick nor Toil. For as to the Lands, in
this place they are not cultivated, by reaſon of the exceſſive dryneſs
OSTS
of the Soil. Theſe are the chiefeſt places that the Spaniards poffefs
in this ifland, from the Cape of Lobos , towards St. John de Goave,
unto the Cape of Samana,nigh the Sea, on the North lide ; and from
the Eaſtern part towards the Sea , called Punta de Epada. All the
reſt of the Iſland is poffeffed by the French ; who are alſo Planters
and Hunters.
Convenience of
This Ifland hath very good Ports for Ships, from the Cape of La-
Harbours in bas, to the Camp of Tiburon, which lyeth on the weftern fide there-
Hiſpaniola. of.. In this ſpace of Land there be no leſs than four Ports, which
exceed

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
15
exceed in goodneſs, largeneſs, and ſecurity, even the very beſt of
England. Befides theſe, from the Cape of Tiburon , unto the Cape
of Donna Marie , there be two very excellent Ports; and from this
Cape unto the Cape of St.Nicols, there be no leſs than twelve others.
Every one of theſe Ports hath alſo the confluence of two or three
good Rivers, in which are found ſeveral ſorts of Fiſh, very pleaſing
to the palate ; and alſo in great plenty. The Countrey hereabouts
is fufficiently watered with large and profound Rivers and Brooks ;
ſo that this part of the Land may eaſily be cultivated, without any
great fear of droughts ; it being certain, that better ſtreams are not
to be found in any part of the world. The Sea-coafts and Shoars
are alſo very pleaſant ; unto which the Tortoiſes reſort in huge num-
bers, there to lay their Eggs.
This Hand was formerly very well peopled on the North fide
thereof, with many Towns and Villages. But theſe being ruined by
the Hollanders, were at laſt, for the greateſt part deſerted by the
Spaniardse
YO
CH A P. IV. ago
of the Fruits, Trees, and Animals, that are found at Hi-Jilatu
ſpaniola.
"He ſpacious fields of this Iſland, do commonly extend them-
ſelves to the length of five or fix Leagues. The beauty where-
of is fo pleaſing to the eye, that together with the great variety of
their natural productions, they infinitely applaud and captivate the
ſenſes of the contemplator. For here at once, they not only with
diverſity of objects recreate the fight, but with many of the fame,
do alſo pleaſe the ſmell, and with moſt contribute abundancy of de-
lights unto the taſt. With fundry diverſities alſo they flatter and
excite the appetite ; but more eſpecially with the multitude of O- Oranges axd
ranges and Lemons : Here growing both ſweet and ſower, and thoſe Le#oxsa
that participate of both taſtes, and are only pleaſantly tartiſh. Be-
fides which, here abundantly grow ſeveral other ſorts of the ſame
Fruit, ſuch as are called Citrons, Toronjas, and Limas ; in Engliſh not
improperly called Crab-Lemons. True it is, that as to the Lemons,
they exceed not here the bigneſs of an Hens egg; which fmalneſs
diſtinguiſheth them from thoſe of Spain, moſt frequently uſed in theſe
our Northern Countries. The Date Trees, which here are ſeen to Palm-trees.
cover the whole extent of very ſpacious Plains, are exceedingly tall
in

16
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
in their proportion; which notwithſtanding doch not offend, but
rather delight the view. Their heighth is obſerved to be from 150,
unto 200 feet, being wholly deſtitute of branches unto the very tops.
Here it is, there groweth a certain pleaſant white ſubſtance, not un-
like unto that of white Cabbage, from whence the branches and
leaves do ſprout, and in which alſo the feed or Dates are contained.
Every Month one of thoſe branches falleth to the ground, and at
the ſame time another ſproutech out; but the feed ripeneth not but
once in the year. The Dates are food extreamly coveted by the
Hedge-bogs. The white ſubſtance growing at the top of the Tree,
is uſed by the Spaniards after the ſame manner for common fuſte-
nance, as Cabbage in Europe, they cutting it into ſlices,and boyl-
ing it in their Olas with all forts of meat. The leaves of this fort
of Date-tree, are ſeven or eight foot in length, and three or four in
breadth ; being very fit to cover houſes withal. For they defend
froin Rain equally with the beſt Tiles, though never fo rudely hud-
led together. They make uſe of them alſo to wrap up ſmoaked
Acſh withal; and to make a certain fort of Buckets wherewith to
carry water; though no longer durable, than the ſpace of fix, feven,
The Sphite ſuba or eight days. The Cabbages of theſe trees, for ſo we may call
ftance of the them, are of a greenilh colour, on the out-fide, though inwardly ve-
vermutefcery white
, from whence may be ſeparated a fort of rind, which is
very like unto Parchment, being fit to write upon, as we do upon
paper. The Bodies of theſe Trees are of an huge bulk or thickneſs,
which two men can hardly compaſs with their Arms; and yet they
cannot properly be termed Woody, but only three or four inches deep
in thickneſs; all the reſt of the internal part being very foft. Info-
much, that paring off thoſe three or four inches of woody ſubſtance,
the remaining part of the body may be ſliced like unto new Cheeſe.
They wound them three or four foot above the Root, and making
an inciſion, or broach in the body, from thence gently diſtillech a
ſort of Liquor, which in ſhort time, by fermentation, becometh as
ſtrong as the richeft wine, and which doth eaſily inebriate, if not
Palm-Wine. uſed with moderation. The French call this ſort of Palm-trees
Frank-Palms; and they only grow both here, and elſewhere, in fal-
tiſh grounds.
Belides theſe Palm-trees, of which we have made mention, there
be alſo in Hifpaniola, four other ſpecies of Palms, which are diſtin-
guiſhed by the Names of Latanier, Palma Epinofa , or Prickle-palm,
Palma a chapelet, or Roſary-palm, Palma-Vinosa, or Wine-palm. The
Latanier-palm is not ſo tall as the Wine-palm ; although it hath al-
Latanier-palm.
mof the ſame ſhape, only that the leaves are very like unto the Fans
our women uſe. They grow moſtly in gravelly and ſandy ground,
their

Part I. Bucaniers of America.
17
ments.
their circumference being of feven foot, more or leſs. The body
hath many Prickles or Thorns,of the length of half a foot, very ſharp
and
pungent.
It produceth its feed after the ſame manner with
that above-mentioned, which likewiſe ſerveth for food unto the
Wild beaſts.
Another fort of theſe Palm-Trees is called Prickle-Palm, as we ſaid Prickle-paim.
before, by reaſon it is infinitely full of Prickles, from the Root unto
the very leaves thereof, much more than the precedent. With theſe
Prickles ſome of the barbarous Indians uſe to torment their priſoners
at War, whom they take in Battel. They tye them unto a Tree, and we are
then taking theſe thorns, they put them into little pellets of cotton,
which they dip in Oyl, and thus ſtick them in the ſides of the mi
ſerable priſoners, as thick as the brizles of an hedge-hog; which of
neceflity cauſe an incredible torment unto the Patient. Afterwards
they ſet them on Fire; and if the tormented Priſoner ſingeth in the
midſt of his Torments and Flames, he is eſteemed as a valiant and
couragious Souldier, who neither feareth his Enemies, nor their Tor-
But if on the contrary, he cryeth out, they eſteem him but
as a Poltron or Coward, and unworthy of any memory. This cu-
ftom was told me by an Indian, who ſaid he had uſed his Enemies
thus oftentimes. The like cruelties unto theſe, many Chriſtians have
ſeen, while they lived among thoſe Barbarians. But returning unto
the Prickle-palm, I ſhall only tell you , that this Palm-tree is in this
only different from the Latanier, that the leaves are like unto thoſe
of the Frank-palm. Its feed is like unto that of the other Palm-
trees, being only much bigger and rounder, almoſt as a farthing,
and inwardly full of little kernels, which are as pleaſing to the talt,
as our Wall-nuts in Europe. This Tree groweth for the moſt part in
the Marſhes, and low grounds of the Sea-coaſt.
The Wine-palm is ſo called, from the abundance of Wine which is
Wine-palm.
gathered from hence. This Palm groweth in high and rocky Moun-
tains, not exceeding in talneſs the heighth of forty or fifty foot ;
but
yet
of an extraordinary ſhape or form. For from the root un-
to the half of its proportion, it is only three or four inches thick.
But upwards, ſomething above the two thirds of its heighth , it is
as big and as thick, as an ordinary bucket or Milk-pail. Within it
is full of a certain matter, very like unto the tender ſtalk of a white
cabbage, which is very juicy of a Liquor that is much pleaſing to the
palate. This liquor after fermentation and ſetling of the grounds,
reduceth it ſelf into a very good and clear Wine, which is purcha-
ſed with no great induſtry. For having wounded the Tree with an
ordinary hatchet, they make a ſquare incifion or orifice in it through
which they bruiſe the ſaid matter, until it be capable of being ſquee-
fed
D

18
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
ſed out, or expreſſed with the hands, they needing no other inſtru-
ment than this. With the leaves they make certain Veffels, not ori-
ly to ſettle and purifie the afore-mentioned Liquor, but alſo to drink
in. It beareth its fruit like unto other Palms, but of a very ſmall
ſhape ; being not unlike unto Cherries. The taft hereof is
very
good, but of dangerous conſequence unto the Throat, where it cau-
ſeth huge and extream pains, that produce malignant Quinzies in
them that eat it.
Rosary-palm. The Palm a Chapelet, or Roſary-palm, was thus called both by
the French and Spaniards , becauſe its feed is very fit to make Rosa-
ries or Beads to ſay Prayers upon, the Beads being ſmall, hard, and
capable of being eaſily bored for that uſe. This fourth ſpecies grow-
eth on the tops of the higheſt Mountains, and is of an exceffive tal-
neſs; but withal, very ſtrait, and adorned with very few leaves.
Here groweth alſo in this Iſland a certain fort of Apricot-trees,
Apricot-trees.
whoſe fruit equalleth in bigneſs that of our ordinary Melons. The
colour is like unto Aſhes, and the taſt the very fame with that of
our Apricots in Europe, the inward ſtones of this fruit being of the
bigneſs of an Hens egg. On theſe the wild Bores do feed
very
de-
liciouſly, and fatten even to admiration.
Caremite-trelo The Trees called Caremixer, are very like unto our Pear-trees,
whoſe Fruits reſemble much our Damaſcene Plums or Pruants of
Europe, being of a very pleaſant and agreeable taſt, and almoſt as
ſweet as Milk. This Fruit is black on the inſide, and the Kernels
thereof, ſometimes only two in number, ſometimes three, others
five, of the bigneſs of a Lupine. This Plum affordeth no leſs
pleaſant food unto the wild Bores, than the Apricots above-mentio-
ned ; only that it is not ſo commonly to be found upon the Iſland,
nor in ſuch quantity as thoſe are.
Genipa-tree.
The Genipa-trees are ſeen every where all over this Hland, being
very like unto our Cherry-trees, although its branches are more di-
lated. The fruit hereof is of an afh-colour, of the bigneſs of two
fifts, which interiourly is full of many prickles or points, that are in-
volved under a thin Membran, or Skin ; the which, if not taken a-
way at the time of eating,cauſeth great obſtructions and gripings of
Genipa Ink the belly. Before this fruit groweth ripe, if preffed, it affordeth a
juyce as black as Inik, being fit to write withal upon paper. But the
Letters diſappear within the ſpace of nine days, the paper remaining
as white as if it never had been written upon. The wood of this
tree is very ſtrong, folid, and hard ; good to build Ships withal, feeing
it is obſerved to laſt many years in the water without putrefacti-
on,
Bea

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
Belides theſe, divers other forts of Trees are Natives unto this de
licious Iſland, that produce very excellent and pleaſant fruits. Of
theſe I ſhall omit to name feveral, knowing there be entire Volumes
of Learned Authors that have both deſcribed and ſearched them
with greater attention and curioſity than my own. Notwithſtand-
ing, I ſhall continue to make mention of ſome few more in particular.
Such are the Cedars; which Trees this part of the world produ- Cedars.
ceth in prodigious quantity. The French Nation calleth them Aca-
jou: and they find them very uſeful for the building of Ships and
Canows. Theſe Canows are like unto little wherry-boats , being
Canows how
made of one only tree, excavated and fitted for the Sea. They are
they are made
withal ſo ſwift, as for that very property they may be called Neptunes
Poft-borſes. The Indians make theſe Canows without the uſe of
any iron inftruments; by only burning the Trees at the bottom,nigh
unto the root ; and afterwards governing the fire with fuch induſtry,
as nothing is burnt more than what they would have. Some of
them have hatchets inade of flint,wherewith they ſcrape or pare off,
whatſoever was burnt too far. And thus by the fole inftrument of
fire, they know how to give them that ſhape, which rendreth them
capable of Navigating threeſcore or fourſcore Leagues, with ordina-
ry ſecurity.
As to Medicinal productions, here is to be found the tree that af- Medicinat
fordeth the Gum Elemi, uſed in our Apothecaries Shops. Likewiſe trees.
Guaiacum, or Lignum Sanétum ; Lignam Aloes, or Alae-wood, Cafia
Lignea, China-roots, with ſeveral others. Il The tree called Mapore, be- Mapou.
fides that it is medicinal,is alſo uſed for making of Canows, as being
very thick. Yet is it much inferiour unto the Acajou or Cedar, as be-
ing ſomething ſpongy, whereby it ſucketh in much water, which
rendrech it dangerous in Navigation. The tree called Acoma hath
its wood very hard and heavy, of the colour of Palm. Theſe qua-
lities render it very fit to make Oars for the Sugar-mills. Here are
alſo in great quantities, Brafilete, or Braſil-wood, and that which the
Spaniards call Mancanilla.
Braſil-wood is now very well known in the Provinces of Holland, Braſil-woode
and the Low-Countries. By another name it is called by the Spani-
ards, Lenna de Peje Palo. It ferveth only or chiefly for dying, and
what belongeth to that Trade. It groweth abundantly along the
Sea-coaſts of this Iſland ; eſpecially in two places called Jacmel, and s0304 has2
Faquina. Theſe are two commodious Ports or Bays ; capable ofre-
ceiving Ships of the greateſt bulk.
udoto
The Tree called Mancanilla, or Dwarf-apple-treegroweth nigh un- Mancarille
to the Sea-lhoar , being naturally fo low, that its branches, though very veremows.
never fo ſhort, do always touch the water. It beareth a fruit fome-
D 2
thing
zosaport

Bucaniers of America, Part I.
thing like unto our ſweet-ſented Apples which notwithſtanding, is
of a very venemous quality. For theſe Apples being eaten by any
perſon , he inſtantly changeth colour ; and ſuch an huge thirft doth
ſeize him, as all the water of the Thames cannot extinguiſh, he dy-
ing raving mad within a little while after. But what is more, the
Fith that cat, as it ofren happeneth, of this fruit, are alſo poyfonous.
This tree affordeth alſo a liquor both thick and white, like unto the
Fig tree; which if touched by the hand , raiſeth bliſters upon the
skin, and theſe are ſo red in colour, as if it had been deeply fcalded
with hot water. One day being hugely tormented with Moſquito's,
or Gnats, and as yet unacquainted with the nature of this tree, I
cut a branch thereof to ſerve me inſtead of a fan ; but all my face
fwelled the next day, and filled with bliſters, as if it were burnt to
fuch a degree, that I was blind for three days. a ramai o
caos. Tcao is the name of another fort of tree, ſo called by the Spani-
ards, which groweth by the ſides of Rivers. This beareth a certain
fruit, not unlike unto our bullice, or damſon-plums. And this food
is extreamly coveted by the wild boar, when at its perfect maturity
with which they fatten as much as our hogs with the ſweeteſt Acorns
of Spain. Theſe trees love ſandy ground; yet are fo low, that
their branches being very large, they take up a great circumference,
Abelcole-tree. almoſt couched upon the ground. The trees named Abelcoſes, bear
fruit of like colour with the Tcaos above-mentioned, but of the big-
neſs of Melons; the feeds or kernels being as big as eggs. The
#o ſubſtance of this fruit is yellow, and of a pleaſant taft; which the
pooreſt, among the French, do eat inſtead of bread; the wild-bore
not caring at all for this fruit. Theſe trees grow very tall and thick,
being ſomewhat like unto our largeſt fort of Pear-trees.
As to the Inſects, which this Iſland produceth, I ſhall only take
notice of three ſorts of Flies, which exceſſively torment all humane
bodies ; but more eſpecially ſuch, as never before, or but a little
while, were acquainted with theſe Countries. The firſt fort of theſe
Flies are as big as our common Horſe-flies in Europe. And theſe
Sectora darting themſelves upon mens bodies, do there ſtick, and ſuck their
blood, till they can no longer flie. Their importunity obligeth to
make, almoft, continual uſe of branches of Trees, wherewith to fan
Moſquito's. them away. The Spaniards in thoſe parts call them Moſquito’s, or
Second ſpecies Gnats; but the French give them the name of Maranguines. The
of Flies.
fecond ſort of theſe Inſects, is no bigger than a grain of ſand. Theſe
make no buzzing noiſe, as the precedent ſpecies doth; for which rea-
ali fon it is leſs avoidable, as being able alſo, through its ſmalneſs, to
2013 7 penetrate the fineſt linnen, or cloth. The Hunters are forced to a-
noint their faces with Hogs-greace, thereby to defend themſelves from
the
SO

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
thë ftings of theſe little Animals. By night; in their Huts, or Cot-
tages, they conſtantly for the ſame purpoſe burn the leaves of To-
bacco, without which ſmoke they were not able to reft. True it is,
that in the day time, they are not very troubleſome, in caſe any wind
be ſtirring; for this, though never ſo little, cauſeth them to diſſipate.
The Gnats, of the third Species, exceed not the bigneſs of a grain of Third ſpeciesos.
Muſtard. Their colour is red. Theſe ſting not at all, but do bite
ſo ſharply upon the fleſh, as to create little Ulcers therein. Fron
whence it often cometh, that the face ſwelleth, and is rendred hide-
ous to the view, through this inconvenience. Theſe are chiefly
troubleſome by day, even from the beginning of morning until Sun-
ſetting ; after which time they take up their reft, and permit humane
bodics to do the ſame. The Spaniards gave theſe inſects the name
of Rojados ; and the French that of Calarodes.
The Inſects, which the Spaniards call Cochinillas, and the Engliſh Cochinillase
Glow - worms, are alſo to be found in theſe parts. Theſe are very
like unto ſuch, as we have in Europe, unleſs that they are ſomewhat
bigger and longer than ours. They have two little ſpecks on their
heads, which by night give ſo much light, that three or four of thoſe
Animals, being together upon a tree, it is not diſcernable, at a di-
ſtance from a bright ſhining Fire. I had on a certain time, at once
three of theſe Cochinillas in my Cottage, which there continued until
paft midnight, ſhining ſo brightly, that without any other light, I
could eaſily read in any Book, although of never lo ſmall a print. I
attempted to bring ſome of theſe Inſects into Europe, when I came
from thoſe parts; but aſſoon as they came into a colder climate, they
dyed by the way. They loſt alſo their ſhining, upon the change of
Air even before their death. This ſhining is ſo great, according to
what I have related, that the Spaniards, with great reaſon may well
call them from their luminous quality, Maſcas de fuego, that is to ſay,
Fire-flies.
There be alſo in Hifaniola an exceſſive number of Grillones, or Crickets.
Crickets. Theſe are of an extraordinary magnitude, if compared
unto ours; and ſo full of noiſe, that they are ready to burſt them.
felves with finging, if any perſon cometh near them. Here is no lef-
fer number of Reptils, fuch as Serpents are, and others. But by a par- Serpents, or
ticular providence of the Creator, theſe have no poyſon. Neither Snakes.
do they any other harm, than unto what fowl they can catch. But
mare eſpecially, unto Pullets, Pigeons, and others of this kind.
Oftimes theſe Serpents, or Snak's, are uſeful in houſes to cleanſe them
of Rats and Mice. For with great cunning they counterfeit their
fhreeks ; and hereby both deceive and catch them at their picaſure.
Having taken them, they in no wiſe eat the guts of theſe vermin,
but

Bucaniers of America. Part 1.
but onely fuck their blood at firſt. Afterwards throwing away the
guts, they ſwallow almoſt entire the reſt of the body; which as it
ſhould ſeem, they readily digeſt into ſoft excrements, of which they
Fly-catchers. diſcharge their bellies. Another ſort of Reptils belonging to this I.
fland, is called by the name of Cazadores de Moſcas, or Flie-catchers.
This name was given unto this Reptil by the Spaniards, by reaſon
they never could experiment it lived upon any other food than flies.
Hence it cannot be faid, this creature cauſeth any harm unto the In-
habitants, but rather benefit; ſeeing it conſumeth by its continual ex-
erciſe of hunting, the vexatious and troubleſome flies.
Land-Tortoiſes here be alſo in great quantities. Theſe moſtly breed
"Land-Tortoiſes in mud, and fields that are overflown with water. The Inhabitants
eat them, and teſtifie they are very good food. But a ſort of Spiders,
Spiders.
which is here found, is very hideous. Theſe are as big as an ordi-
nary egg; and their feet as long as thoſe of the biggeſt Sea-crabs.
Withal, they are very hairy; and have four black teeth, like unto
thoſe of a Rabbet, both in bigneſs and ſhape. Notwithſtanding
their bitings are not venonnous, although they can bite very ſharp,
and do uſe it very commonly. They breed for the moſt part in the
roofs of houſes. This Iſland alſo is not free from the Inſect called
Millepedes. in Latin Millepes, and in Greek Scolopendria, or Many-feet: Neither
is it void of Scorpions. Yet by the providence of nature, neither the
one nor the other beareth the leaſt fufpicion of poyſon. For al-
though they ceaſe not to bite, yet their wounds require not the appli-
cation of any medicament for their cure. And although their bitings
cauſe ſome inflammation, and ſwelling at the beginning; however
theſe ſymptoms diſappear of their own accord. Thus in the whole
circumference of Hiſpaniola, no Animal is found that producech the
leaſt harm with its venom.
Cocodriles.
After the Inſects abovementioned, I ſhall not omit to ſay ſomething
of that terrible beaſt called Cayman. This is a certain ſpecies of Coco-
drile, wherewith this Iſland very plentifully aboundeth. Among
theſe Caymanes, ſome are found to be of a corpulency, very horrible
to the fight. Certain it is, that ſuch have been ſeen, as had no leſs
Subtilty of than threeſcore and ten foot in length, and twelve in breadth. Yet
the Cayman.
more marvellous, than their bulk, is their cunning and ſubtilty,
wherewith they purchaſe their food. Being hungry, they place
themſelves nigh the ſides of Rivers; more eſpecially at the Fords,
where Cattel come to drink or wade over. Here they lie without
any motion, nor ſtirring any part of their body, reſembling an old
tree fallen into the River, only floating upon the waters , whither
theſe will carry them. Yet they recede not far from the bank-lides,
but continually durch in the ſame place, waiting till fome wild-bere,
or

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
233
or ſalvage Cow cometh to drink, or refreſh themſelves at that place.
At which point of time, with huge activity they affault them, and
ſeizing on them with no leſs fierceneſs, they drag the prey into the
water and there ftifle it. But what is more worthy admiration, is,
that three or four days before the Caymanes go upon this deſign, they
eat nothing at all, but diving into the River, they ſwallow one or
two hundred weight of ftones, ſuch as they can find. With theſe
they render themſelves more heavy than before, and make addition
unto their natural ſtrength, (which in this Animal is very great)
thereby to render their affault the more terrible and ſecure. The
prey
being thus ftifled, they ſuffer it to lie four or five days under water une
touched.For they could not eat the leaſt bit thereof unleſs half rotten.
But when it is arrived at ſuch a degree of putrefaction, as is moſt
pleaſing to their palate, they devour it with great appetite and vo-
racity. If they can lay hold on any hides of Beaſts, ſuch as the Ine.
habitants oft-times place in the fields for drying againft the Sun, they
drag them into the water. Here they leave them for ſome days,well.
loaden with ſtones, till the Hair falleth off; then they eat them with
no leſs Appetite, than they would the Animals themſelves,could they
catch them. I have ſeen my ſelf many times like things unto theſe
I have related. But befides my own experience, many Writers of
Natural things, have made entire Treatiſes of theſe Animals , de-
fcribing not only their ſhape, magnitude, and other qualities, but
alſo their voracity and bruitiſh inclinations ; which, as I have told
you are very ftrange. A certain perſon of good reputation and cree A frange Re
dit, told me that one day he was by the River-ſide, waſhing his Bao lation of a
Taca or Tent, wherein he uſed to lie in the fields. As ſoon as he be-
Cayman.
gan his work, a Cayman faſtned upon the Tent, and with incredible
fury dragged it under water. The man defirous to ſee if he could
ſave his Tent, pulled on the contrary fide with all his ſtrength, ha-,
ving in his mouth a butchers knife, (wherewith as it happened he
was ſcraping the Canvas) to defend himſelf in caſe of urgent ne-
ceflity. The Cayman being angry at this oppoſition, vaulted upon
his body out of the River, and drew him with great celerity into
"the water , endeavouring with the weight of his bulk to ftifle him
under the banks. Thus finding himſelf in the greateſt extremity al-
moſt cruſhed to death by that huge and formidable Animal, with his
knife he gave the Cayman ſeveral wounds in the belly, wherewith he
ſuddenly expired. Being thus delivered from the hands of immi-
nent fate, he drew the Cayman out of the water, and with the ſame
knife open'd the body, to ſatisfie his own curioſity. In his ſtomack
he found nigh one hundred weight of ſtones, each of them being ab
moſt of the bigneſs of his filt.
The

24
Bucaniers of America.
Part I.
The Caymanes The Caymanes are ordinarily buſied in hunting and catching of
perſecute the
flies; which they eagerly devour. The occafion is, becauſe cloſe
flies.
unto their skin, they have certain little Scales which ſmell with a
ſweet ſcent, ſomething like unto Musk. This Aromatick odour is
coveted by the flies, and here they come to repoſe themſelves and
fting. Thus they both perſecute each other continually, with an
Manner of pro- incredible hatred and antipathy. Their manner of Procreating and
creating of the hatching their young ones, is as follows. They approach the fandy
Caymanes, banks of ſome River, that lies expoſed to the rays of the South-Sun.
Among theſe Sands they lay their eggs, which afterwards they cover
with their feet: And here they find them hatcht, and with young
generation, by the only heat of the Sun. Theſe, as ſoon as they are
out of the ſhell, by natural inſtinct run unto the water. Many times
thoſe eggs are deſtroyed by Birds that find them out, as they ſcrape
among
the ſands. Hereupon, the Females of the Caymanes, at ſuch
times as they fear the coming of any flocks of Birds, do oft-times
by night ſwallow theſe their eggs, and keep them in their ſtomack
till the danger is over. And from time to time they bury them
again in the Sand, as I have told you, bringing them forth again out
of their belly,till the ſeaſon is come of being excluded the ſhell. At
this time if the Müther be nigh at hand, they run unto her and play
with her as little Whelps would do with their Dams, ſporting them-
ſelves according to their own cuſtom. In this ſort of ſport they will
oftentimes run in and out of their Mothers belly, even as Rabbets in-
to their holes. This I have ſeen them do many times, as I have
{pyed them at play with their Dam over the water, upon the contra-
ху Banks of ſome River ; at which time I have often diſturbed their
fport, by throwing a ftone that way, cauſing them on a ſuddain to
creep into the Mothers Bowels, for fear of ſome imminent danger.
The Caymanes The manner of Procreating of thoſe Animals, is always the fame,
do not procre- Luch as I have related's and at the ſame time of the year, for they
ate but in May. neither meddle nor make with one another but in the month of
May. They give them in this Countrey the name of Cocodriles ;
though in other places of the Weft - Indies, they go under the name of
Caymanes.
fed als
СНАР.
7
stas 2000

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
25
weid
Bulu
CHAP. V. to
Of all ſorts of quadruped Animals and Birds that are found
in this Iſland. As alſo a Relation of the French Buca-
niers.
Efides the Fruits which this Iſland produceth, whoſe plenty, as
is held for certain, ſurpafſeth all the Iſlands of America; it a.
boundeth alſo very plentifully in all ſorts of quadruped Animals.
FOTO
Such are Horſes, Bulls, Coms, Wild-bores ; and others very uſeful un-
to humane kind, not only for common ſuſtenance of Life, but alſo
for cultivating of the ground, and the management of a ſufficient
Commerce,
In this Iſland therefore are ſtill remaining an huge number of Wild- Wild-dogs.
Dogs. Theſe deſtroy yearly multitudes of all ſorts of Cattle. For
no ſooner hath a Cow brought forth her Calf, or a Mare foaled, but
theſe Wild-Maſtifs come to devour the young breed, if they find not
ſome reſiſtance from keepers, and other domeſtick dogs. They run
up and down the Woods and Fields, commonly in whole troops of
fifty, threeſcore,or more together. Being withal ſo fierce, that they
oft-times will aſſault an entire herd of Wild-Bores, not ceafing to
perſecute them till they have at laſt overcome and torn in pieces two
or three. One day a French Bucanier cauſed me to ſee a ſtrange
action of this kind. Being in the fields hunting together, we heard
a great noiſe of Dogs, which had ſurrounded a Wild-bore. Having Notable action
Tame degs with us, we left them to the cuftody of our Servants ; de of the Wild-
dogs.
firous to ſee the ſport if poſſible. Hence my Companion and I, each
of us climbed
up
into ſeveral trees, both for ſecurity and proſpect.
The Wild-bore was all alone, and ſtanding againſt a tree with his
Tusks endeavoured to defend himſelf from a great number of Dogs,
that had encloſed him: having killed with his Teeth and wounded
ſeveral of them. This bloody fight continued about an hour; the
Wild-Bore mean while attempting many times to eſcape. At laff,
being upon the fight, one of thoſe Dogs leaping on his back , faſt-
ned
upon the Teſticles, which at one pull he tore in pieces. The
reſt of the Dogs perceiving the courage of their companion, faftned
likewiſe
upon che Bore, and preſently after killed him. This being
done, all of them, the firſt only excepted, laid themſelves down up-
on the ground about the prey, and there peaceably continued , till
he, the firſt and moſt couragious of the troop, had eat as much as he
E
could

26
Bucaniers of America
Part I.
could devour. When this dog had ended his repaft, and left the dead
beaſt, all the reſt fell in to take their ſhare ; till nothing was left
that they could devour. What ought we to infer from this notable
action, performed by the bruitiſh ſenſe of wild Animals? Only this,
that even beaſts themſelves are not deftitute of knowledge ; and
that they give us documents how to honour ſuch as have well deſer-
ved ; feeing theſe being irrational Animals, as they were, did reve-
rence and reſpect him, that expoſed his life to the greateſt danger in
vanquiſhing courageouſly the common enemy.
The Governour of Tortuga, Monſieur Ogeron, underſtanding that
Perſecution of
the wild-dog's the Wild-dogs killed too many of the Wild-bores ; and that the
in Tortuga. Hunters of that Jiland had much ado to find any , fearing left that
common fuftenance of the Iſle ſhould fail, cauſed a great quantity of
poyfon to be brought from France, therewith to deſtroy the Wild-
Maftives. This was performed in the year 1668. by commanding
certain Horſes to be killed and envenom’d, and laid open in the woods
and fields at certain places, where moſtly Wild-dogs uſed to reſort.
This being continued for the ſpace of fix months : there were kil-
led an incredible number in the ſaid time. And yet all this induſtry
was not ſufficient to exterminate and deſtroy the race ; yea, ſcarce
to make any diminution thereof; their number appearing to be al-
moſt as entire as before. Theſe Wild-dogs are eaſily rendred tame
among people, even as tame as the ordinary dogs we breed in hou-
fes. Moreover, the Hunters of thoſe parts , whenfoever they find a
wild-bitch with young whelps, do commonly take away the puppies,
and bring them to their houſes, where they experiment them, being
grown up, to hunt much better than other dogs.
But here the curious Reader may peradventure enquire , from
whence, or by what accident came fo many Wild-dogs into thoſe
Idands? The occaſion was that the Spaniards having poffeſſed them-
ſelves of theſe Iſles,found them much peopled with Indians. Theſe
were a barbarous fort of people, totally given to ſenſuality, and a
bruitiſh cuſtom of life, hating all manner of labour , and only in-
clined to run from place to place, killing and making war againſt
their Neighbours ; not out of any ambition to reign, but only be-
cauſe they agreed not with themſelves in ſome common terms of
language. Hence perceiving the dominion of the Spaniards did lay
a great reſtriction upon their lazy and brutiſh cuſtoms, they concei-
ved an incredible odium againſt them, ſuch as nevet was to be re-
conciled. But more eſpecially, becauſe they ſaw them take pofſefli-
on of their Kingdoms and Dominions. Hereupon they made a-
gainſt them all the reſiſtance they were capable of, oppofing every
where their deſigns to the utmoft of their power. Until that, the
igos
Spaniards

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
27
Spaniards finding themſelves to be cruelly hated by thoſe Indians and
no where ſecure from their Treacheries, reſolved to extirpate and ru-
ine them every one. Eſpecially ſeeing they could neither tame them
by the civilities of their cuſtoms, nor conquer them by the Sword.
But the Indians , it being their ancient cuſtom to make their Woods
their chiefeſt places of defence, at preſent made theſe their refuge,
whenever they fled from the Spaniards that purſued them. Hereup-
on, thoſe firſt Conquerors of the new world, made ufe of Dogs to
range
and ſearch the intricateſt thickets of Woods and Forelts, for
thoſe their implacable and unconquerable Enemies. By theſe means
they forced them to leave their ancient refuge, and ſubmit unto the
Sword , ſeeing no milder uſage would ſerve turn. Hereupon they
killed ſome of them, and quartering their Bodies, placed them in the
high-ways; to the intent that others might take warning from ſuch
a puniſhment , not to incur the like danger. But this ſeverity pro-
ved to be of ill conſequence. For inſtead of frighting them, and
reducing their minds to a civil ſociety, they conceived ſuch horrour
of the Spaniards, and their proceedings, that they reſolved to deteſt
and Aly their fight for ever. And hence the greateſt part dyed in
Caves, and fubterraneous places of the Woods and Mountains. In
which places I my ſelf have ſeen many times great numbers of hu-
mane bones. The Spaniards afterwards finding no more Indians to
appear about the Woods endeavoured to rid themſelves of the great
number of Dogs they had in their houſes. From whence theſe A-
nimals, finding no Matters to keep them,betook themſelves unto the
Woods and Fields, there to hunt for food to preſerve their Lives.
Thus by degrees they became unacquainted with the houſes of their
ancient Maſters, and at laſt grew wild. This is the trueſt account I
can give of the multitudes of Wild-dogs which are ſeen to this day
in thefe parts.
But belides the wild Maldives above-mentioned, here are alſo huge Wild-horſes.
numbers of Wild-Horſes to be ſeen every where. Theſe run up and
down in whole herds or flocks all over the Iſland of Hiſpaniola. They
are but low of Stature, ſhort bodyed, with great Heads, long Necks,
and big or thick legs. In a word, they have nothing that is hand-
fome in all their ſhape. They are ſeen to run up and down common-
ly in Troops of two or three hundred together, one of them go-
ing always before to lead the Multitude. When they meet any per-
fon that travelleth through the woods or fields, they ſtand ſtill
, ſuf-
fering him to approach till he can almoſt touch them; and then
ſuddainly ftarting, they betake themſelves to flight, running away
diſorderly as faſt as they are able. The Hunters catch them with in-
duſtry, only for the benefit of their Skins. Although ſometimes
E 2
they

28
Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
On
they preſerve their fleſh likewiſe, which they harden with Smoak ;
ufing it for proviſions when they go to Sea.
Wild Bulls Here would be allo Wild-Bulls and Copos,in greater number then at
and Cows. preſent, if by continuation of hunting, their race were not much
diminiſhed. Yet conſiderable profit is made even to this day, by
ſuch as make it their buſineſs to kill them. The Wild-bulls are of a
vaſt corpulency or bigneſs of body; and yet they do no hurt unto
any perſon, if they be not exaſperated, but left to their own repoſe.
The Hides which are taken from them, are from eleven to thirteen
foot long.
o. The diverſity of Birds inhabiting the Air of this and is ſo great,
that I ſhould be troubleſome, as well unto the Reader as my ſelf, if
I ſhould attempt to muſterup their Species. Hence leaving aſide the
prolix Catalogue of their multitude, I ſhall content my ſelf only to
Wood-pulle iso mention fome few of the chiefeſt. Here is a certain ſpecies of Pul-
lets in the woods, which the Spaniards call by the name of Pintadas,
the which the Inhabitants find, without any diſtinction, to be as good
as thoſe which are bred in houſes. It is already known unto every
Parrots body, that the Parrots which we have in Europe, are tranſported un-
to us from theſe parts of the world. From whence may be inferred,
that ſeeing ſuch a number of theſe talkative birds are preſerved a-
mong us, notwithſtanding the diverfity of Climates, much
greater
multitudes are to be found where the Air and temperament is natu-
Parrots how ral unto them. The Parrots make their Neſts in holes of Palmito-
Dbey build
Strees, which holes are before made to their hand by other birds.
their Neſts. The reaſon is, for as much as they are not capable of excavating any
wood, though never ſo ſoft, as having their own bills too crooked
and blunt. Hence provident nature hath ſupplied them with the
labour and induſtry of another fort of ſmall birds , called Carpinte-
Birds called
ros, or Carpinters. Theſe are no bigger than Sparrows, yet notwith-
Carpinters.. ſtanding of ſuch hard and piercing bills, that no iron inftrument can
be made more apt to excavate any tree, though never ſo ſolid and
hard. In the holes therefore fabricated before hand by theſe Birds,
the Parrots get poffeflion, and build their Nefts, as hath been ſaid.
Pigeons. Pigeons of all ſorts, are alſo here abundantly provided unto the
Inhabitants, by him that created in the beginning, and provided all
things. For eating of them, thoſe of this Iſland obſerve the ſame
ſeaſons we ſaid before, ſpeaking of the Iſle of Tortuga. Betwixt
the Pigeons of both Iſlands little or no difference is obfervable;
only that theſe of Hiſpaniola are ſomething fatter and bigger than
thofe. Another ſort of ſmall Birds here are called Cabreros, or Goat-
Gabrtos, keepers. Theſe are very like unto others called Heronſetas, and do
chiefly feed upon Crabs of the Sea. In theſe Birds are found ſeven
difting

Part I. Bucaniers of America.
29
diſtinct bladders of Gall, and hence their fich is as bitter unto the
taft, as Alves. Crows or Ravens, inore troubleſome unto thelnhabi. Crons.
tants than uſeful, do here make a hideous noiſe, through the whole
circumference of the Mland. Their ordinary food is the fleth of
Wild-Dogs, or upon the Carcaſſes of thoſe beaſts the Bucaniers kill
and throw away. Theſe clamorous Birds do no ſooner hear the re-
port of a Fowling-piece, or Musker, but they gather from all fides
into whole flocks , and fill the Air and Woods with their unpleaſant
Notes. They are in nothing different from thoſe we fee in Europe.
It is now high time to ſpeak of the French Nation, who inhabit French Nation
a great part
of this Illand. We have told, at the beginning of this in tbeje partsa
Book; after what manner they came at firſt into theſe parts : At prea
ſent therefore, we ſhall onely deſcribe their manner of living, cu.
ſtoms, and ordinary employments. The different Callings or Pro-
feffions they follow, are generally but three ; either to Hunt, or
Plant, or elſe to rove on the Sea in quality of Pirats. It is a gene-
ral and folemn cuſtom amongſt them all, to ſeek out for a Comerade
or Companion, whom we may call Partner, in their fortunes ; with
whom they joyn the whole ſtock of what they poffefs, towards a mu-
tual and reciprocal gain. This is done alſo by Articles drawn and
figned on both fides, according to what hath been agreed between
them. Some of theſe conftitute their ſurviving Companion,abſolute
Heir unto what is left, by the Death of the firſt of the two. Others,
if they be married, leave their Efates unto their Wives and Chil-
dren; others unto other Relations. This being done, every one ap-
pliech himſelf unto his calling; which is always one of the three
aforementioned.
The Hunters are again ſubdivided into two ſeveral forts. For
fome of theſe are onely given to hunt wild Bulls and Cows; others
only hunt wild Bores. The firſt of theſe two ſorts of Hunters, are cal-
led Bucaniers. Theſe not long ago, were about the number of fix hen- Bucanieris
dred
upon this Iſlands but at preſent, there are not reckoned to be
above three hundred more or leſs : The cauſe hath been, the great
decreaſe of wild Cattel, through the dominions of the French in Hi-
spaniola ; which hath appeared to be ſo notable, that far from getting
any confiderable gain, they at preſent are but poor, in this exerciſe.
When the Bucanier's go into the Woods, to hunt for wild Bulls and
Cows, they commonly remain there the ſpace of a whole twelvio
month, or two years, without returning home. After the hunt is
over. and the ſpoil divided among them, they commonly fail unto
the Iſle of Tortuga, there to provide themſelves with Guns, Powder,
Bullets, and ſmall Shot, with all other neceffaries againſt another
going out, or hunting. The reſt of their gains they ſpend with
great.

30
Bucanicrs of America. Part I.
great liberality, giving themſelves freely unto all manner of vices and
debauchery: Among which, the firſt is that of drunkennels, which
they exerciſe, for the moft part, with Brandy: This they drink as li-
berally as the Spaniards do clear fountain-Water. Sometimes they buy
together a Pipe of Wine;this they ſtave at the one end, and never ceaſe
drinking till they have made an end of it. Thus they celebrate the
Fellivals of Bacchus ſo long as they have any money left. Neither
do they forget at the ſame time the Goddeſs Venus ; for whoſe beaf-
ly delights, they find more Women than they can make uſe of. For
all the Tavern-keepers and Strumpets, wait for the coming of theſe
lewd Bucaniers, even after the ſame manner that they do at Amſter-
dam, for the arrival of the Eaſt-India Fleet at the Texel. The faid
Bucaniers are hugely cruel and tyrannical towards their Servants ; in-
fomuch, that commonly theſe had rather be Galley-ſlaves in the
Streights, or ſaw Braſil-wood in the Raff-houſes of Holland, than ſerve
ſuch barbarous Maſters.
The ſecond ſort of Hunters hunt nothing elſe but wild Bores.
The fleſh of theſe they falt, and being thus preſerved from corrupti-
en, they ſellit unto the Planters. Theſe Hunters have alſo the fame
vicious cuftoms of life, and are as much addicted to all manner of de-
bauchery, as the former. But their manner of hunting is quite dif-
ferent from what is practiced in Europe. For theſe Bucaniers have
certain places deſigned for hunting, where they live for the ſpace of
three or four months; and ſometimes, though not often, a whole
year. Such places are called Deza Boulan ; and in theſe with onely
the company of five or fix friends, who go along with them, they
continue all the time abovementioned, in mutual friendſhip. The
firſt Bucaniers we ſpoke of, many times make an agreement with cer-
tain Planters, to furniſh them with meat all the whole year, at a cer-
tain price. The payment hereof is often made with two or three
hundred weight of Tobacco in the leaf. But the Planters commonly
into the bargain, furniſh them likewiſe with a Servant ; whom they
ſend to help. Unto the Servant they afford a ſufficient quantity of
all neceſſaries for that purpoſe, eſpecially of powder, bullets, and
{mall fhot, to hunt withal.
The Planters began to cultivate and plant the Ife of Tortuga, in
the year 1998. The firſt Plantation was of Tobacco, the which
grew to admiration ; being likewiſe of very good quality. Not-
withſtanding, by reaſon of the ſmall circumference of the Iand, they
were then able to plant but little. Eſpecially there being many
pieces of Land in that ifle, that were not fit to produce Tobacco.
They attempted likewiſe to make Sugar, but by reaſon of the great
expences neceſſary to defray the Charges, they could not bring it to
any

Part I. Bucaniers of America.
31
any effect. So that the greateſt part of the Inhabitants, as we ſaid
before, betook themſelves to the exerciſe of hunting, and the re-
maining part unto that of Piracy. At laſt the Hunters finding them.
ſelves ſcarce able to fubfift by their firſt profeſſion, began likewiſe to
ſeek out lands that might be rendred fit for culture; and in theſe
they alſo planted Tobacco. The firſt land that they choſe for chis
purpoſe, was Cal de Sac; whoſe territory extendeth towards the
Southern part of the land. This piece of ground they divided in-
to ſeveral quarters, which were called, The great Ames, Niep, Roche-
lois, the little Grave, the great Grave, and the Augame. Here by little
and little they encreaſed ſo much, that at preſent, there are above
two thouſand Planters in thoſe fields. At the beginning, they en-
dured very inuch hardſhip; ſeeing that mean while they were bafied
about their Husbandry, they could not go out of the Iſland to ſeek
proviſions. This hardſhip was alſo increafed by the neceility of
grubbing, cutting down, burning, and digging, whereby to extir-
pate the innumerable roots of ſhrubs and trees. For when the
French poffeffed themſelves of that Ifland, it was wholly overgrown
with Woods extreamly chick ; theſe being onely inhabited by an ex-
traordinary number of wild Bores. The method they took to clear
the ground, was, to divide themſelves into ſmall companies of two
or three perſons together, and theſe companies to ſeparate far enough
from each other, provided with a few hatchets, and ſome quantity
of courſe proviſion. With theſe things they uſe to go into the
Woods, and there to build Huts for their habitation, onely of a few
rafters and boughs of trees. The firſt endeavour was to root up
the ſhrubs, and little trees: Afterwards to cut down the great ones.
Theſe they gathered into heaps, with their branches, and then ſet
them on fire ; excepting the roots, which laſt of all, they were
conſtrained to grub, and dig up after the beſt manner they could.
The firft feed they committed to the ground, was Beans.
thoſe Countries, both ripen and dry away, in the ſpace of fix was Beans.
Weeks.
The ſecond fruit, neceſſary unto humane life, which here they
tryed, was Potatos. Theſe come not to perfection in leffer time, chan Potatos:
four or five months. On theſe they moſt commonly make their
breakfaſts every morning. They dreſs them no otherwiſe, than boy-
ling them in a kettle with fair water: Afterwards they cover them
with a cloath, for the ſpace of halt an hour ; by which manner of
dreſſing, they become as ſoft as boyled Cheſnuts. Of the ſaid Potas...
tos alſo, they uſe to make a drink called Maiz. They cut them in-
to ſmall flices, and cover them with hot water. When they are
well imbib'd with water, they preſs them through a courſe cloath ;
and
Theſe in The first fruit

326
Bucaniers of America, Part I.
Mandioca.
and the liquor that cometh out, although ſomething thick, they keep
in veſſels made for that purpoſe. Here after ſetling two or three
days it beginneth to work, and having thrown off its lees, is fit for
drink. They uſe it with great delight; and although the taſte
hereof is ſomewhat ſowr, yer is it very pleaſant, ſubſtantial, and
wholſom. The induſtry of this compofition is owing unto the In-
dialis, as well as of many others, which the ingeniofity of thoſe Bar-
bariaus cauſed them to invent, both for che preſervation and pleaſure
of their own life.
The third fruit the newly cultivated Land afforded, was Mandian
ca, which the Indians, by another name call Cazave. This is a cer-
- tain root which they plant; but cometh not to perfection till after
eight or nine months; yea, ſometimes a whole year. Being
throughly ripe, it may be left in the ground, the ſpace of eleven or
twelve months, without the leaſt ſuſpicion of corruption. But this
time being paſt, the ſaid roots muſt be converted unto uſe ſome way
or another ; otherwiſe they conceive a total putrefaction. Of theſe
roots of Cazave, in thoſe Countrys is made a fort of granulous flour
or meal,extreamly dry and white, which ſupplieth the want of com-
mon bread made of wheat;whereof the fields are altogether barren in
that filand. For this purpoſe they have in their houſes certain gra-
ters, made either of Copper or Tin, wherewith they grate the afore-
mentioned roots, even juſt as they uſe to do Mirick in Holland. By
the by let me tell you , Mirick is a certain root of a very biting
taſte, not unlike unto ſtrong Muftard, wherewith they uſually make
fauces for ſome forts of Fich. When they have grated as much Ca-
Zave-roots as will ſerve turn, they put the gratings into bags or ſacks
made of courſe linnen, and preſs out all the moiſture, until they re-
main very dry. Afterwards they paſs the gratings through a lieve,
leaving them, after fifting, very like unto ſaw-dult
. The meal being
thus prepared, they lay it upon planches of iron, which are made ve-
ry hoc, upon which it is converted into a ſort of Cakes very
thin. Theſe Cakes are afterwards placed in the Sun upon the tops
of houſes, where they are throughly and perfectly dryed. And left
they ſhould loſe any part of their meal, what did not paſs the fieve, is
anade
пр into rowles live or fix inches thick. Theſe are placed one
upon another, and left in this poſture until they begin to corrupt.
Of this corrupted matter, they make a Liquor, by them called Veycou,
which they find very excellent, and certainly is not inferiour unto
orr Engliſh Beer,
Bananas are likewiſe another fort of fruit, of which is made ano-
ther excellent liquor, which both in ſtrength and pleaſantneſs of
talte, may be compared unto the best Wines of Spain. But this li-
quor
Bananas.

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
33
quor of Bananas, as it caſily cauſeth drunkenneſs in ſuch as uſe it im-
moderately, ſo doth it likewiſe very frequently inflame the throat,
and produce dangerous diſeaſes in that part. Guines agudos is allo Guixes agudos.
another fruit whereof they make drink. But this ſort of liquor is
not foftrong as the precedent. Howbeit both the one and the other
are frequently mingled with water, thereby to quench thirſt.
After they had cultivated theſe Plantations, and filled them with
all ſorts of roots & fruits neceſſary for humane life, they began to plant
Tobacco for trading.The marner of planting this frequent commodity Manner of
is as followeth : They make certain beds of earth in the field, no lar-planting To-
bacce.
ger than of twelve foot ſquare. Theſe beds they cover very well
with Palmite-leaves, to the intent the rays of the Sun may not touch
the earth wherein Tobacco is ſowed. They water them likewiſe,
when is doth not rain, as we do our Gardens in Europe. When it is
grown about the bigneſs of young lettuce, they tranſplant it into
ſtreight lines, which they make in other ſpacious fields ; ſetting eve-
ry plant at the diſtance of three foot from each other. They obſerve
likewiſe, the fitteſt ſeaſons of the year for theſe things ; which are
commonly from January, until the end of March ; theſe being the
Months wherein moſt rains do fall in thoſe Countries. Tobacco ought
to be weeded very carefully, ſeeing the leaſt root of any other Herb
coming near it is ſufficient to hinder it's growth.When it is grown to
the height of one foot and half, or thereabouts, they cut off the tops,
thereby to hinder the ſtalks and leaves from ſhooting too high up-
wards, to the intent the whole Plant may receive greater ſtrength
from the earth, which affordeth unto it all its vigour and taſte.
Mean while it ripeneth and cometh to full perfection, they prepare a fost six
in their houſes certain apartments of fifty or threeſcore foot in
length, and thirty or forty in breadth. Theſe they fill with bran-
ches of trees and rafters, and upon them lay the green Tobacco to
dry. When it is throughly dryed, they ſtrip off the leaf from the
ftalks, and cauſe it to be rowled up by certain people, who are em-
ployed in this work and no other. Unto theſe they afford for their
labour, the tenth part of what they make up into Rowles. This Property of the
property is peculiar unto Tobacco, which therefore I ſhall not omit, Tobacco-plant,
that if while it is yet in the ground, the leaf be pulld off from the ſtalk,
it ſprouteth again, no leſs than four times in one year. Here I ſhould
be glad to give an account alſo of the manner of making Sugar, In-
digo, and Gimbes ; but ſeeing theſe things are not planted in thoſe
parts, whereof we now ſpeak, I have thought fit to paſs them over
in filence.
The French Planters of the Iſe of Hiſpaniola, have always unto Subjection of
this preſent time been ſubject unto the Governɔurs of Tortuga. Yet the Planters of
90 90
F
Hiſpaniola.
OKOM
this
340

34
Bucaniers of America. Part T.
ny
this Obedience hath not been rendred,without much reluctancy and
grudging on their fide. In the year 1664, the Weſt-India Compa-
of France laid the foundations of a Colony in Tortuga; under
which Colony the Planters of Hiſpaniola were comprehended, and
named as Subjects thereunto. This Decree diſguſted the ſaid Plan-
ters very much, they taking it very ill to be reputed Subjects unto a
private Company of men, who had no authority to make them fo..
Efpecially being in a Country which belonged not unto the Domi-
nions of the King of France. Hereupon they reſolved to work no
longer for the ſaid Company : And this reſolution of theirs was ſuf-
ficient to compel the Company to a total diſſolution of the Colony.
But at laſt the Governour of Tortuga, who was pretty well ſtocke
with Planters, conceiving he could more eaſily force them than the
Weſt-India Company, found an invention whereby to draw them
unto his obedience. He promiſed them he would put off their ſeve-
ral ſorts of Merchandize, and cauſe ſuch returns to be made, in lieu
of their goods from France, as they ſhould belt like. Withal, he
dealt with the Merchants under-hand, that all ſhips whatſoever
ſhould come configned unto him, and no perſons ſhould entertain any
correſpondency with thoſe Planters of Hiſpaniola ; thinking thereby
to evite many inconveniencies, and compel them, through neceffity
and want of all things, to obey. By thefe means, he not onely ob-
tained the. obedience he deſigned from thoſe people, but alſo that
ſome Merchants, who had promiſed to deal with them, and viſit
them now and then, no longer did it.
Notwithſtanding what hath been ſaid, in the year 1669, two
the Hollander's Ships from Holland happened to arrive at the Ife of Hiſpaniola;
At Hiſpaniola
. with all ſorts of Merchandize neceffary in thoſe parts. With theſe
Ships preſently the Planters aforeſaid reſolved to deal, and with the
Dutch Nation for the future, thinking hereby to withdraw their obe-
dience from the Govemour of Tortuga ; and by fruſtrating his de-
The Planters figns, revenge themſelves of what they had endured under his Go-
Rebels vernment. Not long after the arrival of the Hollanders, the Gover-
vernour of Tortuga came to viſit the Plantation of Hiſpaniola, in a
Vefſel very well arm’d. But the Planters not onely forbid him to
come a ſhore, but with their guns allo forced him to weigh anchor,
and retire fafter than he came. Thus the Hollanders began to trade
with theſe people for all manner of things. But ſuch Relations and
friends as the Governour had in Hiſpaniola, uſed all the endeavours
they were capable of, to impede the commerce. This being under-
ſtood by the Planters, they fent them word, that in caſe tbey.lay'd
not aſide their artifices for the binderance of the commerce, which was be-
gan with the Hollanders, they should every one affuredly be torn in pieces opti
More-

Part I.
35
Bucaniers of America.
nour.
Moreover, to oblige farther the Hollanders, and contemn the Gover-
nour and his party, they gave greater ladings unto the two Ships
than they could defire, with many gifts and preſents unto the Offi-
cers and Mariners ; whereby they ſent them very well contented to
their own Country. The Hollanders came again, very punctually
according to their promiſe, and found the Planters under a greater
indignation than before, againſt the Governour. Either becauſe of
the great fatisfaction they had already conceived of this commerce
with the Dutch, or that by their means they hoped to fubfift by
themſelves, without any further dependance upon the French Nati-
on. However it was, ſuddainly after, they ſet up another reſoluti-
on, ſomething more ftrange than the precedent. The Tenor hereof
was, that they would go unto the Illand of Tortuga, and cut the Go- They refolue to
kill the Gover,
vernour in pieces. Hereupon they gathered together as many Ca-
now's as they could, and ſet ſail from Hiſpaniola, with deſign not
onely to kill the Governour, but alſo to poſſeſs themſelves of the
whole Iſland. This they thought they could more eaſily perform,
by reaſon of all neceſſary aſſiſtance, which they believed would at any
time be ſent them from Holland. By which means, they were already
deterinined in their minds, to ere&t themſelves into a new Common-
wealth, independent of the Crown of France. But no ſooner had
they began this great revolution of their little State, when they re-
ceived news of a War, declared between the two Nations in Europe.
This wrought ſuch a conſternation in their minds, as cauſed them
to give over that enterprize, and retire without attempting any
thing.
In the mean while the Governour of Tortuga ſent into France, The Governoui
for aid towards his own ſecurity, and the reduction of thoſe people craveth aid
unto their former Obedience. This was granted him, and two from the Crown
Men of War were ſent unto Tortuga, with orders to be at his Com- of France.
mands. Having received ſuch a conſiderable ſupport, he ſent them
very well equipped unto the Iſle of Hiſpaniola. Being arrived at the
place, they landed part of their forces, with a deſign to force the peo-
ple to the obedience of whom they much hated in their hearts. But
the Planters ſeeing the arrival of thoſe two Frigats; and not being
ignorant of their deſign, fled into the woods, abandoning their hou-
ſes and many of their goods, which they left behind. Theſe were
immediately rifled and burnt by the French without any compaſſion,
nor ſparing the leaſt Cottage they found. Afterwards the Gover-
nour began to relent in his anger, and let them know by fome Mer-
ſengers, that in caſe they would return unto his Obedience, he would give
ear unto fome accommodation betwixt them. Hereupon the Planters The Planters
finding themſelves deſtitute of all humane relief, and that they could ſurrender.
expect
F 2

36
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
expect no help from any fide, ſurrendered unto the Governour up-
on Articles, which were made and ſigned on both ſides. But there
were not too ſtrictly obſerved ; for he commanded two of the chie-
feſt among them to be hanged. The reſidue were pardoned ; and
withal he
gave
them free leave to Irade with any Nation whatſoever
they found most fit for their purpoſe. With the grant of this liberty
they began to recultivate their Plantations, which gave them an huge
quantity of very good Tobacco;" they ſelling yearly to the ſum of
twenty or thirty thouſand rowls.
In this Countrey the Planters have but very few flaves. For want
of which, they themſelves, and ſome ſervants they have, are con-
ftrained to do all the drudgery. Theſe Servants commonly oblige
svo vids and bind themſelves unto their Mafters, for the ſpace of three years.
But their Maſters forſaking all conſcience and juſtice, oftentimes
traffick with their bodies, as with Horſes at a Fair ; ſelling them un-
to other Maſters, even juft as they ſell Negroes brought from the
Coaſt of Guinea. Yea, to advance this Trade, ſome perſons there
Kid-nappers. are who go purpoſely into France, (the ſame happeneth in England
and other countries) and Travelling through the Cities,Towns, and
Villages, endeavour to pick up young men or boys, whom they
tranſport, by making them great promiſes. Theſe having once als
lured and conveyed them into the Iſlands I ſpeak of, the force to
work like horſes; the toil they impoſe upon them being much har-
der than what they uſually enjoyn unto the Negro's their ſlaves.
For theſe they endeavour in ſome manner to preſerve as being their
perpetual bond-men ; but as for their White Servants, they care not
whether they live or die, feeing they are to continue no longer than
three
years
in their ſervice. Theſe miſerable kidnap’t people, are
frequently ſubject unto a certain diſeaſe, which in thoſe
led Coma , being a total privation of all their ſenſes. And this di-
ſtemper is judged to proceed from their hard uſage, together with the
change of their Native Climate, into that which is directly oppoſite.
Oftentimes it happeneth, that among theſe tranſported people, ſuch
are found as are perſons of good quality, and tender education. And
theſe being of a fofter conftitution, are more fuddainly ſurprized
with the diſeaſe above-mentioned, and with ſeveral others belong-
ing to thoſe Countries, than thoſe who have harder bodies, and have
been brought up to all manner of fatigue. Beſides the hard uſage
they indure in their Dyet, Apparel, and Repoſe; many times they
beat them ſo cruelly, that ſome of them fall down dead under the
hands of their cruel Maſters. This I have often ſeen with my own
eyes, not without great grief and regret. Of many inſtances of
this nature, I ſhall only give you the following Hiftory, as being
ſomething more remarkable in its circumſtances.
parts is cal-

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
37
Here he gave
It happened that a certain Planter of thoſe Countries , exerciſed Cruelty of a
Planter to-
fuch cruelty towards one of his Servants,as cauſed him to run away.
wards bis
Having abſconded for ſome days in the Woods from the fury of his
Seycart.
tyrannical Maſter, at laſt he was taken ard brought back to the do-
minion of this wicked Phardo. No ſooner had he got him into his
hands, but he commanded him to be tycd unto a tree.
him ſo many laſhes upon his naked back, as made his body run an
entire ſtream of gore blood, embruing therewith the ground about
the Tree. Afterwards to make the ſmart of his wounds the greater,
he anointed them with juyce of Lemmon mingled with Salt and
Pepper, being grounded ſmall together. In this miſerable poſture he
left him, tyed unto the tree, for the ſpace of four and twenty hours.
Theſe being paſt, he commenc'd his puniſhment again, lahing him
as before, with ſo much cruelty that the miſerable wretch under this
torture gave up the ghoſt, with theſe dying words in his mouth: I
befeech the Almighty God, Creator of Heaven and Earth, that be permit
the wicked Spirit to make the feel as many Torments before thy death, as
thou haft cauſed me to feel before mine. A ftrange thing, and worthy
all aſtoniſhment and admiration! Scarce three or four days were part
after this horrible fact , when the Almighty Judge who had heard
the clamours of that tormented wretch , gave permiſſion unto the
author of wickedneſs, ſuddainly to poſſeſs the body of that barba-
rous and inhumane Amirricide, who tormented him unto deach. In-
fomuch, that thoſe tyrannical hands wherewith he had puniſhed to
death his innocent Servant, were the tormentours of his own body.
For with them after a miſerable manner he did beat himſelf, and la-
cerate his own fleſh, till he loſt the very ſhape of man which nature
had given him ; not ceaſing to howl and cry without any reft,either
by day or night. Thus he continued to do, until he dyed in that
condition of saving madneſs, wherein he ſurrendred his Ghoft-un-
to the ſame ſpirit of darkneſs who had tormented his body. Many
other examples of this kind I could rehearſe, but theſe not belonging Sesso
unto our preſent diſcourſe, I ſhall therefore omit them.
The Planters that inhabit the Cariby Iſlands, are rather worſer, and in the Cariby
more cruel unto their Servants than the precedent. In the Iſle of Iſlands they
St.Chriſtopher dwelleth one, whoſe name is Bettefa, very well known are worſe,
among the Dutch Merchants, who hath killed above an hundred of
his Servants with blows and ftripes. The Engliſh do the fame with
their Servants. And the mildeſt cruelty they exerciſe towards them,
is, that when they have ſerved fix years of their time, (the years they
are bound for among the Engliſh, being feven compleat, they uſe
them with ſuch cruel hardſhip, as forceth them to beg of their Ma-
fers to ſell them unto others, although it be to brgin another ſervi-
tude

58
Part 1
Bucaniers of America.
tude of ſeven years; or at leaſt, three or four. I have known ma-
ny, who after this manner ſerved fifteen, and twenty years, before
The Engliſh uſe they could obtain their freedom. Another thing very rigorous a-
to fell one ano- mong that Nation, is a Law in thoſe Mands, whereby if any man
tisey fex debtse oweth unto another above five and twenty ſhillings Engliſh tnoney,
in caſe he cannot pay, he is liable to be ſold for the ſpace of fix or
cight months. I ſhall not trouble the patience of my Reader any
longer with Relations of this kind, as belonging unto another ſub-
ject, different from what I have propoſed to my ſelf in this Hiſtory,
Whereupon I ſhall take my beginning from hence, to deſcribe the
famous Actions and Exploits of the greateſt Pirates of my time,du-
ring my reſidence in thoſe parts. Theſe I ſhall endeavour to rclate
without the leaſt note of paſſion or partiality ; yea, with that can-
dour which is peculiar both to my mind and file. Withal, certify-
ing my Reader, I ſhall give him no Stories taken from others, upon
truſt or hearſay; but only thoſe Enterprizes unto which I was my
ſelf an eye-witneſs.
CH A P. VI.
Of the Origine of the moſt Famous Pirates of the Coaſts of A-
merica. A xotable Exploit of Pierre le Grand.
rates.
Have told you in the precedent Chapters of this Book, after what
manner I was compelld to adventure my life among the Pirates
of America. Linto which fort of men I think my ſelf obliged to
give this name, for no other reaſon, but that they are not maintain-
ed or upheld in their actions by any Soveraign Prince. For this is
The King of certain, that
the Kings of Spain have upon ſeveral occaſions ſent by
Spain com their Embaſſadours unto the Kings of France and England, complain-
plaineth a.
gainſt the Pir ing of the moleſtations and troubles thoſe Pirats did often cauſe sepon the
Coaſts of America ; even in the calm of Peace. Unto whoſe Émbar-
fadors it hath always been anſwered: That ſuch men did not commit
thoſe acts of Hoftility and Piracy, as Subjects unto their Majeſties ; and
therefore his Catholick Majeſty might proceed againſt them according as he
should find fit. The King of France , beſides what hath been faid,
added unto this anſwer: That he had no Fortreſs nor Caſtle upon the
the Iſle of Hiſpaniola ; neither did be receive one farthing of Tribute
from thence. Moreover, the King of England adjoyned : That he had
never given any Patents or Commiſions unto thoſe of Jamaica, for con-
mitting any hoſtility againſt the Subjeđ's of his Catholick. Majeſty. Nei-
ther

Part 1. Bucaniers of America.
39
ther did he only give this bare anſwer, but alſo out of his Royal
deſire to pleaſure the Court of Spain, recalled the Governour of
Jamaica, placing another in his room. All this was not ſufficient to
prevent the Pirates of thoſe parts from acting what miſchief they
could to the contrary. But before I commence the Relation of their
bold and infolent actions, I ſhall ſay ſomething of their Origine, and
moſt common exerciſes ;-as alſo of the chiefelt among them ; and
their manner of Arming before they go out to Sea.
The firſt Pyrate that was known upon the Iſland of Tortuga, was The riſe of Pi-
named Pierre le Grand,or Peter the Great. He was born at the Town erre le Grande
of Diep in Normandy. That Action which rendred him famous, was
his taking of the Vice-Admiral of the Spaniſh Flota, nigh unto the
Cape of Tiburon, upon the Weſtern-fide of the Iſland of Hiſpaniola.
This bold Exploit he performed alone, with one only boats wherein
he had eight and twenty perſons, no more to help him. What gave:
occafion unto this Enterprize, was, that until that time the Spaniards
had paſſed and re-paffed, with all ſecurity, and without finding the
leaſt oppoſition, through the Channel of Bahama. So that Pierre le
Grand ſet out to Sea by the Caycos, where he took this great Ship,
with almoſt all facility imaginable. The Spaniards they found a-
board were all ſet on Shore,and the Veſſel preſently ſent into France.
The manner how this undaunted Spirit attempted and took ſuch an
huge Ship, I ſhall give you out of the Journal of a true and faith-
ful Author, in the ſame words I read them. The Boat, faith he, Bold attempt
zoherein Pierre le Grand was with his Companions, had noro been at Sea of Pierre le
a long time, without finding any thing according to his intent of Piracy ſzt- Grand.
table to make a prey. And now their Proviſions beginning to fail, they
could keep themſelves no longer upon the Ocean ; or they must of neceſſity
Starve. Being almoſt reduced to deſpair, they eſpied a great Ship belong-
ing unto the Spaniſh Flota, which had ſeparated from the reſt. This bul-
key Veſſel they reſolved to ſet upon and take, or die in the attempt. Here-
upon they made fail towards her, with deſign to view her ſtrength. And
although they judged the Vellel to be far above their Forces, yet the covea
touſneſs of ſuch a prey,and the extremity of fortune they were reduced un-
to, made them adventure mpon ſuch an enterprize. Being now come ſo near
that they could not eſcape without danger of being all killed, the Pirates
joyntly made an Oath unto their Captain Pierre le Grand, to behave
themſelves couragiouſly in this attempt, without the leaſt fear or fain-
ting. True it is, that theſe Rovers had conceived an epinion, they ſhould.
find the Ship unprovided to fight, and that througb this occaſion they
Bould mafter ber by degrees. It was in the dusk of the Evening, or foon.
after, when this great Action was performed. But before it was begun they
gave orders unto the Chirurgeon of the Boat , to bore a bole ith ſides
thereof

40
Bucaniers of America.
Part I.
thereof, to the intent that their own Vesel finking under them, they might
be compelled to attack more vigourouſly, and endeavour more haſtily to run
aboard the great Ship. This was performed accordingly, and without
any
other Arms than a Piſtol in one of their hands, and a Sword in the
ether, they immediately climbed up the ſides of the Ship, and ran all toge-
ther into the great Cabin ; where they found the Captain with ſeveral of
his Companions playing at Cards. Here they ſet a Piftob to his breaſt,
commanding him to deliver up the Ship unto their obedience
. The Spani-
...ards ſeeing the Pirates aboard their Ship with ut ſcarce having ſeen them
at sed, cried out, Jeſus bleſs us ! Are theſe Devils, or what are they?
In the mean while ſome of them took postelion of the Gun-room, and feia
zed the Arnis and Military affairs they found there ; killing as many of
the Ship, as made any oppoſition. By which means the Spaniards pre-
fently were compelled to ſurrender. That very day the Captain of the
Ship had been told by ſome of the Seamen , that the boat which was in
vien cruiſing, was a boat of Pirates. Onto whom the Captain ſlighting
their advices made anſwer: What then? Muft I be afraid of ſuch a
pitsiful thing as that is? No, nor though ſhe were a Ship as big and
as ſtrong as mine is. As ſoon as Pierre le Grand had taken this
maga
nificent prize, be detained in his ſervice as many of the common Seamen
as he had need of, and the reſt he ſet on ſhore. This being done, he imme-
diately ſet Sail for France, carrying with him all the Riches he found in
that huge Veſel : There be continued, without ever returning unto the
The Planters and Hunters of the Iſle of Tortuga , had no ſooner
The Tubabi-
tants of Tor- underſtood this happy event, and the rich prize thoſe Pirates had
ruga begin to obtained, but they relolved to follow their example. Hereupon,
follow Piracy, many of them left their ordinary exerciſes and common imploys,
and uſed what means they could to get either Boats or ſmall Veſſels
wherein to exerciſe Piracy. Put being not able either to purchaſe or
build them at Tortuga , at laft they reſolved to ſet forth in their Cae
nows,
and ſeck them elſewhere. With theſe therefore they cruzed
at firſt upon Cape de Alvarez, whereabouts the Spaniards uſe much
to trade from one City to another in finall boats. In theſe they
carry Hides, Tobacco, and other commodities unto the Port of Ha-
vana; which is the Metropolis of that Iſland, and unto which the
Spaniards from Europe do frequently reſort.
Hereabouts it was that thoſe. Pirates at the beginning took a great
They take 1
great number number of Boats laden with the afore-ſaid Commodities. Theſe
of Boats. Boats they uſed to carry to the lile of Tortuga, and there fell the
whole purchaſe unto the Ships that waited in the Port for their rc-
turn,or accidentally happened to be there. With the gains of theſe
Prizes, they provided themſelves with neceſſaries wherewithal to un-
dertake
2003 parts of America.

بزازير
6?
BARTOLOMEW PORTUGUES,
Part. 1. Ch:6:pa:51

.

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
41
dertake other Voyages. Some of theſe Voyages were made towards
the Coaſt of Campeche, and others towards that of New-Spain. In
both which places the Spaniards at that time, did frequently exerciſe
much Commerce and Trade. Upon thoſe Coaſts they commonly
found great number of Trading Veſſels, and many times Ships of
great burthen. Two of the biggeſt of theſe Veſſels, and two great
Ships which the Spaniards had laden with Plate, in the Port of Cam-
peche, for to go unto Caracas , they took in leſs then a Months time,
by cruiſing to and fro. Being arrived at Tortuga with theſe Prizes,
and the whole people of the Mand admiring their progreſſes, eſpe-
cially that within the ſpace of two years, the Riches of the Coun-
trey were much increaſed, the number alſo of Pirates did augment ſo The number of
faft, that from theſe beginnings within a little ſpace of time, there
Pirates in
were to be numbred in that ſmall Iſland and Port,above twenty Ships
creaseth.
of this fort of people. Hereupon , the Spaniards not able to bear
their Robberies any longer, were conſtrained to put forth to Sea two
great Men of War, both for the defence of their own Coafts, and
to cruze upon the Enemies.
CH A P. VII.
After what manner the Pirates Arm their Veſels, and how
they regulate their Voyages.
Efore the Pirates go out to Sea, they give notice unto every one How the Pin
preciſely to imbarque. Intimating alſo unto them, their obligation boates.
of bringing each man in particular fo many pound of Powder and
Bullet, as they think neceſſary for that Expedition. Being all come
on Board, they joyn together in Council, concerning what place
they ought firſt to go unto, wherein to get Proviſions; eſpecially of
fleſh, ſeeing they ſcarce eat any thing elſe. And of this the moſt
common fort among them is Pork. The next food is Tortoiſes, Their ordinary
which they uſe to falt a little. Sometimes they reſolve to rob ſuch food.
or ſuch Hog-yards, wherein the Spaniards often have a thouſand heads
of Swine together. They come unto theſe places in the dark of the
night, and having beſet the Keepers Lodge, they force them to riſe
and give them as many heads as they defire ; threatning withal to
kill him in caſe he diſobeyeth their commands, or maketh any noiſe.
Yea, theſe menaces are oftentimes put in execution, without giving
G.
any

Bucaniers of America, Part I.
ryone,
any quarter unto the miſerable Swine-keepers, or any other perſon
that endeavoureth to hinder their Robberies.
Having gotten proviſions of fleſh ſufficient for their Voyage, they
return unto their Ship. Here their allowance twice a day unto eve-
Their allow. ry one, is as much as he can eat ; without either weight or meaſure.
ance unto evt- Neither doth the Steward of the Veffel give any greater proportion
of fleſh or any thing elſe unto the Captain , than unto the meaneſt
Mariner. The Ship being well Victualld, they call another Coun-
cil to deliberate towards what place they ſhall go to ſeek their de-
ſperate fortunes. In this Council likewiſe they agree upon certain
Articles they
Articles which are put in writing, by way of Bond or Obligation,
agree upon his
mong them-
the which every one is bound to obſerve, and all of them, or the
ſelves. chiefeſt, do ſet their hands unto. Herein they ſpecifie and ſet down
very diſtinctly what fums of Money each particular perſon ought to
have for that Voyage. The fond of all the payments being the
common ſtock of what is gotten by the whole Expedition ; for o-
therwiſe it is the ſame law among theſe people, as with other Pi-
rates, No prey, no pay. In the firſt place therefore they mention how
much the Captain ought to have for his Ship. Next, the Salary of
the Carpenter or Shipwright, who careen'd, mended, and rigg’d the
Every påece of Veffel. This commonly amounteth unto one hundred, or an hun-
Eight is about dred and fifty pieces of eight;being according to the agreement, more
or leſs. Afterwards for proviſions and victualling, they draw out of the
ſame common ſtock, about 200 pieces of Eight. Alſo a competent Sa-
lary for the Surgeon, & his cheft of Medicaments, which uſually is ra.
ted at two hundred, or two hundred and fifty pieces of Eight. Laſtly,
they ftipulate in writing, what recompence or reward each one
ought to have, that is either wounded or maimed in his body, ſuf-
fering the loſs of any Limb by that Voyage. Thus they order for the
loſs of a right Arm fix hundred pieces of Eight, or fix ſlaves :
For the loſs of a left Arm, five hundred pieces of Eight, or five
flaves: For a right Leg, five hundred pieces of Eight or five ſlaves :
For the left Leg, four hundred pieces of Eight, or four ſlaves: For
an eye, one hundred pieces of Eight, or one flave: For a finger of
the hand, the ſame reward as for the eye. All which ſums of Money,
as I have ſaid before, are taken out of the capital ſum, or common
ftock of what is gotten by their Piracy. For a very exact and equal
dividend is made of the remainder among them all. Yet herein
they have alſo regard unto qualities and places. Thus the Captain
or chief Commander, is allotted five or fix portions to what the or-
dinary Seamen have. The Maſters Mate only two ; and other Offi-
cers proportionable to their employ. After whom they draw equal
parts from the higheſt even to the loweſt Mariner; the Boys not be
ing omitted.
For even theſe draw half a ſhare ; by reaſon that
duty
3 S. Ster,

Part I.
43
Bucaniers of America.
when they happen to take a better Veſſel than their own, it is the
duty of the Boys to ſet fire unto the Ship or Boat wherein they are,
and then retire unto the Prize which they have taken.
They obſerve among themſelves very good orders. For in the
They are very
Prizes they take, it is ſeverely prohibited unto every one to uſurp any faithful emone
thing in particular unto themſelves. Hence all they take is equally themſelzes.
divided, according to what hath been ſaid before. Yea, they make
a ſolemn Oath to each other,not to abfcond or conceal the leaſt thing
they find amongſt the prey. If afterwards any one is found unfaith-
ful, and that hath contraven'd the faid Oath, immediately he is ſe-
parated and turned out of the ſociety. Among themſelves they are
very civil and charitable to each other. Inſomuch, that if
any
wanteth what another hath, with great liberality they give it one to
another. As ſoon as theſe Pirats have taken any Prize of Ship or
Boat, the firſt thing they endeavour is to ſet on ſhore the Priſoners ;
detaining only ſome few for their own help and ſervice. Unto
whom alſo they give their liberty after the ſpace of two or three
years. They put in very frequently for refreſhment at one land or Where they re-
another. But more eſpecially into thoſe which lie on the Southern freſh themſelves
ſide of the Iſle of Cuba. Here they careen their veſſels, and i'th
mean while ſome of them go to hunt, others to cruze upon the Seas
in Canows, ſeeking their fortune. Many times they take the poor
Filhermen of Tortoiſes, and carrying them to their habitations they
make them work ſo long as the Pirates are pleaſed.
In the ſeveral parts of America are found four diſtinct ſpecies of Four ſpecies of
Tortoiſes. The firſt hereof are ſo great, that every one reacheth to Tortoiſes.
the weight of two or three thouſand pouud. The ſcales of the pe-
cies are ſo ſoft, as that eaſily they may be cut with a knife. Yet
theſe Tortoiſes are not good to be eaten. The ſecond ſpecies is of
an indifferent bigneſs, and are green in colour. The ſcales of theſe
are harder than the firſt; and this fort is of a very pleaſant talt,
The third is very little different in ſize and bigneſs from the ſeconds
unleſs that it hath the head ſomething bigger. This third ſpecies is
called by the French Cavana, and is not good for food. The fourth
is named Caret, being very like to the Tortoiſes we have in Europe.
This ſort keepeth moſt commonly among the Rocks, from whence
they crawl out to ſeek their food, which is for the greateſt part no-
thing but Apples of the Sea. Thoſe other ſpecies above-mentioned,
feed
upon graſs which groweth in the water upon the banks of the
fand. Theſe banks or ſhelves for their pleaſant green, do here re-
ſemble the delightful Meadows of the United Provinces. Their eggs Their Eggse
are almoſt like unto thoſe of the Crocodile,but without any ſhell, being
onely covered with a thin Membrane or film. They are found in ſuch
prodigious quantities along the ſandy ſhores of thoſe Countries, that
G2
were

44
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
were they not frequently deſtroyed by birds, the Sea would infinite-
ly abound with Tortoiſes.
Where they lay
Theſe Creatures have certain cuſtomary places whether they re-
them.
pair every year to lay their eggs. The chiefeſt of theſe places are
the three Iſlands called Caymanes, ſituated in the altitude of twenty
degrees and fifteen minutes Northern latitude; being at the diſtance
of five and forty leagues from the Iſle of Cuba,on the Northern fide
thereof
It is a thing much deſerving conſideration, how the Tortoiſes can
find out theſe Illands. For the greateſt part of them come from
the Gulf of Honduras ; diftant from thence the whole ſpace of one
hundred and fifty leagues. Certain it is, that many times the ſhips
having loſt their altitude through the darkneſs of the weather, have
ſteered their courſe only by the noiſe of Tortoiſes ſwimming that
way, and have arrived unto thoſe Iſles. When their feaſon of hatch-
ing is paſt, they retire towards the Iſland of Cuba, where be many
good places that afford them food. But the mean while they are at
the Iſlands of Caymanes,they eat very little or nothing. When they
have been about the ſpace of one Month in the Seas of Cuba, and
are grown fat, the Spaniards go out to filh for them; they being then
to be taken in ſuch abundance, that they provide with them ſuffici-
Their manney ently, their Cities, Towns, and Villages
. Their manner of taking
of fiſhing for them, is, by making with a great nail a certain kind of dart. This
Tortoiſes. they fix at the end of a long fick or pole ; with which they wound
the Tortoiſes as with a dagger, whenfoever they appear above wa-
ter to breath freſh air.
The Inhabitants of New-Spain and Campeche, lade their principal
forts of Merchandiſes in Ships of great bulk; and with theſe they
exerciſe their Commerce to and fro. The Veſſels from Campeche
in winter time ſet out towards Caracas, Irinity Iſles and that of Mar-
garita. For in ſummer the winds are contrary, though very favou-
rable to return unto Campeche, as they uſe to do at the beginning of
Places where that ſeaſon. The Pirates are not ignorant of thefe times, as being
commonly the
very dextrous in ſearching out all places and circumſtances moft ſu-
Pirates do
table to their deſigns. Hence in the places and ſeaſons afore-mentio-
Cruz.
ned, they cruze upon the ſaid Ships for ſome while. But in caſe
they can perform nothing, and that fortune doth not favour them
with ſome Prize or other, after holding a Council thereupon, they
commonly enterprize things very deſperate. Cf theſe their reſolu-
tions I ſhall give you one inſtance very remarkable. One certain Pi-
Pierre Fran- rate, whoſe name was Pierre Francois, or Peter Francis, happened to
cois. be a long time at Sea with his Boat, and fix and twenty perſons, wai-
ting for the Ships that were to return from Maracaibo towards Cam-
peche. Not being able to find any thing, nor get any prey, at laſt he
refol-

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
45
ry calm.
Teſolved to direct his courſe to Rancherias , which is nigh unto the
River called de la Plata, in the altitude of twelve degrees and a half
Northern latitude. In this place lieth a rich Bank
of Pearl, to the
fiſhery whereof they yearly ſend from Cartagena, a Fleet of a dozen
veſſels, with a man of war for their defence. Every vtffel hath at
leaſt a couple of Negroes in it, who are very dextrous in diving, even
to the depth of fix fathoms within the Sea, whereabouts they find
good ſtore of Pearls. Upon this Fleet of Veſſels, though fmall, cal-
led the Pearl Fleet, Pierre Francois reſolved to adventure, rather 2
then go home with empty hands. They rid at Anchor at that time
at the mouth of the River de la Hacha; the Man of War being
ſcarce half a league diſtant from the ſmall Ships, and the wind ve- L goeth untos
Having eſpied them in this poſture, he preſently pulled the River de
down his Sails, and rowed along the Coaſt, diffembling to be a and fettethupa
Spaniſh Veſſel that came from Maracaibo, and only paſſed that way. on a fleet of
But no ſooner was he come unto the Pearl-bank, when ſuddairly he Pearl-Fiſhers...
affaulted the Vice-Admiral of the ſaid Fleet, mounted with eight
Guns, and threeſcore men well Armed , commanding them to ſur-
sender. But the Spaniards running to their Arms, did do what they
could to defend themſelves, fighting for ſome while ; till at laſt they He tabeth trie
were conſtrained to ſubmit unto the Pirate. Being thus pofſeffed of Vice-Admirala
the Vice-Admiral, he reſolved next to adventure with lome other
fratagem upon the man of War; thinking thereby to get ſtrength
fufficient to maſter the reſt of the Fleet. With this intent he pre- And deſigneth
fently funk his own Boat in the River, and putting forth the Spaniſh againſt the
man of Wara
Colours , weighed Anchor , with a little wind they began to ſtir,
having with promiſes and menaces compelled moſt of the Spaniards
to aſſiſt him in his deſign. But no ſooner did the man of War
per-
ceive one of his Fleet to ſet ſail, when he did ſo too; fearing leaſt the
Mariners ſhould have any deſign to run away with the Veſſel and Ri.
ches they had on board. This cauſed the Pirates immediately to give
over that dangerous enterprize,as thinking themſelves unable to en-
counter force to force with the ſaid Man of War, that now came do
gainſt them.Hereupon they attempted to get out of the River,& gain
the
open
Seas with the riches they had taken;by making as much fail,
as poſſibly the veſſel would bear. This being perceiv'd by the Man of They loſe their
war,he preſently gave'umchace. But the Pirats having laid on too much Main-maft.
fail
, and a gult of wind ſuddenly ariſing, had their Main-Maft blown
down by the board, which diſabled 'um from proſecuting their eſcape.
This unhappy event much encouraged thoſe that were in the man
of War; they advancing and gaining upon the Pirates every mo-
ment. By which means at laſt they were overtaken. But theſe noto
withſtanding, finding themſelves ſtill with two and twenty perſons
found, the reſt being either killed or wounded, reſolved to defend
them.

46
Bucaniers of America. Part I
Upon Articles.
themſelves ſo long as it were poſſible. This they performed very
They Surrender couragiouſly for ſome while, until thereunto forced by the Man of
uuto tbe Man War, they were compelled to ſurrender. Yet was not this done
of War.
without Articles, which the Spaniards were glad to allow them, as
followeth: That they ſhould not uſe them as llaves, forcing them to
carry or bring ſtones,or employing them in other labours, for three or
four years
, as they commonly employ their Negro's. But that they
(hould ſet them on ſhore upon free land, without doing them any
harm in their bodies. Upon theſe Articles they deliver'd themſelves
with all that they had taken ; which was worth onely in Pearls,
to the value of above one hundred thouſand pieces of eight, beſides
by the Veffel, Proviſions, Goods, and other things. All which being
put together, would have made unto this Pirate, one of the greateſt
prizes he could defire. which he had certainly obtained, had it not
been for the loſs of his Main-maſt, as was ſaid before.
Another bold attempt, not unlike unto that which I have related,
nor leſs remarkable, I ſhall alſo give you at preſent A certain Pi-
rate, born in Portugal, and from the name of his Country, called
Bartholomew Bartholomew Portugues , was cruzing in his Boat from Jamaica
Portugues. (wherein he had onely thirty men, and four ſmall guns) upon the
Cape de Corriente, in the Iſland of Cuba. In this place he met with
a great ſhip that came from Maracaibo, and Cartagena, bound for the
Si Havana, well provided, with twenty great guns, and threeſcore and
Dit bien ten men, between paſſengers and Mariners. This ſhip he preſently
aſſaulted, but found as ſtrongly defended by them that were on board.
ThePirate eſcaped the firſt encounter reſolving to attack her more vi-
gorouſly than before, ſeeing he had ſuſtained no great damage hither-
to. This reſolution of his he boldly performed, renewing his aſ-
He taketh &
ſaults ſo often, till that after a long and dangerous fight, he became
great Spanih Maſter of the great Veffel. The Portugues loſt onely ten men, and
Ship
had four wounded, ſo that he had ſtill remaining twenty fighting
men, whereas the Spaniards had double the ſame number. Having
poſſefſed themſelves of ſuch a ſhip, and the wind being contrary to
return unto Jamaica, they reſolved to freer their courſe towards the
Cape of Saint Antony (which lieth on the Weſtern-fide of the Iſle of
Cuba) there to repair themſelves, and take in freſh water, of which
they had great neceſſity at that time. sorgung
Being now very near unto the Cape abovementioned, they unex-
pectedly met with three great ſhips that were coming from Nexo-
Is taber, and Spain, and bound for the Havana. By theſe, as not being able to
loſeth his liber- eſcape, they were eaſily retaken both Ship and Pirates. Thus they
were all made Priſoners, through the ſudden change of fortune, and
found themſelves poor,oppreſſed, and ſtript of all the riches they had
purcha-
ty:

Part 1 Bucàniers of America.
47
purchaſed fo little before. 'The Cargo of this ſhip conſiſted in one
hundred and twenty thouſand weight of Cacao-nuts, the chiefcft in-
gredient of that rich liquor called Chocolate, and threeſcore and ten
thouſand pieces of eight. Two days after this misfortune, there hap. b.
pened to ariſe an huge and dangerous tempeft, which largely fepara-
ted the Ships from one another. The great Veſſel, wherein the Pi-
rates were, arrived at Campeche ; where many conſiderable Mer-
chants came to falute and welcome the Captain thereof. Theſe
preſently knew the Portugues Pirate, as being him who had commit. He is broughoz
ted innumerable exceſſive infolencies upon thoſe coaſts, not onely in• untó Campexe
finite Murthers and Robberies, but alſo lamentable incendiums, which che.
thoſe of Campeche ſtill preſerved very freſh in their memory.
Hereupon, the next day after their arrival, the Magiſtrates of the
City fent ſeveral of their Officers, to demand and take into cuſtody
the criminal priſoners from on board the ſhip, with intent to puniſh
them according to their deſerts. Yet fearing left the Captain of
thofe Pirates ſhould eſcape out of their hands on ſhore (as he had for-
merly done, being once their Priſoner in the City before) they judg'a
it more convenient to leave him fafely guarded on boarded the Ship
for that preſent. In the mean while they cauſed a Gibbet to be is condemnet
erected, whereupon to hang him the very next day, without any o- to theGallows male
ther form of proceſs, than to lead him from the ſhip unto the place
of puniſhment. The rumour of this future tragedy, was preſently
brought unto Bartholomew Portugues his ears, whereby he fought all
the means he could to eſcape that night. With this deſign he took
two earthen Jars, wherein the Spaniards uſually carry Wine from
Spain unto the West-Indies, and ſtopped them very well ; intending
to uſe them for ſwimming, as thoſe who are unskilful in that art do
Calabacas, a ſort of pumkins in Spain, and in other places empty
bladders. Having made this neceſſary preparation, he waited for
the night when all ſhould be a fleep; even the Centry that guarded
him. But ſeeing he could not eſcape his vigilancy, he ſecretly pur- He killet) biss
chaſed a knife, and with the ſame gave him ſuch a mortal ftab, as Centry, and to
ſuddainly depriv'd him of life, and the poſſibility of making any Scapeth.
noiſe. At that inſtant he committed himſelf to Sea, with thoſe two
earthen jars aforementioned, and by their help and ſupport, though
never having learned to ſwim, he reached the ſhore. Being arrived
upon land, without any delay he took his refuge in the Woods; where
he hid himſelf for three days, without daring to appear, nor eating
any
other food than wild herbs.
Thoſe of the City failed not the next day to make a diligent They seek after
ſearch for him in the Woods, where they concluded him to be. This bin in vain.
ftrict enquiry Portugues had the convenience to eſpy from the hollow
of

48
Bucaniers of America Part I.
of a tree, wherein he' lay abfconded. Hence perceiving them to re-
turn without finding what they fought for, he adventured to fally
He goeéh to the forth towards the Coaſts, called del Gelfo triſte, forty leagues diſtant
coaſts of Golfo
from the City of Campeche. Hither he arrived within a fortnight after
trifte.
his eſcape from the Ship. In which ſpace of time,as alſo afterwards,
he endured extream hunger, thirſt and fears, of falling again into the
hands of the Spaniards. For during all this journey he had no other
proviſion with him,than a ſmall Galabaca,with a little water: Neicher
did he eat any thing elſe, than a few ſhell-fiſh which he found a-
mong
the Rocks, nigh the Sea-lhore. Beſides that, he was compel-
led to paſs as yet ſome Rivers, not knowing well to ſwim. Being
in this diſtreſs, he found an old board which the waves had thrown
upon the ſhore
, wherein did ſtick a few great nails. Theſe he took,
and with no ſmall labour whetted againſt a ſtone, until that he had
made them capable of cutting like unto kvives, though very imper-
fectly. With theſe, and no better inftruments, he cut down fome
branches of Trees, the which with twigs and Ofiers he joyned to-
gether, and made as well as he could a boat, or rather a wafte,where-
wieh he wafted over the Rivers. Thus he arrived finally at the
Cape of Golfo triſte, as was ſaid before ; where he hapned to find
a certain Veffel of Pirates, who were great Comrades of his
OW,
and were lately come from Jamaica.
U to theſe Pirates he inſtantly related all his adverſities and mil-
fortunes. And withal demanded of them, they would fit him with
He gettet)
there a boat. a boat and twenty men; with which company alone, he promiſed
to return unto Campeche, and aſſault the Ship that was in the River,
by which he had been taken and eſcaped fourteen days before. They
eaſily granted his requeſt, and equipped him a Boat with the faid
number of Men, With this ſmall company he fet forth towards
the execution of his deſign; which he bravely performed eight days
after he ſeparated from his Comrades at the Cape of Golfo triffe.
For being arrived at the River of Campeche, with an undaunted
courage, and without any rumour of noiſe, he aſſaulted the Shipa-
forementioned. Thoſe that were on board, were perſwaded this
was a boat from land, that came to bring contra banda goods; and
And retaketh hereupon were not in any poſture of defence. Thus the Pirates
the Ship by laying hold on this occafion, aſſaulted them without any fear of ill
which he was
ſucceſs, and in ſhort ſpace of time compelled the Spaniards to ſur-
render.
Being now Maſters of the Ship, they immediately weighed An.
chor, and ſet Sail, determining to fly from the Port, leaſt they ſhould
be purſued by other Veſſels. This they did with extremity of joy,
ſeeing themſelves poffeſfors of ſuch a brave Ship. Eſpecially Pore
tugues
taken.

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
49
2
tugues
their Captain, who now by a ſecond turn of fortunes wheel,
was become rich and powerful again, who had been ſo lately in that
fame Veſſel a poor miſerable priſoner , and condemned to the Gal-
lows. With this great purchaſe he deſigned in his mind greater
things; which he might well hope to obtain , ſecing he had found
in the Veſſel great quantity of rich Merchandiſe ftill remaining on
board, although the Plate had been tranſported into the City. Thus
he continued his Voyage towards Jamaica for ſome days. But co-
ming nigh unto the lile of Pinos, on the South-fide of the Iſland of
Cuba, fortune fuddainly turned her back unto him once more, never Helofetb the
to lhew him her countenance again. For a horrible ſtorm ariſing Ship ir a ftorm
at Sea, occafioned the Ship to ſplit againſt the Rocks or Banks called
Jardines, Inſomuch that the Veffcſ was totally loſt, and Portugues, And eſcaperla
with his Companions eſcaped in a Canow. After this manner he in a Carow.
arrived at Jamaica , where he remained no long time ; being only
there till he could prepare himſelf to ſeek his fortune anew
which
from that time proved always adverſe unto him.
Nothing leſs rare and admirable than the precedent are the Acti- Roche Brafi-
ons of another Pirate; who at preſent liveth at Jamaica, and who liano.
hath on ſundry occaſions enterprized and atchieved things very
ſtrange. The place of his Birth was the City of Groninghen, in the
United Provinces ; but his own proper Name is not known : The duhen
Oiding
Pirates his Companions having only given him that of Roche Braſi-
liano by reaſon of his long reſidence in the Country of Brafil.
From whence he was forced to lie when the Portuguiſes retook thoſe da
Countries from the Weſt-India Company of Amſterdam ; ſeveral Na-
tions then inhabiting at Braſil (as Engliſh, French,Dutch, and others)
being conſtrained to ſeek new Fortunes.
This Fellow at that conjuncture of time retired unto Jamaica.
Where being at a ſtand how to get a livelyhood , he entred himſelf
into the Society of Pirates. Under theſe he ſerved in quality of a
private Mariner for ſome while. In which degree he behaved him-
ſelf ſo well, as made hiin both beloved and reſpected by all ; as one
that deſerved to be their Commander for the future. One day cer-
tain Mariners happend to engage in a diffention with their Captain;
the effect whereof was, that they left the Boat. Braſiliano followed is choſen Cap-
the reſt, and by theſe was choſen for their Conductor and Leader ; taito das
who alſo fitted him out a Boat, or ſmall Veſſel, wherein he received
the Title of Captain.
ti
20
Few days were paft from his being choſen Captain, when he took He taketh a
on,
baglo
a great Ship that was coming from New-Spain. "On board of which great Ship.
he found a great quantity of Plate ; and both one and the other he
carried urto Jamaica. This action gave him renown
renown, and cauſed
H
him

42
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
him to be both eſteemed and feared ; every one apprehending him
much abroad. Howbeit, in his domeſtick and private affairs, he had
no good behaviour nor government over himfelf; for in theſe he
would oftentimes ſhew himſelf either bruitiſh or fooliſh. Many
times, being in drink, he would run up and down the ſtreets beating
or wounding whom he met ; no perſon daring to oppofe him or
make any reſiſtance.
Unto the Spaniards he always ſhewed himſelf very barbarous and
cruel; only out of an inveterate hatred he had againft that Nation.
Of theſe he commanded ſeveral to be roſted alive upon wooden
ſpits, for no other crime, than that they would not ſhow him the
places or Hog-yards where he might ſteal Swine. After many of
theſe Cruelties, it happened as he was cruiſing upon the Coafts of
Campeche, that a diſmal tempef ſuddainly furpriz d him. This pro-
ved to be fo violent, that at laft his Ship was wrackt upon the
Coafts ; the Mariners only eſcaping with their Muskets, and ſome
few Bullets and Powder, which were the only things they could ſave,
of all that was in the Veffel. The place where the Ship was loſt,
was preciſely between Campeche and the Golfo triſte. Here they got
He loſeth his
on ſhore in a Canow,and marching along the Coaſt with all the ſpeed
Ship, and efca- they could, they directed their courſe towards Golfo triſte ; as being
peth in a Ca- a place where the Pirates commonly uſe to repair and refreſh them-
ſelves. Being upon this Journey, and all very hungry and thirſty,
Is purſued by
as is uſual in deſert places, they were purſued by ſome Spaniards ;
a Troop of being a whole Troop of a hundred Horſemen, Braſiliano no ſooner
Spaniards. perceived this imminent danger, than he animated his Companions,
telling them: We had better fellopo-Souldiers chooſe to die under our
Arms fighting as it becometh men of courage, than ſurrender unto the
Spaniards; who in caſe they overcome us, will take away our lives with
cruel torments. The Pirates were no more than thirty in number;
who notwithſtanding, feeing their brave Commander oppoſe him-
felf with courage unto the enemy, reſolved to do the like. Here-
upon they faced the Troop of Spaniards, and diſcharged their Muf-
quets againſt them ; with ſuch dexterity, as they almoſt killd one
horſeman with every ſhot. The fight continued for the ſpace of
an hour, till at laſt the Spaniards were put to flight by the Pirates.
Putteth them They ſtripp'd the dead, and took from them what they thought moſt
to flight.
convenient for their uſe. But ſuch as were not already dead, they
helped to quit the miſeries of life, with the ends of thelr Mul
FOND nga
319 se
02 quets.
Having vanquiſhed the Enemy, they all mounted on feveral hor-
ſes they found in the field, and continued the Journey afore-mentio-
ned > Braſiliano having loft but two of his Companions in this bloody
now.
2.23
fight

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
43
fight, and had two other wounded. As they proſecuted their way,
before they came unto the Port, they eſpied a boat from Campeche
well mann'd, that rid at anchor, protecting a ſmall number of Ca-
nows that were lading wood. Hereupon they fent a detachment of
fix of their men to watch them, and theſe the next morning by a
wild poffeffed themſelves of the Canows. Having given notice un-
to their Companions, they went all on board, and with no great
difficulty took alſo the Boat, or little man of War their Convoy.
Thus having rendred themſelves Maſters of the whole Fleet, they They take a
wanted only provifions, which they found but very ſmall aboard Fleet of Ca-
thoſe Veſſels. But this defect was ſupplied by the horſes, which nows, and a
.
they inſtantly killed and falred, with Salt which by good fortune the Boat of War.
Wood-cutters had brought with them. Upon which Victuals they are
made ſhift to keep themſelves, until ſuch time as they could purchaſe ist vores
better.
Theſe very fame Pirates, I mean Braſiliano and his Companions,
took alſo another Ship that was going from New-Spain unto Mara- They take a
Ship from
caibo, laden with divers ſorts of Merchandize, and a very conſidera-
New-Spain.
ble number of pieces of Eight, which were deſigned to buy Cacao-
nuts for their lading home. All theſe prizes they carried into fa-
maica, where they ſafely arrived, and according to their cuſtom,wa-
fted in in a few days in Taverns and Stews all they had gotten, by
Pirates will
giving themſelves to all manner of debauchery, with Strumpets and spend 2000, or
Wine Such of theſePirates are found who will ſpend 2 or 3000 pieces 3000 pieres of
of Eight in one night, not leaving themſelves peradventure a good Eight in ore
ſhirt to wear on their backs in the morning. Thus upon a certain
night.
time, I ſaw one of them give unto a common Strumpet, five hun-
dred pieces of Eight, only that he might ſee her naked. My own
Mafter would buy in like occaſions a whole pipe of wine and placing
it in the ſtreet, would force every one that paſſed by to drink with
him; threatning alſo to Piſtol them in caſe they would not do it.
At other times he would do the ſame with Barrels of Ale or Beer.
And very often with both his hands he would throw theſe Liquors a-
bout the ſtreets, and wet the cloaths of ſuch as walked by, without
regarding whether he ſpoild their Apparel or not, were they Men
or Women
Among themſelves, and to each other, thcſe Pirates are extreamly
liberal and free. If any one of them hath loſt all his Goods, which
often happeneth in their manner of life, they freely give him and
make him partaker of what they have. In Taverns and Ale-houſes
they always have great credit, but in fuch houſes at Jamaica they
ought not to run very deep in debt, ſeeing the Inhabitants of that
Mand do eaſily fell one another for debt. Thus it happened unto my
H2
Patron,

52
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
Patron, or Malfer, to be ſold for a debt of a Tavern, wherein he had
ſpent the greateſt part of his money. This man had within the
ſpace of three months before, three thouſand pieces of Eight in rea-
dy caſh; all which he waſted in that ſhort ſpace of time, and be
came fo poor as I have told you.
Braſiliano go-
But now to return unto our diſcourfe, I muſt let my Reader know,
eth to Sea. that Braſiliano after having ſpent all that he had robb’d, was con-
frain'd to go to Sea again to ſeek his fortune once more. Thus he
ſet forth towards the Coaſt of Campeche, his common place of Ren-
dezvous. Fifteen days after his arrival there, he put himſelf into
a Canowo, with intent to efpy the Port of that City, and ſee if he
could rob any Spaniſh Veſſel. But his fortune was ſo bad, that both
And is made he and all his men were taken priſoners, and carried unto the pre-
priſbner with fence of the Governour. This man immediately caſt them into a
ell bis men.
dungeon, with full intention to hang them every perſon. And
doubtleſs he had performed his intent, were it not for a Stratagem
that Braſiliano uſed, which proved ſufficient to ſave their lives. He
writ therefore a Letter unto the Governour, making him believe it
came from other Pirates that were abroad at Sea ; and withall telling
him, He ſhould have a care homo be uſed thoſe perſons. be had in his cu-
stody. For in caſe he cauſed them any harm, they did Swear unto hins
they would never give quarter unto any perſon of the Spaniſh Nation that
s pould fall into their hands.
Becauſe theſe Pirates had been many times at Campeche, and in ma
ny other Towns and Villages of the Weſt-Indies, belonging to the
Spaniſh Dominions, the Governour began to fear what miſchief they
might cauſe by the means of their companions abroad, in caſe he
is ſet at liber-ſhould puniſh them. Hereupon he releaſed them out of priſon, ex-
ty and ſent in- acting only an Oath of them before-hand, that they would leave
to Spain. their exercife of Piracy for ever. And withal, he fent them as com-
mon Mariners or Paffengers in the Galoon's to Spain. They got in,
this Voyage all together five hundred pieces of Eight; whereby they
tarried not long there after their arrival. But providing themſelves
with ſome few neceffaries, they all returned unto Jamaica within a-
little while. From whence they ſet forth again to Sea, committing
greater Robberies and Cruelties than ever they had done before.
But more eſpecially abuſing the poor Spaniards that happened to fall
into their hands, with all ſorts of cruelty imaginable.
The Spaniards perceiving they could gain nothing upon this ſort
of people, nor diminiſh their number, which rather increaſed daily,
reſolved to diminiſh the number of their Ships, wherein they exer-
ciſed trading to and fro. But neither this reſolution was of any ef-
fect, or did them any good ſervice. For the Pirates finding not ſo
many

을
​일
​ROCK, BRASILIANO
Part.I. Ch: 6pia.fi


Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
53
many Ships at Sea as before, began to gather into greater Companies, The Pirates
and land upon the Spaniſh Dominions ruining whole Cities, Towns, begin to make
land-invaſions
and Villages ; and withal pillaging, burning, and carrying away as
much as they could poflible.
The firſt Pirate who gave a beginning unto theſe invafions by:
Land, was named Lewis Scot, who Sackt and Pillag'd the City of Lewis Scor:
Campeche. He almoſt ruined the Town, robbing and deſtroying all
he could ; and after he had put it to the ranſome of an excellive ſum
of money, he left it. After Scot came another named Manſvelt,who Manfvelts.
enterpriſed to fet footing in Granada, and penetrate with his Piracies
even unto the South Sea. Both which things he effected, till that
at laſt for want of proviſion, he was conſtrained to go back. He
aſſaulted the Iſle of Saint Catherine, which was the firft Land he took,
and upon it ſome few Priſoners. Theſe chewed him the way to-
wards Cartagena; which is a principal City, fituate in the Kingdom
of Nueva Granada. But the bold attempts and actions of John Da- John Davis.
vis, born at Jamaica, ought not to be forgotten in this Hiſtory, as
being ſome of the moſt remarkable thereof. Eſpecially his rare pru-
dence and valour, wherewith he behaved himſelf in the afore-men-
tioned Kingdom of Granada. This Pirate having cruzed a long
time in the Gulf of Pocatauro upon the Ships that were expected
from Cartagena, bound for Nicaragua , and not being able to meet
any of the ſaid Ships, reſolved at laſt to land in Nicaragua,leaving his
Ship concealed about the Coaſt.
This deſign he preſently put in execution; for taking fourſcore
Helandesh in
men, out of fourſcore and ten, which he had in all, (the reſt being Nicaragua.
left to keep the Ship) he divided them equally into three Canows.
His intent was to Rob the Churches, and rifle the Houſes of the
chiefeſt Citizens of the afore-faid Town of Nicaragua. Thus in the
obſcurity of the night they mounted the River which leadeth to that
City, Rowing with Oars in their Canows. By day they concealed
themſelves and Boats under the branches of Trees that were upon
the banks. Theſe grow very thick and intricate, along the fides of
the Rivers in thoſeCountries,as alſo along the Sea-coaft. Under which
likewiſe thoſe who remained behind abſconded their Veffel, left:
they ſhould be ſeen either by Fiſhermen or Indians. After this
manner they arrived at the City the third night, where the Centry
who kept the poſt of the River, thought them to be Filhermen
that had been filhing in the Lake. And as the greateſt part of the
Pirates are skilful in the Spaniſh Tongue , fo he never doubted
thereof, as foon as he heard them ſpeak. They had in their com-
pany an Indian who was run away from his Maſter, becauſe he
would make him a flave, after having ſerved him a long time. This
Indian

46
Bucaniers of America. Part I.
with many
Tey kill the Indian went the firſt on fhore, and rathing at the Centry he inſtant-
Centry of the ly killed him. Being animated with this ſucceſs, they entred into
City.
the City, and went directly unto three or four houſes of the chicfeſt
And enter it. Citizens, where they knocked with diffimulation. Theſe believing
them to be Friends, opened the doors, and the Pirates ſuddainly
2012 w poffeffing themſelves of the Houſes, Robb’d all the Money and
Tlaxy ſpare not Plate they could find. Neither did they ſpare the Churches and
the Churches
. moft ſacred things, all which were pillag'd and prophan’d, without
an; reſpect or veneration.
In the man while great cries and lamentation were heard about
the Town, of ſome who had eſcaped their hands; by which means
the whole City was brought into an uproar and alarm. From
hence the whole number of Citizens rallied together, intending to
put themſelves in defence. This being perceived by the Pirates they
They get away inſtantly put themſelves to flight, carrying with them all that they
had Robb’d, and likewiſe fome Priſoners. Theſe they led away; to the
riches.
intent that if any of them ſhould happen to be taken by the Spani-
ards, they might make uſe of them for ranſom. Thus they got un-
to their Ship, and with all ſpeed imaginable put out to Sea ; for-
cing the Priſoners before they would let them go, to procure them
as much fleſh as they thought neceſſary for their Voyage to Jamaica.
Are purſued by
But no ſooner had they weighed Anchor, when they ſaw on ſhore a
500 Spaniards Troop of about five hundred Spaniards, all being very well arm’d,
at the Sea-ſide. Againſt theſe they let flie feveral Guns, wherewith
But all in they forced them to quit the fands, and retire towards home with no
vain.
ſmall regret, to fee thoſe Pirates carry away ſo much Plate of their
Churches and Houſes, though diſtant at leaſt forty Leagues from
the Sea.
Theſe Pirates Robb’d in this occaſion, above four thouſand pieces
of Eight in ready money. Beſides great quantity of Plate uncoy-
They brought ned, and many Jewels. All which was computed to be worth the
away 50000 Sum of fifty thouſand pieces of Eight, or more. With this great
pieces of eight. purchaſe they arrived at Jamaica , foon after the Exploit. But as
this fort of people are never Mafters of their Money but a very little
while, ſo were they foon conſtrained to ſeek more by the fame
John Davis means they had uſed before. This adventure cauſed Captain John
is made Admi- Davis, preſently after his return to be choſen Admiral of ſeven or
ral of the Pi- eight Boats of Pirates ; he being now eſteemed by common conſent
an able Conductor for ſuch enterprizes as theſe were
. He began the
exerciſe of this new Command, by directing his Fleet towards the
Coaſts of the North of Cuba, there to wait for the Fleet which was
to paſs from Newp-Spain. But not being able to find any thing by this
deſign, they determined to go towards theCoaſts of Florida. Being ar-
rates,
rived

Part T.
Bucaniers of America.
47
rived there, they landed part of their Men, and Sacked a finall Ci- He ranſackets
ty named Saint Auguſtine of Florida. The Caſtle of which place the city of St.
had a Garriſon of two hundred men. The which notwithſtanding,
Auguſtine
could not prevent the pillage of the City; they effecting it without
receiving the leaſt damage from either Souldiers or Towns
men.
Hitherto we have ſpoken in the firſt part of this Book, of the
Conftitution of the Iſlands of Hiſpaniola and Tortuga, their Proprie-
ties and Inhabitants; as alſo of the Fruits to be found in thoſe
Countries. In the Second part of this work, we ſhall bend our :
Diſcourſe to deſcribe the Actions of two of the moſt famous Pirates,
who committed many horrible crimes and inhumane cruelties againſt
the Spaniſh Nation.
The End of the Firſt Part.

OWO
od ost og
sigui tour bus stationer
Sloda al bosd of insolls
badala dobro
231671 nom co SA

2
02 доо

ve
25
resna
FRANCIS
LOLONOIS.
Part. 2. Page 1
A'S

The Cmielty of Lolorzs
LOLONOIS
men


Part II.
BUCANIERS
Ο F
A MERIC A.
PART II.
CHAP. I.
Origine of Francis Lolonois,and beginning of his Robberies.
F
Rancis Lolonois was Native of that Territory in France, Francis Lolo-
which is called Les Sables d'Olone, or the Sands of Olone. nois.
In his Youth he was tranſported into the Caribby Iflands,
in quality of a Servant or Slave, according to the cuſtom
of France and other Countries; of which we have already ſpoken
in the firſt part of this Book. Being out of his time, when he had
obtained his Freedom he came into the Iſle of Hiſpaniola. Here
he placed himſelf for ſome while among the Hunters, before he
began his Robberies againſt the Spaniards; whereof I ſhall make
mention at preſent, until his unfortunate Death.
At firſt he made two or three Voyages in quality of a common He ſerveth the
Mariner; wherein he behaved himſelf fo couragiouſly, as to de- Pyrats.
ſerve the favour and eſteem of the Governour of Tortuga, who
was then Monſieur de la Place. Inſomuch that this Gentleman
gave him a Ship, and made him Captain thereof, to the intent he
might ſeek his fortune. This Dame ſhewed her ſelf very favou- Is ſoon advanced
rable unto him at the beginning : for in a ſhort while he purcha- to be a Captain.
fed
great Riches. But withal, his Cruelties againſt the Spaniards
were ſuch, as that the very fame of them made him known
through the whole Indies. For which reaſon the Spaniards, in his
time, whenfoever they were attacked by Sea, would chuſe rather
Ep die or ſink fighting, than ſurrender; as knowing they ſhould
Аа
have

Bucaniers of America. Part II.
have no Mercy nor Quarter at his hands. But as Fortune is feldom
conftant, ſo after ſome time, ſhe turned her back unto him. The
beginning of whoſe Diſaſters was, that in a huge Storm he loft his
Loſeth his Ship, Ship upon the Coaſts of Campeche. The men were all faved; but
and is wounded. coming upon dry Land, the Spaniards purſu'd them, and killed the
greateſt part, wounding alſo Lolonois their Captain. Not know-
ing how to eſcape, he thought to ſave his life by a Stratagem.
Eſcapes by a Hereupon he took ſeveral handfuls of Sand and mingled them
Stratagem. with the Bloud of his own Wounds, with which he beſmeared
his face and other parts of his body. Then hiding himſelf dex-
trouſly among the Dead, he continued there till the Spaniards had
quitted the Field.
He retirethun-
After they were gone, he retired into the Woods, and bound
up.
to the Woods. his Wounds as well as he could. Theſe being by the help of
Nature pretty well healed, he took his way to the City of Cam-
peche, having perfectly diſguiſed himſelfin Spaniſh Habit. Here.
he ſpoke with certain Slaves, unto whom he promiſed their liber-
ty, in caſe they would obey him, and truſt in his Conduct. They
accepted his Promiſes, and ſtealing one night a Canow from one
of their Maſters,they went to Sea with the Pyrat. The Spaniards
in the mean while had made Priſoners ſeveral of his Companions,
whom they kept in cloſe Dungeons in the City, while Lolonois
went about the Town and ſaw all that paſſed. Theſe were of-
ten asked by the Spaniards, What is become of your Captain? Un-
The Spaniards to whom they conſtantly anſwered, He was dead. With which
believe him
news the Spaniards were hugely gladded, and made great de-
dead.
monftrations of joy, kindling Bonfires, and, as them that knew
nothing to the contrary, giving thanks to God Almighty for their
deliverance from ſuch a cruel Pyrat. Lolonois having ſeen theſe
Joys for his death, made haſte to eſcape with the Slaves above-
mentioned and came ſafe to Tortuga, the common place of Refuge
of all ſort of Wickedneſs, and the Seminary, as it were, of all
He goeth to Sea manner of Pyrats and Thieves. Though now his Fortune was
again.
but low, yet he failed not of means to get another Ship ; which:
with Craft and Subtilty he obtained, and in it one and twenty
perſons. Being well provided with Arms and other neceſſaries,
he ſet forth towards the Iſle of Cuba, on the South-ſide whereof
lieth a ſmall Village which is called de los Cayos. The Inhabitants
of this Town drive a great Trade in Tobacco, Sugar and Hides,
and all in Boats, as not being able to make uſe of Ships, by reaſon
of the little depth of that Sea.
His Enterprize
At the Village
Lolonois was greatly Perſwaded he ſhould get here ſome conſide-
de los Cayos. rable Prey; but by the good fortune of ſome Fiſhermen who ſaw
him,

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
him and the mercy of the Almighty, they eſcaped his tyrannical
hands. For the inhabitants of the Town of Cayos diſpatched
immediately a Meſſenger over Land unto the Havana, complain-
ing unto the Governour that Lolonois was come to deſtroy them,
with two Canows. The Governour could very hardly be perſwa-
ded unto the truth of this ſtory, ſeeing he had received Letters
from Campeche that he was dead. Notwithſtanding, at the im-
portunity of the Petitioners he ſent a Ship to their relief, with
ten Guns and fourſcore and ten Perſons well armed; giving them
withal this expreſs Command : They should not return into bis pre-
ſence, without having tot ally deſtroyed thoſe Pirats. Unto this effect
he gave them alſo a Negro,who might ſerve them for a Hangman;
his Orders being ſuch, as They ſhould immediately hang every one of
she ſaid Pirats, excepting Lolonois their Captain, whom they ſhould
bring alive unto the Havana. This Ship arrived at Cayos ; of
whoſe coming the Pirats were advertiſed beforehand ; and in-
ſtead of flying, went to ſeek the faid Veſſel in the River Estera,
where ſhe rid at Anchor. The Pirats apprehended ſome Fiſher-
men, and forced them, by night, to ſhew the entry of the Port,
hoping ſoon to obtain a greater Veſſel than their two Canows,
& thereby to mend their Fortune. They arrived, after two of
the clock in the morning, very nigh unto the Ship. And the
Watch on board the Ship asking them From whence they came and
if they bad ſeen any Pirats abroad? They cauſed one of the Pri-
ſoners to anſwer, They had ſeen no Pirats nor any thing elſe. Which
anſwer brought them into perſwaſion that they were fled away,
having heard of their coming.
But they experimented very ſoon the contrary : For about
break of day the Pyrats began to affult the Veſſel on both ſides
with their two Canows. This attaque they performed with ſuch
vigour, that although the Spaniards behaved themſelves as they
ought, and made as good defence as they could, ſhooting againſt
them likewiſe fome great Guns; yet they were forced to for-
render, after being beaten by the Pirats, with Swords in hands,
down under the Hatches. From hence Lolonois commanded them
to be brought up one by one,and in this order cauſed their heads
to be ſtruck off. Among the reſt, came up the Negro, deſigned
to be the Pirats Executioner by the Governor of Havana. This His Cruelty.
Fellow implored mercy at his hands very dolefully, defiring not
to be killed, and telling Lolonois he was conſtituted Hangman of
that Ship ; and that in cafe he would ſpare him, he would tell
him faithfully all that he ſhould deſire to know. Lolonois made
him confeſs as many things as he thought fit to ask him ; and
A a 2
having

Bucaniers of America. Part II.
me.
having done, commanded him to be murthered with the reſt.
Thus he cruelly and barbarouſly put them all to death, re-
ſerving of the whole number only one alive; whom he ſent back
unto the Governour of Havana, with this Meſſage given him in
writing : I ſhall never henceforward give Quarter unto any Spaniard
whatſoever : And I have great hopes
I ſhall execute on your own per-
fon the very ſame puniſhment I have done upon them you ſent againſt
Thus i have retaliated the kindneſs you deſigned unto me and
my Companions. The Governour was much troubled to under-
ſtand theſe fad and, withal, infolent News; which occaſioned
him to ſwear, in the preſence of many, he would never grant
Quarter unto any Pirat that ſhould fall into his hands. But the
Citizens of the Havana deſired him not to perſiſt in the execution
of that raſh and rigorous Oath, Seeing the Pirats would certainly
take occaſion from thence to do the ſame ; and they had an hundred
times more opportunity of Revenge than he : That being neceſſitated to
get their Livelihood by Fiſhery, they ſhould bereafter always be in dan-
ger of loſing their lives. By theſe Reaſons he was perſwaded to
bridle his Anger, and remit the ſeverity of his Oath aforementi-
oned.
to Now Lolonois had got himſelf a good Ship, but withal very few
Proviſions and people in it. Hereupon to purchaſe both the
He taketh a
one and the other, he reſolved to uſe his cuſtomary means of
Ship of Marx cruzing from one Port to another. Thus he did for ſome while,
till at laſt not being able to purchaſe any thing, he determined
to go unto the Port of Maracaibo. Here he took, by ſurprize,
a Ship, that was laden with Plate and other Merchandize,
being outward bound to buy Cacao-nuts. With theſe Prizes he
returned unto Tortuga; where he was received with no ſmall Joy
by the Inhabitants, they congratulating his happy Succeſs, and
their own private Intereft. He continued not long there, but
pitched upon new deſigns, of equipping a whole Fleet ſufficient
to tranſport five hundred men, with all other neceſſaries. With
theſe Preparations he reſolved to go unto the Spaniſh Domi-
nions, and pillage both Cities, Towns and Villages, and finally,
take Maracaibo it felf. For this purpoſe he knew the lfland of
Tortuga would afford him many reſolute and couragious men,
in very fit for ſuch Enterprizes. Beſides, that he had in his ſervice
feveral Priſoners, who exactly were acquainted with the ways and
places he deſigned upon.
caibo.
ont les
cookies to en
ole aids tot CHAP.

Part IT.
$
Bucaniers of America.
CHA P. II.
Lolonois equippeth a Fleet, to land upon the Spaniſh Iſland's
Of America, with inient to rob, fack, and burn whatever
he met.
puisdusch
bodno
F this his deſign Lolonois gave notice unto all the Pirats,who
at that conjuncture of time were either at home or abroad.
By which means he got together, in a little while above 400
men. Beſides which, there was at that preſent in the Iſle of Tortuga
another Pirat, whoſe name was Michael de Baſco. This man by
his Piracy had gotten Riches ſufficient to live at eaſe, and go no Lolonois
more abroad to Sea, having withal the Office of Major of the joyneth another
Mand. Yet ſeeing the great Preparations that Lolonois made for Pirat unto him.-
this Expedition, he entred into a ſtreight League of Friendſhip
with him, and proffered unto him, that in caſe he would make
him his chief Captain by Land (ſeeing he knew the Country very
well, and all its Avenues) he would take part in his Fortunes,
and go along with him. They both agreed upon Articles, with
great joy of Lolonois, as knowing that Baſco had performed great
Actions in Europe, and had gained the repute of a good Soul-
dier. He gave him therefore the Command he déſired, and the
Conduct of all his People by Land. Thus, they all embarqued
in eight Veſſels ; that of Lolonois being the greateſt as having ten
Guns of indifferent carriage.
All things being in a readineſs, and the whole Company on They ſet ſail and
board, they ſet ſail
together about the end of April,having a con- come to Bayalai
ſiderable number of men for thoſe parts, that is in all, fix hundred
and threeſcore perſons. They directed their courſe towards
that part which is called Bayala, ſituated on the North-ſide of
the Iſland of Hiſpaniola. Here they alſo took into their com-
pany a certain number of French Hunters, who voluntarily offer-
ed themſelves to go along with them. And here likewiſe they
provided themſelves with Victuals and other Neceſſaries for that
Voyage. From hence they fet fail again the laſt day of July, and They fail again,
ſteered directly towards the eaſtern
Cape of the Ie called Punta and take a Spez
de Eſpada. Hereabouts they fuddenly efpied a Ship that was co-
nith Ships
ming from Puerto Rico, and bound for New Spain, being laden
with Cacao-nats. Lolonois, the Adimiral preſently commanded
the reſt of the Fleet they ſhould wait for hini nigh unto the Iſle of
Savona, ſituate on the Eaſtern ſide of Cape Punta de Eſpada, for-
aſmuch

Bucaniers of America.
Part II.
aſmuch as he alone intended to go and take the ſaid Veffel. The
Spaniards, although they had been in light now full two hours,
and knew them to be Pirats, yet would they not Alie, but rather
prepared to fight ; as being well armed, and provided of all
things neceſſary thereunto. Thus the Combat began between
Lolonois and the Spaniſh Veſſel, which laſted three hours; and
theſe being paſt, they ſurrendred unto him. This Ship was
mounted with Sixteen Guns, and had fifty fighting men on board.
Lading of the They found in her One hindred and twenty thonſand weight of
Ship. Cacao, forty thouſand Pieces of Eight, and the value of ten thouſand
more in Fewels. Loionojs ſent the Veſel prefently unto Tortuga
to be unladed, with orders to return with the ſaid Ship as foon
as poſſible unto the Iſle of Savona, where he would wait for
their coming. In the mean while the reſt of the Fleet, being -
arrived at the faid Iſland of Savona, met with another Spaniſh
Veſfel that was coming from Comana with Military Proviſions
unto the Ife of Hiſpaniola ; and alſo with Money to pay the Ga-
riſons of the ſaid Ifand. This Veſlei alſo they took without any
reſiſtence, though mounted with eight Guns. Here were found
feven thouſand weight of Powder, great number of Muskets, and
other things of this kind, together with twelve thouſand Pieces
of Eight in ready money.
Theſe forementioned Events gave good encouragement unto
the Pirats, as judging them very good beginnings unto the buſi-
nefs they had in hand. Eſpecially finding their Fleet pretty weli
recruited within a little while. For the firſt Ship that was ta-
ken being arrived at Tortuga, the Governour ordered to be in-
tantly unladen,and ſoon after ſent her back with freſh Proviſions,
and other Neceſſaries, unto Lolonois. This Ship he choſe for his
own,
that which he commanded, unto his Comrade An-
sony
du Puis. Thus having received new recruits of men, in lieu
of them he had loſt in taking the Prizes abovementioned, and by
fickneſs; he found himſelf in a good condition to profecute his
Voyage. All being well animated and full of courage, they fet
fail for Maracaibo, which Port is fituated in the Province of
Nueva Venezuela, in the Altitude of twelve degrees and ſome
minutes of Northern Latitude. This Iſland is in length twenty
leagues, and twelve in breadth. Unto this Port alſo do belong
the Iflands of Onega and Monges. The Eaſt-ſide thereof is called
Cape St. Roman, and the Weſtern fide Cape of Caquibacoa. The
Gulf is called by fome, the Gulf of Venezuelo; but the Pirats
No on :
uſually call it the Bay of Maracaibo. en
obles no son
At
and gave

Part II
7.
Bucaniers of America.
At the beginning of this Gulf are two Iflands, which extend
for the greateſt part from Eaſt to Weft. That lieth towards
the Eaſt is called Iſla de las Vigilia, or the Watch-Ife ; becauſe
in the middle thereof is to be ſeen an high Hill, upon which
ftandeth a houſe wherein dwelleth perpetually a Watchman.
The other is called Ifa de la Palomas, or the Iſle of Pigeons. Be-
tween theſe two Iſlands runneth a little Sea, or rather a Lake, of
freſh water, being threefcore leagues in length, and thirty in Lake of Márta
breadth; which diſgorgeth into the Ocean, and dilateth it ſelf a- caibo.
bout the two Iſlands aforementioned. Between them is found
the beſt paſſage for Ships, the Chanel of this paſſage being no
broader than the flight of a great Gun of eight pound carriage,
more or leſs. Upon the Iſle of Pigeons ftandeth a Caſtle, to im- Caſtle.
pede the entry of any Veſſels; all ſuch as will come in, being ne-
ceſliated to approach very nigh unto the Caſtle, by reaſon of two
Banks of Sand that lie on the other ſide, with only fourteen foot Sand-bank.
water. Many other Banks of Sand there be alſo found in this
Lake, as that which is called el Tablazo, or the great Table, which
is no deeper than ten foot ; but this lieth forty leagues within
the Lake. Others there be that have no more than fix, ſeven, or.
eight foot in depth. All of them are very dangerous eſpecially un--
to ſuch Mariners as are little acquainted with this Lake. On
the Weſt-fide hereof is ſituated the Citie of Maracaibo, being Situation of
very pleaſant to the view, by reaſon its Houſes are built along Maracaibo.
the ſhore, having delicate Proſpects every-where round about.
The City may poſſibly contain three or four thouſand perſons
the Slaves being included in this number; all which do make a
Town of a reaſonable bigneſs. Among theſe are judged to be
eight hundred Perſons more or leſs, able to bear Arms,all of them
Spaniards. Here is alſo one Pariſh-Church, of very good Fa---
brick,and well adorned; four Monaſteries and one Hoſpital. The
City is governed by a Deputy-Governour, who is fubſtituted
here by the Governour of Caracas, as being his Dependency.
The Commerce or Trading here exerciſed, conſiſteth for the
greateſt part in Hides and Tobacco. The Inhabitants poſſeſs
Commerce of
Maracaibo.
great numbers of Cattel, and many Plantations, which extend
for the ſpace of thirty leagues within the Countrey, eſpecially
on that ſide that looketh towards the grcat and populous Town of
Gibraltar. At which place are gathered huge quantities of Cacao-
nats, and all other forts of Garden-fruits,
which greatly ſerve
for the regale and ſuſtenance of the Inhabitants of Maracaibo,
whoſe Territories are much drier than thoſe of Gibraltar Unto
this place, thoſe of Maracaibo fend great quantities of Fleſh 3
they
am

Bucaniers of America. Part II.
they making returns in Orenges, Lemons,and ſeveral other Fruits.
For the Inhabitants of Gibraltar have great ſcarcity of Provi-
fions of Fleſh, their Fields being not capable of feeding Çows nor
Sheep.
The Port.
Before the City of Maracaibo lieth a very ſpacious and ſecure
Port, wherein may be built all ſort of Veſſels; as having great
convenience of Timber, which may be tranſported thither at ve-
ry little charge. Nigh unto the Town lieth alſo a ſmall Iſland
File of Barrica, called Borrica, which ſerveth them to feed great numbers of
Goats. Of which Cattel the Inhabitants of Maracaibo make
greater uſe for their Skins, than for their Fleſh or Milk; they
making no great account of theſe two, unleſs while they are
as yet but tender and young Kids. In the fields about the
Town are fed fome numbers of Sheep, but of a very ſmall ſize.
In ſome of the Iſlands that belong unto the Lake, and in other
places hereabouts, do inhabit many Savage Indians, whom the
Wild Indians.
Spaniards call Bravos, or Wild. Theſe Indians could never a-
gree as yet, nor be reduced to any Accord with the Spaniards,
by reaſon of their brutiſh and untamable nature. They dwell
for the moſt part towards the Weſtern ſide of the Lake, in little
Huts that are built upon Trees which grow in the water. The
cauſe hereof being only to exempt themſelves as much as poſſible
from the innumerable quantity of Moſquito's, or Gnats, that in-
feſt thoſe parts, and by which they are tormented night and day.
Towards the Eaſt-ſide of the ſaid Lake are alſo to be ſeen whole
Towns of Fiſhermen, who likewife are conſtrained to live in Huts,
Trees, like unto the former. Another reaſon of thus
dwelling, is the frequent Inundations of Waters : for after great
Rains, the Land is often overflowed for the ſpace of two or
three leagues ; there being no leſs than five and twenty great
Rivers that feed this Lake. The Town of Gibraltar is alſo fre-
Inundations of quently drowned by theſe Inundations, inſomuch as the Inhabi-
Gibraltar. tants are conſtrained to leave their Houſes, and retire unto their
Plantations.
its Situation.
Gibraltar is ſituated at the ſide of the Lake, forty leagues or
thereabous within it, and receiveth its neceſſary Proviſions of
Fleſh, as hath been ſaid, from Maracaibo. The Town is inhabi-
ted by fifteen hundred perſons, more or leſs; whereof four hun-
dred may be capable of bearing Arms. The greateſt part of
the Inhabitants keep open Shops, wherein they exerciſe one me-
chanick Trade or other. All the adjacent Fields about this
Town are cultivated with numerous Plantations of Sugar and
Cacao ; in which are many tall and beautiful Trees, of whoſe
Timber
port
built upon

Part II.
9
Bucaniers of America.
Timber Houſes may be built, and alſo Ships. Among theſe Trees
are found great ſtore of Handſome and proportionable Cedars, Cedares
being ſeven or eight foot in circumference, which ſerve there ve-
ry commonly to build Boats and Ships. Theſe they build after
ſuch manner as to bear one onely great Sail; and ſuch Veſſels are
called Piragua's. The whole Country round about is ſufficient-
ly furniſhed with Rivers and Brooks, which are very uſeful to
the Inhabitants in time of Drowths, they opening in that occafi-
on many little Channels, through which they lead the Rivolets
to water their Fields and Plantations. They plant in like man-
ner great qnantity of Tobacco, which is much eſteemned in En
rope ; and for its goodneſs, is called there, Tobaco de Sacerdotes,
or Prieſts Tobacco. They enjoy nigh twenty Leagues of Juriſdi- Prieſts Tobac-
&tion; which is bounded and defended by very high Mountains co, ſo called:
that are perpetually covered with Snow. On the other ſide of
theſe Mountains is ſituated a great City called Merida, unto
which the Town of Gibraltar is ſubject. All ſort of Merchandize Merida.
is carried from this Town unto the aforeſaid City, upon Mules ;
and that but at one ſeaſon of the year, by reaſon of the excellive
Cold endured in thoſe high Mountains. Upon the ſaid Mules
great returns are made in Flour of Meal, which cometh from to-
wards Peru, by the way of Eft affe.
Thus far I thought it convenient to make a ſhort deſcription of
the aforeſaid Lake of Maracaibo, and its Situation ; to the intent
my Reader might the better be enabled to comprehend what I
fhall ſay concerning what was acted by the Pirats in this place.
The Hiſtory wliereof, I ſhall preſently begin.
As ſoon as Lolonois arrived at the Gulf of Venezuela, he caſo
Arrival of Lo
Anchor with his whole Fleet, out of ſight of the Watch-tower of
lonois to the
the Iſland of Vigilia, or Watch-Iſle. The next day very early he Gulf.
ſet ſail from hence, with all his Ships, for the Lake of Maracaibo;
where being arrived, they caft Anchor the ſecond time. Soon
after, they landed all their men, with deſign to attack, in the
firſt place, the Caſtle or Fortreſs that commanded the Bar, and is
therefore called de la Barra. This Fort conſiſteth onely of ſe-
veral great Baskets of Earth placed upon a riſing ground, upon
which are planted fixteen great Guns, with ſeveral other heaps
of Earth round about, for covering the men within. The Pirats
having landed at a diſtance of a league from this Fort, began to
advance by degrees towards it. But the Governour thereof
having efpied their landing, had placed an Ambuſcade of fome of
his men, with deſign to cut them off behind, while he meaned to
attack them in the front. This Ambuſcade was found out by the
ВЬ
Pirats

Bucaniers of America. Part II
Fort.
Pirats; and hereupon getting before, they aſſaulted and defeated
it ſo entirely, that not one man could retreat unto the Caſtle.
This Obſtacle being removed, Lolonois with all his Companions
advanced in great haft towards the Fort. And after a Fight of
almoſt three hours, wherein they behaved themſelves with defpe-
rate Courage, ſuch as this ſort of people uſe to ſhew, they be-
They take the came Maſters thereof, having made uſe of no other Arms than
their Swords and Piſtols. In the mean while they were fighting,
thoſe who were routed in the Ambuſcade, not being able to get
into the Caſtle, retired towards the City of Maracaibo in great
confufion and diſorder, crying, The Pirats will preſently be here
zrith two thouſand men and more. This City having formerly been
taken by ſuch kind of people as theſe were, and fack'd even to
the remoteſt corners thereof, preſerved ſtill in its memory a freſh
Idea of that miſery. Hereupon, as ſoon as they heard theſe dif-
mal News, they endeavoured to eſcape as faſt as they could te
wards Gibraltar in their Boats and Canows, carrying with them
all the Goods and Money they could. Being come unto Gibrala.
tar, they diſperſed the rumour, that the Fortreſs was taken, and
that nothing had been ſaved, nor any perſons able to eſcape the
fury of the Pirats.
They call the
The Caſtle being taken by the Pirats, as was ſaid before, they
preſently made ſign unto the Ships of the Victory they had ob-
tained ; to the end they ſhould come farther in, without appre-
henſion of any danger. The reſt of that day was ſpent in ruin-
Demolifls the ing and demolliſhing the ſaid Caſtle. They nailed the Guns,and
burnt as much as they could not carry away: burying alſo the
dead, and ſending on board the Fleet ſuch as were wounded.
The next day very early in the morning, they weighed Anchor,
and directed their courſe all together toward the City of Ma-
And march to racaibo, diſtant onely fix leagues, more or leſs, from the Fort.
Maracaibo.
But the wind being very ſcarce, that day they could advance but
little, as being forced to expect the flowing of the Tyde. The
next morning
they came within ſight of the Town, and began to
make preparations for landing under the protection of their own
Guns ; being perſwaded the Spaniards might have laid an Ambuſ:
cade among the Trees and Woods. Thus they put their men
into Canows, which for that purpoſe they brought with them,
Tbey land.
and landed where they thought moſt convenient, ſhooting in the
mean while very furiouſly with their great Guns. Of the people
that were in the Canows, half onely went on ſhore, the other half
remained on board the faid Canows. They fired with their
Guns from the Ships as faſt as was poſſible towards the woodie
part
Fleet.

Part H. Bucaniers of America.
part
Corps du
prey abroad:
of the ſhore ; but could fee, nor were anſwered by no bo-
dy. Thus they marched in good order into the Town,whoſe In-
habitants, as I told you before, were all retired into the Woods, The Inhabitants
and towards Gibraltar, with their Wives, Children, and Fami- retire into the
Woods.
lies, Their houſes they left well provided with all ſort of Vi-
ĉtuals, ſuch as Flour, Bread, Pork, Brandy, Wines, and good
ſtore of Poultry. With theſe things the Pirats fell to ban- The Pirats en
queting, and making good Cheer : for in four weeks before, they ter the City.
had no opportunity of filling their ſtomachs with ſuch plen-
ty.
They inſtantly poſſeſſed themſelves of the beſt houſes in the
Town, and placed Centries every where they thought conveni- They form a
ent. The great Church ſerved them for the main Corps du Gard.
Gard:
The next day they fent a body of one hundred and ſixty men to
find out ſome of the Inhabitants of the Town whom
they underſtood were hidden in the Woods not far from
thence. Theſe returned that very night, bringing with them
Make a great
twenty thouſand Pieces of Eight,ſeveral Mules laden with Houſ-
hold-goods and Merchandize, and twenty Priſoners, between
men, women, and children. Some of their Priſoners were put to
the Rack, only to make them confefs where they had hidden the
reſt of their Goods; but they could extort very little from
them. Lolonois, who never uſed to make any great account of
murthering, though in cold blood, ten or twelve Spaniards, drew
his Cutlaſs and hacked one to pieces in the preſence of all the reſt,
faying, If you do not confeſs and declare where you have bidden tbe Lolonois cur-
rest of your Goods, I will do the like unto all your Companions. At teth a Spaniard
in pieces.
laft, amongſt theſe horrible Cruelties and inhumane Threats,
one was found who promiſed to conduct him, and ſhew the place
where the reſt of the Spaniards were hidden. But thoſe that
were fled, having intelligence that one had diſcovered their
lurking Holes unto the Pirats, changed place, and buried all the
remnant of their Riches under ground ; inſomuch that the Pirats
could not find them out, unleſs ſome other perſon of their own
They go out to
Party ſhould reveal them. Beſides, that the Spaniards flying
Seek more.
from one place to another every day, and often changing Woods,
were jealous even of each other; inſomuch as the Father ſcarce
But the Spani-
ards flie.
preſumed to truſt his own Son.
Finally, after that the Pirats had been fifteen days in Maracai-
bo, they reſolved to go towards Gibraltar. But the Inhabitants
of the place having received intelligence thereof beforehand, as
alſo that they intended afterwards to go to Merida, gave notice They call the
of this deſign unto the Governour thereof, who was a valiant Governour of
Bb 2
Souldier, Merida

Bucaniers of America.
Part IT.
400 men,
Souldier, and had ferved his King in Flanders in many Military
Offices. His anſwer was, He would have them take no care : for
he hoped in a little while to exterminate the ſaid Pirats. Whereupon
he transferred himſelf immediately unto Gibraltar with
He cometh with
400
men well armed, ordering at the ſame time, the Inhabitants of
the faid Town to put themſelves in Arms; ſo that in all he made
And armeth in a body of eight hundred fighting men. With the ſame ſpeed he
all 800.
commanded a Battery to be raiſed towards the Sea ; whereon he
mounted twenty Guns, covering them all with great Baskets of
Earth. Another Battery likewiſe he placed in another place,
mounted with eight Guns. After this was done, be barricado'd
an High-way or narrow Paſſage unto the Town, through which
the Pirats of neceſſicy ought to paſs ; opening at the ſame time
another, through much dirt aud mud in the Wood, which was
totally unknown into the Pirats.
They come with The Pirats, not knowing any thing of theſe- Preparations,
in light of Gi- having imbarked all their Priſoners and what they had robb's,
braltar.
took their way towards Gibraltar. Being come within ſight of
the place,
they perceived the Royal Standard hanging forth,
and that thofe of the Town had a mind to fight, and defend
their houſes. Lolonois ſeeing this reſolution, called a Council of
War to deliberate what he ought to do in ſuch caſe : propound-
ing withal unto his Officers and Mariners, that the difficulty of
ſuch an Enterprize was very great, ſeeing the Spaniards had had
ſo much time to put themſelves in a poſture of defence, and had
The Speech of gotten a good body of men together, with many Martial Provi-
Lolonois to his lions. But notwithſtanding (faid he) have a good courage. We
Comrades. mult either defend our ſelves like good Souldiers, or loſe our lives
with all the riches we have gotten. Do as I ſhall do, who am your
Captain. At other times we have fought with fewer men than we have
in our company at preſent, and yet we have overcome greater nun-
bers than there poſſibly can be in this Town. The more they are, the
more glory we shall attribute unto our Fortune, and the greater Rich-
es we ſhall increaſe unto it. The Pirats were under chis fufpicion,
that all thoſe Riches which the Inhabitants of Maracaibo had ab-
ſconded, were tranſported unco Gibraltar; or at leaſt the great-
aft part thereof. After this Speech, they all promiſed to fol-
low him, and obey very exactly his Commands. Unto whom
Lolonois made anſwer, 'Tis well: but know ye mithal, that the first
man who ſhall ſhew any fear, or the leaſt apprehenſion thereof, I will
piſtol him with my own hands.
With this reſolution they caſt Anchors nigh the ſhore, at the
diſtance of one quarter of a league from the Town. The next
day,

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
13
day, before Sun-riſing, they were all landed, being to the num-
ber of three hundred and four ſcore men, well provided, and
armed every one with a Cutlaſs, and one or two Piſtols and
withal, fufficient Powder and Bullet for thirty charges. Here,
upon the ſhore, they all ſhaked hands with one another, in teſti-
mony of good courage, and began their march, Lolonois ſpeak- by land te GEE
ing theſe words unto them : Come, my Brothers, follow me, and braltar.
have a good courage. They followed their way with a Guide
they had provided. But he, believing he led them well, brought
them to the way which the Governour had obſtructed with Beru
ricado's. Through this being not able to paſs, they went unto
the other, which was newly made in the Wood among the
Mire; unto which the Spaniards could ſhoot at pleaſure. Not- They cut brans
ches of Trees to
withſtanding, the Pirats being full of courage, cut down a mul-
paſs over the
titude of branches of Trees, and threw them in the dirt upon Mud.
the way, to the end they might not ſtick ſo faſt in it. In the
mean while, theſe of Gibraltar fired at them with their great
Guns fo furiouſly, that they could ſcarce hear nor fee one ano-
ther, through the noiſe and ſmoak. Being now paſt the Wood,
they came upon firm ground, where they met with a Battery of The Spaniards
fix Guns, which immediately the Spaniards diſcharged againſt fire at them.
them, all being loaded with ſmall Bullets and pieces of Iron.
After this, the Spaniards fallying forth, fet upon them with ſuch
fury, as cauſed the Pirats to give way and retire ; very few of
them daring to advance towards the Fort. They continued
ſtill firing againſt the Pirats, of whom they had already killed
and wounded many. This made them go back to ſeek fome o-
ther way through the middle of the Wood; but the Spaniards
having cut down many Trees to hinder the paſſage, they could
find none, and thus were forced to return unto that they had
left. Here the Spaniards continued to fire, as before; neither
They continue
would they fally out of their Batteries to attack the Pirats any firing
more. Hereby Lolonois and his Companions, not being able to
grimp up the Baskets of Earth, were compelled to make uſe of
an old Stratagem ; wherewith at laſt they deceived and over-
came the Spaniards.
Lolonois retired ſuddenly with all his men, making ſhew as if
he fled. Hereupon the Spaniards crying out, They flie, they flie, Lolonois.
Stratagem of
let us follow them, fallied forth with great diſorder, to purſue
the fugitive Pirats. After they had drawn them fome diſtance
from their Batteries, which was their only defign, they turned
upon them unexpectedly with Swords in hand and killed above
Wherewith he
two hundred men. And thus fighting their way through thoſe getteth into Gi«.
who braltar.

Bucaniers of America. Part II.
lours
who remained alive, they poſſeſſed themſelves of the Batteries.
The Spaniards that remained abroad, gave themſelves for loft,
and conſequently took their flight unto the Woods. The other
part that was in the Battery of eigh: Guns, ſurrendred them-
felves upon conditions of obtaining quarter for their lives.
They pull down The Pirats being now become Maſters of the whole Town,
the Spaniſh co- pulled down the Spaniſh Colours, and ſet up their own, taking
Priſoners at the ſame time as many as they could find. Theſe
they carried unto the great Church, whither alſo they transfer-
Ted many great Guns, wherewich they raiſed a Battery to de-
snd themſelves; fearing left the Spaniards that were fled, ſhould
rally more of their own Party, and come upon them again.
But the next day, after they were all fortified, all their fears
They gather the
dead and woun: diſappeared. They gathered all the dead, with intent to allow
dede them burial, finding the number of above five hundred Spaniards
kill'd; beſides thoſe that were wounded within the Town, and
thoſe that died of their Wounds in the Woods, where they
fought for refuge. Beſides which, the Pirats had in their
cuſtody above one hundred and fifty Priſoners, and nigh five
-hundred Slaves, many Women and Children.
Of their own Companions the Pirats found only forty dead,
and almoſt as many more wounded. Whereof the greateſt part
died afterwards, through the conſtitution of the Air, which
brought Fevers and other Accidents upon them. They put all the
Spaniards that were ſlain into two great Boats, and carrying them
one quarter of a league within the Sea, they fank the Boats.
They throws
Theſe things being done, they gathered all the Plate, Houſhold-
ſtuff, and Merchandize, they could rob, or thought convenient to
And rob all carry away. But the Spaniards who had any thing as yet left
they could unto them, hid it very carefully. Soon after, the Pirats, as if they
find. were unſatisfied with the great Riches they had gotten, began to
Saidates si ſeek for more Goods and Merchandize, not ſparing thoſe who
lived in the Fields, ſuch as Hunters and Planters. They had
ſcarce been eighteen days upon the place, when the greateſt part
of the Priſoners they had taken, died for hunger. For in the
The Priſoners Town very few Proviſions, eſpecially of Fleſh, were to be found.
die for hun-
Howbeit they had ſome quantity of Flour of Meal, although
perhaps ſomething leſs than what was ſufficient. But this the
Pirats had taken into their cuſtody to make Bread for themſelves.
As to the Swine, Cows, Sheep, and Poultry that were found upon
the place, they took them likewiſe for their own fuftenance,
without allowing any ſhare thereof unto the poor Priſoners. For
theſe they only provided ſome ſmall quantity of Mules and Aſſes
1
fleſh,
them into the
Sea.
One!

Part I.
Bucaniers of America.
15
fit fh, which they killed for that purpoſe. And ſuch as could not
eat of that loathſom Proviſion, were conſtrained to die for hun->
ger, as many did, their ſtomachs not being accuſtomed to fuch
unuſual fuſtenance. Onely fome women were found, who were
so
allowed better Chear by the Pirats, becauſe they ſerved them in
their fenfual delights, unto which thoſe Robbersare hugely given. dois route
Among thoſe women, fome had been forced, others were volun
teers ; though almoſt all had rather taken up that Vice, through
Poverty and Hunger, more then any other cauſe. Of the Priſo- They tořice
ners many alſo died under the torments they fuſtain'd, to make red many
them confefs where they had hidden their Money or Jewels.
Priſonerse
And of theſe, fome, becauſe they had none nor knew of none,
and others for denying what they knew, endured ſuch horrible
deaths.
Finally, after having been in poſſeſſion of the Town four en-
tire weeks, they fent four of the Priſoners remaining alive, un-
to the Spaniards that were fled into the Woods, demanding of
them a Ranſom for not burning the Town. The fum hereof
They demand
they conſtituted, ten thouſand pieces of Eight ; which unleſs it were 10000 piesa
fent unto them, they threatned to fire and reduce into alhes the ces of Eight
whole Village. For bringing in of this Money, they allow'd of them that
th:m only the ſpace of two days. Theſe being paſt, and the were fled.
Spaniards not having been able to gather fo punctually ſuch a ſum,
the Pirats began to ſet fire to many places of the Town. Thus
They fire the
the Inhabitants perceiving the Pirats to be in earneſt, begged of Town.
them to help to extinguiſh the fire ; and withal promiſed the
Ranſom ſhould be readily paid. The Pirats condeſcended to their
loissa
Petition, helping as much as they could to ſtop the progreſs of
the fire. Yet though they uſed the beſt endeavours they por-
fibly could, one part of the Town was ruined, eſpecially the The Church
Church belonging to the Monaſtery, which was burnt even to of a Monaſtery
duſt. After they had received the ſum above-mentioned, they is burnt to ashes out
carried on board their Ships all the Riches they had robb’d, toge-
ther with a great number of Slaves, which had not as yet, paid to harshiut a
their Ranſom. For all the Priſoners had ſums of Money ſet up-tond post tudi
on them, and the Slaves were alſo commanded to be redeemed.
From hence they returned to Maracaibo ; where being arrived,
they found a general Confternation in the whole City. Unto They return to
which they ſent three or four Priſoners to tell the Governor Maracaibo.
and Inhaitants, They ſhould bring them thirty thouſand pieces of Eight
And demand
on board their ships for a Ranſom of their Houſes; otherwiſev they zoooo Pieces
fhould be entirely Saek d anew and burnteqx3 eids ni bobnoow used of Eights it to
ni od to stol I as 29/2q11099 A doutnam Idd o bhi se na
Among

16
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
500 Cows.
But return to
get a Pilot.
Among theſe Debates, a certain party of Pirats came on Shore
I hey rob the to rob, and theſe carried away the Images, the Pictures, and Bells
Images and
of the great Church, on board the Fleet. The Spaniards, who
Bells of the
were ſent to demand of thoſe who were fled the ſum aforementi-
Cathedral.
oned, returned with orders to make ſome agreement with the Pi-
They give them rats. This they performed and concluded with the Pirats they
20000 Pieces would give for their Ranſom and liberty, the ſum of twenty
of Eight, and thouſand Pieces of Eight, and five hundred Cows. The condition
hereof being ſuch, as they ſhould commit no farther acts of Ho-
ſtility againſt any perſon, but ſhould depart from
thence prefent-
They departly after payment of the money and Cattel. The one and the
from thence. other being delivered, they fet fail with the whole Fleet, cauſing
great joy unto the Inhabitants of Maracaibo to ſee themſelves
quit of this ſort of People. Notwithſtanding, three days after
they reſumed their fears and admiration, ſeeing the Pirats to
appear again, and re-enter the Port they had left with all their
Ships. But theſe apprehenſions foon vaniſhed, by only hearing
one of the Pirats Errand, who came on ſhore to tell them from
Lolonois,They ſhould ſend him a skilful Pilot to condułt one of his great-
eſt Ships over the dangerous Bank that lieth at the entry of the
Lake. "Which Petition or rather Command, was inſtantly gran-
ted.
The Pirats had now been full two months in thoſe Towns;
wherein they committed thoſe cruel and infolent Actions we
have told you of. Departing therefore from thence, they took
They ærrive at their courſe towards the Inand Hiſpaniola, and arrived thither in
Hiſpaniola.
eight days, caſting Anchors in a Port called iſla de la Vaca, or
Com-Iſland. This ifle is inhabited by French Bucaniers, who moſt
commonly fell the Fleſh they hunt, unto Pirats, and others who
donds now and then put in there, with intent of victualling or trading
with them. Here they unladed the whole Cargazon of Riches they
word n tuhi had robbed ; the uſual Store-houſe of the Pirats, being con-
And make *
monly under the ſhelter of the Bucaniers. Here alſo they made a
Dividend of Dividend amongſt them of all their Prizes and Gains, according
what they had to that order and degree which belonged unto every one, as hath
been mentioned above. Having caſt up the account, and made
exact Calculation of all they had purchaſed, they found in ready
oluit per Money two hundred and threeſcore thouſand Pieces of Eight.
.odis SM
Whereupon this being divided, every one received to his ſhare in
fimus b. Money, and alſo in pieces of Silk,Linnen,and other Commodities,
26000o Piece' the value of above one hundred pieces of Eight. Thoſe who bad
of Eight found been wounded in this Expedition, received their part before all
in ready Mo- the
reſt ; I mean, ſuch Recompences as I ſpoke of the in the firſt
3101А
Book
sor,
Hey.

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
17
Book, for the loſs of their Limbs, which many ſuſtained. After-
wards they weighed all the Plate that was uncoined reckoning af-
ter the rate of ten Pieces of Eight for every pound. The Jew- Beſides Jew.
els were prized with much variet y, either at too high, or too els and Plere,
low rates; being thus occaſioned by their own ignorance. This
being done, every one was put to his Oath again, that he had
not concealed any thing, nor ſubtracted from the common ſtock.
Hence they proceeded to the Dividend of what ſhares belonged
to ſuch as were dead amongſt them, either in battel or other-
wife. Theſe ſhares were given to their Friends to be kept entire
for them, and to be delivered in due time unto their neareſt Re-
lations, or whoſoever ſhould appear to be their lawful Heirs.
They fell fail
The whole Dividend being entirely finiſhed, they ſet fail for Tortuga
from thence for the Idle of Tortuga. Here they arrived, one
month after, to the great joy of moſt that were upon the Iſland.
For as to the common Pirats, in three weeks they had ſcarce any
money left chem; having ſpent it all in things of little value, or
at play either of Cards or Dice. Here alſo arrived, not long
before them, two French Ships laden with Wine and Brandy,
and other things of this kind : Whereby theſe Liquors, at the
arrival of the Pirats, were ſold indifferent cheap. But this
lafted not long for ſoon after they were enhanfed extremely, a
gallon of Brandy being ſold for four Pieces of Eight. The Go-
vernour of the Iſland bought of the Pirats the whole Cargo of The Governor
the Ship laden with Cacao; giving them for that rich Commodity, buyeth the ship
of Cacto.
ſcarce the twentieth part of what it was worth. Thus they
made ſhift to loſe and ſpend the Riches they had gotten, in
much leſs time than they were purchaſed by robbing. The
Taverns and Stews, according to the cuſtom of Pirats, got
the greateſt part thereof: Infomuch that ſoon after they
were conſtrained to ſeek mere, by the ſame unlawful means they
kad obtained the precedent.
Сс
ied
СНАР.

18
Part II.
Bucaniers of America
CHAP. III.
Lolonois maketh new preparations to take the City of St.
James de Leon. As alſo that of Nicaragua,where he mi-
ſerably periſheth.
L
trons,
ua.
Olonois had got himſelf very great Efteem and Repute at
Tortuga, by this laſt Voyage, by reaſon he brought them
New Prepard.
home ſuch conſiderable profit. And now he needed take no
great care how to gather men to ſerve under his Colours, fee-
ing more came in voluntarily to proffer their fevice unto him,
than he could employ. Every one repoſing ſuch great confi-
dence in his conduct for ſeeking their Fortunes, that they judged
it a matter of the greateſt ſecurity imaginable, to expoſe them-
felves in his company, the hugeſt dangers that might poſibly oc-
cur. He reſolved therefore, for a ſecond Voyage, to
go
with
his Officers and Souldiers towards the parts of Nicaragua, and
They reſolve to
go to Nicarag- pillage there as many Towns as he could meet.
Having publiſhed his new Preparations, he had all his men
together at the time appointed, being about the number of ſeven
Lolonois 3.c hundred, more or leſs. Of theſe he put three hundred on board
thereth men.
the Ship he took at Maracaibo, and the reſt in other Veſſels
of leſer burthen, which were five more : So that the whole
number were in all fix Ships. The firſt Port they went unto,
was in the Iſland of Hiſpaniola, to a place called Bayaha; where
They go to
Bayaha.
they determined to victual the Fleet, and take in Proviſions.
This being done, they ſet ſail from hence, and ſteered their
And from
courſe to a Port called Matamana, lying on the South-ſide of
thence to Cuba. the Iſle of Cuba. Their intent was to take here all the Canows
they could meet; theſe Coaſts being frequented by a huge num-
ber of Fiſhermen of Tortoiſes, who carry them from thence un-
to Havana. They took as many of the ſaid Canows, to the
great grief of thoſe miſerable people, as they thought neceſſary
for their deſigns. For they had great neceflity of theſe ſmall
bottoms, by reaſon the Port whither they deſigned to go, was
not of depth ſufficient to bear Ships of any burthen. From hence
they took their courſe towards the Cape called Gratias à Dios,
ſituate upon the Continent in the altitude of fifteen degrees,
Northern latitude ; at the diſtance of one hundred Leagues from
the Illand de los Pinos. But being out at Sea, they were taken
with

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
19
with a fad and tedious Calm ; and by the agitation of the Waves
alone, were thrown into the Gulf of Honduras. Here they la-
boured very much to regain what they had loſt, but all in vain;
both the Waters in their courſe, and the Winds being contrary
to their endeavours. Beſides, that the Ship wherein Lolonois
was embarqued, could not follow the reſt; and what was worſe,
they wanted already Proviſions. Hereupon they were forced
to put into the firſt Port or Bay they could reach, to revictual their
Fleet. Thus they entered with their Canows into a River called
Xaguila inhabited by Indians, whom they totally robbed and de-
Itroyed; they finding amongſt their Goods great quantity of They enter the
Millet, many Hogs and Hens. Not contented with what they and rob the in-
had done, they determined to remain there while the bad wea- dians.
ther was over, and to pillage all the Towns and Villages lying a-
long the coaſt of the Gulf
. Thus they paſſed from one place to They paſs along
another, ſeeking, as yet, more Proviſions ; by reaſon they had to other places.
not what they wanted for the accompliſhment of their Deſigns.
Having ſearched and rifled many Villages, where they found no
great matter, they came at laſt unto Puerto Cavallo. In this Port And arrive at
Puerto Caval
the Spaniards have two ſeveral Store-houſes, which ſerve to keep lo.
the Merchandizes that are brought from the inner parts of the
Country, until the arrival of the Ships. There was in the Port
at that occaſion, a Spaniſh Ship mounted with four and twenty
Guns, and fixteen Pedrero's, or Morterpieces. This ſhip was
immediately feized by the Pirats;and then drawing nigh the lhore, great Spaniſha
Zhey take a
they landed, and burnt the two Store-houſes, with all the reſt of Ship.
the houſes belonging to the place. Many Inhabitants likewiſe they I'hey burn and
took Priſoners, and committed upon them the moſt infolent and ruire all they
inhumane cruelties that ever Heathens invented, putting them to
find.
the cruelleſt tortures they could imagine or deviſe. It was the
cuſtom of Lolonois, that having tormented any perſons, and
they not confeſſing, he would inſtantly cut them in pieces with
his Hanger, and pull out their Tongues; deſiring to do the
ſame, if poſſible, unto every Spaniard in the World. Often-
They exerciſe
times it happened that ſome of theſe miſerable Priſoners, being cruelty againſt
all manner of
forced thereunto by the Rack, would promiſe to diſcover the the Spaniards.
places where the fugitive Spaniards lay hidden; which being net
able afterwards to perform, they were put to more Enormous
and cruel Deaths, than they who were dead before.
The Priſoners being dead and annihilated (excepting only
two, whom they reſerved to ſhew them what they deſired) they
marched froin hence into the Town of San Pedro, or St. Peter, They march to
diſtant ten or twelve Leagues from Puerto Cavallo, having in the Town of
Сс 2
their St. Pedro.

20
Bucaniers of America Part II.
their company three hundred men, whom Lolonois led, and lea-
ving behind him Moſes van Vin for his Lieutenant to govern the
reſt in his abſence. Being come three Leagues upon their way,
they met with a Troop of Spaniards, who lay in Ambuſcade for
"And meet with their coming. Theſe they ſet upon with all the courage imagi-
An Ambuſcade nable, and at laſt totally defeated; howbeit they behaved them-
of Spaniards. felves very manfully at the beginning of the Fight. But not be-
ing able to refift the fury of the Pirats, they were forced to give
way and ſave themſelves by flight, leaving many Pirats dead
upon the place, and wounded ; as alſo ſome of their own Party
maimed by the way. Theſe Lolonois put to death without
mercy, having asked them what queſtions he thought fit for his
purpoſe.
There were ſtill remaining fome few Priſoners who were
not wounded. Theſe were asked by Lolomois, if any more Spani.
ards did lie farther on in Ambuſcade? Unto whom they anſwe-
red, there were. Then he commanded them to be brought be-
fore him, one by one, and asked, if there was no other way to
be found to the Town but that? This he did, out of a deſign to
excuſe, if poſſible, thoſe Ambuſcades. But they all conſtantly
anſwered him, they knew none. Having asked them all, and
finding they could ſhew him no other way, Lolonois grew outra-
giouſly paſſionate ; inſomuch that he drew his Cutlaſs, and with
it cut open the breaſt of one of thoſe poor Spaniards, and pul-
ling out his heart with his facrilegious hands, began to bite and
gnaw it with his teeth, like a ravenous Wolf, ſaying unto the
reft, I will ſerve you all alike, if you fhew me not another way.
Hereupon thoſe miſerable Wretches promifed to fhew him
another way : But withal, they told him, it was extremely dif-
ficult and laborious. Thus, to ſatisfie the cruel Tyrant, they
began to lead him and his Army. But finding it not for his
purpoſe, even as they told him, he was conſtrained to return
unto the former way, ſwearing with great choler and indigna-
tion, Mort Dieu, les Eſpagnols me le payeront : By Gods Death, the
Spaniards ſhall pay me for this.
The next day he fell into another Ambuſcade, the which he
They meet ano- aſſaulted with fuch horrible fury, that in leſs than an hours time,
ther Ambuſcade.
he routed the Spaniards, and killed the greateſt part of them.
The Spaniards were perſwaded that by theſe Ambufcades they
ſhould better be able to deſtroy the Pirats, aſſaulting them by
degrees; and for this reaſon had pofted themſelves in ſeveral
places. At laſt he met with a third Ambuſcade, where was pla-
ced a Party of Spaniards, both ſtronger and to greater advantage
than

Part IT.
21
Bucaniers of America.
than the former, Yet notwithſtanding, the Pirats, by throwing
with their hands little Firebals in great number, and continuing
to do fo for ſome time, forced this Party, as well as the prece-
dent, to flie. And this with ſuch great loſs of men, as that be-
fore they could reach the Town, the greateſt part of the Spania
ards were either killed or wounded. There was but one path
which led unto the Town. This path was very well barricado'd
with good defences : And the reſt of the Town round about was
planted with certain Shrubs or Trees named Raqueltes, very full
of thorns, and theſe very ſharp-pointed. This fort of Fortifica-
tion ſeemed ſtronger than the Triangles which are uſed in En-
rope, when an Army is of neceſſity to paſs by the place of an
Enemy; it being almoſt impoſſible for the Pirats to traverſe
thoſe Shrubs. The Spaniards that were poſted behind the ſaid
defences, ſeeing the Pirats come, began to ſhoot at them with
their great Guns. But theſe perceiving them ready to fire uſed
to ſtoop down, and when the ſhot was made, fall upon the De-
fendants with Fire-balls in hands, and naked Swords, killing
with theſe Weapons many of the Town. Yet notwithſtanding,
not being able to advance any farther, they were conſtrained to
retire for the firſt time. Afterwards they returned to the at-
taque again, with fewer men than before ; and obſerving not to
fhoot till they were very nigh, they gave the Spaniards a
charge ſo dexterouſly, that with every ſhot they killed an
Enemy
TheAttaque continuing thus eager on both ſides till night,the They capproaste
Spaniards were compelled to hang forth a white Flag, in token the Town.
of Truce, and that they deſired to come to a Parly. The only
Conditions they required for delivering the Town, were, That
the Pirats ſhould give the Inhabitants quarter for two hours. This Which is taken
fhort ſpace of time they demanded, with intent to carry away upon Conditions:
and abſcond as much of their Goods and Riches as they could ;
as alſo to flie into ſome other neighbouring Town. Upon the
agreement of this Article they entred the Town, and continu-
ed there the two hours abovementioned, without committing
the leaſt act of hoſtility, nor cauſing any trouble to the Inhabi-
tants. But no ſooner that time was paſt, than Lolonois ordered
the Inhabitants ſhould be follow'd and robb'd of all they had
carried away, and not only Goods, but their perſons likewiſe
to be made all Priſoners. Notwithſtanding, the greateſt part of
their Merchandize and Goods were in fuch manner abfconded,
as the Pirats could not find them; they meeting only a few
leathern Sacks fill'd with Anil or Indigo
Having

21
Bucaniers of America.
Part II.
They commit
Having ſtaid at this Town ſome few days, and according to
Borrid Infolene their uſual cuſtoms committed there moſt horred Infolencies, they
cies and Rob-
beries,
at laſt quitted the place carrying away with them all that they
poſſibly could, and reducing the Town totally into afhes. Be-
Burn the Town. ing come unto the Sea-ſide, where they left a party of their own
Comrades, they found theſe had buſied themſelves in crufing up-
Go to the River on the Fiſhermen that lived thereabouts, or came that
way
from
of Guatimala. the River Guatimala. in this River alſo was expected a Ship
that was to come from Spain. Finally, they reſolved to go to-
wards the Iſlands that lie on the other ſide of the Gulf, there to
cleanſe and careen their Veſſels. But in the mean while they left
two Canows before the Coaſt, or rather the mouth of the River
of Guatimala, to the intent they ſhould take the Ship which, as
I ſaid before, was expected from Spain.
And
from thence
But their chief intention of going unto thoſe Iſlands, was to
to other Iſlands. ſeek Proviſions, as knowing the Tortoiſes of thoſe places are
very excellent and pleaſant food. As ſoon as they arrived
there, they divided into Troops, each party chuſing a fit poft
for that Fiſhery. Every one of them undertook to knit a Net
with the Rinds of certain Trees, called in thoſe parts, Macoa.
Of theſe Rinds they make alſo Ropes and Cables for the ſervice
of Ships : Inſomuch that no Veſſel can be in need of ſuch things,
whenſoever they can but find the ſaid Trees. There be alſo in
Pitch in great thoſe parts many places where they find Pitch; which is gather-
quantities. ed thereabouts in great abundance. The quantity hereof is ſo
great, that running down the Sea-coaſts, being melted by the
heat of the Sun, it congealeth in the water into great heaps, and
repreſenteth the ſhape of ſmall Iſlands. This Pitch is not like
unto that we have in the Countries of Europe ; but is hugely like,
both in colour and ſhape unto that froth of the Sea which is called
by the Naturalifts, Bitumen. But in my judgment, this matter is
nothing elſe than Wax, which ſtormy weather hath caſt into
the Sea; being part of that huge quantity which in the neigh-
call Bitumen. bouring Territories is made by the Bees. Thus from places far
diſtant from the Sea, it is alſo brought unto the Sea-coaſt by the
Winds and rowling Waves of great Rivers; being likewſe ming-
led with ſand, and having the ſmell of Black-Amber, ſuch as is
fent us from the Orient. In thoſe parts are found great quanti-
ties of the ſaid Bees, who make their Honey in Trees; from
whence it happeneth that the Honey-combs being fixed unto the
bodies of the Trees, when Tempeſts ariſe they are torn away,
and by the fury of the Winds carried into the Sea, as hath been
faid before. Some Naturaliſts are willing to ſay, that between
the
Which others

Part II.
23
Bucaniers of America.
tan.
the Honey and the Wax is made a ſeparation by means of the Some ſay it is
falt water; from whence proceedeth alſo the good Ambar. This the matter of
Amber.
opinion is rendred the more probable, becauſe the faid Ambar
being found and taſted, it affordeth the like taſte as Wax
doth.
But now, returning unto my diſcourſe, I ſhall let you know,
that the Pirats made in thoſe Iſlands all the haft to equip their
Veſſels they could poſſible, by reaſon they had news the Spaniſh
Ship was come which they expected. They ſpent ſome time in
cruzing upon the coaſts of Fucatan, whereabouts inhabit many
Indians, who ſeek for the Ambar abovementioned in thoſe Seas.
But ſeeing we are come to this place, I ſhall here, by the by, Indians of the
make ſome ſhort Remarks on the manner of living of theſe In- Coaſt of Juca-
dians, and the divine Worſhip which they practiſe.
The Indians of the Coaſts of Jucatan have now been above of their Cu-
one hundred years, under the dominion of the Spaniards. Unto ftoms and Re-
this Nation they performed all manner of Service : for whenfo- ligion.
ever any of them had need of a Slave or Servant, they ſent to
ſeek one of theſe Indians to ſerve them as long as they pleaſed.
By the Spaniards they were initiated at firſt in the Principles of
Chriſtian Faith and Religion. Being thus made a part of Chri-
ftianity,they uſed to ſend them every Sunday and Holiday through
the whole year, a Prieſt to perform divine Service among them.
Afterwards, for what reaſons are not known, but certainly,
through evil temptations of the Father of Idolatry the Devil,
they ſuddenly caſt off Chriſtian Religion again, and abandoned
the true divine Worſhip;beating withal and abuſing the Prieſt that
They caſt off
was ſent them. This provoked the Spaniards to puniſh them ac. Chriſtian Ren
cording to their deſerts ; which they did by caſting many of the ligion.
chiefeſt of theſe Indians into Priſon. Every one of thoſe Barba-
rians had, and hath ftill, a God to himſelf, whom he fer- Every one hath
his God.
veth and worſhippeth. It is a thing that deſerveth all admira-
tion, to confider how they uſe in this particular a Child that is
newly born into the World. As ſoon as this is iſſued from
Ceremonies
the Womb of the Mother, they carry it unto the Temple. Here performed with
they make a circle or hole, which they fill with alhes, without nem-born In-
mingling any thing elſe with them.Upon this heap of aſhes they fants.
place the Child naked, leaving it there a whole night alone, not
without great danger; no body daring to come near it. In the
mean while the Temple is open on all fides, to the intent all ſorts
of Beaſts may freely come in and out. The next day the Father
and Relations of the Infant return thither, to ſee if the tract or
ſtep of any Animal appeareth to be printed in the aſhes. Not
finding

24
Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
finding any, they leave the Child there, until that ſome Beaſt
hath approached the Infant, and left behind him the mark of his
feet. Unto this Animal, whatſoever it be, they conſecrate the
Creature newly born, as unto its God; which he is bound to
worſhip and ſerve all his life, eſteeming the ſaid Beaſt as his Pa.
tron and Protector in all caſes of danger or neceſſity. They offer
unto their Gods Sacrifices of Fire, wherein they burn a certain
Gum called by them Copal; whoſe ſmoak affordeth a very delicious
ſmell. When the Infant is grown up, the Parents thereof tell
him and ſhew him whom he ought to worſhip, ſerve, and honour,
as his own proper God. This being known, he goeth unto the
Temple, where he maketh Offerings unto the faid Beaſt. After-
wards, if in the courſe of his life any one hath injur'd him, or
any evil happeneth unto him, he complaineth thereof unto that
Beaſt, and ſacrificeth unto it for revenge. From whence many
times cometh, that thoſe who have done the injury of which he
complaineth,are found to be bitten, killed, or otherwiſe hurt by
ſuch Animals
After this ſuperſtitious and idolatrous manner, do live thoſe
miſerable and ignorant Indians, that inhabit all the Iſlands of the
Gulf of Honduras: as alſo many of them that dwell upon the
Continent of Fucatan. In the Territories of which Country
are found moſt excellent Ports for the ſafety of Ships, where
thoſe Indians moſt commonly love to build their Houſes. Theſe
People are not very faithful one to another; and likewiſe uſe
ftrange Ceremonies at their Marriages. Whenfoever any one
pretendeth to marry a young Damſel, he firſt applieth himſelf
unto ber Father, or neareſt Relation. He then examineth him
very exactly concerning the manner of cultivating their Planta-
tions, and other things at his pleaſure. Having fatisfied the
Queſtions that were put unto bim by the Father-in-Law, he gi-
veth the young man a Bow and Arrow. With theſe things he
repaireth unto the young Maid, and preſenteth her with a Gar-
land of green Leaves, interweaved with ſweet-ſmelling Flowers.
This ſhe is obliged to put upon her head, and lay afide that
which fhe wore before that time; it being the cuſtom of
the Country, that all Virgins go perpetually crown'd with Flow-
This Garland being received and put upon the head, every
one of the Relations and Friends go to adviſe with
others, a-
mong themſelves, whether that Marriage will be uſeful, and of
likely happineſs, or not. Afterwards the aforeſaid Relati-
ons and Friends meet together at the houſe of the Damſels Fa-
ther, and they drink of a certain Liquor made of Maiz, or Indir
ers.

Part II. Bucaniers of America.
25
an Wheat. And here, before the whole company, the Father
giveth his Daughter in marriage unto the Bridegroom.
The next day the newly-married Bride cometh unto
her Mother, and in her preſence pulleth off the Garland, and
teareth it in pieces, with great cries and bitter lamentations,
according to the cuſtom of the Country. Many other things I
could relate at large of the manner of living, and cuſtoms of
thoſe Indians ; but theſe I ſhall omit, thereby to follow my dif-
courſe.
Our Pirațs therefore had many Canows of the Indians in the
Iſle of Sambale, five leagues diſtant from the coaſts of Jucat an.
In the aforeſaid Iſland is found great quantity of Ambar, but
more eſpecially when any ſtorm ariſeth from towards the Eaſt;
from whence the Waves bring many things, and very different.
Through this Sea no Veſſels can paſs, unleſs very ſmall, the
waters being too ſhallow. In the Lands that are ſurrounded by
this Sea, is found huge quantity of Campeche-wood', and other
things of this kind, that ſerve for the Art of Dying, which
occafioneth them to be much eſteemed in Europe : And doubtleſs,
would be much more, in caſe we had the skill and Science of
the Indians ; who are ſo induſtrious, as to make a Dye or
Tincture that never changeth its colour, nor fadeth a-
way.
After that the Pirats had been in that Gulf three entire months,
they received Advice that the Spaniſh Ship was conie. Hereupon
they haftened unto thePort, where the Shiplay at Anchor unlading
the Merchandize it brought, with deſign to aflault her as ſoon as
it was poſſible. But before this attempt they thought it conve-
nient to ſend away ſome of their Boats from the mouth of the
River, to ſeek for a ſmall Vefſel which was expected ; having
notice that ſhe was very richly laden. the greateſt part of the cost
Cargo being Plate, Indigo, and Cochineel. In the mean while,
the People of the Ship that was in the Port had notice given
that the Pirats deſigned upon them. Hereupon they prepared
all things very well for the defence of the ſaid Veſſel; which was
mounted with forty two Guns, had many Arms on board, and
other neceffaries, together with one hundred and thirty fighting
men. Unto Lolonois all this ſeemed but little; and thus he al-
faulted her with great courage, his own Ship carrying only
twenty two Guns, and having no more then a ſmall Saëtia or
Flyboat for help. But the Spaniards defended themſelves after
ſuch manner, as they forced the Pirats to retire. Notwithſtand-
ing, while the ſmoak of the Powder continued very thick, as
Dd
amidſt
si

26.
Buonies of America. Part II.
A Council cal-
amidſt a dark Fog or Mift, they fent four Canows very well
man’d, and boarded the Ship with great agility ; whereby they
compelld the Spaniards to ſurrender.
They find little
The Ship being taken, they found not in her what they
wealth in her. thought, as being already almoſt wholly unladed. All the
Treaſure they here got, conſiſted only in fifty bars of Iron, a
fmall parcel of Paper, ſome earthen Jarrs full of Wine and other
things of this kind ; all of ſmall importance.
Preſently after, Lolonois called a Council of the whole Fleet,
P'd about going wherein he told them, he intended to go to Guat imala. Upon
to Guatimala. this point they divided into ſeveral ſentiments ; ſome of them li-
king the Propoſal very well, and others diſliking it as much.
Divers opinions, Eſpecially a certain Party of them, who were but new in thoſe
exerciſes of Piracy, and who had unagined at their ſetting forth
from Tortuga, that Pieces of Eight were gathered as eaſily as
Pears from a Tree. But having found at laſt moſt things con-
trary to their expectation, they quitted the Fleet, and returned
from whence they ſet out. Others on the contrary, affirmed
they had rather die for hunger, than return home without a
great deal of money.
But the major part of the company judging the propounded
Voyage little fit for their purpoſe, ſeparated from Lolonois and
Many leave Lo- the reſt. Among theſe was Ringleader one Moſes Vanclein,
who was Captain of the Ship taken at Puerto Cavallo. This
Fellow took his courſe towards Tortuga, deſigning to cruze to
and fro in thoſe Seas. With him alſo joyned another Comrade
of his own, by name Pierre le Picard; who ſeeing the reſt to
leave Lolonois, thought fit to do the ſame. Theſe run-a-ways
having thus parted company, ſteered their courſe homewards,
coafting along the Continent, till they came at laſt unto Coſta
They go to co- Rica. Here they landed a ſtrong Party of men nigh unto the
fta Rica. And River of Veraguas, and marched in good order unto the Town
take Veraguas. of the ſame name. This place they took and totally pillaged,
notwithſtanding that the Spaniards made a ſtrong and warlike
reſiſtance. They brought away ſome of the Inhabitants as Priſo-
ners, with all that they have robb’d, which was of no great im-
Rob the place, portance. The reaſon hereof, being the poverty of the place,
lut find little. which exerciſeth no manner of Trade than only working in
the Mines, where ſome of the Inhabitants do conſtantly attend.
Mires of Gold. yet no other perſons feek for the Gold, than only Slaves. Theſe
they compel to dig, whether they live or die, and waſh the
earth that is taken out in the neighbouring Rivers, where of-
tentimes they find pieces of Gold as big as Peas. Finally, the
lonois,
Pirats

Part II.
27
Bucaniers of America.
Pirats found in this Robbery no greater value than ſeven or
eight pounds weight of Gold. Hereupon they returned back,
giving over the deſign they had, to go farther on to the Town
of Nata, ſituated upon the the coaſts of the South-Sea. Hither-
to they deſigned to march, hnowing the Inhabitants to be rich
Merchants, who have their Slaves at work in the Mines of Vera-
guas. But from this Enterprize they were deterr'd by the mul-
titude of Spaniards, whom they ſaw gather on all ſides to fall
upon them; whereofthey had timely advice beforehand.
Lolynois thus abandoned by his Companions remained alone Lolonois re-
in the Gulf of Honduras, by reaſon his Ship was too great to get maineth.
out at the time of the reflux of thoſe Seas, which the ſmaller
Veſſels could more eaſily do. There he ſuſtained great want of
all ſorts of Proviſions : Inſomuch as they were conſtrained to Wanterk Pro-
go aſhore every day,to ſeek wherewithal to maintain themſelves. viſions.
And not finding any thing elſe, they were forced to kill Mon-
kies and other Animals, ſuch as they could find for their ſuſte-
Hance.
At laſt having found, in the altitude of the Cape of Gracias à
Dios, certain little Iſlands called de las Pertas : Here, nigh unto Ijtes de las
theſe Ifles, his Ship-fell upon a bank of ſand, where it ſtuck fo Pertas.
faſt, as no Art could be found to get her off into deep water
ágain. Notwithſtanding, they unladed all the Guns, Iron, and
other weighty things as much as poſibly they could: but all they They loſe their
could do, was to little or no effect. Hereupon they were ne- Ship.
cellitated to break the Ship in pieces, and with ſome of the
Planks and Nails build themſelves a Boat, wherewith to get a- Ard intend to
way from thoſe Iſlands. Thus they began their work; and build a Bordo
mean while they are employed about it, I thall paſs to deſcribe
ſuccinctly the Iſles aforementioned, and their Inhabitants.
The Iſlands called de las Pertas, are inhabited by Indians, who
Indians of theſe
are properly Savages, as not having at any time known or con-Iflandse
verſed with any civil People. They are tall in ftature, and very
nimble in running, which they perform almoſt as faſt as horſes. At
diving alſo in the Sea, they are very dextrous and hardy.From the
bottom of the Sea I ſaw them take up an Anchor that weighed fix
hundred pound, by tying a Cable unto it with great dexterity,
and pulling it from a Rock. They uſe no other Arms than ſuch
as are made of Wood, without any Iron, unleſs that ſome in-
{tead thereof do fix a Crocodiles tooth which ſerveth for a point.
They have neither Bows nor Arrows among them, as other
Indians have ; but their common Weapon is a fort of Lances,
that are long a fathom and a half. In theſe Ilards there be ma-
Dd 2

28
Bucaniers of America. Part IT.
Plantations, ny Plantations ſurrounded with Woods, from whence they ga-
ther great abundance of Fruits. Such are Potato's, Bananas, Ka-
coven, Ananas, and many others, which the conſtitution of the
So laffordeth. Nigh unto theſe Plantations they have no houſes to
Whether they
dwell in, as in other places of the Indies. Some are of opinion
eat humane that theſe Indians eat humane fleſh; which ſeemeth to be confir-
fleſh.
med by what happened when Lolonois was there. Two of his
Companions, the one being a Frenchman, and the other a
Spaniard, went into the Woods, where having ftragled up and
down ſome while, they met with a Troop of Indians that began
to purſue them. They defended themſelves as well as they could
with their Swords; but at laſt were forced to flie. This the
Frenchman performed with great agility; but the Spaniard being
not ſo ſwift as his Companion, was taken by thoſe Barbarians,
and heard of no more. Some days after, they attempted to go
into the Woods to ſee what was become of their Companion.
Unto this effect twelve Pirats ſet forth very well arm’d, amongſt
whom was the French-man, who conducted them, and ſhewed
them the place where he left his Companion. Here they found,
nigh unto the place, that the Indians had kindled fire; and at a
ſmall diſtance from thence, they found the bones of the ſaid Spa-
niard very well roaſted. From hence they inferr'd that they had
roaſted the miſerable Spaniard, of whom they found more, ſome
pieces of fleſh ill fcraped off from the bones ; and one hand,
which had only two fingers remaining.
They ſeek for They marched farther on, ſeeking for Indians. Of theſe they
Indians and
found a great number together, who endeavour'd to eſcape, fee-
find ſome
ing the Pirats fo ſtrong and well arm'd. But they overtook
ſome of them, and brought on board their Ships five men and
four women.
With theſe they uſed all the means they could
invent to make themſelves to be underſtood, and gain their affe-
ctions; giving them certain ſmall trifls, as Knives, Beads,
and the like things. They gave them alſo Victuals and Drink;
but nothing of either would they taft. It was alſo obſervable,
that all the while they were Priſoners on board the Ships, they
They give them fpoke not one word to each other among themſelves. Thus the
then trifles,and Pirats ſeeing theſe poor Indians were much afraid of them, pre.
pet them go.
fented them again with ſome ſmall things, and let them go,
When they departed, they made ſigns, giving them to under-
ftand, they would come again. But they foon fcrgot their Be-
nefactors and were never heard nor ſeen more. Neither could
any notice afterwards be had of theſe Indians, or any others, in
the whole land after that time. Which occafioned the Pirats to
ffect

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
29
ſuſpect that both thoſe that were taken, and all the reſt of the
Iſland, did all ſwim away by night unto ſome other little neigh-
bouring Illands : Eſpecially conſidering they could never fet eyes All the Indi-
on any Indian more; neither was there ever ſeen any Boat or ans diſappear, .
other Veffl in the whole circumference of the Iſland.
In the mean while, the Pirats were very deſirous to ſee their
long-Boat finiſhed, which they were building with the timber
of the Ship that ſtuck upon the Sands. Yet conſidering their
work would be long, they began to cultivate ſome pieces of
ground. Here they ſowed French Beans, which came to maturi-
ty in ſix weeks time ; and many other Fruits. They had good
proviſion of Spaniſh Wheat, Bananas, Racovont, and other things.
With the Wheat they made Bread, and bak'd it in portable
Ovens, which they had brought with them to this effect. Thus
they feared not hunger in thoſe deſart places. After this
manner they employed themſelves for the ſpace of five or fix The Pirats
Months. Which time being paſt, and the long-Boat finiſhed, were bere five
or six months.
fee if they
they determined to go unto the River of Nicaragua, to ſee if
could take ſome few Canows, and herewith return unto the ſaid
Iſlands and fetch away their Companions that remained behind,
by reaſon the Boat they had built wat not capable of tranſport-
They caſt Lors
ing f) many men together. Hereupon, to evice any diſputes
among them
that might ariſe, they caſt Lots among themſelves, determining felves
thereby who ſhould go, or ſtay in the Iſland.
The Lot fell only upon one half of the people of the loſt
Vefſel; who embarked upon the Long-boat they had built, and
alſo the Skiff which they had before ; the other half remaining
cn ſhore. I o'onois having ſet ſail, arrived in few days at the
mouth of the River of Nicaragua. Here ſuddenly his ill fortune
Misfortunes of
affailed him, which of long time had been reſerved for him, as a Lolonois.
puniſhment due unto the multitude of horrible Crimes, which in
his licentious and wicked life he had committed. Here he met
with both Spaniards and Indians, who joyntly together ſet upon
him and his Companions, and uſed them ſo roughly, that the
greateſt part of the Pirats were killed upon the place. Lolonois
with thoſe that remained alive, had much ado to eſcape on
board their Boats aforementioned. Yet notwithſtanding this which prece
great loſs of men, he refolved not to return to ſeek thoſe ded his death,
he had left at the Ine of Pertas, without taking ſome Boats,
fach as he looked for. Unto this effect he determined to go far-
ther on to the Coaſts of Cartagena, with deſign to ſeek for Ca-
nows. But God Almighty, the time of his divine Juſtice being
now already come, had appointed the Indians of Darien to be
the

30
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
Death of Lolo- the Inſtruments and Executioners thereof. Theſe Indians of Da
nois.
rien are eſteemed as Bravo's, or wild favage Indians, by the
neighbouring Spaniards, who never could reduce them to civility.
Hicher Lolonois came ( being rather brought by his evil Conſci-
ence that cryed for puniſhment of his Crimes ) thinking to act
in that Country his former cruelties. But the Indians within a
few days after his arrival took him Priſoner, and tore him in
pieces alive, throwing his body limb by limb into the fire, and
his alhes into the Air, to the intent no trace or memory might
remain of ſuch an infamous inhumane Creature. One of his
Companions gave me an exact account of the aforeſaid Tragedy ;
affirming withal, that he himſelf had eſcaped the ſame puniſh-
ment, not without the greateſt of difficulties. He believed alſo,
And of bis
that many of his Comrades who were taken Priſoners in that
Companions.
Rencounter by the Indians of Darien, were after the ſame man-
ner as their cruel Captain, torn in pieces and burnt alive. Thus
endeth the Hiſtory of the life and miſerable death of that Infer-
pal Wretch Lolonois. Who full of horrid, execrable and enor-
mous deeds, and alſo debtor to ſo much innocent blood, died by
cruel and butcherly hands, ſuch as his own were in the courſe of
his life.
How they got Thoſe that remained in the Iſland de las Pertas, waiting for
mained behind, the return of them who got away only to their great misfortune,
hearing no news of their
Captain, nor Companions, at laſt em-
barked themſelves upon the Ship of a certain Pirat, who happen-
ed to paſs that way. This Fellow was come from Jamaica with
intent to land at the Cape of Gracias a Dios; and from hence
to mount the River with his Canows, and take the City of Cara
tagena. Theſe two parcels of Pirats being now joyned together,
were infinitely gladded at the preſence and ſociety of one ano-
ther. Thoſe, becauſe they found themſelves delivered from
their miſeries, poverty, and neceſſities, wherein now they had
lived the ſpace of ten entire months. Theſe, becauſe they were
now conſiderably ſtrengthened, whereby to effect with greater
ſatisfaction their intended deſigns. Hereupon, as ſoon as they
They.errive at were arrived into the aforeſaid Cape of Gratias à Dios, they all
the Cape of Gra- put themſelves into Canows, and with theſe Veſſels mounted the
cias a Dios.
River, being in number five hundred men, leaving only five or fix
With intent to perſons in every Ship,to keep them. They took no Proviſions with
go to Cartage- them, as being perſwaded they ſhould find every where fufficient.
But theſe their own hopes are found totally vain, as not being
grounded in God Almighty.For he ordained it ſo that the Indians
having perceived their coming were all fled before them, not lea-
ving

Part il
37
Bucaniers of America.
ving in their houſes nor Plantations, which for the moſt part do
border upon the ſides of Rivers, any thing of neceſſary Proviſions
or Victuals. Hereby, in few days after they had quitted their
Ships, they were reduced to ſuch neceſſity and hunger, as nothing
could be more extreme. Notwithſtanding, the hopes they had They endure ex-
conceived of making their Fortunes very ſoon, did animate treme hurger:
them for the preſent. Being contented in this affliction with a
few green Herbs, ſuch as they could gather as they went upon
the banks of the River.
Yet all this courage and vigour of mind could not laſt above
a fortnight. After which, their hearts, as well as their bodies,
began to fail for hunger : infomuch as they found themſelves
conftrained to quit the River, and betake themſelves unto the
Woods, ſeeking out fome ſmall Villages where they might find They go to the
Woods to ſeek
relief for their neceſſity. But all was in vain : For having rang- relief
,
ed up and down the Woods for ſome days, without finding the
Icaſt comfort to their hungry deſires, they were forced to return
again unto the River. Where being come, they thought it con-
venient to deſcend unto the Sea-coaſts where they had left their
Ships, not being able to find in the preſent Enterprize what they
fought for. In this laborious Journey they were reduced to ſuch ex-
Are reduced to
tremity that many of them devoured their own Shoes, the Sheaths
great extremi.
of their Swords, Knives, and other things of this kind. Being ty.
almoſt ravenous, and fully deſirous to meet fome Indians, intenda
ing to facrifice them unto their teeth. At laſt they arrived at
the Coaſt of the Sea, where they found ſome comfort and
relief to their former miſeries, and alſo means to ſeek
more. Yet notwithſtanding, the greateſt part of them periſh.
ed through faintneſs, and other Diſeaſes, contracted by hunger;
which occaſioned alſo the remaining part to diſperſe. Till at
laſt, by degrees, many or moſt of them fell into the fame Pit
They diſperfe.
that Lolonois did. Of him, and of his Companions, I have hi-
therto given my Reader a compendious Narrative; which now
I ſhall continue with the Actions and Exploits of Captain Henry
Morgan. Who may not undefervedly be called the ſecond Lolo-
nois, as not being unlike or inferiour unto him, either in At-
chievements againſt the Spaniards or in Robberies of many inno-
cent People.
EOS
SN
a
nal
С НА Р.

32
Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
CH A P. II. IV
Of the Origine and Deſcent of Capt. Henry Morgan.
His Exploits, and a Continuation of the most remarkable
Actions of his Life.
of car. ,
Q
C
O
B
Morgan
and there in the Principality of Wales. His Father was a
rich Yeoman or Farmer, and of good quality in that Country,
even as moſt who bear that name in Wales , are known to be.
Morgan being as yet young, had no inclinations to follow the
Calling of his father; and therefore left his Country, and
came towards the Sea-coaſts to ſeek ſome other Employ more
fuitable to his humour, that aſpired to ſomething elſe. There
he found entertainment in a certain Port where ſeveral Ships
did lie at Anchor, that were bound for the Iſle of Barbadas.
He goetb to With theſe Ships he reſolved to go in the ſervice of one, who,
Barbadas.
according to what is commonly practiſed in thoſe parts by the
Engliſh and other Nations, fold him as ſoon as he came on ſhore.
He ſerved his time at Barbadas ; and when he had obtained his
And thence to
liberty, thence transferred himſelf unto the Iſland of Jamaica,
Jamaica
there to ſeek new fortunes. Here he found two Veſſels of Pirats
that were ready to go to Sea. Being deſtitute of Employ, he
put himſelf into one of theſe Ships, with intent to follow the
He ferveth the Exerciſes of that fort of people. He learn'd in a little while
Pirats. their manner of living ; and ſo exactly that having performed
three or four Voyages with ſome profit and good ſucceſs, he
agreed with ſome of his Comrades, who had gotten by the ſame
Voyages a ſmall parcel of Money, to joyn ſtocks and buy a Ship.
The Veſſel being bought, they unanimouſly choſe him to be the
Captain and Commander thereof.
With this Ship,ſoon after, he ſet forth from Jamaica to cruze
upon the Coaſts of Campeche;in which Voyage he had the fortune
to take ſeveral Ships, with which he returned triumphant to the
fame Iſland. Here he found at the ſame time an oldPirat,named Manſ-
Manſvelt, an velt, (of whom we have already made mention in the firſt part of
old Pirata
this
IA II

The Towne of Puerto del Principe taken &.fackt
Part 2: Chap:
1127
th
SOOOOO


Part II. Bucaniers of America.
33
rines,
this Book) who was then buſied in equiping a conſiderable Fleet
of Ships with deſign to land upon the Continent, and pillage
whatever came in his way. Manfvelt feeing Captain Morgan
return with ſo many Prizes , judged him , from his actions,
to be of undaunted courage ; and hereupon was moved to chuſe
him for his Vice-Admiral in that Expedition. Thus having fit- Makers Mor.
ted out fifteen Ships, between great and ſmall they ſet ſail from gan Vice-Ad-
miral.
Famaica with five hundred men both Walloons and French.
With this Fleet they arrived not long after at the Ille of St. Ca- They go the wie
tharine, ſituated nigh unto the Continent of Coſta Rica , in the of St. Catha-
altitude of twelve degrees and a half, Northern latitude, and
diſtant thirty five leagues from the River of Chagre, between
North and South. Here they made their firſt deſcent, landing
moſt of their men preſently after.
Being now come to try their Arms and Fortune, they in a And take it.
ſhort while forced the Garriſon that kept the Iſland to ſurren-
der and deliver into their hands all the Forts and Caſtles be-
longing thereunto. All theſe they inſtantly demoliſhed, refer-
ving onely one ; wherein they placed one hundred men of their
own Party, and all the Slaves they had taken from the Spani-
ards. With the reſt of their men they marched unto another
With another
ſmall Iſland nigh unto that of St. Catharine and adjoyning fo near
ſmall neighous
unto it, that with a Bridge they could get over. In few days ring Iſlanda
they made a Bridge, and pafled thither, conveying alſo over it.
all the pieces of Ordnance which they had taken upon
the
great Iland. Having ruined and deſtroyed, with Sword and
Fire, both the Mands, leaving what Orders were neceſſary at
the Caſtle abovementioned they put forth to Sea again, with the
They put out te
Sed again.
Spaniards they had taken Priſoners. Yet theſe they ſet on
fhore, not long after, upon the firm Land, nigh unto a place
called Puerto Velo. After this, they began to cruze upon the
coaſts of Coſta Rica, till that finally they came unto the River
And come to
of Colla, deſigning to rob and pillage all the Towns they could the River of
find in thofe parts, and afterwards to paſs unto the Village of Colla.
Nata, to do the ſame.
The Preſident or Governour of Panama having had advice of
the arrival of theſe Pirats, and the Hoſtilities they committed
every where, thought it his duty to ſet forth to their encounter The Governour
with a Body of Men. His coming cauſed the Pirats to retire of Panama
ſuddenly with all ſpeed and care. Eſpecially ſeeing the whole cometh to meet
Country alarmed at their arrival, and that their deſigns were
them.
known and conſequently could be of no great effect at that pre- They return to
fent. Hereupon they returned unto the Ife of St.Catharine,to vi- St. Cath,
E e
ſt

34
Bucanier's of America. Part II.
fit the hundred men they had left in garriſon there. The Go-
vernour of theſe men was a certain French-man named le sieur Sie
mon ; who behaved himſelf very well in that charge, mean
And find all
while Manſvelt was abſent. Inſomuch that he had put the
things in good great Iſland in a very good poſture of defence, and the little
poſture. one he had cauſed to be cultivated with many fertile Plantati-
ons, which were fufficient to revictual the whole Fleet with
Proviſions and Fruits, not onely for preſent refreſhment, but
Manſvelt is alſo in caſe of a new Voyage. Manfvelt's inclinations were very
deſirous to keep much bent to keep theſe two Iſlands in perpetual poſſeſſion, as
St. Cath.
being very commodious, and profitably ſituated for the uſe of
the Pirats. Chiefly becauſe they were ſo near unto the Spaniſh
Dominions, and eaſily to be defended againſt them; as I ſhall
repreſent in the third part of this Hiftory more at large,
in a Copper Plate, delineated for this purpoſe.
He returneth
Hereupon Manfz elt determined to return unto Jamaica, with
10 Jamaica for deſign to fend fome Recruit unto the Iſle of St. Catharine, that
in caſe of any invaſion of the Spaniards, the Pirats might be
provided for a defence. As ſoon as he arrived , he propounded
his mind and intentions unto the Governour of that Ifland; but
he liked not the Propoſitions of Manfvelt, fearing left by grant-
Which are deni
ed him.
ing ſuch things, he hould diſpleaſe his Maſter the King of Eng-
lard. Beſides, that giving him the men he defired, and other
neceſſaries for that purpoſe, he muſt of neceſſity diminiſh and
weaken the Forces of that Iſland whereof he was Gover-
nour. Manfvelt ſeeing the unwillingneſs of the Governour of
Jamaica , and that of his own accord he could not compaſs
what he deſired, with the ſame intent and deſigns went unto
Goeth to Tor-
the Iſle of Tortuga. But there, before he could accompliſh his
Same purpofe , deſires, or put in execution what was intended Death ſuddenly
and dieth.
ſurprized him, and put a period to his wicked life ; all things
hereby remaining in fufpenfe, until the occaſion which I ſhall
hereafter relate.
Le Sieur Simon, who remained at the Idle of St. Catharine in
quality of Governour thereof, receiving no news from Alanſ:
velt his Admiral, was greatly impacient, and defirous to know
The Governour what might be the cauſe thereof. In the mean while, Don Fohn
of Cofta Rica. Perez de Guzman, being newly come to the Government of Coſta
Rica, thought it no ways convenient for the inter-1 of the
King of Spain, that that Ifand ſhould remain in the hands of
the Pirats. And hereupon he equipped a conſiderable Fleet,
which he fent unto the ſaid Ifland to retake it. But before he
came to ufe any great violenc, he writ a Letter unto le Sierra
tuga for the
Simon,

Part II.
Bucaniers of America
35
Simon, wherein he gave him to underſtand, if he would ſurren- Writeth unte
der the Illand unto his Catholick Majeſty, he ſhould be very well him of St, Ca-
therine.
rewarded; but in caſe of refuſal, feverely puniſhed when he
had forced him to do it. Le Sieur Simon feeing no appearance
or probability of being able to defend it alone, nor any emo-
lument that by ſo doing could accrue either unto him or his Peo-
ple; after ſome ſmall reſiſtance, delivered up the Iſland into the
hands of its true Lord and Maſter, under the ſame Articles they
had obtained it from the Spaniards. Few days after the ſurrendry
of the Illand, there Arrived from Jamaica an Engliſh Ship which
the Governour of the ſaid Ifand had ſent under-hand, wherein
was a good ſupply of People, both Men and Women. The
Spaniards, from the Calle having eſpied this Ship, put forth
the Engliſh Colours, and perſwaded le Sieur Simon to go on
board, and conduct the ſaid Ship into a Port they aſſigned him.
This he performed immediately with diffimulation, whereby they
were all made Priſoners. A certain Spaniſh Enginier hath pub- A Spaniard.
liſhed, before me, an exact account and Relation of the reta- deſcribeth the
king of the Idle of St. Catherine by the Spaniards ; which Print-retaking of St.
ed Paper being fallen into my hands, I have thought it fit to be
inſerted here.
A true Relation and particular Account of the Victory obtained by the
Arms of his Carbolick Majesty againſt the Engliſh Pirats, by
the direction and valour of Don John Perez de Guzman,
Knight of the Order of St. James, Governour and Captain
General of Tierra Firme, and the Province of Veraguas.
THE
He Kingdom of Tierra Firme, which of it ſelf is fufficiently
ſtrong to repulſe and extirpate great Fleets, but more e-
ſpecially the Pirats of Jamaica, had ſeveral ways notice, under
ſeveral hands, imparted to the Governour thereof, that fourteen
Engliſh Veſlels did cruze upon the Coafts belonging to his Catho-
lick Majeſty. The 14th day of July, 1665. news came unto
Panama, that the Engliſh Pirats of the ſaid Fleet were arrived at
Puerto de Naos, and had forced the Spaniſh Garriſon of the Iſle
of St. Catherine, whoſe Governour was Don Eftevan del Campe ;
and that they had poſſeſſed themſelves of the ſaid Iſland, taking
Priſoners the Inhabitants, and deſtroying all thatever they met.
Moreover, about the ſame time Don John Parez de Guzman re-
ceived particular information of theſe Robberies from the rela-
tion of fome Spaniards who eſcaped out of the Iſland, ( and
whom he order'd to be conveyed unto Puerto Velo ) who more
Ee 2
diſtinály

36
Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
ca diſtinctly told him, That the aforementioned Pirats came into
-50% the INand the ſecond day of May, by night, without being per-
ceived by any body : And that the next day, after ſome dif-
putes by Arms, they had taken the Fortreſſis, and made Priſon-
ers all the Inhabitants and Souldiers, not one excepted, unleſs
thoſe that by good fortune had eſcaped their hands. This be-
ing heard by Don John, he called a Council of War, wherein he
declared the great Progreſs the ſaid Pirats had made in the Do-
minions of his Catholick Majeſty. Here likewiſe he propound.
ed, That it was abſolutely neceſſary to fend fome Forces unto the Iſle
of St. Catherine, ſufficient to retake it from the Pirats; the Honour
and Intereſt of his Majesty of Spain being very narromly concern-
ed herein. Otherwiſe the Pirats by Such Conqueſts might eaſily, in
courſe of time, poffefs themſelves of all the Countries thereabouts.
Unto theſe Reaſons fome were found, who made anſwer, That
the Pirats, as not being able to ſubſiſt in the ſaid Iſland, would
of neceſſity conſume and waſte themſelves, and be forced to quit it,
without any neceſſity of retaking it. That conſequently it was not
worth the while to engage in ſo many expences and troubles, as might
be foreſeen this would cost. Notwithſtanding theſe Reaſons to the
contrary, Don John, as one who was an expert and valiant
Souldier, gave orders that quantity of Proviſions ſhould be con-
veyed unto Puerto Velo, for the uſe and ſervice of the Militia;
And neither to be idle nor negligent in his Maſters Affairs, he
tranſported himſelf thither, with no ſmall danger of his life.
Here he arrived the ſeventh day of July, with moſt things ne-
ceſſary to the expedition in hand; where he found in the Port
a good ship, called St. Vincent, that belonged unto the Company
of the Negro's. This Ship being of it ſelf a ſtrong Veſſel, and
well mounted with Guns, he manned and victualled very well,
and fent unto the Ife of St. Catharine, conftituting Captain
Joſeph Sanchez Ximenez, Major of the City of Puerto Velo, Com-
mander thereof. The people he carried with him were two
hundred threeſcore and ten Souldiers, and thirty ſeven Priſon
ers of the fame Iſland: Beſides four and thirty Spaniards belong-
ing to the Garriſon of Puerto Velo, nine and twenty Mulato's of
Ranama, twelve Indians very dexterous at ſhooting with Bows:
and Arrows, ſeven expert and able Gunners, two Lieutenants,
two Pilots, one Chirurgeon, and one Religious man of the Or-
der of St. Francis, for their Chaplain.
Don John ſoon after gave his Orders unto every one of the
Officers, inſtructiog them how they ought to behave themſelves 3
telling them withal, that the Governour of Cartagena would
allit

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
37
allift and fupply them with more Men, Boats, and all things
elſe they ſhould find neceſſary for that Enterprize; to which ef-
fect he had already written unto the ſaid Governour. On the
24th day of the faid Month, Don Fohn commanded the Ship to
weigh Anchor, and fail out of the Port. Then ſeeing a fair
Wind to blow, he called before him all the People deſigned for
that Expedition, and made them a Speech , encouraging
them to fight againſt the Enemies of their Country and Religi-
on; but more eſpecially againſt thoſe inhumane Pirats, who had
heretofore committed ſo many horrid and cruel actions againſt
the Subjects of his Catholick Majeſty. Withal, promiſing to e-
very one of them moft liberal Rewards ; but eſpecially unto
ſuch as ſhould behave themſelves as they ought in the ſervice of
their King and Country. Thus Don John bid them farewel;
and immediately the Ship weighed Anchor, and fet fail under a
favourable gale of Wind. The 22d of the ſaid Month chey
arrived at Cartagena, and preſented a Letter unto the Gover-
nour of the ſaid City from the noble and valiant Don John,
who received it, with teſtimonies of great affection unto the
perſon of Don Fohn, and his Majeſties ſervice. And ſeeing their
refolute Courage to be conformable to his deſires and expecta-
tion, he promiſed them his aſſiſtance, which ſhould be with.one
Frigat, one Galeon, one Boat, and one hundred and twenty fix
men, the one half out of his own Garriſon, and the other half
Mulato's. Thus all of them being well provided with neceſſa-
ries, they ſet forth from the Port of Cartagena, the ſecond day
of Auguft ; and the roth of the ſaid Month they arrived with-
in fight of the Idle of St. Catherine, towards the Weſtern point
thereof. And although the Wind was contrary, yet they reach-
ed the Port, and came to an Anchor within it; having loſt
one of their Boats, by foul weather, at the Rock called Quita
Signos.
The Pirats feeing our Ships come to an Anchor gave
them
preſendly three Guns with Bullets ; the which were ſoon anſwer-
ed in the ſame coin. Hereupon the Major Foſeph Sanchez Xime-
rez fent on fore, unto the Pirats, one of his Officers, to require
them, in the name of the Catholick King his Maſter, to furren-
der the Iſland, ſeeing they had taken it in the midſt of Peace
between the two Crowns of Spain and England; and that in
cafe they would be obftinate, he would certainly put them all to
the Sword. The Pirats made anſwer, That Hand had once be-
fore belonged unto the Government and Dominions of the King
of England ; and that inſtead of ſurrendring it; they preferred
to loſe their lives.

38
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
On Friday the 13th of the ſaid Month, three Negro's from
the Enemy,came ſwimming aboard our Admiral. Theſe brought
intelligence, that all the Pirats that were upon the Iſland were
only threeſcore and twelve in number; and that they were un-
der a great conſternation, ſeeing ſuch conſiderable Forces come
againſt them. With this intelligence the Spaniards reſolved to
land, and advance towards the Fortreſſes; the which ceafed not
to fire as many great Guns againſt them, as they poſſibly could;
which were correſponded in the ſame manner on our ſide, till
dark night. On Sunday the 13th of the ſaid Month, which
was the day of the Affumption of our Lady, the weather being
very calm and clear, the Spaniards began to advance thus. The
Ship named St. Vincent, which rid Admiral, diſcharged
two whole broad-fides upon the Battery called the Conception.
The Ship called St. Peter, that was Vice-Admiral, diſcharged
likewiſe her Guns againſt the other Battery named St. James.
In the mean while, our people were landed in ſmall Boats, di-
recting their courſe towards the point of the Battery laſt menti-
oned, and from thence they marched towards the Gate called
Cortadura. The Lieutenant Francis de Cazeres, being defirous
to view the ſtrength of the Enemy, with only fifteen men, was
compelled to retreat in all haſte, by reaſon of the great Guns
which played ſo furiouſly upon the place where he ſtood. They
ſhooting not only pieces of Iron and ſmall Bullets, but alſo the
Organs of the Church, diſcharging in every fhot, threeſcore
Pipes at a time.
Notwithſtanding this heat of the Enemy, Captain Don Joſeph
Ramirez de Leyva, with threeſcore men, made a ſtrong Attack,
wherein they fought on both fides very deſperately, till that at
laſt he overcame, and forced the Pirats to ſurrender the Fort he
had taken in hand.
On the Other ſide, Captain Fohr Galeno, with fourſcore
and ten men, paſſed over the Hills, to advance that way to-
wards the Caſtle of St. Tereſa. In the mean while, the Major
Don Joſeph Sanchez Ximenez, as Commander in chief, with the
reſt of his men, ſet forth from the Battery of St. James, paſſing
the Port with four Boats, and landing in deſpite of the Enemy.
About this ſame time, Captain John Galeno began to advance
with the men he led unto the forementioned Fortreſs. So that
our men made three Attacks upon the Enemy, on three ſeveral
ſides, at one and the ſame time, with great courage and va-
lour. Thus the Pirats feeing many of their men already kill'd,
and that they could in no manner ſubſiſt any longer, retreated
29 Vil 1 towards

Part IT.
39
Bucaniers of America.
towards Cortadura , where they ſurrendred themſelves, and
likewiſe the whole Iſland, into our hands. Our People poſſeſſed
themſelves of all, and ſet up the Spaniſh Colours, as ſoon as
they had rendred thanks to God Almighty for the Victory ob-
tained on ſuch a ſignalized day. The number of dead were fix
men of the Enemies, with many wounded, and threeſcore and
ten Priſoners. On our fide was found only one man kill'd, and
four wounded.
There was found upon the Iſland. eight hundred pound of
Powder, two hundred and fifty pound of fmall Bullets, with
many other Military Proviſions. Among the Priſoners were ta-
ken alſo two Spaniards, who had born Arms under the Engliſh a- og
gainſt his Catholick Majeſty. Theſe were commanded to be done to bring
ſhot to death the next day by order of the Major. The 10th 5.12
day of September arrived at the Ille an Engliſh Veſſel, which be-
ing ſeen at a great diſtance by the Major, he gave order unto
le Sieur Simon, who was a French- man, to go and viſit the ſaid
Ship, and tell them that were on board, the Iſland belonged ſtill
unto the Engliſh. He performed the Commands, and found in
the faid Ship only fourteen men, one woman, and her daughter ;
who were all inſtantly made Priſoners.
The Engliſh Pirats were all tranſported unto Puerto Velo
excepting only three, who by order of the Governour were car-
ried to Panama, there to work in the Caſtle of St. Jerom. This
Fortification is an excellent piece of Workmanſhip, and very
ſtrong; being raiſed in the middle of the Port, of quadrangu-
na
lar form, and of very hard ſtone. Its elevation or heighth is of
eighty eight Geometrical feet; the Walls being of fourteen, and
the Curtains of ſeventy five feet diameter. It was built at the ex-
pences of ſeveral private perſons, the Governour of the City fur-
niſhing the greateſt part of the Money ; ſo that it did not colt
his Majeſty any ſum at all.
1931 oloilo spl
diba
СНАР,

40
Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
illa ole
e for 2
CHAP. V.
Some account of the iſland of Cuba. Captain Morgan
attempteth to preſerve the Iſle of St. Catherine, as a
Refuge and Neſt unto Pirats; but faileth of his deſigns.
He arriveth at and taketh the Village of el Puerto del
Principe.
fide,
Caprain Mor-
С C
Aptain Morgan ſeeing his Predeceſſour and Admiral Manfa
gan attempteth
velt was dead, endeavour'd as much as he could, and uſed
to keep St. Ca- all the means that were poſſible, to preſerve and keep in perpetu-
therine
al poſſeſſion the Ife of St. Catherine, ſeated nigh unto that of
Cuba. His principal intent was to confecrate it as a Refuge and
Sanctuary unto the Pirats of thoſe parts ; putting it into a fuffi-
cient condition of being a convenient Receptacle or Store-houſe
of their Preys
and Robberies. Unto this effect he left no ſtone
unmov'd whereby to compaſs his deſigns, writing for the fame
purpoſe unto ſeveral Merchants that lived in Virginia and New-
England, and perſwading them to ſend him Proviſions and other
neceſſary things, towards the putting the ſaid Iſland in ſuch a
poſture of defence, as it might neither fear any external dan-
gers, nor be moved at any fufpicions of invaſion from
any
But faileth in that might attempt to diſquiet it. At laſt all his thoughts and
the deſign.
cares proved ineffectual, by the Spaniards retaking the ſaid Iſland,
yet not withſtanding, Captain Morgan retained his ancient cou-
He equippeth rage, which inſtantly put him upon new defigns. Thus he e-
another Fleet. quipped at firſt a Ship, with intention to gather an entire Fleet,
borb as great and as ſtrong as he could compaſs. By degrees he
put the whole matter in execution, and gave order unto every
Member of this Fleet, they ſhould meet at a certain Port of
Cuba. Here he determined to call a Council, and deliberate
concerning what were beſt to be done, and what place firſt they
fhould fall upon. Leaving this new preparations in this condi-
tion, I ſhall here give my Reader ſome ſmall account of the afore-
mentioned Ife of Cuba, in whole Ports this expedition was
hatched, ſeeing I omitted to do it in its proper place.
The Iſland of Cuba lieth from Eaſt to Welt, in the altitude
Deſcription of
the iſland of and fituation of twenty unto three and twenty degrees, Northern
Cuba
latitude ; being in length one hundred and fifty German Leagues,
and about forty in breadth. Its Fertility is equal unto that of
the

Part II.
42
Bucaniers of America
vana.
Ports.
the Iſlannd of Hiſpaniola. Beſides which, it affordeth many things
proper for Trading and Commerce, ſuch as are Hides of ſeveral
Bealts, particularly thoſe that in Europe are called Hides of Ha-
On all fides it is ſurrounded with a great number of ſmall Iſlands called
Ilands, which go altogether under the name ofC ayos. Of theſe little Cayos, the re-
Iſlands thePirats make great uſe as of their own proper Ports of re- fuge of Pirats.
fuge.Here moſt commonly they make theirMeetings and hold their
Councils, how to aſſault more eaſily the Spaniards. It is thorow-
ly irrigated on all fides with the ſtreams of plentiful and pleaſant
Rivers, whoſe entries do form both ſecure and ſpacious Ports. Rivers.
Beſides many other Harbours forShips,which along the calm ſhores
and coafts do adorn many parts of this rich and beautiful Iſland.
All which, contribute very much unto its happineſs, by facilita-
ting the exerciſe of Trade ; whereunto they invite both Natives
and Aliens. The chiefeſt of theſe Ports are San Tiago, Bayani,
Santa Maria, Eſpiritu Santo, Trinidad, Xagoa, Cabo de Corrientes,
and others; all which are feated on the South-ſide of the liland.
On the Northern-ſide hereof are found theſe following: La Ha-
vana, Puerto Mariano, Santa Cruz, Mata Ricos, and Bar-
racoa.com
This Iſland hath two principal Cities, by which the whole cities.
Country is governed, and unto which all the Towns and Vil-
lages thereof do give obedience. The firſt of theſe is named
San Tiago, or St. James, being ſeated on the South ſide, and
having under its juriidiction one half of the Iſland. The chief
Magiſtrates hereof are a Biſhop and a Governor, who command
over the Villages and Towns belonging to the half abovemen-
tioned. The chiefeſt of theſe are, on the Southern-lide, Ef-
piritu Santo, Puerto de el Principe and Bayame. On the North-
ſide it hath Barracoa, and the Town called de los Cayos. The old
greateſt part of the Commerce driven at the aforementioned Their Commerce
City of San Tiago, cometh from the Canary-Iſlands ; whither with the Cana-
they tranſport great quantity of Tobacco, Sugar, and Hides : ries.
which forts of Merchandize is drawn from the Head-City from
the ſubordinate Towns and Villages. In foriner times this City
of San Tiago was miferably ſack'd by the Pirats of Jamaica and San Tiago
Tortuga; notwithſtanding that it is defended by a conſiderable fack'd by Pia
Caſtle.
The City and Port de la Havana lieth between the North and
Weft-fide of the Illand. This is one of the renownedſt and
frongeſt places of all the Weſt Indies. Its juriſdiction extendeth
over the other half of the Iſland ; the chiefeſt places under it
Its Juriſdi&tion.
being Santa Cruz on the Northern-ſide, and la Trinidad on the
Ff
South.
Government.
rats.
Havana.

42
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
Commerce South. From hence is tranſported liuge quantity of Tobacco ;
which is ſent in great plenty unto New Spain and Coſta Rica,
even as far as the South-Sea. Beſid s many Ships laden with
this Commodity, that are conſigned into Spain, and other parts
of Europe, not only in the leaf, but alſo in rowls. This City
Caſties.
is defended by three Caſtles, very great and ſtrong; two of
which lie towards the Port, and the other is ſeated upon a hill
that commandeth the Town. 'Tis eſteemed to contain ten
thouſand Families,more or leſs; among which number of people,
Anhabitants.
the Merchants of this place trade in New Spain, Campeche, Hon-
duras, and Horida. All the Ships that come from the parts afore-
mentioned as alſo from Caracas, Cartagena,and Coſta Rica,are ne-
ceſſitated to take their Proviſions in at Havana, wherewith to
Convenient si- make their Voyage for Spain ; this being the neceſſary and
Enation. ftreight courſe they ought to ſteer for the South of Europe,
and other parts. The Plate-Fleet of Spain, which the Spaniards
call Flóta, being homeward bound , toucheth here yearly, to
take in the reſt of their full Cargo, as Hides, Tobacco, and Cam-
peche-wood.
Captain Morgan had been no longer than two months in the
abovementioned Ports of the South of Cuba, when he had got
together a Fleet of twelve fail, between Ships and great Boats;
Capt. Morgan
foon getteth a
wherein he had ſeven hundred fighting men, part of which were
good Fleet. Engliſh, and part French. They called a Council; and ſome
They deſign a were of opinion 'twere convenient to aſſault the City of Havana,
gainft Havana.. under the obſcurity of the night. Which Enterprize, they ſaid,
might eaſily be performed ; eſpecially if they could but take any
few of the Eccleſiaſticks, and make them Priſoners. Yea, that
the City might be ſack'd before the Caſtles could put themſelves
diverſity of Opin in a poſture of defence. Others propounded, according to their
feveral opinions, other attempts. Notwithſtanding, the for-
mer Propoſal was rejected, becauſe many of the Pirats had been
Priſoners at other times in the ſaid City; and theſe affirmed no-
thing of conſequence could be done, unleſs with fifteen hundred
men. Moreover, that with all this number of People, they ought
firſt to go unto the Iand de los Pinos, and land them in ſmall
Boats about Matamano, fourteen leagues diſtant from the afore-
faid City, whereby to accompliſh by theſe means and order their
deſigns.
Finally they ſaw no poſſibility of gathering ſo great a Fleet,
and hereupon, with that they had, they concluded to attempt
They pitch upon
el Puerto del ſome other place.
ſome other place. Among the reſt was found, at laſt, one who
Principe
propounded, they ſhould
go and aſſault the Town of él. Puerto de
ed
mions.

Part II.
43
Bucaniers of America
el Principe. This Propoſition he endeavoured to perſwade, by
ſaying, he knew that place very well ; and that being at a di-
ſtance from the Sea, it never was fack'd by any Pirats; whereby
the Inhabitants were rich, as exerciſing their Trade for ready mo- As being a richa
ney, with thoſe of Havana, who kept here an eſtabliſhed Com- Tomn.
merce, which conſiſted chiefly in Hides. This Propoſal was pre-
ſently admitted by Captain Morgan, and the chiefeſt of his Com-
panions. And hereupon they gave order unto every Captain to
weigh Anchor and ſet ſail,ſteering their courſe towards that coaſt
that lieth neareſt unto el Puerto de el Principe. Hereabouts is to
be ſeen a Bay, named by the Spaniards, el Puerto de Santa Maria. Port of St. Mas
Being arrived at this Bay, a certain Spaniard, who was Priſoner ry.
on board the Fleet, ſwam aſhore by night, and came unto the
Town of Puerto del Principe, giving an account unto the Inhabi-
tants of the deſign the Pirats had againſt them. This he affir- Their deſign bea
med to have over-heard in their diſcourſe , mean while they Frayed.
thought he did not underſtand the Engliſh Tongue. The Spaniards,
as ſoon as they received this fortunate advice, began inſtantly to
hide their Riches,and carry away what Moveables they could. The
Governour alſo immediately raiſed all the People of the Towr, Tse Spaniærdsh
both Freemen and Slaves, and with part of them took a Poſt by prepare them
which of neceſſity thePirats were to paſs. He commanded likewife ſelves.
many Trees to be cut down and laid amidſt the ways, to hinder
their paſſage. In like manner he placed ſeveral Ambuſcades,
which were ſtrengthned with ſome pieces of Cannon, to
Ambuſcades,
play upon them on their march. He gathered in all, about
eight hundred men of which he diſtributed ſeveral into the afore-
mentioned Ambuſcades, and with the reſt he begirt the Town ;
diſplaying them upon the plain of a ſpacious Field, from whence
they could ſee the coming of the Pirats at length.
Captain Morgan with his men, being now upon the march,
found the avenues and paſſages unto the Town impenetrable.
Hereupon they took the way through the Wood, traverfing it
with great difficulty, whereby they eſcaped divers Ambuſcades.
Thus at laſt they came into the plain aforementioned ; which, They eſcape ehe
from its figure, is called by the Spaniards , la Savana, or the cheerleadership
Sheet.. The Governour ſeeing them come, made a detachment
of a Troop of Horſe ; which he ſent to charge them in the front
thinking to diſperſe them, and by putting them to light, pur- otsas
ſue them with his main Body. But this deſign fucceeded not
as it was intended. For the Pirats marched in very good rank
and file, at the ſound of their Drums, and with flying Colours.
When they came nigh unto the Horſe, they drew into the forn
Ff2
of

44
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
of Semicircle, and thus advanced towards the Spaniards ; who
charged them like valiant and couragious Soldiers for ſome while.
But ſeeing that the Pirats were very dexterous at their Arms,
ard their Goverrour, with many of his Companions, killed,
they began to retreat towards theWood.Here they deſigned to fave
themſelves with more advantage ; but before they could reach it,
Many Spani- the greateſt part of them were unfortunately killed by the hands
ards kild. of the Pirats. Thus they left the victory unto theſe new.come Ene-
mies, who had no conſiderable loſs of men in this Battel, and but
very few wounded, howbeit the Skirmiſh continued for the ſpace of
The Town ta- four hours. They entred the Town,though not without great re-
ſiſtance of ſuch as were within ; who defended themſelves as
long as was poſible, thinking by their defence to hinder the
pillage. Hercupon, many feeing the Enemy within the Town,
ſhut themſelves up in their own houſes, and from thence made
ſeveral ſhot againſt the Pirats. Who perceiving the miſchief of
this diſadvantage, prefently began to threaten them, ſaying, If
you furrender not voluntarily, you ſhall ſoon ſee the Town in a Flame,
Entire furren-
and your Wives and Children torn in pieces before your Faces. With
dry of the theſe menaces the Spaniards ſubmitted entirely into the diſcreti-
Townſmen. on of the Pirats ; believing they could not continue there long,
and would ſoon be forced to diſlodge.
As ſoon as the Pirats had poſſeſſed themſelves of the Town,
they encloſed all the Spaniards, both men, women, children, and
flaves, in ſeveral Churches; and gathered all the Goods they
could find by way of pillage. Afterwards they ſearched the
whole Country round about the Town, bringing,day by day, many
Goods, and Priſoners, with much Proviſion. With this they had
fell to banquetting among themſelves, and making great Chear,
after their Cuſtomary way; without remembring the poor Pri-
Soners who they permitted to ſtarve in the Churches for hunger.
In the mean while they ceaſed not to tornent them daily after
an inhumane manner, thereby to make them confefs where they
hid their Goods, Moneys, and other things; though little or no-
thing was left them. unto this effect they puniſhed alſo the
women and little children, given them nothing to eat; whereby
the greateſt part periſhed.
When they could find no more to rob, and that Proviſions
They conclude to began to grow ſcarce, they thought it convenient to depart, and
ſeek new fortunes in other places. Hence they intimated to the
The Town put. Priſoners, They ſhould find morey to ranſom themſelves, elſe they
so ranſom.
faould be all tranſported to Jamaica. Which being done, if they did
not pay a ſecond. Ranſom for the Town, they would turn every houſe
go away.

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
45
šnto aſhes. The Spaniards hearing theſe ſevere Menaces, nomi- Meſlengers fent
nated among themſelves four fellow-Priſoners to go and ſeek for to gather it.
the abovementioned Contributions. But the Pirats,to the intent
they ſhould return ſpeedily with the Ranſoms preſcribed, tor-
mented ſeveral in their preſence, before they departed, with all
the rigour imaginable. After few days the Spaniards returned
from the fatigue of their unreaſonable Commiſſions, telling Cap-
tain Morgan, We bave ran up and down, and ſearched all the neigh-
bouring woods and places we moſt fufpečted, and yet have not been
able to find any of our own Party, nor conſequently any fruit of our
Embaſſie. But if you are pleaſed to have a little longer patience with
as, we ſhall certainly cauſe all that you demand, to be paid within
the ſpace of fifteen days. Captain Morgan was contented, as it
ſhould ſeem to grant them this Petition. But not long after there
came into the Town ſeven or eight Pirats, who had been ran-
ging in the Woods and Fields, and got thereabouts ſome con-
ſiderable Booty. Theſe brought among other Priſoners, a cer-
tain Negro, whom they had taken with Letters about him.
Captain
Morgan having peruſed them, found they were from Letters inter-
the Governor of San Tiago, being written unto ſome of the cepted from Sak
Priſoners; wherein he told them they ſhould not make too much Tiago.
haft to pay any ranſom for their Town or Perſons or any other Pre-
But on the contrary, they fhould put off the Pirats as well as
they could with excuſes and delays; expeeting to be relieved by him
within a ſhort while. when he would certainly come to their aid.
This intelligence being heard by Captain Morgan, he immedi-
ately gave orders, that all they had rob'd ſhould be carried on
board the Ships. And withal, he intimated to the Spani-
ards, that the very next day they ſhould pay their Ranſoms;
foraſmuch as he would not wait one moment longer, but reduce
Which cauſe the
the whole Town to alhes, in caſe they failed to perforin the fum Pirats to re-
demanded.
is
With this intimation, Captain Morgan made no mention unto
the Spaniards of the Letters he had intercepted. Whereupon 2015 20903
they made him anſwer, That it was totally impoſſible for them to dortigis
give ſuch a ſum of Money in ſo ſhort a ſpace of time;ſeeing their
fellow-Townſmen are not to be found in all the Country there:
abouts. Captain Morgan knew full well their intentions.; and
withal, thought it not convenient to remain there any longer
time. Hence he demanded of them only five hundred Oxen or
Cows, together with ſufficient Salt wherewith to Salt them.
Hereunto he added only this Condition, that they ſhould carry soo Beever
them on board his Ships - which they promiſed to do. Thus granted..
he.
text.
treate
531ST

46
Bucaniers of America. a Part IT.
put him-
he departed with all his men, taking with him only ſix of the
principal Priſoners, as Pledges of what he intended. The next
day the Spaniards brought the Cattle and Salt unto the Ships,
and required the Prifoners. But Captain Morgan refuſed to de-
liver them till ſuch time as they helped his men to kill and ſalt
the Beeves. This was likewife performed in great haſt, he not
caring to ſtay there any longer, left he ſhould be ſurprized by
the Forces that were gathering againſt him. Having received
all on board his Veſſels, he fet at liberty the Prifoners he had
kept as Hoſtages of his demands. Mean while theſe things were
in agitation, there happened to ariſe fome diffentions betwen
the Engliſh-men and the French. The occaſion of their diſcord
Diſcord between Was, as followeth: A certain French-man being employed in
the French and killing and ſalting one of theBeeves, an Englifh Pirat came to him
Engliſh. and took away the Marrow-bones he had taken out of the Ox;
which fort of meat theſe people eſteem very much. Hereupon
they challenged one another. Being come unto the place of
duel, the Engliſh-nian drew his Sword treacherouſly againſt the
Frenchman, wounding him in the back, before he had
ſelf into a juſt poſture of defence ; whereby he fuddenly fell dead
upon the place. The other French-men, deſirous to revenge this
bafe action, made an Inſurrection againſt the Engliſh. But Cap-
tain Morgan foon extinguiſhed this flame, by commanding the
Criminal to be bound in Chains, and thus carried to Jamaica ;
promiſing to them all he would ſee juſtice done upon him. For
although it were permitted unto him to challenge his Adver-
fary, yet was it not lawful to kill him treacherouſly, as he
did.
As ſoon as all things were in readineſs, and on board the
They depart.
Ships, and likewiſe the Priſoners fet at liberty, they failed
from thence, directing their courſe to a certain Iſland, where
Captain Morgan intended to make a Dividend of what they had
purchaſed in that Voyage. Being arrived at the place aſſigned,
they found nigh the value of fifty thouſand Pieces of Eight, both
of Eighe robbed in money and goods. The ſum being known, it cauſed a gene-
here. ral reſentment and grief, to ſee ſuch a ſmall purchaſe ; which
was not ſufficient to pay their Debts at Jamaica. Hereupon Cap-
tain Morgan propounded unto them, they ſhould think upon ſome
other Enterprize and Pillage, before they returned home. But
the French men not being able to agree with the Engliſh, fepa-
The French rated from their company, leaving Captain Morgan alone with
Seperate from thoſe of his own Nation; notwithſtanding all the perſwafions
the Englih. he uſed to reduce them to continue in his company. Thus they
-97 nys
50000 Pieces
parted

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
parted with all external ſigns of friendſhip, Captain Morgan
reitterating his promiſes unto them, he would ſee juſtice done
upon that Criminal. This he performed : for being arrived at
Famaica, he cauſed him to be hang’d; which was all the fatis-
faction the French Pirats could expect.
CH AP. VI.
- Todas
Captain Morgan reſolveth to attack and plunder the City get a
of Puerto Velo. Onto this effect he equippeth a Fleet,
and, with little Expence and ſmall Forcestaketh the ſaid
place.
Ome Nations may think, that the French having deſerted a new Ficer
Captain Morgan, the Engliſh alone could not have ſufficient equipped. .
courage to attempt ſuch great actions, as before. But Captain
Morgan who always communicated Vigour with his words, in-
fuſed ſuch Spirits into his men, as were able to put every one of
them inſtantly upon new deſigns, They being all perſwaded by
his Reaſons, that the ſole execution of his Orders, would be a cere
tain means of obtaining great Riches. This perſwafion had ſuch
influence upon their minds, that with unimitable Courage they
all reſolved to follow him. The ſame likewiſe did a certain
Pirat of Campeche'; who in this ocaſion joyned with Captain An old Pirat of
Morgan, to feek new fortunes under his
conduct, and greater Campeche.
advantages than he had found before. Thus Captain Morgan,
in few days, gathered a Fleet of nine fail, between Ships and
great Boats; wherein he had four hundred and threeſcore mili- 460 men in alle
tary men.
After that all things were in good poſture of readineſs, they
put forth to Sea, Captain Morgan imparting the deſign he had They ſet forth toa
in his mind unto no body for that preſent. He only told them wards Puerto
on ſeveral occafions, that he held as indubitable, he ſhould make Velo.
a good fortune by that Voyage, if ftrange occurrences altered
not the courſe of his deſigns. They directed their courſe to-
wards the continent; where they arrived in few days upon the
Coaſt of Coſta Rica, with all their Fleet intire. No ſooner huis
kad they diſcovered Land, but Captain Morgan declared his in- shoot
tentions

Bucaniers of America. Part II.
may
tention to the Captains, and preſently after unto all the reſt of
the Company. He told them, he intended in that Ex-
pedition to plunder Puerto Velo, and that he would perform it by
night, being reſolved to put the whole City to the fack, not the
leaſt corner eſcaping his diligence. Moreover, to encourage
them, he added, Tbis Enterprize could not fail to ſucceed well,
feeing he had kept it ſecreet in his mind, without revealing it to
any body; whereby they could not have notice of his coming.
Unto this propoſition ſome made anſwer, They had not a fuffi-
cient number of men wherewith to aſſault ſo ſtrong and great a
Speech of Cap- City. But Captain Morgan replied, If our number is ſmall, our.
tain Morgan. bearts are great. And the fewer perſons we are, the more union and
better ſhares we shall have in the ſpoil. Hereupon, being ſtimulated
with the ambition of thoſe valt Riches they promiſed themſelves
from their good ſucceſs, they unanimouſly concluded to venture
upon that deſign. But now, to the intent my Reader bet-
ter comprehend the incomparable boldneſs of this Exploit, it
may be neceſſary to ſay ſomething before-hand of the City of P4-
la erto Velo.
Deſcription of
The City, which beareth this name in America, is feated in
Puerto Velo. the Province of Coſta Rica, under the altitude of ten degrees
Northern latitude, at the diſtance of fourteen leagues from the
Gulf of Darien, and eight Weſtwards from the Port called
Nombre de Dios. it is judged to be the ſtrongeſt place that the
King of Spain poſſeſſech in all the Weſt-Indies, excepting two,
that is to ſay, Havana and Cartagena. Here are two Caſtles,
almoſt inexpugnable, that defend the City, being ſituated at the
entry of the Port; fo that no ſhip nor Boat can paſs without
permiſlion. The Garriſon conſiſtech of three hundred Souldi-
ers, and the Town conſtantly inhabited by four hundred Fami-
lies, more or leſs. The Merchants dwell not here, but only re-
ſide for a while, when the Galeons come or go from Spain; by
reaſon of the unhealthineſs of the Air, occafioned by certain
Vapours that exhale from the Mountains. Notwithſtanding,
their chief Ware-houſes are at Puerto Velo, how beit their Habi-
ortations be all the year long at Panama. From whence they bring
the Plate upon Mules, at ſuch times as the Fair beginneth ; and
when the Ships, belonging to the Company of Negro's, arrive
here to ſell Slaves.
Captain Morgan, who knew very well all the Avenues of this
City, as alſo all the Neighbouring Coafts, arrived in the dusk
They arrived at of the Evening at the place called Puerto de Naos, diſtant ten
Naos. Leagues towards the Weft of Puerto Velo. Being come unto this
place,
0

Part II. Bucaniers of America.
49
place, they mounted the River in their Ships, as far as
another Harbour called Puerto Pontin ; where they came to
an Anchor. Here they put themſelves immediately into Boats
and Canows, leaving in the Ships only a few men to keep them,
and conduct them the next day unto the Port. About Midnight
they came to a certain place called Eftera longa Lemos, where
they all went on ſhore, and marched by land to the firſt Poſts of
the City. They had in their company a certain Engliſh-man, Ard from
who had been formerly a Priſoner in thoſe parts, and who now thence at Puer-
ſerved them for a Guide. Unto him and three or four more,
to Velo.
they gave Commiſſion to take the Centry, if poſible, or
kill him upon the place. But they laid hands on him and ap- The Centry t4-
prehended him with ſuch cunning, as he had no time to give kerr.
warning with his Musket, or make any other noiſe. Thus they
brought him, with his hands bound, unto Captain Morgan,
who asked him, How things went in the City, and what Forces they
bad: with many other circumſtances, which he was deſirous to
know. After every queſtion, they made him a thouſand Mena-
ces to kill him, in caſe he declared not the truth. Thus they
began to advance towards the City, carrying always the ſaid
Centry bound before them. Having marched about one quar-
ter of a league, they came unto the Caſtle that is nigh unto the
City; which preſently they cloſely ſurrounded, ſo that no per-
ſon could get either in or out of the ſaid Fortreſs.
Being thus pofted under the walls of the Caſtle, Captain Firſt Caftle
Morgan commanded the Centry, whom they had taken Priſoner,
ſurrounded.
to ſpeak unto thoſe that were within, charging them to ſurren,
der, and deliver themſelves up to his diſcretion ; otherwiſe they
ſhould be all cut in pieces, without giving quarter to any one.
But they would hearken to none of theſe threars, beginning in-
ſtantly to fire ; which gave notice unto the City, and this was
ſuddenly alarm'd. Yet notwithſtanding, although the Gover-
nour and Souldiers of the ſaid Caſtle made as great reſiſtance as
could be performed, they were conſtrained to ſurrender unto the
Pirats. Theſe no ſooner had taken the Caſtle, but they re-
folved to be as good as their words, in putting the Spaniards to
the Sword, thereby to ſtrike a terrour into the reſt of the City.
Hereupon, having ſhut up all the Souldiers and Officers, as Pri-
foners, into one Room, they inſtantly ſet fire unto the Powder
( whereof they found great quantity ) and blew up the whole is taken and
Caſtle into the air, with all the Spaniards that were within, blown up,
This being done, they purſued the courſe of their Victory, fal-
ling upon the City, which as yet was not in order to receive the city entred.
them.
Gg

50
Bucaniers of America.
Part H.
new.
moon.
them. Many of the Inhabitants caſt their precious Jewels and
Money into Wells and Ciſterns, or hid them in other places un-
der ground, to excuſe, as much as were pollible, their being to-
They run to the tally robb’d. One party of the Pirats being aſligned to this
Cloiſters. purpoſe, ran immediately to the Cloiſters, and took as many Re-
ligious men and women as they could find. The Governour of
the City not being able to rally the Citizens, through the huge
The GOVErroxy confuſion of the Town, retired unto one of the Caſtles remain-
retireth.
ing, and from thence began to fire inceſſantly at the Pirats. But
theſe were not in the leaſt negligent either to aſſault him, or de-
fend themſelves with all the courage imaginable. Thus it was
obſervable, that amidſt the horrour of the Aſſault, they
made very few ſhot in vain. For aiming with great dexte.-
rity at the mouths of the Guns, the Spaniards were certain to
lofé one or two men every time they charged each Gun a-
The aſſault of this Caſtle where the Governour was, conti
nued very furious on both fides, from break of day until noon.
Yea, about this time of the day, the caſe was very dubious which
The Aſault
continuerh till party ſhould conquer or be conquered. At laſt thePirats perceiving
they had loft many men,and as yetadvanced but little towardsthe
gaining either this or the other Caſtles remaining, thought to
make uſe of Fire-balls, which they threw with their hands, de-
figning, if poſlible, to burn the doors of the Caſtle. But going
Strong Wefence about to put this in execution, the Spaniards from the Walls let
of the Sea fall great quantity of ſtones and earthen pots full of Powder,and
niarrds.
other combuſtible matter, which forced them to deſiſt from that
attempt. Captain Morgan feeing this generous defence made by
the Spaniards, began to deſpair of the whole ſucceſs of the En
terprize. Hereupon many faint and calm meditations came into
his mind; neither could he determine which way to turn himſelf
in that ftraitneſs of affairs. Being involved in theſe thoughts,
he was ſuddenly animated to continue the Aſſault, by ſeeing the
Another Castle Engliſh Colours put forth at one of the leſſer Caſtles, then en-
taken. tred by his men. Of whom he prefently after ſpied a Troop
that came to meet him, proclaiming Victory with loud ſhouts of
joy. This inſtantly put him upon new reſolutions of making
new efforts to take the reſt of the Caſtles that ſtood out againſt
him: Eſpecially ſeeing the chiefeſt Citizens were fled unto
them, and had conveyed thither great part of their Riches,
with all the plate belonging to the Churches, and other things
dedicated to Divine Service.
ODDE
Unto

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
51
Unto this effect therefore he ordered ten or twelve Ladders Twelve Lada
to be made, in all poſſible hafte, fo broad, that three or four ders made.
men at once might aſcend by them. Theſe being finiſhed, he
commanded all the religious men and women whom he had taken
Priſoners, to fix them againſt the Walls of the Caſtle. Thus much Stratagem of
he had before-hand threatned the Governour to perform, in caſe Capt. Morg.
he delivered not the Caſtle. But his anſwer was, He wooul ne-
ver ſurrender himſelf alive. Captain Morgan was much perſwaded
that the Governour would not employ his utmoſt Forces, ſeeing
Religious women, and Ecclefiaftical perſons, expoſed in the Religious people
Front of the Souldiers to the greateſt dangers. Thus the Lad- played in the
ders, as I have ſaid, were put into the hands of Religious per-
Alfault.
fons of both Sexes; and theſe were forced, at the head of the
Companies, to raiſe and apply them to the Walls.ButCaptain Mor-
gan was fully deceived in hisjudgment of this deſign. For the Go-
vernour, who acted like a brave and couragious Souldier,refuſed
not, in performance of his duty, to uſe his utmoſt endeavours
to deſtroy whoſoever came near the Walls. The Religions
men and women ceaſed not to cry unto him and beg of him by all
the Saints of Heaven, he would deliver the Caſtle, and hereby
fpare both his and their own lives. But nothing could prerail
with the obſtinacy and fierceneſs that had poſſeſſed the Gover-
nours mind. Thus many of the Religious men and Nuns were
killed before they could fix the Ladders. which at laſt being
done, though with great loſs of the ſaid Religious people, the
Pirats mounted them in great numbers, and with no leſs valour ; them killed.
Many kind of
having Fire-balls in their hands, and Earthen-pots full of Pow-
der. All which things, being now at the top of the Walls, they The Caſtle tas
kindled and caſt in among the Spaniards.
This effort of the Pirats was very great : Infomuch as the
Spaniards could no longer reſiſt nor defend the Caſtle, which
was now entred. Hereupon they all threw down their Arms,
and craved quarter for their lives. Only the Governour of the The Governor
City would admit nor crave no mercy; but rather killed many would not fura
of the Pirats with his own hands, and not a few of his
render,
Souldiers, becauſe they did not ſtand to their Arms. And al-
though the Pirats asked him if he would have quarter, yet he
conſtantly anſwerd, By no means : I had rather dye as a valiant
Souldier, than be banged as a Coward. They endeavour'd, as
much as they could, to take him Priſoner. But he defended
himſelf fo obſtinately, as that they were forced to kill him; not-
withſtanding all the cryes and tears of his own Wife and Daugh- But is killed,
ter, who begged of him upon their knees he wouPd demand
Gg2
quarter
ken.
own

$2
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
quarter and ſave his life. When the Pirats had poſſeſſed them-
ſelves of the Caſtle, which was about night, they encloſed there-
in all the Priſoners they had taken, placing the women and men
by themſelves, with ſome Guards upon them. All the wound-
ed were put into a certain apartment by it ſelf, to the intent
their own complaints might be the cure of their diſeaſes ;, for no.
other was afforded them.
This being done, they fell to eating and drinking, after their
They fall to
their uſual de uſual manner; that is to ſay, committing in both theſe things
bauchery. all manner of debauchery and exceſs. Theſe two vices were
immediately followed by many inſolent actions of Rape and
Adultery committed upon many very honeſt women, as well.
married as Virgins : Who being threatned with the Sword, were
conſtrained to ſubmit their bodies to the violence of theſe lewd
and wicked men. After ſuch manner they delivered themſelves
up unto all ſort of debauchery of this kind that if there had been
found only fifty courageous men, they might eaſily have retaken
the City, and killed all the Pirats. The next day having plun-
dred all they could find, they began to examine ſome of the Pri-
foners ( who had beeen perſwaded by their Companions to ſay,
they were the richeſt of the Town ) charging them feverely, to
diſcover where they had hidden their Riches and Goods. But
not being able to extort any thing out of them, as who were
not the right perſons that pofſeffed any wealth, they at laſt re
They torture folved to torture them. This they performed with ſuch cruel-
the Priſoners. ty, that many of them died upon the Rack, or preſently after.
Soon after the Preſident of Panama had news brought him of the
pillage and ruin of Puerto Velo. This intelligence cauſed him
to employ all his care and induſtry to raiſe Forces, with deſign to
purſue and caſt out the Pirats from thence. But theſe cared little
for what extraordinary means the Preſident uſed, as having their
Ships nigh at hand, and being determined to ſet fire unto the
City, and retreat. They had now been at Puerto Velo fifteen
days, in which ſpace of time they had loſt many of their men,
both by the unhealthineſs of the Country and the extravagant
Debaucheries they had committed.
Hereupon they prepared for a departure, carrying on Board
They prepare their Ships all the Pillage they had gotten. But before all, they
to depvrt.
provided the Fleet with ſufficient Victuals for the Voyage.
While thefe things were getting ready, Captain Morgan fent
an Injunction unto the Priſoners, that they ſhould pay him a
Ranſom for the City, or elſe he would by fire confume it to aſhes;
and blow up all the Caſtles into the air. Witbal, he comman,
ded
203150

Part II
Bucaniers of America.
53
manded them to ſend ſpeedily two perſons to ſeek and procure
the ſum he demanded, which amounted unto one hundred thou-
fand pieces of Eight. Unto this effect, two men were ſent to
the Preſident of Panama, who gave him an account of all theſe
Tragedies. The Preſident having now a body of men in a The Governor of
readineſs, ſet forth immediately towards Puerto Velo, to en- of Panama, co-
counter the Pirats before their retreat. But theſe people hear- meth againſt
them.
ing of his coming, inſtead of flying away went out to meet him
at a narrow paſſage, through which of neceſſity he ought to
paſs. Here they placed an hundred men very well arm’d; the
which, at the firſt Encounter, put to flight a good Party of
thoſe of Panama. This Accident obliged the Preſident to re. But in vain.
tire for that time, as not being yet in a poſture of ſtrength to
proceed any farther. Preſently after this Rencounter, he ſent
a Meſſage unto Captain Morgan, to tell him, That in caſe he
departed not ſuddenly with all his Forces from Puerto Velo, he ought
to expect no quarter for himſelf nor his Companions, when he
ſhould take them, as he hoped ſoon to do. Captain Morgan, who
feared not his Threats, as knowing he had a ſecure retreat in
his Ships which were nigh at hand, made him anſwer, He would contoh
not deliver the Caſtles before he had received the Contribution-money
he had demanded, which in caſe it were not paid down, he would
certainly burn the whole City, and then leave it ; demoliſhing beforen
hand the Caſtles, and killing the Priſoners.
The Governour of the Panama perceived by this Anſwer, no
means would ſerve to mollifie the hearts of the Pirats, nor re-
duce them to reaſon. Hereupon he determined to leave them;
as alſo thoſe of the City, whom he came to relieve, involved in
the difficulties of making the beſt agreement they could with
their Enemies. Thus in few days, more, the miſerable Citizens
gathered the Contribution wherein they were fined, and brought.
the entire ſum of one hundred thouſand Pieces of Eight unto A huge Rare
the Pirats, for a Ranſom of the cruel Captivity they were fallen for paid fors
into.
But the Preſident of Panama, by theſe tranſactions, was the City,
brought into an extream admiration, conſidering that four hun-
dred men had been able to take ſuch a great-Gicy, with ſo many
ſtrong Caſtles: efpecially ſeeing they had no pieces of Cannon,
nor other great Guns, wherewith to raiſe Batteries againſt them.
And what was more,knowing that the Citizens of Puerto Velo had
always great repute of being good Souldiers themſelves and who
had never wanted courage in their own defence. This aſtoniſh-
Trent was fo great that itoccaſion'd him,for to be fatisfied herein,
to ſend a Meſſenger unto Captain Morgan, defiring him to ſend
250

54
Bucaniers of America Part II.
A Mesſage to him fome ſmall pattern of thoſe Arms wherewith he had taken
Cap. Morgan. with ſuch violence ſo great a City. Captain Morgan received
this Meſſenger very kindly, and treated him with great civility.
Which being done, he gave him a Piſtol and a few ſmall Bullets
of lead, to carry back nnto the Preſident his Maſter, telling him
He ſendeth back withal, He deſired him to accept that ſender pattern of the Arms
a Piſtol, wherewith he had taken Puerto Velo, and keep them for a twelve-
month, after which time, he promiſed to come to Panama and fetch
them away. The Governor of Panama returned the Preſent
very foon unto Captain Morgan, giving him thanks for the
favour of lending him fuch Weapons as he needed not, and
withal fent him a Ring of Gold, with this Meffage, That be de-
fired him not to give himſelf the labour of coming to Panama, as be
had done to Puerto Velo ; for he did certifie unto him, he ſhould not
ſpeed
ſo well here as he had done there.
After theſe Tranſactions, Captain Morgan ( having provi-
ded his Fleet with all neceſſaries, and taken with him the beſt
Guns of the Caſtles, nailing the reſt which he could not carry
away ) ſet ſail from Puerto Velo with with all his Ships.
He departeth With theſe he arrived in few days unto the Iſland of Cuba,
for Cubr.
where he ſought out a place wherein with all quiet and
repoſe he might make the Dvidend of the Spoil they had gotten.
the Dividend They found in ready money two hundred and fifty thouſand Pie-
made. ces,of Eight ; Beſides all other Merchandizes, as Cloth, Linnen
Silks, and other Goods. With this rich Purchaſe they failed
again from thence unto their common place of Rendezvouz,
Jamaica. Being arrived they paffed here ſome time in alí
forts of Vices and Debauchery, according to their common
manner of doing, ſpending with huge prodigality what others
had gained with no ſmall labour and toil.
Lord Dana
Aloes
it
* wysis
Somo
bio
han to soosig oben Torla 319)
ora laisas 2iTuna Victor
besoin en usd
biy boso vilnonisto
Dinoisin 900915 to 20
mis roll bollits 9d on Tom Cid Droisoni del
С НА Р.
bnal or wignia baryo ninguna ogrollaborat

The Spaniſh Armada deſtroyed by Captaine Morgan
Part.2. Chap: 3


Part II.
55
Bucaniers of America.
CHAP. VII.
Captain Morgan taketh the City of Maracaibo on the Coaſt
of Nueva Venezuela. Piraces committed in thoſe
Seas. Ruine of three Spaniſh Ships, that were ſet forth
to hinder the Robberies of the Pirats.
NO
Ot long after the arrival of the Pirats at Jamaica, being A new Expe-
preciſely that ſhort time they needed to laviſh away all dition ta
taken in
the Riches abovementioned, they concluded upon an other En-band.
terprize whereby to ſeek new fortunes. Unto this effect, Cap-
tain Morgan gave orders to all the Commanders of his Ships to
meet together at the Iſand called de la Vaca, or Cow-Ife, feated
on the South-ſide of the Ille of Hiſpaniola ; as hath been mentio-
ned above. As ſoon as they came to this place there flocked unto
them great numbers of other Pirats, both French and Engliſh,
by reaſon the name of Captain Morgan was now rendred famous
in all the neighbouring Countries, for the great Enterprizes he
had perform
d. There was at that preſent at Jamaica, an En-
gliſh Ship newly come from New England, well mounted with
thirty fix Guns. This Veſſel likewiſe, by order of the Gover-
nour of Jamaica, came to joyn with Captain Morgan to
ſtrengthen his Fleet, and give him greater courage to attempt
things of huge conſequence. With this fupply Captain Mor-
gan judged himſelf ſufficiently ſtrong, as having a Ship of ſuch
port, being the greateft of his Fleet, in his Company. Not-
thſtanding, there being in the ſame place another great Ver-
rel chat carried twenty four Iron Guns, and twelve of the braſs,
belonging unto the French, Captain Mosgan endeavoured as
much as he could to joyn this Ship in like manner unto his own.
But the French not daring to repoſe any truſt in the Engliſh, of
whoſe actions they were not a little jealous, denied abſolutely
to confent unto any ſuch thing. I love
The French Pirats belonging to this great Ship, had acciden-
tally met at Sea an Engliſh Veſſel: and being then under an et-
tream neceſſity of Victuals, they had taken ſome proviſions out
of the Engliſh Ship, without paying for them, as having per-
adventure to ready money on board. Only they had given
:
JO
them

30
Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
them Bills of Exchange, for Famaica and Tortuga, to receive
money there for what they had taken. Captain Morgan having
notice of this Accident, and perceiving he could not prevail
with the French Captain to follow him in that Expedition , re-
ſolved to lay hold on this occaſion, as a pretext to ruine the
French, and ſeek his own revenge. Hereupon he invited, with
diffimulation , the French commander and ſeveral of his men
to dine with him on board the great Ship that was come from
Famaica , as was ſaid before. Being come thither, he made them
all Priſoners , pretending the injury aforementioned done to
the Engliſh Veffel, in taking away ſome few proviſions without
pay.
This unjuſt action of Captain Morgan was ſoon followed
by divine puniſhment, as we may very rationally conceive. The
manner I ſhall inſtantly relate. Captain Morgan, preſently af
ter he had taken the French priſoners abovefaid, called a Coun-
cil to deliberate what place they ſhould firſt pitch upon, in the
courſe of this new Expedition. At this Council it was determi-
ned to go to the Iſle of Savona, there to wait for the Flota which
was then expected from Spain, and take any of the Spaniſh
Veſiels that might chance to ftraggle from the reſt. This reſo-
lution being taken , they began on board the great Ship to feaſt
one another for joy of their new Voyage and happy Council, as
they hoped it would prove. In teſtimony hereof, they crank
many Healths, and diſcharged many Guns, as the common
fign of mirth among Seamen uſed to be. Moft of the men be-
ing drunk, by what accident is not not known, the Ship ſud-
A great Ship
denly was blown up into the air, with three hundred and fifty
320 men loft Engliſhmen, beſides the French priſoners abovementioned that
were in the Hold. Of all which number, there eſcaped one-
ly thirty men , who were in the great Cabin, at ſome diſtance
from the main force of the powder. Many more, 'tis thougaan
might have eſcaped, had they not been ſo much overtaken with
Wine.
The loſs of ſuch agreatShip brought much conſternation andconi
flict of Mind upon the Engliſh. They knew not whom to blame;
matter imputed but at laftthe accuſation was laid upon the French Priſoners, whom
to the French. they ſuſpected to have fired the powder of the Ship wherein they
were,out of deſign to revenge themſelves, though with the loſs of
their own lives. Hereupon they fought to be revenged on the
French anew , and accumulate new accuſations unto the former
whereby to ſeize the Ship and all that was in it. With this
deſigne they forged another pretext againſt the ſaid Ship by fay-
blows up:
ing

Part II, Bucaniers of America,
ing the French deſigned to commit Piracy upon the Engliſh,
The grounds of this Accuſation were given them by a Commiſſi-
on from the Governour of Barracoa, found on board the French
Veffel, wherein were theſe words : That the ſaid Governour
did permit the French to trade in all Spaniſh Ports, &c.
As alſo to cruze upon the Engliſh Pirats in what place foever they
could find them, becauſe of the multitude of Hoſtilities which they
bad committed aga inſt the Subje&ts of his Catholick Majesty, in
time of Peace betwixt the two Crowns. This Commiſſion for Trade
was interpreted by the Engliſh as an expreſs Order to exerciſe
Piracy and Wang minſt them , notwithſtanding it was only a
bare Licenſe for coming into the Spaniſh Ports ; the cloak of
which permiſſion, were thoſe words inſerted , That they ſhould
cruze upon the Engliſh. And although the French did Tufficiently
expound the true tence of the faid Commiſſion, yet they could
not clear themſelves unto Captain Morgan, nor his Council.
But in lieu hereof, the Ship and men were ſeized and ſent unto
Jamaica. Here they alſo endeavoured to obtain Juſtice, and
the reftitution of their Ship, by all the means poffible. But all was
in vain : for inſtead of Juſtice they were long time detained in
Priſon, and threatned with hanging..
Eight days after the loſs of the ſaid Ship, Captain Morgan
commanded the bodies of the miſerable writches who were
blown up, to be ſearched for, as they floated upon the waters
of the Sea. This he did, not out of any deſign of affording
chem Chriſtian burial, but only to obtain the ſpoil of thiir
Cloaths and other Attire. And if any had golden Rings on
their fingers, theſe were cut off for purchaſe, leaving them in that
condition expoſed to the voracity of the Monſters of the Sea. They go to the
At laſt they ſet ſail for the Isle of Savona , being the place of Isle of Savona-
their affignation. They were in all fifteen Veſſels, Captain
Morgan commanding the biggeſt, which carried only fourteen
fmal Gurs. The number of Men belonging to this Fleet, were
nine hundred and threeſcore. In few days after, they arrived
at the Cape called Cabo de Lobos , on the South-ſide of the Ille
of Hiſpaniola, between Cape. Tiburen and Cape Punta de Eſpan
da. From hence they could not paſs , by reaſon of contrary
winds that continued the ſpace of three weeks, notwithſtanding
all the endeavours Captain Morgan uſed to get forth, leaving
no means unattempted thereunto. At the end of this time they
doubled the Cape, and prefently after ſpied an Engliſh Vefſel
at a diſtance. Having ſpoken with her, they found the came
e 30013
HhbooW bis able from

$8
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
Ocoa.
from England, and bought of her, for ready money, fome
Proviſions they ſtood in need of.
Captain Morgan proceeded in the courſe of his Voyage, till
They arrive at he came unto the Port of Oc0a. Here he landed fome of his
Men, fending them into the Woods to feek Water, and what
Proviſions they could find ; the better to ſpare fuch as he had
alr:ady on board his Fleer. They killed many Beaſts, and a
mong other Animals fome Horſes. But the Spaniards being
- not well ſatisfied at their hunting, attempted to lay a Stratagem
Stratagem of for the Pirats. Unto this purpoſe, they order'd three or four
the Spaniards. hundred men to come from the City of sew pDomingo, not far
diſtant from this Port, and deſired them to hunt in all the parts
thereabouts adjoyning to the Sza, to the intent that if any Pirats
ſhould return, they might find no ſubſiſtance. Within a few
days the ſame Pirats returned, with deſign to hunt. But find-
ing nothing to kill, a party of them, being about fifty in num-
ber, ſtraggled farther on into the Woods The Spaniards; who
watched all their motions, gathered a great Herd of Cows and fet
two or three men to keep them. The Pirats having fpied this
Herd , killed a ſufficient number thereof; and although the
Spaniards could ſee them at a diſtance, yet they would not hin-
der their work for the preſent. But as ſoon as they attempted
to carry them away, they ſet upon them with all fury imagi-
nable, crying, Mata, mata, that is, Kill, kill. Thus the Pirats
were foon compelld to quit the prey, and retreat towards their
Ships as well as they could. This they performed notwithſtan-
ding, in good order retiring from time to time by degrees ;
and when they had any good opportunity, diſcharging full Vola
lies of ſhot upon the Spaniards. By this means the Pirats kil-
Zer they are led many of the Enemies, though with ſome loſs on their own
fide.
The reſt of the Spaniards feeing what damage they had fuft-
ained, endeavoured to fave themſelves by flight, and carry off
the dead Bodies and wounded of their Companions. The Pirats
perceiving them to flie, could not content themſelves with
what hurt they had already done, but purſued them fpeedily.
into the Woods, and killed the greateſt part of thoſe that were
remaining. The next day Captain Morgan: being extreamly
offended at what had paſſed, went himſelt with two hundred
men, into the Woods, to feek for the reſt of the Spaniards.
But finding no body there, he revenged his wrath upon the hou.
ſes of the poor and miſerable Ruſticks that inhabit ſcatteringly
thoſe Fields and Woods, of which he burnt a great number.
beaten.
Wich

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
59
Savona
With this he returned unto his Ships , fomething more fa-
tisfied in his mind, for having done ſome conſiderable
damage unto the Enemy; which was always his moſt ardent de
fire.
The huge impatience wherewith Captain Morgan had waited
now this long while for ſome of his Ships, which were not
yet arrived , made him reſolve to ſet fail without them, and
ſteer his courſe for the Idle of Savona , the place he had always
They go on 16
deglined. Being arrived there, and not finding any of his
Ships as yet come, he was more impatient and concerned than
before, as fearing their loſs, or that he muſt proceed without
them. Notwithſtanding, he waited for their arrival ſome few
days longer. In the mean while, having no great plenty of
Proviſions , he fent a crew of one hundred and fifty men unto
the Iſle of Hiſpaniold, to pillage ſome Towns that were nigh un-
to the City of Santo Domingo. But the Spaniards having had
intelligence of their coming, were now ſo vigilant , and in ſuch
good poſture of defence, as the Pirats thought it not conveni-
ent to aſſault them; chuſing rather to retorn empty-handed
unto Captain Morgan's preſence, than to periſh in that deſperate
Enterprize.
At laſt, Captain Morgan ſeeing the other Ships did not come,
made a review of his people, and found only five bundred
men , more or leſs. The Ships that were wanting were ſeven,
he having onely eight in his company, of which, the greateſt
part were very ſmall. Thus having hitherto reſolved to cruze
upon the coaſts of Caracas , and plunder all the Towns and Vil-
lages he could meet , finding himſelf at preſent with ſuch ſmall
Forces, he changed his reſolution, by the advice of a French-
Advice of a
Captain that belonged to his Fleet. This French-man had ſer- Frenshman.
ved Lolonois in like Enterprizes , and was at the taking of Ma-
racaibo ; whereby he knew all the entries, paſſages, forces, and
means how to put in execution the ſame again in the company
of Captain Morgan. Unto whom having made a full relation
of all, he concluded to fack it again the ſecond time , as being
himſelf perſwaded , with all his men , of the facility the French-
man propounded. Hereupon they weighed Anchor, and ſtee-
red their courſe towards Curafao. Being come within fight of
that Iſland , they landed at another, which is nigh unto it, and
is called Ruba, feated about twelve leagues from Curafao, to-
wards the Weſt. This Ifand is defended but by a ſlender Ga- They arrive at
riſon, and is inhabited by Indians , who are ſubject to the Ruba.
Grown of Spain, and ſpeak Spaniſh, by reaſon of the Roman
H h 2
Catholick

bo
Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
this I lando.
Stov. 2
Catholick Religion, which is here cultivated by fome few
Prieſts that are ſent from time to time from the neighbouring
Continent.lomitys
Commerce of
The Inhabitants of this Ille exercife a certain Commerce or
Trade with the Pirats that go and corne this way. Theſe buy
of the Tanders Sheep, Lambs and Kids.; which they exchange
unto them for Linnen, Thread, and other things of this kind.
et est
The Country is very dry and barren , the whole ſubſtance there-
of conſiſting in thoſe three things abovementioned ; and in a
finall quantity of Wheat , which is of no bad quality. This
de producech a great number of venemous Inſects, as Vipers,
Spiders, and others. Theſe laſt are fo pernicious here, that
if any man is bitten by them, he dieth mad. And the manner
of recovering ſuch perfons, is to tye them very faſt both hands
and feet, and in this condition to leave them for the ſpace of
four and twenty hours, without eating or drinking the leaſt
thing imaginable. Captain Morgan, as was ſaid, having caft
Anchor before this Iſland, bought of the Inhabitants many
Sheep, Lambs, and alſo Wood, which he needed for all his
Fleet. Having been there two days, he fet fail again, in the
time of the night, to the intent they might not ſee what courſe
he ſteered.
arrival at the The next day they arrived at the Sea of Maracaibo , having
Sea of Maraca- always great care of not being ſeen from Vigilia : for which
ibo,
reaſon they, anchor'd out of light of the Watch-tower. Night
being ceme, they ſet ſail again towards the Land, and the next
mornig by break of day found themſelves directly over againſt
the Bar of the Lake abovementioned. The Spaniards had build
another Fort , ſince the action of Lolonois ; from whence they
did now fire continually againſt the Pirats, while they were
putting their meninto Boats for to land. The Diſpute conti-
They land.
nyed very hot on both sides, being managed with huge courage
and valour from Morning till dark night. This being come,
Captain Morgan, in the obſcurity thereof, drew nigh unto the
Fort. Which having examined , he found no body in it; the
And take the Spaniards having deſerted it not long before. They left behind
Gajile. them a Match kindled nigh unto a train of powder, where-
with they deſigned to blow up the Pirats, and the whole For-
treſs, ſoon as they were in it. This deſign had taken effect,
had the Pirats failed to diſcoverit the ſpace of one quarter of
an hour. But Captain Morgan prevented the miſchief, by
Fnatching away the Match with all ſpeed , whereby he ſaved
both his own and his Companions. lives. They found here
great

Part II
61
Bucaniers of America.
great quantity of Powder, whereof he provided his Fleet and
afterwards demoliſhed part of the Walls, nailing ſixteen pieces of
Ordnance, which carried from twelve to four and twenty pound
of Bullet. Here they found alſo great number of Muskets, and
Military proviſions.
The next day they commanded the Ships to enter the Bar,
Among which, they divided the Powder, Muskets, and other
things they found in the Fort. Theſe things being done, they They reimbark.
imbarked again, to continue their courſe towards Maracaibo.
But the Waters were very low, whereby they could not paſs a
certain Bank that lieth at the entry of the Lake. Hereupon they
were compelled to put themſelves into Canows and ſmall Boats,
with which they arrived the next day before Maracaibo, having And arrive at
no other defenſe but ſome ſmall pieces which they could carry Maracaibo. :*
in the Taid Boats. Being landed, they ran immediately to the
Fort called de la Barra; which they found in like manner as
the precedent, without any perſon in it ; For all were fled
before them into the Woods, leaving alſo the Town without
any People, unleſs a few miſerable Poor folk, who had nothing
to loſe. 93700 03 ore D
As foon as they had entred the Town, the Pirats ſearched The Townfound
every corner thereof, to ſee if they could find any people that empty,
were hidden, who might offend them at unawares. Not find
ing any body, every Party, according as they came out of their
ſeveral Ships, choſe what houſes they pleaſed to themſelves, the
beſt they could find. The Church was deputed for the common
Corps de Garde, where they lived after their Military manner,
committing many inſolent actions. The next day after their
arrival, they ſent a Troop of one hundred men to ſeek for the
Inhabitants and their Goods. Theſe returned the next day
following, bringing with them to the number of thirty Perſons, Priſoners
between men, women, and children; and fifty Males loaden brought from
the Fieldse
with ſeveral good Merchandize. All theſe miſerable Priſoners
were put to the Rack to make them confefs where the reſt of
the Inhabitants were, and their Goods. Amongſt other tortures
then uſed, one was to ſtretch their limbs with Cords, and at
the fame time beat them with Sticks and other Inſtruments.
Tortures bere
Others had burning Matches placed betwixt their fingers,which
uſed
were thus burnt alive. Others had ſlender Cords or Matches
twiſted about their heads, till their eyes burſted out of the
skull. Thusall ſort of inhumane Cruelties were executed
upon
thofe innocent people. Thoſe who would not confeſs, or who go
had nothing to declare, died under the hands of thoſe tyran-
nicali

62
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
there,
nical men. Theſe Tortures and Racks continued for the ſpace
of three whole Weeks. In which time they ceaſed not to ſend
out, daily, parties of men to ſeek for more people to torment
and rob; they never returning home without Booty and new
Riches.
Captain Morgan having now gotten by degrees into his hands
about one hundred of the chiefeſt Families, with all their Goods,
They intend for at laſt reſolved to go to Gibraltar, even as Lelonois had done
Gibraltar. before. With this deſign he equipped his Fleet , provi-
ding it very ſufficiently with all neceſſary things.
He put likewiſe on board all the Priſoners , and thus
weighing Anchor, ſet ſail for the ſaid place, with reſolution
ht to hazard the Battel. They had ſent before them fome Pri-
they arrivefoners unto Gibraltar , to denounce unto the Inhabitants,
they fould ſurrender: otherwiſe Captain Morgan would cer-
tainly put them all to the ſword, without giving quarter to any
Perſon he ſhould find alive. Not long after, he arrived with his
Fleet before Gibraltar, whoſe inhabitants received him with
continual ſhooting off great Cannon-Bullets. But the Pirats in-
ſtead of fainting hereat, ceaſed not to encourage one another,
ſaying, We muſt make one meal upon bitter things, before we come
to taſt the ſweetneſs of the Sugar this place affordeth.
The next day, very early in the morning, they landed all
They land.
their men. And being guided by the French-man abovementioned,
they marched towards the Town, not by the common way, but
croſſing through the Woods, which way the Spaniards ſcarce
thought they would have come. For at the beginning of their
march, they made appearance as if they intended to come the
next and open way that led unto the Town, hereby the better
to deceive the Spaniards. But theſe remembring, as yet, full
well what Hoftilities Lolonois had committed upon them but
two years before, thought it not fafe to expect the fecond
Brunt ; and hereupon were all fled out of the Town as faſt as
they could, carrying with them all their Goods and Riches, as
The People all alſo all the Powder, and having nailed all the great Guns. In-
fled.
ſomuch as the Pirats found not one Perſon in the whole City,
excepting one only poor and innocent man, who was born a
Fool. This man they asked whither the Inhabitants were fied,
and where they had abfconded their Goods. Unto ali
which Queſtions and the like, he conſtantly made anſwer, 1 krop
nothing, I know nothing. But they preſently put him to the Wrack,
They Wrack a and tortur'd him with Cords; which torments forced him to
oboibor bob ou gatito
cry
poor Fool

Part II.
Bucariers of America
63
cry out, Do not torture me any more, but come with me and I will
Shem you my Goods and my Riches. They were perſwaded, as it
Thould ſeem, he was ſome rich Perſon who had diſguiſed him-
felf under thoſe Cloaths ſo poor, as alſo that innocent tongue.
Hereupon they went along with him : and he conducted them to
a poor
and miſerable Cottage, wherein he had a few Earthen-
diſhes, and other things of little or no value and amongſt theſe,
three Pieces of Eight, which he had concealed with other Trum-
pery under ground. After this they asked him his name; and
he readily made anſwer. My name is Don Sebaſtian Sanchez,
and I am Brother unto the Governor of Maracaibo. This fooliſh
Anſwer, it muſt be conceived, theſe men, though never ſo in-
humane ,took for a certain truth. For no ſooner had they heard
it, but they put him again upon the Rack, lifting him up on
high with Cords, and tying huge weights unto his feet and
neck. Beſides which cruel and ſtretching torments, they burnt
him alive, applying Palm-leaves burning unto his face. Under He dieth under
which miſeries he died in half an hour. After his death they the torments.
cut the Cords wherewith they had ftreteht him, and drag'd him
forth into the adjoyning Woods, where they left him without
burial.
The ſame day they fent out a Party of Pirats to ſeek for the
Inhabitants, upon whom they might einploy their inhumane
Cruelties. Theſe brought back with them an honeſt Peaſant A' Pèafant
brought in Pris
with two Daughters of his, whom they had taken. Priſoners, foner.
and whom they intended to torture as they uſed to do with
others, in caſe they ſhewed not the places where the Inhabitants
had abfconded themſelves. The Peaſant knew ſome of the ſaid
places, and hereupon ſeeing himſelf threatned with the Rack,
went with the Pirats to fhew them. But the Spaniarda perceiving
their Enemies to range every where up and down the Woods were
already fled from thence much farther off into the thickeſt parts
of the faid Woods, where they built themſelves Huts, to pre-
ferve from the violence of the weather thoſe few Goods they
had carried with them. The Pirats judged themſelves to be de
ceived by the faid Peaſant ; and hereupon, to revenge their
wrath upon him, notwithſtanding all the excuſes he could make,
and his humble fupplications for his life they hanged him upon a Whe is banget
Tree.
After this, they divided into ſeveral Parties, and went to
fearch the Plantations. For they knew the Spaniards that were
abſconded could not live upon what they found in the Woods,
without coming now and then to ſeek proviſions at their own
Country-houſes

64
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
A Slave bribed try-houſes. Here they found a certain Slave', unto whom
with promiſe. they promiſed mountains of Gold, and that they would give
him his liberty by tranſporting him unto Jamaica , in caſe he
would ſhew them the places where the Inhabitants of Gibraltar
lay hidden. This fellow conducted them unto a party of Spani-
ards , whom they inſtantly made all Priſoners, commanding
the ſaid Slave to kill ſome of them before the eyes of the reſt
to the intent that by this perpetrated crime, he might never
Horrid fast be able to leave their wicked company. The Negro , according
to their orders, committed many murthers and infolent acti-
ons upon the Spaniards, and followed the unfortunate traces
of the Pirats. Who after the ſpace of eight days, returned
unto Gibralt ar with many priſoners, and ſome Mules laden
with Riches. i They examined every priſoner by himfelf (who
were in all aboue two hundred and fifty perſons) where they
had abfcorded the reſt of their Goods, and if they knew of
their fellow-Townſmen. Such as would not confeſs, were
tormented after a moſt cruel and inhumane manner. Among
Cruel uſage
the reſt , there happened to be a certain Portugueſe, who by
of a Portugueſe. the information of a Negro was reported, though talſly, to
be very rich. This man was commanded to produce his Ri-
ches. But his anſwer was, he had no more than one hundred
Pieces of Eight in the whole world, and that theſe had been
*
ſtolen from him two days before , by a Servant of his. Which
words, although he fealed with many Oaths and Proteſtations,
yet they would not believe him. But dragging bim unto the
Rack, without any regard unto his age, as being threeſcore
years old, they ſtretcht him with Cords, breaking both his arms
behind his ſhoulders.
8 This cruelty went not alone. For he not being able or wil-
They put him
ling to make any other declaration than the aboveſaid, they
put him to another fort of torment that was worſer, and
more barbarous than the precedent. They
They tyed him with
ſmall Cords by his two thumbs and great toes unto four ſtakes
that were fixt in the ground at a convenient diſtance, the
whole weight of his body being pendent in the air upon thoſe
Cords. Then they thraſht upon the Cords with great
u Sticks and all their ſtrength, fo that the body of this miſe-
rable man was ready to perilh at every ſtroke, under the feve-
rity of thoſe horrible pains. Not ſatisfied, as yet, with this
cruel torture, they took a ſtone which weighed above two
hundred pound, and laid it upon his belly, as if they intended
to preſs him to death. At which time they alſo kindled Palm-
luod vumo
leaves,
to more tor-
Wents.

Part IT. Bucaniers of America.
bg
leaves, and applied the flame unto the face of this unfortunate
Portugueſe, burning with them the whole skin, beard, and
hair. At laſt theſe cruel Tyrants ſeeing that neither with
theſe tortures nor others they could get any thing out of him,
they untyed the Cords, and carried him, being almoſt half
dead, unto the Church, wliere was their Corps du Garde. Here
they tyed him anew unto one of the pillars thereof, leaving
him in that condition, without giving him either to eat or
drink , unleſs very ſparingly and ſo little as would ſcarce
ſuſtain life , for ſome days. Four or five being paſt , he defi-
red that one of the priſoners might have the liberty to come
unto him, and by whoſe means he promiſed he would endea-
vour to raiſe ſome money to ſatisfie their demands. The pri-
foner whom he required was brought unto him ; and he or-
der'd him to promiſe the Pirats five hundred Pieces of Eight side
for his ranſom. But they were both deaf and obſtinate at ſuch
a ſmall fum, and inſtead of accepting it, did beat him cruelly
with Cudgels, ſaying unto him, Old fellow , inſtead of five bux. imit
dred , you muſt ſay, five hundred thouſand Pieces of Eight; other-
miſe you ſhall here end your life. Finally, after a thouſand Pro-
teſtations that he was but a miſerable man, and kept a poor Ta-
vern for his living, he agreed with them for the ſum of one
thouſand Pieces of Eight. Theſe he raiſed in few days, and
having paid them unto the Pirats, got his liberty ; although
fo horribly maimed in his body, that'cis ſcarce to be believed
he could ſupervive many weeks after.
Several other tortures beſides theſe, were exercifed upon o-
thers, which this Portugueſe endured not. Some were hang'd
up by the Tefticles, or by their privy Members, and left in
that condition till they fell unto the ground, thoſe private Many others
tortur'd very
parts being torn from their bodies. If with this they were
minded to fhew themſelves merciful to thoſe wretches, thus
cruelly.
lacerated in the moſt tender parts of their bodies , their mercy
was to run them through and through with their Swords;
and by this means rid them foon of their pains and lives. O-
therwiſe, if this were 'not done, they uſed to lie four or five
days under the Agonies of death , before dying. Others were
crucified by theſe Tyrants, and with kindled Matches were
burnt between the joynts of their fingers and toes. O- Whereof most
thers had their feet put into the fire , and thus were left to be
die.
roaſted alive. At laſt, having uſed both theſe and other Cru-
elties with the White men, they began to practiſe the fame o-
Ii
ver

66
Part IT.
Bucaniers of America.
ver again with the Negro's their Slaves; who were treated with
no leſs inhumanity than their Maſters.
Diſcovery made
Among theſe Slaves was found one who promiſed Captain
by & Slave. Morgan to conduct him unto a certain River belonging to
the Lake, where he ſhould find a Ship and four Boats richly la-
den with Goods that belonged unto the Inhabitants of Maraica.
bo. The fame Slave diſcovered likewiſe the place where the
Governour of Gibraltar lay hidden, together with the greateſt
part of the Women of the Town. But all this he revealed
through great menaces wherewith they threatned to hang
him , in caſe he told not what he knew. Captain Morgan
ſent away preſently two hundred men in two Saëties, or great
Boats towards the River abovementioned , to ſeek for whats
the Slave had diſcovered. But he himſelf with two hundred !
They go to take and fifty more, undertook to go and take the Governour.
the Governour. This Gentleman was retired unto a ſmall Iſland feated in the
middle of the River, where he had built a little Fort, after the
beſt manner he could, for his defence. But hearing that Cap-
But he retireth.
tain Morgan came in perſon with great Forces to ſeek him, her
retired farther off unto the top of a Mountain not much diſtant
from that place; unto which there was no aſcent, but by a ve-
ry narrow paſſage. Yea, this was ſo ſtreight, that whoſoever
did pretend to gain the aſcent , muſt of neceſſity cauſe his
men to paſs one by one.. Captain Morgan ſpent two days be-
fore he could arrive at the little Iſland abovementioned. From
thence he deſigned to proceed unto the Mountain where the
Governour was poſted , had he not been told of the impoſſibi-
lity he ſhould find in the aſcent ; not only for the narrowneſs
of the path that led to the top, but alſo becauſe the Governour
sal was very well provided with all ſorts of Ammunition above.
er kr Befides that, there was fallen an huge Rain, whereby all the
lo Baggage belonging to the Pirats and their Powder was wet. By
this Rain alſo they had loft many of their men at the paſſage over a
River that was overflown. Here periſhed likewiſe fome women and
Children, and many Mules laden with Plate and other Goods; all
which they had taken in the Fields from the fugitive Inhabia
tants. So that all things were in a very bad condition with
Captain Morgan, and the bodies of his men as much harraſſed,
esas ought to be inferr'd from this relation. Whereby, if the
Spaniards in that juncture of time had had but a Troop offifty
men well arm’d with Pikes or Spears , they might have entire-
ly deſtroyed the Pirats without any poſible reſiſtance on
their

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
67
their ſides. But the fears which the Spaniards had conceived They give over
from the beginning, were ſo great, that onely hearing the the Enterprize
through bado
leaves on the Trees to ſtir , they often fancied them to be Pi-
weather.
rats. Finally, Captain Morgan and his people having upon
this march ſometimes waded up to their middles in water for
the ſpace of half or whole miles together, they at laſt ef-
caped for the greateſt part. But of the Women and Chil-
dren that they brought home Priſoners the major part di-
ed.
in base
Thus 12 days after they ſet forth to ſeek the Governour, They return to
Gibraltar
they returned unto Gibraltar with a great number of priſoners.
Two days after , arrived alſo the two Saëties that went unto
the River, bringing with them four Boats and ſome Priſo-
ners. But as to the greateſt part of the Merchandize that
were in the ſaid Boats, they found them not, the Spaniards having
nanladed and ſecured them, as having intelligence before-
hand of the coming of the Pirats. Whereupon they deſigned
alſo, when the Merchandize were all taken out , to burn the
Boats. Yet the Spaniards made not ſo much haft as was requiſite
to unlade the ſaid Velfels, but that they left both in the Ship A Ship and
and Boats great parcels of Goods, which they being fled from four Boats tau
thence, the Pirats ſeized, and brought thereof a conſiderable Boo- ken.
ty unto Gibraltar. Thus after they had been in poſſeſſion of miding
the place five entire weeks , and committed there infinite
number of Murthers, Robberies, Rapes, and fuch-like Inſolen-
cies, they concluded upon their departure. But before this
could be performed, for the laſt proof of their tyranny , they
gave orders unto fome priſoners to go forth into the Woods
and Fields, and collect a Ranſom for the Town; otherwiſe they Ranſom for fire
would certainly burn every houſe down to the ground. Thoſe demanded.
poor afflicted men went forth as they were ſent. And after
they had ſearched every corner of the adjoyning Fields and
Woods, they returned unto Captain Morgan , telling him,
they had ſcarce been able to find any body. But that unto fuch
as they had found, they had propofed his demands; to which
they had made anſwer, that the Governour had prohibited
them to give any Ranſom for not burning the Town. But
notwithſtanding any prohibition to the contrary, they beſeech,
ed him to have a little patience and among themſelves they
would collect to the ſum of five thouſand Pieces of Eight. And sooo Pieces of
for the reſt , they would give him fome of their own Townſ- Eight.
meni as Hostages, whom he might carry with him to
Ii2
Maracaibo,

68
Bucaniers of America. Part II
sur roug Maracaibo, till ſuch time as he had received full ſatis-
Sicer sfaction.
They return to Captain Morgan having now been long time abſent from
Maracaibo. Maracaibo, and knowing the Spaniards had had fufficient time
wherein to fortifie themſelves, and hinder his departure out of
the Lake, granted them their Propoſition abovementioned ; and
withal, made as much haft as he could to ſet things in order for
his departure. He gave liberty to all the Priſoners, having be-
fore-hand put them every one to the Ranfom; yet he detained
stor or all the Slaves with him. They delivered unto him four Per-
galdi fons that were agreed upon for Hoſtages of what fums of money
more he was to receive from them : and they deſired to have the
Slave of whom we made mention above, intending to puniſh
him according to his deſerts. But Captain Morgan would not
deliver him, being perſwaded they would burn himn alive. At
laſt they weighed Anchor, and ſet fail with all the baſt they
could, directing their courſe towards Maracaibo. Here they
arrived in four days and found all things in the ſame poſture they
had left them when they departed. Yet here they received
birth id2 A. news, from the information of a poor diſtreſied old man, who
10 was ſick, and whom alone they found in the Town, That three
News of three Spaniſh Men of War were arrived at the entry of the Lake,
Spaniſh Men of and there waited for the return of the Pirats out of thoſe
parts.
War.
Moreover, that the Caſtle at the entry thereof, was again put
into a good poſture of defence, being well provided with Guns
and men, and all ſorts of Ammunition.
They ſend to
This relation of the old man could not chuſe but cauſe ſome
view them
diſturbance in the mind of Captain Morgan, who now was
careful how to get away through thoſe narrow paſſages of the
entry of the Lake. Hereupon he ſent one of his Boats, the
ſwifteſt he had, to view the entry, and ſee if things were as
they had been related. The nex day the Boat came back, con-
firming what was ſaid, and aſſuring, they had viewed the Ships
ſo nigh, that they had been in great danger of the ſhot they
made at them. Hereunto they added, that the biggeſt Ship
was mounted with forty Guns, the ſecond with thiry, and the
ſmalleſt with four and twenty. Theſe Forces were much beyond
thoſe of Captain Morgan ; and hence they cauſed a general
confternation in all the Pirats, whoſe biggeſt. Veſſel had not a-
bave fourteeen ſmall Guns. Every one judged Captain Morgan
to deſpond in his mind, and be deſtitute in all manner of hopes,
conſidering the difficulty either of paling ſafely with his little
Fleet

Part II.
69
Bucaniers of America.
Fleet amidſt thoſe great Ships and the Fort, or that he muſt Capt. Morgan
periſh. How to eſcape any other way by Sea or Land, they much concerned.
ſaw no opportunity nor convenience. Only they could have
wiſhed that thoſe three Ships had rather come over the Lake to
ſeek them at Maracaibo, than to remain at the mouth of the
Streight where they were. For at that pafſage they muſt of
neceſſity fear the ruin of their Fleet, which conſiſted only for
the greateſt part of Boats.
Hereupon, being neceſſitated to act as well as he could, Cap- A Meſſage
to
tain Morgan reſumed new courage, and reſolved to fhew him- the Spaniſe
felf, as yet, undaunted with theſe terrours. To this intent he Admiral-
boldly ſent a Spaniard unto the Admiral of thoſe three Ships,
demanding of him a conſiderable Tribute or Ranſom for not put-
ting the City of Maracaibo to the flame. This man ( who
doubtleſs was received by the Spaniards with great admiration
of the confidence and boldneſs of thoſe Pirats ) returned two-
days after, bringing unto Captain Morgan a Letter from the
ſaid Admiral, whoſe Contents were as followeth.
Letter of Don Alonso del Campo and Eſpinoſa, Admiral of
the Spaniſh Fleet, unto Captain Morgan Commander
of the Pirats.
H
Aving underſtood by all our Friends and Neighbours, the un-
His Answers
expected news, that you have dared to attempt and commit
Hoftilities in the Countries, Cities, Towns, and Villages belonging
unto the Dominions of bis Catholick Majeſty, my Soveraign Lord
and Mafter ; I let you underſtand by theſe lines, that I am come
unto this place, according to my obligation,nigh unto that Caſtle which
you took out of the hands of x parcel of Cowards ; where I have put
things into a very good poſture of defence, and mounted again the
Artillery which
you
had nailed and diſmounted. My intent is to
diſpute with you your paſſage out of the Lake,and follow and purſue you
every-where, to the end you may ſee the performance of my duty. - doubt
Notwithſtanding, if you be contented to fürrender with humility all
that you have taken, together with the Slaves and all other Priſon-
ners, I will let you freely paſs, without trouble or moleftation ; upon
condition that you retire home preſently unto your own Country. But
in caſe that you make any reſiſtance or oppoſition unto theſe things that it
I proffer unto you, I do aſſure you I will command Boars to come from
Ecosmos
Caracas, wherein I will put my Troops, and coming to Maracaibo,
poilla

Bucaniers of America Part II.
will cauſe you utterly to periſh, by putting you every man to the
fword. This is my laſt and abſolute reſolution. Be prudent there-
fore, and do not abuſe my bounty with ingratitude. I have with me
very good Souldiers, who deſire nothing more ardently, than to re-
venge on you and your People, all the cruelties and baſe infamous
actions you have committed upon the Spaniſh Nation in America.
Dated on board the Royal Ship named the Magdalen, lying at Anchor
at the entry of the Lake of Maracaibo this 24th day of
April, 1669.
7
Don Alonſo del Campo y Eſpinoſa.
As ſoon as Captain Morgan had received this Letter, he called
They read it in all his men together in the Market-place of Maracaibo, and af-
publick. ter reading the Contents thereof, both in French and Engliſh, he
asked their advice and reſolutions upon the whole matter, and
whether they had rather ſurrender all they had purchaſed, to
obtain their liberty, than fight for it?
They anſwered all unanimouſly, they had rather fight, and
{pill the very laſt drop of bloud they had in their veins than ſur-
render ſo eaſily the Booty they had gotten with ſo much danger
Advice given by of their lives. Among the reſt, one was found who ſaid unto
are of the Pie Captain Morgan, Take you care for the reſt, and I will undertake
to deſtroy the biggeſt of thoſe Ships with only twelve men. The man-
ner shall be, by making a Brulot or Fire-ſhip of that Vel we took
in the River of Gibraltar. Which, to the intent she may not be
known for a Fire-ſhip, we will fill her Decks with logs of Wood,
Standing with Hats and Montera-caps, to deceive their fight with
the repreſentation of men. The ſame we will do at the Port-hotes
that ſerve for Guns, which ſhall be filled with counterfeit Cannon.
At the Stern we will hang out the Engliſh Colours, and perſwade
the Enemy ſhe is one of our beſt men of War that goeth to fight them.
Which is ap- This Propoſition being heard by the Junta, was admitted and
proved by alle approved of by every one ; howbeit their fears were not quite
difperſed.
For notwithſtanding what had been concluded there, they en-
deavoured the next day to ſee if they could come to an accom-
Propofitions of modation with Don Alonſo. Unto this effect Captain Morgan
accommodation. ſent him two Perſons, with thefe following Propoſitions. Firſt,
That he would quit Maracaibo, without doing any damage to the
Town, nor exafting any Ranſom for the firing thereof. Secondly,
That

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
21
That he would ſet at liberty one half of the Slaves, and likewiſe all
other Priſoners without Ranſom. Thirdly, That he would ſend home
freely the 4 chief Inhabitants of Gibraltar, which he had in his cufto-
dy as Hiftages for the Contributions thoſe people had promiſed to pay.
Theſe Propofitions from the Pirats being underſtood by Don But all reje&ted
Alonſo, were inſtantly rejected by every one, as being diſhonou-
rable for him to grant. Neither would he hear any word
any
other accommodation ; but fent back this Meſſage:
That in caſe they ſurrendred not themſelves voluntarily into his hands,
within the ſpace of two days, under the Conditions which he had of
fered them by his Letter, he would immediately come and force them
more of
to do it.
No ſooner had Captain Morgan received this Meſſage from
Don Alonſo, than he put all things in order to fight, reſolving They reſolve to?
to get out of the Lake by main force, and without furrendring fight.
any thing. In the firſt place, he commanded all the Slaves and
Priſoners to be tyed and guarded very well. After this, they
gathered all the Pitch, Tar, and Brimſtone they could find in
the whole Town, wherewith to prepare the Fire-fhip abovemen-Stratagem a-
tioned. Likewiſe they made ſeveral inventions of Powder and gainft the Spa --
niſh Fleet.
Brimſtone, with great quantity of Palm-leaves , very well
ointed with Tar. They covered very well their counterfeit
Cannon, laying under every piece thereof, many pounds of
Powder. Beſides which, they cut down many out-works be-
longing to the Ship, to the end the Powder might exert its
ſtrength the better. Thus they broke open alſo new Port-
holes ; where, inſtead of Guns, they placed little Drums, of
which the Negro's make uſe. Finally the Deck were handſom-
ly beſet with many pieces of Wood dreſſed up in the ſhape of
men with Hats, as Montera's, and likewiſe armed with Swords,
Muskets, and Bandeleers.
The Brulot or Fire-ſhip being thus fitted to their purpoſe,
they prepared themſelves to go to the entry of the Port. All They go to the
the Priſoners were put into one great Boat, and in another of Port,
the biggeſt they placed all the Women, Plate, Jewels ,
and other rich things which they had. Into others they put all
the bales of Goods and Merchandize , and other things of
greateſt bulk. Each of theſe Boats had twelve men on board,
very well armed. The Burlot had orders to go before the reſt
of the Veſſels, and preſently to fall foul with the great Ship.
All things being in a readineſs, Captain Morgan exacted an
Oath of all his Comrades, whereby they proteſted to defend
All are ſworna
to fight,
themſelves againſt the Spaniards, even to the laſt drop of bloud,
without

Bucaniers of America.
Part II.
without demanding quarter at any rate : promiſing them with-
al, that whoſoever thus behaved himſelf, fould be very well
rewarded.
With this diſpoſition of mind, and couragious reſolution,
they ſet fail to ſeek the Spaniards, on the 30th day of April
1669. They found the Spaniſh Fleet riding at Anchor in the
middle of the entry of the Lake. Captain Morgan, it being
now late, and almoſt dark, commanded all his Veſſels to come
They arrive a-
About night at
to an Anchor ; with deſign to fight from thence even all night,
the Spaniſh
if they ſhould provoke him thereunto. He gave orders that a
Fleet. careful and vigilant Watch ſhould be kept on board every Veſ-
fel till the morning, they being almoſt within ſhot, as well as
within ſight of the Enemy. The dawning of the day being
come, they weighed Anchors and ſet ſail again, ſteering their
courſe directly towards the Spaniards; who obſerving them to
move, did inſtantly the ſame. The Fire-fhip failing before
the reft, fell preſently upon the great Ship, and grapled to
hey deſtroy the
her ſides in a ſhort while. Which by the Spaniards being per-
Spaniſh Veſſelse
ceived to be a Fire-fhip. they attempted to eſcape the danger
by putting her off; but in vain, and too late. For the flame
ſuddenly fiezed her Timber and Tackling, and in a ſhort ſpace
conſumed all the Stern, the forepart ſinking into the Sea,
whereby the periſhed. The ſecond Spaniſh Ship perceiving
the Admiral to burn,not by accident,but by induſtry of the Ene-
my, eſcaped towards the Caſtle, where the Spaniards themſelves
cauſed her to fink; chuſing this way of loſing their Ship, ra-
ther than to fall into the hands of thoſe Pirats, which they held
for inevitable. The third, as having no opportunity or time to
eſcape, was taken by the Pirats. The Sea-men that ſank the
{econd Ship nigh unto the Caſtle, perceiving the Pirats to come
towards them to take what remains they could find of their
Shipwrack, ( for ſome part of the Bulk was extant above wa-
ter ) ſet fire in like manner unto this Veſſel, to the end the Pi-
rats might enjoy nothing of that fpoil. The firſt Ship being ſet
on fire, ſome of the Perfons that were in her ſwam towards the
fhore. Theſe the Pirats would have taken up in their Boats ;
but they would neither ask nor admit of any quarter, chuſing
rather to loſe their lives, than receive them from the hands of
their Perſecutors, for ſuch reaſons as I ſhall relate hereaf-
ter.
sii The Pirats were extreamly gladded at this fignal Victory ob-
tained in fo ſhort a time, and with fo great inequality of For-
ces; whereby they conceived greater pride in their minds than
bot
they

Part II.
73
Bucaniers of America,
they had before. Hereupon they all preſently ran a ſhore, in- They attempt to
tending to take the Caſtle. This they found very well pro-
take the caftler
vided both with men, great Cannon and Amunition; they
having no other Arms than Muskets, and a few Fire-balls in
their hands. Their own Artillery they thought incapable, for
its ſmallneſs, of making any conſiderable breach in the Walls.
Thus they ſpent the reſt of that day, firing at the Garriſon Bk in vain
with their Muskets till the dusk of the evening ; at which
time they attempted to advance nigher unto the Walls, with in-
tent to throw in the Fire-balls. But the Spaniards reſolving to
ſell their lives as dear as they could, continued firing ſo furi-
ouſly at them, as they thought it not convenient to approach
any nearer, nor perlift any longer in that diſpute. Thus ha-
ving experimented the obſtinacy of the Enemy, and ſeeing thir-
ty of their own men already dead, and as many more wounded,
they retired unto their Ships.
to CM X
The Spaniards believing the Pirats would return the The Spaniards
next day to renew the attack, as alſo make uſe of their prepare against
own Cannon againſt the Caſtle , laboured very hard all night a new assault,
to put all things in order for their coming. But more
particularly they employed themſelves that night in digging
down and making plain fome little hills and eminent places,
from whence poſibly the Caſtle might be offended.
But Captain Morgan intended not to come aſhore again, bu-
Tying himſelf the next day in taking priſoners ſome of the men Many Spani-
who
ſtill ſwam alive upon the Waters, and hoping to get part ards taken ago
of the Riches that were loſt in the two Ships that periſhed. A- Swimming.
mong the reſt , he took a certain Pilot , who was a ſtranger,
and who belonged unto the leſſer Ship of the two, with
whom he held much diſcourſe , enquiring of him ſeveral things.
Such queſtions were, What number of people thoſe three
Ships hadhadin them ? Whether they expected any more Ships to
come From what Port they ſet forth the laſt time, when
they came to ſeek them out? His anſwer unto all theſe queſti-
ons, was as followeth, which he delivered in the Spaniſh
Tongue: Noble Sir, be pleaſed to pardon and ſpare me, Speech of a Ple
• Nation. I have ſerved, and ſhall fincerely inform you of all
that no evil
be done unto me as being a ſtrangerunto this Moore.cap.
paſſed till our arrival at this Lake. We were ſent by or
ders from the Supreme Council of State in Spain, being fix
Men of War well equipped, into thefe Seas, with inſtructi-
ons to cruze upon the Engliſh Pirats, and root them
Kk
out

74.
Bucaniers of America. Part II
C
en Ambaton as collerom theſe parts by deſtroying as many of them as we
out from
poliba olit -07 Theſe Orders were given, by reaſon of the news brought
unto the Court of Spain of the loſs and ruine of Puerto Velo
and other places. Of all which Damages and Hoſtilities com-
mitted here , by the Engliſh, very diſmal lamentations
© have often-times penetrated the ears both of the Catholick
pariae ni wa King and Council, unto whom belongeth the care and
pre-
« fervation of this new World. And although the Spaniſh
• Court hath many times by their Embaſſadours fent Complaints
hereof unto the King of England; yet it hath been the con-
ftant anſwer of his Majeſty of Great Britain, That he never
gave any Letters-patents nor Commiſſions for the a&ting any
Hoftility whatſoever , , againſt the Subjects of the King of
Spain. Hereupon the Catholick King
the Catholick King being refolved to re-
"venge his Subjects, and puniſh theſe proceedings, commanded
• fix Men of Warto be equipped; which he ſent into theſe
atsion parts under the command of Don Auguſtin de Bultos , who
Prison stw was conſtituted Admiral of the ſaid Fleet. He commanded
*** the biggeſt Ship thereof, named Pa Sa de la Soledad , moun-
(ted with eight and forty great Guns , and eight ſmall ones.
· The Vice-Admiral was Don Alonſo del Campo y Eſpinoſa , who
5 commanded the ſecond Ship called la Concepcion, which carried
forty four great Guns, and eight ſmall ones. Beſides which
• Veſels, there were alſo four more ; whereof the firſt was
de can named the Magdalen, and was mounted with thirty fix great.
erat abate Guns, and twelve fmall ones , having on board two hun-
eanikowicie dred and fifty men. The ſecond was called St. Lewis, with
twenty fix great Guns, twelve ſmall ones, and two hundred
6 men. The third was called lia Marquefa , which carried
' fixteen great Guns, eight ſmall ones , and one hundred , and
fifty men. The fourth and laſt, Ne Sa del Carmen, with
• eighteen great Guns, eight ſmall ones, and likewiſe one hun-
• dred and fifty men.
• We were now arrived at Cartagena , when the two greateſt
Ships received orders to return into Spain, as being judged too
I am a big for cruzing upon theſe Coaſts. With the four Ships remai-
ning, Don Alonſo del Campo y Eſpinoſa departed from thence
towards Campeche', to ſeek out the Engliſh. we arrived at
* the Port of the faid City, where being ſurpriſed by a huge
G Storm that blew from the North , we loſt one of our four
Ships ; being that which I named in the laſt place among
the

Part II.
Bucaniers of America.
с са
C
the reft. From hence we ſet ſail for the Ife of Hiſpaniola ;
in ſight of which we came within few days, and directed
( our courſe unto the Port of Santo Domingo. Here we recei..
ved intelligence there had paſſed that way a Fleet from Jamai-
and that ſome men thereof having landed at a place cal-
+ led Alta Gracia , the Inhabitants had taken one of them pri-
foner, who confeſſed their whole deſign was to go and pil-
lage the City of Caracas. With theſe news Don Alonſo inſtantly
weighed Anchor , and fet fail from thence, croſling over
6 unto the Continent, till we came in ſight of Caracas. Here
• we found not the Englih; but happened to meet with a Boat
which certified us they were in the Lake of Maracaibo,
and that the Fleet conſiſted of ſeven ſmall Ships and one
Boat.
letih dis dili
Upon this intelligence we arrived here ; and coming nigh
unto the Entry of the Lake, we fhot off a Gun to demand a
Pilot from the ſhore. Thoſe on land perceiving that we
were Spaniards , came willingly unto us with a Pilot, and
told us that the Engliſh had taken the City of Maracaibo, and
that they were at preſent at the pillage of Gibraltar. Don A-
lonſo having underſtood this news, made a band ſom Speech
unto all his Souldiers and Mariners , encouraging them to
perform their duty, and withal promiſing to divide among
them all they ſhould take from the Engliſh. After this, he
gave crder that the Guns, which we had taken out of the
Ship that was loft , faculdi be put into the Caſtle, and
there mounted for its defence, with two pieces more out of
his own Ship, of eighteen pounds port each. The Pilots
conducted us into the Port, and Don Alonſo commanded
the people that were on ſhore to come unto his pre-
Sence, unto whom he gave orders to repoſſeſs the Caſtle,
and re-enforce it with one hundred men more than it had
before its being taken by the Englifh. Not long after , we
received news that you were returned from Gibraltar unto
Maracaibo ; unto which place Don Alonſo wrote you a Let-
ter, giving you account of his arrival and deſign, and withal
( exhorting you to reſtore all that you Fad taken. This you
refuſed to do; whereupon he renewed his promiſes and inten-
tions unto his Souldiers and Sea-men. And having given a
very good Supper unto all his People, he perſwaded them
6 neither to take nor give any quarter unto the Engliſh that goes
+ ſhould fall into their hands. This was the occaſion of ſ@ 336
many being drowned, who dared not to crave any quarter
ba
K k 2.
6

76
Bucaniers of America.
Part 1
none.
e
e for there lives, as knowing their own intentions of giving
Two days before you came againft us, a certain
· Negro came on board Don Alonſo’s Ship, telling him, Sir,
• be pleaſed to have great care of your ſelf'; for the Engliffe
have prepared a Fire-ship with defigne to burn your Fleet. But
Don Alonſo would not believe this intelligence, his anſwer be-
ing, How can that be?
Have they, peradventure, wit e-
nough to build a Fire-ſhip? or what inftruments have they
( do it withall ?
The Pilot is res The Pilot abovementioned having related fo diſtinctly all
ceived into ſer- the aforeſaid things unto Capt. Morgan, was very well uſed
vice. by him, and after ſome kind proffers made unto him, re-
mained in his fervice. He diſcovered moreover unto Capt.-
Morgan. that in the Ship which was ſunk, there was a great
quantity of Plate , even to the value of forty thouſand Pies
He maketh a ces of Eight. And that this was certainly the occaſion they
diſcovery. had oftentimes ſeen the Spaniards in Boats about the faid Ship.
Hereupon Capt. Morgan ordered that one of his Ships Thould
remain there to watch all occaſions of getting out of the ſaid
Veſſel what Plate they could. In the mean while he himſelf
They return to with all his Fleet , returned unto Maracaibo, where he refitted
Maracaibo.
the great Ship he had taken of the three aforementioned. And
now being well accommodated, he choſe it for himſelf; giving
his own bottom to one of his Captains.
After this he fent again a Meſſenger unto the Admiral , who
Ranform for fire was eſcaped on fhore and got into the Caſtle , demanding of
demanded .
him a Tribute or Ranſom of fire for the Town of Maracai-
bo; which being denied, he threatned he would entirely conſume
and deſtroy it. The Spaniards: conſidering how. unfortunate
they had been all along with thofe Pirats, and not knowing
after what manner to get rid of them, concluded among them-
ſelves to pay the faid: Ranſom although Don Alonſo would not
conſent unto it. 11 gniad 10170
Hereupon they ſent unto Captain Morgan to ask what fum he
demanded. He anſwered them, he would have thirty thouſand
Pieces of Eight, and five hundred Beeves, to the intent his
Fleet might be well victualled with fleſh. This Ranſom being
paid, he promiſed in füch caſe he would give no farther trouble
unto the priſoners, nor cauſe any ruine or damage unto the
Town. Finally, they agreed with him upon the fun of twen-
Pieces
of Eight granted, ty thouſand Pieces of Eight, beſides the five hundred Beeves
.
and goo Beeves. The Cattel the Spaniards brought in the next day together
with one part of the Money. And while the Pirats were bufi-
ed
20000

Part II.
77
Bucaniers of America.
ed in ſalting the Fleſh, they returned with the reſt of the
whole fum of twenty thoufand Pieces of Eight; for which they
had agreed. sorel
But Captain Morgan, would not deliver , for that preſent,
the priſoners, as he had promiſed to do, by reaſon he feared
the ſhot of the Artillery of the Caſtle at his going forth of the
Lake. Hereupon he told them he intended not to deliver them,
till ſuch time as he was out of that danger; hoping, by this
means to obtain a free paſſage. Thus he ſet ſail with all his
Fleet in queſt of that Ship which he had left behind, to ſeek for
the Plate of the Veſſels that was burnt. He found her upon
the place, with the ſum of fifteen thouſand Pieces of Eight, 15000 Pieces
which they had purchaſed out of the wrack; beſides many o- of Light out of
the wrack.
ther Pieces of Plate as hilts of Swords and other things of this
kind. Alſo great quantity of Pieces of Eight that were melted
and run together by the force of the fire of the ſaid Ship.
Captain Morgan ſcarce thought himſelf ſecure, neither could
he contrive how to evite the damages the ſaid Caſtle might cauſe
unto his Fleet. Hereupon he told the Priſoners it was necef-
fary they ſhould agree with the Governor to open the paſſage
with ſecurity for his Fleet. Unto which point if he ſhould not
conſent, he would certainly hang them all up in his Ships.
After this warning, the Priſoners met together to confer upon
the Perſons they ſhould depute unto the ſaid Governor, Dox A Meſſage to
Alonſo ; and they allign'd fome few among them for that Em- the castle.
baſlie. Theſe went unto him, beſeeching and ſupplicating the
Admiral he would have compaſſion and pity on thoſe afflicted
Priſoners who were as yet, together with their Wives and
Children in the hands of Captain Morgan. And that unto this
effect he would be pleaſed to give his word to let the whole
Fleet of Pirats freely paſs, without any moleſtation. Foraf-
much as this would be the only remedy of ſaving both the lives
of them that came with this Petition, as alſo of thoſe who re-
mained behind in captivity ; all being equally menaced with the
Sword and gallows, in cafe he granted not this humble Requeſt.
But Don Alonſo gave them for anfwer a ſharp reprehenfion of
their cowardize, telling them, If you had been as Loyal unto your free pasſage des
King in hindring the entry of theſe Pirats as I ſhall do their going out, nied.
you had never cauſed theſe troubles neither unto your ſelves, nor un-
to our whole Nation; which hath ſuffered ſo mush through your pufil-
lanimity. In a word, I ſhall never grant your Requeſt; but shall en-
de avour to maintain that reſpect which is due unto my King, accord
ding to my duty..on gria
Thuss

>8
Bucaniers of America. Part II.
Thus the Spaniards returned unto their Fellow-Priſoners, with
much confternation of mind, and no hopes of obtaining their
Requeſt; telling unto Captain Morgan what anſwer they had
received. His reply was, If Don Alonſo will not let me paſs,
I will find means how to do it without him. Hereupon he began
Reply of Capt. prefently to make a Dividend of all the Booty they had taken
Morgan.
in that Voyage, fearing leſt he might not have an opportunity
of doing it in another place ; if any Tempeſt ſhould ariſe and
ſeparate the Ships. As alſo being jealous that any of the Com-
manders might run away with the beſt part of the Spoil ; which
then did lie much more in one Veſſel than another. Thus they
all brought in according to their Laws, and declared what they
so
had ; having before-hard made an Oath not to conceal the leaſt
The Spoil a thing from the publick. The accounts being caſt up, they found
mounteth to the
to the value of two hundred and fifty thouſand Pieces of Eight
bove 250000
Pieces of Eight. in Money and Jewels, beſides the huge quantity of Merchandize
and Slaves. All which Purchaſe was divided unto every Ship
or Boat, according to their ſhare.
sviration
The Dividend being made, the Queſtion ſtill remained on
foot how they ſhould paſs the Caſtle, and get out of the Lake.
Unto this effect they made uſe of a Stratagem, of no ill in-
Curious Strata- vention, which was as followeth. On the day that preceded
gem to get away, the night wherein they determined to get forth, they embarked
many of their men in Canows, and rowed towards the ſhore,
as if they deſigned to land thenı. Here they concealed theme
ſelves under the branches of Trees, that hang over the coaſt,
for a while, till they had laid themſelves down along in the
Boats. Then the Canows returned unto the Ships, with the
only appearance of two or three men rowing them back, all
the reft being concealed at the bottom of the Canows. Thus
much only could be perceived from the Caſtle ; and this action
of falſe-landing of men, for ſo we may call it, was repeated that
day ſeveral times. Hereby the Spaniards were brought into per-
ſwafion the Pirats intended to force the Caſtle by ſcaling it, as
ſoon as night ſhould come.
This fear cauſed them to place
moſt of their great Guns on that fide which looketh towards
the Land, together with the main force of their Arms, leaving
the contrary ſide belonging to the Sea , almoſt deſtitute of
ſtrength and defence.
They weigh An Night being come, they weighed Anchor, and by the light
of the Moon, without ſetting fail, committed themſelves to
the ebbing Tyde, which gently brought them down the River,
And gue to the till they were nigh unto the Caſtle. Being now almoſt over
Castle.
againſ
ST
chors.

Part II. Bucaniers of America.
79
againſt it, they fpread their Sails with all the håſt they coulds
poſſibly make. The Spaniards perceiving them to eſcape, tran-
ſported with all ſpeed their Guns from the other ſide of the
Caſtle, and began to fire very furioully at the Pirats. But theſe
having a favourable wind, were almoſt paſt the danger, before
thoſe of the Caſtle could put things into convenient order of
offence. So that the Pirats loft not many of their men, nor
received any confiderable damage in their Ships. Being now
out of the reach of the Guns, Captain Morgan ſent a Canow
unto the Caſtle with ſome of the Priſoners; and the Governour the priſoners
thereof gave
gave them a Boat that every one might return to his fent home.
own home. Notwithſtanding, he detained the Hoſtages he had
from Gibraltar, by reaſon thoſe of that Town were not as yet Excepting thoſe
come to pay the reſt of the Ranſom for not firing the place. of Gibraltar.
Juſt as he departed, Captain Morgan ordered ſeven great Guns
with Bullets to be fired againſt the Caſtle, as it were to take
his leave of them. But they anſwered not ſo much as with a
Musket-ſhot.
The next day after their departur,the were ſurprized with a
great Tempeſt
, which forced them to caſt Anchor in the depth A great Store
of five or ſix fathom water. But the Storm Increaſed ſo much, taketh them.
that they were compelled to weigh again, and put out to Sea,
where they were in great danger of being loft. For if on either
ſide they ſhould have been crſt on ſhore, either to fall into the
hands of the Spaniards, or the Indians, they would certainly
have obtained no mercy. At laſt the Tempeſt being ſpent, the
Wind ceaſed; which cauſed much content and joy in the whole
Fleet.
Mean while Captain Morgan made his fortune by pillaging
the Towns abovementioned, the reſt of his Companions, who
ſeparated from his Fleet at the Cape de Lobos for to take the
ons who were
Ship of which was ſpoken before , endured much miſery, left at Cape de
and were very unfortunate in all their attempts. For being Lobos.
arrived at the Ile of Savona, they found not Captain Morgan
there, nor any of their Companions. Neither had they good
fortune to find a Letter which Captain Morgan at his departure
left behind him in a certain place, where in all probability
they would meet with it. Thus, not knowing what courſe
to ſteer, they at laſt concluded to pillage fome Town or other,
whereby to ſeek their fortune. They were in all four hundred
men, more or leſs; who were divided into Ships and one
Boat. Being ready to ſet forth, they conftituted an Admiral
among themſelves,by whom they might be directed in the whole
affairs
Their Compania

80
Bucaniers of America Part II.
affair. Unto this effect they choſe a certain Perſon who had
behaved himſelf very couragiouſly at the taking of Puerto Velo,
and whoſe name was Captain Hanſel
. This Commander reſol
ved to attempt the taking of the Town of Commana, feated
upon the Continent of Caracas, nigh threeſcore Leagues from
the Weſt-fide of thelfle de la Trinidad. Being arrived there,
they landed their men, and killed ſome few Indians that were
near unto the coaſt. But approaching unto the Town, the
Beaten by the Spaniards, having in their company many Indians, diſputed
Spaniards. them the entry fo briskly, that with great loſs, and in great
confuſion, they were forced to retire towards their Ships.
AC
laft they arrived at Jamaica, where the reſt of their Companions
20 gs who came with Captain Morgan, ceafed not to mock and jear
them for their ill ſucceſs at Commana, often telling them, Let
us fee what money you brought from Commana; and if it be as good
Silver as that which we bring from Maracaibo.
stiloscow obronizate box
22 in Atheror ni odonto) non lo solve ilqaro
tots ar ierol balsemalta oil and wordt vil jo ovo
01 Jedno bolo) 910W Vol.
coi el
plaas die SA veomontorisade svet
elor DE TO Luts sharios tvum balus diw bolsoo bri
gizliq vd on oil oli nisterom
w ceniona il 10. tribucitor BUCA:
so oder woont isi 01 Totodo ser as 35 in bu
ob obali rombozbro. Soledo 20 minw Toque
eodos gnid 10% szigots to lis di selu Viet 30w.bits
A to buvor vast to slaus bovim
boog voru hatt ta noitamos lo vas to go
Odiseb aids i titqoo How 1911 sbrit of smazot
jiliddoria lis ni giodyr soni si s nimi brivied 21
TOT
Tot Jothiderit
pT9d1o 10 nwoT smol sysllig of bobulino bos podt 9901 03
borbrul mot Ils ni 5:19W.VIT 900 ions isst o vdorow
900 bis agite joj bebivib Stov odvr al 10 STORIO
IstrimbA as bonitino ports colo; vbogt gnis
plodw ads ni boBorib od jdzim yori mow Vd zo violmsrit grioms

Part III.
I
BUCANIERS
OF
A MERIC A.
P ART. 111.
CHAP. I.
Captain Morgan goeth to the Iſle of Hiſpaniola, to
equip a ne» Fleet, with intent to pillage again spon
the Coaſts of the Weſt-Indies.
C
Aptain Morgan perceived now that Fortune did favour hisobi
Arms, by giving good Succeſs unto all his Enterprizes,
which occafion'd him, as it is uſual in humane Affairs, to
aſpire unto greater things, truſting ſhe would always be
conſtant unto him. Such was the burning of Panama ; wherein For-
tune failed not to affiſt him, in like manner as ſhe had done before,
crowning the Event of his Actions with Victory, howbeit ſhe had led
him thereunto through thouſands of Difficulties. The Hiſtory hereof
I fhall now begin to relate, as being ſo much remarkable in all its Cir-
cumſtances, as peradventure nothing more deſerving Memory, may oc-
cur to be read by future Ages.
Not long after Captain Morgan arrived at Jamaica, he found many
of his chief Officers and Souldiers reduced to their former ftate of In-
digency, through their immoderate Vices and Debauchery. Hence they cantain Mor.
ceaſed not to importune him for new Invaſions and Exploits, thereby gan deſign th
to get ſomething to expend anew in Wine and Strumpets, as they nemo Expediti -
had already waſted what was purchaſed ſo little before. Captain Mr- ons.
gan being willing to follow Fortune while the call d him, hereupon
ftopp'd the mouchs of many of the Inhabitants of Jamaica, who were
Ааа
Creo

Bucaniers of America. Part. III.
Creditors unto his Men for large fuins of Money, with the hopes and
promiſes he gave them, of greater Archievements than ever, by a
new Expedition he was going about. This being done, he needed
not give himſelf much trouble, to levy Men for this or any other En-
terprize, his Name being now ſo famous through all thoſe Iflands, as
that alone would readily bring him in more Men than he could well
imploy. He undertook therefore to equip a new Fleet of Ships; for
which purpoſe he aſſigned the South-ſide of the Iſle of Tortàga, as a
He writeth to Place of Rendezvous. With this reſolution, he writ divers Letters
Several Perſons.
unto all the ancient and expert Pirats there inhabiting, as alſo to the
Governour of the ſaid Ille, and to the Planters and Hunters of Hiſpa-
niola, giving them to underſtand his Intentions, and defiring their Ap-
pearance at the ſaid place, in caſe they intended to go with him. All
theſe People had no ſooner underſtood his Deſigns, but they flocked un-
Multitudes to the place aſſigned in huge numbers, with Ships, Canows, and Boats,
Hock unto him. being defirous to obey his Commands. Many who had not the conve-
nience of coming unto him by Sea, traverſed the Woods of Hiſpaniola,
and with no ſmall difficulties arrived there by Land. Thus all were pre-
fent at the place afligned, and in a readineſs, againſt the 24th day of
O&tober, 1670.
Captain Mor-
Captain Morgan was not wanting to be there according to his pun-
gan arriveth ctual Cuſtom, who came in his Ship unto the fame fide of the Iſland,
to meet them.
to a Port called by the French, Port Couillon, over againſt the Iſland de
la Vaca, this being the Place which he had affigned unto others. Ha-
And calletba ving now gathered the greateſt part of his Fleet, he called a Coun-
Council.
cel, to deliberate about the means of finding Proviſions ſufficient for
fo
many people. Here they concluded to ſend four Ships, and one Boat,
manned with 400 Men, over to the Continent, to the intent they ſhould
rifle fome Country Towns and Villages, and in theſe get all the Corn
They ſend to
or Maiz they could gather. They ſet ſail for the Continent, towards
Seek Provifions, the River de la Hacha, with defign to affault a ſmall Village, called
la Rancheria, where is uſually to be found the greateſt quantity of Maiz,
of all thoſe Parts thereabouts. In the mean while Captain Morgan
ſent another Party of his Men to hunt in the Woods, who killed there
an huge number of Beaſts, and ſalted them: The reſt of his Compa-
nions remained in the Ships, to clean, fit, and rig them out to Sea, fo
at the return of thoſe who were fent abroad, all things might be in a
readineſs to weigh Anchors, and follow the courſe of their De-
figns,
С НАР.

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
CHAP. II.
What happened in the River de la Hacha.
T
He four Ships above-mentioned, after they had ſet Sail from Hi-
They arrive at
Spaniola, fteered their courſe till they came within fight of the Ri- the River de
ver de la Hacha, where they were ſuddenly overtaken with a tedious la Hacha,
Calm. Being thus within fight of Land becalmed for ſome days, the
Spaniards inhabiting along the Coaſts, who had perceived them to be
Enemies, had fufficient time to prepare themſelves for the Affault, ac
leaſt to hide the bett part of their Goods, to the end, that without any
care of preſerving them, they might be in a readineſs to retire, when
they found themſelves unable to refift the Force of the Pirats, of whoſe
frequent Attempts upon thoſe Coaſts, they had already learnt what
they had to do in ſuch caſes. There was in the River at that preſent
a good Ship, which was come from Cartagena to laid Maiz, and was
now when the Pirats came, almoſt ready to depart. The Men belong-
ing to this Ship, endeavoured to eſcape, but not being able to do it, and take a
both they and the Veſſel fell into their hands. This was a fit purchaſe Ship laden
for their Mind, as being good part of what they came to ſeek for, with with Corn.
ſo much care and toil. The next Morning about break of day, they
came with their Ships towards the ſhoar,and landed their Men, although They land.
the Spaniards made huge refiftance, from a Battery which they had rai-
ſed on chat ſide, where of neceffity they were to land: but notwith- The Spaniards
ſtanding what defence they could make, they were forced to retire to- oppoſe them,
wards a Village, unto which the Pirats followed them. Here the Spa-
niards rallying again, fell upon them with great fury, and maintained
a ſtrong Combat, which lafted till night was come, but then perceiv-
ing they had lost great number of Men, which was no ſmaller on the But in vain.
Pirats fide, they retired unto Places more occult in the Woods.
The next day, when the Pirats faw they were all fled, and the Town They purſue the
left totally empty of People, they purſued them as far as they could Spaniards.
poffible. In this purſuit they overtook a Party of Spaniards, whom
they made all Priſoners, and exerciſed with moſt cruel Torments, to Many takene
diſcover where they had hid their Goods: fome were found, who by and tortu do
the force of intolerable Tortures, confeffed, but others, who would
not do the ſame, were uſed more barbarouſly than the former. Thus
in the ſpace of fifteen days that they remained there, they took many
Priſoners, much Plate and moveable Goods, with all other things they
could rob, with which Booty they reſolved to return unto Hiſpaniola.
Yet not contented with what they had already got, they diſpatcht
fome Priſoners into the Woods, to ſeek for the reſt of the Inhabitants,
Aaa 2
and

Bucaniers of America. Part III.
and to demand of them a Ranſom for not burning the Town: Linto
this they anſwered, They had no Mony nor Plate, but in caſe they
would be ſatisfied with a certain quantity of Maiz, they would give as
much as they could afford. The Pirats accepted this proffer, as being
more uſeful to them at that occafion than ready Mony, and agreed they
4000 Hanegs ſhould pay 4000 Hangs, or Buſhels of Maiz. Theſe were brought in
of Maiz given three days after, the Spaniards being deſirous to rid themſelves as ſoon
for a Ranſom.
as poſſible, of that inhumane fort of People. Having laded them on
They return to board their Ships, together with all the reſt of their Purchaſe, they
Hiſpaniola.
returned unto the Iſland of Hiſpaniola, to give account unto their Lead-
er Captain Morgan, of all they had performed.
They had now been abſent five entire Weeks, about the Commilli-
on aforementioned, which long delay occafioned Captain Morgan, al-
moſt to deſpair of their Return, as fearing leaſt they were fallen into
the hands of the Spaniards, eſpecially, conſidering that the place wherce
unto they went, could eaſily be relieved from Cartagena, and Santa
Maria, if the Inhabitants were any thing careful to alarum the Coun-
trey: on the other ſide, he feared left they ſhould have made ſome
great
Fortune in that Voyage, and with it eſcaped unto fome other place.
But at laſt, ſeeing his Ships return, and in greater number than they
Great joy for had departed, he reſumed new Courage, this fight cauſing both in
theżr arrival. him and his Companions infinite joy. This was much increaſed, when
being arrived, they found thern full laden with Maiz, whereof they
ſtood in great need for the maintenance of ſo many people, by whoſe
help they expected great Matters, through the Conduct of their Com-
mander.
After that Captain Morgan had divided the ſaid Maiz, as alſo the
Fleſh which the Hunters brought in among all the Ships, according to
the number of Men that were in every Veſſel, he concluded upon the
departure, having viewed before-hand every Ship, and obſerved their
They depart to being well equipped and clean. Thus he fet fail, and directed his courſe
Cape Tiburon, towards Cape Tibaròn, where he determined to take his Meaſures and
Reſolution, of what Enterprize he ſhould take in hand. No ſooner
were they arrived there, but they met with ſome other Ships that came
newly to joynthem from famaica. So that now the whole Fleet con-
37 Sail in all. fifted of 37 Ships, wherein were 2000 fighting Men, beſides Mariners
and Boys: The Admiral hereof was mounted with 22 great Guns, and
6 ſmall ones of Braſs's the reſt carried fome 20, ſome 16, ſome 18, and
the ſmalleſt Vefſel at leaf 4; beſides which, they had great quantity of
Ammunition and Fire-balls, with other Inventions of Powder.
The Fleet di-
Captain Morgan finding himſelf with ſuch a great number of Ships,
vided into two divided the whole Fleet into two Squadrons, conftituting a Vice-Ad-
Squadrons.
miral, and other Officers and Commanders of the ſecond Squadron,
diftinctly from the former. Linto every one of theſe he gave Letters
Patents,

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
5
Patents, or Commiſſions, to act all manner of Hoftility againſt the Spa-
niſh Nation, and take of them what Ships they could, either abroad
at Sea, or in the Harbors, in like manner as if they were open and
declared Enemies (as he term'd it) of the King of England his pre-
tended Mafter. This being done, he called all his Captains and other
Officers together, and cauſed them to ſign ſome Articles of common Articles of
this Voyage
Agreement betwixt them, and in the name of all. Herein it was ſti-
pulated, that he ſhould have the Hundreth part of all that was gotten,
to himſelf alone: That every Captain ſhould draw the ſhares of eight
Men, for the Expences of his Ship, beſides his own : That the Surge-
on, beſide his ordinary pay, ſhould have 200 Pieces of Eight for his
Cheft of Medicaments : And every Carpenter, above his common Sa-
lary, ſhould draw 100 pieces of Eight. As to Recompences and Re-
wards, they were regulated in this Voyage much higher than was ex-
preffed in the firſt part of this Book. Thus, for the loſs of both Legs,
they alligned 1500 pieces of Eight, or 15 Slaves, the choice being left
to the Election of the Party. For the loſs of both Hands, 1800 pieces
of Eight, or 18 Slaves. For one Leg, whether the right or the left,
600 pieces of Eight, or 6 Slaves. For a Hand, as much as for a Leg.
And for the loſs of an Eye, 100 pieces of Eight, or one Slave. Laſt-
ly, Unto him that in any Battel ſhould fignalize himſelf, either by en-
tring the firſt any Caſtle, or taking down the Spaniſh Colours and ſet-
ting up the Engliſh, they conſtituted 50 pieces of Eight for a Reward,
In the head of theſe Articles it was ftipulated, that all theſe extraor-
dinary Salaries, Recompences and Rewards, ſhould be paid out of the
firſt Spoil or Purchaſe they ſhould take, according as every one ſhould
then occur to be either rewarded or paid.
This Contract being figned, Captain Morgan commanded his Vice-
Admirals and Captains to put all things in order, every one in their
Ships, for to go and attempt one of three Places, either Cartagena, Three Places
in Deliberati.
Panama, or Vera Cruz; but the Lot fell upon Panana, as being believed
to be the richeſt of all three : notwithſtanding this City being ſituated Panama
at ſuch diftance from the Northern Sea, as they knew not well the Ave- pitcht upon.
nues and Entries neceſſary to approach unto it, they judg’d it neceſſary
to go before-hand to the Iſle of St. Catharin, there to find and pro- They go to take
vide themſelves with ſome Perſons, who might ſerve them for Guides St. Catharin.
in this Enterprize; for in the Gariſon of that INand, are commonly
imployed many Banditi, and Outlaries, belonging to Panama, and the
neighboring Places, who are very expert in the knowledge of all that
Country. But before they proceeded any farther, they cauſed an Act
to be publiſhed through the whole Fleet, containing, That in caſe they
met with any Spaniſh Vefſel, the firſt Captain, who with his Men ſhould
enter and take the ſaid Ship, ſhould have for his Reward the tenth part
of whatſoever ſhould be found within her, luonti
CHAP
on.

6
Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
CHAP. III.
Captain Morgan leaveth the iſland of Hiſpaniola,
and goeth to that of St. Catharin, which he taketh.
Fox departet
. CAptain Morgan and his Companions
weighed Anchors from the
from Cape Ti Cape of in
buron, Four days after they arrived within fight of the Iſle of St. Catharin,
which was now in poffeffion of the Spaniards again, as was ſaid in the
Second Part of this Hiſtory, and unto which they commonly baniſh all
the Malefactors of the Spaniſh Dominions i'th' West-Indies. In this
Iſland are found huge quantities of Pidgeons at certain Seaſons of the
Year: It is watered continually by four Rivulets, or Brooks, whereof
two are always dry in Summer-Seafon. Here is no manner of Trade
nor Commerce exerciſed by the Inhabitants, neither do they give them-
ſelves the trouble to Plant more Fruits, than what are neceſſary for the
fuftentation of Humane Life; howbeit, the Country would be ſufficient
to make very good Plantations of Tobacco, which might render confi-
derable Profit, were it cultivated for that uſe.
And arrive at As ſoon as Captain Morgan came nigh unto the Iſland with his Fleet,
St. Cathario. he ſent before one of his beſt failing Veſſels to view the entry of the
River, and ſee if any other Ships were there, who might hinder him
from Landing; as alſo fearing leaſt they ſhould give Intelligence of his
Arrival to the Inhabitants of the Iſland, and they by this means prevent
his Deſigns.
They come to an The next day before Sun-riſing, all the Fleet came to an Anchor
Anchor,
nigh unto the Iſland, in a certain Bay called Aguada grande : upon this
Bay the Spaniards had lately built a Battery, mounted with four pieces
And land
of Cannon. Captain Morgan landed with 1000 Men, more or leſs,
and diſpoſed them into Squadrons, beginning his March through the
Woods, although they had no other Guides than ſome few of his own
Men who had been there before, when Manſvelt took and ranſack'd the
Iſland. The ſame day they came unto a certain Place, where the Go-
vernor at other times did keep his ordinary Reſidence: here they found
a Battery called, The Platform, but no body in it, the Spaniards having
retired unto the Lefſer Iſland, which, as was ſaid before, is ſo nigh
unto the great one, that a hort Bridge only may conjoyn them.
"The littleiſtand This leffer Iſland aforeſaid, was ſo well fortified with Forts and
well fortified. Batteries round about it, as might ſeem Impregnable. Hereupon, aš
foon as the Spaniards perceived the Pirats to approach, they began to
fire upon them ſo furiouſly, as they could advance nothing that day,
but
1000 Men.

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
7
but were contented to retreat a little, and take
up
their reſt upon the
Graſs i'ch' open Fields, which afforded no ftrange Beds to theſe peo-
ple, as being fufficiently uſed to ſuch kind of Repoſe : what moſt af-
flicted them was Hunger, having not eat the leaſt thing that whole day.
About Midnight it began to rain ſo hard, as thoſe miſerable People had Hurd Weathexo
much ado to reſiſt ſo much hardſhip, the greateſt part of them having
no other Cloaths than a pair of Seaman's Trowzers, or Breeches and
a Shirt, without either Shoos or Stockings. Thus finding themſelves
in great Extremity, they began to pull down a few thatcht Houſes,
to make Fires withal : In a word, they were in ſuch condition, that
100 Men, indifferently well armed, might eaſily that night have torn
them all in pieces. The next Morning, about break of day, the Rain
ceaſed, at which time they began to dry their Arms, which were en-
tirely wet, and proceed on their March. But not long after the Rain Yet worſer.
recommenc'd anew rather harder than before, as if the Skies were melt-
ed into Waters, which cauſed them to ceaſe from advancing towards
the Forts, from whence the Spaniards did continually fire at the Pirats,
ſeeing them to approach.
The Pirats were now reduced unto great Affliction and danger of Much hardſhip
their Lives, through the hardneſs of the Weather, their own Naked-
endured.
neſs, and the great Hunger they ſuſtained. For a ſmall relief hereof,
they hapned to find in the Fields an old Horſe, which was both lean They eat an old
and full of Scabs and Blotches, with gallid back and fides. This hor- ſcabby Horſe.
rid Animal they inſtantly killd and fay'd, and divided into ſmall pie-
ces among themſelves, as far as it would reach, for many could not ob-
tain one morſel, which they roaſted and devoured without either Salt
or Bread, more like unto ravenous Wolves than Men. The Rain as
yet ceaſed not to fall, and Captain Morgan perceived their minds to
relent, hearing many of them ſay, they would return on Board the
Ships Amongſt theſe Fatigues both of Mind and Body, he thought
it convenient to uſe ſome ſudden, and almoſt unexpected Remedy: The Spaniards
unto this effect, he commanded a Canow to be riggd in all hafte, and summond to
Colours of Truce to be hang'd out of it. This Canow he ſent to the ſurrender.
Spaniſh Governor of the Iſland, with this Meſſage: That if within a
fero hours be delivered not himſelf and all bis Men into his hands, he did by
thai Mellenger ſwear unto him, and all thoſe that were in bis company, be
would moſt certainly put them all to the Sword, without granting Quarter
to any.
After Noon the Canow returned with this Anſwer: That the Go- Their anſwit.
vernor defired two hours time, to deliberate with his Officers in a full
Councel about that Affair, which being paſt, he would give his pofi-
tive Anſwer to the Meffage. The time now being elaps'd, the ſaid
Governor fent two Canows with white Colours, and two Perſons to
treat with Captain Morgan: but before they landed, they demanded of
the

8
Bucaniers of America.
Part III
the Pirats two Perfons, as Hoſtages of their Security. Theſe were
readily granted by Captain Morgan, who delivered unto them two of
his Captains, for a mutual Pledge of the Security required. With this
The Governor the Spaniards propounded unto Captain Morgan, that their Governor
betrayech the in a full Aſſembly had reſolved to deliver up the Iſland, as not being
Iſland.
provided with ſufficient Forces to defend it againſt ſuch an Armadı or
Fleet. But withal he deſired, That Captain Morgan would be pleaſed
to uſe a certain ftratagem of War, for the better ſaving of his own
Credit, and the Reputation of his Officers both abroad and at home,
which ſhould be as followeth: That Captain Morgan would come with
his Troops by Night, nigh unto the Bridge that joyned the leffer Iſland
unto the great one, and there attaque the Fort of St. Jerom. That at
the ſame time all the Ships of his Fleet would draw nigh unto the
Caſtle of Santa Tereſa, and attaque it by Sea, landing i'ch' mean while
ſome more Troops near the Battery called of St. Matthew : That theſe
Troops which were newly landed, ſhould by this means intercept the
Governor by the way, as he endeavored to paſs unto St. Jeromºs Fort,
and then take him Priſoner, uſing the Formality, as if they forced him
to deliver the ſaid Caſtle ; and that he would lead the Engliſh into it,
under the fraud of being his own Troops: That on one ſide and t'other,
there ſhould be continual firing at one another, but without Bullets, or
at leaſt into the Air, ſo that no fide might receive any harm by this
device : That thus having obtained two ſuch confiderable Forts, the
chiefelt of the Iſle, he needed not take care for the reſt, which of ne-
ceflity muſt fall by courſe into his hands.
Captain Mor Theſe Propofitions, every one, were granted by Captain Morgan, up-
gan accepteth on condition they ſhould ſee them faithfully obſerved, for otherwiſe they
the Propoſals. ſhould be uſed with all rigour imaginable: this they promiſed to do,
and hereupon took their leaves, and returned, to give account of their
Negotiation to the Governor. Preſently after Captain Morgan com-
manded the whole Fleet to enter the Port, and his Men to be in a rea-
dineſs for to aſſault that Night the Caſtle of St. Jerom. Thus the falſe
Alarum or Barrel began, wich inceffant firing of great Guns from both
the Caſtles againſt the Ships, but without Bullets, as was ſaid before.
Then the Pirats landed, and aſſaulted by night the lefſer Inland, which
They take pof- they took, as alſo poſſeſſion of both the Fortreffes, forcing all the Spa-
lellion of the niards, in appearance, to fly unto the Church. Before this Affault,
Iſland.
Captain Morgan had fent word unto the Governor, he ſhould keep all
his Men together in a Body, otherwiſe if the Pirats met any ftragling
Spaniards in the Streets, they ſhould certainly ſhoot them.
The Illand being taken by this unuſual Stratagem, and all things put
in due order, the Pirats began to make a new War againt the Poultrey,
Cattel, and all ſorts of Victuals they could find. This was their whole
Employ for ſome days, ſcaice thinking of any thing elſe than to kill
thoſe

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
9
thoſe Animals, roaſt and eat, and make good chear, as much as they
could polfibly attain unto. If Wood was wanting, they preſently fell
upon the Houſes, and pulling them down, made Fires with the Tim-
ber, as had been done before i’th Field. The next day they num- Number of Pera
bred all the Priſoners they had taken upon the whole Illand, which ſons found on
were found to be in all 450 Perſons, between Men, Women and Chil- the Iſland.
dren, viz. 190 Souldiers, belonging to the Garriſon ; 40 Inhabitants,
who were marryed ; 43 Children ; 34 Slaves, belonging to the King,
with 8 Children; 8 Banditi ; 39 Negro's, belonging unto private per-
fons, with 27 Female Blacks, and
34
Children. The Pirats diſarmed
all the Spaniards, and ſent them out immediately unto the Plantations
to ſeek for Proviſions, leaving the Women in the Church, there to ex-
erciſe their Devotions.
Soon after they took a Review of the whole Iſand, and all the For- Fortreſſes and
treſſes belonging thereunto, which they found to be nine in all; as
Arms of the
followeth: The Fort of St. Jerom, nigheſt unto the Bridge, had 8 great
whole iſland.
Guns, of 12, 6, and 8 pound Carriage, together with 6 pipes of
Muskets, every pipe containing 10 Muskets. Here they found ſtill
60 Muskets, with ſufficient quantity of Powder, and all other ſorts of
Ammunition. The ſecond Fortreſs, called St. Matthew, had 3 Guns,
of 8 pound Carriage each. The third, and chiefeſt among all the reſt
,
named Santa Tereſa, had 20 great Guns, of 18, 12, 8, and 6 pound
carriage, with 10 pipes of Muskets, like unto thoſe we ſaid before,
and 90 Muskets remaining, beſides all other Warlike Ammunition.
This Caſtle was built with Stone and Mortar, with very thick Walls
on ail ſides, and a large Ditch round about it of 20 Foot depth, the
which, although it was dry, yet was very hard to get over. Here was
no Entry but through one Door, which correſponded to the middle of
the Caſtle. Within it was a Mount or Hill, almoſt unacceffable, with
four pieces of Cannon at the top, from whence they could ſhoot di-
rectly into the Port. On the Sea fide this Caſtle was impregnable, by
reaſon of the Rocks which ſurrounded it, and the Sea beating furi-
ouſly upon them. In like manner on the fide of the Land, it was ſo
commodiouſly feated on a Mountain, as there was no acceſs unto it,
but by a path of three or four foot broad. The fourth Fortreſs was
named St. Auguſtin, having 3 Guns, of 8 and 6 pound carriage. The
fifth, named La platforma de la Conception, had only 2 Guns, of 8 pound
carriage. The fixth, by name San Salvador, had likewiſe no more
than 2 Guns. The ſeventh, being called Plattaforma de los Artilleros,
had alſo two Guns. The eighth, called Santa Cruz, had three Guns.
The ninth, which was called St. Joſeph's Fort, had fix Guns of twelve
and eight pound Carriage, beſides two pipes of Muskets, and fuflici.
ent Ammunition.
Bbb
In

10
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Daina.
In the Store-houſe were found above Thirty thouſand pound of
Powder, with all other forts of Ammunition, which were tranſport-
ed by the Pirats on board the Ships. All the Guns were flopp'd and
naild, and the Fortreffes demoliſhed, excepting that of St. Jerom,
where the Pirats kept their Guard and Reſidence. Captain Morgan
enquired, if any Banditi were there from Panama, or Puerto Velo ;
Three Banditi and hereupon three were brought before him, who pretended to be
found here, or
Guides for 'Pa.
very expert in all the Avenues of thoſe parts. He asked them, if they
would be his Guides, and ſhew him the ſecureft Ways and Paffages un-
to Panama ; which if they performed, he promiſed them equal ſhares
in all they ſhould pillage and rob in that Expedition, and that after-
wards he would ſet them at liberty, by tranſporting them unto Jamaica.
Theſe Propofitions pleaſed the Banditi very well, and they readily ac-
cepted his proffers, promifing to ſerve him very faithfully in all he
ſhould defire ; eſpecially one of theſe three, who was the greateſt
Rogue, Thief, and Affaffin among them, and who had deſerved for
his Crimes, rather to be broken alive upon the Wheel, than puniſhed
with ſerving in a Gariſon. This wicked Fellow had a great Aſcendant
over the other two Banditi, and could domineer and command over
them as he pleaſed, they not daring to refuſe Obedience to his Or-
ders.
Hereupon Captain Morgan commanded four Ships and one Boat, to
Four Ships
be equipped and provided with all things neceſſary, for to go and
ſent to take the take the Caſtle of Chagre, ſeated upon the River of that Name.
Cable of Cha- Neither would he go himſelf with his whole Fleet, fearing leaſt the
Spaniards ſhould be jealous of his farther Deſigns upon Panama. In
theſe Veſſels he cauſed to Imbark Four hundred Men, who went to
put in execution the Orders of their chief Commander, Captain
Morgan ; mean while, he himſelf remained behind in the Iſland of St.
Catharin, with the reſt of the Fleet, expecting to hear the Succeſs of
their Arms.
gre.
CHAP. IV.
Captain Morgan taketh the Caſtle of Chagre, with Four
hundred Men fent unto this purpoſe from the Iſle of St.
Catharin.
Brodely made Captain Morgan fending theſe four Ships and a Boat unto the River
of Chagre, choſe for Vice-Admiral thereof, a certain Perſon named
Captain Brodely. This Man had been long time in thoſe Quarters,
and committed many Robberies upon the Spaniards, when Manſvelt
Wicee Admiral
took

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
took the Ile of St. Catharin, as was related in the ſecond part of this
Hiſtory. He being therefore well acquainted with thoſe Coafts, was,
thought a fit Perſon for this Exploit, his Actions likewiſe having ren-
dred him famous among the Pirats, and their Enemies the Spaniards.
Captain Brodely being choſen chief Commander of theſe Forces, in
three days after he departed from the preſence of Captain Morgan, ar- He arriveth at
rived within ſight of the ſaid Caſtle of Chagre, which by the Spani- Chagre.
ards is called St. Lawrence. This Caſtle is built upon a high Mountain, Situation of
at the entry of the River, and ſurrounded on all fides with firong Pa- the Caſtle.
lizada's, or wooden Walls, being very well terra-plen'd, and filled
with Earth, which rendreth them as ſecure, as the beſt Walls made of
Stone or Brick. The top of this Mountain is in a manner divided into
two parts, between which lyeth a Ditch, of the depth of
30
Foot.
The Caſtle it ſelf hath but one Entry, and that by a Draw-bridge,
which paſſeth over the Ditch afore-mentioned. On the Land-ſide it
hath four Baſtions, that of the Sea containing only two more. That
part thereof which looketh towards the South, is totally unaccellible
and impoſſible to be climbed, through the infinite aſperity of the Moun-
tain. The North-fide is ſurrounded by the River, which hereabouts
runneth very broad. At the foot of the ſaid Caſtle, or rather Moun-
tain, is feated a ſtrong Fort, with eight great Guns, which command-
eth and impedeth the entry of the River. Not much lower are to be
feen two other Batteries, whereof each hath fix pieces of Cannon, to
defend likewiſe the Mouth of the ſaid River. At one ſide of the Ca-
ſtle are built two great Store-houſes, in which are depoſited all ſorts of
warlike Ammunition, and Merchandize, which are brought thither
from the inner parts of the Country. Nigh unto theſe Houſes is a
high pair of Stairs hewed out of the Rock, which ſerveth to mount
unto the top of the Caftle. On the Weſt-fide of the ſaid Fortreſs
lyeth a ſmall Port, which is not above ſeven or eight Fathom deep, be-
ing very fit for ſmall Veſſels, and of very good Anchorage. Befides
A dangerous
this, there lyeth before the Caſtle, at the entry of the River, a great bead of the
Rock at the
Rock, ſcarce to be perceived above Water, unleſs at low Tides. River.
No ſooner had the Spaniards perceived the Pirats to come, but they
began to fire inceſſantly at them with the biggeſt of their Guns. They
came to an Anchor in a ſmall Port, at the diſtance of a League more or
leſs from the Caſtle. The next Morning, very early, they went on Treyland.
fhore, and marched through the Wood's, to attack the Caſtle on that
fide. This March continued until two of the Clock after noon, be-
fore they could reach the Caſtle, by reaſon of the difficulties of the
Way, and its Mire and Dirt. And although their Guides ferved them
exactly, notwithſtanding they came fo nigh the Caſtle at firſt that they
loft many of their Men with the Shot from the Guns, they being in an
open place, where nothing could cover nor defend them. This much
Bbb 2
per-

Bucaniers of America. Part IIT.
ner.
perplexed the Pirats in their Minds, they not knowing what to do, nor
what courſe to take, for on that ſide of neceffity, they muſt make the
Affault, and being uncovered from Head to Foct, they could not ad-
Danger of this vance one ſtep without great danger. Beſides, that the Caſtle, both for
Enterprize. its Situation and Strength, did cauſe them much to fear the Succeſs of
that Enterprize. But to give it over, they dared not, leaſt they ſhould
be reproach'd and ſcorn'd by their Companions.
They reſolve to At laſt, after many Doubts and Diſputes among themſelves, they re-
hazard-the Af- folved to hazard the Affault and their Lives after a moſt deſperate man-
Sauli,
Thus they advanced towards the Caſtle, with their Swords in
one hand, and Fire-balls in the other. The Spaniards defended them-
felves very briskly, cealing not to fire at them with their great Guns
and Muskets continually, crying withal, Come on, ye Engliſh Dogs, E-
nemies to God and our King, let your other Companions that are behind come
And are forced on too; ye ſhall not go to Panama this bout. After the Pirats had made
to retire. ſome tryal to climb up the Walls, they were forced to retreat, which
they accordingly did, refting themſelves until Night. This being
come, they returned to the Affault, to try, if by the help of their
Fire-balls they could overcome, and pull down the Pales before the
Wall. This they attempted to do, and mean while they were about
it, there hapned a very remarkable Accident, which gave them the op-
Strange Acci- portunity of the Victory. One of the Pirats was wounded with an
Arrow in his Back, which pierced his Body to the other fide. This in-
ftantly he pulled out with great valour at the fide of his Breaſt; then
taking a little Cotton that he had about him, he wound it about the
ſaid Arrow, and putting it into his Musket, he ſhot it back unto the
Caftle. But the Cotton being kindled by the Powder, occafion'd two
or three Houfes that were within the Caſtle, as being thatch'd with
Palm-leaves, to take Fire, which the Spaniards perceived not ſo ſoon
as was neceſſary. For this Fire meeting with a parcel of Powder, blew
it
up, and thereby cauſed great ruine, and no leſs confternation to the
Spaniards, who were not able to occur unto this Accident, as not having
ſeen the beginning thereof.
Thus the Pirats perceiving the good effect of the Arrow, and the be-
ginning of the Misfortune of the Spaniards, were infinitely gladded
thereat. And mean while they were bufied in extinguiſhing the Fire,
which cauſed great confufion in the whole Caſtle, having not ſufficient
They make uſe Water where withal to do it, the Pirats made uſe of this opportunity,
of the opporn fetting Fire likewiſe unto the Palizada's. Thus the Fire was ſeen at
the ſame time, in ſeveral parts about the Caſtle, which gave them
huge advantage againſt the Spaniards. For many Breaches were made
at once by the Fire among the Pales, great heaps of Earth falling
down into the Ditch. Upon theſe the Pirats climbed up, and got over
into the Caſtle, notwithſtanding that ſome Spaniards, who were not
dent.
tunity.
bufied

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
13
buſied about the Fire, caſt down upon them many flaming Pots, full
of combuſtible Matter, and odious Smells, which occafion'd the loſs
of many of the Engliſh.
The Spaniards, notwithſtanding the great reſiſtance they made, The Empale-
could not hinder the Palizada's from being entirely burnt before mid- ments burnt.
night. Mean while the Pirats ceaſed not to perfift in their Intention of
taking the Caſtle. lInto which effect, although the Fire was great,
they would creep upon the Ground as nigh unto it as they could, and
ſhoot amidſt the Flames againſt the Spaniards they could perceive on
the other fide, and thus cauſe many to fall dead from the Walls. When
day was come, they obſerved all the moveable Earth that lay betwixt
the Pales, to be fallen into the Ditch in huge quantity. So that now They lie open to
thoſe within the Caſtle, did in a manner lye equally expoſed to them one anothers-
without, as had been on the contrary before. Whereupon the Pirats
continued ſhooting very furiouſly againſt them, and killed great num-
ber of Spaniards. For the Governor had given them Orders not to
retire from thoſe Poſts which correſponded to the heaps of Earth
fallen into the Ditch, and cauſed the Artillery to be tranſported unto
the Breaches.
Notwithſtanding the Fire within the Caſtle ſtill continued, and now. The Pirats help
the Pirats from abroad uſed what means they could to hinder its
to extinguiſh
pro-
the Fire.
greſs, by ſhooting inceſſantly againſt it. One party of the Pirats was
imployed only to this purpoſe, and another commanded to watch all
the Motions of the Spaniards, and take all opportunities againſt them.
About Noon the Engliſh hapned to gain a Breach, which the Governor They gain a
himſelf defended with 25 Souldiers. Here was performed a very cou. Breach,
ragious and warlike Refittance by the Spaniards, both with Muskets,
Pikes, Stones and Swords. Yet notwithſtanding, through all theſe
Arms the Pirats forced and fought their way, till at laſt they gained
the Caſtle. The Spaniards who remained alive, caſt themſelves down And at laſt the
from the Caſtle into the Sea, chooſing rather to die precipitated by caſtles
their own ſelves, (few or none ſurviving the Fall) than to ask any
Quarter for their Lives. The Governor himſelf retreated unto the
Corps du Garde, before which were placed two pieces of Cannon. Here
he intended ftill to defend himſelf, neither would he demand any
Quarter. But at laſt he was killed with a Musket-ſhot; which pierced The Governor
his Skull into the Brain.
killed.
The Governor being dead, and the Corps du Garde ſurrendred, they
found ſtill remaining in it alive, to the number of 30 Men, whereof 30 Men only
ſcarce 1o were not wounded. Theſe informed the Pirats, that 8 or 9 found alive.
of their Soldiers had deſerted their Colours, and were gone to Pa-
nama, to carry news of their Arrival and Invaſion. Theſe 30 Men alone
were remaining of 314, wherewith the Caſtle was gariſoned, among
which number, not one Officer was found alive. Theſe were all
made

14
Bucaniers of America. Part. III.
of Panama
knew their
coming
made Priſoners, and compelled to tell whatſoever they knew of their
Zbe Governor Deſigns and Enterprizes. Among other things they declared, that the
Governor of Panama had notice ſent him three Weeks ago from Car
tagena, how that the Engliſh were equipping a Fleet at Hiſpaniola, with
deſign to come and take the faid City of Panama. Moreover, That
this their Intention had been known by a perſon who was run away
from the Pirats, at the River de la Hacha, where they provided their
Fleet with Corn. That, upon this News, the ſaid Governor had fent
164. Men to Strengthen the Gariſon of that Cafile, together with much
Provifion and warlike Ammunition; the ordinary Gariſon whereof did
only confift of 150 Men. So that in all, they made the number afore-
mentioned of 314 Men, being all very well armed. Belides this, they
Ambuſcades on declared, That the Governor of Panama had placed ſeveral Ambuſcades
the River ſide. all along the River of Chagre ; and that he waited for their coming, in
the open Fields of Panama, with 3600 Men.
The taking of this Caſtle of Chagre coſt the Pirats exceſſively dear,
in compariſon to the ſmall numbers they uſed to loſe at other times and
places. Yea their toil and labour here, did far exceed what they ſu-
ſtained at the Conqueſt of the Iſle of St. Catharin, and its adjacent.
For coming to number their Men, they found they had loſt above 100,
beſides thoſe that were wounded, whoſe number exceeded 70. They
The dead
commanded the Spaniards that were Priſoners, to caſt all the dead Bo-
thrown down dies of their own Men, down from the top of the Mountain to the
from the caſtle.
Sea-fide; and afterwards to bury them. Such as were wounded, were
is carried unto the Church belonging to the Caſtle, of which they made
elk jaan Hoſpital, and where alſo they fhut up the Women. Thus it was
likewiſe turned into a place of Proſtitution, the Pirats ceaſing not to
defile the Bodies of thoſe afflicted Widows, with all manner of infolent
Actions and Threats.
Captain Morgan remained not long time behind, at the Iſle of Sr.
for Chagre. Catbarin, after taking the Caſtle of Chagre; of which he had notice
preſently fent him. Yet notwithſtanding, before he departed from
thence, he cauſed to be Imbarked all the Provifions could be found,
together with great quantities of Maiz, or Indian Wheat and Cazave;
whereof, in like manner, is made Bread in thoſe parts. He com-
manded likewiſe, great ſtore of Proviſions ſhould be tranſported unto
the Gariſon of the aforeſaid Caſtle of Chagre, from what Parts foever
they could be gotten. At a certain place of the Iſland, they caft into
Sea all the Guns belonging thereunto, with a defign to return, and
leave that Iland well garriſon'd, unto the perpetual poff ffion of Pi-
rats. Notwithſtanding, he order'd all the Houfes and Forts to be fet
on fire, excepting only the Caſtle of St. Tereſa, which he judged to
be the ſtrongeſt and ſecureſt wherein to fortite himſelf, at his recurn
from Panama. He carricd with him all the Priſoners of the Illand,
and
Captain Mor-
gan prepareth

The Battel Between the
Spaniards and the pyrats or
Buccaniers before the Citty of
PanaMa. part.3 :Chap:6:
WHO


Part III. Bucaniers of America.
15
there.
and thus fet Sayl for the River Chagre, where he arrived in the ſpace He arriveth.
of eight days. Here the Joy of the whole Fleet was ſo
great, when
they ſpyed the Engliſh Colours upon the Caſtle, that they minded not
their way into the River, which occafioned them to looſe four of their Looſeth four
Ships at the Entry thereof, that wherein Captain Morgan went, being ships at the
one of the four. Yet their Fortune was ſo good, as to be able to fave entry of the
all the Men and Goods that were in the faid Veſſels. Yea, the Ships
River,
likewiſe had been preſerved, if a ſtrong Northerly Wind had not riſen
in that occafion, which caſt the Ships upon the Rock above-mentioned,
that lyeth at the Entry of the ſaid River.
Captain Morgan was brought into the Caſtle with great Acclamati- And is received
with great joy.
ons of Triumph and Joy, of all the Pirats, both of thoſe who were
within, and alſo them that were but newly come. Having underſtood
the whole Tranſactions of the Conqueft, he commanded all the Pris
foners to begin to work, and repair what was neceſſary : Eſpecially,
in ſetting up new Palizada's, or Pales, round about the Forts depend-
ing on the Caſtle. There were ſtill in the River ſome Spaniſh Veffels,
called by them Chatten, which ſerve for the Tranſportation of Mer-
chandize up and down the ſaid River, as alſo for to go to Puerto Velo,
and Nicaragua. Theſe are commonly mounted with two great Guns
of Iron, and four other ſmall ones of Braſs. All theſe Veſſels they Boats ſeizech
ſeized on, together with four little Ships they found there, and all the ith River.
Canows. In the Caſtle they left a Garriſon of Five hundred Men, Gariſon left at
and in the Ships within the River, One hundred and fifty more. Theſe Chagre.
things being done, Captain Morgan departed towards Panama, at the
Head of Twelve hundred Men. He carried very ſmall Proviſions with
him, being in good hopes he ſhould provide himſelf ſufficiently among
the Spaniards, whom he knew to lye in Ambuſcade at ſeveral Places
bruot do hiago
or og stor goods Martig
by the way.
CHAP. V.
balan wala
Captain Morgan departeth from the Caftle of Chagre, at the
Head of Twelve hundred Men, with deſign to take the
City of Panama.
deb droot ong
Aptain Morgan ſet forth from the Caſtle of Chagre, towards Pana-Voyage to Pa-
ma, the 18th day , the Year
Conduct Twelve hundred Men, five Boats with Artillery, and thirty
two Canows, all which were filled with the faid people. Thus the
fteered his courſe up the River towards Panama. That day they failed
only
nama.

16
Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
if any
Second day.
Firy day there- only fix Leagues, and came to a Place called de los Bracos. Here a party
of.
of his Men went on ſhore only to ſleep ſome few hours, and ſtretch
their Limbs, they being almoſt crippld with lying too much crowded
in the Boats. After they had reſted a while, they went abroad, to ſee
Victuals could be found in the Neighboring Plantations. But
they could find none, the Spaniards being fied, and carrying with them
all the Provifions they had. This day, being the firſt of their Journy,
there was amongſt them ſuch ſcarcity of Victuals, as the greateſt part
were forced to paſs with only a Pipe of Tobacco, without any
other
Refreſhment.
The next day, very early i'th' Morning, they continued their Journy,
and came about Evening to a Place called, Cruz de Juan Galego. Here
they were compelled to leave their Boats and Canows, by reaſon the
River was very dry for want of Rain, and the many obſtacles of Trecs
that were fallen into it.
The Guides told them, that about two Leagues farther on, the
Country would be very good to continue the Journy by Land. Here-
upon they left ſome Companies, being in all 160 Men, on board the
Boats to defend them, with intent they might ſerve for a place of Re-
fuge in caſe of neceſſity.
Third day.
The next Morning, being the third day of their Journy, they all
went alhore, excepting thoſe above-mentioned, who were to keep the
Boats. Unto theſe Captain Morgan gave very ftrict Orders, under
great penalties, that no Man, upon any pretext whatſoever, ſhould
dare to leave the Boats and go afhore. This he did, fearing leaſt they
ſhould be ſurprized and cut off by any Ambuſcade of Spaniards that
might chance to lye thereabouts in the neighboring Woods, which
ap-
peared ſo thick, as to ſeem almoſt impenetrable. Having this Morning
begun their March, they found the ways ſo dirty and irkſom, that Ca-
ptain Morgan thought it more convenient to tranſport ſome of the
Men in Canows, (though it could not be done without great labour)
to a Place farther up the River, called Cedro bueno. Thus they Re-
imbarked, and the Canows returned for the reſt that were left behind.
So that about night, they found themſelves all together at the ſaid
Place. The Pirats were extreamly deſirous to meet any Spaniards or
Indians, lioping to fill their Bellies with what Proviſions they ſhould
take from them. For now they were reduced almoſt to the very extre-
mity of Hunger.
Fourth day. On the fourth day, the greateſt part of the Pirats marched by Land,
being led by one of the Guides. The reſt went by Water farther up
with the Canows, being conducted by another Guide, who always
went before them with two of the ſaid Canows, to diſcover on both
fides the River the Ambuſcades of the Spaniards. Theſe had allo Spies
who were very dextrous, and could at any time give notice of all Acci-
dents,

A Map of the Countrey and Cilty of
Luitachine
I. By
anulary
V Carrera
PANAMA Part.3: Chap: 5.
c.de Nata
Tareguille
Ongels
R. de Sabakoes
do. Puebo
J. de Flamenco
Drogue
Pde Penguino
Tarya
R.de Perique
de Cat
Perkee
R.del Carmino
C.de Panama
Polo Capi
strinidad
sulalle
TO
Skala
R. Grande
Carmuto
2. hunde
CIUDAD DE PANAMA
00
PADRE
Ridele frunded
Cruzes
gap.de Yaczmon
..le Casalla
unifourty
R. de Palma
Cra
VideChung Tre
C.del Pico
Sancarabale
2.de Cidające
Coroni
Carade
Rolo
m. V.de Pequenigde
Plata
1. Bauptiſta ,
Carro Pofada
Cquebrada
C. Bueno
Crus de Iwan
C..tondade
T.del Elejante
B. Centpilici
Libera
Sacan, was
EPique
V.deBoqueton
ujaouder
cellulite rallumi
svuouwing
Canalde D.45
p.Canallos
I.delfagarto
e Barro Colorado
trebaticapa
I.del Ror
bombor
4.6
2. de Bigante
2. calles
r. Gallinazos
1. Usjienos
1: Blanes
Tiet: llanos
R.delsoldado
1. de Cacaos2
djeraden
1. Sandlas
elocingarer
E. cl Bylo
et Tada
Cd Pacool
Cagre
D..crman
L. Calone
I.Cereri
Mets there
Luatilia
Ray. Iinto
Tellaros
2.del Prelite
2. Lol Cimtene
Toilems
P.de Bruno
C.d. Codie
Ide Brvenire
Pleanama
P.AL ILan.mnillo


Part III. Bucaniers of America.
dents, or of the Arrival of the Pirats, fix hours at leaſt before they
came to any Place. This day about Noon they found themſelves nigh
unto a Poft, called Torna Cavallos. Here the Guide of the Canows
began to cry aloud, he perceived an Ambuſcade. His Voice cauſed in-
finite Joy unto all the Pirats, as perſwading themſelves they ſhould
find ſome Proviſions wherewiſh to ſatiate their Hunger, which was
very great. Being come unto the Place, they found no Body in it, the
Spaniards who were there not long before, being every one fled, and
leaving nothing behind, unleſs it were a ſmall number of leather Bags,
all empty, and a few crums of Bread ſcatter'd upon the Ground where
they had eaten. Being angry at this Misfortune, they pulld down a
few little Huts which the Spaniards had made, and afterwards fell to
eating the leathern Bags, as being defirous to afford ſomething to the
ferment of their Stomachs, which now was grown ſo ſharp, as it did
gnaw their very Bowels, having nothing elſe to prey upon. Thus they
made a huge Banquet upon thoſe Bags of Leather, which doubtleſs
had been more grateful unto them, if divers Quarrels had not riſen
concerning who ſhould have the greateſt ſhare.' By the circumference
of the Place, they conjectur'd 500 Spaniards, more or leſs, had been
there. And theſe, finding no Victuals, they were now infinitely de-
firous to meet, intending to devour fome of them, rather than pe-
rilh. Whom they would certainly in that occaſion have roaſted or
boyled to ſatisfie their Famine, had they been able to take them.
After they had feafted themſelves with thoſe pieces of Leather,
they quitted the Place and marched farther on till they came about night
to another Poſt, called Torna Munni. Here they found another Am-
buſcade, but as barren and deſert as the former. They ſearched the
neighboring Woods, but could not find the leaſt thing to eat. The
Spaniards having been ſo provident, as not to leave behind them
any
where the leaſt crum of Suſtenance, whereby the Pirats were now
brought to the Extremity aforementioned. Here again he was happy,
that had reſerved ſince Noon any ſmall piece of Leather, whereof to
make his Supper, drinking after it a good draught of Water for his
greateſt comfort Some Perſons, who never were out of their Mo-
thers Kitchins, may ask, how theſe Pirats could eat, ſwallow and di-
geft, thoſe pieces of Leather ſo hard and dry ? Unto whom I only
anſwer, That could they once experiment what Hunger, or rather Fa-
mine is, they would certainly find the manner by their own neceflity,
as the Pirats did. For theſe, firſt took the Leather and flic'd it in
pieces: Then did they beat it between two Stones, and rub it, often
dipping it in the Water of the River, to render it by theſe means fup-
ple and tender. Laſtly, they fcraped off the Hair, and roaſted or
broyld it upon the Fire. And being thus cook’d, they cut ir in-
to ſmall morſels, and eat it; helping it down with frequent Gulps
Сcc
of

18
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Fifth day.
of Water, which by good Fortune they had nigh at hand.
They continued their March the Fifth day, and about Noon came
unto a Place called Barbacoa. Here likewiſe they found Traces of an-
other Ambuſcade, but the Place totally as unprovided as the two pre-
cedent were.
At a ſmall diſtance were to be ſeen ſeveral Plantations,
which they ſearched very narrowly, but could not find any Perſon, Ani-
mal, or other thing, that was capable of relieving their extream and
ravenous Hunger. Finally, having ranged up and down, and ſearch-
ed long time, they found a certain Grot, which ſeemed to be but late-
ly hewn out of a Rock, in the which they found two Sacks of Meal,
Wheat, and like things, with two great Jars of Wine, and certain
Fruits, called Platanos. Captain Morgan knowing that ſome of his
Men were now through the extremity of Hunger, reduced almoſt to
the extremity of their Lives, and fearing leaſt the major part ſhould
be brought into the ſame condition, cauſed all that was found to be di-
ſtributed amongſt them who were in greateſt neceſſity. Having refreſh-
ed themſelves with theſe Victuals, they began to march anew with
greater Courage than ever. Such as could not well go for Weakneſs,
were put into the Canows, and thoſe commanded to land that were in
them before. Thus they proſecuted their Journy till late at night,
at which time they came unto a Plantation where they took a
their Reſt. But without eating any thing at all, for the Spaniards, as
before, had ſwept away all manner of Proviſions, leaving not behind
them the leaſt ſigns of Victuals.
On the Sixth day they continued their March, part of them by Land
through the Woods, and part by Water in the Canows. Howbeit,
they were conſtrained to reſt themſelves very frequently by the way,
both for the ruggedneſs thereof, and the extream Weakneſs they were
under. Unto this they endeavored to occur, by eating ſome Leaves
of Trees, and green Herbs, or Graſs, ſuch as they could pick, for ſuch
was the miſerable condition they were in. This day, at Noon, they ar-
rived at a Plantation, where they found a Barn full of Maiz. Imme-
diately they beat down the Doors, and fell to eating of it dry, as much
as they could devour. Afterwards, they diſtributed great quantity,
giving unto every Man a good allowance thereof. Being thus provi-
ded, they proſecuted their Journy, which having continued for the
ſpace of an hour, or thereabouts, they met with an Ambuſcade of
Indians. This they no ſooner had diſcover’d, but they threw away
their Maiz, with the ſudden hopes they conceived of finding all things
in abundancy. But after all this hafte, they found themſelves
much deceived, they meeting neither Indians nor Victuals, nor any
thing elſe of what they had imagined. They ſaw notwithſtanding, on
the other ſide the River, a Troop of 100 Indians, more or leſs, who
all eſcaped away through the agility of their Feet. Some few Pirats
there
Sixth day.

Part III.
19
Bucaniers of America.
there were who leapt into the River, the fooner to reach the ſhore, to ſee
if they could take any of the ſaid Indians Priſoners. But all was in vain ;
for being much more nimble at their Feet than the Pirats, they eafily
baffled their Endeavors. Neither did they only baffle them, but killed
alſo two or three of the Pirats with their Arrows, howting at them at
a diſtance, and crying, Ha! perros, à la ſavana, à la ſavana. Ha ! ye
Dogs, go to the Plain, go to the Plain.
This day they could advance no farther, by reaſon they were neceſli-
tated to paſs the River hereabouts, to continue their March on the O-
ther ſide. Hereupon they took up their Repoſe for that Night: How-
beit, their ſleep was not heavy nor profound, for great Murmurings
were heard that Night in the Camp, many complaining of Captain
Morgan, and his Conduct in that Enterprize, and being deſirous to re-
turn home. On the contrary, others would rather die there, than go
back one ſtep from what they had undertaken. But others, who had
greater Courage than any of theſe two Parties, did laugh and joke at
all their Diſcourſes. I'th' mean while they had a Guide who much
comforted them, ſaying, It would not now be long before they met with
People, from whom they ſhould reap ſome conſiderable Advantage.
The Seventh day i'th' Morning, they all made clean their Arms, and Seventh day.
every one diſcharged his Piſtol or Musket without Bullet, to examine
the Security of their Fire-locks. This being done, they paſſed to the
other ſide of the River in the Canows, leaving the Poft where they
had refted the Night before, called Santa Cruz. Thus they proceed-
ed on their journy till Noon, at which time they arrived at a Village
called Cruz. Being at a great diſtance as yet from the Place, they per-
ceived much Smoak to ariſe out of the Chimneys. The fight hereof
afforded them great Joy, and hopes of finding people i'th' Town, and
afterwards what they moſt deſired, which was plenty of good Cheer.
Thus they went on with as much hafte as they could, making ſeveral
Arguments to one another upon thoſe external Signs, though all like
Caſtles built i'th' Air. For, ſaid they, there is Smoak cometh out of every
Houſe, therefore they are making good Fires for to roaſt and boyl what we are
to eat, with other things to this purpoſe.
At length they arrived there in great hafte, all ſweating and panting,
but found no perſon i'th' Town, nor any thing that was eatablecidas
wherewith to refreſh themſelves, unleſs it were good Fires to warm
themſelves, which they wanted not. For the Spaniards, before their
departure, had every one ſet Fire to his own Houſe, excepting only
the Store-houſes and Stables belonging to the King. oldi.daise
They had not left behind them any Beaſt whatſoever, either alive or
dead. This occaſion'd much Confuſion in their Minds, they not finding
the leaſt thing to lay hold on, unleſs it were fome few Cats and Dogs,
which they immediately kill'd, and devoured with great Appetite. At
Ссс 2
laft

20
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
laft, in the Kings Stables, they found by good Fortune, 15 or 16 Jars
of Peru Wine, and a leather Sack full of Bread. But no ſooner had
they began to drink of the ſaid Wine, when they fell fick almoſt every
Man. This ſudden Diſafter made them think that the Wine was poy-
foned, which cauſed a new Confternation in the whole Camp, as judg-
ing themſelves now to be irrecoverably loft. But the true Reaſon was,
their huge want of Suſtenance in that whole Voyage, and the mani-
fold forts of Traſh which they had eaten upon that occaſion. Their
Sickneſs was ſo great that day, as cauſed them to remain there till the
next Morning, without being able to proſecute their Journy, as they
uſed to do, i'th' Afternoon. This Village is ſeated in the Altitude of
nine Degrees and two Minutes, Northern Latitude, being diſtant from
the River of Chagre 26 Spaniſh Leagues, and eight from Panama.
Moreover, this is the laft Place unto which Boats or Canows can come ;
for which reaſon they built here Store-houſes, wherein to keep all ſorts
of Merchandize, which from hence to and from Panama, are tranſ-
ported upon the Backs of Mules.
Here therefore Captain Morgan was conſtrained to leave his Canows,
and land all his Men, though never ſo weak in their Bodies. But leaf
the Canows ſhould be ſurprized, or take up too many Men for their
Defence, he reſolved to ſend them all back to the place where the Boats
were, excepting one, which he cauſed to be hidden, to the intent it
might ſerve to carry Intelligence, according to the exigency of Affairs.
Many of the Spaniards and Indians, belonging to this Village, were
fled unto the Plantations thereabouts. Hereupon Captain Morgan gave
expreſs Orders, that none ſhould dare to go out of the Village, except
in whole Companies of 100 together. The occaſion hereof was his
fear, leaſt the Enemies ſhould take an Advantage upon his Men by any
fudden Aſſault. Notwithſtanding, one party of Engliſh Souldiers,
ſtickld not to contravene theſe Commands, being thereunto tempted
with the deſire of finding Victuals. But theſe were foon glad to fly
into the Town again, being aſſaulted with great Fury by ſome Spaniards
and Indians, who ſnatcht up one of the Pirats, and carried him away
Priſoner. Thus the Vigilancy and Care of Captain Morgan was not
fufficient to prevent every Accident that might happen.
Lighth day. On the Eighth day i'th' Morning, Captain Morgan fent 200 Men be-
fore the Body of his Army, to diſcover the way to Panama, and ſee if
they had laid any Ambuſcades therein : Eſpecially conſidering, that the
Places by which they were to paſs, were very fit for that purpoſe, the
paths being fo narrow, that only 10 or 12 perſons could march in a
File, and toftentimes not ſo many. Having marched about the ſpace of
ten hours, they came unto a place called Quebrada Obſcura. Here all
on a ſudden 3 or 4000 Arrows were ſhot at them, without being able
to perceive from whence they came, or who ſhot them. The place
from

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
from whence it was preſumed they were ſhot, was a high rocky Moun:
tain, excavated from one fide to the other, wherein was a Grot that
went thorow it, only capable of admitting one Horſe, or other Beaſt
laded. This multitude of Arrows cauſed a huge Alarum among the
Pirats, eſpecially becauſe they could not diſcover the place from whence
they were diſcharged. At laſt, ſeeing no more Arrows to appear, they
marched a little farther, and entred into a Wood. Here they percei-
ved fome Indians to fly as faft as they could poſſible before them, to
take the advantage of another Poft, and thence obſerve the March of
the Pirats. There remained notwithſtanding one Troop of Indians
upon the place, with full deſign to fight and defend themſelves. This
Combat they performed with
huge Courage, till ſuch time as their Ca-
ptain fell to the Ground wounded. Who although he was now in
deſpair of Life, yet his Valour being greater than his ſtrength, would
demand no Quarter ; but endeavoring to raiſe himſelf, with undaunt-
ed mind laid hold of his Azagaya, or Javelin, and ſtruck at one of the
Pirats; but before he could ſecond the blow, he was ſhot to death with
a Piftol. This was alſo the Fate of many of his Companions, who like
good and couragious Souldiers loft their Lives with their Captain, for
the defence of their Country.
The Pirats endeavor’d, as much as was poſſible, to lay hold on ſome
of the Indians, and take them Priſoners. But they being infinitely
ſwifter than the Pirats, every one eſcap'd, leaving eight Pirats dead up-
on the place, and ten wounded. Yea, had the Indians been more
dextrous in Military Affairs, they might have defended that Paſſage,
and not let one fole Man to paſs. Within a little while after they came
to a large Campaign Field, open, and full of variegated Meadows,
From hence they could perceive at a diſtance before them, a parcel of
Indians who ſtood on the top of a Mountain, very nigh unto the way
by which the Pirats were to paſs. They fent a Trocp of fifty Men, the
nimbleft they could pick out, to ſee if they could catch any of them,
and afterwards force them to declare whereabouts their Companions
had their Manfions. But all their Induſtry was in vain, for they eſca-
ped through their Nimbleneſs, and preſently after ſhewed themſelves
in another place, hallowing unto the Engliſh, and crying, A la Savana,
a la Savana, Cornudos, Perros Ingleſes: that is, To the Plain, to the Plain,
ye Cuckolds, ye Engliſh Dags. Mean while theſe things paſſed, the
ten Pirats that were wounded a little before, were dreſſed and plai-
ftred up
At this place there was a Wood, and on each fide thereof a Moun-
tain. The Indians had poſſeſſed themſelves of the one, and the Pirats
took poffeffion of the other that was oppofite unto it. Captain Mor-
gan was perſwaded, that in the Wood the Spaniards had placed an Am-
buſcade, as lying ſo conveniently for that purpoſe. Hereupon he ſent
before

Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
Ninth day.
before 200 Men to ſearch it. The Spaniards and Indians perceiving
the Pirats to deſcend the Mountain, did fo too, as if they deſigned to
attack them. But being got into the Wood, out of ſight of the Pi.
rats, they diſappear'd and were ſeen no more, leaving the paſſage open
unto them.
About Night there fell a great Rain, which cauſed the Pirats to
march the faſter, and feek every where for Houſes wherein to preſerve
their Arms from being wet. But the Indians had ſet Fire to every one
thereabouts, and tranſported all their Cattel unto remote places, to the
end that the Pirats finding neither Houfes nor Victuals, might be con-
ſtrained to return homewards. Notwithſtanding, after diligent ſearch,
they found a few little huts belonging to Shepherds, but in them no-
thing to eat. Theſe not being capable of holding many Men, they
placed in them out of every Company a ſmall number, who kept the
Arms of all the reſt of the Army. Thoſe who remained i'th' open
Field, endured much hardſhip that Night, the Rain not ceaſing to fall
until the Morning.
The next Morning about break of day, being the Ninth of this te-
dious Journy, Captain Morgan continued his March, while the freſh
Air of the Morning laſted : For the Clouds then hanging as yet over
their heads, were much more favorable unto them, than the ſcorching
Rays of the Sun, by reaſon the Way was now more difficult and labo-
rious than all the precedent. After two hours March, they diſcover'd
a Troop of about 20 Spaniards, who obſerved the Motions of the
Pirats. They endeavor'd to catch ſome of them, but could lay hold
on none, they ſuddenly diſappearing, and abſconding themſelves in
Caves
among the Rocks, totally unknown to the Pirats. At laſt they
came to a high Mountain,which when they had aſcended they diſcover'd
from the top thereof the South-Sea. This happy Sight, as if it were
the end of their Labors, cauſed infinite Joy among all the Pirats. From
hence they could defcry alſo one Ship and fix Boats, which were ſet forth
from Panama, and failed towards the Iſlands of Tovago and Tovagila.
Having deſcended this Mountain, they came unto a Vale, in which they
found great quantity of Cattel, whereof they killed good ſtore. Here,
mean-while ſome were imployed in killing and flaying of Cows,Horſes,
Bulls, and chiefly Affes, of which there was greateſt number, others bu-
fied themſelves in kindling of Fires, and getting Wood where with
to roaſt them. Thus cutting the Fleſh of theſe Animals into conve-
nient pieces or goblets, they threw them into the Fire, and half car-
banado'd or roafted, they devour'd them with incredible haſte and ap-
petite. For ſuch was their Hunger, as they more reſembled Canibals
than Europeans at this Banquet, the Blood many times running down
from their Beards unto the middle of their Bodies.
Having

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
23
Having ſatisfied their Hunger with theſe delicious Meats, Captain
Morgan order'd them to continue the March. Here again he ſent before
the main Body, 50 Men, with intent to take ſome Priſoners, if poſſi-
bly they could. For he ſeemed now to be much concerned, that in 9
days time he could not meet one perſon, who might inform him of the
Condition and Forces of the Spaniards. About evening they diſco-
ver'd a Troop of 200 Spaniards, more or leſs, who haloo'd unto the
Pirats, but theſe could not underſtand what they ſaid. A little while
after they came the firſt time, within fight of the higheſt Steeple of
Panama. This Steeple they no ſooner had diſcover'd, but they began to
They diſcover
the Steeple of
ſhew Signs of extream Joy, caſting up their Hats into the Air, leaping Panama.
for Mirth, and fhouting even juſt as if they had already obtained the
Victory, and entire accompliſhment of their Deſigns. All their Trum-
pets were founded, and every Drum beaten, in tokens of this univer-
fal Acclamation, and huge Alacrity of their Minds. Thus they pitcht
They inc amey
their Camp for that night, with general Content of the whole Army, nigh the Céry.
waiting with Impatience for the morning, at which time they intend-
ed to attack the City. This evening there appeared 50 Horſe, who
came out of the City, hearing the noiſe of the Drums and Trumpets
of the Pirats, to obſerve, as it was thought, their Motions. They
came almoſt within Musket-ſhot of the Army, being preceded by a
Trumpet, that founded marvellouſly well. Thoſe on Horſeback ha-
loo'd aloud unto the Pirats, and threatned them, ſaying, Perros ! nos
veremos: that is, Te dogs ! we ſhall meet ye. Having made this Menace,
they returned into the City, excepting only 7 or 8 Horſe-men, who re-
mained hovering thereabouts to watch what motions the Pirats made.
Immediately after the City began to fire, and ceaſed not to play with
their biggeſt Guns, all night long againſt the Camp, but with little or
no harm unto the Pirats , whom they could not conveniently reach.
About this time alſo the 200 Spaniards, whom the Pirats had ſeen
i'th' afternoon, appeared again within fight, making reſemblance as if
they would block up the paſſages, to the intent no Pirats might eſcape
the hands of their Forces. But the Pirats, who were now in a man-
ner befieged, inſtead of conceiving any fear of their Blockado's, as
foon as they had placed Centries about their Camp, began every one
to open their Satchels, and without any preparation of Napkins, or
Plates, fell to eating very heartily the remaining pieces of Bulls and
Horſes Fleſh, which they had reſerved fince noon. This being done,
they laid themſelves down to ſleep upon the Graſs, with great repole
and huge fatisfaction, expecting only with Impatience for the dawn-
ings of the next day.
On the 10th. day, betimes i'ch' morning, they put all their Men in- Tenth day;
to convenient Order, and with Drums and Trumpets founding, con- They attack the
tinued their March directly towards the City. But one of the Guides Spaniſh Fora
de-
се,

24
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
ddired Captain Morgan, not to take the common High-way that led
thither, fearing leaſt they ſhould find in it much Reſiſtance, and many
Ambufcades. He preſently took his Advice, and choſe another way
that went through the Wood, although very irkſom and difficult. Thus
the Spaniards perceiving the Pirats had taken another way, which they
ſcarce had thought on, or believed, were compelled to leave their Stops
and Batteries, and come out to meet them. The Governour of Pa-
nama put his Forces in Order, conſiſting of 2 Squadrons, 4 Regiments
of Foot, and a huge number of wild Bulls, which were driven by a
great number of Indians, with ſome Negro's and others, to help
them.
The Pirats, being now upon their March, came unto the top of a
little Hill, from whence they had a little Proſpect of the City and Cam-
paign Country underneath. Here they diſcovered the Forces of the
people of Panama, extended in Battel Array, which when they per-
They fear the ceived to be ſo numerous, they were ſuddenly ſurprized with great
number of
Fear, much doubting the Fortune of the day. Yea few or none there
the Spaniards.
were but wiſhed themſelves at home, or at leaſt free from the obligati-
on of that Engagement, wherein they perceived their Lives muſt be fo
narrowly concerned. Having been ſome time at a ſtand, in a waver-
ing condition of Mind, they at laſt reflected upon the Straits they had
brought themſelves into, and that now they ought, of neceſſity, either
Yet refoive 20
to fight reſolutely, or die, for no Quarter could be expected from an
szard the Bat-
Enemy, againſt whom they had committed fo many Cruelties on all
occaſions. Hereupon they encouraged one another, and reſolved either
to conquer, or ſpend the very laſt drop of Blood in their Bodies.
Afterwards they divided themſelves into three Battallions, or Troops,
ſending before them one of 200 Bucaniers, which fort of People are
They march ono infinitely dextrous at ſhooting with Guns. Thus the Pirats left the
Hill, and deſcended marching directly towards the Spaniards, who
were poſted in a ſpacious Field, waiting for their coming. As ſoon
as they drew nigh unto them, the Spaniards began to shout and cry,
Viva el Roy! God Save the King! and immediatly their Horſe began to
move againſt the Pirats. But the Field being full of Quaggs, and ve-
ry ſoft under foot, they could not ply to and fro, and wheel about, as
they deſired. The 200 Bucaniers, who went before, every one put-
They engagle ting one Knee to the ground, gave them a full Volley of Shot, where-
with the Battel was inſtantly kindled very hot. The Spaniards defend-
ed themſelves very couragiouſly, acting all they could poſſibly perform,
to diſorder the Pirats. Their Foot, in like manner, endeavoured to
ſecond the Horſe, but were conſtrained by the Pirats to ſeperate from
them. Thus finding themſelves fruſtrated of their Deſigns, they at-
tempted to drive the Bulls againſt them at their Backs, and by this
means put them into Diſorder. But the greateſt part of that wild Cat-
tel

Part III.
25
Bucaniers of America.
tle ran away, being frighted with the noiſe of the Battel. And ſome
few that broke through the Engliſh Companies, did no other harm
than to tear the Colours in pieces ; whereas the Bucaniers ſhooting them
dead, left not one to trouble them thereabouts.
The Battel having now continued for the ſpace of two hours, at the Spaniſh
the end thereof the greateſt part of the Spaniſh Horſe was ruin'd, and Horfe rain de
almoſt all killd. The reſt fled away. Which being perceived by the
Foot, and that they could not poſſibly prevail, they diſcharged the Shot
they had in their Muskets, and throwing them on the ground, betook The Foot put to
themſelves to Flight, every one which way he could run. The Pirats Flight.
could not poſſibly follow them, as being too much haraſs'd and weari-
ed with the long Journey they had lately made. Many of them, not
Many hide
being able to Ay whither they defired, hid themſelves for that preſent themſelves.
among the Shrubs of the Sea-ſide. But very unfortunately; for moſt
But are found,
of them being found out by the Pirats, were inſtantly kill'd, without
and killd.
giving Quarter to any. Some Religious Men were brought priſoners As alſo many
before Captain Morgan ; but he being deaf to their Cryes and Lamen- religious Men.
tations, commanded them all to be immediately piſtold, which was
accordingly done. Soon after they brought a Captain to his preſence, They take a
whom he examined very ſtrictly about ſeveral things; particularly, Spaniſh capa
wherein conſiſted the Forces of thoſe of Panama ? unto which he an- tain.
[wered, Their whole Strength did conſiſt in 400 Horſe, 24 Compa-
nies of Foot, each being of 100 Men compleat, 60 Indians, and ſome the whole Fer-
Who declaretle
Negro's, who were to drive 2000 wild Bulls, and cauſe them to run ges of the Ent-
over the Engliſh Camp, and thus by breaking their Files, put them in- my.
to a total Diſorder and Confuſion. He diſcovered more, that in the City
they had made Trenches, and raiſed Batteries in ſeveral places, in all
which they had placed many Guns. And that at the entry of the
High-way which led to the City, they had built a Fort, which was
mounted with 8 great Guns of Braſs, and defended by 50 Men. . acis
Captain Morgan having heard this Information, gave Orders inſtant-
ly they ſhould march another way. But before ſetting forth, he made
a Review of all his Men, whereof he found both killed and wounded a
Many Pirats
confiderable number, and much greater than had been believed. Of the kill'd i'll?
Spaniards were found 600 dead upon the place, beſides the wounded, Battel
.
and Priſoners. The Pirats were nothing diſcouraged, ſeeing their num- 600 Spaniards
ber ſo much diminiſhed, but rather filled with greater Pride than before,
kilºd.
perceiving what huge Advantage they had obtained againſt their Ene-
mies. Thus having reſted themſelves ſome while, they prepared to
march couragiouſly towards the City plighting their Oaths to one ano-
ther in general, they would fight till never a Man were left alive. With They march to-
this Courage they recommenc their March, either to conquer or be
wards the ci
conquered, carrying with them all the Priſoners. Merisigan
They found much difficulty in their Approach unto the City. For
Ddd
within
ty.

26
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
houys,
within the Town the Spaniards had placed many great Guns at feveral
Quarters thereof, ſome of which were charged with ſmall pieces of
Iron, and others with Musket-bullets : With all theſe they faluted the
Pirats at their drawing nigh unto the place, and gave them full and
They looſe ma frequent Broad-fides, firing at them inceffantly. From whence it came
ny Men i'th? to paſs, that unavoidably they loſt at every ſtep they advanced great
Aſault,
numbers of Men. But neither theſe manifeſt dangers of their Lives,
Zet continue to
advance
nor the fight of ſo many of their own as dropped down continually at
their fides, could deter them from advancing farther, and gaining
Ground every moment upon the Enemy. Thus although the Spani-
ards never ceaſed to fire, and act the beſt they could for their Defence,
And take the yet notwithſtanding they were forced to deliver the City after the
City in three ſpace of three hours Combat. And the Pirats having now poſſeſſed
themſelves thereof, both killed and deſtroyed as many as attempted to
make the leaſt oppofition againſt them. The Inhabitants had cauſed
the beſt of their Goods to be tranſported unto more remote and occult
places: Howbeit, they found within the City as yet, ſeveral Ware-
houſes very well ſtockt with all ſorts of Merchandize, as well Silks
and Cloths, as Linnen, and other things of conſiderable value. As
ſoon as the firſt Fury of their entrance into the City was over, Captain
Morgan aſſembled all his Men at a certain place which he affigned, and
there commanded them under very great penalties, that none of them
@rders not to ſhould dare to drink or taſte any Wine. The reaſon he gave for this
drink Wine.
Injunction, was, becaufe he had received private Intelligence, that it
had been all poyfoned by the Spaniards. Howbeit, it was the Opinion
of many, he gave theſe prudent Orders to prevent the Debauchery of
his people, which he forefaw would be very great at the beginning, af-
ter ſo much Hunger ſuſtained by the way: Fearing withal, leaſt the
Spaniards ſeeing them in Wine, ſhould rally their Forces and fall upon
the City, and uſe them as inhumanely as they had uſed the Inhabitants
before.
CHA P. VÌ.
- to by bastos
Captain Morgan ſendeth ſeveral Canows and Boats unto the
South-Sea. He fetteth Fire to the City of Panama.
Robberies and Cruelties committed there by the Pirats, till
ed their return unto the Caftle of Chagre.
30 10 10 ore
Aptain Morgan, as ſoon as he had placed Guards at ſeveral Quar-
,
City

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
27
City of Panama, immediately commanded 25 Men to ſeize a great
Boat, which had ſtuck in the Mud of the Port for want of Water at a A Boat ſeized
low Tide, ſo that ſhe could not put out to Sea. The ſame day about i'th Port.
Noon, he cauſed certain Men privately to ſet Fire unto ſeveral great E-
difices of the City, no body knowing from whence the Fire proceed. The city ſet ox
ed, nor who were the Authors thereof, much leſs what Motives per- Fire.
ſwaded Captain Morgan thereunto, which are as yet unknown to this
day. The Fire increaſed ſo faſt, that before Night the greateſt part of Almoſt burnt
the City was in a Flame. Captain Morgan endeavor'd to make the in a day.
Publick believe the Spaniards had been the cauſe thereof, which Sufpi-
cions he furmiſed among his own People, perceiving they reflected
up-
on him for that Action. Many of the Spaniards, as alſo fome of the
Pirats, uſed all means poſſible, either to extinguiſh the Flame, or by
blowing up of Houſes with Gun-powder, and pulling down others to
ftop its progreſs. But all was in vain; for in leſs than half an hour it
conſumed a whole Street. All the Houſes of this City were built with Houſes of ce-
dar.
Cedar, being of very curious and magnificent Structure, and richly a-
dorned within : Eſpecially with Hangings and Paintings, whereof part
were already tranſported out of the Pirats way, and another great part
were conſumed by the Voracity of the Fire.
There belonged unto this City (which is alſo the Head of a Biſhop-
rick) eight Monaſteries, whereof ſeven were for Men, and one for
Women i two ſtately Churches, and one Hoſpital. The Churches and
Monaſteries were all richly adorned with Altar-pieces and Paintings,
huge quantity of Gold and Silver, with other precious things; all
which the Ecclefiafticks had hidden and concealed. Beſides which Or-
naments, here were to be ſeen 2000 Houſes of magnificent and pro-
digious Bailding, as being all, or the greateſt part, inhabited by Mer- lticily.
7000 Houſes
chants of that Country, who are vaſtly rich. For the reſt of the In-
habitants of leſſer quality, and Tradeſmen, this City contained 5000
Houſes more. Here were alſo great number of Stables, which ſerved
for the Horſes and Mules that carry all the Plate, belonging as well un-
to the King of Spain as private Men, towards the Coaſt of the North-
Sea. The neighboring Fields belonging to this City, are all cultivated
with fertil Plantations and pleaſant Gardens, which afford delicious
Proſpects unto the Inhabitants the whole year long.
The Genoefes had in this City of Panama a ſtately and magnificent
Houſe, belonging to their Trade and Commerce of Negro's. This Genoeſes.
Houſe of the
Building likewiſe was commanded by Captain Morgan to be ſet on Fire,
whereby it was burnt to the very Ground. Beſides which pile of Build-
ing, there were conſumed to the number of 200 Ware-houſes, and Great deftrue
great number of Slaves who had hid themſelves therein, together with étion of the
an infinite multitude of Sacks of Meal. The Fire of all which Houſes
and Buildings, was ſeen to continue four Weeks after the day it began.
Ddd 2
The
Fire.

28
of Bucaniers America. Part III.
The Pirats i thi mean while, at leaſt the greateſt part of them, in-
camped ſome time without the City, fearing and expecting that the
Spaniards would come and fight them anew. For it was known, they
had an incomparable number of Men more than the Pirats were. This
occafion'd them to keep the Field, thereby to preſerve their Forces
united, which now were very much diminiſhed, by the loſſes of the
precedent Battels. As alſo becauſe they had a great many wounded,
all which they had put into one of the Churches which alone remained
ftanding, the reſt being confumed by the Fire. Moreover, beſide theſe
decreaſes of their Men, Captain Morgan had ſent a Convoy of 150 Men
A convoy fent
to Chagre.
unto the Caſtle of Chagre, to carry the News of his Victory obtained
againſt Panama.
They ſaw many times whole Troops of Spaniards cruize to and fro
in the Campaign Fields, which gave them occafion to ſuſpect their ral-
lying anew. Yet they never had the Courage to attempt any thing a.
gainſt the Pirats. P'th' Afternoon of this fatal Day, Captain Morgan
re-entred again the City with his Troops, to the intent every one
might take up their Lodgings, which now they could hardly find, very
few Houſes having eſcaped the Deſolation of the Fire. Soon after they
fell to ſeeking very carefully among the Ruines and Aſhes, for Utenſils
of Plate or Gold, which peradventure were not quite wafted by the
Much Riches Flames. And of ſuch things they found no ſmall number in ſeveral
found 8th" Ru- places. Eſpecially in Wells and Ciſterns, where the Spaniards had hid
ines.
them from the covetous ſearch of the Pirats.
The next day Captain Morgan diſpatcht away two Troops of Pi-
They ſend to
rats, of 150 Men each, being all very ſtout Souldiers, and well armed,
feek the Inha-
with orders to ſeek for the Inhabitants of Panama, who were eſcaped
bitants. from the hands of their Enemies. Theſe Men, having made ſeveral
Excurſions
up and down the Campaign Fields, Woods and Mountains
adjoyning to Panama, returned after two days time, bringing with
And find 200. them above 200 Priſoners, between Men, Women and Slaves. The
ſame day returned alſo the Boat above-mentioned, which Captain
Morgan had ſent into the South-Sea, bringing with her three other
Boats, which they had taken in a little while. But all theſe Prizes they
could willingly have given, yea although they had imployed greater
A Rich Galeon labor into the bargain, for one certain Galeon which miraculouſly ef-
efcapeth.
caped their Induſtry, being very richly laden with all the Kings Plate,
and great quantity of Riches of Gold, Pearl, Jewels, and other moſt
precious Goods, of all the beſt and richeſt Merchants of Panama. On
board of this Galeon were alſo the Religious Women belonging to the
Nunnery of the ſaid City, who had Imbarked with them all the Or-
naments of their Church, confifting in great quantity of Gold, Plate,
and other things of great value..
The

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
29
The ſtrength of this Galon was nothing conſiderable, as having only Small ſtrength
7 Guns and 10 or 12 Muskets, for its whole Defence. Being on the other of the said
Ship:
fide very ill provided of Victuals and other Neceſſaries, with great
want of freſh Water, and having no more Sails than the uppermoſt
Sails of the main Maft. This deſcription of the ſaid Ship the Pirats
received from certain perſons, who had ſpoken with ſeven Mariners
belonging to the Galeon, at ſuch time as they came aſhore in the Cock-
boat to take in freſh Water. Hence they concluded for certain they
might eaſily have taken the ſaid Veffel, had they given her chace and
purſued her as they ought to do, eſpecially conſidering the faid Galeon
Their own DE
could not long fublift abroad at Sea. But they were impeded from
bauchery the
following this vaſtly rich Prize, by the laſcivious Exerciſes wherein cause of this
they were totally at that preſent involved with Women, which unto loss.
this effect they had carried with them, and forced on board their Boat.
Unto this Vice was alſo joyned that of Gluttony and Drunkenneſs,
having plentifully debauched themſelves with ſeveral ſorts of rich
Wines they found there ready to their hands. So that they chofe ra-
ther to ſatiate their Luft and Appetite with the things above-mention
ed, than to lay hold on the occaſion of fuch an huge Advantage. Al-
though this only Prize would certainly have been of far greater Value
and Conſequence unto them,than all they purchaſed at Panama, and o-
ther places thereabouts. The next day,repenting of their Negligence,
and being totally wearied of the Vices and Debaucheries aforeſaid,
they fent forth to Sea another Boat well armed, to purſue with all ſpeed They ſend after
imaginable the ſaid Galeon. But their preſent Care and Diligence was
ber.
in vain, the Spaniards who were on board the ſaid Ship, having re-
ceived Intelligence of the Danger they were in one or two days before,
while the Pirats were cruizing fo nigh unto them, whereupon they
fled unto Places more remote and unknown to their Enemies.
Notwithſtanding, the Pirats found in the Ports of the Iſlands of Ta- Other Boats
voga and Tavegilla, ſeveral Boats that were laden with many forts of taken.
very good Merchandize. All which they took and brought unto Pana-
ma. Where being arrived, they made an exact Relation of all that
had paſſed while they were abroad unto Captain Morgan. The Priſon-
ers confirmed what the Pirats had ſaid, adding thereunto, they un-
doubtedly knew whereabouts the faid Galeon might be at that pre-
fent, but that it was very probable they had been relieved before now
from other places. Theſe Relations ſtirred up Captain Morgan anew, Four Boats
to ſend forth all the Boats that were in the Port of Panama, with de- more sent after
fign to ſeek and purſue the ſaid Galeon till they could find her. The
the Galeon.
Boats aforeſaid, being in all four, fet Sail from Panama, and having
ſpent eight days in cruizing to and fro, and ſearching ſeveral Ports and
Creeks, they loſt all their hopes of finding what they ſo earneſtly fought But in vain.
for. Hercupon they reſolved to return unto the Iſles of Tavoga and
Tazogila.

30
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Tavogilla. Here they found a reaſonable good Ship, that was new-
A Ship and-, ly come from Payta, being laden with Cloth, Soap, Sugar and Bisket,
Boat taken.
with 20000 pieces of Eight in ready Money. Thiş Veſſel they inſtantly
ſeized, not finding the leaſt Reſiſtance from any perſon within her.
Nigh unto the ſaid Ship was alſo a Boat, whereof in like manner they
poſſeſſed themſelves. Upon the Boat they laded great part of the
Merchandizes they had found in the Ship, together with ſome Slaves
they had taken in the ſaid Ifiands. With this Purchaſe they returned
unto Panama, ſomething better ſatisfied of their Voyage, yet withal
much diſcontented they could not meet with the Galeon,
The Convoy Yes
The Convoy which Captain Morgan had ſent unto the Caſtle of Chus-
turneth from gre, returned much about the ſame time, bringing with them very
Chagre.
good News. For mean while Captain Morgan was upon his Journey
to Panama, thoſe he had left in the Caſtle of Chagre, had ſent forth to
A Spaniſh ship Sea two Boats to exerciſe Piracy. Theſe happened to meet with a
taken at Cha- Spaniſh Ship, which they began to chace within fight of the Caſtle.
gre.
This being perceived by the Pirats that were in the Caſtle, they put
forth Spaniſh Colours, thereby to allure and deceive the Ship that fed
before the Boats. Thus the poor Spaniards, thinking to refuge them-
ſelves under the Caſtle, and the Guns thereof, by flying into the Port,
were caught in a Snare, and made Priſoners, where they thought to
find Defence. The Cargo which was found on board the ſaid Veſſel,
conſiſted in Victuals and Proviſions, that were all eatable things.
Nothing could be more opportune than this Prize for the Caſtle, where
they had begun already to experiment great ſcarcity of things of this
kind.
This good fortune of the Garriſon of Chagre, gave occaſion
unto Captain Morgan, to remain longer time than he had determined
at Panama. And hereupon he ordered ſeveral new excurſions to be
New Excurf, made into the whole Countrey, round about the City. So that mean
ons of the Pic
while the Pirats of Panama were imployed in theſe Expeditions, thoſe
at Chagre were bufied in exerciſing Piracy upon the North-Sea. Captain
Morgan uſed to ſend forth dayly parties of 200 Men, to make In-roads
into all the Fields and Countrey thereabouts, and when one party came
Many Riches back, another conſiſting of 200 more was ready to go forth. By this
and Priſoners means they gathered in a ſhort time huge quantity of Riches, and no
brought
in. leſſer number of Priſoners. Theſe being brought into the City, were
prefently put unto the moſt exquiſite Tortures imaginable, to make
Cruelties uſed them confeſs both other peoples Goods and their own. Here it happened,
at Panama.
that one poor and miſerable Wretch, was found in the Houſe of a
Gentleman of great Quality, who had put on, amidſt that confufion
of things, a pair of Taffety Breeches, belonging to his Maſter, with a
little Silver Key hanging at the Strings thereof. This being perceived
by the Pirats, they immediately asked him, Where was the Cabinet of
the
Tats.

Part III.
31
Bucaniers of America.
the ſaid Key? His Anſwer was, He knew not what was become of it, but
only that finding thoſe Breeches in his Mafter's Houſe, he had made bold
to wear them. Not being able to extort any other Confeflion out of
him, they firſt put him upon the Rack, wherewith they inhumanely
dil-joynted his Arms. After this, they twiſted a Cord about his
Forehead, which they wrung ſo hard, that his Eyes appeared as big as
Eggs, and were ready to fall out of his Skull. But neither with theſe
Torments, could they obtain any poſitive Anſwer to their Demands.
Whereupon they ſoon after hung him up by the Teſticles, giving
him infinite Blows and Stripes, mean while he was under that into-
lerable pain and poſture of Body. Afterwards they cut off his Noſe
and Ears, and finged his Face with burning Straw, till he could ſpeak
nor lament his miſery no longer. Then loofing all Hopes of hearing
any Confeffion from his Mouth, they commanded a Negro to run him
through with a Lance, which put an end to his Life, and a period to
their cruel and inhumane Tortures. After this execrable manner,
did many others of thoſe miſerable Priſoners finiſh their days, the
common Sport and Recreation of theſe Pirats, being theſe, and other
Tragedies not inferiour to theſe.
They ſpared, in theſe their Cruelties, no Sex, nor Condition what- No Condition
foever. For as to religious Perſons and Prieſts, they granted them
ſpared.
leſs Quarter than unto others, unleſs they could produce a conſiderable
Sum of Money, capable of being a ſufficient Ranſom. Women them- Unleſs Women,
ſelves were no better uſed , except they would condeſcend unto the who ſerved
libidinous Demands and Concupiſcency of the Pirats.
For ſuch as
their Luft.
would not conſent unto their Luft, were treated with all the Rigour
and Cruelty imaginable. Captain Morgan, their Leader and Com-
mander, gave them no good Example in this point. For as ſoon as
any beautiful Woman was brought as a Priſoner to his preſence, he uſed
all the means he could poſſible, both of Rigor and Mildneſs, to bend
them to his lafcivious will and pleaſure. For a Confirmation of
which Affertion, I. Ihall here give my Reader a ſhort Hiſtory of a
Lady, whoſe Vertue and Conftancy ought to be tranſmitted unto Po-
fterity, as a memorable Example of her Sex.
Hiſtory of a
Among the Priſoners that were brought by the Pirats, from the Spaniſh Lady.
Hands of Tavoga and Tavogilla, there was found a Gentlewoman of
good Quality, as alſo of no leſs Vertue and Chaſtity, who was Wife un-
to one of the richeſt Merchants of all thoſe Countreys. Her Years
were but few, and her Beauty ſo great, as peradventure I may doubt,
whether in all Europe any could be found, to ſurpaſs her Perfections ei-
ther of Coinelineſs or Honeſty. Her Husband, at that preſent, was
abſent from home, being gone as far as the Kingdom of Peru, about
great Concerns of Commerce and Trade, wherein his Employments
did lye. This vertuous Lady likewiſe hearing, that Pirats were com-
ing

32
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
ing to affault the City of Panima, had abſented her ſelf from thence
in the company of other Friends and Relations, thereby to preſerve
her Life,amidſt the Dangers, which the Cruelties and Tyrannies of thoſe
hard-hearted Enemies did ſeem to menace unto every Citizen. But
no ſooner had the appeared in the prefence of Captain Morgan, when
inſtantly ſhe was deſigned for his voluptuous Pleaſures and Concupi-
fcence. Hereupon he commanded, they ſhould lodge her in a certain
Apartment by her ſelf, giving her a Negra, or black Woman,to wait
up-
on her, and that ſhe ſhould be treated with all the Reſpect and Regale
due unto her Quality. The poor afflicted Lady did beg with multitude
of Sobs and Tears, ſhe might be ſuffered to lodge among the other Prie.
foners, her Relations, fearing left that unexpected Kindneſs of the
Commander, might prove to be a Deſign upon her Chaſtity. But Cap-
tain Morgan would by no means hearken to her Pecition, and all he
commanded, in anſwer thereunto, was, ſhe ſhould be treated with more
particular care than before, and have her Victuals carried from his
own Table.
This Lady had formerly heard very ſtrange Reports concerning the
Pirats, before their arrival at Panama, intimating unto her, as if they
were not Men, but, as they faid, Hereticks, who did neither invoke
the Bleſſed Trinity, nor believe in Jeſus Chriſt. But now ſhe began
to have better Thoughts of them than ever before, having experi-
mented the manifold Civilities of Captain Morgan. Eſpecially hear-
ing him many times to ſwear by the Name of God, and of Jeſus
Chrift, in whom, ſhe was perſwaded, they did not believe. Neither
did ſhe now think them to be ſo bad, or to have the Shapes of Beaſts,
as from the Relations of ſeveral people ſhe had oftentimes heard. For
as to the Name of Robbers or Thieves, which was commonly given them
by others, the wondred not much at it, ſeeing, as ſhe ſaid, that among
all Nations of the Univerſe, there where to be found ſome wicked Men,
who naturally coveted to poffefs the Goods of others. Conformable
to the perſwafion of this Lady, was the Opinion of another Woman,
of weak Underſtanding, at Panama, who uſed to ſay, before the Pirats
came thither, ſhe defired very much, and had a great curioſity, to ſee
The Pirats one of thoſe Men called Pirats. For as much as her Husband had
Scarce thought often told her, that they were not Men, like unto others, but rather
to be Men.
irrational Beaſts. This filly Woman at laſt happening to ſee the firft
of them, cryed out aloud, faying, Jeſus bleſs me! theſe Thieves are like
unto us Spaniards.
This falle Civility of Captain Morgan, wherewith he uſed this Lady,
as a thing very common unto ſuch perſons as pretend and cannot
obtain, was ſoon after changed into barbarous Cruelty. For three or
Huge Conftan-
cy of the ſaid four days being paft, he came to ſee her, and entertain'd her with dif-
Lady.
honeſt and laſcivious Diſcourſes, opening unto her his ardent Defires,
of

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
33
of enjoying the accompliſhment of his Luft. The vertuous Lady con-
ftantly repuls’d him, with all the Civility imaginable, and many
humble and modeft Expreſſions of her Mind. But Captain Morgan
ftill perfifted in his diſorderly Requelt, preſenting her withal with
much Pearl, Gold, and all that he had got, that was precious and
valuable in that Voyage. But the Lady being in no manner willing to
conſent thereunto, nor except his Preſents, and ſhewing her felf, in
all Refpects, like unto Suſannah for Conftancy, he preſently changed
Note, and began to ſpeak unto her in another Tone, threatning her
with a thouſand Cruelties and hard Ulages at his hands. Unto all
theſe things ſhe gave this reſolute and poſitive Anſwer, than which no
other could be extorted from her: Sir, My Life is in your hands ; but
as to my Body, in relation to that wbiclə you would perſwade me unto, my
Soul ſhall ſooner be ſeparated from it, through the Violence of your Arms,
then I Mall condeſcend to your Requeſt. No ſooner had Captain Morgan
underſtood this heroick Reſolution of her Mind, but he commanded
her to be ftript of the beſt of her Apparel, and impriſoned in a dark-
ſom and finking Cellar. Here ſhe had allowed her an extream ſmall
quantity of Meat and Drink, wherewith ſhe had much ado to ſuſtain
her Life for a few days.
Under this Hardſhip, the conſtant and vertuous Lady ceaſed not to She is tryed
pray daily unto God Almighty, for conſtancy and patience againſt the with great
Cruelties of Captain Morgan. But he being now thorowly convinc'd Hardſhip.
of her chaſt Reſolutions, as alſo defirous to conceal the cauſe of her
Confinement, and hard Uſage, fince many of the Pirats, his Compa-
nions, did compaſſionate her condition, laid many falſe Accuſations to
her charge, giving to underſtand, ſhe held Intelligence with the
Spaniards, and correſponded with them by Letters, abufing thereby
his former Lenity and Kindneſs. I my ſelf was an Eye-witneſs unto
theſe things here related, and could never have judged ſuch conſtancy
of Mind, and vertuous Chaſtity, to be found in the World, if my own
Eyes and Ears had not informed me thereof. But of this incompar-
able Lady, I ſhall ſay ſomething more hereafter in its proper place ;
whereupon I ſhall leave her at preſent, to continue my Hiſtory.
Captain Morgan having now been at Paname the full ſpace of three
weeks, commanded all things to be put in order for his Departure. Captain
Linto this effect, he gave Orders to every Company of his Men, to pareth to do-
Morgan pre-
ſeek out for ſo many Beaſts of Carriage, as might ſuffice to convey the
part.
whole Spoyl of the City, unto the River where his Canows lay.
About this time a great Rumour was ſpread in the City, of a confider- A Plot dif.
able number of Pirats, who intended to leave Captain Morgan. And covered.
that by taking a Ship which was in the Port, they determined to go
and rob upon the South-Sea, till they had got as much as they thought
fit, and then return homewards by the way of the Eaſt-Indies, into
Europe.
Еее

34
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Europe. For which purpoſe, they had already gathered great quanti-
ty of Proviſions, which they had hidden in private places, with fuf-
ficient ftore of Powder, Bullets, and all other forts of Ammunition.
Likewiſe fome great Guns, belonging to the Town, Muskets, and
other things, where with they deſigned not only to equip the faid Vef-
ſel, but alſo to fortifie themſelves, and raiſe Batteries, in fome Iſland
or other, which might ſerve them for a place of Refuge.
This deſign had certainly taken effect as they intended, had not
Captain Morgan had timely Advice thereof given him by one of their
Comrades. Hereupon he inſtantly commanded, the Main-maft of the
faid Ship ſhould be cut down and burnt, together with all the other
Boats that were in the Port. Hereby the Intentions of all or moſt of
his Companions were totally fruftrated. After this, Captain Morgan
ent forth many of the Spaniards, into the adjoyning Fields and Coun-
Raufoms de
trey, to ſeek for Money, wherewith to ranſom not only themſelves,
manded.
but alſo all the reſt of the Priſoners, as likewiſe the Ecclefiafticks,
The Artillery
both Secular and Regular. Moreover he commanded all the Artillery
Spoyled. of the Town to be ſpoyled, that is to ſay, naild and ſtopt up. At the
ſame time he ſent out a ſtrong company of Men, to ſeek for the
Governour of Panama, of whom Intelligence was brought that he
had laid ſeveral Ambuſcades in the way, by which he ought to paſs at
his Return. But thoſe who were fent upon this Deſign, returned
foon after, ſaying, they had not found any Sign or Appearance of
any ſuch Ambuſcades. For a confirmation whereof, they brought
with them fome Priſoners they had taken, who declared, how that
the ſaid Governour had had an Intention of making ſome Oppoſition
by the way, but that the Men whom he had deſigned to effect it, were
unwilling to undertake any ſuch Enterprize; ſo that for want of Means,
he could not put his Defign in execution.
They leave
On the 24th of February, of the year 1671. Captain Morgan de
Panama.
parted from the City of Panama, or rather from the place where the
ſaid City of Panama did ſtand. Of the Spoyls whereof he carried
with him, 175 Beafts of Carriage, laden with Silver, Gold, and other
laden with
precious things, beſides 600 priſoners, more or leſs, between Men,
Riches.
Women, Children, and Slaves. That day they came unto a River,
that paffeth through a delicious Campagn Field, at the diſtance of a
League from Panama. Here Captain Morgan put all his Forces into
good Order of martial Array, in ſuch manner, as that the priſoners
Miſery of the were in the middle of the Camp, furrounded on all fides with Pirats.
Priſoners. At which preſent Conjuncture, nothing elſe was to be heard but
Lamentations, Cryes, Shrieks, and doleful Sighs, of ſo many Women
and Children, who were perſwaded Captain Morgan defigned to tranſ-
port them all, and carry them into his own Countrey for Slaves.
Beſides that, among all thoſe miſerable priſoners, there was extream
Hunger
175 Beaſts

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
-35
Hunger and Thirft endured at that time. Which Hardſhip and Miſery
Captain Morgan defignedly cauſed them to ſuſtain, with intent to
excite them more earneſtly to ſeek for Moneys, wherewith to ranſom
themſelves, according to the Tax he had ſet upon every one. Many
of the Women beggd of Captain Morgan upon their Knees, with
infinite Sighs and Tears, he would permit them to return unto Panama,
there to live in company of their dear Husbands and Children, in
little Huts of Straw,which they would erect,feeing they had no Houſes,
untill the rebuilding of the City. But his Anſwer was, He came not
thither to hear Lamentations and Cryes, but rather to ſeek Moneys.
Therefore they ought to ſeek out for that in the firſt place, where ever
They are all
put to Ran-
it were to be had, and bring it to him, otherwiſe he would aſſuredly
Sonis.
tranſport them allunto ſuch places, whither they cared not togo.
The next day, when the March began, thoſe lamentable Cryes Their Cryes re-
and-Shrieks were renewed, in ſo much as it would have cauſed com- newid.
paflion in the hardeſt Heart to hear them. But Captain Morgan, as a
Man little given to Mercy, was not moved therewith in the leaſt. They
marched in the ſame order as was ſaid before; one party of the Pirats
preceding in the Van, the Priſoners i'th' middle, and the reſt of the
Pirats in the Arrear-Guard, by whom the miſerable Spaniards were,
at every Step, puncht and thruſt in their Backs and Sides, with the
blunt end of their Arms, to make them march the faſter. That beau-
tiful and vertuous Lady, of whom we made mention heretofore, for
her unparelleld Conſtancy and Chaſtity, was led priſoner by her ſelf,
between to Pirats who guarded her. Her Lamentations now did pierce
the Skies, ſeeing her ſelf carried away into foreign Captivity, often
crying unto the Pirats and telling them: That she had given order unto
two religious perſons, in whom ſhe had relyed, to go unto a certain place, and
fetch ſo much Money as her Ranfom did amount unto. That they had promi-
fed faithfully to do it. But having obrained the ſaid Money inſtead of bring-
ing it unto her, they had imployed it another ro ay, to ranſom ſome of their
own, and particular Friends. This ill Action of theirs was diſcover-
ed by a Slave, who brought a Letter unto the ſaid Lady. Her Com-
plaints, and the cauſe thereof, being brought unto the Ears of Cap-
tain Morgan, he thought fit to enquire thereinto. Having found the
thing to be true, eſpecially hearing it confirmed by the Confeſſion of
the ſaid religious Men, though under ſome frivolous Excuſes, of having
diverted the Money but for a day or two, within which time they ex-
pected more Sums to repay it, he gave Liberty unto the ſaid Lady, 'The Lady sec
whom otherwiſe he deſigned to tranſport unto Jamaica. But i'th at Liberty.
mean while he detained the ſaid religious Men, as priſoners in her
place, uſing them according to the Deſerts of their incompaſſionate
Intrigues.
ou
As ſoon as Captain Morgan arrived, upon his March, at the Town
Eee 2
called

36
Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
called Cruz, feated on the Banks of the River Chagre, as was mention-
ed before, he Commanded an Order to be publiſhed among the Priſo-
Every one to be mers, that within the ſpace of three days, every one of them ſhould
anſom'd,
bring in their Ranſom, under the penalty afore-mentioned, of being
y tranſported. tranſported unto Jamaica. In the mean while he gave Orders, for fo
much Rice and Maiz to be collected thereabouts, as was neceſſary for
the victualling all his Ships. At this place ſome of the Priſoners were
ranſom'd, but many others could not bring in their Moneys in ſo ſhort
time. Hereupon he continued his Voyage, leaving the Village on the
5th, day of March next following, and carrying with him all the Spoyl
that ever he could tranſport. From this Village he likewiſe led away.
fome new Priſoners, who were Inhabitants of the ſaid place. So that
theſe Priſoners were added unto thoſe of Panama, who had not as yet
paid their Ranſoms, and all tranſported. But the two religious Men,
who had diverted the Money belonging to the Lady, were ranſomed
three days after their Impriſopment, by other perſons, who had more
compaſſion for their condition, then they had thewed for hers. About
the middle of the way unto the Caſtle of Chagre, Captain Morgan com-
manded them to be placed in due order, according to their cuſtom,
and cauſed every one to be ſworn, that they had reſerved nor conceal-
ed nothing privately to themſelves, even not ſo much as the value of
Six-pence. This being done, Captain Morgan having had ſome Expe-
rience, that thoſe lewd Fellows would not much ſtickle to ſwear fallly
in points of Intereſt, he commanded them every one to be fearched ve-
ry ſtrictly, both in their Cloaths and Satchels, and every where it might
A ftrict Search
be preſumed they had reſerved any thing. Yea to the intent this Or-
for concealed
Riches.
der might not be ill taken by his Companions, he permitted himſelf
to be ſearcht, even to the very foals of his Shoes. "Unto this effect,
by common confent, there was aſſigned one out of every Company,
to be the Searchers of all the reſt. The French Pirats, that went on
this Expedition with Captain Morgan, were not well ſatisfied with this
new cuſtom of Searching. Yet their Number being leſs then that of
the Engliſh, they were forced to ſubmit unto it, as well as the others
had done before them. The ſearch being over, they re-imbarqued in their
Canows and Boats, which attended them on the River, and arrived at
They arrive at the Caſtle of Chagre, on the oth. day of the ſaid Month of March.
Chagre.
Here they found all things in good order, excepting the wounded Men,
whom they had left there at the time of their departure. For of theſe
the greateſt number were dead, through the Wounds they had re-
ceived.
From Chagre Captain Morgan fent preſently after his Arrival, a great
A Boat fent to
Boat unto Puerto Velo, wherein were all the Priſoners he had taken at
the Iſle of St Catharin, demanding by them a confiderable Ranſom for
the Cakle of Chagre, where he then was, threatning otherwiſe to
Puerto Velo.
ruine

Part III.
37
Bucaniers of America.
ruine and demoliſh it even to the Ground. Linto this Meſſage, thoſe
of Puerto Velo made anſwer, They would not give one Farthing towards
the Ranſom of the ſaid Caſtle, and that the Engliſh might do with
it as they pleaſed. This Anſwer being come, the Dividend was made the Dividendi
of all the Spoil they had purchaſed in that Voyage. Thus every Com-made.
pany, and every particular perſon therein included, received their
portion of what was gotten. Or rather, what part thereof Captain
Morgan was pleaſed to give them. For ſo it was, that the reſt of his but with much
Companions, even of his own Nation, complained of his Proceedings diſgult on all
ſodes.
in this particular, and feared not to tell him openly to his Face, that
he had reſerved the beſt Jewels to himſelf. For they judged it im-
poflible that no greater ſhare ſhould belong unto them than 200 pieces
of Eight per capita, of ſo many valuable Purchaſes and Robberies as they
had obtained. Which ſmall Sum they thought too little Reward for
ſo much Labour, and ſuch huge and manifeff Dangers as they had ſo
often expoſed their Lives unto. But Captain Morgan was deaf unto
all theſe, and many other Complaints of this kind, as having deſigned
in his mind to cheat them of as much as he could.
At laſt, Captain Morgan finding himſelf obnoxious to many Oblo- Captain Mor-
quies and Detractions among his People, began to fear the conſequence gan feareth
their diſplea-
thereof. And hereupon thinking it unſafe to remain any longer time
ſure.
at Chagre, he commanded the Ordnance of the faid Caſtle to be carried
on board his Ship. Afterwards he cauſed the greateſt part of the
Walls to be demoliſhed, and the Edifices to be burnt, and as many o-
ther things ſpoild and ruin'd as could conveniently be done in a ſhort
while. Theſe Orders being performed, he went ſecretly on board And ſtealeth a-
his own Ship, without giving any notice of his departure unto his way very pro-
Companions, nor calling any Councel as he uſed to do. Thus he fet vately.
Sail and put out to Sea, not bidding any body adieu, being only fol-
lowed by three or four Veſſels of the whole Fleet. Theſe were ſuch
(as the French Pirats believed) as went ſhares with Captain Morgan to-
wards the beſt and greateſt part of the Spoil, which had been conceal-
ed from them in the Dividend. The French-men could very willingly The French
have revenged this Affront upon Captain Morgan, and thoſe that fol- deſirous of re-
lowed him, had they found themſelves with fufficient means to en- venge.
counter him at Sea. But they were deftitute of moft things neceffary
thereunto. Yea, they had much ado to find ſufficient Victuals and
Proviſions for their Voyage to Jamaica, he having left them totally un-
provided of all things.
dir
GIA 2015. CHO CHAP

38
Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
CHAP. VII.
Of a Voyage made by the Author, along the Coaſts of Coſta
Rica, at his return towards Jamaica. What happened
is moſt remarkable in the ſaid Voyage. Some Obfervations
made by him at that time.
Aptain Morgan left us all in ſuch a miſerable condition, as might
Wickedneſs at the latter end of Life. From whence we ought to have
learned, how to regulate and amend our Actions for the future. How-
ever it was, our Affairs being reduced to ſuch a pofture; every Com-
pany that was left behind, whether Engliſh or French, were compelled
to ſeek what means they could to help themſelves. Thus moft of
them feparated from each other, and ſeveral Companies took ſeveral
Courſes at their return homewards. As for that party unto which I
did belong, we ſteer'd our Voyage along the Coaſt of Coſta Rica,
where we intended to purchaſe fome Proviſions, and careen our Veffel
in ſome ſecure place or other. For the Boat wherein we were, was
The Author ar- now grown fo foul, as to be rendred totally unfit for Sailing. In
riveth at Boca few days we arrived at a great Port, called Boca del Toro, where are
del Toro.
always to be found an huge quantity of good and eatable Tortoiſes.
The Circumference hereof is ten Leagues, more or leſs, being ſurround-
ed with little Iſlands, under which Veſſels may
ride
very
fecure from
the violence of the Winds.
Iſlands of wild The faid Iflands are inhabited by Indians, who never could be fub-
Indians.
jugated by the Spaniards, and hence they give them the name of Indios
bravos, or wild Indians. They are divided, according to the variety of
Idioms of their Language, into ſeveral Cuftoms and Faſhions of Peo-
ple, from whence ariſeth, that they have perpetual Wars againſt one
another. Towards the Eaſt-fide of this Port are found ſome of them,
who formerly did much Trade with the Pirats, ſelling unto them the
Fleſh of divers Animals, which they hunt in their Countries, as alfo
all ſorts of Fruits that the Land produceth. The Exchange of which
Commodities was Iron-Inſtruments, that the Pirats brought them
Beads, and other Toys, whereof they made great account for wearing,
more then of precious Jewels, which they knew not, nor efteemed in
the leaſt. This Commerce afterwards failed, becauſe the Pirats com-
mitted many barbarous Inhumanities againſt them, killing many of
their Men on a certain occaſion, and taking away their Women to ſerve
their diſordinate Luft. Theſe Abuſes gave fufficient cauſe for a per-
petual ceffation of all Friendſhip and Commerce between them and the
Pirats.
We

Part IIT. Bucaniers of America.
39
We went aſhore with deſign to ſeek Proviſions, our neceffity They feel for
being now almoſt extream: But our Fortune was ſo bad, that we proviſions,
Bust find none.
could find nothing elſe then a few Eggs of Crocodiles, wherewith we
were forced to content our felves for that preſent. Hereupon we left
thoſe Quarters, and feered our courſe Eaſtwards. Being upon this Three Boats of
Tack, we met with three Boats more of our own Coinpanions, who their own com-
rades.
had been left behind by Captain Morgan. Theſe told us, they had been
able to find no Relief for the extream Hunger they ſuſtained. More-
over, that Captain Morgan himſelf, and all his People, were already encie
reduced to ſuch Miſery, as he could afford them no more allowance
than once a day, and that very ſhort too.
We therefore hearing from theſe Boats, that little or no good was
They depart
like to be done by failing farther Eaſtwards, changed our courſe, and
Weſtwards
ſteered towards the Weſt. Here we found an exceffive quantity of
Tortoiſes, more then we needed for the Victualling our Boats, ſhould
we be never fo long without any other Fleſh or Filb. Having provi-
ded our felves with this ſort of Victuals, the next thing we wanted
was freſh Water. There was enough to be had in the Neighbouring
Iſlands, but we foarce dared to land on them, by reaſon of the Enmi-
ty above-mentioned between us Pirats and thoſe Indians. Notwith-
ſtanding, Neceſſity having no Law, we were forced to do as we could,
rather then as we deſired to do. And hereupon we reſolved to go all
of us together unto one of the ſaid Iſlands. Being landed, one Party
of our Men went to range in the Woods, mean while another filled
the Barrels with Water. Scarce one whole hour was paſt after our
People were got alhore, when ſuddenly the Indians came upon us, and are aſſaulted
we heard one of our Men cry, Arm, Arm. We preſently took up our by the Indians.
Arms, and began to fire at them as hot as we could. This cauſed them
to advance no farther, and in a ſhort while put them to flight, ſheltring
themſelves in the Woods. We purſued them fome part of the way,
but not far, by reaſon we then eſteemed rather to get in our Water,
then any other advantages upon the Enemy. Coming back, we found Two Indians
two Indians dead upon the ſhore, whereof the Habiliments of one kill'd.
gave us to underſtand, he was a Perſon of Quality amongſt them.
For he had about his Body a Girdle or Shaſh, very richly woven ; and
on his Face he wore a Beard of Mallive Gold. I mean, a ſmall planch One had a
of Gold hung down at his Lips by two ftrings, (which penetrated two
golden Beard.
little Holes, made there on purpoſe) that covered his Beard, or ferved
inſtead thereof. His Arms were made of ſticks of Palmite-trees, be-
ing very curiouſly wrought ; at one end whereof, was a kind of Hook,
which ſeemed to be hardned with Fire. We could willingly have had
opportunity to ſpeak with ſome of theſe Indians, to ſee if we could re-
They defave to
concile their minds unto us, and by this means renew the former Trade Indians, but
Speak with the
with them, and obtain Proviſions. But this was a thing impoffible, in vain
though

Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
See
through the wildneſs of their Perſons, and ſavageneſs of their Minds.
Notwithſtanding, this Rencounter hindred us not from filling our Bar.
rels with Water, and carrying them aboard.
Great Crys
The Night following, we heard from the Shore huge Cries and
heard from
Shrieks among the Indians. Theſe Lamentations cauſed us to believe,
Shore.
becauſe they were heard fo far, they had called in much more people
to aid them againſt us; as alfo, that they lamented the Death of thoſe
Theſe Indians two Men, who were killd the day before. Theſe Indians never uſe to
never uſe the come upon the Waters of the Sea, neither have they ever given them-
felves to build Canows, or any other fort of Veſſels for Navigation ;
not ſo much as Fiſher-boats, of which Art of Fiſhery they are to-
tally ignorant. At laſt, having nothing elſe to hope for in theſe Parts,
we reſolved to depart from thence for famaica, whether we defigned
to go. Being ſet forth, we met with contrary Winds, which cauſed
They return to us to make use of our Oars, and row as far as the River of Chagre.
Chagre.
When we came nigh unto it, we perceived a Ship that made towards us,
Are chaſed by and began to give us Chace. Our Apprehenſions were, that it was a
Ship. Ship from Cartagena, which might be ſent to rebuild and retake pof-
feffion of the Caſtle of Chagre, now all the Pirats were departed from
thence. Hereupon we ſet all our Sail, and ran before the Wind, to
ſee if we could eſcape or refuge our felves in any place. But the Vef-
ſel being much more ſwifter and cleaner then ours, eaſily got the Wind
But of their of us, and ſtopt our Courſe. Then approaching nigh unto us, we
own Partp.
diſcover'd what they were, and knew them to be our former Com-
rades, in the ſame Expedition of Panama, who were but lately ſet out
from Chagre. Their Deſign was to go unto Nombre de Dios, and from
thence to Cartagena, to ſeek fòme Purchaſe or other in or about that
frequented Port. But the Wind at that preſent being contrary to their
Intention, they concluded to go in our company towards the ſame place
where we were before, called Boca del Toro.
This Accident and Encounter retarded our Journy, in the ſpace of
two days, more then we could regain in a whole Fortnight. This
was the occaſion that obliged us to return unto our former Station,
where we remained for a few days. From thence we directed, our
Courſe for a Place called Boca del Dragon, there to maks Proviſions of
Fleſh: Eſpecially of a certain Animal, which the Spaniards call Manen-
Sra-Cows.
tines, and the Dutch, Sea-Conos, becauſe the Head, Noſe and Teeth of
this Beaft, are very like unto thoſe of a Cow. They are found com-
monly in ſuch places, as under the depth of the Waters are very full
of Graſs, on which it is thought they do Paſture. Theſe Animals
have no Ears, and only in place of them are to be ſeen two little
Holes, ſcarce capable of receiving the little Finger of a Man. Nigh
unto the Neck they have two Wings, under which are feated two Ud-
ders, or Breaks, much like unto the Breaſts of a Woman. The Skin is
very

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
very cloſe, and united together, reſembling the Skin of a Barbary, or
Guiney-Dog. This Skin upon the Back is of the thickneſs of two
Fingers, which being dryed, is as hard as any Whale-bone, and may
ſerve to make Walking-ſtaffs withal. The Bell is in all things like
unto that of a Cow, as far as the Kidneys, or Reins. Their manner
of Engendring likewiſe, is the ſame with the uſual manner of a
Land-Cow, the Male of this kind being in ſimilitude, almoſt one and
the ſame thing with a Bull. Yet notwithſtanding they conceive and
breed but once. But the ſpace of time that they go with Calf, I
could not as yet learn. Theſe Fiſhes have the ſenſe
of Hearing ex-
treamly acute, in ſo much as in taking them, the Fiſhermen ought
not to make the leaſt noiſe, nor row, unleſs it be very ſlightly. For
this reaſon they make uſe of certain Inſtruments for Rowing, which
the Indians call Pagayos, and the Spaniards name Caneletas, with
which although they row, yet is it performed without any noiſe that
can fright the Filh. Mean while they are buſied in this Fiſhery, they How they take
uſe not to ſpeak to one another, but all is tranſacted by Signs. He
then.
that darteth them with the Javelin, uſeth it after the ſame manner as
when they kill Tortoiſes. Howbeit, the point of the ſaid Javelin is
ſomewhat different, as having two Hooks at the Extremity, and
theſe longer then that of the other Fiſhery. Of theſe Fiſhes, ſome
are found to be of the length of 20, unto 24 Foot. Their Fleſh is
very good to eat, being very like in Colour unto that of a Land-Cow,
but in Tafte, unto that of Pork. It containeth much Fat, or Greaſe,
the which the Pirats uſe to melt, and keep in earthen Pots, to make
uſe thereof inſtead of Oyl.
On a certain day, wherein we were not able to do any good at
this ſort of Fiſhery, ſome of our Men went into the Woods to hunt, i
and others to catch other Fiſh. Soon after we eſpied a Canow,
wherein were two Indians. Theſe no ſooner had diſcovered our
Veſſels, but they rowed back with all the ſpeed they could towards as ord
the Land, being unwilling to trade, or have any thing to do with us
Pirats. We followed them to the ſhore, but through their natural
Nimbleneſs, being much greater then ours, they retired into the
Woods before we could overtake them. Yea, what was more ad- Huge Strengtie
mirable, they drew on ſhore, and carried with them their Canow into of thoſe Indi-
the Wood, as eafily as if it were made of Straw, although it weigh: ans.
ed above 2000 lib. This we knew by the Canow it felf, which we
found afterwards, and had much ado to get it into the Water again,
although we were in all 11 perſons to pull at it.
We had at that time in our Company, a certain Pilot, who had an Account
been divers times in thoſe Quarters. This Man, feeing this Action hereef, siven
by Pilot.
of the Indians, told us, that fome few years before, a Squadron of
Pirats happened to arrive at that place. Being there, they went in
Fff
Canows,

42
Bucaniers of America. Part IH.
Canows, to catch a certain fort of little Birds, which inhabiteth the
Sea-coaſt, under the ſhade of very beautiful Trees, which here are to
be ſeen. Mean while they were buſied at that Work, certain Indians,
who were climbed up into the Trees, to view their Actions, ſeeing
now the Canows underneath, leaped down into the Sea, and with
huge celerity ſeized ſome of the Canows and Pirats that kept them,
boch which they tranſported ſo nimbly into the remoteft parts of the
Woods, as that the Priſoners could not be relieved by their Compani-
ons. Hereupon the Admiral of the ſaid Squadron landed preſently
after with 500 Men, to ſeek and reſcue the Men he had loft. But they
faw ſuch an exceſſive number of Indians flock together to oppoſe them,
as obliged them to retreat with all poſſible diligence unto their Ships.
Concluding among themſelves, that if ſuch Forces as thoſe could not
perform any thing towards the recovery of their Companions, they
ought to ſtay no longer time there. Having heard this Hiſtory, we
came away from thence, fearing ſome Miſchief might befal us, and
bringing with us the Canow afore-mentioned. In this we found
nothing elſe but a Fiſhing-net, though not very large, and four Ar-
rows, made of Palm-tree, of the length of 7 Foot each, and of the
figure, or ſhape, as followeth.
Arms of the
Theſe Arrows, we believed, to be their Arms. The Canow we
ſaid Indians. brought away was made of Cedar, but very roughly hewen, and
poliſht, which cauſed us to think, that thoſe People have no Inſtru-
ments of Iron.
They go to the We left that Place, and arrived in 24 hours unto another, called
River of
Rio de Zuera, where we found ſome few Houſes belonging to the
Zuera.
City of Cartagena. Theſe Houſes are inhabited by Spaniards, whom
we reſolved to viſit, not being able to find any Tortoiſes, nor yet
The Sparlards any of their Eggs. The Inhabitants were all fled from the ſaid Hou-
fly away, ſes, having left no Victuals, nor Provifions, behind them, in fomuch
as we were forced to content our ſelves with a certain Fruit, which
there is called Platano. Of theſe Platanos we filled our Boats, and
continued our Voyage, coafting along the ſhore. Our Deſign was to
find out ſome Creek, or Bay, wherein to carreen our Vefſel, which
They are in now was very leaky on all fides. Yea, in ſuch a dangerous condi-
great danger. tion, that both night and day we were conſtrained to imploy ſeveral
Men at the Pump, unto which purpoſe we made uſe of all our Slaves.
This Voyage lafted a whole Fortnight, all which time we lay under
the

Part IIT.
Buciniers of America.
43
the continual Frights of periſhing every moment. At laſt we arrived
at a certain Port, called The Bay of Blevelt, being ſo named from a
Pirat who uſed to reſort thither, with the ſame Deſign that we did.
Here one party of our Men went into the Woods to hunt, i'th' mean
while that another undertook to refit and careen our Vefſel.de
Our Companions who went abroad to hunt, found hereabouts Huge Porchel
Porcupines, of a huge and monſtrous bigneſs. But their chief Exer-pines.
cife was killing of Monkeys, and certain Birds, called by the Spani- Monkeys and
ards, Faiſanes, or Pheaſants. The Toyl and Labour we had in this
Pheaſants.
Employ of Shooting, did ſeem, at leaſt, unto me, to be ſufficiently
compenſated with the pleaſure of killing the ſaid Monkeys. Fer at
theſe we uſually made 15 or 16 Shot, before we could kill three or
four of them. So nimbly would they eſcape our Hands and Aim, even Actions of the
after being deſperately wounded. On the other ſide, it was delight- Monkeys.
ful to ſee the Female Monkeys carry their little ones upon
their Backs,
even juſt as the Negra's do their Children. When any perſon paſſeth
under the Trees where theſe Monkeys are fitting, they will commonly
open their Bellies, and ſquirt their Excrements upon their Heads and
Cloaths. Likewiſe, if thooting at a parcel of them, any Monkey
happeneth to be wounded, the reſt of the Company will flock about
him, and lay their Hands upon the Wound, to hinder the Blood
from iffuing forth. Others will gather Moſs that groweth upon the
Trees, and thruſt it into the Wound, and hereby ſtop the Blood. At
other times they will gather ſuch or ſuch Herbs, and chewing them
in their Mouth, apply them after the manner of a Poultis, or Cataplaſm.
All which things did cauſe in me great Admiration, ſeeing ſuch ſtrange
Actions in thoſe irrational Creatures, which teſtified the Fidelity
and Love they had for one another.
On the Ninth day, after our Arrival at that Place, our Women-
Slaves being bufied in their ordinary Employments of waſhing Diſhes,
fewing, drawing Water out of Wells, which we had made on the
fhore, and the like things, we heard great Cryes of one of them,
which ſaid, She had ſeen a Troop cf Indians appear towards the
Woods, whereby ſhe began immediately to cry out, Indians, Indians.
We hearing this Rumor, ran preſently to our Arms and their Relief :
But, coming unto the Wood, we found no perſon there, excepting Two we mex-
two of our Women-Slaves killed upon the Place, with the ſhot of Slaves kill'd
Arrows. In their bodies we ſaw ſo many Arrows ſticking, as might by the Indi-
ſeem they had been fixed there with particular care and leifure. For
otherwiſe we knew, that one of them alone was ſufficient to bereave
any humane Body of Life. Theſe Arrows were all of a rare faſhion
and ſhape, their length being of eight Feet, and their thickneſs of a
man's Thunb. At one of the Extremities hereof, was to be ſeen
a hook made of Wood, and tyed to the body of the Arrow with a
F ff 2
String.
ans.

Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
String. At the other end was a certain Caſe of Box, like the Cafe
of a pair of Twizars, in the which we found certain little Pibbles or
Stones. The colour thereof was red, and very ſhining as if they had
been locked up ſome conſiderable time. All which, we believed, were
Arms of the Arms belonging to their Captains and Leaders.
Indians.
no mundo
CD doo
B.
LC
De
103 A doo oboled
A
wizaron o to ai basaba wo ugo) Snow
A. A Marcaſite, which was tyed unto the Extremity of the Arrow.
B. A Hook tyed to the ſame Extremity.
C. The Arron.
D. The Caſe at the other end.
How they make Theſe Arrows were all made without Inſtruments of Iron. For whate
their Arrows. foever the Indians make, they harden it firſt very artificially with Fire,
and afterwards poliſh it with Flints.
Their Conti-
As to the Nature of theſe Indians, they are extreamly robuſt of
tation. Conſtitution, ftrong and nimble at their Feet. We fought them care-
fully up and down the Woods, but could not find the leaſt trace of
them, neither any of their Canows nor Floats, whereof they make
uſe to go out to fiſh. Hereupon we retired unto our Veffels, where,
having imbarked all our Goods, we put off from the ſhore, fearing, leaſt
finding us there, they ſhould return in any confiderable number, and
overpowring our Forces, tear us all in pieces.
CHAP. VIII.
The Author departeth towards the Cape of Gracias a Dios. Of
the Commerce which here the Pirats exerciſe with the Indians.
His arrival at the Iſland de los Pinos. And finally, his Re-
turn unto Jamaica.
THE
He Fear we had, more then uſual, of thoſe Indians above-mentio-
ned, by reaſon of the Death of our two Women-Slaves, of which
we told you in the former Chapter, occaſion'd us to depart, as faſt as
we could, from that place. We directed our Courſe from thence, to-
wards

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
45
Dios.
wards the Cape of Gracias a Dios, where we had fixed our laſt Hopes They depart for
of finding Proviſions. For thither do uſually reſort many Pirats, who Cape Gracias d
entertain a friendly Correſpondence and Trade with the Indians of thoſe
Parts. Being arrived at che faid Cape, we hugely rejoyced, and gave
thanks unto God Almighty,for having delivered us out of ſo many Dan-
where they find
gers, and brought us unto this place of Refuge, where we found Peo-
great Relief.
ple, who ſhewed us molt cordial Friendſhip, and provided us with all
Neceffaries whatſoever.
The Cuſtom of this Ifland is fuch. That when any Pirats arrive
thcre, every one hath the Liberty to buy unto himſelf an Indian They buy here
Woman, at the price of a Knife, or any old Ax, Wood-Bill, or Hat- Women for any
Trifle.
chet. By this Contract, the Woman is obliged to remain in the Cuſtody
of the Pirat all the time he ſtayeth there. She ſerveth him in the mean
while, and bringeth him Victuals of all ſorts, that the Country afford-
eth. The Pirat moreover hath liberty to go when he pleaſeth, either
to hunt, or fiſh, or about any other Divertiſements of his Pleaſure.
But withal is not to commit any Hoftility, or Depradation upon the In-
habitants, ſeeing the Indians bring him in all that he ftandeth in need of,
or that he defireth.
Through the frequent Converſe and Familiarity theſe Indians have Policy and
with the Pirats, they fometimes uſe to go to Sea with them, and remain Cuſtoms of the
among them for whole years, without returning home. From whence Iſland.
it cometh, that many of them can ſpeak Engliſh, and French, and ſome of
the Pirats their Indian Language. They are very dextrous at darting
with the Javelin, whereby they are very uſeful to the Pirats towards
the victualling their Ships, by the Fiſhery of Tortoiſes, and Manita's,
a ſort of Filh ſo called by the Spaniards. For one of theſe Indians, is
alone ſufficient to victual a Vefſel of an 100 perſons. We had among
our Crew, two Pirats, who could ſpeak very well the Indian Language.
By the Help of theſe Men, I was ſo curious to enquire into their
Cuftoms, Lives, and Policy, whereof I ſhall give you here a brief
Account.
This Iſland containeth about 30 Leagues in Circumference, more or
leſs. It is governed after the form of a little Commonwealth, they
having no King, nor Soveraign Prince among them. Neither do they
entertain any Friendſhip, or Correſpondence, with other neighbouring.
Iſlands, much leſs with the Spaniards. They are in all but a ſmall Na-
tion, whoſe number exceedeth not 1600 or 1700 perſons. They have
among them fome few Negro's, who ſerve them in quality of Slaves.
How Negro's
Theſe happened to arrive there, ſwimming after Shipwrack made upon came thither.
that Coaft. For being bound for Tierra firme, in a Ship that carried
them to be fold in thoſe Parts, they killed the Captain and Mariners,
with deſign to return unto their Country. But through their Igno-
sance in Marinery, they ftranded their Veffel hereabouts. Although,
as

4.6
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
as I ſaid before, they make but a ſmall Nation, yet they live divided,
as it were, into two ſeveral Provinces. Of theſe, the one fort in-
ploy themſelves in cultivating the Ground, and making ſeveral Plantati-
ons. But the others are ſo lazy, as they have not Courage to build them-
Lazineſs of the felv es Huts, much leſs Houſes, to dwell in. They frequent
chiefly
Indians. the Sea-coaſt, wandring diſorderly up and down, without knowing, or
caring ſo much as to cover their Bodies from the Rains which are very
frequent in thoſe Parts, unleſs it be with a few Palm-leaves. There
they put upon their Heads, and keep their backs always turned to the
Wind that bloweth. They uſe no other Cloaths then an Apron, which
being tyed to their Middle, comech down ſo far, as to hide the ſhame-
ful parts of their Bodies. Such Aprons are made of the rinds of Trees,
which they ſtrongly beat upon ſtones, till they are ſoftned. Of theſe
fame they make uſe for Bed-cloaths, to cover themſelves when they
ſleep. Some make to themſelves Bed-cloaths of Cotton, but theſe are
Their Arms. but few in number. Their uſual Arms are nothing but Azagayas, or
Spears, which they make fit for their uſe with points of Iron, or Teeth
of Cocodriles.
They know, after ſome manner, that there is a God, yet they live
without any Religion, or divine Worſhip. Yea, as far as I can learn,
Religion. they believe not in, nor ſerve the Devil, as many other Nations of
America do both believe, invoke, and worſhip him. Hereby they are
not ſo much tormented by him, as other Nations are. Their ordinary
Food, for the greateſt part, confifteth in ſeveral Fruits ; ſuch as are
Fool. called Bananas , Racoves, Ananas , Potato's , Cazave ; as alſo Crabs,
and ſome few Fiſh of other forts, which they kill in the Sea with Darts.
Their Drink. As to their Drink, they are ſomething expert in making certain pleaſant
and delicate Liquors. The commoneft among them is called Achioc.
This is made of a certain Seed of Palm-tree, which they bruiſe, and
afterwards ſteep or infuſe, in hot Water, till it be ſettled at the bottom.
This Liquor being ſtrained off, hath a very pleaſant Taſte, and is very
nouriſhing. Many other forts of Liquors they prepare, which I
fhall omit for brevity. Only I ſhall ſay ſomethings in ſhort, of
that which is made of Platanos. Theſe they knead betwixt their
Hands with hot water, and afterwards put into great Calabalhes, which
they fill up with cold Water, and leave in repoſe for the ſpace of eight
days, during which time, it fermenteth as well as the beſt fort of Wine.
This Liquor they drink for pleaſure, and as a great Regale, infomuch
that when theſe Indians invite their Friends, or Relations, they
cannot treat them better, than to give them fome of this pleaſant
Drink.
They are very unskilful in dreſfing of Victuals; and hence it is,
that they very ſeldom treat one another with Banquets. For this pur-
27r Invitatis
poſe, when they go, or fend, to any Houſe, to invite others, chey de-
fire

Part IIT.
47
Bucaniers of America.
fire them to come and drink of their Liquors. Before the invited per-
fons come to their Houſe, thoſe that expect them, comb their Hair ve-
ry well, and anoint their Faces with Oyl of Palm, mingled with a
certain black Tincture, which rendereth them very hideous. The Wo-
men; in like manner, dawb their Faces with another fort of Stuff,
which caufeth them to look as red as Crimſon. And ſuch are the great-
eft Civilities they uſe in their Ornaments and Attire. Afterwards, he
that invitech the other, taketh his Arms, which are three or four Aza-
gayas, and gocth out of his Cottage the ſpace of 3 or 400 Steps, to
wait for, and receive the perſons that are to come to vilit him. As
foon as they draw nigh unto him, he falleth down upon the Ground,
lying flat on his Face, in which pofture he remaineth, without any Mo-
tion, as if he were dead. Being thus proftrate before them, the in-
vited Friends take him up and ſet him on his Feet, and thus they go
al-
together unto the Hut. Here the perſons who are invited, uſe the ſame
Ceremony, falling down on the Ground, as the Inviter did before.
But he lifteth them up one by one, and giving them his hand, conduct-
eth them into his Cottage, where he cauſeth them to fit. The Wo-
men, on theſe Occaſions, perform few or no Ceremonies.
Being thus brought into the Houſe, they are preſented every one with
a Calabaſh full of the Liquor above-mentioned, made of Platanos,
which is very thick, almoſt like unto Water-gruel, or Childrens Pap,
wherein is contained four Quarts, more or leſs, of the ſaid Liquor.
Theſe they are to drink off as well as they can, and get down at any
rate. The Calabaſhes being emptied into their Stomachs, the Maſter
of the Houſe, with many Ceremonies, goeth about the Room, and ga-
thereth his Calabalhes. And this Drinking hitherto is reckoned but
for one Welcom, whereas every Invitation ought to contain ſeveral
Welcoms. Afterwards, they begin to drink of the clear Liquor above-
mentioned, for which they were called to this Treat. Hereunto fol-
low many Songs, Dances, and a 1000 Careffes, to the Women that
are preſent. In ſo much that oftentimes, for a Teftimony of their
great
Love unto them, they take their Darts, and with the points thereof,
pierce and wound their genital Parts. This Relation, I confeſs, I could They pierce
not believe, though oftentimes it had been certified unto me, until their Genitals.
fuch time as my own Eyes were Witneſſes unto theſe, and the like
Actions. Neither only on this Occaſion do they perform this Cere-
mony, of piercing their Genitals, but alſo when they make Love unto
any Woman, intending thereby to let them underſtand the greatneſs of
their Affection and Conſtancy.
They uſe not to marry any young Maid, without the Conſent of Marriages.
her Parents. Hereupon, if any one deſireth to take a Wife, he is
firſt examined by the Damſels Father, concerning ſeveral Points rela-
ting to good Husbandry. Theſe are moſt commonly; whether he can
make

Bucaniers of America.
Part III
make Azag ayas, Darts for Fiſhing; or fpin a certain Thread, which
which they uſe about their Arrows. Having anſwered to Satisfaction,
the Examiner calleth to his Daughter, for a little Calabaſh full of the
Liquor above-mentioned. Of this he drinketh firſt ; then giveth she
Cup unto the young Man; and he finally unto the Bride, who drink-
it up, and with this only Ceremony the Marriage is made. When
any one drinketh to the Health of another, the ſecond perſon ought
to drink up the Liquor, which the other perſon hath left in the Cala-
baſh. But in caſe of Marriage, as was ſaid before, it is conſumed alone
among them three, the Bride obtaining the greateſt part to her
ſhare.
How the VVO-
When the Woman lyeth in, neither ſhe nor her Husband obſerve the
men lye in.
time, as is cuſtomary among the Caribes. But as ſoon as the Woman
is delivered, ſhe goeth inſtantly unto the next River, Brook, or Foun-
tain, and waſheth the new born Creature, ſwathling it up afterwards
in certain Rowlers, or Swathing-bands, which there are called Cabalas,
This being done, ſhe goeth about her ordinary Labour, as before. At
their Entertainments it is uſual, that when the Man dieth, his Wife
burieth him with all his Azagaya’s, Aprons, and Jewels, that he uſed
Their Burials. to wear at his Ears. Her next Obligation is, to come every day to her
Husband's Grave, bringing him Meat and Drink for a whole year
together. Their Years they reckon by the Moons, allowing 15
to every year, which their entire Circle, as our 12 Months make do
ours.
Some Hiſtorians, writing of the Caribe Iſlands, do affirm, that this
Ceremony, of carrying victuals to the Dead, is generally obferved
among them. Moreover, that the Devil cometh unto the Sepulchres,
and carrieth away all the Meat and Drink which is placed there. But
I my ſelf am not of this Opinion, ſeeing. I have oftentimes with my
own Hands, taken away theſe Offerings, and eaten them, inſtead of
other Victuals. Unto this I was moved, becauſe I knew that the Fruits
uſed on theſe Occafions, were the choiceft and ripeſt of all others, as
alſo the Liquors, of the beſt fort, they made uſe of, for their greateſt
Strange Cuſtom Regale and Pleaſure. When the Widow hath thus compleated her
of widows year,
ſhe openeth the Grave, and taketh out all her Husband's Bones.
bere. Theſe ſhe ſcrapeth and walheth very well, and afterwards dryeth againſt
the Beams of the Sun. When they are ſufficiently dryed, ſhe tyeth
them altogether, and putteth them into a Cabala, being a certain Pouch,
or Satchel, and is obliged for another year to carry them upon her back
i'th'day-time, and to ſleep upon them i'ch' night, until the year be com-
pleatly expired. This Ceremony being finiſhed, ſhe hangeth up the
Bag and Bones, againſt the Poſt of her own Door, in caſe ſhe be Mi-
ſtreſs of any Houſe. But having no Houſe of her own, ſhe hangeth
them at the Door of her next Neighbour, or Relation.
The

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
49
The Widows cannot marry the ſecond time, according to the Laws
or Cuftoms of this Nation, until the whole ſpace of the two years above-
mentioned, be compleated. The Men are bound to perform no fuch
Ceremonies towards their Wives. But if any Pirat marrieth an Indian
Woman, ſhe is bound to do with him, in all things, as if he were an
Indian Man born. The Negro's that are upon this Iſland, live here, in
all Reſpects, according to the Cuſtoms of their own Countrey. All
theſe things I have thought fit to take notice of in this place, though
briefly as judging them worthy the Curioſity of ſome judicious and
inquiſitive Perſons. Now I ſhall continue the Account of our Voy-
age.
After that we had refreſhed and provided our felves, as well as we
could, at the Iſland aforeſaid, we departed from thence, and freered our
Courſe towards the Iſland de los Pinos. Here we arrived in 15 days, and They depart fom
were conſtrained to refit again our Vefſel, which now, the ſecond time the Iſland de
los Pinos.
was very leaky, and not fit for ſayling any farther.Hereupon we divided
our ſelves, as before, and ſome went about that work of careening the
Ship, mean while others betook themſelves to Fiſhing. In this laſt we
Great plenty of
were ſo ſucceſsful as to take in 6 or 7 hours, as much Fiſh, as would a-
Fiſhe.
bundantly fuffice to feed a 1000 perſons. We had in our Company
fome Indians, from the Cape of Gracias à Dios, who were very dextrous
both in Hunting and Fiſhing. With the Help of theſe Men we killed
likewiſe, in a ſhort while, and ſalted, an huge number of wild Cows, And Cows,
fufficient both to ſatiate our hungry Appetites, and to victual our Vef-
ſel for the Sea. Theſe Cows were formerly brought into this Iſland by
the Spaniards, with deſign they ſhould here multiply, and ſtock the
Countrey with Cattel of this kind. We falted, in like manner, a vaſt
number of Tortoiſes, whereof in this Iſland huge quantities are to be
found. With theſe things, our former Cares and Troubles began to
diffipate, and our Minds to be ſo far recreated, as to forget the Miſeries
we had lately endured. Hereupon, we began to call one another again
by the Name of Brothers, which was cuſtomary amongſt us ,
but had been diſuſed in our Miſeries, and ſcarce remembred without
Regret.
All the time we continued here, we feaſted our felves very plentifully,
without the leaſt Fear of Enemies. For as to the Spaniards that were
upon the Ifland, they were here in mutual League and Friendſhip with
us. Thus we were only conftrained to keep Watch and Ward every
night, for fear of the Crocodiles, which are here in great plenty all o- Many croco-
ver the Iſland. For theſe, when they are hungry, will aſſault any
diles here.
Man whatſoever, and devour him ; as it happened in this Conjun-
&ture unto one of our Companions. This Man being gone into the
Wood, in Company with a Negro, they fell into a place where a Cro-
codile lay concealed. The furious Animal, with incredible Agili y, aſ- A Pirat af
(aulted aulted by one.
G88

go
Bucaniers of America.
Part HI.
faulted the Pirat, and faſtving upon his Leg, caſt him upon the Ground,
the Negro being filed, who ſhould aflilt him. Yet he notwithftanding, be-
ing a robuſt and couragious Man, drew forth a Knife he had then about
him, and with the ſame, after a dangerous Combar, overcame and kil-
led the Crocodile. Which having done , he himſelf, bosh tired with
the Battel, and weakned with the loſs of Blood', that ran from his
Wounds, lay for dead upon the Place, or at leaſt beſide his Senſes. Being
found in this poſture ſome while after by the Negro, who returned to
ſee what was become of bis Mafter, he took him upon his Back, and
brought him to the Sea-ſide, diſtant from thence the ſpace of a whole
League. Here we received him into a Canow, and conveyed him on
board our Ship.
After this Misfortune, none of our Men dared be ſo bold, as to
enter the Woods without good Company. Yeay we our felves, de-
firous to revenge the Diſaſter of our Companion, went in Troops
the next day unto the Woods, with deſign to find out Crocodiles to
They go to ſeek kill. Theſe Animals would uſually come every night to the sides of
Crocodiles. our Ship, and make refemblance of climbing up into the Veſſel. One
of theſe, on a certain night; we ſeized with an iron Hook, but he
inſtead of flying to the bottom, began to mount the Ladder of the
Ship, till we killd him with other Inſtruments. Thus after we had
remained there ſome conſiderable time, and refitted our ſelves with all
They arrive at things neceſſary, we fer Sayl from thence for Jamaica. Here we ar-
Jamaica, rived within few days, after a proſperous Voyage, and found Captain
Morgan, who was got home before us, but had ſeen as yet none of his
Companions whom he left behind, we being the firſt-that arrived
there after him.
The faid Captain at that preſent was yery buſie, endeavour ing to
Captain perſwade and levy People, to tranſport unto the Iſle of St. Catharin,
Morgan in. which he deſigned to fortifie, and hold as his own, thinking to make
tendete to keep it a common Refuge unto all ſorts of Pirats, or at leaſt of his own
Nation, as was ſaid before. But he was foon hindred in the proſecu-
But is prevent- tion of this Defign, by the arrival of a Man of War from England.
ed by A Remo For this Veffel brought Orders from his Majeſty of Great Britain, to
Governour.
recal the Governour of Jamaica from his Charge over that Iſland,
unto the Court of England, there to give an Account of his Proceed-
ings and Behaviour, in relation to the Pirats whom he had maintained
in thoſe Parts, to the huge detriment of the Subjects of the King of
Spain. Unto this purpoſe, the ſaid Man of War brought over alſo a
new Governour of Jamgica, to ſupply the place of the precedent.
This Gentleman, being poſſeſſed of the Government of the Iſland,
preſently after gave notice unto all the Ports thereof, by ſeveral Boats
which he ſent forth to that intent, of the good and entire Corre-
ſpondence, which his Mafter the King of England deſigned hencefor-
wards

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
wards to maintain, in thoſe Weſtern Parts of the World, towards his
Catholick Majeſty, and all his Subjects, and Dominions. And that
unto this effect, for the time to come, he had received from his Sacred
Majeſty, and Privy Councel, ftrict and ſevere Orders, not to permit
any Pirat whatſoever, to ſet forth from Jamaica, to commit any
Hoftility, or Depredation, upon the Spaniſh Nation, or Dominions,
or any
other People of thoſe neighbouring Hands.
No ſooner theſe Orders were ſufficiently divulged, but the Pirats, All the Pirdit's
who as yet were abroad at Sea, began to fear them, infomuch as fear him.
they dared not return home unto the ſaid INand. Hereupon they kept
the Seas as long as they could, and continued to act as many Hoftili-
ties as came in their way. Not long after, the ſame Pirats took and
ranfackt a conſiderable Town, ſeated in the Iſle of Cuba, called la
Ville de los Cayos, of which we made mention in the Deſcription of
the ſaid Ifland. Here they committed again all ſorts of Hoftility, and
inhumane and barbarous Cruelties. But the new Governour of
Famaica behaved himſelf fo conſtant to his Duty, and the Orders he
had brought from England, as that he apprehended ſeveral of the
chief Actors herein, and condemned them to be hanged, which was some of the mos
accordingly done. From this Severity, many others ſtill remaining hanged.
abroad, took warning, and retired unto the Iſle of Tortuga, leaſt they
ſhould fall into his Hands. Here they joyned in Society with the French
Pirats, Inhabitants of the ſaid INand, in whoſe Company they continue
unto this day.
CHAP. IX.
The Relation of the Shipwrack which Monſieur Bertram
Ogeron, Governor of the Iſle of Tortuga, Suffered nigh
the Iſles of Guadanillas. How both he and his Compani-
ons fell into the Hands of the Spaniards. By what Arts
be eſcaped their Hands, and preſerved his Life. The En-
terprize which he undertook againſt Puerto Rico, to deli-
ver his People. The unfortunate ſucceſs of that Deſign.
А.
Fter the Expedition of Panama above-mentioned, the Inhabi-
tants of the French Iſlands in America, in the Year 1673. (mean
while the War was ſo fierce in Europe between France and Holland) ga-
thered a confiderable Fleet for to go and poſſeſs themſelves of the
Iſlands belonging to the States-General of the United Provinces in the
West-Indies. Unto this effect, their Admiral called together, and le-
Gg 82
vied

52
2
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
way.
vied all the Pirats and Voluntiers that would, by any Inductions what-
foever, fit down under his Colours. With the ſame Deſign the Go-
vernor of Tortuga cauſed to be built in that Iſland, a good ſtrong Man
of War, unto which Veffcl he gave the name of Ogeron. This Ship
he provided very well with all ſort of Ammunition, and manned with
500 Bucaniers, all reſolute and couragious Men, as being the Vefſel he
deſigned for his own Safety. Their firſt Intention was to go and take
the Iſle of Curaſao, belonging to the ſaid States of Holland. But this
Deſign met with very ill fucceſs, by reaſon of a Shipwrack, which im-
peded the Courſe of their Voyage.
Monſieur Ogeron ſet Sail from the Port of Tortuga,as ſoon as all things
were in a readineſs, with intent to joyn the reſt of the ſaid Fleet, and
purſue the Enterprize afore mentioned. Being arrived on the Weft-
ſide of the Ifland of St. John de Puerto Rico, he was ſnddenly ſurprized
with a violent Storm. This increaſed to that degree, as cauſed his new
Frigat to ſtrike againſt the Rocks that neighbour upon the Iſlands,called
Monſieur Oge. Guadanillas, where the Veffel broke into a thouſand pieces. Yet being
ron is caſt ac
nigh unto the Land of Puerto Rico, all his Men efcaped, by ſaving their
Lives in Boats, which they had at hand. mom 300b verib.Coos
They get a
The next day, all being now got on fore, they were diſcover'd by
Noore in Boats. the Spaniards, who inhabit the Illand. Theſe inſtantly took them to
be French Pirats, whoſe intent was to take the ſaid Iſland anew, as they
had done ſeveral times before. Hereupon they alarum'd the whole
Country, and gathering their Forces together, marched out to their
And are taken Encounter. But they found them unprovided of all manner of Arms,
by the Spani- and confequently not able to make any Defence, craving for Mercy at
ards.
their Hands, and begging Quarter for their Lives, as the Cuſtom is.
Yet notwithſtanding, the Spaniards remembring the horrible and cruel
Actions thoſe Pirats had many times committed againſt them, would
have no compaſſion on their Condition. But anſwering them, Ha!
ye thieviſh Dogs, here's no Quarter for you ; they affaulted them with all
Fury imaginable, and killed the greateſt part of the Company. At
laft, perceiving they made no refiltance, nor had any Arms to defend
themſelves, they began to relent in their Cruelty, and ſtay their blows,
taking Priſoners as many as remained alive. Yet ſtill they would not
be perſwaded, but that thoſe unfortunate People were come thither,
with Defign to take again and ruinate the Iſland.
Hereupon they bound thein with Cords by two and two, or three
and three together,and drove them through the Woods into the Cham-
pagn or open Fields. Being come thus far with them, they asked
them, What was become of their Captain and Leader? Unto theſe
& Fittion of Queſtions they conſtantly made Anſwer, He was drowned in the Ship-
Monfieur Oge- wrack at Sea; although they knew full well it was falſe. For Movie
fieur Ogeron being unknown unto the Spaniards, behaved himſelf a-
mong

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
53
mong them, as if he were a Fool, and had no common ofc of Reaſon.
Notwithſtanding, the Spaniards ſcarce believing what the Priſoners
had anſwered, uſed all the means they could poffibly to find him, but
could not compaſs their Defires. For M. Ogeron kept himſelf very cloſe
to all the Features and mimical Actions that might become any inno-
cent Fool. Upon this acccunt, he was not tyed as the reſt of his Compa-
nions, but let looſe, to ſerve the Divertiſement and Laughter of the
common Souldiers. Theſe now and then would give him ſcraps of
Bread, and other Victuals, whereas the reſt of the Priſoners had never
fufficient wherewith to ſatisfie their hungry Stomachs. For as to the
allowance they had from the Spaniards, their Enemies, it was ſcarce
enough to preſerve them alive. antro ad suoi 1901 01 mica
It happened there was found among the French Pirats, a certain Sur- A Surgeon 12-
geon, who had done ſome remarkable Services unto the Spaniards. In tyed.
confideration of theſe Merits, he was unbound and fer at liberty, to go
freely up and down, even as Monſieur Ogeron did. Unto this Surgeon, Who plottet)
Monſieur Ogeron having a fit opportunity thereunto, declared his Re- with Monſieur
ſolution of hazarding his Life to attempt an Eſcape, from the Cruelty Ogeron to get
and hard Uſage of thoſe Enemies. After mature Deliberation, they away.
both performed it, by Aying unto the Woods, with Defign there to
make ſomething or other that might be Navigable, whereby to tran-
fport themſelves elſewhere. Although unto this effect they had nor
could obtain no other thing i'th' World, that could be ſerviceable in
building of Veſſels, but one only Hatchet. Thus they joyned Com-
pany, and began their March towards the Woods that lay neareſt the They fly into
Sea-coaft. Having travelled all day long, they came about Evening un-
to the Sea-fide almoſt unexpectedly. Here they found themſelves with-
out any thing to eat, nor any ſecure Place wherein to reft their weari-
ed Limbs. At laſt they perceived nigh the Shore an huge quantity of -proiek
Fiſhes, called by the Spaniards, Corlabados. Theſe frequently ape schadtag oor
proach the Sands of the Shore
, in purſuit of other little Filhes that
ſerve them for their Food. Of theſe they took as many as they thought
neceſſary, and by rubbing two Sticks tediouſly together, they kindled
Fire, where with they made Coals to roaſt them. The next day they
began to cut down and prepare Timber, wherewith to make a kind of
{mall Boat, in which they might paſs over unto the Ile of Santa Cruz,
sro
which belongech to the French: foto bichesw.nortibaos oldHe or
Mean while they were bulied about their work, they diſcovered at they ſeize a cha
a great diſtance a certain Canow, which feered directly towards the now,by killing
Place where they were. This occafioned in their Minds fome Fears leaſt two men.
they thould be found, and taken again by the Spaniards; and here-
upon they retired into the Woods, till fuch time as they could fee from
thence, and diſtinguiſh what People were in the Canow. But at laſt,
as their good Fortune would have it, they perceived them to be no
the Woods, os
a
more

54
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
more then two Men, who in their diſpoſition and apparel ſeemed to be
Fiſhermen. Having made this Diſcovery, they concluded unanimouſly
between themſelves to hazard their Lives and overcome them, and
afterwards ſeize the Canow. Soon after they perceived one of them,
who was a Mulato, to go with ſeveral Calabaſhes hanging at his back
towards a Spring, not far diſtant from the ſhore, to take in freſh Wa-
ter. The other, who was a Spaniard, remained behind, waiting for
his return. Seeing them divided, they aſſaulted the Mulato firſt, and
diſcharging a great blow on his Head with the Hatchet, they ſoon be-
reav'd him of Life. The Spaniard hearing the noiſe, made inſtantly
towards the Canow, thinking to eſcape. But this he could not per-
form ſo ſoon, without being overtaken by the two, and there maſſa-
** so cred by their Hands. Having now compaſſed their Deſign, they went
to ſeek for the Corps of the Mulato, which they carryed on board the
Canow. Their intent was to convey them into the middle of the Sea,
and there caſt them over-board, to be conſumed by the Fiſh, and by
to a this means conceal this Fact from being known unto the Spaniards, ei-
6, 2012 Other at a ſhort or long diſtance of time.
Theſe things being done, they took in preſently as much freſh Wa-
ter as they could, and ſet Sail from thence to ſeek ſome place of Re-
fuge. That day they ſteered along the Coafts of Puerto Rico, and came
unto the Cape, called by the Spaniards, Cabo Roxo. From hence they
traverſed directly to the Iſle of Hiſpaniola, where ſo many of their
own Comrades and Companicns were to be found. Both the Cur-
rents of the Waters and Winds were very favourable unto this Voy-
They arrive at
Samana.
age, inſomuch, as in a few days, they arrived at a place called Samana,
belonging to the ſaid Mand, where they found a Party of their own
People.
Monſieur Oge Monſieur Ogeron being landed at Samana, gave Orders unto the Sur-
ron gathereth a geon to levy all the People he could poſſible in thoſe Parts, mean while
Fleets
he departed to re-viſit his Government of Tortuga. Being arrived at
the ſaid Port, he uſed all his Endeavors to gather what Veſſels and
Men he could to his Aſiſtance : So that within a few days he compal-
ſed a good number of both, very well equipped and diſpoſed to follow
and execute his Deſigns. Theſe were to go unto the Iſland of St. John
Lo refcne his
de Puerto Rico, and deliver his fellow-priſoners, whom he had left in
Companions.
the miſerable condition was ſaid before. After having imbarked all
ng
in the People which the Surgeon had levied at Samana, he made them a
Speech, exhorting them to have good Courage, and telling them, You
may all expect great Spoil and Riches from this Enterprize, and therefore
let all Fear and Cowardize be ſet on ſide. On the contrary, fill your Hearts
with Courage and Valeur, for thus you will find your felves foon ſatisfied, of
what at preſent bare hopes de promiſe. Every one relyed much on theſe
Promiſes of Monfieur Ogeron, and from his words conceived no fmall
Joy

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
Joy in their MindsThus they ſet Sail from Törtuga, ſteering their They ſet Sail.
Courſe directly for the Coafts of Puerto Rico. Being come within fight
of Land, they made uſe only of their lower Sails, to the intent
they might not be diſcovered at ſo great a diſtance by the Spaniards,
till they came ſomething near unto the Place where they intended
to land.
The Spaniards, notwithſtanding this Caution, had Intelligence be- The Spaniards
fore-hand of their coming, and were prepared for a Defence, having know of their
deſign.
poſted many Troops of Horſe all along the Coaſt, to watch the Deſcent
of the French Pirats. Monſieur Ogeron perceiving their Vigilancy, gave
Order to the Veſſels to draw righ unto the Shore, and ſhoot off many
great Guns, whereby he forced the Cavalry to retire unto Places more
ſecure within the Woods. Here lay concealed many Companies of
They land.
Foot, who had proſtrated themſelves upon the Ground. Mean while
the Pirats made their Deſcent at leiſure, and began to enter among
the
Trees, ſcarce ſuſpecting any Harm to be there, where the Horſe-men
could do no Service. But no ſooner were they fallen into this Ambuſ-
cade, when the Spaniards aroſe with great Fury, and aſſaulted the
And are overa
French fo couragiouſly, that in a ſhort while they deſtroyed great part come.
of them. And thus leaving great numbers of Dead on the place,
the reſt with great difficulty eſcaped, by retreating in all hafte unto
their Ships.
Monſieur Ogeron, although he eſcaped this Danger, yet could wil-
Monſieur ou
lingly have periſhed in the Fight, rather than ſuffer the Shame and
geron eſcape the
Confufion, the unfortunate Succeſs of this Enterprize was like to bring
upon his Reputation. Eſpecially conſidering, that thoſe whom he
had attempted to ſet at Liberty, were now caſt into greater Miſe-
ries, through this Misfortune. Hereupon they haftned to fet Sayl,
and
go back unto Tortuga, the ſame way they came, with great Con-
fufion in their Minds, much diminiſhed in their Number, and nothing
Jaden with thoſe Spoyls, the Hopes whereof had poſſeſſed their Hearts,
and cauſed them readily to follow the Promiſes of unfortunate Mon-
fieur Ogeron. The Spaniards were very vigilant, and kept their Poſts
nigh unto the Sea-fide, till ſuch time as the Fleet of Pirats was totally
out of fight. I'th' mean while they made an end of killing ſuch of
their Enemies, as being deſperately wounded, could not eſcape away
by Flight. In like manner, they cut off ſeveral Limbs from the dead They cut off
Bodies, with deſign to ſhew them unto the former Priſoners, for
Limbs to ſhe wou
the Priſoners.
whoſe Redemption theſe others had croſs’d the Seas..
The Fleet being departed, the Spaniards kindled Bonfires all over Bonfires for
the Inand, and made great Demonſtrations of Joy, for the Victory Joy.
they had obtained. But the French Priſoners, who were there before,
had more Hardſhip ſhewed them from that day than ever. Of their
Miſery and Mif-uſage, was a good Eye witneſs, Jacob Binkes, Govern-
Our

56
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Havana.
our at that time in America , for the Stateſ-General of the United Pra-
vinces. For he happened to arrive in chat Conjuncture, at the Iſland
of Puerto Rico, with ſome Men of War, to buy Proviſions, and other
Neceſſaries, for his Fleet. His Compaſſion on their Miſery was ſuch,
Binkes bring, as cauſed him to bring away by Stealth, five or fix of the ſaid Priſo-
eth away fox ners, which ſerved only to exaſperate the Minds of the Spaniards.
Priſoners. For ſoon after they ſent the reſt of the Priſoners, unto the chief City
The reft fent to of the Iſland, there to work and toil about the Fortifications which
then were making, forcing them to bring and carry Stones, and all ſorts
of Materials belonging thereunto. Theſe being finiſhed, the Governour
tranſported them unto Havana, where they imployed them in like
manner, in fortifying that City. Here they cauſed them to work
i'th'day-time, and by night they ſhut them up as cloſe Priſoners, fear-
ing leaſt they ſhould enterprize upon the City. For of ſuch Attempts
the Spaniards had had divers Proofs, on other Occaſions, which afford-
ed them fufficient Cauſe to uſe them after that manner.
They are tranto
Afterwards at ſeveral times, wherein Ships arrived there from Nero
ported by de-
Spain, they tranſported them by degrees into Europe, and landed them
Spain. at the City of Cadiz. But notwithſtanding this care of the Spani-
ards to diſperſe them, they ſoon after met almoſt all together in France,
Moſt of them and reſolved among themſelves to return again unto Tertuga, with the
meet in
firſt Opportunity ſhould proffer. Linto this effect, they affifted one
France.
another very lovingly, with what Neceffaries they could ſpare, accord-
And return
ing to every ones Condition, So that in a ſhort while the greateſt
unto Tortuga. part of thoſe Pirats had neſted themſelves again at Tortuga, their com-
mon Place of Rendezvous. Here, fome time after, they equipped
again a new Fleet, to revenge their former Misfortunes on the Spani-
ards, under the Conduct of one le Sieur Maintenon, a French-man by
Nation. With this Fleet he arrived at the Iſland de la Trinidad, ſituated
They take the
Illand de la between the Iſle of Tabago, and the neighbouring Coaſts of Paria.
Trinidad This Iſland they fackt, and afterwards put to the Rrnfom of 10000
And put it to pieces of Eight. From hence they departed, with Defign to take and
a Ranſom, of pillage the City of Caracas, ſeated over againſt the Inland of Curaſao,
1000 pieces belonging to the Hollanders.
of Eight.
grees into
Lost P vodil
22 d baon batarlet Hobo dorur
CH A P.

Part III.
57
Bucaniers of America.
СНАР. Х.
A Relation of what Encounters lately happened at the Iſlands
of Cayana and Tabago, between the Count de Eſtres,
Admiral of France, in America, and the Heer Jacob
Binkes, Vice-Admiral of the United Provinces, in the
Same Partso
upon the iſland.
IT
is a thing already known unto the greateſt part of Europe, that the Prince of
Curland forje
the Prince of Curland began to eſtabliſh a Colony in the Mand of
Poffeffor of
Tabago. As alſo, that ſome while after, his People, for want of
Tabago.
timely. Recruits from their own Countrey abandoned the ſaid Iſland, The faiä irland
leaving it to the firſt that ſhould come and poſſeſs it. Thus it fell in- poßeſlede
Durch,
to the Hands of the Heers Adrian, and Cornelius Lampſius, Natives of
the City of Fliſing, in the Province of Zeeland. For being arrived
at the ſaid Iſland of Tabago, in the year 1654. they undertook to
fortifie it, by Commands of their Sovereigns, the States General.
Hereupon they built a goodly Caſtle, in a convenient Situation, capa-
able of hindring the Aſſaults of any Enemies, that might enterprize
Iſland
The Strength of this Caſtle was afterwards ſufficiently tryed by
Monſieur de Eſtres, as I ſhall preſently relate, after I have firſt told you,
what happened before at Cayana, in the year 1676. This year the
States-General of the United Provinces, fent their Vice-Admiral, Jacob
Binkes, unto the Iſland of Cayana, then in poffeffion of the French,
for to retake the fald Iſland, and hereby reſtore it unto the Dominions The ille af
of the United Provinces afore-mentioned. With theſe Orders he fet Cayana yem
forth from Holland, on the 16th. day of March, in the ſaid year,
his
taken by the
Hollanders
Fleet conſiſting of ſeven Men of War, one Fireſhip, and five other
ſmall Veſſels of leſs account. This Fleet arrived at Cayana the 4th.
day of the Month of May next following. Immediately after their
Arrival, the Heer Binkes landed 900 Men, who approaching the Caſtle,
ſummoned the Governour to ſurrender, at their Diſcretion. His
Anſwer was, He thought of nothing leſs then Surrendring, but that
he and his people were reſolved to defend themſelves, even to the
utmoſt of their Endeavours. The Heer Binkes having received this
Anſwer, preſently commanded his Troops to attack the Caſtle on both
ſides at once. The Aſſault was very furious. But at length, the
French being few in number, and overwhelmed with the multitude of
their Enemies, ſurrendred both their Arms and the Caſtle. In it
were found 37 pieces of Cannon. The Governour, who was named
Monſieur Leſi, together with two Prieſts, were ſent into Holand. The
Hhh
Heer

$8
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Heer Binkes loſt in the Combat 14 Men only, and had 72 wounded.
The Count de
The King of France no ſooner underſtood this Succeſs, but he fent
Eftres fent to in the Month of OEtober following, the Count de Eſtres, for to retake
retake it again
from the
the ſaid Ifland again from the Hollanders. He arrived there in the
Dutch. Month of December, with a Squadron of Men of War, all very well
equipped and provided. Being come on his Voyage as far as the Ri-
ver called Aperovaco, he met there with a ſmall Veffel of Nantes, which
had ſet forth from the faid Ifland of Cayana but a fortnight before.
This Ship gave him Intelligence of the preſent ſtate and condition,
wherein he might be certain to find the Hollanders at Cayana. They
told him, there were 300 Men in the Caſtle ; that all about it they
had fixed ftrong Palizadas, or Empalements; and that within the
Caſtle were mounted 26 pieces of Cannon.
He arrivetl Monſieur de Eſtres, being cnabled with this Intelligence to take his
there. own Meaſures, proceeded on his Voyage, and arrived at a Port of the
ſaid Iſland, three Leagues diſtant from the Caſtle. Here he landed
And landeth 800 Men, whom he divided into two ſeveral Parties. The one he
bis Men.
placed under the Conduct of the Count de Blinac, and the other he
gave unto Monfieur de St. Faucher. On board the Fleer he left Monſieur
Gabaret, with divers other principal Troops, which he thought not fit
or neceſſary to be landed. As ſoon as the Men were ſet on ſhore, the
Fleet weighed Anchor, and failed very ſlowly towards the Caſtle,mean
while the Souldiers marched by Land. Theſe could not travel other-
wiſe then by night, by reaſon of the exceſſive Heat of the Sun, and
intolerable Exhalations of the Earth, which here is very ſulphureous,
and conſequently no better then a ſmoaky and ſtinking Oven.
He Jumyroneth
On the 19th Day of the ſaid Month, the Count de Eſtres ſent Monſieur
them to furo de Leſi (who had been Governor of the Iſland, as was ſaid before)
render.
demanding of them to deliver the Caſtle unto the Obedience of the
Which they King his Mafter, and unto him in his Soveraigns Name. But thoſe
deny to do.
who were within reſolved not to deliver themſelves up, but at the
expence of their Lives and Blood, which Anſwer chey fent unto Mon-
He lormeth the Sieur de Effres. Hereupon the French, the following Night, affaulted
and ſtorm'd the Caſtle on fever ſeveral fides thereof all at once. The
Caſtle.
Defendants, having performed their Obligation very ftoutly, and fought
And taketh it. with as much Valour as was poffible, were at laſt forced to ſurrender.
Within the Caſtle were found 38 Perſons dead, beſides many
others
that were wounded. All the Priſoners were tranſported into France,
where they were uſed with great hardíhip.
He departeth to Monſieur de Fftres, having put all things in good Order at the Iſle of
Marciaica. Cayana, departed from thence for that of Martinica. Being arrived
at the ſaid inand, he was told, that the Heer Binkes was at that pre-
fent at the Iiland of Tabago, and his Fleet lay at Anchor in the Bay.
Having received this Intelligence, Monſieur de Eſtres made no long ſtay

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
59
the Dutch
Fleet at tbe
there, but ſet Sail again, ſteering his Courſe dire&tly for Tabago. No And thence to
fooner was he come nigh unto the Iſland, but Vice-Admiral Binkes ſent Tabago.
his Land-Forces, together with a good number of Mariners, on ſhore,
for to manage and defend the Artillery that was there. Theſe Forces
were commanded by the Captains van der Graef, van Dongen, and
Ciavone, who laboured very hard all that night in railing certain Batte-
ries, and billing up the Palizada's, or Empalements of the Fortreſs cal-
led Sterreſchans
Two days after the French Fleet came to an Anchor in the Bay of Pale He landeth bxe
mit, and immediatly with the help of 18 Boats they landed all their Men. Men at Ta-
The Heer Binkes perceiving the French to appear upon the Hills, gave O:-
bago.
ders to burn all the Houſes that were nigh unto the Caſtle, to the intent
the French might have no place to ſhelter themſelves thereabouts,
On
the 23 d. day of February, Monſieur de Eſtres fent a Drum over to the
Hollanders to demand the Surrendry of the Fort, which was abſolute-
ly denied. In this poſture of Affairs things continued until the third And eng-rgethe
of March. On this day the French Fleet came with full Sail, and en-
gaged the Dutch Fleet. The Heer Binkes preſently encountred then, same time.
and the Diſpute was very hot on both fides. I'th' mean while the
Land-Forces belonging to the French, being ſheltred by the thickneſs
of the Woods, advanced towards the Caſtle, and began to form it very
briskly, with more than ordinary Force : But were repulſed by the Dutch
with ſuch Vigor, as cauſed them after three diftinct Attacks to retire,
with the loſs of above 150 Men, and 200 wounded. Theſe they carried But is beatex
off, or rather drag'd away with no ſmall Difficulty, by reaſon of their by Lenda
diſorderly Retrear.
All this while the two Fleets continued the Combat, and fought
very deſperately, until that on both ſides fome Ships were conſumed
between Vulcan and Neptune. Of this number was Monſieur de Eſtres He looſeth his
his own Ship, mounted with 27 Guns of prodigious bigneſs, beſides own Ship and
other Pieces of leſſer Port. The Battel continued from break of day others.
until the Evening. A little before which time, Monſieur de Efires quit- and leaverho
ted the Bay, with his reſt of the Ships, unto his Hollanders, excepting the Victory to
only two, which were ftranded under Sail, as having gone too high the Dutch.
within the Port. Finally, the Victory remained on the fide of the
Hollanders, howbeit, with the loſs of ſeveral of their Ships that were
burnt.
Monſieur de Eſtres finding himſelf under the Shame of the loſs of
this Victory, and that he could expect no Advantage for that preſent Monſieur de
over the Iſland of Tabago, fet Sail from thoſe Quarters the 18th. day of Eſtres ret urna
March, and arrived the 2 ift. day of Fune next following, at the Port eth inte
of Breft in France. Having given an Account of theſe Tranſactions France.
unto his moſt Chriſtian Majeſty, he was pleaſed to command him to un- And is ſent 2-
dertake again the Enterprize of Tabago. Unto this effect, he
gain unto Tito
gave
bago.
Orders
Hhh 2

60
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
He fet
Men.
Orders for eight great Men of War to be equipped with all ſpeed, to-
gether with eight others of ſmaller account. With all which Vefſels
he fent again Monfieur de Eftres into America the ſame year.
Sail from the faid Port of Brest, on the third day of October following,
and arrived the firſt of December, at the Iſland of Barbadas. After-
wards, having received ſome Recruits from the Iſle of Martinica, he
18 aniveth {ent before-hand to review the Iſland of Tabago, and conſider the Con-
tbere
dition thereof. This being done, he weighed Anchors, and ſet Sail di-
rectly for the ſaid Iſland, where he arrived the ſeventh day of the ſaid
Month of December with all his Fleet.
Immediately after his Arrival, he landed 500 Men, under the Con-
duct of Monfieur de Blinac, Governor of the French Iſlands in America.
Theſe were followed foon after by One thouſand more. The ninth
day of the ſaid Month, they approached within 600 Paces of a certain
Helandetb Poft called le Cort, where they landed all the Artillery deſigned for this
Enterprize. On the tenth day Monſieur de Eſtres went in Perſon to
take a view of the Caſtle, and demanded of the Heer Binkes, by a
Meſſenger, the Surrendry thereof, which was generouſly denyed. The
"And att acketh next day the French began to advance towards the Caſtle, and on the
the Caſtle.
twelfth of the ſaid Month, the Dutch from within began to fire at
them with great Perſeverance. The French made a beginning to their
Attack, by cafting Fire-balls into the Caſtle with main violence. The
The Caſtle
very third Ball that was caſt in, hapned to fall in the Path-way that led
blown up by an unto the Store-houſe, where the Powder and Ammunition was kept
accident.
belonging to the Caſtle. In this path was much Powder ſcatter'd
up and down, through the Negligence of thoſe that carried it to and
fro, for the neceſſary Supplies of the Defendants. By this means the
Powder took Fire i'th' Path, and from thence ran in a moment as far.
as the Store-houſe above-mentioned. So that ſuddenly both the Store-
houſe was blown up, and with it, Vice-Admiral Binkes himſelf, then
Governor of the Iſland, and all his Officers : only Captain van Dongen
And hence is remained alive. This Miſchance being perceived by the French, they
taken by the
French
inſtantly ran with 500 Men, and poffeffed themſelves of the Caſtle.
Here they found 300 Men alive, whom they took Priſoners, and tran-
ſported into France. Monſieur de Eſtres after this, commanded the Ca-
Atle to be demoliſhed, together with other Poſts that might ſerve for
any Defence, as alſo all the Houſes ftanding upon the Ifland. This be-
ing done, he departed from thence the twenty ſeventh day of the ſaid
Month of December, and arrived again in France after a proſperous Voy-
ages
СНАР,

Part III.
61
Bucaniers of America.
CHAP, XI.
Adventures of Captain Cook, in the Year 1678. He is taken
by the Spaniards. Bold Exploits, and Revenge of his
Loſjes, performed by ſome fem Bucaniers that were on
board his Ship.
N the Year 1678. Captain Cook, who followed the Trade of the
Weſt-Indies, and our ſeveral Plantations there, hapned to go into
the Bay of Campeche, there to load his Veffel with Log-wood, as
many others had done before. The Foreſts about Campeche, are a cer-
tain place adjoyning to the Bay of Mexico ; unto which, for many years,
the Bucaniers have uſually reſorted to cut Wood, for the Art of Dying,
and prepare Hides for Shoe-leather, and other uſes, towards the La-
ding of ſeveral Ships that from all parts frequent the forementioned
Bay, to Trade with them. After he had taken in his Lading, having
alſo ſome of the Bucaniers aboard his Veffel, he fet Sail for the Iſland
of Tabago, at which place he was to deliver his Cargo: But his For-
tune was to fall ſomewhat ſhort, or Leward, in the phraſe of the Ma-
riners, of his defired and intended Port. Hereupon, he came to an
Anchor at the Weft-end of a certain Iſland, called Rubia; whereof
mention hath been already made in the precedent Hiſtory of the Bu-
caniers.
Here Captain Cook had not lain long at anchor, expecting a Wind
for the proſecution of his Voyage, when he was unexpectedly ſur-
prized, and taken by three Spaniſh Men of War. Theſe having pof-
feſſed themſelves of his Ship and Cargo, preſently after fet both him
and his Companions aſhore, upon the aforeſaid Iſland. Here therefore
being landed, they found a Dutch Governor or Officer, with fix men
in his retinue, who were only fetled there to purchaſe Proviſions for
their Veſſels, that ſhould happen to touch in thoſe Parts.
Our Engliſh had not been long on this Iſland, but there happened
to come into the Road a Spaniſh Boat, equipped with fixteen or eigh-
teen Men, and laden with Cacao- nuts, whereof Chocolate is made, and
Plate. The Bucaniers immediatly put it into the thoughts of Captain
Cook, to make reprizal upon the Country-men of thoſe who had ſo
lately ftript them of all they had: He approving of their Propoſals, in
order thereunto they acquainted the Governors man with their inten-
tions: And withal defired him, under promiſe of a good Reward, to
lend them a ſmall number of Fufies, or Guns, wherewith to put theſe
their Deſigns in execution. The Governor and his Men hearing the
promiſe of fo great a Reward, were eaſily perſwaded to accommodate.
them

Bucaniers of America. Part III.
them with Arms at their Requeſt : Six Men therefore of the Bucaniers,
being thus refolved, and fitted with Arms, placed themſelves in Am-
buſcade about that part of the Iſland, where the Boat of the Spaniſh
Sloop was to come alhoar. The Boat happening to Land thereabouts,
in a finall time after, as they deſired, they immediatly ſet upon the
Men, and took them Priſoners. Having bound them faft
upon
the
Strand, they ſeized the Boat, and Embarked therein with reſolution
to take the Veſſel it belonged unto ; which they performed in this
manner: Two of them they appointed among themſelves to row the
Boat: two more to charge their Guns, and the remaining couple weré
to fire into the Spaniſh Bark, as briskly as they could pour in their ſhot.
In this poſture they rowed in the wake, under the Stern of the ſaid
Veſſel. The Spaniards on board, ſoon perceived they were not to ex-
pect their own Men again, but Enemies in lieu of them. There with
immediatly they put themſelves into a poſture of Defence, and began
to handle their Arms. But this they performed fo unfortunately on
their fide, or rather fortunately for the Engliſh, that the Bucaniers killed
the Padre or Prieſt they had on Board, and the Captain or Maſter of the
Veffellikewiſe; whereupon the reſt ſurrendred themſelves by throw-
ing their Arms over-board, and craving Quarter for their Lives. Thus,
at the ſame time, they made themſelves Maſters of the Veſſel, and
reftitution of their former loſſes.
Here, in the firſt place, they gave the Dutch Governor out of their
gains a conſiderable Preſent; and his chief Man they rewarded very
liberally for the loan of the Arms afore-mentioned. In the next, they
aſſigned unto Captain Cook a valuable confideration for his Loffes, and
likewiſe ſomething unto each, and every one of the Mariners that be-
longed to his Ship. After which, the Bucaniers (for theſe were the
chief, or rather only Men concerned in this attempt) divided among
themſelves nigh Four hundred pound to each, both in Goods and Plate.
Thus they fet Sail from the Iſle of Rubia, in the ſame Spaniſh Bark
they had taken, and arrived in few days after at Jam sica, where they
took out her Lading, and afterwards ſet fire unto the Bottom, as be-
ing unfit for their purpoſe. Here they payed the Governor his Du-
ties, and Embarqued themſelves, with their Goods, for England, where
ſome of them live in good Reputation unto this day. Yet their
Names are defired to be concealed in this place, this Action reſenting
too much of Self-juſtice, or petite Piracy, which is a term they them-
felves have given unto it.
WS
Med bas
saioa 5
CHAP

Part III.
63
Bucaniers of America,
CHAP. XII.
A brief account of Captain Sharp, and other his Companions ;
their Voyage from Jamaica unto the Province of Darien,
and South-Sea; with the Robberies and Aſaults they com-
mitted there for the space of three Tears, till their return
for England, in the Tear 1682. Given by one of the Bu-
caniers, who was preſent at thoſe Tranſactions.
W
7 E fet Sail from Port-Royal, upon the Illand of Jamaica, in
the Year of our Lord, 1679. Our Fleet conſiſted of five
Sail of Ships, whereof the chief Commanders were named
Captain Croxen, Cornelius Flex, Robert Alliſon, Fohn Roſe, and Cap-
tain Sharp. The firſt Port we went unto, was Port Moranto. From
hence we freered our Courſe directly for the coaſt of Cartagena, or
rather for the Iſlands of Pines, commonly called, de los Pinos, not far
diftant from that Coaft. At theſe Inlands we Vicualled our Ships,
as at other times hath been done by other Men of the like Trade. But
in this paſſage from Port Moranto unto the Pine Iſlands, we had the mil-
fortune to loſe, by ftreſs of Weather, two of our number of Vefſels,
to wit, Captain Sharp and Cornelius Elex, both who feparated from
us in a Storm. However, having taken in what proviſion of Victu-
als we thought neceſſary, we ſteered from thence towards the Iſland
called: Fuerte, or Forta. Being upon this Courſe about the middle of
the Iſlands called Zavallos, or Zambullos, we happened to meet with a
French Man of War, who was mounted with eight Guns and who kept
in our Company for ſome days. His Commiſion was but for a fmall
fpace of time, as being only for three Months. We ſhewed him our
Commiffion, which was now for three years to come. This we had
purchaſed at a cheap rate, having only given for it the fum of Ten
Ducats, or Pieces of Eight. But the truth of the thing was, that at
firit our Commiflion was made only for the ſpace of three months,
the fame date as the French Mans was ; whereas among our felves, we
had contrived to make it laft for three years; for with this we were
reſolved to ſeek our Fortunes.
Having ranged for ſome while up and down the Iſlands, which in They ati empa
thoſe Scas are pretty frequent, and finding nothing that could give Puerto Velo,
us fatisfaction, We at laft reſolved to attempt Puerto Velo, which for-
and take is
the ſecond
merly had been taken and ſack'd by Sir Henry Morgan, and others, both time.
Engliſh and French, hoping his Fortune would favor our Arms, and
that we ſhould bring away no leſs Booty than he had done before.
Unto

64
Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
Unto this effect, we thought it convenient to leave our Ships at certain
Iſlands, not far diſtant from Puerto Velo, and put our Men into fourteen
or fifteen Canow's, which we had taken for that purpoſe. With theſe
we landed at a confiderable diſtance from the Town and Port,and were
conftrained, after landing, to travel three whole Nights before we
could reach the Place. By day we concealed our ſelves in the Woods,
and took our reſts for then we dared not to travel, fearing left we
ſhould be diſcovered by the Spaniards, our mortal Enemies, whom we
intended to Plunder: Yet notwithſtanding, all the care we could pof-
fibly take, we were at laſt, before we came to the Town, diſcovered by
a Negro, who ran before us unto the place and gave intelligence of our
coming. Hereupon, perceiving we were deſcryed, we haftened our
March after his ſteps as faſt as we could, and got into the Town before
he could raiſe the Citizens, or any confiderable Body of defence could
be formed againſt us. Thus we poſſeſſed our felves of the City with-
out any confiderable loſs on our fide, and plundered all we could find in
the Houſes, and elſewhere. Our ſtay here was but ſhort, for fear left
the Enemy ſhould rally againſt us, or pour in the Country upon our
fmall Forces, and thus intercept our retreat : Eſpecially, we having
left our Ships at the Iſlands above-mentioned, and being only Maſters
of a few Canows to convey us over the Seas unto them. Having been
therefore in poffeffion of the Town the ſpace of two days and two
nights, we reſolved to quit it, and return unto our Ships. We divi-
ded amongſt us, out of the booty, about forty pound ſterling to each
Man, befide what extraordinary ſhares were drawn by our Officers,
the Owners of the Veffels, Carpenters, Surgeons, and thoſe who loft
any Limbs, or were killed in this Expedition, according to the cuſto-
mary Laws of the Bucaniers, which are deſcribed in the Hiſtory of theſe
People, but lately Printed. In this Exploit of taking the Town of
Puerto Velo, our number was not above that of two hundred men,
the
refidue being left behind, both to man and defend our Ships. Yet
notwithſtanding, theſe who guarded the Ships, had their ſhares equal-
ly diſtributed unto them, as well as thoſe who went on ſhoar. In all,
our whole number might conſiſt of three hundred fighting Men, which
we brought out from Jamaica with us; not many more, if I well re-
member: the which point I forgot to tell you, at the beginning of this
Relation.
Being returned on board our Ships, we cruized to and fro for ſome
They take a days, hoping to find ſome other purchaſe by Sea, as we had done by
Barco de a- Land. But nothing could we meet withal that would ſtay our thirſt
wilo.
and hunger after more prey : Only being upon a certain Tack, we hap-
ned to meet with a Spaniſh Barco de aviſo, or Packet-Boat, which was
called St. Roſe, mounted only with fix Guns, and which was bound
for Spain, or from thence to the Weft-Indies, with Letters and Intelli-
gence

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
65
gence concerning the Galeons, or Flota, and other State-Affairs, as they
are uſually fent every Year by the Catholick King unto his Vice-Roys,
or Governors in thoſe parts, or elſe by them unto his Majeſty, upon the
foreſaid account. This little Ship therefore, we immediately ſet upon
and took, but found not fo much in her as would anſwer our expecta-
tions. Neither the Letters they had on Board, could we reach, from
which we might poſſibly have learned ſomething which would have
pleaſed our Fancies, or flattered our hopes for ſome while ; for the
Spaniards caſt them into the Sea, when they ſaw themſelves in danger
of being taken, before we could poffefs our ſelves of the Veſſel; which
was done according to the ſtrict, and almoſt inviolable Orders, the
Captains of theſe Packet-Boats, or Navios de aviſo, for ſo they are alſo
named ; that is, Packet-Ships, do conſtantly receive from the King of
Spain ; unto which effect alſo they take an Oath, viz. To caſt their
Letters over-board, and not deliver them up to any Enemy whatſoever.
Conformable to this point, all the Captains of the Galeons belonging
to the King of Spain, when they are entruſted with that charge, are
likewiſe folemnly ſworn, to fink, burn, or otherwiſe to deſtroy their
Ships, rather then permit them to be taken by an Enemy, for fear of
enriching him, not ſo much with thoſe their great Vefſels, as with the
Treaſure they bring home.
After taking the Packet-Boat before-mentioned, perceiving our Vef- They Carlen
Boca del toro.
ſels to be foul, we ſteered our Courſe for Boca del Toro, there to cam
reen our Ships. This place is already mentioned in the Hiſtory of the
Bucaniers, and is often frequented by Pyrats for the ſame purpoſe. Here
we met with Captain Peter Harris, in a Dutch Ship of Thirty two
Guns, and alſo with Captain Richard Sarkins, who was in a ſmall
Brigantin, mounted only with Four Guns. Both theſe Ships had
put
in there, either to careen, or refreſh themſelves with Water, and o-
ther Provifions.
Having cleanſed and careen'd our Bottoms to our ſatisfaction, We They laná or
afterwards cruized again, for ſome while, in hopes of finding ſome fuch
the coaſt of
Darien.
Purchaſe as we moſt defired. But, being fruſtrated of our Expecta-
tions, at laſt we reſolved to quit again our Ships, and land on the
Coaſt of Darien, thinking there to find what we ſo long had fought
for ; or at leaſt Plunder and Pillage fome Towns belonging to that
Coaſt. This Reſolution therefore we preſently put in Execution, and
ſtanding over towards the Land of Darien, we ſoon after went on
ſhoar there, and began to range up and down the Woods, deſigning to
take ſome Priſoners who might ſerve us with Intelligence, and be our
Guides, as being totally ignorant of the Country. Here we found an
Indian that could ſpeak Spaniſh, whom therefore we examined very
ſtrictly, Where the Gold and Silver of that Country did lie ; for we
had heard, that both theſe coveted Metals were digged out, or found
lii
in

66
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
in ſome parts of that Province, by the Spaniards. He told us, Thao
not far diſtant from thence, there was a place called Tocamora (for fo
it was named) which was the receptacle Town of all the Gold that
was found in thoſe Parts, ſaying often unto us in the Spaniſh Lan-
guage, and repeating theſe words, Mucho oro ay en Tocamora, that is,
A great deal of Gold lyeth at Tocamôra, and that he would guide us un-
to it. With theſe Promiſes we were infinitely encouraged, and re-
folved not to return unto our Ships, until ſuch time as we had made
ſome conſiderable Booty, at leaſt fufficient for one Voyage, to ſatisfie
our earneſt Appetite of Gold. We landed in Darien, according to
what I can beſt remember, either about the latter end of March, or the
beginning of April, in the Year 1680. when began the chiefeſt and
hardeſt of our Adventures, both by Land and Sea ; thoſe I have re-
hearſed, being only the Preludium's of ſuch as were to follow.
Are adviſed to By the way, as we marched towards Tocamora, under the Conduct of
Serve an India our Indian, we took other Priſoners, and learned from them other
an Emperor. things. That the Indians of that Country hated mortally the Span.
niards, and were at enmity with them: That they had a Chief Ca-
ptain, or Leader, whom they ſtiled Emperer, and who would be glad
of our aſliſtance againſt the Spaniards, by whom he had been much
wronged, and was therefore with them in open and continual War.
That in recompence of our Service, he would certainly lead us unto
thoſe places where moſt Gold and Silver was to be had, theſe being
unjuftly detained from him, and where it was but fighting for it, and
having more then we ſhould be able to carry away. Theſe Allurements
put our minds upon new Defigns, and were ſufficient to entice us to
preſent our Auxiliary Service unto the Emperor of that Country, as
judging it more convenient to be put in poffeffion, or rather led unto
thoſe lo vaſtly rich places, by the Emperor and the Indians themſelves,
then to have both Indians and Spaniards all at once againſt us ; eſpe-
cially, in a Foreign Country, where we knew not one ſtep of our
way.
They ſerve the Thus, after an entercourſe of fome few Meſſengers who were fent
Emperor of to and fro, we came at laſt (not to be too tedious in this Narrative)
unto a view and amicable Parley with the Emperor himſelf in Perſon,
who readily accepted of our Service, and promiſed himſelf great mat-
ters from our aid and affiſtance againſt the Spaniards. He failed
not to promiſe us great heaps of Gold, would we but fight couragi-
ouſly under his Conduct, and regain thoſe Places from the Spaniards,
where they were moſt certainly to be found. Theſe things we eaſily
believed, as feaſible, and therefore as readily did embrace his Propo-
fitions : Yet, ſhould we fail of our Deſigns, we had ſtill other things
under confideration, which might in great probability be as profitable,
and turn to the ſame account. The ſum of theſe was, to deſcend by
the.
Darien.

Part IIT. Bucaniers of America.
67
the River of Darien, or any other, into the South-Sea, and there to
rove up and down until ſuch time as we could meet any rich Prize,
or Galion, coming from Lima to Panama ; or elſe to Plunder again ei-
ther the City of Panama, or any other, of ſo many rich Towns and
Villages as are known to border upon the Coaſts of that Sca. As for
Shipping, though we had it not at preſent, yet we feared not to ob-
tain it by the help of thoſe Canows we ſhould employ to carry uś
down the River. After which, we conſidered it would be no great
difficulty to return homewards, either round about the Streight of
Magallanes, which Navigation, though difficult, had been performed
by others; or thorow the ſame Country of Darien, where we were at
preſent. Thus we engaged, about the number of Three hundred
Men, in the Service of this Indian Emperor, whom we took for our
Leader, in company of many others of his own Subjects, who were
to back our Deſigns, as we intended to lead the Van of moft Attempts.
The Name of this Emperor afore-mentioned was Andreas,from whence
we gueſſed, that ſome foot-ſteps of Chriſtianity had been planted in
his Country by the Spaniards, and that either he or his Anceſtors had
been by them Baptized, though at preſent they ſeemed to regard but
little what belonged into Chriſtian Religion. He had alſo a Son,
whoſe name was Auguſtin, and unto whom we made bold, among our
ſelves, to give the name of King Golden-cap, from a certain Cap or
Hat of pure and maſſive Gold, which he had then upon his Head when
firſt we ſaw him.
The firſt Enterprize which the faid Emperor propounded unto us, Town of Sane
They take the
was to take the Town of Santa Maria,fcituate pretty near unto the Sou- Maria.
thern Sea, and at the diſtance of ſeveral days Journy from the place
where theſe things were agreed upon. This Town, as it was ſaid, had
been taken from the Emperor by the covetous Spaniard, and was re-
ported to be hugely rich in duſt of Gold, which there was gathered
in great quantity out of a River that runneth through the Country.
Here was a Fort, and a Town pretty well Garriſon'd, as having be-
tween both, about 400 Spaniards for their defence, and to guard the
Treaſure which there was lodged, of Gold-duft, as hath been ſaid.
We marched therefore in company of the Emperor Andreas (who al-
ways went before us and encouraged our Men where-ever they fought)
the ſpace of three days Journy, to meet his Son King Golden-cap, at his
own Habitation, or Palace, as lying in our way, and he being to joyn
with us in this Expedition. He entertained us very nobly at this
Palace for a day or two, and fent us alſo preſents of Victuals to meet
us by the way, having heard of our coming. From thence we depart-
ed with our entire little Camp, the Emperor and his Son, in queft of
the Town of Santa Maria, as yet diſtant from thence no leſs tham
four or five days Journy. After ſeveral Fatigues fuſtained by the
Iii 2
way,

68
Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
way, together with the loſs of ſome of our Canows, by the down-
falls of the Rivers, and Trees likewiſe, which the Spaniards had caft
therein to hinder our Paſſage, we arrived by Night within two or three
miles of Santa Maria, and there repoſed our felves in the Woods, until
the next Morning.
Day being come, we marched towards the Town, and gave the
Aſſault unto the Place and Fort : Both which we carried, or poſſeſſed
our felves of with no great difficulty, and an inconfiderable lots on our
fide, as conſiſting only of three Men, though ſeveral others were
wounded. Of the Spaniards we killed and wounded above one hun-
dred. The Fort was encompaſſed with Palizada's, called alſo by the
Spaniards, Eſtacada's, or huge ſtrong and thick pales of Wood. Ha-
ving taken the Fort and Town,and examined our Priſoners very fevere-
ly, concerning the Treaſure we there expected to find, all that we got
out of them, was very inconſiderable, in order to anſwer the huge ex-
Are disappoin- pectations we had conceived in our mindes. For the Spaniards having
ted of their
timely notice of our March, had conveyed away unto remoter places,
expectations.
towards Panama, fome few days before, all that was valuable
upon
the
Place : So, that our diſappointment here in this particular, was very
great, and all that ever we could rob and pillage, either in the Town
or Fort, fcarce amounted unto twenty pound weight of Gold, and ſome
{mall quantity of Silver.
Our ſtay here at Santa Maria was but ſhort, not above the ſpace of
two days, our reſolutions being to ſeek revenge for the huge loſs, or ra-
ther diſappointment, we had ſuſtained of our vaft Expectations. We
had here Intelligence given us of fome Mine or Mines of Gold, that
were fomewhere to be found farther on about this place, called St. Ma-
ries River, but whether it might prove to be worth our time and labour
to go ſeek them, (eſpecially conſidering we knew not how to come at
the Gold, when we ſhould find them out, and that the Spaniards and
Miners, or Slaves, would be all fled, tranſporting with them what
was already digged out) we could not eaſily determine. Hereupon,
we all unanimouſly agreed to vifit the South-Sea, unto which we were
already very near, in thoſe Canows we had brought with us, which
were fufficient for our number, concluding either to attaque Panama,
and ranſack it anew, as Sir Henry Morgan had done before us ; or at
leaſt, that we ſhould meet with ſome confiderable prize in that Sea,
where Ships do navigate fo quietly, and but few Pyrats were ever
ſeen.
They proceed to
Thus having taken in what Proviſions we thought neceſſary, we fell
down the River in our Canows, taking the opportunity of the Tide,
and arrived the next day at the Mouth of the River, in fight of the
South-Sea. Here we were all in danger of being loft with our Canows,
the wind blowing extream hard, and cauſing a violept Storm, which
Panama
over-

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
69
over-whelmed one of our Canows with ſeven or eight Men, who had
all inevitably periſhed, had they not been taken up with the utmoſt
extremity of danger of others, who ventured their lives to ſave them.
This River we went down into the South Sea, I think was called Da-
rien, though I cannot be very poſitive herein. Being now come into
the Pacifick, or South Sea, we Sailed, or Rowed along the Shoar to-
wards Panama, which is not far diſtant from the Mouth of the River,
where we difimbogued, touching at ſeveral places or little Iſlands in
our way, to take in Water, or ſearch for Proviſions for our Fleet of
Canows. All this while we had in our Company the Emperor and his
Son Golden-cap, together with the Indians they brought into the Field, ſo
that we were a pretty conſiderable Fleet of Fiſher-boats,or Canows:Each
Canow had fix, eight, or ten Men on board, yea fome had fourteen,
and more.
At Plantin-Iſle, which Ie lieth between the Mouth of the
River we came out at, and Panama, we feized a Spaniſh Bark, which
had a confiderable number of Men on board her, I believe above 100,
but nothing elſe that was worth our acceptance. This Veſſel we took
in hopes of a good Prize, and withal, to mend our ſelves in Shipping,
for this was now the biggeſt Bottom we had.
By this time, thoſe of Panama had received advice of our Adven- They fight three
tures at Santa Maria, as alſo of our coming into the South-Sea, either ſmall mer of
in queſt of that City, or of ſome other hazardous Attempt. They were
therefore infinitely Alarum'd at theſe News, and in great hafte had
thruſt out to Sea three or four ſmall Veſſels or Barks, though withal
pretty well Manned, which they called, la Armadilla, or The little
Fleet, out of deſign to guard their Coafts, and oppoſe our Attempts.
Thus, the very next day, we came into the South-Sea, one of theſe
Barks belonging to the Armadilla, came up with us, and very briskly
fired at our Fleet, as if they would fight us all, but ſoon tacked about,
and bid uś adieu, having killed us one Man, and wounded fix or ſeven
Two days after, we met with three more of theſe Barks be-
longing to the Armadilla of Panama, whereof the one had on Board,
as well as I can remember, ninety Men ; another had fourſcore ; and
the third, threeſcore and five. Theſe ſmall Men of War met with us
at a great diſadvantage, for that Morning we had ſent away the Spaniſh
Bark, which we had taken at Plantin-Iſle , to ſeek for freſh Water at
fome places, we having been diſappointed of it where we had fought
for it before, and to the intent ſhe might go the ſafer, and peradven-
ture bring us ſome good purchaſe by the way, we had put on Board
her above One hundred of our beſt Men: So that what Bottoms we
had left were only Canows, and in them not above Two hundred good
fighting Men, for of the Indians we made no great account, as wanting
both our Arms, and experience to manage them. The Armadillo came
up with full Sail unto us, and engaged us very ftoutly, thinking to take
War.
more.

70
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
nama.
or deſtroy every Canow in our Fleet; but we knowing ſcarce any
quarter could be expected at their hands, eſpecially in thoſe Seas,
were reſolved never to ſurrender, and do the utmoſt of our endeavour
to deſtroy them, or make them fly. Thus after the firſt Volleys of
ſhot, we preſently encompaſſed one of theſe little Men of War with
our Canows, and as deſperately rau him aboard with Sword and Pi-
fol in hand, cauſing him fuddenly to ſurrender. Being in pofſeflion
And take t100 of him, we took another of their ſmall number, and forced the third
of these
to fly away towards the Town of Panama, with all the Sail he could
make: This Rencounter, or Engagement, tho' but ſhort, yet was very
bloody; eſpecially on the Spaniards fide, and ſharp: For in it we had
a dozen of our men killd outright, and almoſt forty, who were de-
ſperately wounded. How many the Spaniards loft, or had wounded
among them, we could not learn; eſpecially in the third Veffel, which
fought us all along very briskly, and ſtood cloſe to it for a good while,
even after the other two were taken ; ſo that we could not do other-
wife, than commend the courage of thoſe Spaniards.
They block up The Armadilla being deſtroyed, we proceeded to the Road of Pana-
the Road of Pa- ma, the which we inſtantly blocked up with our Canows, and other
Veſſels, which now were three or four. Here in the Harbor, and at
the mouth thereof, we took five or fix Veſſels more, or rather Ships,
between great and ſmall; but no great booty in them: Amongft theſe
only was one, called La Trinidad, or, The Bleſſed Irinity, which was a
Ship of four hundred Tuns, and in which we found about threeſcore
thouſand Pieces of Eight, that were ſent to pay the Garriſon of the
Town, or for ſome other effect. In this Ship, being a good, ftrong,
and tight Veſſel, we came afterwards for England : The dividend of
this Prize amounted unto above 240 Pieces of Eight to each man; yet
had we good fortune in not being diſappointed of this purchaſe, as we
had been oftentimes before in other Adventures : For tho' we had block-
ed up the mouth of the Road, and lay, as I have ſaid, before Panama,
yet this Ship gave us the ſlip, and got into the Harbor in the dark of
the Night, both unſeen and unknown to us. However, we having
intelligence thereof, entred the Harbor when they thought themſelves
in ſafety, and had the good luck to ſeize, and make a prize of her,
tho'not without ſome ſmall loſs of men. Both in this and other skir-
miſhes, we loft in all, before Panama, Forty Men, and had about fifty
more wounded ; ſo that now our ſmall number was almoſt, if not
quite, reduced unto two third parts thereof. The Wounded we all
put into one Veſſel, which we appointed to be the Hoſpital of our Fleet,
and the other Veſſels we Mann'd as well as our number would afford
to do it. After having ſtayed ſome days before Panama, and blocked
up the Road, we weighed Anchor, and went unto a little Iſland na-
med Taboga, there to provide our ſelves with ſeveral neceffaries, which
were

Part IIT.
71
Bucaniers of America.
men.
were at that inſtant ſomething ſcarce with us. As for the Town of
Panama it felf, we dared not to attempt it with ſo ſmall a number of
Men, they being well provided to give us a hot Reception: Only once
we Landed one hundred and fifty Men, which were as many as we
could well ſpare, from manning and defending our Fleet of Canows
and Ships ; but found we could do no good againſt the Town, being
repulſed with ſome damage, the which, notwithſtanding, we made a
good Retreat unto our Fleet.
Being almoſt ready to raiſe the Blockade of Panama, Captain John They mutiny
Crowen, or Comen, began to vary in his Reſolutions, and at laft openly mong them-
to mutiny againſt the reſt of the Company: The effect hereof was, that ſelves, and fe-
he departed from us, and returned back with the Emperor and his Son paratio
King Golden-Cap, and all the Indians and Canows they had brought
with them, carrying alſo with him fifty of our Engliſh Company, and
the beſt chyrurgeon of the Fleet, who belonged unto him, and who
would not go without his Inſtruments to work withal, that is to ſay,
the Medicaments, the which we very much wanted for our wounded
What Medicines he left behind were not conſiderable, in com-
pariſon of what he carried away: But this point we knew not till af--
terwards, or we ſhould have torn in pieces the ſaid Chyrurgeon and
his Maſter, rather than have parted with thoſe things, of which we
had ſo much neceſſity. This piece of diſhonefty of Capt. Croxen weake
ned much our Forces, and diminiſhed in great meaſure our number,
for had he taken care of, or carried away our wounded men, we ſhould
not much have refented his departure, the Indians being of no conſide-
rable help unto us. But here, that he may be known, I will not omic
to tell you, that the chief occaſion of his grudge againſt us, was, be-
cauſe we reproached him for his ill behaviour in the Engagement we
had with the Armadilla of Panama : For, in that dangerous Action, to
ſpeak it all in a word, he ſhewed himſelf more like a Coward than one
of our Profeffion, that is to fay, a true Bucanier. What Adventures he
and his Company met withal after they ſeparated from us, I cannot
give any juft account thereof; only that as we learned afterwards, he
went back unto the mouth of the River, and over land much by the
fame
Way he had come before, till he came to the North Sea, (where
doubtleſs he found the Ships we had left behind us) being civilly en-
tertained all along by thoſe Indians, and the good Emperor Andreas,
and his Son, tho he had done them no great ſervice ; which ſheweth
the civility of thoſe Indians, and what inclinations they had for us En. Som
gliſh, rather than the Spaniards, their ancient Mafters. Thus we diſ-
engaged from the pretended Service we had proffered unto that Empe-
ror: I call it pretended, foraſmuch as any one would eaſily gueſs, that
the real intent thereot was only to ſerve our felves with Gold and Sil-
ver, and learn Intelligence from thoſe Indi ans where it was to be had,

72
Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
or what is more obvious, to be led by them unto its eſpecially confi-
dering, that had we gone any other way about this matter, it might
have coft us every one our Lives: For theſe Indians of Darien are very
fierce withal, and are the ſame people that killed, and tore in pieces,
that famous Bucanier, Lolonais ( of whom you may read many notable
exploits in the Hiſtory of the Bucaniers ) and many other of his Compa-
nions, for landing upon, and offering violence to their Country and
Habitations.com
But our conſtant reſolutions were, not to go back nor return home-
wards, until ſuch time as we had made a diligent ſearch into thoſe
Southern Seas, and fraighted, if poſſible, our Veffels with Gold, or at
leaſt, as much Silver as they could carry. Such vaft'expectations had
we framed now unto our ſelves, in the vain Idea's of our minds.
Capt. Croxen, who commanded in chief, being feparated, or departed
from us, we choſe in his place Capt. Sankins and Capt. Sharp to Lead
us, and were now reduced unto two hundred men, whereof many, as
was ſaid before, lay dangerouſly wounded in the Hoſpital Vefſel.
They land at Having therefore refitted our ſelves at the Iſland of Taboga, which is
Puebla Nova. [cituated over againſt the Road of Panama, we failed from thence about
the middle of May, 1680. in queſt of ſome other purchaſe or deſign,
coafting the Shore towards the Northern Parts of America, commonly
called California. We perfifted in our courſe the ſpace of eight or ten
days, in all which time nothing remarkable happened unto us; till at
the end thereof we arrived at the Iſles of Quiblo, where there is a Town,
called by the Spaniards Puebla Nova.
But are-repull-
Here we Landed to ſeek Proviſions, and by the by to plunder what
ed.
we could get; but the Country being alarm'd ſince our blocking up the
Road of Panama, they had put themſelves into an indifferent good po-
fture of Defence, and hereupon watched for our coming, and were re-
folved to entertain us as warm as they could. Capt. Sawkins therefore
Landing before the reſt, as being a man of undaunted Courage ; and
running up with a ſmall Party to ſome Breſt-works they had made be-
Capt. Sawkins fore the Town, was here unfortunately killd, more through his own
is kill'd.
temerity, and the ralhneſs of his Conduct, than any other cauſe. Thoſe
who followed could not poſſibly reſcue him, as being not yet quite
Landed : Beſides him two or three more were killed, and five or fix
wounded, which cauſed the reſidue of thoſe he had led up, to retreat
unto the Water-fide as faft as they could. Thus we were beaten off
from that place, and got nothing but blows for our pains.
A ſecond mu But this diſaſter occafion'd a ſecond mutiny amongſt our men : Our
tiny, Commanders were not thought to be Leaders fit enough for ſuch great,
and hard Enterprizes. Now Capt. Sharp was left in Chief, and he was
cenſured by many: The Conteſt grew ſo hot, and came to that degree,
that we divided again into Parties, and about threeſcore and ten more
of

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
73
of our Men fell off from us, ſeparated and returned back over Land, as
Croxen and the others had done before. Others, who commanded
Vefſels, threw up their Commiſſions (I can only name unto you Capt.
Cook for one ) in whoſe room others were plac'd, to Command their
Ships. Thus all things were in great diſtraction, and our Company
decreaſed daily, yet others held conſtant to their reſolutions, and were
ſtill determin’d to be buried in thoſe Seas, rather than to return home
without the Gold they had fought for ſo long, and through ſo many
dangers. At the mouth of the River belonging to this place, we ſur-
prized a Bark, or great Boat, which was laden with Maiz, or Indian
Wheat, which ſtood us in very good ſtead at that preſent ; for Provifi-
ons now again began to grow ſomewhat fcarce with us. Our Com-
mander now was Capt. Sharp, and our number was only of one hun-
dred and thirty, or not quite one hundred and forty.
We failed from Puebla Nova, and ſteered our courſe for the lands They depart før
called de los Galapagos, or in Engliſh, Tortoiſe Iſlands, from the huge the iſles of Ga-
number of Tortoiſes which there are to be found. Theſe lands which lapagos.
are ſeven or eight, all comprehended under the fame Name, lye very
clofe unto, if not under the Æquinoctial Line : There we intended to
careen our Veſſels and ſeek more Proviſions ; but the Winds proving
contrary for a long while, we could not reach them, and were con-
ſtrained to take up for the ſame purpoſe, with another little Iſland cal-
led Gorgonia, where indifferent good accommodation was found for
refitting our Ships. Here we careen'd and got in Provifions, ſtaying Careen at Gor-
here for theſe two intents above a Month, ſo that it was towards the gonia.
latter end of July before we departed from thence: Three or four days
after we ſet out from Gorgonia, we loſt Capt. Sharp in the dark of the
Night, and with him the beſt Vefſel we had, which was the Trinity,
the fame Ship which we had taken out of the Harbor of Panana. This
loſs occafion'd fundry diſtractions in our minds, not knowing what
would become of us after ſo many misfortunes : He was gone from us
a whole Fortnight or thereabouts ; neither had we any hopes of fid-
ing him any more, till at laſt, we hapning to put in at Drakes Iſle to
ſeek for Proviſions, he happily arrived there three days after, which
cauſed in us infinite joy, he having the beſt Veſſel, and ftouteft Men on
board him: Yea, we had miſſed of him this time likewiſe, and per-
haps for ever, had we not, by a misfortune of ſinking our Canow,
which was ſent alhore, tarried there one day longer than we deter-
mined.
Having failed from Drakes Iſle, we arrived in ſeven or eight days
after, over againſt Guayaquil: Hereabouts, by night, we took a little They take 2
Spaniſh Man of War, like unto the Veſſel of the Arinadilla of Panama; ſmall Man of
who was come out from Guayaquil, and in a true blew Spaniſh Brava-
War.
do, had undertaken to take, or deſtroy us with that little Tool, and
Kkk
only

74.
Bucaniers of America, Part III.
only thirty or forty men. The Captains Name was Don Thomas de
Argandonia, of which Name and Family, as I am credibly informed,
there have been ſeveral Sea Com manders, in this age, who were both
skilful and couragious men.
The Veſſel we thought fit to fink, as.
being of no uſe unto us, and wanting men to man her: In the Fight
we loft none of our men, and only three were wounded ; what the
Spaniards loft, I do not remember. The Priſoners told us that ſome of
our men, who had deſerted us at Puebla Nova, had landed in a Bark
not far from Guayaguil, and that all of them were killed by the Inha-
bitants of an Iſland where they landed, excepting one : What became..
of the reſt, I have not yet learn'd. This was the occaſion of fitting out
this Bark againſt us, little thinking perhaps, that we had a Ship of
four hundred Tun under us, and only being perſvvaded they ſhould
meet vvith ſome fuch little Bark or Canovv as that vvas, vvhofe men
their Neighbours had deſtroyed a little before.
Another prize
About a Week or ten days after, vve took another Prize more va-
taken. luable than the former: This vvas a Ship of three hundred Tun, called
St. Peter, and vvas loaden vvith Cacao-nuts, Broad-cloth, Timber,
and other Goods, and vvas bound for Lima, vvhich is the Capital
City of Peru. We took out of her vvhat vve moſt vvanted, or
thought fit for our defigns, and having cut dovvn the main Mait, let
her
go
yvith all the Priſoners vve had, and moſt of the Proviſions that
vvas on board her. This was about the beginning of September, 1680.
as my Notes tell me.
Towards the latter end of Oktober we deſcryed the Land of Arica,
having ſuſtained before hand, for many days, infinite hunger and thirſt.
For Provifions at length grew ſo ſcarce with us, that we were allowed
only five ounces of meal, and one pint of water to each man; the Cap-
tain himſelf having no more allowance than the reſt : yea, at laft, ſome
were found among us, who gave 30 pieces of Eight for a pint of wa-
ter, and very glad they were to get it : fo near ſtarving we were
when we came to Arica. Here we could land no men, the Sea was ſo
big, which made us go to a Port cloſe by called He lo bè
At this Port we landed, and found fome Proviſions, eſpecially at a
Are repulſed at
He lo he by Sugar-work not far diſtant from thence. Here we refreſhed, and feaſt-
Arica.. ed our felves pretty well for three or four days. The Spaniards came
unto us with a Flag of Truce, and promiſed to bring us in good ſtore
of Beefs and Hogs, as many as we demanded, provided we would ſpare
their Ingenio de azucar, or Sugar-work, and not pull it down, which we
promiſed fo to do. But two days after theſe treacherous Spaniards ſent
300 Horſemen againſt us inſtead of bringing the Cattel, with full in-
tent to deſtroy us if poſſibly they could. We drew out our men into
a Plain, and at the firſt Volley killed ſeveral of them, which made
them wheel about, and inſtantly retire; though at firft they came very
fierce

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
75
us.
fierce againſt us. With this we retired to our Veſſels, knowing no
more good was to be done there at that time, nor at Arica; for, by
this Body of Horſe we perceived all the Country was alarmed againſt
From He lo bè that day month we arrived at Coquimbo, upon which They take Co.
place we reſolved to revenge our former affronts at Arica. Here we quimbo.
met with a Body of 150 Horſe juſt at our landing, which always
watch the Bay, who inſtantly ſet upon us with great fury, and made
a circle about the firſt party of our men that were landed, thinking to
make ſure of our deſtruction, and cut us all in pieces. But we ſtood
to our arms very couragiouſly, killed and wounded ſeveral of them,
and routed them foon, having only one man wounded on our fide.
We followed them cloſe at their heels into the Town, which we in-
ftantly took with no loſs at all. This action was performed with on-
ly fourſcore men, a few more or leſs, and the firſt Party that fought
the Horſe were under forty. When we came into the Town, we found Their Styát aa'
it was of a conſiderable bigneſs, and had no leſs than eight or nine gem againſt thie
Churches, which made us fear there were more Inhabitants than we Inhabitants.
could maſter, as being ſo few in number that it were impoffible to
fight our way through them, ſhould they come to a head and make any
reſiſtance. As therefore we met the Inhabitants, we told them, they
mult repair to the Church, or Churches, or elſe expect no quarter
from them, that were following us, who were many hundreds in
number; for we were only the forerunners of a greater body of Pirats
that were at our heels. Having ſo done, and got ſeveral Churches
full of the Inhabitants, we placed at each door a Barrel of Gunpow-
der with a Train to it, and a man ſtanding with a lighted Match, who
told them, that if they offered to ftir out, he would preſently give fire;
but none offered to attempt it. So that by this means, while the In-
habitants remained in that Confinement, we plundered the Town at
our leiſure. Here we found great ſtore of Proviſions of all ſorts; for
the Town is very pleaſant, and finely adorned with Orchards of Fruit,
Vineyards and Gardens. At Coquimbo is alſo Gold-duft to be found
in a River that runneth cloſe by the place. Here another piece of
Treachery was put upon us by the Governor of the Town. After a
Flag of Truce, and ſome Complements ſent to and fro between us, he
came to an amicable Parley with our Captain, and only two more, one
on each fide, where they drank very friendly together upon a Hill cloſe
by the Town, he keeping the Fields with his Horſemen, and all thoſe
that were fled out of the Town. There he promiſed to ranſom the
Town from Fire, for Ninety five thouſand Pieces of Eight, which
fhould be ſent us in within a day or two. But that night, or the next,
they contrived to fire our Ship , - an Indian ſwimming aboard un-
der the Stern with a Ball of combuſtible matter, which he fixed there
K k k 2
unſeen

76
Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
tbence.
unſeen to our men: fo that had it not been diſcovered by the ſtink be-
fore it burſt out into a flame, we had all, both on (hoar and land, ine-
Are forced to vitably periſhed. The next day they half drowned the Town, by let-
retre ut from ting in many Şluces of Water upon us ; by which acts of Hoftility and
Treachery, we perceived no Faith nor Mony, more than vvhat we had
already got, was to be expected from them. Thus we ſet Fire to the
Town, ſtaying as long as we could, till it was all in a Flame, locked
up
the doors of the Churches, and marched out, fighting our way
dovyn to our Boats, which vve eafily did, for they made no great op-
pofition after the firſt Vollies of our Shot, vvhich killed ſome fevy of
them. Here we fet Captain Argandona on ſhoar, Captain Peralta, who
vvas taken in the Ship that vvas bound for Lima, and other Priſoners
which we had ftill remaining on board our Veſſel, and vvhom vve all
along entertained very vvell. Wevvere in poffeffion of the Tovvn of
Coquimbo only four or five days, and for our Booty vve brought avvay
Five hundred pound weight of Plate, beſides Jevvels, Goods, and other
things.
Another muti From Coquimbo vve failed to the Iſles of Juan Fernandez, vvhere vve
ny among them. kept our Chriſtmaſs, that Year 1680. finding there good plenty of
Provifions, and as much diffention among our Men, vvho vvould not
return home that year, as our Captain would have them to do, but
make a farther ſearch for Gold, or golden Prizes, into thofe Seas.
But the true occaſion of their grudg was, that Captain Sharp had got
by theſe adventures, as it was faid, almoſt a thouſand pound, where-
as many of our men were ſcarce worth a groat : and good freaſon
there was for their poverty ; for at the Iſle of Plate, called by us Drakes
Iſle, and other places, they had loſt all their money to their fellow
Bucaniers, at dice; ſo that ſome had a great deal, and others juſt no-
thing. Thoſe who were thrifty men fided with Captain Sharp, and
were for returning home ; but the others choſe another Commander,
Watling made
by name John Watling, and turned Sharp out of his Commiſſion, pre-
tending they could do it, as being a free election. And fo they might
do, for they were the greateſt number by far; and power may pretend
to any thing. This conteſt had like to have come to blows among us;
but ſome prudent men moderated the matter, and perſwaded Captain
Sharps Party to have patience for a while ; at leaſt ſeeing they were the
feweſt, and had moneys to loſe, which the other Party had not.
By order of our new Commander Watling, we ſet ſail preſently after
"They intend to
plunder Arica, the beginning of the New Year 168;. from the Illes of Juan Fernan-
dez, and were reſolved to go and plunder Arica, both to find employ-
ment for our diſcontented Party, as being a vaſtly rich place, and to
remember them for the ſhams put upon us at He lo hè or Tlo. Juſt as
we were ready to fail, three Men of War came upon us, one of eight,
another of twelve, and the third of fixteen Guns. We had not fo
much
Commander

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
77
much as one Gun, for all our Vefſel was of four hundred Tun, or more.
Neither had we now more than one Ship, we having funk the May-
flower, wherein Captain Cox failed, upon the coaſt of Guayaquil, by
reaſon we had broken her Boltſprit with the Stern of the Trinity,
which had her in a tow, and could not fit her with another. Theſe
Ships now being three againſt one, and we not able to divide them,
as we endeavoured to do, by running on board their Admiral, before
the reſt could come up, we thought fit to run for it. So we did, bid-
ding them adieu in the Night, and fteering directly, as I have menti-
oned, for Arica.
We landed at Arica, and fought the Town with ninety three men, They take the
which number was all we could conveniently ſpare. We got into Town, yet are
the Town, and took ſeveral of their Breſt-works, yet were repulſed beaten off.
from the Caſtle, and afterwards beaten out of the Town by the Coun-
try People, who poured in upon us in huge numbers; ſo that we
were forced to retreat unto our Boats, fighting our way through a-
bove one thouſand men, who were gathered againſt us: This was
the hardeſt ſhock we had in all the South Sea. Captain Watling our
Commander in chief was here killed; through whofe ill Conduct, as
it was thought, this Misfortune hapned unto us. For had he aſſaul-
ted the Fort in time, before the People and Souldiers that ran out of
the Town were got into it, we had undoubtedly carried all before us.
But he trifled away his time in giving Quarter and taking Priſoners
upon the Breftworks, till at laſt, we had more Priſoners than we could
command. We placed fome of theſe Priſoners before the front of our
Men ; when we aſſaulted the Caſtle, juſt as Sir. Henry Morgan did the
Nuns and Friers at Puerto Volo; but the Spaniards fired as well at
them as at us. In a word, we loſt here forty men, nine of which
were taken Priſoners, being our Chyrurgions and others, while they
were dreſſing the Wounded at the Hoſpital; which loſs of our Chy-
rurgions encreaſed our damage very much, and only forty two or forty
three were left ferviceable to fight our way through ſo many hundred
of Foot and Horſe unto our Boats, we not loſing one man by the
way, though ſeveral were wounded. So much did we awe them
with our Fuzees, and ſo afraid were they to break in upon us
though we were almoſt three miles from our Boats. This Repulſe
vve reſented more than any other vye ever fuftained before, being here
was more Plate and Gold then yve could vvell carry avvay, by rea-
ſon it is the Embarcadero, or Place vvhere all the vaft Riches that are
brought from the Mountains of Potoſy are ſhipped off for Panama, from
vvhence it goeth into Spain. Novv Captain Sharp vvas choſen again,
his Conduct being thought ſafer than any other mans, and they having
had trial of another Leader. Our Chyrurgions vve left behind, had
Quarter from the Enemy, they being able to do good fervice in that
Coun-

78
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
Country, but our vvounded men vvere all knockt on the head, as vve
underſtood aftervvards. This misfortune fell to us on the 30th of
January, being King Charles his day, as I can remember by fome
tokens.
They land at Having ſet Sail from Arica, we cruized to and fro for the ſpace of
Guaſco. fix weeks, but could meet with nothing that was for our purpoſe. By
this time proviſions grew ſcarce again, and our men began to mutiny
anew; ſome being for going home, and others for ſtaying longer till
they had got more monies. To find them employment we put in at a
place called Guaſco. Here we landed ſome of our men, took ſome pri-
ſoners, and got in proviſions, but did nothing elſe conſiderable. We
As alſo at Ylo. landed again afterwards within two Leagues of Tlo, or He lo hè, where
we took many Priſoners, and thanked them for their former kindneſs
unto us, which we had not yet forgotten, as they found by experience
this time,
They mutiny az After this, about the middle of April, 1681. our diffentions grew
gain, and are ſo high among us, that above 40 more of our men deſerted us, and in
deſerted by ma- Boats and Canows rowed away from us, to go home over land through
the Province of Darien, as their Companions had done before. They
fteered their courſe in queft of St. Maries River, belonging to that Coun-
try, as was mentioned before: Their chief grudge was againſt Captain
Sharp, whom they envied and would not obey; neither would vve be
brought to chufe another Commander, knovving that neither by that
means vve ſhould ever be able to keep them quiet. Thus vve parted
vvith them, allovving them vvhat vvas neceſſary for their Voyage, or
they rather taking it away with them : But ve vvould not quarrel
about it. Novy our Company and Forces vvere extremely vveakned,
but our hearts as yet vere good, and though vve had met vvith many
diſappointments in ſeveral places, yet vve hoped that at laſt, by ſome
means or other, vve ſhould attain the ends of our defires, vvhich vvas,
to enrich our felves.
Finding it very cold, and bad weather in the latitude where we
They alter the
faſhion of their were, we ſailed Northward, and about the beginning of May we came
Ship.
to the Gulf of Nicoya, where we anchor'd at an Inand called Chero.
Here we took down our upper Deck, and funk our quarter Deck, and
fitted our ſelves very well to Sea again. This was all performed by
help of a Spaniſh Carpenter, and fix or ſeven of his men, who were
building fome Veſſels in a River.cloſe by. We revvarded them for
their pains vvith one of our Barks, vvhich vve gave them, and for
their fakes turned looſe all our Priſoners, excepting ſome Negro's,
vvhich vve detained to do our drudgery. One man vvas loſt here, vvho
vvas drovyned, our drunken men over-turning the Boat as they came
from thoar.
From

Part III.
79
Bucaniers of America.
way.
From Chero vve vvent to the land of el Cavallo, vvhere vve loft Their Interpre-
our Interpreter, who had done us good ſervice all along, and at this ter runneth a-
place ran avvay from us, as we judged, unto the Spaniards, leaving
behind him all that he had purchaſed in the Voyage, which was worth
nigh 500 pound in Money and Goods. What ſhould be his intent in
this action vve could not knovv, except to betray us unto that Nation.
He vvas a Dutchman by birth, and his name James Marquis , and
vvas very intelligent in the Spanih I ingua, and beſides that in ſeveral
others. After his departure vve had no great uſe for an Interpreter,
neither novv did vve much vvant one; yet in vvhat occaſions vve had,
vve made uſe of one Mr. Ringroſe, vvho vvas vvith us in all this Voy- Mr. Ringroſe
age, and being a good Scholar, and full of ingeniofity, had alſo good supplyeth his
skill in Languages. This Gentleman kept an exact and very curious place.
Journal of all our Voyage, from our firſt ſetting out to the very laſt
day, took alſo all the obſervations vve made, and likevviſe an accurate
deſcription of all the Ports, Tovvns and Lands vve came to. His Pa-
pers, or rather his Diary, vvith all his Drafts, are novv in the hands of
a perſon of my acquaintance at Wapping in London, and, as he telleth me,
are very nigh being printed, which if it be ſo as I hope he will not fail to
do it, I ſhall refer you for the truth of vvhat I have here ſaid, unto thoſe
Papers ; for I defire to be corrected by them, if in any thing here de-
livered, my Memory hath failed me; for I am certain he kept all along,
the beſt and trueſt account of all things that happened, beyond any
man about us, and obſerved more Particularities than any one elſe.
Yet I am ſure, I have not much deviated from the truth in vvhat is
here ſet dovvn ; only that perhaps, I have omitted many things vvhich
I have forgotten, my Notes being very ſhort concerning all the
Voyage.
In June 1681, We cleaned our Veffel in the Gulf called Dulce, They career
which vve had not done ſo long before, and you may eaſily believe, their Ships'
vvas by this time very foul. Having failed from thence, tovvards el
Cabo de San. Franciſco, or Cape St. Francis, fomevvhere about that
Cape, in July vve took a Ship, that vvas bound for Panama, and vvas
laden with Cacao-nuts, and had beſides, fome ſmall quantity of Plate
on board her. We took out of her the Plate and Goods, and vvhat
elſe vve pleaſed, cut dovvn the Main maſt, and ſo let her go before the
Wind tovvards the Port ſhe was bound unto. About a fortnight af-
ter, at Cabo del Pallao, we took another ſmall Prize vvhich vvas bound
for Payta or Lima, that being the Harbour, or Landing place of all
great City, the Head of Pern. This vvas only And saky two
a kind of Packet-Boat, that vvas going from Panama to Payta ; lhe Prizes.
ran in under the Shoar vvhen vve gave her Chaſe, and moft of the
Paſſengers and other People got to Land, but vve took the greateſt
part of them, and diſmiſſed them the next day, not knoyving vvhat-
tou

80
Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
1
to do vvith them, ſo they vvere forced to foot it over land back a.
gain to Panama. The Veſſel likevviſe vve turned looſe before the
Wind, the next day after vve had rummaged her pretty well, as
having no farther ſervice for her.
They take año The next after, vve came up with another Sail at Cape Palao,
ther confider- (where vve took the Packet-boat) vvhich proved to be one of the
able Prize.
greateſt Adventures of this vvhole Voyage, if not the greateſt of all ;
had we but knovvn our own happy Fortune, and hovv to make good
uſe of it. This vvas a ſhip called el Santo Roſario, or the Holy Roſary,
of an indifferent big burthen, and loaden vvith Brandy and Oyl, Wine,
and Fruit, befides good ſtore of other Proviſions. They fired at us firſt,
but we came up board to board with them, and gave them ſuch Vol-
leys of ſmall ſhot, that they were ſoon forced to ſurrender, having feve-
ral of their men wounded their Captain killed, and one only man more.
But are deceiz- In this Ship, beſides the lading above-mentioned we found alſo almoſt
ed in her cargo. 700 Pigs of Plate, but we took them to be ſome other Metal, eſpecial-
ly Tin : and under this miſtake they were ſlighted by us all, eſpecially
the Captain, and Seamen, who by no perſwafions uſed by ſome few,
who were for having them rummaged, could not be induced to take
them into our Ship, as we did moſt of the other things. Thus we left
them on board the Roſario, and not knowing what to do with the bot-
tom, in that ſcarcity of men we were under, we turned her away looſe
unto the Sea : being very glad we had got ſuch good Belly-timber out
of her, and thinking little what quantity of rich Metal we left behind.
It ſhould ſeem this Plate was not yet thorowly refined and fitted for to
coyn; and this was the occaſion that deceived us all. One only Pig of
Plate, out of the whole number of almoſt ſeven hundred, we took into
our Ship, thinking to make Bullets of it: and to this effect, or what
elſe, our Seamen were pleaſed, the greateſt part of it was melted or
{quandred away. Afterwards, when we arrived at Antego, we gave
the remaining part of it, which was yet about one third thereof, unto a
Briſtol man, who knew preſently what it was, (though he diffembled
with us) brought it for England, and fold it there for ſeventy five
pound ſterling, as he confeſſed himſelf afterwards to ſome of our men.
Thus we parted with the richeſt Booty we had gotten in the whole
Voyage, through our own ignorance and lazineſs.
What elſe they In this Ship the Roſario we took alſo a great Book full of Sea-Charts
took in the
and Maps, containing a very accurate and exact deſcription of all the
fame Ship
Ports, Soundings, Creeks, Rivers, Capes, and Coaſts belonging to the
South Sea, and all the Navigations uſually performed by the Spaniards
in that Ocean. This Book, it ſeemeth, ſerveth them for an entire and
compleat Wagenaer, in thoſe Parts, and for its novelty and curiofity,
was preſented unto his Majeſty after our return into England. It hath
been fince tranſlated into Engliſh, as I hear, by his Majeſties Order,
PVC
and

Part III. Bucaniers of America.
81
and the Copy of the Tranſlation, made by a Jew, I have ſeen at Wap-
ping; but withal, the Printing thereof is feverely prohibited, leſt other
Nations ſhould get into thoſe Seas, and make uſe thereof, which is wiſh-
ed
may
be reſerved only for England againſt its due time. The Seaman,
vvho at firſt laid hold on it, on board the Roſario, told us, the Spaniards
vvere going to caſt this Book over-board, but that he prevented them,
vvhich notvvithſtanding vve ſcarce did give entire credit unto,as knovy-
ing in vvhat confufion they all vvere. Had the Captain himſelf been a-
live at that time, this his Story vvould have deſerved more belief ; yet,
howſoever, if the Spaniards did not attempt to throvv this Book into the
Sea, at leaſt they ought to have done it for the reaſons that are obvious
to every mans underſtanding, and are hinted at before. We parted vvith
the Roſario, and her Plate, the laſt day of July, 1681.
Here it was, at Cape Paſlao, immediately after our turning away to They reſolve to
Sea, the Roſario, and on the firſt or ſecond day of Auguſt, 1681. that return home.
we ſet up our reſolutions to ſeek no farther into thoſe Seas, but to come
away for England round about the Streight of Magallanes, or by Streight
le Maire. This Voyage we thought leſs dangerous by far, ſeeing others
had performed it before us, than to go over land, as our Companions
went, through ſuch great and imminent dangers, both of Indians and
Spaniards; through which Nations, peradventure, we ſhould be forced
to fight our way, almoſt every ſtep we made : After which, when we
came to the North Sea, we knew not how to get any Shipping to convey
us unto Jamaica ; for we could not queſtion but our own Ships were ei-
ther departed long before that time, or at leaſt taken up and carried
away by our Companions and Deſertors; beſides that we had too much
goods and luggage to carry over land, taken out of our ſeveral prizes,
which we were unwilling to loſe. Our chief motives for this ſudden
departure for England, were the huge ſcarcity of men we had at that
preſent; for now our whole number was reduced unto fixty four men,
whereof many were not fit to bear Arms, as being Negro's, and others,
that had only courage or skill to do our drudgery : This number, we
feared, by any farther encounters, might be ſo far leſſened, as ſcarce to
be able to man our Ship, at leaſt to convey us home in ſafety; whereby,
ſhould we weaken it more, we might come to loſe all we had got. And
now we had purchaſed in the Rofario good ſtore of Proviſions, eſpecially
of Wine and Brandy, ſufficient to laſt, as we hoped, for ſuch a Voyage;
which ſhould we diminish upon farther adventures, we knew not when
we ſhould be ſo well provided again. The laft motive was, that moſt
of
our men had gotten pretty well by this Voyage, and were afraid to
loſe by farther adventures, what they had already purchaſed: For tho'
ſome of our men rad made away, or loſt all their mony at play, yet o-
thers were ſo much the richer by their loſſes. For theſe reaſons we let
Sail from Cape Paſko,on the third day of Auguſt, to ſeek for the Streight
of Migilanes, or that of le Maire ; thereby to return into England, or ac
LI)
lealt,

82
Bucaniers of America.
Part III.
f
leaft, unto the Leward Iſlands.
How long they This Voyage round about the Streight of Magallanes, or rather beyond
were coming. it, as alſo beyond the Streight of le Maire, we performed in juſt 6 months,
a day or two more or leſs, till we arrived at Antego at the end of Janu-
ary 1687. having ſet forth from Cape Palào, in the South Sea, at the be-
ginning of Auguſt, 1681. as was ſaid before. In all this long and tedi-
ous Voyage, very little hapned unto us that was remarkable, neither
had we any encounter with Enemies either by Sea or Land, that is worth
rehearſing; only two or three things I ſhall hint unto you by the by.
They attempt
At Payta, which is the Landing place or Harbor belonging to the
Payta. Court of Lima, fcituated fome few miles diſtant from the Sea, we en-
deavoured to land ſome of our men upon the fide of the Bay: Having
manned already our Canows for this intent, with thirty or forty men,
which was now the greateſt number we could ſpare, we deſcried many
hundred men, both Horſe and Foot, drawn up into Battel Array, who
waited for our Landing. By this fight we perceived that we were dif-
covered, and that the whole Country was alarmed againft us, whereby
we judged it would be the greateſt piece of raſhneſs in the World, to
go alhore, and throw our ſelves, being ſo few, into the mouths of fo.
many Enemies. Hereupon, we gave over the defign we had againſt that
rich place, went back into our Ship, and failed away for the Streight of
Fernando de Magallanes.
The Duke of In October we had
very hard Weather, that we had much ado to keep
York's Iſland. the Seas. This was, if I well remember, about 50 degrees and an half
of Southern Latitude. Here, in this ſtreſs of Weather, we ſpyed an high
Land, unto which we made, and came to an Anchor in a good Harbor,
where we moved our Ship to the Land. Here we ſtayed all the remain-
ing part of that month, which was about 3 Weeks, Fiſhing and Fowl-
ing for our maintenance, as much as the Weather would permit us,
thereby to ſave our other Proviſions. We took one Indian Priſoner, but
could not learn of him what Country that was, as not underſtanding
his language : We fought for others, but they were fled. Theſe Indians
are very wild, and do eat raw Fleſh: Unto this place we gave the name
of the Duke of York's Iſland, more by gueſs than any thing elſe; for whe-
ther it were an Iſland or Continent, we could not tell, only we conceiva
ed it to be ſo, and that other Iſlands there might be adjoyning unto it.
One of our company, whoſe name was Shergall, was drowned as we
went into the Harbor, he falling over-board from the Sprit-Sail-Top.
About the beginning of November, we ſet forth again from hence,
They miſs both
the Streights. ſeeking for the Streights either of Magallanes or le Maire, but could find
neither of them; the hardneſs of the Weather was ſuch, that we miſſed
of them both, and was driven many degrees beyond them: Neither
could we make any Land, but came round about ſuch a way, as perad-
venture never any Mortals came bcfore us; yet nothing remarkable did
yve ſee or meet vvitha), except hard Weather, and here and there ſome
floats

Part III.
Bucaniers of America.
83
very firſt
floats of Ice, of tvvo or three Leagues long. We vvere very nigh 6o de-
grees of Southern Latitude: This is all I can remember, having not any
Journal, nor the particular obſervations by me, that vvere taken vvhen
the Weather permitted.
Thus vve arrived, by Gods infinite mercy, in ſafety at the Iſland of They arrive at
Barbadoes, juft at the latter end of January, 1687. Here a Boat came off Anrego.
to us that belonged to the Richmond Frigat: We vvere afraid of the ſaid
Frigat, left ſhe ſhould ſeize us for Pyrateering, and ſtrip us of all vve
had
got in the vvhole Voyage. Hereupon vve ſtood avvay for the Iſle of
Antego, but could not get leave to come into the Harbor, tho’ to obtain
it, vve ſent a Preſent of Jevvels unto the Governors Lady ; but he
vould not grant it, and our Jevvels vvere returned us very civilly. Hence
vve reſolved every one to ſhift for our felves: The Ship in vvhich vve
came home, vvhich vvas the Trinity, as I have ſaid before, taken by us
at Panama, vve gave avvay to ſeven or eight of our men, vvho had play-
ed avvay all their mony. Thus vve all diſperſed, fome of our company
coming for England, others going to Jamaica, Barbadoes, New England,
Virginia, and other places. The Iſland of Barbadoes vvas the
Land vve deſcryed in the vvhole Voyage of three months time, that is,
ever ſince vve fet out from the Duke of Tork's Iſland, as vve named the
Place at the beginning of November. This Navigation, performed by us,
proveth, that ſeveral degrees more to the South of the Streight of Ma-
gallanes, or that of le Maire ; eſpecially about fifty eight, fifty nine, or
fixty degrees of Southern Latitude, there is a much more eafier paſſage
from the North unto the South Sea, than through either of theſe tvvo
Streights. Alſo that there is no ſuch Continent as Terra Auſtralis incognita,
as is named and deſcribed in all the Ancient Maps: So that it is but
ſteering many degrees higher to the South, and one may go as eaſily in-
to the South Sea, or come from thence into the North Sea, as vve can go
from England to Jamaica ; only that the Voyage, peradventure, vvik
be ſomething longer than by the Streight of Magallanes, vvhich maketh
not much to the purpoſe, but is rather much better, ſeeing it is per-
formed through an open Sea, and vvith leſs danger by far than through
either of thoſe Streights. All theſe things I hope vvill very diftinctly be
made out in the Papers, Maps, and Draughts of that Ingenious Man,
Mr. Ringreſe above-mentioned, unto which I muſt of neçeflity refer you,
againſt the time of their coming forth in print.
Capt. Sharp our Commander, my ſelf, and ſeveral others came for
England, ſoon after the performance of this Voyage. Here ſeveral of us and others come
Capt. Sharp
vvere put into Priſon and Tryed for our Lives, at the Suit of Don Pedro for England.
de Ronquillo, the Spaniſh Embaſfador, for committing Piracy and Rob- Are Tryed for
beries in the South Sea ; but vve vvere acquitted by a Jury after a fair their lives.
Tryal, they vvanting Witneſſes to prove vvhat they intended : Neither
had they had any at all againſt us, were it not for two or three villairs
of our own Company, among which were two Negro's, who turnºd Cit
LII 2
in

84
Bucaniers of America. Part III.
an open
in the Pan, and had a pleen againſt Capt. Sharp and others, that had
profited more by the Voyage than they had done.One chief Article againſt
us, was the taking of the Roſario, and killing the Caprain thereof, and a-
nother man: But it was proved the Spaniards fired at us firſt, as I have
hinted at above, and thus it was judged we ought to defend our ſelves,
During the ſpace of our Impriſonment and Tryal, ſeveral others of our
company were forced to abſcond, and keep themſelves concealed very
cloſe, for fear of being taken and brought under the fame Indictment.
Alſo at Jamaica three of our company who arrived there were taken and
caſt into Priſon, and one of them was hang’d, who was wheedled into
confeffion of his crime: The other two ſtood it out and eſcaped,
as I ſuppoſe,for want of Witneſſes to prove the Fact againſt them. Our
Tryal was at the Marſhalſea in Southwark, by a Court of Admiralty.
Capt. Sharp Thus far I have given you an account of our Adventures in the South
goeth again to Sea. But here you inquire of me what is become of Capt. Sharp, fince the
thoſe parts. time of his Tryal? I muſt tell you I could wiſh I had a better account to
give of him, than what
I have at preſent : He waſted all his mony here
in good fellowſhip,in a ſhort while after that he was ſet at liberty ; much
he ſpent alſo mean while he was under confinement, ſo that he was ſoon
reduc'd low, as moſt of the Bucaniers uſe to be after their Voyages, ac-
cording to what is truly enough related of them in that Hiſtory. Having
ſpent all his mony he reſolved to go ſeek for more, and that by the ſame
means he had uſed formerly: Yet an Order there was, either from the
Privy Council, or the Court of Admiralty, that no Commander ſhould
carry him into thoſe parts of the Weſt Indies again, fearing left he fhould
do more miſchief unto the Spaniards, contrary to the Articles beyond the
Lines for they had notice given them he intended to return thither, to
make new diſcoveries upon thoſe coatts, and unto this effect, had already
taken up his paſſage in one of his Majeſties Frigats, but this Order
pre-
vented him: As for Merchant Ships, they refuſed to carry him, fearing he
would tempt the men to revolt againſt the Maſters, and by this means
run away with the Ship to Privateering, as he had done before.
Not finding, therefore, any means to get out of England, he got together a little
mony, and with this he bought an old Beat, which, as I am told, uſed to lye above
London-bridge, for the ſum of 20 l. fterling. Into this Boar he put a ſmall quantity of
Butter and Cheeſe, and a dozen or two pieces of Beef: Theſe were his Proviſions :
His Crew were only 16 men. With this Equipage he failed down the River, and came
unto the Downs : Hereabouts, as 'tis ſaid, he met with a French Veſſel, the which he
clapt aboard, ſeized,and made himſelf Mafter thereof. Preſently after he funk his own
Boat, the which he intended to carry no farther, than until he could provide Himſelf
with a better Bottom. Upon Rumny Marſa he eſpied ſome catrel, and thereupon ſent
ſome men afhore, to provide what they thought fit for the preſent vi&ualling of their
Veſſel. Thus he is gone out of England, but whither, upon whar deſign, or what ad-
ventures he hath met withal ſince, I cannot tell you.
W. D. At the Bank-fide beyond
the Bear-Garden.
The

The Table
A
ib. 19
Pt.i. p. 20
Pt iii. p. 77
A.
Lcatrazes, what ſort of People they are,
Part i. pag. 14
Apricott-tree.
Pt. i. p. 18
Acoma-tree.
Abelcofe-tree.
Arica taken by Captain Watling, with 93 men, yet afterwards were beaten
off
Author of this Book, bis Voyage along the Coaſts of Coſta Rica, at his return
from Panama to Jamaica. Pt. iii. p. 38. They arrive at Boca del To-
ro. ib. Seek proviſions, but find none : they depart Weſtwards, provide
themſelves with Tortoiſes, are aſſaulted by the Indians, kill two of them,
whereof one had a golden Beard; deſire to ſpeak with them, but in vain.
39. they return to Chagre, and are chaſed by a ſhip of their own party.
40. They go to the River of Zuera, where the Spaniards flie from them.
42. Are in great danger of ſinking a whole fortnight. ib. They arrive at
the Bay of Blecvelt , careen their Veſel, are aſſaulted by the Indians,
who kill two Women-ſlaves: this cauſeth them ſuddenly to depart. 43.
They arrive at Cape Gracias a Dios, and find there great relief, 45. They
came to the Iſland de los Pinos, where they careen their Veſel again: here
they victual themſelves well, depart for Jamaica, and arrive there. 49. &
ſeq.
Adrian, and Cornelius , Lampfius, take poffeffion_of Tabago for the
Dutch.
St. Auguſtin ( a City of Florida ) ranſackt by John Davis, Pirat of Ja-
maica.
Pr. i. p. 46,47
B.
B Apti
Aptiſm uſed by the French at Sea.
-by the Dutch
Braſil-wood.
ib.p.19
Bucaniers, their diſtinctions, manner of living, Vices, &c.
Banana-wine, not inferiour to Spaniſh.
Bartholomew Portuguez, a famous Pirat. Pt. i. p.46. He taketh a great
Spaniſh ſhip, is retaken, and loſeth his liberty. 47. is brought unto Cam-
peche, condemned to the Gallodos, killeth his Centry, and eſcapeth. ibid.
Goeth to the Golfo triſte, getteth a Boat there, and retaketh the ſhip by
which he was taken. 48. he loſeth his ship in a ſtorm, and eſcapeth in a
Canowe.
49
Bitumen, or Pitch, in great quantities.
Pt. ii.
Воса.
Pt. iii. p. 57
Part i. pag. 2
ib. p. 3
Pt.i. p. 29.
Pt. i. p. 32
p. 22

THE TAB LE.
Pc.iii. p. 38
Pt. iii. p.41
Part i. page 7
Crabs
Pt. i. p. 13
Pt.i. p. 15
Boca del Toro, a Port, where great ſtore of Tortoi fes are found ; its circum-
ference.
Boca del Dragon, another Port on Coſta Rica, where be Indians of prodigious
ſtrength.
Bay of Blecvelt, ſo called from a Pirat of that name. Pt. iii. p. 43. Here
are Porcupines of prodigious bigneſs.
ib.
Binkes (Jacob) Sent from Holland, to retake Cayana from the French, an.
1676. Pt. iii. p. 57. is engaged at Tabago by the Count de Eftres. 58
Brodely (Cap.) is made Viceadmiral by Morgan, taketh the Caſtle of Cha-
gre.
Pt. iii. p. 11. & feq.
C.
Rabs, both of Land and Sea.
Their effects, when eaten,
ib.
City of Santo Domingo.
of San Tiago. ib. its Commerce, is pillaged by Pirats. Pt. ii. p.41
Captain Cook's Adventures in the year 1678. He is taken by the Spaniards.
Bold Exploits, and Revenge of his Loffes, performed by ſome femo Buca-
niers that were on Board bis Ship.
Part iii. p. 61
of Na Sa de Alta Gracia.
ib.
Crab-Lemons.
Caramite tree.
Pt.i. p. 18
Cedar-tree. Pt. I. p. 19. Pt. ii. p.9. Panama was all built with Ce-
dar.
Canows, how they are made.
ib.
Cochinillas, or Glow-worms.
Cricketts, or Grillones.
ib.
Cazadores de Moſcas, or Fly-catchers.
Cocodriles, or Caymanes, their nature and qualities. ib. they perſecute the
Flyes, and wherefore. 23. their manner of procreating. ib. Many at the
Iſand de los Pinos.
Carpinter-birds. Pt.i. p. 28. they build Nests for the Parrots. ib.
Cabreros, er Goat-keepers, a Bird having ſeven gauls.
Crows, or Ravens, in great multitudes at Hiſpaniola.
ib.
Cazave, or Mandioca. Pt. i. p. 32. How prepared, for to make bread and
drink:
ib.
Campeche was ſackt by Lewis Scot,
St. Catharin taken by Manſvelt and Morgan, ſurrendred again to the Spa-
niards, by le Sieur Simon: its convenient ſituation. Part ii. P-32.& feq.
A Relation of its retaking, written by a Spaniſh Ingeneer. 66. Morgan
endeavoureth to keep it, but in vain. 35. taken again by treachery of the
Governour.
Pr. iii.
P.
8
Cuba, its deſcription.
Cayos Iſlands, the refuge of the Pirats.
Caſtle of Chagre, its ſituation : is taken, after great reſiſtance, by belp of
Pt. iii. p. 30
Pt. i. p. 21
Pt.i. p. 22
Pt. iii. p. 49
Pe. i. p. 29
Pt.i. p. 53
P.ii. p. 40
Pr. ii. p.41

THE TABLE.
Pt. ill. p. 114
Part. iii. p. 75
Pt. iii. po 50
Pr. iii. p. 52
Pt. iii. p. 56
Pt. iii.p. 57
D
Coun
Flyes, home
Pt.i. p. 24
a ſtrange accident.
Coquimbo taken.
Covvs of the Sea. vid. Sea-Covvs.
Cayos, a conſiderable Topon of Cuba, Sackt by the Pirats : all manner of
Cruelties committed there.
Curaſao, an Iſland of the Dutch, deſigned upon by the French of Tortuga,
in Ann. 1673.
Caracas (City) deſigned upon by the Pirats of Tortuga.
Cayana (Iſland) retaken from the French by Binkes.
is taken again by the French.
58
D.
Ate-Trees, their deſcription, and ſeveral forts. Part 1. page. 16
Davis a Pirat. vid. John.
E.
Ount de. Eftres bis actions at Cayana, and Tabago, Ann. 1676.
Part iii. pag. 58. & feq.
F.
troubleſome in Hiſpaniola. Part. I. pag. 20. their ſeveo.
ral forts. ibid. They perfecute continually, and are perſecuted by the
Caymanes, or Crocodiles.
Fly-catchers, vid. Cazadores de Mofcas.
French-lhip, ſeized by Captain Morgan.
G.
Part. i. pag. 18.
Genipa-ink.
ibid.
Grillones, or Crickets.
Guines agudos, whereof they make drink.
Gibraltar, its Situation : Inundations : Trade.
.
Governor of Gibraltar killed.
Governor of Puerto del Principe killed.
Governor of Puerto Velo killed.
Governor of Chagre killed.
Governor of Panamna cometh againſt Morgan: is forced to retire : ſendeth
a ſtrange Meſage to Morgan : bis Anſwer.
Pt. ii. p. 53.& ſeq.
Governor of St. Katharin betrayeth the Iſland into the bands of the En-
gliſh, by a very cunning Stratagem.
Pt. iii. p. 8
Governor of Jamaica recalled for maintaining the Pirats, there : another
Sent: all the Pirats fear him : be bangeth ſome of them. Pt. iii.
p.50. & feq.
Guadanillas, certain little Iflands, nigh St. John de Puerto Rico. Pt. iii.
p. 52.
Gracias a Dios (Cape) deſcription of the particular Cuſtoms of the Indians
there.
Pt.ii. p. 55
GEnipa-tree.
Pt. i. p. 21
Pt. i. p. 33
Pt. ii. p.
Pt.ii. p. 43
Pt. ii. p. 51
Pt. iii. p. 13
Pt. 3. p. 45.

THE TABLE.
Part 1. pag. 12
H
H.
'Iſpaniola, its deſcription.
Sir Henry Morgan, his Origen. Pt. 2. p. 32. He goeth to Barba-
das, and thence, to Jamaica : be ſerveth the Pirats, is made a Captain :
and choſen Vice- Admiral by Manfvelt : they take St. Catharin. 33. He
deſireth to keep it, though in vain. 40. Equippeth another Fleet. ibid.
Goeth to Puerto del Principe. 42. and taketh it.
44
Havana the ſtrongeſt place in the Weſt-Indies : its Juriſdiction ; Come
merce, Caſtles, Inhabitants, convenient Situation : is deſigned againſt.
Pt. ii. p. 41. & feq.
Sir Henry Morgan equippeth a new Fleet. Pt. ii. p. 47. deſigneth spon
Puerto Velo. 49. and Sacketh it with 400 mex. 52. His Meſſage
to the Governor of Panama. 53. He returneth to Cuba, and
finded 250000 Pieces of Eight Spoil, taken at Puerto Velo, beſides
Goods and Jewels. 54. He undertaketh a new Expedition againſt
Maracaibo. 55. Arriveth there, and taketh it : Cruelties againſt
the Priſoners there : he goeth to Gibraltar, and taketh it likewiſé :
other inhumane Cruelties there uſed. 61. & ſeq. He goeth to take
the Governor of Gibraltar : hardſhip of their Journey : bringeth home
many Priſoners. 66. & feq. A Ship and four Boats taken. 67.
He returneth to Marcaibo : is blockt up there by a Spaniſh Fleet: bis
bold Meſage to the Admiral of the said Fleet : Letter of the Admiral
commanding him to ſurrender : A Treaty on foot betwixt them : he de-
ſtroyeth the
ſaid Fleet by a ſtratagem.
Sir Henry Morgan equippeth another Fleet : poriteth ſeveral Letters to all
the ancient Pirats for their aſſiſtance : multitudes flock unto him: he
calleth a Councel : and ſendeth to ſeek Proviſions. Pt. iii. p. 1. & feq.
Four Ships, which be ſent for this purpoſe, arrive at the River de la
Hacha : they take a great Vedel laden with Corn: they land, defeat
the Spaniards, purſue them, torture them, take great Spoil, put them
to the ranſom, and return. 2, 3. His Fleet maketh 37 Sail in all,
with 2000 fighting men: be divideth it into two Squadrons : Ar-
ticles of this Voyage. 4, 5. They reſolve to go to Panama : but firſt, to
St. Catharin, to procure Guides for this enterprize. ibid. They ar-
rive, and take St. Catharin, being betrayed by the Governour : great
hardthip they endured after landing : they eat for hunger, an old
Scabby horſe : Bravado of Captain Morgan, which occaſion'd the Spa-
niards to ſurrender. 6. & feq. Number of perſons found on the Iſland :
Fortreſſes and Arms they found there : they alſo find three Guides :
Four Ships ſent to Chagre. 10. Brodely made Vice-Admiral :
be arriveth at Chagre : ſituation of the Caſtle : they land: dang 'r of this
Enterprize : they reſolve to give the Attack: are, at first, forced to retire :
yet, overcome, at laft, by the help of a very ſtrange Accident. 11. & feq.
He
68. & ſeq.

THE TABLE.
He arriveth at Chagre, and is received with great Acclamation : loſeth bis
opon Ship, and three more, at the entry of the River : leaveth in the Cae
ſtle a Garriſon of 500 men, and, in the Ships, 150 more. 14. He ſet.
teth forth for Panama, at the head of 1200 men,
with
very ſmall Provi-
fions, thinking to find by the way. 15. He leaveth his Boats behind the
3d. day, with 160 men to keep them : a Pipe of Tobacco their beſt Vičiu-
als, the 1ſt day of this journey : they feed, the 4th. day, upon Bags of
Leather, which they found : ſome ſmall Proviſion is found the 5th. day,
which is diſtributed among the weakeſt : they eat Leaves of Trees, green
Herbs, or Graſs on the 6th. At noon, they find quantity of Maiz: great
Murmurings againſt Captain Morgan, and bis Conduct, that night.
On the 7th. day,they eat fome few Cats and Dogs they found at Santa
Cruz; drink. Some Wine of Peru, and fall fick almoſt every man, thinks
ing themſelves poyſoned : Captain Morgan ſendeth back the Canows :
8 Pirats killed, and 10 wounded, by the Indians, on the 8th day: no
Proviſions found, and great Hardſhip endured, that night, by Rain : they
diſcover the South-Sea, with great joy, on the 9th, and find great num-
ber of Cattel, eſpecially Aſſes, which they kill, and devour : aftcr noon,
they come within ſight of Panama, and encamp nigh the City, at the
found of Drums, and Trumpets, to expreſs their joy: they march to at-
tack the Spanish Forces on the 10th. in the morning : they fear the num-
ber of the Enemy, yet reſolve to bazard the Battel : they engage, and de-
feat the Spaniards : many Pirats kill'd in the Battel, with 600 Spani-
ards: they march towards the City: loſe many in the Aſsault : yet, con-
tinue, to advance: and take it in three hours : Orders, not to drink Wine.
p. 16. & feq. to 25
Sir Henry Morgan ſendeth Boats to ſearch the South Sea: be firetb the Ci-
ty of Panama, and burneth it almoſt in a day : great deſtruction of the
Fire : be ſendeth a Convoy to Chagre: much Riches found in the Ru-
ines : 200 of the Inhabitants brought in: a rich Galeon eſcapeth, their
opon Debauchery being the cauſe : they ſend, to ſeek her : ſeveral Boats,
and a Ship, taken : the Convoy returneth from Chagre, with News of a
Spaniſh Ship taken there : Cruelties uſed at Panama : no Condition
fpared : Hiſtory of a Spanilh Lady: Captain Morgan prepareth to de-
part : A Plot diſcovered : Ranſoms demanded : the Artillery ſpoiled :
they leave Panama: 175 Beaſts laden with Riches : Miſery of the Pri-
ſoners: all are put to Ranſom: the Spaniſh Lady ſet at liberty: they ar-
rive at Chagre: A Dividend made : but with much Diſguſt on all ſides :
Captain Morgan feareth their diſpleaſure, and ſtealeth away very private-
ly: the French deſirous of Revenge. p. 26. & feq. 37. He is ſtill de-
firous to take St. Catharin, but is prevented by a new Governour ſent un-
to Jamaica.
Pt. iii. p. 5
Mmm
Iſland

THE TABLE.
Part. i. Page 3
Islam
ib.p.4.
Pt. i. p. 14.
Pt. i, p. 53.
T.
Sland of Punta Rica.
Tortuga.
John Eſquemeling is ſold at Tortuga : Part. i.p. 10. is ſold again : ibid.
be getteth bis liberty : ib.p. 11. turneth Pirat.
ibid.
Iſle of Savona.
Indians, what women they love beſt.
Pt. I. p. 16
John Davis, a famous Pirat : He landeth in Nicaragua.
killeth the Centry, and entereth the City: ib. Spareth not the Churches: get-
teth.
away
with
many Riches : is purſued by the Spaniards, but all in vain:
54. He brought away 50000 pieces of Eight: is made Admiral of the Pie
rats: and ranſacketh the City of St. Auguſtin.
54, 55.
IŅdians of Jucatan, their Cuſtoms and Religion.
p..
Illands de las Pertas. Pt. ii. p. 27. Their Inhabitants and the Cuſtoms
thereof. 28. All the Indians diſappear ſuddenly and ſtrangely. 29. The Pi-
rats were there 6 months. ib. How they got away, who remained behind, 30..
Miſeries they endure.
31..
Indians of Darien, not civiliz'd. Pt. ïi. p. 29. They kill Lolonois. ib.
Inland of St. Catharin. v. lit. C.
Iſland of Cuba. v. lit. C.
Hands de los Cayos. v. lit, C.
Ilands of wild Indians. Pt. iii. p. 38. They uſe not the Sea, not fo much as
for Fiſhing
40
Indians at Boca del Dragon (on Coſta Rica) of prodigious ſtrength of body:
two Examples thereof : their Arms.
Indians of the Bay of Blevelt, their Arrows 8 feet long, of a rare faſhion,
and ſhape : The Figure thereof : They are extreme robuft , and ſtrong.
Pt.ii. p. 23.
Pt.iii. p.41.
Part iii. p. 44.
Indians of Cape. Gracias a Dios, much civilized : Women are bought there
for any trifle : Policy, and Cuſtoms of the Iſland : How Negro's came thi-
ther: Lazineſs of thoſe Indians: They build neither Houſes nor Huts, to
dwell in: Their Arms, Religion, Food and Drink: Their Invitations: They
worſhip neither God nor the Devil: They pierce sheir Genitals in complement
to the Women: Their Marriages : how the Women lye in : Their Burials:
Strange cuſtom of the Widows there.
Pt. iii. p. 45. & feq.
Hand de los Pinos. Pt.iii. p. 49. Here are plenty of wild Cows. ib.
Many Crocodiles there : À Pirat aſſaulted by one.
50
Iſland of S. John de Puerto Rico, often pillaged by the Pirats. Pt. iii. p.55.
Ifland de la Trinidad. vide Trinidad.
K
K
Idnappers.
Part i. Page 36..
Kidnap'd People, how they fare in the Indies. ibid. The miſeries
they endure there.
ibid.
L. Latanier-

THE TABLE.
L.
L
Atanier-palme.
Part i. pag. 16
Lewis Scot, the firſt Pirat that made Land- Invaſions. Pt. i. p. 53. be
Sackt Campeche.
ib.
Lolonois, his Origen. Pt. ii. p. I. Is advanced to be a Captain: loſeth his
Ship : eſcapeth by a Stratagem : retireth into the Woods: the Spaniards
believe him dead: goeth to Sea again : bis Enterprize at los Cayos : bis
cruelty. ib. He taketh a Ship of Maracaibo. p.4. He equippeth a Fleet,
with deſign to land. Comėth to Bayala. Taketh a Spaniſh Ship: Ls-
ding thereof. He arriveth at Maracaibo, and taketh it. He cutteth a Spa-
niard in pieces. Marcheth to Gibraltar, and taketh it. The Priſoners
die for Hunger. They got 260000 pieces of Eight in ready money, beſides
Jewels, and Goods. They ſet Sayl for Tortuga, and ſoon waſte all they
had gotten. ib. p. 5.80 17. Lolonois maketh new Preparations againſt
the Spaniards. He taketh a great Spaniſh Ship. His cruelty. He
marcheth to San Pedro : meeterb ſeveral Ambuſcades, defeateth them, and
taketh the Town. He goeth to Guatimala, and thence, to other Iſlands.
Taketh another great Ship. Many of his Companions leave him. He ree
maineth behind: wanteth Proviſions : lóſeth his Ship: and intendeth to
build a Boat. His Misfortunes, which preceded his death : he is torn in
pieces alive. ib. As alſo many of his Companions. p. 18. $0 31
Lampfius, vide Adrian.
Lefi Monſieur) ſurrendreth Cagana to the Dutch.
Lady, vide Spaniſh Lady.
Pt. iii. p. 57
M.
Pt.i. p. 32
Ulatos, what People they are.
Part i. Pag. 14
ib.
Meſtizos, what Men they are.
Mapou-tree.
Pt.i.p. 19
ib.
Manzanilla, or Dwarf Apple-tree, its venomous quality.
Moſquitos, or Maranguines.
Pt.i.p. 20
Moſcas de fuego, or Fire-flyes.
Pt.i. p. 21
Mandioca, or Cazave.
Manſvelt, a famous Pirat, ſet foot in Granada , and penetrated to the
South-Sea: he took St. Catharin, &c.
Michel de Baſco, a Pirat, joyneth with Lolonois.
Maracaibo, its ſituation, and deſcription, commerce, &c.
Pt. ii. p. 6,7
Merida, its ſituation and commerce.
Pr. ii. p. 8
Mines of Gold in Cofta Rica.
Pt. ii. p. 26
Morgan. vide Sir Henry.
Manfvelt chuſeth Morgan his Viceadmiral: fetteth forth with 15 Sail, and
M m m 2
500
Pt.i. p.53
Pt. ii. p. 4

THE TABLE,
500 Men : taketh St. Catharin: is deſirous to keep it : returneth to Ja-
maica for Recruits: which are denied. Pr.ii. p. 32, 33. He goeth to
Tortuga, for the ſame purpoſe, and dieth,
Manentines, vide Sea-Cows.
Monkeys, how hard it is to shoot them: how they cure. one another when
wounded: their apiſh tricks.
Sieur Maintenon taketh the Iſland de la Trinidad.
Pt.iii. p. 56
34
Pt. iii. p. 43
N.
N
Egro's, what women they love beſt.
Part i. pag. 14
Nata, a
Town on the South-ſea, deſigned upon. Pt. ii. p. 25, 32
Negro's, how they came among the Indians of Cape Gracias a Dios. Pt.iii.
p. 45
Nicaragua ( City ) ranſackt by John Davis. Pt. i. p. 53. & feq.
O,
M.
Onfieur Ogeron, Governour of Tortuga, buildeth a great Ship,
with intent to take Curaſao from the Dutch. Part iii. pag. 52
is caſt away, at the Iſlands, called Guadanillas : they get ahore in
Boats, and are taken Priſoners by the Spaniards. Ogeron behaveth
himſelf, as a fool ; is given out for dead, by his men; and eſcapeth,
the help of a Chirurgion, into the woods: they ſeize a Canow, by
killing two men: be arriveth at Tortuga, and gathereth a Fleet, to
reſeue bis companions. I be Spaniards knowo of theſe deſigns : the
French land at St. John de Puerto Rico: are beaten. Monfieur
Ogeron eſcapeth: the Spaniards cut off limbs of men, to them the
French Priſoners : they make Bonfires for joy: The Heer Binkes bring-
eth
away fix of the Priſoners: the reſt ſent to pork at the Havana :
by degrees, are tranſported into Spain: moſt of them meet in France:
and return unto Tortuga: they take the Iſland de la Trinidad, and put
it to a ranſom.
p. 54. to 56
Punta

THE TABLE,
.
Part i. p.4
Pt, i. p. 6
Pt.i. p. 14
Pt. i. p. 32
P.
Unta Rica Iſland,
Palmito-trees.
Wine,
ib.
Pueblo de Aſo.
Palm trees, their deſcription and ſeveral forts.
Pt. i. p. 16
Palm-wine.
ibid.
Prickle-palm.
ib. p. 27:
Pintadas, or Wood-pullets.
Pt. i. p. 28
ib.
Parrots in Hiſpaniola. ib. How they build their Neſts.
Potato-wine.
Planters of Hiſpaniola ſubje&t to the Governors of Tortuga. Pt. i. f: 33.
they rebel. ib. p. 34. reſolve to kill the Governor of Tortuga. 35.
are forced to furrender to him again.
ib.
Planters , their cruelty towards their ſervants. Pt. i. p. 36. they are
worfer in the Caribby Iſlands. Pt. i. p. 37. The Engliſh fell one
another for debts.
ib
Pierre le Grand bis origen. Pr.i. p. 38. bold attempt of his. 39
Pirats their origen at Tortuga. Pt. i. p. 40. they take many boats. ibid.
and increafe in number. ib. 41. how they arm their boats. ib. their
ordinary food, and allowance to every one. 42. Articles they agree upon
among themſelves. 43. they are very faithful to each other. ib. where they
recruit themſelves at Sea. ib. Places, where they cruiſe. 44. they will
Spend 2000 pieces of Eight in a nighst.
51
Pierre Francois, a famous Pirat. Pt. i. p. 44. He taketh the Viceadmiral
of the Pearl Fleet. 45. is retaken.
Pirats begin to make land-invaſions.
Piraguas, what ſort of Nipping.
Pt.ii. p. 8
Priefts-tobacco ſo called.
ibid.
Pitch, or Bitumen, in huge quantities. Pt. ii. p. 21. the Author's opinion
thereof.
ibid.
Puerto del Principe, a rich Town, taken, and ranſackt, by Morgan. Pt. ii.
p. 42. reſiſtance they made. 43. the Town put to ranſom. 44. 50000
pieces of Eight robbed there.
45
Puerto Velo, its deſcription, ſtrength, ſituation, unhealthineſs, and otbery
qualities. Pt. ii. p. 48. Expedition thereof performed by Morgan. 49.
& fcq. brave, and obſtinate, defence of the Governor. ibid. Debaucheer
ry and Cruelty of the Pirats there. ib. Religious men and women, forced to
fix. the ladders againſt the walls of the Caſtle : many of them ſlain. 52
Panama, its ſituation, deſcription, &c. is taken, and burnt by Captain
Morgan : it contained 7000 Houſes, all of Cedar: Houſe of the Genoi-
fes there : its Monaſteries, Warehouſes, &c. Pt. iii. p. 27. & ſeq
Porcupines, of prodigious and monſtrous bigneſs.
Pt.iii. p. 43
Pheaſants, called by the Spaniards Fayſanes.
ib,
Pirats
46
Pt.i. p. 53

THE TABL E.
Pirats of Jamaica retire unto Tortuga, and join with the French. Pt. iii.
p. 50. Some of them hanged by the new Governor of Jamaica. ib.
Puerto Velo taken a ſecond time by Captain Sharp, and fonse Bucaniers
bis Comrades, who were about 300 fighting men.
Pt.iii. p. 63
A Packet-Boat, or Barco de aviſo, taken by Captain Sharp's Bucaniers,
from the Spaniards, who flung their Letters over-board. Pt. iii. p.65
They careen at Boca del Toro, and land at the Coaſt of Darien. ib.
Are adviſed to ſerve an Indian Emperor. They ſerve the Emperor of
Darien. 66. In taking Santa Maria, are diſappointed of their expecta-
tions, therefore they proceed to Panama , and fight three ſmall Men of
War, taking two of them. 68, 69. Blocking up the Road of Panama,
they mutiny, and ſeparate. 71. They land at Puebla Nova, but are
repulſed. A ſecond mutiny. 72. They depart for the Iſles of Galapa-
gos, careen at Gorgonia, take a ſmall Man of War. 73. Another
Prize taken. Are repulſed at He-lo-hè near Arica. 74. Their Strata-
gem againſt the Inhabitants of Coquimbo. 75. Are forced to retreat
from Coquimbo. Another mutiny among them. Watling, made Com-
mander, Sharp turned out. 76. They land at Guaſco, as alſo at Plo.
Mutiny again, and are deſerted by many. Alter the faſhion of their
Ship. 78. Their Interpreter running away, Mr. Ringrofe ſupplieth his
place. They careen their Ship, and take two Prizes. 79. They take
another conſiderable Prize, but are deceived in her Cargo. 80. Reſolved
to return home. 81. How long they were coming. They attempt Payta.
The Duke of York's Iſland. They miſs both the Streights. 82. They
arrive at Antego.
83
R.
Ojados, or Calarodes,
Part i. p. 21
Roche Braſiliano, a famous Pirat, bis origen. Pr.i. p. 49. is choſen
Captain, and taketh a great Ship. ib. he loſeth his Ship, and eſcapeth in
a Canow ; is purſued by the Spaniards, yet putteth them to flight. 50. he
taketh a Fleet of Canopos, and a Boat of War. Alſo a Ship from New
Spain. 51. be goeth to Sea again, is made Priſoner with all bis men, is
Set at liberty, and ſent into Spain.
52
Rubia ( Iſand ) its ſituation and commerce. Pt. ii. p. 59. Spiders of
this place very pernicious. ib. ſtrange cure of their venom.
ib.
River of Zuera nigk Cartagena.
Pt. iii. p. 42
O
S.
Part i. p. 14
Slan
Paniards, what women they love best in America.
Snakes, or Serpents, of Hifpaniola. Pt. i. p. 22. boro uſeful in
houſes there.
ib.
Spi-

THE TABLE.
Pt. ii. p. 59
ib. 23
ib.
Spiders very hideous in Hiſpaniola. Pt.i. p. 22. pernicious at the Iſle of
Rubia.
Scorpions, not venomous, there.
Scolopendria's, or Millepedes, there.
Le Sieur Simon made Governor of St. Catharin by Manfvelt. Pt. ii. p.32,
33. He putteth the ſaid Iſland in good poſture, is impatient to hear from
Manſvelt. 34. Surrendretb the Iſland unto the Spaniards: betrayeth
an Engliſh Ship unto them.
ib.
Sea-Cows, their deſcription, naiure and qualities. How they take them.
Pt. iii. p. 41. & feq.
Santa Maria taken.
Captain Sawkins kill'd.
Spanish Lady, her fingular conſtancy and chaſtity. .
Ship (French) ſeized by Morgan.
Ship (Engliſh) blown up with 350 men.
Captain Sharp's Actions, with others of his Companions. Their Voyage from
Jamaica unto the Province of Darien, and South-Sea ; with the Robben
ries and Afaults they committed there for the space of three years, till
their return for England in the
Captain Sharp and others, come for England, are tried for their Lives ;
he goeth back again to thoſe Parts he came from..
Pt. iii. p. 67
Pt. iii. p.72
Pt.iii. p. 32
Pt. ii. p. 53
ib. 54
year 1682.
Pt.iii. p.63
Pt. lii. p. 83
T.
Part i. pag.4
Pt.i. p. 14
Ortuga, its deſcription.
is poleled by the French, loft, and retaken. Pt. i. p. 7. & feq. is
poleled by the Weft-India Company. ib. p. 20, they quit it again. ib.
Town of Aſo.
St. John of Goave.
ib.p. 16
Tortoiſes of, Land. Pt. i. p. 22. of the Sea.
p
Tobacco, bowo it is planted. Pt. i. p. 33. property of this plant. ib. 34
Tortoiſes,.four ſeveral forts deſcribed. Pt. i. p. 45. their ib, where
they lay them, the manner of fiſhing them.
46
San Tiago of Cuba , its juriſdiction, commerce : is taken by the Pirats.
ib. p. 14
Pt.ii. p.39
Trinidad ( Iſland ) taken by the Pirats of Tortuga, and put to a ranſom.
Pr. iil. p.57
Tabago (Iſland) made a Colony by the Prince of Curland. Pt. iii. p. 58
popelled by Adrian, and Cornelius, Lampfius, in ann. 1654. for the
Dutch.
ib.
Vera,

THE TABLE.
V.
a Town in Coſta Rica, piłlaged by the Bucaniers. Part ii.
pag. 25
Villa de los Cayos, a conſiderable Toron of Cuba Sackt.
V Eraguas,
Pt. iii. p. 52
W.
W
ib. p. 7
Ild Boars preſerved.
Part 1. pag. 5
Wild Pigeons.
Pt.i. p. 6
their bitterneſs at a certain ſeaſon.
Welt-India Company, of France, polleſeth Tortuga. ib. p. 10. quittetle
it again.
ib.
Wild Dogs of Hiſpaniola. Pt. i. p. 25. A notable Hiſtory of theſe. ib.
perſecution of them in Tortuga.
ib. 26
Wild Horſes in Hiſpaniola.
Wild Bulls and Cows.
ib.
p.
28
Wood-Pullets, or Pintadas.
Wild Indians, nigh Maracaibo, dwell upon Trees. Pt. ii. p.7. Others, in
little Iſlands, at Boca del Toro.
Pt. iii. p. 39
Pt i. p. 27
ib. p. 29
Z.
Y Xcao-trec
Ellow Saunder is called Candle-wood.
Ycao-tree.
Part i. pag. 5
ib. 20
DO
232
1.dies to
that student
een
ter tig bin Tot (bull) bb
82.9.0.9 brero o sonho (hangot
suponien anto
FINI S.

BUCANIERS
Ο F
A MERIC A.
The Second Volume.
CONTAINING
The Dangerous Voyage and
Bold Attempts of Captain Bartholomew
Sharp, and others; performed upon the
Coafts of the South Sea, for the ſpace of
two years, Guc.
From the Original Journal of the ſaid Voyage.
WRITTEN
By Mr. BASIL RINGROSE, Gent.
Who was all along prefent at thoſe Tranſactions.
LONDON:
Printed for William Crooke, at the Sign of the
Green Dragon without Temple-bar. 1685.

25 ИЗГІ
АЯЗМА
оларіоноосон
бага орос арот: til
го едена и отто 10 гаруй Иоа
з псат. Loot sa Potato its a 2
алдартано і хотя
проса заплата і дати оll!
ation
з 13 и 11 Возар.

THE
PREFACE
TO THE
READER
T
HE general Applauſe wherewith
the Hiſtory of the Bucaniers hath
been rececived, could have no o-
ther effects, than eaſily to perſwade
the Puliſher of that Piece, to undertake the
Second Volume thereof. Eſpecially confide-
ring that the ſame points which deferved the
Credit and Commendation of the firſt, did ſeein
to ſubliſt for the like eſteem and reception of
the ſecond. Theſe were the fidelity of the Rela-
tions both here and there publiſhed, the Authors
having been not onely Eye-witneſſes, but alſo
Actors in the tranſactions they report: the candor
and ſincerity of the Stile; the variety and plea-
fantneſs of theſe Voyages, the greatneſs of the
Attempts here related, the unparallel d, and
undaunted Courage of the Bucaniers, the
A 2
ſtrnge-

Ibe PREFACE
ftrangeneſs of their performances, the novelty of
their Exploits; and withal, the glory and gran-
deur of Valour, which here is ſeen to be inherent
to our Engliſh Nation, and as pregnant of great
Adions in the preſent, as in the former Ages.
Unto which points may be added in this Second
Volume, for its recommendation, the grand
diſcovery of a new paſſage into the South-
Sea, beyond the Streights of Ferdinando de Ma-
gallanes and le Maire, through an open and in
no-wife dangerous Ocean, without thoſe for-
midable perils both from Rocks, Currents, and
Shoals, which hitherto have rendred the two
paffages aforementioned, altogether unacceſible
to Trading; a Navigation performed by
Captain Sbarp and his Companions, many
degrees beyond what Sir Francis Drake, fa-
cob le Maire, Noord, or Magallanes himſelf, who
firſt Circumnavigated the World, ever rea-
ched unto in their Sailings. This Diſcovery
alone, as hugely beneficial to Mankind, fa
may it ſeem fufficient of it ſelf to recommend
this prefent piece unto the publick, even as
extremely neceſſary to all ſuch as Navigate the
Ocean; and no leſs delightful unto thoſe per-
fons whoſe Studys are directed to the ſearch
of Nature, to the Arts of Mathematick or Na-
vigation. Befides which point, both of Art,
Curioſity, and Uſefulneſs, we have given unto
US

To the READER
us here, by Mr. Ringrofe; an exact account
of many places in the South Sea ; the very
Draughts and Maps of many Ports, Iſlands,
Bays, Gulfs, Points, and Coafts, hitherto un-
known to the greateſt part of Europe ; their
appearance at Sea ; their foundings, landings,
and bearings ; together with what variety of
Winds and Weather, of Currents and Calms,
and other Obſervations the Bucaniers experi-
mented in thoſe parts. All which things, as
they manifeſt unto us the inquiſitiveneſs of the
Author, fo ought we highly to applaud his Cu-
rioſity, and Genius, who all along the courſe of
this Voyage, not onely fought with his Sword
in the moſt deſperate Engagements and Bat-
tels of the Bucaniers againſt the Spaniards, but
with his Pen gave us a true account of thoſe
Tranſactions ; and with his Penſil hath delinea-
ted unto us the very Scenes of thoſe Trage-
dies. Thus we find him totally employed
towards our information and inſtruction at
home, while he endured the greateſt fatigues
and hardſhip abroad : at the ſame time making
Quadrants at Sea, that others fate idle and mur-
muring upon the Decks; at the ſame time ſhip-
Wrackt, and almoſt naked, and ſtarving upon a
defart Iland, and yet deſcribing, even more
exa&ly than the Spaniards themſelves, the
Gulf of Ballona, otherwiſe called of San Mi-
guel

The PREFACE.
gnel, where he was caſt away. Theſe things,
I ſay, as they are not undeſerving of the high-
eft praiſe and commendation in this ingenious
Gentleman Mr. Ringroſe their Author,
ſhall the Curioſo's of Nature and Poſterity it
felf be his eternal debtors for their acquain-
tance with theſe writings.
Some imperfect account of theſe tranſacti-
ons, both ſhort and in many things defective,
I gave the laſt year unto the publick, at the
end of the ſecond Impreſſion of the Hiſtory
of the Bucaniers. But ſuch as that Relation
was, I had no better then to give ; neither had
I then ſeen the preſent Journal of Mr. Ringroſe';
and that ſame account being received from
the hands of ſome of the Bucaniers themfelves
at Wapping, it was eſteemed fit, both by me
and others, to be publiſhed at that time. But
as the Author of thoſe Papers miſtruſting both
his own memory and fufficiency, remitteth him-
ſelf in that Narrative unto the Journal of Mr.
Ringroſe, and deſireth by this alone to be cor-
rected, or ſupplied either in what he was
miſtaken or deficient; fo now this Diary be-
ing publiſhed, I hope I have vindicated my
ſelf from any fault in Hiſtory, having brought
theſe papers to light, by which thofe others
were before-hand both acknowledged and de-
ſired to be amended.
As

To the READER
As to any other fournal of this Voyage,
I ſhall not concern my ſelf in the leaſt with
their veracity, nor meddle with their Relati-
ons ; knowing , that if any other perſon did
take it, that no perſon in the Voyage was fo
able as Mr. Ringrofe
. Yet I know that divers
Narratives , in many points differing from one
another, have at feveral times been made pub-
lick of one and the fame Battel, one and the
fame Siege, Voyage, Journey, or other tranf-
action. And indeed all humane Affairs, where-
foever reported by ſeveral perſons, though all
were preſent at the fame times and places of
their circumvolution, are neceſſarily ſubject
to fome diverſity in the rehearſal ; one per-
fon obſerving, omitting, contra&ing, dilating,
underſtanding, or miftaking , one particular
point or part of any tranfa&ion more than a
am
nother.
To Diego
Having premiſed thus much, I ſhall here
onely declare, that what here is afferred, Thall
be ſupported by Mr. Ringroſe himſelf, when
ever he returneth into Englaud; yea, and :
owned for truth by Captain Bartholomero Sharp,
as the chiefeft a&or in theſe Affairs, afſoon as
he cometh home again : and if any
other
per--
fon can ſhiew unto the World any Journal of
the fame Voyage more compleat, more exact,
more elaborate, more curious, and informing,
than

Tbe PREFACE
than Mr. Ringrofe lrath donc, he ſhall deſerve the
Laurel for me.
The cafe being thus ſtated concerning the
preſent Narrative or Journal, 1 hope no per-
ſon for the future will afperſe or miſconfter
the fincerity of my Intentions, in relation to
the publick. This I ſpeak under that due re-
ſentment I ought to have, for being traduced,
the laft, year, by fome perſons, who being
tranſported with too much paflion and partia-
lity, would have no body elſe to be an admi-
rer of the perſon and valorous A&tions of Sir
Henry Morgan, or the reſt of the Bucaniers,
but themſelves. As if to publiſh a Tranſla-
tion of the unparallel'd Exploits of that Ja
maican Hero ; to give him this commendable
ticle ; to ſay, that both he and his Compani-
ons had a&ted beyond mortal men in Ameri-
ca; to compare them to Alexander, Julius
Cæfar, and the Nine Worthies of Fame ; to
propoſe them unto our Engliſh Nation, as
the trueſt patterns of undaunted and exem-
plary Courage, that ever it produced, were
to diſparage the Condud of Sir Henry Morgan
and his Companions; as if all this were in-
tended onely to diminiſh the glory of his A-
dions, and eclipſe the fplendour of his and
their valorous. Triumphs. Methinks, if En
vy reacheth thus far, with the fame reaſon,
or

To the READER.
or unjuſt meaſure, thoſe perfons may fay, that
to publiſh this preſent Journal, is to divulge
nothing elſe than a Satyr againſt Captain
Sharp ; and that Mr. Ringroſe who every-
where admireth his Conduct, and extolleth
his A&ions unto the Sky's, yea and was pre-
fent himſelf, and concerned in the fame Af-
fairs, did mean nothing elſe than to traduce
both his own and Captain Sharps name, as
infamous unto Pofterity. For my part, I
judge my ſelf ſo far diſtant from blemiſh-
ing in the leaſt, or diſparaging Sir Henry
Morgan, or his Heroick Actions; that I bea
lieve I have ſhewed my ſelf to be the great-
eft admirer of his perſonal Valour, and
Con-
duct : yea, I think that I have done more,
towards the advantage, both of the Honour,
and Credit of that great Commander , by
foliciting and publiſhing that Tranſlation,
than all the Authors of our Engliſh Nation be-
fides. And I could unfeignedly wiſh, that
theſe perſons who pretend to be ſo paſſio-
nate for Sir Henry Morgan, and his huge De-
ferts, as to Miſinterpret the fincere refpe&s
and ſervice, I have endeavoured to perform
unto his Merits, would ourdo what I have al-
ready done in this particular, and give us ei-
ther a more full, exact, and true account of
his Exploits, or the beſt Panegyrick of his
[a]
Prow-

The TREFACE
Proweſs, that ever was Written ; and then
experiment whether I did not readily embrace
the Printing fach a thing at my own coſt and
charge , and rather render them ten thou-
fand thanks for his Commendations, chan carp
at their A&tions for Penning, or Printing the
fame.
og bis millest
For what if the French or Dutch Author
of the Hiſtory of the Bucaniers, did miſtake
himſelf in two or three points, relating to
Sir Henry Morgan Muft, therefore the Pub-
liſher be blamed for faithfully Printing, what
was moſt faithfully Tranſlated ? Muſt the
Saddle be ſet upon the wrong Horſe, and
the faults of the Author, be imputed unto
the Printer ? Thus if Mr. Ringrofe ſhould
happen to commit any miſtake in theſe pre-
fent Papers, that blame fhould be preſent-
ly mine; and happy ſhould be all Authors,
if fo readily their errours could be diſcharged
upon the Publiſhers. Beſides, what Authors
can there be found fo accurate in all things,
as not to be fubje&t now and then to fome
little lapſes of their Pen? Were it ſo in
John Eſquemeling; as he ought to be par-
doned for any ſmall peccadillo not wittingly
nor willingly committed, concerning what
he relateth of Sir Henry Morgan, fo ain I hi-
therto perſwaded, that he never deſigned to
offend

To the READER
offend that great perſon, or falſely traduce
his memory, in the leaſt
. My Argument is :
becauſe he himſelf had the hand of a pri-
vate Bucanier in thoſe Affairs, he himſelf was a
Sharer in thoſe Bootys, an Actor in thoſe En-
terprizes, and could no more blame Sir Her-
ry Morgan for leading unto thoſe Attempts,
than blemiſh himſelf for following unto them.
Another Reafon, even more prevalent, is,
that he all along ſpeaketh more honourably
of Sir Henry Morgan, than of any other Com-
mander of the Bucaniers, though they were
his own Country - men, either Francis Lelo-
nois, or Roche Braſiliano, whereof the one
was a Dutch man, and the other was born in
France. So that to ſay, that he repreſenteth
the Engliſh Bucaniers, as the worſt of men,
is plainly to forget, that he relateth ten times
greater villanies of his own Nation and Coun-
try People ; and that the partiality they ac-
cuſe him of, if any ſuch can be found in that
Author, is rather bent againſt the French
and other Nations, than the Engliſh. Doth
he in any place of his Hiftory, lay all the
faults and cruelties of the Engliſh Bucaniers
upon Sir Henry Morgan? Or do we believe
that if committed without order, as in moſt
Armys many things are ſo done, the General
or Commander in Chief, ought to be account-
[aa
able

The PREFACE
able for them? Or if thoſe things were per-
formed by order, that the Spaniards had
not deſerved them at the hands of the Bu-
caniers?
Ay, but he miſtaketh the Pedigree of Sir
Henry Morgan. Truely, a great fault, and
unpardonable in John Eſquemeling, a For-
reigner to our Nation, and an illiterate Buca-
nier, that he ſhould not be better read in our
Engliſh Hiſtory. So did he alſo miſtake his
very name, calling him Captain John Morgan,
for Henry ; but that that fault was rectified
in the Tranſlation. As if every private Soul-
dier ought to be thoroughly acquainted with
the Chriſtian name of his General, and know
whether he was Baptized John, or Thomas,
Richard, or William ! Now what difhonour
can it be reputed, unto the merits of Sir Hen-
ry Morgan to be miſrepreſented by John E-
quemeling, for the Son of a Rich Yeoman in
Wales, whenas at the ſame time he faith, that
he was of good quality in that Country, even
as most who bear that name in Wales are known
to be ? Doth not all our Engliſh. Nation
know the Family of the Morgans to be one
of the Ancienteſt, and beſt Qualified in all
Wales, or England; and that to be deſcended
of a rich Yeoman of the fame Family, is as
great an hounour, and as honourable a Pedie,
green

To the READ ER.
gree, as any private Gentleman needeth to
pretend unto?
But then Sir Henry Morgan did not burn
Panama. And what diſgrace were it, to
that worthy perſon, if he had ſet fire unto it,
for thoſe reaſons he knew beſt himſelf ?
Certainly no greater diſhonour than to take
and plunder the ſaid City. Thus are theſe
perſons ſo far tranſported with paſſion to-
wards Sir Henry Morgan , as to bereave hiin
of the glory of his greateſt Actions, whether
true or falſe.
For whether he fired the
Town or not, ( for that Queſtion I ſhall not
make mine ) this I am ſure, that it was con-
ftantly fo reported, and believed here in Eng-
land, viz. that the Engliſh had ſet fire unto it.;
that unto this day, the Bucaniers do believe
it to be fo.; and conſequence unto this be-
lief Mr. Ringroſe, in theſe Papers faith plain-
ly in ſome place or other, that Panama was
once burnt by Sir Henry Morgan ; that the
Spaniards themſelves never believed nor re-
ported this Fact otherwiſe , neither will they
caſily be perſwaded to the contrary unto this
very day, as I am credibly informed by thoſe
perſons who lived in Spain at the ſame time
that the news of the taking of Panama was
brought into Spain, and who have been refi-
dent there for thefe many years ſince. For
what

7 be I REFACE
what concerneth, what is now Publiſhed, that
the Governour of Panama fired the Town him-
felf, is rather believed by the Spaniards to be
a fham of the Governours making, thereby to
fave his own Bacon, againſt whom they rail as
the greateft Coward that ever was , for de-
ſerting the Town, and flying to the Moun-
tains, at the approach of the Engliſh. How
then, fay they, could he fire it himſelf, or give
orders to have it fired, when we know he was
upon the Spur, thirty or forty Miles diftant
from thence? Had he done it, he would have
ſet fire unto every Houſe, before he had left
the Town, and not ſo many Hours after the
Engliſh were in poffeflion of the place, and he
at ſuch a diſtance from it
. Thus both the Engliſh
Nation, and the Spaniſh having agreed, to give
the honour of this Adion either truely or falſe-
ly, unto Sir Henry Morgan, I cannot but admire
that thoſe who pretend to be the greateſt ad-
mirers of his merits, ſhould endeavour to deveft
him of it.
What concerneth two or three points more,
relating to Sir Henry Morgan in the Hiſtory of
the Bucaniers, I ſhall not undertake to Apolo-
gize for John Eſquemeling, in caſe he hath mil-
reprefented them. All that I ſhall ſay, is this,
that that worthy perſon is not the firſt General
or Chief Commander, whoſe A&tions have been
mif-

To the READER
miſconſtrued or miſunderſtood by the common
Souldiers, and conſequently ill repreſented by
them at home. Neither is any thing in this
World more ſubject to gloſſes, and falſe repre-
fentations, than the Heroick Actions of great
men, by their Servants, or inferiours. If this be
the caſe of John Eſquemeling, and that he was
Male-contented whith his Fortune at Panama,
what is that to me? What fault was that of
mine ? I'th' mean while, why have not theſe
perſons, fo zealous of the honour of Sir Henry
Morgan, given us the true Journal of his huge
Exploita, but rather fuffer his famons Actions
to İye dormient for ſo many years in England,
at the ſame time that other Nations have Pub-
ſhed them abroad? And then why muſt I be
blamed by theſe perſons, his admirers, for doing
for the renown of Sir Henry Morgan what I
could, if I could not do ſo much, as I would
willingly have done?
BUCA-

no
Velobis
di at varem
-1991 nebolg
widmetom how
15379 70 anoBA Oeste
ad 12000 ito, hvor
da brio sorompudo o blog
DATUOTI
zo bado e vi jon and me
Son 30 era viw olevan
Hvid 10 Tortod a 10 roloss o end
sgurleit 10 Ismol ods en divi
ato READER, Correct theſe two places thus :
P4
Age 1, Line 21. for plundered once, read taken once. p. 33. *
14. blot out, by him.
im.yaw mon bha Sonoida
griobhot storimbseit, andliga Serie vo band
I alwe gel 10 avonoa 9201
blow door o ob o blbos lin blog
Sonob sved vanilla
S-
AU

Part IV.
BUCANIERS
OF
A M E R I CA.
The Second Volume.
PART IV.
Containing the dangerous Voyage, and bold Aſaults
als of Captain Bartholomew Sharp, and others,per-
formed in the South Sea, for the ſpace of two
years, &c. Did to hola bouch ou otish
OTS
C H A P. I.
Captain Coxon, Sawkins, Sharp, and others, Set
forth in a Fleet towards the Province of Darien,
upon the Continent of America. Their deſigns
to pillage and plunder in thoſe parts. Number
of their Ships, and ſtrength of their Forces by
Sea and Land.
CO
where they met
T a place called Boca del Toro, was the gene- The place
ral Rendezvouz of the Fleet,which lately had
together.
taken and fackt Puerto Velo the ſecond time;
1 that rich place having been IFA once
before, under the Conduct of Sir Henry Mor-
gan, as is related in the Hiſtory of the Bucaniers. At this
B
place
A
1

2
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
place alſo were two other Veſſels; the one belonging un-
to Captain Peter Harris, and the other unto Captain Ri-
chard Sawkins ; both Engliſhmen and Privateers. Here
therefore a report was made unto the Fleet, of a Peace
concluded between the Spaniards and the Indians of the
Land of Darien,who for the moſt part wage inceſſant Wars
againſt one another. Alſo, that ſince the concluſion of the
ſaid Peace, they had been already tryed, and found very
faithful unto Captain Bournano, a French Commander, in
an attempt on a certain place called Chepo , nigh the
South Sea. Further, that the Indians had promiſed to
conduct him unto a great and very rich place, named Toca-
mora : upon which he had likewiſe promiſed them to re-
turn in three Months time with more Ships and Men.
They wefolve Hereupon we all agreed to go viſit the ſaid place, and thus
for Tocamora. diſperſed cur ſelves into ſeveral Coves , (by the Spaniards
called Cúèvas, oxhollow creeks under the Coaſts) there to
careen and fit our Veſſels for that purpoſe. In this place
Boca del Toro, we found plenty of fat Tortoiſes ; the plea-
fanteft meat in the world. When we had refitted our Vef-
fels, we met at an Iſland, called by us, the Water-key ; and
this was then our ſtrength, as followeth.
Tuns. Guns. Men.
Captain Coxon in a Ship of
8
97
Captain Harris in another of
150 25 107
Captain Bournáno
86
Captain Sawkins ditahan 16
35
Captain Sharp udligi 2025 2040
Captain Cook
35
00243
Captain Alleſton
24
Captain Row
25
Captain Macket of all on
14.
They ſet fail
We failed from thence March the 23. 1679. and in our
way touched at the Iands called Zamblas. Theſe are cer-
tain Iflannels-reaching eight Leagues in extent, and lying
fourteen Leagues Weſtward of the River of Darien. Being
here at an Anchor, many of the Indians, both men and
Us
80
SC
90
18
OO
20
00
оо
and touch at
sbe Zamblas.
women,

Part IV.. - Voyage of Captain Sharp, duc.
3
women, came to ſee us. - Some brought Plantans, others
other Fruits, and Veniſon, to exchange with us for Beads,
Needles, Knives, or any trifling bauble whereof they ſtand
in need. But what they moft chiefly covet are Axes and
Hatchets to fell Timber withal. The men here go naked, Habit of the
as having only a ſharp and hollow tip, made either of Gold, Indians of
Silver, or Bark, into which they thruſt their Privy Mem- thoſe Iſles.
bers; the which tip they faften with a ſtring about their
middle. They wear as an ornament in their Noſes,a gol-
den or filver Plate,in fhape like unto a Half Moon; which
when they drink, they hold up with one hand, mean while
they lift the cup with the other. They paint themſelves
fometimes with ſtreaks of black; as the women do in like
manner,
with red. Theſe have in their Noſes a pretty
thick ring of Gold or Silver; and for cloathing, they cover
themſelves with a Blanket. They are generally well featu-
red women: among whom I faw feveral fairer than the
faireſt of Europe , with Hair like unto the fineſt flax. Of
theſe it is reported, they can ſee far better in the dark, than
in the light.
Theſe Indians miſliked our deſign for Tocamora, and dif- They change
their deſign
ſwaded us from it, aſſerting it would prove too tedious a
march, and the way fo mountainous, and uninhabited, that for another.
it would be extream difficult to get Proviſions for our men.
Withal, they proffered to guide us undiſcryed, within few
Leagues of the City of Panama , in caſe we were pleaſed
to go thither ; where we could not chooſe but know our
felvés, we ſhould not fail of making a good Voyage. Up-
on theſe, and other reaſons which they gave us, we con-
cluded to defift from the Journey of Tocamora, and to pro-
ceed to Panama. Having taken up theſe Reſolutions,
Captain Bournano and Captain Row's
Veſſels feparated from
us, as being all French, and not willing to go to Panama,
they declaring themſelves generally againſt a long march
by Land. Thus we left them at the Zamblas. From
thence an Indian Caprain, or chief Commander, named They go to the
Andræas,conducted us to another Iſland, called by the Eng-
AK
B 2
liſh,
of Tocamora
Golden INand

4
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ria.
ded.
liſh, the Golden Iſland, ſituated ſomething to the weſtward
of the mouth of the great River of Darien. At this Iſland
we met, being in all ſeven Sail,on the third of April, 1680.
They ſet
forth
Here at the Golden Iſland, the Indians gave us notice of
for San&ta Ma- a Town called Sancta Maria,ſituate on a great River,which
beareth the ſame name, and which runneth into the South
Sea, by the Gulf of San Miguel. That in the Town was
kept a Garriſon of four hundred Souldiers ; and that from
this place much Gold was carried to Panama, which was ga-
thered from the Mountains thereabouts. That in caſe we
ſhould not find ſufficient purchaſe there, we might from
thence proceed by Sea to Panama, where we could not eaſi-
331, men lan- ly fail of our deſigns. This motion of the Indians we
liked ſo well, that we landed three hundred and thirty one
men, on April the 5th 1680. leaving Captain Alleſton, and
Mackett, with a party of Seamen , to guard our Ships in
our abſence; with which we intended to return home.
Their Proviſi-
Theſe men that were landed, had each of them three or
on and Colours four Cakes of Bread , (called by the Engliſh Dough-boy's).
for their proviſion of Victuals; and as for drink the Rivers
afforded them enough. At that time of our Landing, Cap-
tain Sharp was very faint and weak, as having had a great
fit of ſickneſs lately,which he had ſcarcely recovered. Our
ſeveral Companies that marched, were diſtinguiſhed as fol-
loweth. Firſt, Captain Bartholomew Sharp with his Com-
pany had a red Flag, with a bunch of white and green Rib-
bons. The ſecond Diviſion led by Captain Richard Saw-
kins, with his men had a red Flag ſtriped with yellow.
The third and fourth, which were led by Captain Peter
Harris, had two green Flags, his Company being divided
into two ſeveral Diviſions. The fifth and ſixth, which be-
ing led by Captain Fohn Coxon, who had ſome of Alleſton's
and Macketts men joyned unto his, made two Diviſions or
Companies , had each of them a red Flag. The ſeventh
was led by Captain Edmond Cook with red Colours ſtriped
with yellow, with a Hand and Sword for his deviſe. Allor
moſt of them,were Armed with Fuzee, Piſtol, and Hanger.
СНАР.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, die.
5.
Botion
1991 (lovs born
CHA P. II.
Tebakon o
•Loon to bns
They march towards the Toron of Santa Maria
with deſign to take it. The Indian King of
Darien meeteth them by the way. Difficulties
of this March, with other occurrences till they
arrive at the place.
bong
Eing landed on the Coaſt of Darien, and divided into firſt days
ter, we began our march towards Santa Maria, the Indians
ſerving us for guides in that unknown Country. Thus we
marched at firit through a ſmall skirt of a wood, and then
over a bay almoſt a League in length. After that, we
went two Leagues directly up a woody valley, where we
ſaw here and there an old Plantation, and had a very good
path to march in. There we came to the fide of a River,
which in moſt places was dry, and built us Houſes, or ra-
ther Huts to lodge in.
Unto this place came unto us another Indian, who was An Indian
a chief Commander, and a man of great parts , named Commander
joyneth thema
Captain Antonio. This Indian Officer encouraged us, very
much to undertake the Journey of Santa Maria, and pro-
miſed to be our Leader; ſaying, he would go along with
us now, but that his Child lay very ſick. However, he
was aſſured, it would dye by next day ; and then he would
moſt certainly follow and overtake us. Withal, he deſired
we would not lye in the graſs,for fear of monſtrous Adders,
which are very frequent in thoſe places. Breaking ſome of
the ſtones that lay in the River, we found them ſhine with
ſparks of Gold. Theſe ſtones are driven down from the
neighbouring Mountains in time of floods. This day four Four of their
of our men tyred, and returned back unto the Ships. So number return.
We

6
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
us.
Second days
march.
march.
we remained in all 327 men, with ſix Indians to conduct
That night fome ſhowers of rain fell.
The next day of our march we mounted a very ſteep
hill, and on the other fide, at the foot thereof, we reſted
on the bank of a River, which Captain Andreas told us,
did run into the South Sea; being the ſame River on
which the Town of Santa Maria was ſituated. Hence we
continued our march until noon, and then aſcended ano-
ther Mountain extreamly higher than the former. Here
we ran much danger oftentimes, and in many places, the
Mountain being ſo perpendicular, and the path ſo narrow,
that but one man at a time could paſs. We arrived by the
dark of the evening to the other fide of the Mountain and
lodged again by the ſide of the ſame River, having march-
ed that day, according to our reckoning, about eighteen
miles. This night likewiſe fome rain did fall.
Third days
The next morning, being Aprilthe 7th, we marched all
along the River aforementioned, croſſing it often, almoſt at
every half mile, ſometimes up to the knees, and at other
times up to the middle, in a very fwift current. About
noon we came to a place,where we found fome Indian hou-
ſes. Theſe were very large and neat: the fideswere built
with Cabbage-trees,and the roofs of wild Canes,being,over
houses of Bari- them, thatche with Palmito Royal,but far more neater than
of the
read curs at Jamaica. They had many diviſions into rooms,
though no aſcent by ſtairs into Chambers. At this place
were four of theſe houſes together, that is, within a ſtones
throw one of another, each of them having a large Plan-
tane walk before it. At the diſtance of half a mile from
this place, lived the King or chief Captain of theſe Indians
The King of
of Darien, who came to viſit us in Royal Robes, with his
Darien meet- Queen and Family. His Crown was made of ſmall white
reeds, which were curiouſly woven, having no other top
than its lining, which was red ſilk. Round about the mid-
dle of it was a thin plate of gold, more than two inches
His babit and broad, laced behind; from whence did ſtick two or three
Oſtrich featliers. About this plate went alſo a row of gol-
den
en
eth them.
attire.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
7
Been.
den beads, which were bigger than ordinary peaſe ; under-
neath which the red lining of the Crown was ſeen. In his
noſe he wore a large plate of gold, in form of an half an
Moon; and in each ear a great golden ring, nigh four in-
ches in diameter, with a round thin plate of Gold of the
fame breadth, having a ſmall hole in the center and by that
hanging to the ring. He was covered with a thin white
cotton robe, reaching unto the ſmall of his legs, and round
its bottom a friage of the ſame three inches deep. So that
by the length of this Robe, our ſight was impeded, that we
could ſee no higher than his naked Ankles. In his hand he
had a long bright Lance, as ſharp as any knife. With him
he had three Sons, each of them having a white Robe, and
their Lances in their hands, but ſtanding bare-headed be-
fore him ; as alſo were eight or nine perfons more of his
Retinue, or Guard. His Queen wore a red Blanket, which Attire of the
was cloſely girt about her waſt: and another that came
looſely over her head and ſhoulders, like unto our old fa-
fhion ſtriped hangings. She had a young Child in her arms,
and two Daughters walked by her,both Mariageable, with
their faces almoſt covered with ſtripes or ſtreaks of red, and
about their Neck and Arms, almoſt loaden with ſmall Beads
of ſeveral colours. Theſe Indian women of the Province
of Darien, are generally very free, airy, and brisk; yet
withal very modeft,and cautious in their Husbands preſence,
of whoſe jealouſie they ſtand in fear. With theſe Indians
we made an exchange, or had a truck, as it is called, for
Knives, Pins,Needles or any other fuch like trifles;but in our
dealing with them we found them to be very cunning. Here
we reſted our felves for the ſpace of one day ; and withal,
choſe Captain Sawkins to lead the Forlorn, unto wliom,
for that purpoſe, we gave the choice of Fourſcore men.
The King ordered us each man to have three Plantans,
with Sugar-canes to fuck, by way of a Preſent. But when
theſe were conſumed, if we would not truck we muſt have
ſtarved; for the King himſelf did not refuſe to deal for his
Plantans. This ſort of Fruit is firſt reduced to malh, then
laid

8 • The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
march.
march.
laid between leaves of the ſame tree, and ſo uſed with wa-
ter 5 after which preparation they call it Miſcelaw.
Fourth days On April the Ninth we continued our march along the
banks of the River abovementioned, finding in our way
here and there a Houſe. The owners of the faid Houſes
would moſt commonly ſtand at the door, and give, as we
spaſſed by, to every one of us, either a ripe Plantane , or
ſome ſweetCazave-root. Some of them would count-us
by dropping a grain of Corn för each man that paſſed be
fore them; for they know no greater number, nor can
tell no farther then Twenty. That night we arrived at
three great Indian Houſes,where we took up our Lodgings,
the weather being clear and ſerene all night.
Fifth days
The next day Captain Sharp, Captain Coxon, and Cap-
tain Cook, with about threeſcore and ten of our men,einbar-
si 20. ked themſelves in fourteen Canoas upon the Riveri, to
glide down the ſtream. : Among this number I did alſo
embark zo and we had in our company our Indian Captain
Andreas, of whom mention was made above ; and two
Indians more in each Canoa , to Pilot or guide us down the
River. But if it was ſo that we were tired in travelling
by Land before , certainly we were in a worſer condition
now in oar Canoas. For at the diſtance of almoſt every
ftones caſt, wewere conſtrained to quit, and get out of our
Boats, and hale them over either Sands or Rocks: at other
times over Trees that lay croſs and filled up the River, fo
that theyhindred our Navigation; yea, ſeveral times over
"the very points of Land it felf. That night we built our
ſelves Huts to ſhelter in upon the River fide,and reſted our
wearied Limbs until next morning.o 29 not
Sixt days
This being come,we proſecuted our Journey all day long
with the ſame fatigue and toil , as we had done the day be-
fore.
At night came ra Tygre and looked on us for
fome while; butwedared not to five at the Animal, fearing
we ſhould be deſcryed by the found of our Fuzees: the
Spa-
niards, as we were told, not being at much diſtance from
that place.
But
#arch 。

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
9
marchi
maych.
But the next day, which was April the Twelfth, our Seventh days
pain and labour was rather doubled than diminiſhed; not
only for the difficulties of the way, which was intolera-
ble, but chiefly for the abſence of our main body of men,
from whom we had parted the day before. For now hear-
ing no news of them,we grew extreamly jealous of the In-
dians and their Councels, ſuſpecting it a deſign of thoſe
people thus to divide our Forces, and then cutting us off,
betray us unto the Spaniards our implacable Enemies
. That
night we reſted our felves by building of Huts, as we had
done, and hath been mentioned before.
On Tueſday morning, the next enſuing day, we conti- Eighth days
nued our Navigation down the River , and arrived at a
beachy point of Land; at which place another Arm joyn-
eth the fame River. Here, as we underſtood, the Indians
of Darien did uſually Rendezvous, whenfoever they drew
up in a Body, with intention to fight their ancient Enemies
the Spaniards. Here alſo we made a hault, or ſtayed for
the reſt of our Forces and Company, the Indians having
now ſent to ſeek them, as being themſelves not a little
concerned at our diſſatisfaction and jealoufies. In the af-
ternoon our Companions came up with us, and were huge-
ly glad to ſee us, they having been in no leſs fear for us,than
we had been at the ſame time for them. We continued
and reſted there that night alſo,with deſign to fit our Armsad
for action, which now, as we were told, was nigh at hand.
We departed from thence early the next morning, which Ninth days
was the laſt day of our march, being in all now, the num-
ber of threeſcore and eight Canoa's, wherein were imbar-
ked 327 of us Engliſhmen, and 50 Indians, who ſerved us
for Guides. Unto the point above-mentioned, the Indians
had hitherto guided our Canoas with long Poles or ſticks;
but now we made our felves Oars and Paddles to row with-
al, and thereby make what ſpeed we could. Thus we
rowed with all haſt imaginable, and upon the River hap-
ned to meet two or three Indian Canoas that were laded
with Plantans. About midnight we arrived and landed at They arrive at
С
the
march.
Santa Maria,

IO .
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
the diſtance of half a mile, more or leſs, from the Town of
Santa Maria , whither our march was all along intended.
The place where we landed was deeply muddy,inſomuch,
that we were conſtrained to lay our paddles on the mud to
wade upon, and withal, lift our felves up by the boughs of
the trees, to ſupport our Bodies from ſinking. Afterwards
we were forced to cut our way through the woods for ſome
ſpace, where we took up our Lodgings for that night, for
fear of being diſcovered by the Enemy, unto whom we
were ſo nigh.
SW
CH A P. III.
They take the Town of Santa Maria with no loſs of
Men, and but fmall purchaſe of what they fought
for. Deſcription of the Place, Country, and
River adjacent. They reſolve to go and plunder
the ſecond time the City of Panama.
They aſault
the Town and
Fort.
T
He next morning, which was Thurſday April the Fif-
teenth, about break of day we heard from the
Town a ſmall Arm diſcharged, and after that a Drum bea-
ting a travailler. With this we were rouſed from our ſleep,
and taking up our Arms, we put our felves in order and
marched towards the Town. As ſoon as we came out of the
Woods into the open ground, we were deſcryed by the
Spaniards, who had received before-hand intelligence of
our coming, and were prepared to receive us, having al-
ready conveyed away all their Treaſure of Gold, and ſent
it to Panama. They ran immediately into a large Paliza-
da Fort, having each Pale or Poft twelve foot high, and
began to fire very briskly at us as we came. But our
Vanguard ran up unto the place, and pulling down two
or three of their Palizadas, entred the Fort incontinently,
and
They take the
place.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
II
and made themſelves Maſters thereof. In this Action there
were not fifty of our men that came up before the Fort
was taken; and on our fide only two were wounded , and
not one killed. Notwithſtanding within the place were
found two hundred and threeſcore men, beſides which
number, two hundred others were ſaid to be abſent, being
gone up into the Countrey unto the Mines to fetch down
Gold, or rather to convey away what was already in
the Town. This golden Treaſure cometh down another
branch of this River unto Santa Maria,from the neighbour
ing Mountains, where are thought to be the richeſt Mines
of the Indies, or, at leaſt, of all theſe parts of the Weſtern
World. Of the Spaniards we killed in the aſſault twenty
fix, and wounded to the number of fixteen more. But
their Governour, their Prieſt,and all, or moſt of their chief
men, made their eſcape by flight.
Having taken the Fort, we expected to find here a con- Deſcription of
ſiderable Town belonging unto it. But it proved to be the Town.
only ſome wild houſes made of Cane,the place being chief-
ly à Garriſon deſigned to keep the Indians in ſubjection,
who bare a mortal hatred, and are often apt to rebel againſt
the Spaniards. But as bad a place as it was, our fortune
was much worſe. For we came only three days too late, or
elſe we had met with three hundred weight of Gold, which They miſs of
was carried thence to Panama in a Bark, that is ſent from their deſigns,
thence twice or thrice every year, to fetch what Gold
is brought to Santa Maria from the Mountains. This Ri.
ver, called by the name of the Town, is hereabouts twice
as broad as the River of Thames is at London, and floweth
above threeſcore miles upwards , riſing to the heighth of
two fathom and a half at the Town it ſelf. As ſoon as we
had taken the place, the Indians who belonged to our com-
pany,and had ſerved us for Guides,came up unto the Town.
For inean while they heard the noiſe of the Guns, they were
in a great confternation, and dared not approach the
Palizadas, but had hidden themſelves cloſely in a ſmall hol.
low ground, inſomuch that the bullets, while we were
fighting flew over their heads.
C 2 Here

12
De Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
They redeem
the Kings
Daughter.
Here we
we found and redeemed the eldeſt Daughter of the
King of Darien, of whom we made mention above. She
had, as it ſhould ſeem, been forced away from her Fathers
houſe by one of the Gariſon, (which Rape had hugely in-
cenſed him againſt the Spaniards) and was with Child by
him. After the Fight the Indians deſtroyed as many more
of the Spaniards, as we had done in the aſſault, by taking
them into the adjoyning Woods, and there ſtabbing them
to death with their Lances. But ſo ſoon as we underſtood
this their barbarous cruelty, we hindred them from taking
any more out of the Fort, where we confined them every
one Priſoners. Captain Sawkins with a ſmall party of ten
They purſue
more, put himſelf into a Canoa, and went down the
ſuch as were River, to purſue and ſtop, if it were poſſible, thoſe that had
Ned.
eſcaped, who were the chiefeſt of the Town and Garriſon.
But now our great expectations of making an huge pur-
go maitaipato chaſe of Gold at this place being totally vaniſhed, we were
unwilling to come ſo far for nothing, or go back empty-
handed ; eſpecially, conſidering what vaſt riches were to
be had at no great diſtance from thence. Hereupon, we
reſolved to go for Panama , which place if we could take,
we were aſſured we ſhould get Treaſure enough, to ſatisfie
our hungry appetite of Gold and Riches, that City being
20:20 parts the receptacle of all the Plate, Jewels, and Gold that is dig-
ged out of the Mines of all Potoſ and Peru. Unto this effect
therefore, and to pleaſe the humours of ſome of our com-
Captain Cox- pany, we made choice of Captain Coxon to be our General,
on choſen.
or Commander in chief. Before our departure, we ſent
back what ſmall booty we had taken here by ſome priſoners,
and theſe under the charge of twelve of our men to con-
vey it unto the Ships.
They depart for
Thus we prepared to go forward on that dangerous en-
terprize of Panama. But the Indians who had conducted
us having gotten from us what Knives, Sizars, Axes, Nee-
dles, and Beads they could obrain, would not ſtay any lon-
ger, but all, or the greateſt part of them returned to their
home. Which notwithſtanding, the King himſelf, Captain
Andræas,
ES tiedt
Panama.
The Indians
Leave them.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
13
main.
Andræas, Captain Antonio, the Kings Son,called by the Spa- The chiefeft re-
niards, Bonete de Oro, or King Golden-cap, as alſo his Kinf-
man, would not be perſwaded by their falling off to leave
us, but reſolved to go to Panama, out of the deſire they
had to ſee that place taken and fackt. Yea, the King pro-
miſed, if there ſhould be occaſion, to joyn fifty thouſand
men unto our Forces. Beſides which promiſes, we had al-
fo another encouragement very conſiderable to undertake
this journey. For the Spaniard who had forced away the
Kings Daughter, as was mentioned above, fearing left
we ſhould leave him to the mercy of the Indians , who
would have had but little on him, having ſhewed them-
ſelves fo cruel unto the reſt of his Companions,for the ſafe-
ty
of his life had promiſed to lead us, not only into the
Town, but even to the very bed-chamber door of the Go-
vernour of Panama, and that we ſhould take him by the
hand, and ſeize both him and the whole City, before we
ſhould be diſcovered by the Spaniards, either before or after
our arrival.
CH A P. IV.
The Bucaniers leave the Town of Santa Maria, and
proceed by Sea to take Panama.
Extream diffi-
culties, with fundry accidents and dangers of
that Voyage.
ta Maria
Aving been in poſſeſſion of the Town of Santa Ma- Their depaya
ria, only the ſpace of two days, we departed from ture from San-
thence on Saturday April the 17th 1680. We embarked
all in Thirty five Canoas, and a Periagua, which we had
taken here lying at anchor before the Town. Thus we
failed, or rather rowed down the River, in queſt of the
South Sea, upon which Panama is feated, towards the Gulf
of

14.
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Town and
Foyt.
the Author.
>
of Belona, whereat we were to diſembogue into that O-
cean. Our priſoners, the Spaniards, begged very earneſtly
they might be permitted to go with us, and not be left à
bandoned unto the mercy of the Indians who would ſhew
them no favour, and whoſe cruelty they ſo much feared.
But we had much ado to find ſufficient number of boats
for our felves the Indians that left us, had taken with them,
either by conſent or ſtealth, ſo many Canoas. Yet not-
withſtanding they found ſoon after either Bark Logs,or old
Canoas, and by that means ſhifted ſo well for their lives,
as to come along with us. Before our departure we burnt
They burn the
both the Fort, the Church, and the Town, which was done
at the requeſt of the King, he being extreamly incenſed a-
gainſt it.
Misfortunes of Among theſe Canoas, it was my misfortune to have
one that was very heavy, and conſequently ſluggiſh. By
this means we were left behind the reſt a little way, our
number being only four men, beſides my ſelf, that were
embarked therein. As the Tyde fell, it left ſeveral ſhoals of
ſand naked ; and hence, we not knowing of the true Chan-
nel, amongſt ſuch variety of ſtreams, hapned to ſteer with-
in a ſhoal, above two mile, before we perceived our error.
Hereupon, we were forced to lye by until high water
came ; for to row in ſuch heavy boats as thoſe are againſt
the Tide, is a thing totally impoſſible
. As ſoon as the
Tyde began to turn, we rowed away in proſecution of our
Voyage, and withal, made what haſt we could, but all our
endeavours were in vain, for we neither could find, nor 0-
vertake our Companions. Thus about ten of the clock at
night, the Tyde being low water, we ſtuck up an Oar
in the River,and ſlept by turns in our Canoa, ſeveral ſhow-
ers of rain falling all the night long, with which we were
throughly pierced to the skin.
But the next morning, no ſooner day was come, when
They increase
we rowed away down the River,as before, in purſuit of our
people. Having gon about the ſpace of two Leagues, we
were ſo fortunate as to overtake them. For they had lain
that
apon him.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
15
that night at an Indian Hut, or Embarcadero, that is to ſay,
landing place, and had been filling of water till then i'th
morning. Being arrived at the place, they told us,that we
muſt not omit to fill our Jars there with water, otherwiſe
we ſhould meet with none in the ſpace of ſix days time.
Hereupon we went every one of us the diſtance of a quar-
ter of a mile from the Embarcadero, unto a little Pond, to
fill our water in Calabazas, making withal what haſt we
could back unto our Canoa. But when we returned, we
found not one of our men, they all being departed, and al-
ready got out of fight. Such is the procedure of theſe
wild men, that they care not in the leaſt whom they looſe
of their company, or leave behind. We were now more
troubled in our minds than before, fearing left we ſhould
fall into the ſame misfortune we had fo lately overcome.
Hereupon we rowed after them , as faſt as we poſſibly
could, but all in vain. For here are found ſuch huge num.
bers of Iands, greater and leſſer , as alſo Keys about the
mouth of the River, that it was not difficult for us, who
Were unacquainted with the River, to looſe our ſelves a ſe-
cond time amongſt them. Yet notwithſtanding, though
with much trouble and toil, we found at laſt that mouth of
the River, that is called by the Spaniards , Boca chica , or
the Little mouth. But as it hapned, it was now young
flood, and the ſtream ran very violent againſt us. So that
though we were not above a ſtones caft, from the faid
mouth, and this was within a League broad, yet we could
not by any means come near it. Hence we were forced
to put alhoar, which we did accordingly, until the time of
high-water. We haled our Canoa cloſe by the buſhes,and
when we got out, we faſtned our Rope unto a Tree, whichi
the Tyde had almoſt covered for it floweth here nigh four
fathom deep
As ſoon as the Tyde began to turn, we rowed away He is in great
from thence unto an Iſland, diſtant about a League and an dangers in the
half from the mouth of the River, in the Gulf of San Mi.
Gulf.
guel. Here in the Gulf it went very hard with us, when-
ſoever

16
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
foever any wave daſhed againſt the ſides of our Canoa,
for it was nigh twenty foot in length, and yet not quite
one foot and a half in breadth where it was at the broadeſt.
So that we had juſt room enough to ſit down in her, and
a little water would eaſily have both filled and overwhelm-
ed us. At the Iſland aforeſaid, we took up our reſting place
for that night, though for the loſs of our company, and the
great dangers we were in the forrowfulleſt night that until
then, I ever experimented in my whole life. For it rained
impetuouſly all night long, inſomuch that we were wet
from head to foot, and had not one dry thred about us ;
neither through the violence of the rain, were we able to
keep any fire burning wherewith to warm or dry us. The
Tide ebbeth here a good half mile from the mark of high
water, and leaveth bare wonderful high,and ſharp pointed
rocks. We paſſed this heavy and tedious night without
one ſole minute of ſleep, being all very ſorrowful to ſee
our ſelves ſo far and remote from the reſt of our compani-
ons, as alſo totally deſtitute of all humane comfort. For
a vaſt Sea ſurrounded us on the one ſide, and the mighty
power of our Enemies the Spaniards on the other. Neither
could we deſcry at any hand the leaſt thing to relieve us,
all that we could ſee being the wide fea,high Mountains and
Rocks; mean while our felves were confined to an Egg-
ſhell, inſtead of a Boat, without ſo much as a few cloaths
to defend us from the injuries of the weather. For at that
time none of us had a fhooe to our feet. We ſearched the
whole Key, to ſee if we could find any water, but found
none.
CH A P.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
37
the Canoa.
CHAP. V.
Shipwrack of Mr.Ringroſe the Author of this Nar-
rative. He is taken by the Spaniards, and mi-
raculouſly by them preſerved. Several other ac-
cidents and diſaſters which befel him after the
loſs of his Companions till he found them again.
Deſcription of the Gulf of Vallona.
O
N Munday April the Nineteenth, at break of day,we They put out să
halled our Canoa into the water again, and depart- Sea again in
ing from the Iſland aforementioned: both wet and cold, as
we were, we rowed away towards the Punta de San Lo-
renzo, or Point St. Lawrence. In our way we met with ſe-
veral Iſlands which lye ſtragling thereabouts. But now
we were again ſo hard put to it, by the ſmalneſs of our vef-
fel, and being in an open ſea, that it was become the work
of one man, yea ſometimes of two, to caſt out the water,
which came in on all ſides of our Canoa. After ſtrugling
for ſome while with theſe difficulties, as we came near un-
to one of thoſe Ilands, a Sea came and overturned our And are call
Boat, by which means we were all forced to ſwim for our away.
lives. But we ſoon got unto the Shoar, and to the ſame
place our Canoa came tumbling after us. Our Arms were
very faſt laſhed unto the inſide of the Boat, and our Locks
as well caſed and waxed down as was poſſible ; fo were al-
ſo our Catouche Boxes and powder-horns. But all our
Bread and freſh water was utterly ſpoiled and loſt. To
Our Canoa being tumbled on ſhoar by the force of the
Another this
waves, our firſt buſineſs was to take out and clear our Arms, wrack.
This we had ſcarcely done, but we ſaw another Canoa run
the ſame misfortune at a little diſtance to Leeward of us,a-
mongſt a great number of Rocks that bounded the INand.
D
The

18
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
The perſons that were caſt away proved to be fix Spaniards
of the Gariſon of Santa Maria , who had found an old
Canoa , and had followed us to eſcape the cruelty of the
Indians. They preſently came unto us,and made us a fire;
which being done, we got our meat and broyled it on the
coals, and all of us eat amicably together. But we ſtood
in great need of water, or any other drink to our Victuals,
not knowing in the leaſt where to get any. Our Canog was
thrown up by the waves to the edge of the water and there
was no great fear of its ſplitting, as being full fix inches in
thickneſs on the ſides thereof. But that in which the Spa-
niards came, ſplit it ſelf againſt the Rocks, as being old and
ſlender , into an hundred pieces. Though we were thus
ſhipwrackt and driven alhoar, as I have related, yet other-
wife, and at other times, is this Gulf of San Miguel a meer
Mill-pond for ſinoothneſs of water.
Tlaey conſult de
My company was now altogether for returning, and to
bout their af- proceed no farther, but rather for living amongſt the In-
fairs.
dians, in caſe they could not reach the Ships we had left be-
hind us in the Northern Sea. But with much ado I prea
vailed with them to go forward at leaſt one day longer, and
in caſe we found not our people the next day, that then I
would be willing to do any thing which they ſhould think
fit. Thus we ſpent two or three hours of the day in con-
ſulting about our affairs, and withal keeping a man to
watch and look out on all ſides, for fear of any ſurprizal by
the Indians , or other Enemies. About the time that we
were come to a concluſion in our debates, our watchman
by chance ſpyed an Indian ; who, as ſoon as he ſaw us, ran
into the woods. I ſent immediately two of my company
after him, who overtook him, and found that he was one
of our friendly Indians. Thus he carryed them unto a
place not far diſtant from thence, where ſeven more of his
company were,with a great Canoa which they had brought
with them. They came unto the place where I was with
the reſt of my company, and ſeemed to be glad to meet
us on that Iſland. I asked them by ſigns for the main bo-
dy

Part IV.- Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 19
ards,
dy of our Company; and they gave me to underſtand,
that in caſe we would go with them in their Canoa, which
was much bigger than ours, we ſhould be up with the
Party by the next morning. This news, as may eaſily be
fuppoſed, not a little rejoyced our hearts.
Preſently after this friendly invitation, they asked who The Author Sam
the other fix men were, whom they ſaw in our company, veth the lives
for they eaſily perceived us not to be all of one and the of the Spani-
fame coat and lingua. We told them they were Wankers,
which is the name they commonly give unto the Spaniards
in their own Language. Their next queſtion was, if they
ſhould kill thoſe Spaniards ? but I anſwered them, No, by
no means, I would not conſent to have it done. With
which anſwer they ſeemed to be ſatisfied for that preſent.
But a little while after, my back being turned, my com-
pany thinking that they ſhould oblige thereby the Indians,
beckned unto them to kill the Spaniards. With this, the
poor Creatures perceiving the danger that threat ned them,
made a ſad ſhreek and outcry, and I came time enough to
fave all their lives. But withal, I was forced to give
way
and conſent, they ſhould have one of them for to make him
their ſlave. Hereupon I gave the Canoa that I came in
unto the five Spaniards remaining, and bid them get away
and ſhift for their lives, left thoſe cruel Indians ſhould
not keep their word, and they run again the ſame danger
they had ſo lately eſcaped. Having ſent them away,mean
while I reſted my ſelf, here I took a Survey of this Gulf,
and the mouth of the River, the which I finiſhed the ſame
day, and do here preſent unto the view of the Reader.
D2
But

Bucariers of America: Part IV.
Rhondo
Lorenzo
Punta de Sant:
23 nad
gommodo y
svojo antikong
Hoitotiv besnils whe
follano y otw. 120
kon
n
DO
h
soinu
sovig vigor
Fiswa Upx
hour 3x20
I se
D
Soob orion on
onts
R Ballona
3
HOT-99do
Rides Maria
Sri
a
μίλατια
Punta
sono
post Sid bn guide
Bontov
Garachina
A Dejcriation of Laguna
io nuon
Solo
op
Gulf of Ballona

Part IV Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
But now, thanks be to God , joyning company with They put to fed
thoſe Indians, we were got into a very large Canoa , the again, and are
made priſoners.
which for its bigneſs, was better able to carry twenty men,
than our own that we had brought to carry five. The
Indians had alſo fitted a very good Sail unto the ſaid Canoa ;
ſo that having now a freſh and ſtrong gale of wind,we ſet
fail from thence, and made therewith brave way, to the in-
finite joy and comfort of our hearts, feeing our felves fo
well accommodated, and ſo happily rid of the miſeries we
but lately had endured. We had now a ſmooth and eaſie
paſſage, after ſuch tedious and labourſome pains as we had
ſuſtained in coming ſo far ſince we left Santa Maria. Un-
der the point of St. Lawrence, mentioned above, is a very
great ripling of the Sea , occaſioned by a ſtrong current
which runneth hereabouts, and which oftentimes almoſt
filled our Boat with its daſhes, as we ſailed. This evening,
after our departure from the Iſland where we were caſt a-
way, it rained vehemently for ſeveral hours, and the night
proved to be very dark. About nine of the clock that
night we deſcryed two fires on the ſhoar of the Continent,
over againſt us. Theſe fires were no ſooner perceived by
the Indians of our Canoa, but they began to ſhout for joy,
and cry out, Captain Antonio, Captain Andræas, the names
of their Indian Captains and Leaders; and to affirm, they
were aſſured thoſe fires were made by their Companions.
Hence they made for the ſhoar towards thoſe fires, as faſt
as they could drive. But fo foon as cur Canoa came a-
mongſt the breakers, nigh the ſhoar, out came from the
Woods above threeſcore Spaniards with Clubs and other
Arms, and laying hold on our Canoa on both ſides thereof,
halled it out of the water quite dry: So that by this means
we were all ſuddainly taken and made their priſoners. I
laid hold of my Gun, thinking to make ſome defence for
my felf, but all was in vain; for they as ſuddainly ſeized
me between four or five of them;and hindred me from acti-
on. I'th' mean while our Indians leaped over board, and
got away very nimbly into the Woods; my_Companions
ftande

22
The Bucaniers of America. Y Part IV.
ſtanding amazed at what had hapned, and the manner of
our ſurprizal
. I asked them preſently if any of them
could ſpeak either French or Engliſh: but they anſwered,
No. Hereupon, as well as I could, I diſcourſed to ſome of
them, who were more intelligent than the réft, in Latin,
and by degrees came to underſtand their condition. Theſe
were Spaniards who had been turned here afhoar by our
Engliſh party, who left them upon this Coaſt, left by car-
rying them nearer unto Panama , any of them fhould
make their eſcape , and diſcover our march towards that
City. They had me preſently after I was taken into a ſmall
Hut which they had built, covered with boughs, and made
there great ſhouts for joy, becauſe they had taken us; de-
figning in their minds to uſe us very feverely for coming
into thoſe parts, and eſpecially for taking and plundering
their Town of Santa Maria. But mean while the Captain
of thoſe Spaniards was examining me, in came the poor
Spaniard that was come along with us, and reported how
kind I had been to him, and the reſt of his Companions,by
ſaving their Lives from the cruelty of the Indians.
They are civil The Captain having heard him, aroſe from his ſeat im-
ly created and mediately and embraced me, ſaying, that we Engliſhmen
fet at liberty.
were very friendly Enemies, and good people, but that the
Indians were very Rogues,and a treacherous Nation. With-
al, he deſired me to ſit
down by him and to eat part of ſuch
Victuals as our Companions had left them when they were
turned aſhoar. Then he told me, that for the kindneſs I
had ſhewed unto his Countrymen, he gave us allour Lives
and Liberties, which otherwiſe he would certainly have
taken from us. And though he could ſcarcely be perfwa-
ded in his mind to ſpare the Indians lives, yet for my fake
he did pardon them all, and I ſhould have them with me,
in caſe I could find them. Thus he bid me likewiſe take
my Canoa, and go in Gods name, ſaying withal, he wiſhed
us as fortunate as we were generous. Hereupon I took my
leave of him, after ſome little ſtay, though he invited me
to tarry all night with him. I ſearched out, and at laſt
found

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
33
found my Indians, who for fear had hid themſelves in the
buſhes adjoyning to the neighbouring woods, where they
lay concealed. Having found them, the Captain led me
very civilly down unto the Canoa, and bidding my Com-
panions and the Indians get in after me; as they at firſt
hålled us aſhoar, fo now again they puſhed us off to Sea,by
a ſuddain and ſtrange viciſſitude of fortune. All that night
it rained very hard, as was mentioned above ; neither durſt
we put any more afhoar at any place, it being all along
ſuch, as by Mariners is commonly called an Iron Coaſt.
The next morning being come, we failed, and padled, or They overtale
rowed, till about ten of the clock. At which time we ef- the reſt of the
pied a Canoa making towards us with all ſpeed imaginable
Being come up with us, and in view., it proved to be of
our own Engliſh Company, who miſtaking our Canoa for
a Spaniſh Periagua,was coming in all haft to attack us. We
were infinitely gladded to meet them, and they preſently
conducted us to the reſt of our Company,who were at that
inſtant coming from a deep Bay, which lay behind a high
point of Rocks, where they had lain at Anchor all that
night and morning. We were all mutually rejoyced to ſee
one another again, they having given both me and my
Companions for loft.
C H A P. VI.
The Bucaniers proſecute their Voyage, till they
come within fight of Panama. They take feve-
ral Barks and Priſoners by the way. Are der
cryed by the Spaniards before their arrival. They
order the Indians to kill the Priſoners.
Rom the place where we rejoyned our Engliſh Forces, They arrive at
F
we all made our way towards a high hammock of Farol de Plano
Land, as it appeared at a diſtance, but was nothing elſe tanos.
than.

24
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
The Bucaniers
Panamà.
then an Iſland ſeven Leagues diſtant from the Bay afore.
mentioned. On the higheſt part of this Iſland the Spani-
ards keep a watch, or Look-out, (for ſo it is termed by the
Sea-men) for fear of Pyrates, or other Enemies. That
evening we arrived at the Iſland, and being landed,went up
a very ſteep place, till we came to a little Hut where the
watchman lodged. We took by ſurprizal the old man who
watched in the place, but hapned to ſee us not, till we were
got into his Plantane walk before the Lodge. He told us
in his examination, that we were not as yet deſcryed by the
Spaniards of Panama, or any others that he knew; which
relation of the old fellow much encouraged us to go for-
wards with our deſign of ſurprizing that rich City. This
place, if I took its name rightly, is called Farol de Planta-
nos, or in Engliſh, Plantane-watch.
Here, not long before it was dark that evening, a cer-
take a Bark of tain Bark came to an anchor at the outward fide of the I-
ſland, which inſtantly was deſcryed by us. Hereupon, we
ſpeedily Manned out two Canoas, who went under the
ſhoar and ſurprized the ſaid Boat. Having examined the
perſons that were on board , we found ſhe had been abſent
the ſpace of eight days from Panama, and had landed Sol-
diers at a point of Land not far diſtant from this Iſland,
with intention to fight and curb certain Indians and Ne-
groes, who had done much hurt in the Country therea-
bouts. The Bark being taken, moſt of our men endea-
voured to get into her, but more eſpecially thoſe who had
the leſſer Canoas. Thus there embarked thereon to the
number of one hundred thirty and ſeven of our company,
together with that Sea-Artiſt, and valiant Commander,
Captain Bartholomew Sharp. With him went alſo on board
Captain Cook,whom we mentioned at the beginning of this
Hiſtory. The remaining part of that night we lay at the
Key of the ſaid Inand, expecting to proſecute our Voya
age the next day.
Topy take ano Morning being come, I changed my Canoa and embark
ed my ſelf on another, which though it was ſomething
tbey Bark.
lefier

Voyage of Captain Sharp, eric.
25
leſſer than the former, yet was furniſhed with better com-
pany. Departing from the Iſland, we rowed all day long
over ſhoal water, at the diſtance of about a League from
land, having ſometimes not above four foot water, and
white ground. In the afternoon we deſcryed a Bark at
ſea, and inſtantly gave her chace. But the Canoa wherein
was Captain Harris hapned to come up the firſt with her,
who after a ſharp diſpute took her. Being taken, we put
on board the faid Bark thirty men. But the wind would
not fuffer the other Bark in chacing to come up with us.
This purfuit of the Veſſel did ſo far hinder us in our Voy-
age, and divide us afunder, that night coming on preſently
after, we loſt one another, and could no longer keep in a bo-
dy together. Hereupon we laid our Canoa aſhoar, to take
up our reſt for that night, at the diſtance of two miles,
more or leſs from high water mark,and about four Leagues
to Leeward of the Iſland of Chepillo, unto which place our
courſe was then directed.
The next morning, as ſoon as the water began to float They arrive at
us, we rowed away for the fore-mentioned Iſland Chepillo,
the Iſle of Che-
pillo.
where by aſſignation our general Rendezvous was to be. In
our way as we went, we eſpyed another Bark under fail, as
we had done the day before. Capt.Coxons Canoa was now
the firſt that came up with this veſſel. But a young breeſe
freſhning at that inſtant, ſhe got away from him after the
firft onſet,killing in the ſaid Canoa one Mr.Bulb,and wound-
ing two others. We preſently conjectured that this Bark
would get before us unto Panama, and give intelligence of
our coming unto thoſe of the Town; all which hapned as
we had foreſeen. It was that day two of the clock in the
afternoon, before all our Canoas could come together, and
joyn one another as it was aſſigned at Chepillo. We took at They take 14
that Iſland fourteen priſoners,between Negros and Mulatos ;
priſoners.
alſo great ſtore of Plantans, and good water, together with
two fat hogs. But now believing that ere this we had been
already deſcryed at Panama, by the Bark afore-mentioned,
we reſolved among our ſelves to waſt no time, but to haften
E
away

26
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
844.
away from the ſaid INand, to the intent we might at leaſt
be able to ſurprize and take their Shipping, and by that
means make our felves maſters of thoſe Seas , in caſe we
could not get the Town, which now we judged almoſt im-
And a Peria poſſible to be done. At Chepillo we took alſo a Periagua,
which we found at anchor before the Iſland , and prefent-
ly we put ſome men on board her. Our ſtay here was
only of few hours ; ſo that about four of the clock in the
evening, which now was coming on, we rowed away from
thence, deſigning to reach Panama before the next morn-
ing; unto which place we had now only ſeven Leagues to
go, it being no farther diſtant from Chepillo
. But before
we departed from the ſaid Iſland, it was judged convenient
by our Commanders, for certain reaſons, which I could
not dive into, to rid their hands of the priſoners which we
They enjoyn
had taken. And hereupon orders were given unto our
the Indians to Indians , who they knew would perform them very wil-
kill the priſo-
lingly, to fight, or rather to murther and ſlay the ſaid Pris
ſoners upon the ſhoar, and that in the view of the whole
Fleet. This they inſtantly went about to do, being glad of
this opportunity to revenge their hatred againſt their ene-
mies, though in cold blood. But the priſoners, although
they had no Arms wherewith to defend themſelves, forced
their way through thoſe barbarous Indians,in ſpight of their
Lances, Bows, and Arrows, and got into the Woods of the
Iſland, one only man of them being killed. We rowed
all night long, though many ſhowers of rain ceaſed not
I cou 20
kere
MOT to glors con gáindo Tuo
bob asli aswal nedloud barlow
gog smoa buco enoto zoodle gold scomotie
NGOC CNC THIET 2 900g TOTO
ban
obsen
boogbo * Stol CHA.P.
wou zgerlarton
gritos bor job yola
Suen bovlolone
NEY'S.
to fali.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
27
CHA P. VII.
They arrive within ſight of Panama. Are encoun-
tred by Three ſmall men of War. They fight
them with only fixty eight men, and utterly de-
feat them, taking two of the ſaid Veſſels. De-
fcription of that bloody fight. They take feve-
ral Ships at the Iſle of Perico before Panama.
ТЕ
of
Panama.
He next morning, which was on April the 2 3. 1680. They come
that day being dedicated unto St George, our Patron
within ſight of
of England, we came before Sun-riſe within view of the
City of Panama, which maketh a pleaſant ſhew unto the
Veſſels that are at ſea from off the ſhoar. Soon after we
ſaw alſo the Ships belonging to the ſaid City, which lay at
Anchor at an Iſland called Perico, diſtant only two Leagues
from Panama. On the aforeſaid Iſland are to be ſeen feve-
ral Store-houſes which are built there, to receive the Goods
delivered out of the Ships. At that preſent there rid at
Anchor at Perico five great thips, and three pretty big
Barks, called Barcos de la Armadilla, or little men of War;
the word Armadilla ſignifying a Little Fleet. Theſe had Are deſcryed
been ſuddainly Manned out, with deſign to fight us, and by the Arma-
prevent any farther attempts we ſhould make upon the
City, or Coaſts of thoſe Seas. As ſoon as they eſpied us,
they inſtantly weighed Anchor, and got under ſail.coming
directly to meet us, whom they expected very ſhortly, ac-
cording to the intelligence they had received of our com-
ing. Our two Periaguas being heavy, could not row ſo
faſt as we that were in the Canoas, and hence we were
got pretty far before them. In our five Canoas (for ſo
many we were now in company, we had only thirty fix
men, and theſe but in a very unfit condition to fight, as
being
dilla,
E2

28
Buca niers of America. Part IV
And engage
with it.
Number of
the Armadilla.
being tyred with ſo much rowing, and ſo few in number,
in compariſon of the enemy that came againſt us. They
failed towards us directly before the wind, inſomuch that
we feared left they ſhould run us down before it. Here-
upon we rowed up into the winds eye, as the Seamen term
it, and got cloſe to windward of them. Mean while we
were doing this, our leſſer Periagua came up with us, in
which were thirty two more of our Company. So that
their men that we were in all fixty eight men that were engaged in the
fought. fight of that day ; the King himſelf being one of our num-
ber, who was in the Periagua aforementioned. In the
veſſel that was Admiral of theſe three ſmall men of war,
were fourſcore and fix Biſcayners, who have the repute of
being the beſt Mariners and alſo the beſt Souldiers amongſt
Strength of the Spaniards. Theſe were all Voluntiers, who came de
fignedly to thew their Valour, under the Command of
Don Jacinto de Barahona, who was High Admiral of thoſe
Seas. In the ſecond were ſeventy ſeven Negro's,who were
commanded by an old and ſtout Spaniard , Native of An-
daluſia in Spain named Don Franciſco de Peralta.In the third
and laſt were ſixty five Meſtizos, or Mulato's, or Tawny-
mores, Commanded by Don Diego de Carabaxal.So that in
all they made the number of two hundred twenty & eight
men. The Commanders had ſtrict orders given them,and
their reſolutions were to give quarters to none of the Pie
rats or Bucaniers. But ſuch bloody Commands as theſe
ſeldom or never do happen to proſper.
Beginning of
The Canoa of Captain Sawkins, and alſo that wherein I
was, were much to Leeward of the reſt. So that the ſhip
of Don Diego de Carabaxal came between us two,and fired
preſently on me to Windward, and on him to Leeward,
wounding with theſe broad fides, four men in his Canoa,
and one in that I was in. But he paid ſo dear for his paſſage
between us, that he was not very quick in coming about
again and making the ſame way. For we killed with our
firſt volly of fhor, ſeveral of his men dead upon the decks.
Thus we alſo got to Windward, as the reſt were before.
AC-
the Fight.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dic.
29
At this time the Admiral of the Armadilla, or Little Fleet,
came up with us ſuddainly,ſcarce giving us time to charge,
and thinking to paſs by us all with as little or leſs damage,
as the firſt of his Ships had done. But as it hapned, it fell
out much worſe with him, for we were ſo fortunate, as to
kill the man at the Helm. So that his Ship ran into the
wind, and her Sails lay a back, as is uſually ſaid in Marine-
ry. By this means we had time to come all up under his
ſtern, and firing continually into his Veſſel, we killed as
many as came to the Helm. Beſides which ſlaughter, we
cut aſunder his main ſheet and brace with our ſhot. At
this time the third veſſel, in which Captain Peralta was,
was coming up to the aid of their General. Hereupon
Captain Sawkins, who had changed his Canoa,and was gone
into the Periagua, left the Admiral to us four Canoas, (for
his own was quite diſabled) and met the faid Peralta. Be-
tween him & Captain Sawkins the diſpute,or fight,was very
hot, lying board on board together and both giving and re-
ceiving death unto each other as faſt as they could charge.
In the mean while that we were thus engaged, the firſt
fhip tackt about, and came up to relieve the Admiral. But
we perceiving that, and foreſeeing how hard it would
go
with us,if we ſhould be beaten from the Admirals ſtern,de.
termined to prevent his deſign. Hereupon two of our
Canoas, to wit, Captain Springers and my own, ſtood off
to meet him. He made up directly towards the Admiral,
who ſtood upon the quarter deck, waving unto him with a
Handkerchief ſo to do But we engaged him ſo cloſely, in one of them
the middle of his way, that had he not given us the Helm, put to flights'
and made away from us, we had certainly been on board
him. We killed ſo many of the men, that the veſſel had
ſcarce men enough left alive, or unwounded, to carry her
off. Yet the wind now blowing freſh, they made ſhift to
get away from us, and hereby ſave their lives.
The Veſſel which was to relieve the Admiral being thus they take their
put to flight, we came about again upon the Admiral, and Admiral.
all together gave a loud hallow, which was anſwered by
OU

30
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
our men in the Periagua, though at a diſtance from us. At
that time we came fo cloſe under the ſtern of the Admi-
ral, that we wedged up the Rudder; and withal, killed
The Admiral both the Admiral himſelf
, and the chief Pilot of his ſhip;
and chief Pi- ſo that now they were almoſt quite diſabled and diſ heart-
lot killed.
ned likewiſe , ſeeing what a bloody Maſſacre we had made
among them with our ſhot. Hereupon, two thirds of their
men being killed, and many others wounded, they cryed
for Quarter, which had ſeveral times been offered unto
them, and as ſtoutly denyed until then. Captain Coxon
entred on board the Admiral, and took with him Captain
Captain Har. Harris, who had been ſhot through both his Legs, as he
ris ſhor. boldly adventured up along the ſide of the ſhip. This
veſſel being thus taken, we put on board her alſo all the
reſt of our wounded men, and inſtantly manned two of
our Canoas to go and aid Captain Sawkins, who now had
been three times beaten from on board Peralta, fuch valiant
defence had he made. And indeed, to give our Enemies
their due, no men in the world did ever act more bravely
than theſe Spaniards.
Another of Thus coming up cloſe under Peralta’s fide, we gave him
them taken. a full volley of ſhot, and expected to have the like return
from him again. But on a ſuddain we ſaw his men blown
up that were abaſt the Maft ; ſome of them falling on the
deck, and others into the Sea. This diſaſter was no ſooner
perceived by their valiant Captain Peralta , but he leaped
over board, and in ſpight of all our ſhot, got ſeveral of
them into the ſhip again; though he was much burnt in
both his hands himſelf. But as one misfortune ſeldom
cometh alone, mean while he was recovering theſe men to
reinforce his ſhip withal, and renew the fight, another Jar
of powder took fire forward, and blew up ſeveral others
upon the Fore-caſtle. Among this ſmoak, and under the
opportunity thereof, Captain Sawkins laid them on board,
and took the ſhip. Soon after they were taken, I went on
board Captain Peralta, to ſee what condition they were in.
And indeed, ſuch a miſerable ſight I never ſaw in my life.
For

Part IV: Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
31
For not one man there was found, but was either killed,
deſperately wounded,or horribly burnt with Powder. In-
ſomuch, that their black skins were turned white in ſeveral
places, the powder having torn it from their fleſh and
bones. Having compaſſionated their miſery, I went after- Horrible Spe-
wards on board the Admiral, to obſerve likewiſe the con- mornded. the
dition of his Ship and men. Here I ſaw what did meer-
ly aſtoniſh me,and will ſcarcely be believed by others than
our ſelves who ſaw it. There were found on board this ſhip
but twenty five men alive, whoſe number before the fight
had been fourfoore and fix, as was ſaid above. So that threc-
ſcore and one, out of ſo ſmall a number, were deſtroyed in
the Battle. But what is more, of theſe twenty five men,
only eight were able to bear Arms, all the reſt being del-
perately wounded , and by their wounds totally diſabled
to make any reſiſtance, or defend themſelves. Their blood
ran down the decks in whole ſtreams, and not ſcarce one
place in the ſhip was found that was free from blood.
Having poſſeſſed our felves of theſe two Armadilla veſ- They take the
ſels, or Little men of War, Captain Sawkins asked the pri- Harbour. th
foners, how many Men there might be on board the grea-
teſt ſhip that we could ſee from thence, lying in the Har-
bour of the Iſland of Perico above-mentioned, as alſo in
the others that were ſomething ſmaller. Captain Peralta
hearing theſe queſtions, diſſwaded him as much as he could
from attempting them ; ſaying, that in the biggeſt alone
there were Three hundred and fifty men,and that he would
find the reſt too well provided for defence againſt his ſmall
number. But one of his men, who lay a dying upon the
deck, contradicted him as he was ſpeaking, and told Cap-
tain Sawkins, there was not one man on board any of thoſe
fhips that were in view; for they had all been taken out of
them to fight us in theſe three veſſels called the Armadilla,
or Little Fleet. Unto this relation we gave credit, as pro-
ceeding from a dying man;and ſteering our courſe unto the
Iſland, we went on board them, and found, as he had ſaid,
not one perſon there. The biggeſt ſhip of theſe , which
was

32
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
loſt in the
was called La Santiſima Trinidad, or the Bleſſed Trinity,
they had ſet on fire, made a hole in her, and looſened her
fore-fail
. But we quenched the fire with all ſpeed, and
ſtopt the leak. This being done , we put our wounded
men on board her, and thus conſtituted her for that pre-
fent to be our Hoſpital.
What men they
Having ſurveyed our own lofs and damages, we found
that eighteen of our men had been killed in the fight, and
fight.
twenty two were wounded. Theſe three Captains againſt
whom we fought, were eſteemed by the Spaniards to be
the valianteſt in all the South Seas. Neither was this repu-
tation undeſervedly conferred upon them, as may eaſily
be inferred from the relation we have given of this bloody
Engagement. As the third ſhip was running away from
the fight, ſhe met with two more that were coming out to
their aſſiſtance; but withal, gave them ſo little encourage-
ment, that they returned back, and dared not engage us.
We began the Fight about half an hour after Sun-rile, and
by noon had finiſhed the Battle, and quite overcome them.
Capt. Peralta,
mean while he was our Priſoner, would often
break out into admirations of our Valour, and ſay, ſurely,
We Engliſhmen were the valianteſt men in the whole world who
deſigned always to fight open, whilſt all other Nations invent-
ed all the ways imaginable to barricade themſelves,and fight
as cloſe as they could. And yet notwithſtanding, we killed
more of our Enemies than they of us.
Captain Har Two days after our Engagement, we buryed Captain
ris dyeth. Peter Harris, a brave and ſtout Souldier,and a valiant Eng.
liſhman, born in the County of Kent ; whoſe death we ve-
ry much lamented. He dyed of the wounds he received
in the Battel, and beſides him, only one man more; all the
reſt of our wounded men recovered. Being now come
before Panama, I here enquired of Don Franciſco de Peral-
ta, our Priſoner, many things concerning the ſtate and con-
dition of this City,and the Neighbouring Country ; and he
fatisfied me in manner following.
СНАР.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
33
CHA P. VIII.
Deſcription of the State and Condition of Panama,
and the parts adjacent. What Veſſels they took
while they blocked up the ſaid Port. Captain
Coxon with ſeventy more returneth honie. Saw-
kins is choſen in chief.
He famous City of Panama is ſituate in the latitude Preſent ſtate of
of nine degrees North. It ſtandeth in a deep Bay, Panama.
belonging to the South Sea. It is in form round, except-
ing only that part where it runs along the Sea-ſide. For-
merly it ſtood four miles more Eaſterly, when it was ta-
ken by Sir Henry Morgan, as is related in the Hiſtory of
the Bucaniers
. But by him then being burnt, and three
times more ſince that time by caſualty, they removed it
to the place where it now ftandeth. Yet notwithſtanding,
ſome poor people there are ſtill inhabiting at the old Town,
and the Cathedral Church is ſtill kept there, the beautiful
building whereof maketh a fair ſhew at a diſtance, like un-
to that of St.Pauls at London. This new City, of which I
now ſpeak, is much bigger than the old one was, and is
built for the moſt part of brick,the reſt being built of ſtone,
and tiled. As for the Churches belonging thereunto,they
are not as yet finiſhed. Theſe are eight in number, where-
of the chiefeſt is called Santa Maria. The extent of the
City comprehendeth better than a mile and a half in length,
and above a mile in breadth. The Houſes for the moſt
part are three ſtories in heighth. It is well walled round
about, with two Gates belonging thereunto, excepting on-
ly where a Creek cometh into the City,the which at high-
water letteth in Barks, to furniſh the Inhabitants with all
forts of Proviſions and other Neceſſaries. Here are al-
F.
ways

34
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ways Three hundred ofthe Kings Souldiers to Garriſon the
City ; beſides which number, their Militia of all colours,
are one thouſand one hundred. But at the time that we
arrived there, moſt of their Souldiers were out of Town;
infomuch, that our coming put the reſt into great conſter-
nation, they having had but one nights notice of our be-
ing in thoſe Seas. Hence we were induced to believe,that
had we gone afhoar, inſtead of fighting their ſhips, we had
certainly rendred our felves maſters of the place ; eſpecial-
ly conſidering, that all their chief men were on board the
Admiral; I mean, ſuch as were undoubtedly the beſt Soul-
diers. Round about the City for the ſpace of ſeven Leagues,
more or leſs, all the adjacent Country is Savana, as they
call it in the Spaniſh Language, that is to ſay, plain and
level ground, as ſmooth as a ſheet ; for this is the fignifi-
cation of the word Savana. Only here and there is to be
ſeen a ſmall ſpot of woody Land; and every where this
level ground is full of Vacadas, or Beef Stantions, where
whole droves of Cows and Oxen are kept, which ſerve as
well as ſo many Look-outs, or Watch-Towers , to deſcry if
an Enemy is approaching by land. The ground whereon
the City ſtandeth, is very damp and moiſt,which rendreth
the place but of bad repute for the concern of health. The
water is alſo very full of worms,and theſe are much prejudi-
cial to ſhipping;which is the cauſe that the Kings Ships lye
always at Lima, the Capital City of Peru, unleſs when they
come down to Panama to bring the Kings Plate; which is
only at ſuch times, as the Fleet of Galeones cometh from
Old Spain to fetch and convey it thither. Here in one night
after our arrival, we found Worms of three quarters of an
inch in length, both in our Bed-cloaths and other Appa-
rel.
Nimber of At the Iſland of Perico above-mentioned, we ſeized in
ſtrips taken be- all five ſhips. Of theſe, the firſt and biggeſt was named,
fore Panama.
as was ſaid before, the Trinidad,and was a great ſhip, of the
Note, in this burthen of four hundred Tuns. Her lading conſiſted of
Ship they cane
Wine, Sugar, Sweet-meats, (whereof the Spaniards in thoſe
hot
home.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
35
hot Countreys make infinite uſe) Skins, and Soap. The
fecond ſhip was of about Three hundred Tuns burthen,
and not above half laded with bars of Iron, which is one
of the richeſt Commodities that are brought into the South
Sea. This veffel we burned with the lading in her,becauſe
the Spaniards pretended not to want that Commodity and
therefore would not redeem it. The third was laden with
Sugar, being of the burthen of one hundred and fourſcore
Tuns, more or leſs
. This veſſel was given to be under the
Command of Captain Cook. The fourth was an old ſhip
of fixty Tuns burthen, which was laden with flower of
Meal. This ſhip we likewiſe burnt with her lading ; eſteem-
ing both bottom and Cargo, at that time, to be uſeleſs unto
us. The fifth was a ſhip of Fifty Tuns, the which, with a
Periagua, Captain Coxon took along with him when he left
way
us.
Within two or three days after our arrival at Panama, Captain Cox-
Captain Coxon being much diffatisfied with ſome reflections and returretha
which had been made upon him by our company, deter- home.
mined to leave us, and return back to our ſhips in the Nor-
thern Seas, by the fame way he came thither. Unto this
effect, he perſwaded ſeveral of our company, who fided
moſt with him, and had had the chiefeſt hand in his Electi-
on, to fall off from us, and bear him company in his jour-
ney, or march over-land. The main cauſe of thoſe re-
flexions, was the backwardneſs in the laſt Engagement
with the Armadilla ; concerning which point, ſome fick-
ed not to defame, or brand him, with the note of Cowar-
dize. He drew off with him,to the number of threeſcore
and ten of our men, who all returned back with him in
the Ship and Periagua above-mentioned towards the mouth
of the River of Santa Maria. In his company alſo went
back the Indian King, Captain Antonio, and Don Andreas,
who being old , deſired to be excuſed from ſtaying any
longer with us. However, the King defired we would not
be leſs vigourous in annoying their enemy and ours, the
Spaniards , than if he were perſonally preſent with us.
And
F 2

36
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
And to the intent we might ſee how faithfully he did in-
tend to deal with us, he at the ſame time recommended
Captain Saw- both his Son and Nephew unto the care of Captain Sawa
kins chosen.
kins, who was now our newly choſen General,or Comman-
der in chief, in the abſence of Captain Sharp. The two
Armadilla Ships which we took in the Engagement we
burnt alſo, ſaving no other thing of them both, but their
Rigging, and Sails
. With them alſo we burnt a ſmall Bark,
which came into the Port laden with Fowls and Poul-.
try.blo
All their Fora On Sunday, which was April the 25th , Captain Sharp
ces joyn them. with his Bark and Company came in and joyned us again.
His abſence was occaſioned by want of water,which forced
A Bark taken.
him to bear up to the Kings Iſlands. Being there, he found
a new Bark,which he preſently took and burnt his old one.
This veſſel did fail excellently well. Within a day or two
espinaquo after the arrival of Captain Sharp', came in likewiſe the
i han people of Captain Harris , who were ſtill abſent. Theſe
Arother Bart had alſo taken another Bark,and cut down the Maſts of their
taken.
old one by the board, and thus without Mafts or Sails
turned away the Priſoners they had taken in her. The
A third Bark next day we took in like manner another Bark, which ar-
taken.
rived from Nata, being laden with Fowls, as before. In this
Bark we turned away all the meaneſt of the Priſoners we,
had on board us.
They go to the Having continued before Panama for the ſpace of ten
Ife of Tavoga days, being employed in the affairs afore-mentioned, on
May the ſecond we weighed from the Iſland of Perico, and
ſtood off to another Iſland, diſtant two Leagues farther
from thence, called Tavoga. On this Iſland ftandeth a
Town which beareth the ſame name, and conſiſteth of a
hundred houſes, more or leſs. The people of the Town
were all fled, ſeeing our veſſels to arrive. Mean while we
were here, ſome of our men being drunk on ſhoar,hapned
to fet fire unto one of the Houſes, the which conſumed
twelve houſes more before any could get afhoar to quench
it. Unto this Iſand came ſeveral Spaniſh Merchants from
Panama,

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
37
Panama, and fold us what Commodities we needed, buying
alſo of us much of the goods we had taken in their own
veſſels. They gave us likewiſe two hundred pieces of
Eight for each Negro we could ſpare them of ſuch as were
our priſoners. From this Iliand we could eaſily ſee all the
Veſſels that went out, or came into the Port of Panama ;
and here we took likewiſe ſeveral Barks that were laden
with Fowls.
Eight days after our arrival at Tavoga, we took a ſhip A good Prize
that was coming from Truxillo,and bound for Panama. In taker.
this veſſel we found two thouſand Jars of Wine, fifty Jars
of Gunpowder , and fifty one thouſand pieces of Eight.
This money had been ſent from that City, to pay the Sol-
diers belonging to the Gariſon of Panama. From the faid
Prize we had information given us, that there was another
ſhip coming from Lima with one hundred thouſand pieces
of Eight more; which fhip was to ſail ten or twelve days
after them, and which they ſaid could not be long before ſhe
arrived at Panama. Within two days after this intelligence, Another Prize.
we took alſo another ſhip laden with Flower from Iruxillo,
belonging unto certain Indians , Inhabitants of the fame
place, or thereabouts. This Prize confirmed what the firſt
had told us of that rich ſhip, and ſaid, as the others had
done before, that ſhe would be there in the ſpace of eight
or ten days.
Mean while we lay at Tavoga, the Preſident, that is to A mellae
ſay, the Governour of Panama, ſent a Meſſage by ſome from the I
Merchants unto us, to know what we caine for into thoſe dent of Panu-
parts ? Unto this Meſſage Captain Sawkins made anſwer,
That we came to affift the King of Darien, who was the true The answer
Lord of Panama and all the Country thereabouts. And that unto it,
fince we were come ſo far, it was no reaſon but that we ſhould
have ſome ſatisfaction. So that if he pleaſed to ſend us five
hundred pieces of Eight for each.man, and one thouſand for
each Commander, and not any farther to annoy the Indians,but
fuffer them to uſe their own power and liberty, as became the
true and natural Lords of the Country, that then we would
de falt
ma,

38
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
defist from all farther Hoftilities and go away peaceably; other-
wiſe that we ſhould ſtay there, and get what we could, cauſing
unto them what damage was poſſible. By the Merchants alto
that went and came to Panama, we underſtood, there lived
then as Biſhop of Panama, one who had been formerly Bi-
fliop of Santa Martha, and who was Priſoner unto Captain
Sawkins , when he took the ſaid place about four or five
years paſt
. The Captain having received this intelligence,
ſent two loaves of Sugar unto the Biſhop as a preſent. On
the next day the Merchant who carryed them, returning to
Tavoga, brought unto the Captain a golden ring for a reta-
liation of faid prefent. And withal, he brought a mel-
fage to Captain Sawkins from the Preſident above-mentio-
ned, to know farther of him , ſince we were Engliſhmen,
from whom we had our Commiſſion, and to whom he ought to
complain for the damages we had already done them ? Unto
this Meſſage Captain Sawkins fent back for an anſwer,That
as yet all bis company were not come together ; but that when
they were come up we would come and viſit him at Panama,and
bring our Commiſions on the muzzles of our Guns, at which
time he should read them as plain as the flame of Gunpowder
could make them,
They go to the
At this Inand of Tavoga , Captain Sawkins would fain
Iſle of Oroque. have ſtayed longer, to wait for the rich Ship above-men-
tioned, that was coming from Peru; but our men were ſo
importunate for freſh Victuals, that no reaſon could rule
them, nor their own intereſt perſwade them to any thing
that might conduce unto this purpoſe. Hereupon, on
May the 15th weweighed Anchor, and failed from thence
unto the Iſland of Otoque. Being arrived there, we lay by
it, mean while our Boat went afhoar, and fercht off Fowls,
and Hogs, and other things neceſſary for ſuſtenance. Here
at Otoque I finiſhed a draught, comprehending from point
Garachine, unto the Bay of Panama, &c. Of this I may
dare to affirm, that it is in general more correct and true,
than any the Spaniards have themſelves. For which cauſe
I have here inſerted it, for the fatisfaction of thoſe that are
curious in ſuch things.
From

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
39
From Otoque we failed to the Iſland of Cayboa, which is And thence to
a place very famous for the fiſhery of Pearſ thereabouts;
Cayboa.
and is at the diſtance of eight Leagues from another place
called Puebla Naeba, on the Main. In our way to this
Iſland, we loſt two of our Barks, the one whereof had
fifteen men in her, and the other ſeven. Being arrived,
we caſt anchor at the ſaid Ifand.
С НА Р.

40
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
Šta Maria
The Bay of Panama
and Gulf of Ballona
P. s: Laurence
und
Mos
Gulf
of Ballona
P!Garachina
Cheno
Chepillo
o
Gallera
00
Chechecos
oban
0 g
ขาภา
Tabogilla
Mile Tabog
ba
Panama
Perco
Chuchos
00
8
90
Tabaga
Oto que
no
n

Part IV.
41
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
Ο Η Α Ρ. ΙΧ.
Captain Sawkins, chief Commander of the Bucani-
ers, is killed before Puebla Nueba. They are
repulſed from the ſaid place. Captain Sharp
choſen to be their Leader. Many more of their
company leave them, and return home over land.
Ean while we lay at Anchor before Cayboa, our two They
, land on
chiefeſt Commanders,Captain Sawkins and Captain the Continent.
Sharp, taking with them to the number of threeſcore men,
more or leſs, went in the Ship of Captain Cook unto the
mouth of the River where Puebla Nueba is ſituated. The
day of this action, as I find it quoted in my Journal, was
May 22. 1680. When they came unto the Rivers mouth,
they put themſelves into Canoas, and were piloted up the
River towards the Town by a Negroe, who was one of our
Priſoners. I was choſen to be concerned in this action, but
hapned not to land, being commanded to remain in Cap-
tain Cooks ſhip, while they went up to aſſault the Town.
But here at Puebla Nueba, the Inhabitants were too well
provided for the reception of our party. For at the di-
ſtance of a mile below the Town, they had cut down great
Trees and laid them croſs the River, with deſign to hinder
the aſcent of any Boats. In like manner on ihoar before
the Town it felf, they had raiſed three ſtrong breaſt-works,
and made other things for their defence. Here therefore
Captain Sawkins running up to the breaſt-works,at the lead
of a few men, was killed ; a man who was as valiant and Captain Saw-
couragious as any could be, and likewiſe next unto Captain kins killed.
Sharp,the beſt beloved of all our company,or the moſt part
thereof. Neither was this love undeſerved by him; for
we ought juſtly to attribute unto him the greateſt honour
G
W@

42
Bucaniers of America, Part IV.
Some account
we gained in our Engagement before Panama,with the Spa-
niſh Armadilla,or Little Fleet. Eſpecially, conſidering that
as hath been ſaid above, Captain Sharp was by accident ab-
ſent at the time of that great and bloody fight.
We that remained behind on board the Ship of Captain
of the River of Cook, carryed her within the mouth of the River of Puebla
Puebla Nueba. Nueba, and entred cloſe by the Eaſt ſhoar, which here is
crowned with a round hill. Here within two ftones caft
of ſhoar we had four fathom water. Within the Point
openeth a very fine and large River, which faileth from a
ſandy Bay,at a ſmall diſtance from thence. But as we were
getting in, being ſtrangers unto the place, weunwittingly
ran our ſhip on ground, nigh unto a Rock which lyeth on
the weſtward ſhoar : for the true Channel of the ſaid Ri-
ver is nearer to the Eaſt than Weſt ſhoar. With Captain
Sawkins, in the unfortunate aſſault of this place, there dyed
two men more, and three were wounded in the Retreat,
which they performed unto the Canoas in pretty good or-
Vesels taken
der. In their way down the River, Captain Sharp took a
and deſtroyed. Ship, whoſe lading conſiſted of Indigo, Otto, Manteca, or
Butter and Pitch; and likewiſe burnt two veſſels more, as
being of no value. With this he returned on board our
thips, being much troubled in his mind,and grieved for the
lots of ſo bold and brave a partner in his Adventures, as
Sawkins had conſtantly thewed himſelf to be. His death
was much lamented, and occafioned another party of our
men to mutiny, and leave us returning over land, as Cap-
tain Coxon and his company had done before.
Three days after the death of Captain Sawkins, Captain
Sharp chosene
Sharp, who was now Commander in chief, gave the ſhip
which he had taken in the River of Puebla Nueba, and
which was of the burthen of one hundred Tuns, more or
leſs, unto Captain Cook, to Command and Sail in. Order-
ing withal, that the old veſſel which he had, ſhould go with
thoſe men that deſigned to leave us ; their Mutiny,and our
Diſtraction being now grown very high. Hereupon Cap-
tain Sharp coming on board La Trinidad, the greateſt of
our

Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
43
them,
our ſhips, asked our men in full Councel, who of them were
willing to go or ſtay, and proſecute the deſign Captain
Sawkins had undertaken,which was to remain in the South
Sea, and there to make a compleat Voyage; after which,
he intended to go home round about America, through the
Straights of Magallanes. He added withal, that he did not
as yet fear, or doubt in the leaſt,but to make each man who
ſhould ſtay with him, worth one thouſand pound, by the
fruits he hoped to reap of that Voyage. All thoſe who
had remained after the departure of Captain Coxon for love
of Captain Sawkins, and only to be in his company, and
under his Conduct, thinking thereby to make their fortunes,
would ſtay no longer, but preſſed to depart. Among this
number I acknowledge my ſelf to have been one, as being Many leave
totally deſirous in my mind, to quit thoſe-hazardous ad-
ventures, and return homewards in company of thoſe who
were now going to leave us. Yet being much afraid and
averſe to truſt my ſelf among wild Indians any farther, I
choſe rather to ſtay, though unwilling,and venture on that
long and dangerous Voyage. Beſides which danger of the
Indians, I conſidered that the Rains were now already up,
and it would be hard paſſing ſo many Gullies, which of ne-
ceſſity would then be full of water, and conſequently cre-
ate more than one ſingle peril unto the undertakers of that
Journey. Yet notwithſtanding, fixty three men of our
company were reſolved to encounter all theſe hardſhips,and
to depart from us. Hereunto they took their leave of us,
and returned homewards , taking with them the Indian
Kings Son, and the reſt of the Indians for their guides over-
land. They had, as was ſaid above,the ſhip wherein Cap-
tain Cook failed to carry them : and out of our Proviſion as
much as would ſerve for treble their number.
Thus on the laſt day of May they departed, leaving us A ſmall ac-
employed about taking in water, and catting down wood, count of the
at the Iſland of Cayboa afore-mentioned, where this mutiny
Iſle of Cayboa.
hapned. Here we caught very good Tortoiſe, and Red
Deer. We killed alſo Alligators of a very large ſize, ſome
of
G2

44
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
of them being above twenty foot in length. But we could
not find but that they were very fearful of a Man, and
would fly from us very haſtily when we hunted them.
This Iſland lyeth S. S. E. from the mouth of the River a-
bove-mentioned. On the South-Eaſt ſide of the Iſland is
a ſhoal, or ſpit of ſand, which ſtretcheth it ſelf the ſpace
of a quarter of a League into the Sea. Here therefore juſt
within this ſhoal, we anchored in the depth of fourteen fa-
thom water. The Illand on this ſide thereof maketh two
great Bays, in the firſt of which we watered , at a certain
pond not diſtant above the caſt of a ſtone up from the Bay.
In this pond, as I was waſhing my felf, and ſtanding under
a Manzanilla-tree, a ſmall ſhower of rain hapned to fall on
the tree , and from thence dropped on my skin. Theſe
drops cauſed me to break out all over my body into red
ſpots, of which I was not well for the ſpace of a week af-
Huge Oyſters. ter. Here I eat very large Oyſters, the biggeſt that ever
I eat in my life ; inlomuch, that I was forced to cut them
into four pieces ; each quarter of them being a good mouth-
ful.
Three days after the departure of the Mutineers, Captain
Sharp ordered us to burn the ſhip that - hitherto had fai-
led in, only out of deſign to make uſe of the Iron-work
belonging to ſaid Veſſel. Withal, we put all the Flour
that was her lading into the laſt Prize, taken in the River
They mutiny a- of Puebla Nova ; and Captain Cook,as was ſaid before, was
gaint Captain ordered to command her. But the men belonging to his
company would not fail any longer under his command.
Hereupon, he quitted his veſſel and came on board our Ad-
miral, the great Ship above-mentioned, called La Trinidad,
Cox put in his determining to rule over ſuch unruly company no longer.
In his place was put one, whoſe name was John Cox,an In-
habitant of New-England, who forced Kindred, as was
thought, upon Captain Sharp, out of old acquaintance, in
this conjuncture of time, only to advance himſelf
. Thus
he was made, as it were, Vice-Admiral unto Captain Sharp.
The next day three of our Priſoners, viz. an Indian, who
Cook.
place.
was

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Cic.
45
was Captain of a ſhip, and two Mulatos, ran away from us,
and made their eſcape.
After this it was thought convenient to ſend Captain Captain Pe-
Peralta priſoner in the Admiral, on board the Ship of Mr.
ralta removed.
Cox. This was done to the intent he might not hinder the
endeavours of Captain Juan, who was Commander of the
Money-ſhip we took,as was mentioned at the Iſland of Ta-
voga. For this man had now promiſed to do great things
for us, by Piloting and conducting us unto ſeveral places of
great Riches. But more eſpecially to Guayaquil, where he
ſaid we might lay down our Silver, and lade our veſſels
with Gold. This defign was undertaken by Captain Saw-
kins, and had not the head-ſtrongneſs of his men brought
him to the Iſland of Cayboa, where he loſt his life, he had
certainly effected it before now. That night we had ſuch
thunder and lightning, as I never had heard before in all my
life. Our Priſoners told us, that in theſe parts it very of-
ten cauſeth great damages both by Sea and Land. And
my opinion gave me to believe, that our Main-maſt re-
ceived ſome damage in this occaſion. The rainy ſeaſon
being now entred, the wind for the moſt part was at N.W.
though not without ſome calms.
Q
Great thunder
CH A P. X.
They depart from the Iſland of Cayboa unto the
Iſle of Gorgona , where they Careen their Vef-
fels. Deſcription of this Ille. They reſolve to
go and plunder Arica, leaving their deſign of
Guayaquil.
HA
Aving got in all things neceſſary for Navigation, we They ſet fail
were now in a readineſs to depart, on Sunday Fune from Cayboa.
the 6th 1680. That day we had ſome rain fell, which
now

46
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
now was very frequent in all places. About five of the
clock in the evening we ſet ſail from the Iſland of Cayboa,
with a ſmall breez, the wind being at S.S. W. Our courſe
was E. S. by E. and S. E. having all night a very ſmall, or
little wind. The ſame calmneſs of weather continued all
the next day; inſomuch, that we lay and drove only as the
current horſed us to N. W.
Little better then a calm we had alſo the third day of our
Nivigation. Mean while a current drove us to the Weſt-
ward. About Sun-riſing we deſeryed Quicara , which at
that time bore N.W. by W. from us; at the diſtance of five
Leagues,more or leſs. With the riſing of the Sun an eafie
gale of wind ſprung up, ſo that at noon we had altered our
bearing, which was then N. by E. being fix Leagues di-
ftant,and appearing thus,as is underneath demonſtrated.
QUICARA
Lat. 7 Deg. 4ò. N.
1
Quicara def
cribed.
Theſe are two ſeveral Iſlands,whereof the leaſt is to the
Southward of the other. The Land is a low table Land :
theſe Iſlands being more than three Leagues in length.
About ſix of the clock that evening, we were nigh ten
Leagues diſtant W.S.W. from them. Much like unto the
former weather we had the fourth day of our Sailing, with
little wind in the forenoon, and rather leſs than more in the
afternoon. I judged about the middle of the day,
at the diſtance of twenty Leagues S. S. W. from the ſaid
Iſlands.
Thurſday June the Tenth, we had very ſmall and varia-
ble winds. This day I reckoned that we had made hither-
we were
to

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
47
to a S. by E. way, and a S.by W. from our departure; be-
ing driven by a current , according to the obſervation I
made, into the Latitude of fix degrees and thirty minutes.
This day we ſaw much Tortoiſe floating upon the Sea. Much Tortoiſe
Hereupon, we hoiſted out our Boat, and came to one of and other fiſh.
them, who offered not to ſtir until ſhe was ſtruck ;' and
even then not to ſink to the bottom, but rather to ſwim
away. The ſea hereabouts is very full of ſeveral ſorts of
Fiſh, as Dolphins, Bonitos, Albicores, Mullets,and Old Wives,
&c. which came ſwimming about our ſhip in whole fhoals.
The next day, which was Friday, we had likewiſe very lit-
tle wind; which was no more than we had all Thurſday
night, with ſome ſhowers of rain. That day we had an
obfervation, which was ſix deg. N. latitude. In the even-
ing a freſh wind came up at S. W. our courſe being S.S. E.
On Saturday we had in like manner, about ſeven in the
morning, a freſh breeze at South. So we ſtood W. S. W.
with cloudy weather, and ſeveral ſhowers of rain. This
day our Spaniſh priſoners informed us, we muſt not expect Incomtancy of
any fetled wind, until we came within the Latitude of three winds.
degrees. For all along the Weſtern ſhoar of theſe ſeas,there
is little wind; which is the cauſe that thoſe ſhips that go
from Acapulco unto the Hands called de las Philippinas, do
How the Spa-
coaft along the ſhoar of California , until they get into the niards go to
heighth of forty five degrees; yea ſometimes of fifty de- Philippinas.
grees latitude. As the wind varyed, ſo we tacked ſeveral
times, thereby to make the beſt of our way that was poffi-
ble to the Southward.
As our Priſoners had informed us, ſo we found it by ex- Great calme..
perience. For on the next day, which was Sunday Fune
the 13th, we had very little wind, and moſt commonly
none, for the ſpace of twenty four hours. That day we
tryed the current of the fea,and found it very ſtrong to the
Eaſtward. The ſame day we had much rain, and in the
afternoon a ſmall breeze at Weſt, and Weſt South Weſt,but
moſtly at Weft. Yet notwithſtanding all this calmneſs of
weather, the next day in the morning very early, by a fud-
dain

48
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
More calms.
dain gale of wind which aroſe, we made fhift to ſplit our
main top-fail. We had all the night before, and that day,
continual and inceſſant ſhowers of rain, and made a S.W.
and by ſouth way; ſeeing all along as we went a multitude
of Dolphins, Bonitos,and ſeveral other forts of fiſh floating
upon thoſe Seas, whereof in the afternoon we caught ma-
ny, the weather being now changed from ſtormy to calm
They take fiſh. again; infomuch that we could filh as we failed along, or
rather as we lay tumbling in the calm.
Tueſday June the 15th, the morning continued calm,
as the day before ; and this day alſo we ſaw multitudes of
filh of ſeveral forts , whereof we caught ſome for our Ta-
ble as we were wont to do. By an obſervation which was
made this day, we found our ſelves to be now in the lati-
Their courſe
tude of four degrees and twenty one minutes. At this
and deſign.
time the courſe of our Navigation, and our whole deſign
was to go and careen our Veiſels at the Iſlands commonly
called by the Spaniards, de los Galapagos, that is to ſay, of
the Tortoiſes, being ſo denominated from the infinite num-
ber of thoſe Animals ſwarming and breeding thereabouts.
Theſe Iands are ſituated under the Æquinoctial Line , at
the diſtance of a hundred Leagues more or leſs from the
main Continent of America, in the South Sea. In the af-
ternoon of this day we had a ſmall breeze to puſh us for-
wards.
June the 16th being Wedneſday, we made our way this
this Voyage day,and for the four and twenty hours laſt paſt.E.S. E. with
much rain, which ceaſed not to fall, as in all this Voyage,
fince our departure from Cayboa. This day likewiſe we
caught ſeveral Dolphins, and other ſorts of fiſh. But in the
evening we had again a freſh breeze at $. by W. our courſe
being, as was juſt now ſaid, E. S. E.
They fee Land. The next day,which was fune the 17th about five in the
morning we deſeryed Land, which appeared all along to
be very low, and likewiſe full of Creeks and Bays. We
inſtantly asked our Pilot what Land that was before us?
But he replyed, he knew it not. Hereupon, being doubt-
ful
Great rains all

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
49
ful of our condition, we called Mr.Cox on board us, who
brought Captain Peralta with him. This Gentleman be
ing asked, preſently told us, the Land weefaw was the Land
of Barbacoa, being almoſt a wild Country all over. With
al, he informed us, that to Leeward of us, at the diſtance of
ten Leagues, or thereabouts, did lye an Iſland called by the
name of Gorgona; the which Iſland, he ſaid, the Spaniards Gorgona, and
did (hun, and very ſeldom come nigh unto, by reaſon of the iis qualities.
inceſſant and continual rains there falling ; ſcarce one day
in the year being dry at that place. Captain Sharp having
heard this information of Captain Peralta, judged the faid
Iſland might be the fitteſt place for our company to careen They reſolve to
at ; conſidering, that if the Spaniards did not frequent it, career there.
we might in all probability lye there undifcryed, and our
Enemies the Spaniards, in the mean time might think, that
we were gone out of thoſe Seas. At this time it was that
I ſeriouſly repented my ſaying in the South Seas, and that
I did not return homewards in company of them that went
before us. For I knew, and could eaſily perceive, that by
theſe delays the Spaniards would gain time, and be able to
ſend advice of our coming to every Port all along the Coaſt,
ſo that we ſhould be prevented in all, or moſt of our at-
tempts and deſigns whereſoever we came. But thoſe of
our company, who had got money by the former Prizes of
this Voyage , overſwayed the others who had loſt all their
booty
at gaming. Thus we bore away for the Iſland afore-
ſaid of Gorgona , and at the diſtance of fix Leagues and an
half at S.W.I obſerved it to make the appearance following.
300W VET
- 11
BALON
COM
och H
lo Gorgona.

50
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
GORGONA
soda
Lat. I. oo. N.
wnio
w
2
Gold is gaa
thered.
skoda
A place where On the main Land over againſt this Iſland of Gorgona,
we were told by our priſoners, that up a great Laguna, or
Lake,is ſeated an Indian Town,where they have great quan-
tity of ſand grains of Gold. Moreover, that five days
journey up a River, belonging to the ſaid Laguna, do dwell
four Spaniſh Superintendents , who have each of them the
charge of overſeeing fifty or fixty Indians, who are em-
ployed in gathering that Gold which ſlippeth from the
chief Collectors, or finders thereof Theſe are at leaſt three-
ſcore and ten, or fourſcore Spaniards, with a great number
of ſlaves belonging unto them, who dwell higher up then
theſe four Superintendents, at the diſtance of twenty five
or thirty days Journey on the ſaid River. That once eve-
ry year, at a certain ſeaſon, there cometh a veſſel from Lia
ma,the Capital City of Peru, to fetch the Gold that here is
gathered ; and withal, to bring unto theſe people ſuch Ne-
ceſſaries as they want. By Land it is nothing leſs than ſix
weeks travel from thence to Lima.
The main Land to windward of this Iſland is very low,
and full of Rivers. All along the Coaſt it raineth moſt
deſperately. The Iſland is diſtant from the Continent
only the ſpace of four Leagues. Mean while we lay at it,
I took the whole circumference thereof, which is accor-
ding to what is here underneath deſcribed.
Captain

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
51
Tffla.de le Gorgona
or Cad. Sharpes Gle
orlar ve 100g
27
vob 21
ont ons. Socht
thote
bosco
e vode
10

53
Bucaniers of America. 99 Part IV.
Captain Sharp gave unto this Ifand the name of Sharps
Iſle, by reaſon we careened at this place. We anchored on
the south ſide of the Iſland, at the mouth of a very fine
River, which there diſgorgeth it ſelf into the Sea. There
belong unto this Iſland about thirty Rivers and Rivolets,
all which fall from the Rocks on the ſeveral ſides of the
Inland. The whole circumference thereof is about three
Leagues and an half round, being all high and mountai-
nous land, excepting only on that ſide where we caſt An-
chor. Here therefore we moor’d our ſhip in the depth of
eighteen or twenty fathom water, and began to unrig the
They unrig
veſſel. But we were four or five days ſpace before we could
their veſelo
get our Sails dry, ſo as to be able to take them from the
yards, there falling a ſhower of rain almoſt every hour of
the day and night. The main Land to the Eaſt of the
Iſland, and ſo ftretching Northward, is extream high and
towering, and withal perpetually clouded, excepting only
at the riſing of the Sun, at which time the tops of thoſe
hills are clear. From the South ſide of this land where
we Ankored, as was ſaid above, we could ſee the low-land
of the main ; at leaſt a point thereof which lyeth neareſt
unto the Iſland. The appearance it maketh, is as it were
of Trees growing out of the water.
Friday July the ſecond, as we were heaving down our
ſhip, our Main-maſt hapned to crack. Hereupon our Care
penters were conſtrained to cut out large fiſhes, and fiſh it,
as the uſual terms of that art do name the thing.
A huge Snake
On the next day after the miſchance of our Main-maſt,
we killed a Snake which had fourteen inches in circumfe-
rence, and was eleven foot in length, About the diſtance
of a League from this Iſland, runneth a ledge of Rocks,
over which the water continually breaketh; the ledge be-
ing about two miles, more or leſs, in length. Had wean-
chor'd but half a mile more Northerly,we had rid in much
fmoother water; for here where we were, the wind came
in upon us in violent guſts. Mean while we were there,
from June the thirtieth, to July the third, we had dry wea-
ther,

mero
a-
Town, he ſaid, all the Plate was brought down from Potofle They defigu fost
Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 53.
ther, which was eſteemed as a rarity by the Spaniards our
priſoners. And every day we ſaw Whales and Grampuſes, whales and
who would often come and drive under our ſhip. We fi. Grampuſ Saf
Gorgona.
red at them ſeveral times, but our Bullets rebounded from
their bodies. Our choice and beſt proviſions here, were
Indian Conies, Monkeys, Snakes, Oyſters, Cunks, Periwinkles,
and a few ſmall Turtle, with ſome other ſorts of good fiſh.
Here in like manner we caught a Sloath, a beaſt well deſer- A Steath te
ving that name, given it by the Spaniards, by whom it is ken.
called Pereza, from the Latin word Pigritia.
At this Ifland dyed Foſephe Gabriel, a Spaniard, born in Death of a
Chile, who was to have been our Pilot unto Panama. He Spaniſh priſon
was the ſame man who had ſtolen and married the Indian
Kings Daughter, as was mentioned above. He had all
long been very true and faithful unto us, in diſcovering fe-
veral Plots and Conſpiracies of our priſoners, either to get
away or deſtroy us. His death was occafioned by a Car
lenture, or Malignant Feaver, which killed him after three
days ſickneſs, having lain two days fenceleſs. During the
time of our ſtay at this Iſland, we lengthined our top-fail-.
yards, and got up top.gallant maſts; we made two ſtay-
fails, and refitted our ſhip very well. But we wanted
Proviſions extreamly,as having nothing conſiderable of any
fort, but flower and water. Being almoſt ready to depart,
Captain Sharp our Commander, gave us to underſtand, he They changes
had changed his reſolution concerning the defign of going reſolutiea.
to Guayaquil, for he thought it would be in vain to gothi-
ther,conſidering, that in all this time we muſt of neceſſity
be deſcried before now. Yet notwithſtanding he himſelf
before had perſwaded us to ſtay. Being very doubtful'a-
mong our ſelves what courſe we ſliould take, a certain old
man, who had long time failed among the Spaniards, told
he could carry us to a place called Arica. Unto which
Chuquiſaca, and ſeveral other places within the Land,where
it was digged out of the Mountains and Mines. And that
he doubted not, but that we might get there of purchaſe
US ,
Arica,

54
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
at leaſt two thouſand pound every man. For all the Plate
of the South Sea lay there as it were in ſtore ;, being de-
poſited at the faid place , until ſuch time as the ſhips did
fetch it away. Being moved with theſe reaſons, and ha-
ving deliberated thereupon, we reſolved in the end to go
unto the ſaid place. At this Iſland of Gorgona afore-men-
tioned, we likewiſe took down our Round-houſe coach,and
all the high carved work belonging to the ſtern of the ſhip.
For when we took her from the Spaniards before Panana,
ſhe was high as any Third-Rate ſhip in England.
C H A P. XI. .
The Bucaniers depart from the Iſle of Gorgona,
with deſign to plunder Arica. They looſe one ano-
ther by the way. They touch at the Iſle of Plate,
or Drakes Iſle, where they meet again. Des-
cription of this Ille. Some Memoirs of Sir
Francis Drake. An account of this Voyage, and
the Coaſts all along. They fail as far in a fort-
night, as the Spaniards uſually do in three
months.
I
They depart IN
from Gorgona.
being now in a readineſs for our departure, we ſet
fail, and ſtood away from the Iſland of Gorgona, or Sharps
Iſle, with a ſmall breez which ſerved us at N. W. But as
the Sun went down that day, ſo our breez dyed away by
degrees. Yet already we could begin to experiment, that
eur ſhip ſailed much better, ſince the taking down her
round houſe, and the other alterations which we made in
laer.
The next day about two of the clock in the morning,
we

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
55
we had a land breez to help us, which laſted for the ſpace
of ſix hours, more or leſs. So that at noon we found our
ſelves to be five Leagues and a half diſtant to the South
Weſt from Gorgona. This day the Spaniards our priſoners, A deep Coaf.s.
told
us,
in common diſcourſe, that in moſt part of this low-
land Coaſt, they find threeſcore fathom water. In the af
ternoon we had from land a very ſtrong breez: mean
while we continued making ſhort trips off and in. That
night we had much rain for the greateſt part of the night,
which occaſioned the next morning, being the third day of
our Navigation, to be very cloudy until ten of the clock.
About that hour it cleared up, and then we ſaw the Iſland
of Gorgona at E. N. E. being diſtant about twelve Leagues:
more or leſs from us. We had the wind all this day at
S.W. where it continued, ſeldom varying above two points
of the Compaſs to the Weſtwards. Night being come,a-
bout ten of the clock, Captain Sharp ordered me to ſpeak
unto Captain Cox, and bid him go about and ſtand off
from the ſhoar, for he feared leaſt Cox ſhould come too
nigh unto it. But he replyed, he knew well, that he might
ſtand in until two of the clock. The next day very early They looſe-ovee
in the morning, we ſaw him not, the morning being clou- another.
dy and ſtark calm. Yet notwithſtanding at eight of the
clock it cleared up, and neither then could we ſee him.
From hence we concluded, and ſo it proved, that we had
loſt him in the obſcurity of the night, through his obſtina-
cy in ſtanding in too long, and not coming about when we
ſpoke unto him. Thus our Admirals ſhip was left alone,
and we had not the company of Captain Cox any longer in
this Voyage, till we arrived at the Iſle of Plate, where we
had the good fortune to find him again, as ſhall be mentic
ned hereafter. The weather being clear this morning, we
could ſee Gorgond, at the diſtance of at leaſt fifteen or fixe
teen Leagues to the E. N. E. All this day it continued
calm, till about four in the afternoon, at which time we
had a W. S. W. wind, which continued to blow all that
night.
Thurſday

56
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
and del Gal-
Thurſday July the 29th 1680. This day the wind con-
10.
tinued pretty freſh all day long. About four in the after-
noon we came within fight of the Iſland del Gallo, which
I gueſſed to be nigh twenty eight Leagues diſtant from
that of Gorgona , the place of our departure S.W. It is
about nine Leagues diſtant to Eaſt from the Main. So that
the Iſand with the Main Land S.W. from it appeareth thus.
GALLO.
Lat. 2. 12. N.
3
an
All this day the weather continued clear , and the wind
W. S. W.
The next day being July the zoth, the wind blew very
freſh and brisk; inſomuch, that we were in ſome fear for
the heads of our low Mafts,as being very ſenſible that they
were but weak. About three or four in the afternoon, we
faw another Iſland, fix or ſeven Leagues diſtant from Gallo,
yifle of Gorgo- called Gorgonilla. At E. by S. from us it made the appea-
rance which I have here adjoyned. All the Main-Land
hereabouts lyeth very low and flat , and is in very many
places overflown and drowned every high-water.
Inilla
GORGONILLA.
4
On Saturday Fuly the thirty firſt in the morning, the I-
ſland

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
57
fland del Gallo
, at E.N.E. being diſtant about eight Leagues,
gave us this appearance,
GALL 0, Another Proſpect thereof.
3
The point of Mangroves is a low and level point, run-
ning out S.S. W. This day, and the night before it, we
loſt by our computation three Leagues of our way.Which They looſe wdy.
I believe hapned, by reaſon we ſtood out too far from the
Land, as having ſtood off all night long.
Auguſt the firſt, which was Sunday, we had a very freſh
wind at W. S.W. This was joyned alſo with ſeveral ſmall
ſhowers of rain which fell that day. In the mean while
we got pretty well to windward with it, by making ſmall
trips to and fro; which we performed moſt commonly,by
ſtanding in three glaſſes, and as many out.
The next day, Auguſt the second in the morning,we came Land of San
up unto the high-land of San Tiago, where beginneth the Tiago.
high-land of this Coaſt. We kept at the diſtance of ten
Leagues from it, and making continual ſhort trips, as was
mentioned before. The next day likewiſe we continued
to do the ſame. But the weather was cloudy, and for the
moſt part full of rain.
Wedneſday Auguſt the fourth, we continued ſtill turn- Land of San
ing in the winds eye, as we had done for two days before, Matteo.
This day in the afternoon we diſcovered three Hills at
E.N. E. of our ſhip. Theſe Hills make the Land of San
Matteo, which giveth this following appearance.
I
San

58
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
San MATTEO.
Chauran
cis.
Cape St. Fran All the Coaſt along hereabouts is high land. That eve.
ning alſo we ſaw the Cape of San Franciſco
. At firſt this
Cape appeared like unto two ſeveral Iſlands. But two
hours after, at the diſtance of twelve Leagues, at S. by W.
it looked thus.
Cape of San FRANCISCO.
Thurſday Auguſt the fifth,we being then about the Cape,
it looked very like unto Beachy-head in England. It is full
of white Cliffs on all fides. The land turneth off here to
the Eaſtward of the South , and maketh a large and deep
Bay, the circumference whereof is full of pleaſant Hills.
In the bite of the Bay are two high and rocky Iſlands, the
which repreſent exactly two fhips with their Sails full.We
were now come out of the rainy Countreys, into a plea-
ſant and fair Region, where we had for the moſt part a
clear sky, and dry weather. Only now and then we could
here find a ſmall miſt, which foon would vaniſh away. In
the mean while , every night a great dew uſed to fall,
which ſupplied the defect of rain.
The two next days following, we continued plying to
wind-

Voyage of Captain Sharp, doc.
59
windward with fair weather, nothing elſe remarkable
hapning in them which might deſerve any notice to be ta-
ken thereof.
On Sunday Auguſt the eighth, we came cloſe under a
wild and mountainous Country. This day likewiſe we ſaw
Cape Paſao, at the diſtance of ten Leagues more or leſs Cabo Paſſao.
to windward of us. Ever ſince we came on this ſide Man-
grove point, we obſerved a windward Current did run all
along as we failed. Under ſhoar the Land is full of white
Cliffs and Groves; lower towards the pitch of the Cape.
The next day we had both a fair day, and a freſh wind
to help us on our Voyage. We obſerved that Cape Paſao
maketh three points, between which are two Bays. The
Leeward-moſt of the two, is of the length of three Leagues,
and the other of four. Adjoyning to the Bays is ſeen a
pleaſant valley. Our priſoners informed us, that North-
ward of theſe Capes live certain Indians, who fell Maiz,
and other Provifions to any fhips that happen to come in
there. The Cape it ſelf is a continued Cliff, covered with
feveral forts of ihrubs and low buſhes. Under theſe Cliffs
lyeth a ſandy Bay of the depth of forty feet. The Spa-
niards ſay, that the wind is always here between the S.S.W.
and W.Š.W. The Cape repreſenteth with much likely-
neſs the brow of an Alligator or Cayman. At South Cape
Paſlao appeareth thus.
Cape PASS AO.
Lat. 1. 30. S.
8
Tueſday Auguſt the Tenth. This morning the sky was
ſo thick and haſey, that we could not ſee the high-land;
I 2
though

60
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Monte de
though it were juſt before us , and not altogether two
Leagues diſtant from us. But as ſoon as it cleared up, we
ſtood in towards the Land, until we came within a mile of
the ſhoar. Here having ſounded, we found ſeven fathom
and a half water, under which was a light and clayey
ground. The Coaſt all along is very mountainous, and
likewiſe full of high and towring Cliffs. When we foun-
ded, the Tyde was almoſt at low-water. Here it ebbeth
and floweth nigh four fathom perpendicular. From this
Cape the land runneth along S. E. for the ſpace of three or
four Leagues, with huge high - land Cliffs, like unto
thoſe of Callis over againſt England. Being paſt this Cape,
high-land South from us, is Cape St. Lawrence.
Auguſt the unth, we found our ſelves N. N.W. from
Chrifto. Monte de Chriſto, being a very high and round hill
. From
thence to windward is ſeen a very pleaſant Country, with
ſpots here and there of woody land; which cauſeth the
Country all over to look like ſo many encloſures of ripe
Corn fields. To Leeward of the ſaid Hill, the Land is all
high and hilly, with white Cliffs at the fea-ſide. The
Coaſt runneth S. W. till it reacheth unto a point of Land,
within which is the Port of Manta, as it is called. This
Port of Manta Port of Manta, is nothing elſe than a ſettlement of Spa-
niards and Indians together, where ſhips that want Provi-
fions do call in, and are furniſhed with ſeveral neceſſaries.
About fix or ſeven Leagưes to windward of this Port is
Cape St. Lawrence, butting out into the Sea,being in form
like unto the top of a Church. Monte de Chriſto giveth
this appearance at Sea,
fiu fem
Monte

Part IV.
6 F
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
Monte de CHRISTO.
Lat. 50. S.
m
an
9
ses.
The Cape riſerh higher and higher from the Port of
Manta. As we failed along we ſaw multitudes of Gram- Water-Snakes
puffes every day ; as alſo Water-Snakes of divers colours. and Grampura
Both the Spaniards,and Indians too are very fearful of theſe
Snakes, as believing there is no cure for their bitings. At
the diſtance of eight Leagues, or thereabouts, to Leeward
of Cape St. Laurence, it appeareth thus..
Cape St. L AVRENCE.
Lat. 55. S.
ܝܝܫܩ
inne
10
This day before night we came within ſight of Manta.
Here we faw the Houſes of the Town belonging to the
Port, which were not above twenty or thirty Indian houſes,
lying under the windward and the Mount. We were not
willing to be deſcryed by the Inhabitants of the ſaid place,
and hereupon we ſtood off to ſea again.
On Thurſday Auguſt the 12th, in the morning, wo ſaw
the Iſland of Plate at S. W. at the diſtance of five Leagues ne of Palce,
more or leſs. It appeared unto us to be an even land. Ha-
ving made this Iſland, we reſolved to go thither and refit
our rigging, and get ſome Goats which there run wild up
and

Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
and down the Country. For as was ſaid before , at this
time we had no other proviſion than flour and water.
The Hand it ſelf is indifferent high land, and off at fea,
looketh thus, as is here defcribed.
Iſle of PL ATE.
Lat. 2. 42. S.
10
EN
Cape Paſſao.
But the high-land of Cape Paſſao,of which we have fpo-
ken before , at the diſtance of fifteen Leagues to North,
giveth in ſeveral hamocks this appearance.
0
High-land of Cape P A S S A 0.
12
mrmr /
C. St. Law.
rence.
The Land of Cape Lorenzo is all white Cliffs; the head
of the Cape running N. and S. This day ſeveral great
Whales came up to us, and dived under our ſhip. One of
theſe Whales followed our ſhip, from two in the afternoon
They find Cap- till dark night.
tain Cox,
when they
bad loft.
The next morning very early, about fix of the clock,
we came under the aforeſaid Ile of plate, and here unex-
pectedly, to our great joy, we found at anchor the ſhip of
Captain Cox, with his whole company, whom we had loſt
at ſea for the ſpace of a whole fortnight before. We found
they had reached this Iſland, and had been there at an an-
chor four days before us, being now juſt ready to depart
from thence. About feven we came to an anchor, and
then the other veſſel fent us a live Tortoiſe, and a Goat, to
feaſt upon that day; telling us withal, of great ſtore of
Tortoiſe to be found alhoar upon the Bays; and of much
fith

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
63
fiſh to be caught hereabouts. The Ifland is very ſteep on Deſcription of
all ſides ; infomuch, that there is no landing, but only on
the Iſle of Plate
the N. E. ſide thereof; where is a Gully, nigh unto which
we anchored in twelve fathom water. Here at tlie din
ſtance of a furlong, or little more from the ſhoar, as you
go to land , you will ſee on the left ſide hill a Croſs ſtill
ſtanding, being there erected in former times. No Trees
are to be found on the whole Iſland , but only low ſhrubs,
on which the Goats feed; which Cattle is here very nu-
merous. The ſhoar is bold and hard; neither is there any
water to be found upon it , excepting only on the S. W.
fide of the Iſand, where likewiſe it cannot be come at, as
lying ſo much encloſed by the Rocks, and too great a Sea
hindring the approach unto it in bcats.
This Iſland received it's name from Sir Francis Drake, Sir Fr.Drake,
and his famous Actions. For here it is reported by tradi-
tion, that he made the dividend, or ſharing of that vaſt
quantity of Plate, which he took in the Armada of this
Sea, diftributing it unto each man of his company by
whole bowles full. The Spaniards affirm unto this day,
he took at that time twelve ſcore Tuns of Plate, and ſix-
teen Bowles of Coyned Money a man; his number being
then forty five men in all. Inſomuch, that they were for-
ced to heave much of it over board, becauſe his ſhip could
not carry it all. Hence was this Iſland called by the Spa-
niards themſelves the Iſle of Plate, from this great Divi-
dend, and by us Drakes Iſle.
All along as we failed, we found the Spaniſh Pilots to be svaniſh Pilots s
very ignorant of the Coaſts. But they plead thus much their igno---
for their ignorance, that the Merchants their employers,
either of Mexico, Lima, Panama, or other parts, will not
entruſt one penny worth of Goods on that mans Veſſel
that corketh her, for fear left ſhe ſhould miſcarry. Here
our Priſoners told us likewiſe, that in the time of Oliver
Cromwel, or the Common-wealth of England, a certain
A ſhip with
ſhip was fitted out of Lima, with ſeventy braſs Guns, ha- King Charies.
ving on board her no leſs then thirty Millions of Dollers,
rance
money fent to
the secondo
OR

64
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Their Pilot ye-
moved.
or pieces of Eight. All which vaſt ſum of money was given
by the Merchants of Lima, and ſent as a Preſent unto
our gracious King(or rather his Father)who now reigneth,
to ſupply him in his Exile and diſtreſs
. But that this great
and rich ſhip was loſt by keeping the ſhoar along in the
Bay of Manta above-mentioned, or thereabouts. What
truth there may be in this Hiſtory, I cannot eaſily tell.
At leaſt, it ſeemeth to me as ſcarce deſerving any credit.
At this Iſland we took out of Mr.Cox's ſhip the old
Moor,(for of that Nation he was) who pretended he would
be our Pilot unto Arica. This was done, left we ſhould
have the misfortune of looſing the company of Cox's vef-
fel, as we had done before , our ſhip being the biggeſt in
burthen, and having the greateſt number of men. Captain
Peralta admired oftentimes that we were gotten ſo far to
windward in fo little ſpace of time; whereas they had been,
he ſaid, many times three or four months in reaching to
this diſtance from our departure. But their long and te-
dious Voyages, he added, were occafioned by their keep-
ing at too great a diſtance from the fhoar. Moreover, he
told us, that had we gone unto the INands of Galapagos, as
we were once determined to do, we had met in that Voy-
age with many Calms , and ſuch Currents, that many
fhips have by them been loft, and never heard of to this
day. This Inand of Plate is about two Leagues in length,
and very full of both deep and dangerous Bays , as alſo
ſuch as we call Gully's in theſe parts. The circumference
and deſcription of the ſaid Iſland is exactly thus.
We

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
+
uttt
Stran Drakes Ile
or Iſla de la Plata
+
+
+
+

66
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Great number
We caught at this Iſland, and falted good number of
of Tortoiſes Goats and Tortoiſes. One man ſtanding here on a little
Bay, in one day turned ſeventeen Tortoiſes ; beſides which
number our Muſquito ſtrikers brought us in ſeveral more.
Captain Sharp our Commander ſhewed himſelf very in-
genious in ſtriking them , he performing it as well as the
Tortoiſe ſtrikers thernſelves. For theſe creatures here are
ſo little fearful, that they offer not to ſink from the fiſher-
men, but lye ſtill until ſuch time as they are ſtruck. But
we experimented that the Tortoiſes on this ſide, were not
ſo large nor ſo ſweet unto the taſt, as thoſe on the North
fide of the Iſland. Of Goats we have taken, killed, and
ſalted above a hundred in a day, and that without any la-
bour. In the mean while we ſtayed here, we made a
ſquare main top-fail yard. We cut alſo fix foot of our
bolt-ſprit, and three foot more of our head. Moſt of the
time that we remained here, we had haſey weather. Only
now and then the Sun would happen to break out, and
then to ſhine ſo hot, that it burnt the skin of the necks
of ſeveral of our men. As for me, my lips were burnt
in ſuch manner, that they were not well in a whole week
after.
СНАР.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
69
CHA P. XII.
bon
Captain Sharp and his company depart from the Iſle
of Plate, in proſecution of their Voyage towards
Arica. They take two Spaniſh Vefſels by the
way, and learn intelligence from the enemy. Eight
of their company deſtroyed at the Iſle of Gallo.
Tediouſneſs of this Voyage, and great hardſhip
they endured. Deſcription of the Coaft all an.
long, and their ſailings.
Plate,
HA
[Aving taken in at the Iſle of Plate, what Proviſions They depart
and other Neceſſaries we could get, we ſet fail from from the Ife of
thence on Tueſday the 17th of Auguſt, 1680. in proſecu-
tion of our Voyage and deſigns above-mentioned, to take
and plunder the vaſtly rich Town of Arica. This day we
failed fo well,and the ſame we did ſeveral others afterwards,
that we were forced to lye by ſeveral times, beſides reifing
our top-fails, to keep our other ſhip company, leaſt we
ſhould looſe her again.
The next morning about break of day, we found our They ontſail
ſelves to be at the diſtance of ſeven or eight Leagues to the other Vela
the Weſtward of the Iſland from whence we departed ,
Jel
ſtanding W.by S. with a S.by W. wind. About noon that
day we had laid the land. After dinner the wind came at
S.S. W. at which time we were forced to ſtay more than
once for the other veſſel belonging to our company.
On the following day we continued in like manner a
weſt courſe all the day long. Sometimes this day the
wind would change, but then in a quarter of an hour it
would return to S.S. W. again as before. Hereabouts
where we now were, we obſerved great riplings of the Sea,
K2

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
of ber.
Auguſt the twentieth, yeſterday in the afternoon about
fix of the clock, we ſtood in S. E. But all night and all
this day, we had very ſmall winds. We found ſtill that
They fill gain we gained very much of the ſmall fhip, which did not a
little both perplex and hinder us in our courſe.
The next day likewiſe we ſtood in S. E. by S. though
with very little wind, which fometimes varyed,as was men-
tioned above. That day I finiſhed two Quadrants ; each
maketh Ella- of which were two foot and a half radius. Here we
draïts at ſea. had in like manner, as hath been mentioned on other days
of our failings, very many Dolphins, and other forts of fiſh
ſwimming about our ſhip-
On the morning following we ſaw again the Iſland of
Plate at N E. of our ſhip, giving us this appearance at that
diſtance of Proſpect.
The Author
Iſle of PLATE.
13
Solango.
The ſame day at the diſtance of ſix Leagues more or
lefs from the ſaid Iſland, we ſaw another Iſland, called So-
lango. This Iſle lyeth cloſe in by the Main-land. In the
evening we obſerved it to bare E. N. E. from us. Our
courſe was S. E. by S. and had the wind at S W. by S. This
day likewiſe we found that our leſſer ſhip was ſtill a great
hindrance to our failing , as being forced to lye by, and
ſtay for her two or three hours every day. We experi-
inented likewiſe, that the farther from ſhoar we were, the
leſs wind we had all along; and that under the ſhoar we
werealways ſure of a freſh gale, though not fo favourable
unto us as we could wiſh it to be. Hitherto we had uſed
to ſtand off forty Leagues, and yet notwithſtanding, in the
ſpace of ſix days,we had not got above ten Leagues on our
voyage, from the place of our departure. August
Great calnes

Part IV., Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
69
Auguſt the twenty third, this day the wind was S. W.
by S. and S. S.W. In the morning we ſtood off. The
Iſland Solango, at N.E. by N. appeareth thus :
Iſle of SOLANGO.
14
len.
At S. by W. and about fix Leagues diſtance from us,we Poire St. He-
deſcryed a long and even hill. I took it to be an Iſland,
and conjectured it might be at leaſt eight Leagues diſtant
from the Continent. But afterwards we found it was a
point of Land joyning unto the Main, and is called Point
St. Helena, being continued by a piece of Land which lyeth
low , and in ſeveral places is almoſt drowned from the
fight; ſo that it cannot be ſeen at two Leagues diſtance.
In this low-land the Spaniards have convenience for ma-
king Pitch, Tar, Salt, and ſome other things, for which
purpoſe they have ſeveral houſes here, and a Fryar, who
ſerveth them as their Chaplain. From the Iſland of Solan-
go, unto this place, are reckoned eleven leagues, more or
leſs
. The Land is hereabouts indifferent high, and is like-
wiſe full of Bays. We had this day very little wind to
help us in our Voyage, excepting what blaſts came now
and then in ſnatches. Theſe ſometimes would prove pret-
ty fair unto us, and allow us for ſome little while a South
courſe. But our chiefeſt courſe was S.E. by S. The point
of St. Helen at South half Eaſt, and about fix Leagues di-
ſtance, giveth exactly this appearance as followeth.
Punta

70
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
Punta de Santa HELEN A.
15
Bark-logså
Here we found no great current of the Sea to move
any way. At the Iſle of Plata, afore deſcribed , the Sea
ebbeth and floweth nigh thirteen foot perpendicular.About
four Leagues to Leeward of this point is a deep Bay, ha-
ving a Key at the mouth of it, which taketh up the bet-
ter part of its wideneſs. In the deepeſt part of the Bay
on ſhoar, we ſaw a great ſmoak, which was at a Village be-
longing to the Bay ; unto which place the people were re-
moved from the Point above-mentioned. This afternoon
we had a ſmall Weſterly wind, our courſe being S. S. W.
Hereabouts it is all along a very bold ſhoar. At three of
the clock after noon, we tackt about to clear our ſelves of
the Point. Being now a little way without the Point, we
eſpied a ſail,which we conceived to be a Bark. Hereupon,
we hoiſted out our Canoa,and ſent in purſuit of her, which
made directly for the ſhoar. But the fail proved to be no-
thing elſe, then a pair of Bark-Logs, which arriving on
fhoar, the men ſpread their fail on the fand of the Bay to
dry. At the ſame time there came down upon the ſhoar
an Indian on horſeback , who hallowed unto our Canoa,
which had followed the Logs. But our men fearing to
diſcover who we were in caſe they wenttoo near the ſhoar,
left the deſign and returned back unto us. In theſe parts the
Indians have no Canoas, nor any wood indeed that may be
thought fit to make them of. Had we been deſcryed by
theſe poor people, they would in all probability have been
very fearful of us. But they offered not to ſtir, which gave
us to underſtand, they knew us not. We could perceive
from the ſhip a great path leading unto the Hills. So that
We
No Canoas
bereabouts.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
71
Tov.
we believed this place to be a look-out, or watch-place, for
the ſecurity of Guayaquil. Between four and five we dou-
bled the point, and then we deſcryed the Point Chandy,
at the diſtance of fix Leagues S.S. E. from this point. At
firſt ſight it ſeemed like unto a long Inand, but withal,
lower then that of St. Helena.
Tueſday Auguſt the 24th, this day at noon we took the Cox's vegjel
other ſhip wherein Captain Cox failed into a Tow, ſhe be taken in a
ing every day a greater hinderance than before unto our
Voyage. Thus about three in the afternoon we loſt fight
of land, in ſtanding over for Cape Blanco. Here we found
a ſtrong current to move unto the S.W. The wind was
at S.W. by S. our courſe being S. by E. At the upper end
of this Gulf, which is framed by the two Capes afore-
mentioned, ftandeth the City of Guayaquil, being a very Guayaquil.
rich place, and the Embarcadero, or Sea-port unto the great
City of Quito. Unto this place likewiſe, many of the Mer-
chants of
Lima do uſually ſend the Money they deſign for
Old Spain in Barks,and by that means ſave the Cuſtom that
otherwiſe they ſhould pay unto the King by carrying it on
board of the Fleet. Hither cometh much Gold from
Quito, and very good and ſtrong broad-cloath, together
with Images for the uſe of the Churches, and ſeveral o-
ther things of conſiderable value. But more eſpecially Cacao-nut 1 le
Cacao-nut, whereof Chocolate is made , which is ſuppoſed beft fort.
here to be the beſt in the whole Univerſe. The Town of
Guayaquil conſiſteth of about one hundred and fifty great
houſes, and twice as many little ones. This was the
Town unto which Captain Sawkins intended to make his
Voyage, as was mentioned above. When ſhips of greater
burthen come into this Gulf, they anchor without Lapina,
and then put their lading into leſſer Veſſels to carry it un-
to the Town. Towards the evening of this day, a ſmall
breez ſprung up, varying from point to point. After
which, about nine of the clock at night we tacked about,
and ſtood off to Sea, W.by N.
As

72
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
A prize taken. As ſoon as we had tackt,we hapned to eſpy a Sail N.N.E.
from us. Hereupon,we inſtantly caſt off our other Veſſel,
which we had in a Tow, and ſtood round about after
them. We came very near unto the veſſel before they
ſaw us, by reaſon of the darkneſs of the night. As ſoon as
they eſpied us,they immediately clapt on a wind,and failed
very well before us; inſomuch, that it was a pretty while
before we could come up with them, and within call. We
halled them in Spaniſh, by means of an Indian priſoner,
and commanded them to lower their top-fails
. They an-
fwered, they would ſoon make us to lower our own. Here-
upon, we fired ſeveral Guns at them, and they as thick at
us again with their Harquibuſes. Thus they fought us
for the ſpace of half an hour , or more, and would have
done it longer , had we not killed the man at the Helm;
after whom, none of the reſt dared to be ſo hardy as to
take his place. With another of our ſhot we cut in pieces
and diſabled their main-top halliards. Hereupon , they
cryed out for Quarter, which we gave them, and entred
their ſhip. Being poſſeſſed of the Veſſel, we found in her
five and thirty men: of which number twenty four were
Natives of old Spain. They had one and thirty fire arms
on board the ſhip for their defence. They had not fought
us, as they declared afterwards, but only out of a bravada,
having promiſed on ſhoar foto do, in caſe they met us at
Sea. The Captain of this Veffel was a perſon of Quali-
ty, and his Brother, ſince the death of Don Jacinto de Ba-
rahona , killed by us in the Engagement before Panama,
was now made Admiral of the Sea Armada. With him
we took alſo in this Bark, five or fix other perſons of Qua-
lity. They did us in this fight, though ſhort, very great
damage in our Rigging, by cutting it in pieces
. Beſides
which, they wounded two of our men. And a third man
was wounded by the negligence of one of our own men,
occafioned by a Piſtol which went off unadviſedly. About
eleven of the clock this night we ſtood off to the Weſt.
The

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
73
The next morning about break of day, we hoiſted out what informa-
tion they had
our Canoa, and went aboard the Bark which we had taken
from the Prize.
the night before. We tranſported on board our own ſhip
more of the Prifoners taken in the ſaid veſſel, and began
to examine them to learn what intelligence we could from
them. The Captain of the veſſel , who was a very civil
and meek Gentleman, fatisfyed our deſires in this point
very exactly, ſaying unto us : Gentlemen, I am now your pri-
foner at War by the over-ruling providence of fortune ; and
moreover, am very well ſatisfyed that no money whatſoever can
procure my ranſom, at leaſt for the preſent at your hands.
Hence I am perſwaded, it is not my interelt to tell you a Lye ;
which if I do, I deſire you to paniſh me as ſeverely as you ſhall
think fit. We heard of your taking and deſtroying our Ar-
madilla, and other ſhips at Panama,about ſix weeks after that
Engagement', by two ſeveral Barks which arrived here from
thence. But they could not inform us whether you deſigned
to come any farther to the Southward ; but rather , deſired
we would ſend themſpeedily all the help by Sea that we could.
Hereupon, we ſent the noiſe and rumour of your being in theſe
Seas, By land unto Lima , defiring they would expedite what
ſuceours they could ſend to joyn' with ours. We had at that
time in our Harbour two or three great ſhips, but all of them
very unfit to fail. For this reaſon, at Lima, the Vice-Roy of
Peru preſſed three great Merchant ſhips, into the biggeſt of
which he put Fourteen braſs guns; into the ſecond, Ten ; and
in the other Six. Unto theſe he added two Barks, and put
ſeven hundred and fifty Souldiers on board them all. Of this
number of men they landed eightſcore at Point St. Helena ;
all the reſt being carryed down to Panama, with deſign to fight
you there. Beſides theſe Forces, two other men of War, bigger
than the afore-mentioned, are ſtill lying at Lima, and fitting
out there in all ſpeed to follow and purſue you. One of theſe
men of war is equipped with thirty ſix braſs guns, and the o-
ther with thirty. Theſe ſhips, beſide their complement of ſea-
men, buve four hundred Souldiers added unto them by the
Vice-Roy. Another man of war belonging to this number,
L
and

74
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
and leſſer than the afore-mentioned, is called the Patache.
This ſhip confiſteth of twenty four guns, and was ſent to Arica
to fetch the Kings Plate from thence. But the Vice-Roy ha-
ving received intelligence of your exploits at Panama , ſent
for ihis ſhip back from thence with ſuch haſt, that they came
away and left the Money behind them. Hence the Patache
now lyeth at the Port of Callao, ready to ſail on the firſt occa-
fron, or news of your arrival thereabouts: they having for
this purpoſe ſent unto all parts very ſtrict orders to keep a
good look-out on all ſides and all places along the Coaſts. Since
this, from Manta they ſent us word, that they had ſeen two
Ships at ſea paſs by ihat place. And from the Goat Key al-
So we heard, that the Indians had ſeen you and that they were
aſured, one of your veſels was the ſhip called la Trinidad,
which you had taken before Panama, as being a ſhip very well
known in theſe Seas. From hence we concluded, that your de-
ſign was to ply, and make your Voyage thereabouts. Now this
Bark wherein you took us priſoners being bound
for Panama,
the Governour of Guayaquil ſent us out before her departure,
if poſſible to diſcover you. Which if we did, we were to run
the Bark on ſhoar and get away, or elſe to fight you with theſe
Souldiers and fire arms that you ſee. As ſoon as we heard of.
your being in theſe Seas,we built two Forts, the one of ſix Guns,
and the other of four , for the defence of the Town. At the
laſt Muſter taken in the Town of Guayaquil,we had there eight
hundred and fifty men, of all colours ; but when we came out,
we left only two hundred men that were actually under Arms.
Thus ended the Relation of that worthy Gentleman.
About noon that day we unrigged the Bark which we had
taken, and after ſo doing funk her. Then we ſtood S.S.E.
and afterwards S. by W. and S.S.W. That evening we ſaw
Point St. Helena at North half Eaſt, at the diſtance of nine
Leagues more or leſs.
The next day, being Auguſt the 26th, in the morning
they took in - we ſtood S. That day we cryed out all our pillage , and
found that it amounted unto 3276 Pieces of Eight,which
was accordingly divided by ſhares amongſt us. We alſo
puniſhed
What Plate
the Prize.

Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
75
at Gallo.
puniſhed a Fryar, who was Chaplain to the Bark afore. Their cruelty
tomards a
mentioned, and thot him upon the deck, caſting him over- Frgar.
board before he was dead. Such cruelties though I al-
horred very much in my heart, yet here was I forced to
hold my tongue and contradict them not, as having not
authority to overſway them. About ten of the clock
this morning we ſaw Land again, and the Pilot ſaid we
were ſixteen Leagues to leeward of Cabo Blanco. Hereup-
on we ſtood off and in, cloſe under the ſhoar; the which
all appeared to be barren land.
The morning following we had very little wind; ſo Eight of their
that we advanced but ſlowly all that day. To windward men deſtroyed
of us we could perceive the Continent to be all high land,
being whitiſh clay , full of white Cliffts. This morning
in common diſcourſe, our Priſoners confeſſed unto us, and
acknowledged the deſtruction of one of our little Barks,
which we loſt in our way to the Iſland of Cayboa. They She
ſtood away, as it appeared by their information, for the
Goat-key, shinking to find us there, as having heard Cap-
tain Sawkins fay, that he would go thither. On their
way they hapned to fall in with the Iſland of Gallo, and
underſtanding its weakneſs by their Indian Pilot , they
ventured on ſhoar,and took the place, carrying away three
white women in their company. But after a ſmall time
of Cruiſing, they returned again to the aforeſaid Iſland,
where they ſtayed the ſpace of two or three days: after
which time they went out to lea again. Within three or
four days they came to a little Key four Leagues diſtant
from this Ille. But mean while they had been out and in
thus ſeveral times, one of their priſoners made his eſcape
unto the Main , and brought off from thence fifty men
with fire-arms. Theſe placing themſelves in Ambuſcade,
at the firſt volly of their ſhot, they killed ſix of the ſeven
men that belonged unto the Bark. The other man that
was left took quarter of the enemy; and he it was that
diſcovered unto them our deſign upon the Town of Guay-
aquil. By an obſervation which we made this day, we
found
L 2

76
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
laid.
Their whole
number.
An Embargo found our felves to be in the latitude of 3 d. 50. S. At
this time our priſoners told us, there was an Embargo laid
on all the Spaniſh ſhips, commanding them not to ſtir out
of the Ports, for fear of their falling into our hands at
Sea.
The Come caps the water, and moſt part of the flower that was in Cap.
Saturday Auguſt the 28th, this morning we took out all
veſſel. tain Cox's veſſel. The people in like manner came on board
our ſhip. Having done this, we made a hole in the vef-
ſel, and left her to fink, with a ſmall old Canoa at her ftern.
To Leeward of Manta, a League from ſhoar, in eighteen
fathom water , there runneth a great current ourwards.
About eleven in the forenoon we weighed Anchor, with a
wind at W.N. W. turning it out. Our number now in all
being reckoned, we found our ſelves to be one hundred and
forty men, two boys, and fifty five priſoners, being all
now in one and the fame bottom. This day we got fix
or ſeven Leagues in the winds eye.
All the day following we had a very ſtrong S. S. W,
The firſt place
Setled in theſe wind ; inſomuch, that we were forced to fail with two
riffs in our main-top fail, and one alſo in our fore-top fail.
Here Captain Peralta told us, that the firſt place which the
Spaniards ſettled in theſe parts, after Panama, was Tumbes,
a place that now was to Leeward of us, in this Gulph
A ftrange flory where we now were. That there a Prieſt went afhoar
with a Crofs in his hand, while ten thouſand Indians ſtood
gazing at him. Being landed on the ſtrand , there came
out of the woods two Lyons; that he laid the Croſs gent-
ly on their backs, and they inſtantly fell down and wor-
ſhipped it : and moreover, that two Tigres following them,
did the ſame;whereby thefe Animals gave unto the Indians
to underſtand the excellency of the Chriſtian Religion,
which they ſoon after embraced. About four in the eve-
ning we came abreaſt the Cape, which is the higheſt part
of all. The Land hereabouts appeareth to be barren and
rockey. At three Leagues diſtance Eaſt from us,the Cape
ſhewed thus :
Cape
Slas.
Cabo Blanco.

Part IV.
77
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
Cape BLANCO.
terud
500
16
SIS
jono
Were it not for a windward Current which runneth un-
der the ſhoar hereabouts, it were totally impoſſible for any
Thips to get about this Cape ; there being ſuch a great
current to Leeward in the offing. In the laſt Bark which
we took, of which we ſpoke in this Chapter, we made
Priſoner one Nicolas Moreno, a Spaniard by Nation, and
who was eſteemed to be a very good Pilot of the South Sea.
This man did not ceaſe continually to praiſe our ſhip for
her failing, and eſpecially for the alterations we had made
in her. As we went along, we obſerved many Bays to
lye between this Cape and Point Parina, of which we ſhall
foon make mention hereafter.
In the night the wind came about to $. S.E. and we had Point Parina.
a very ſtiff gale of it. So that by break of day the next
morning, we found our ſelves to be about five Leagues di-
ſtance to windward of the Cape afore-mentioned. The
Land hereabouts maketh three or four ſeveral Bays, and
groweth lower and lower, by how much the nigher we
come unto Punta Parina. This Point ſheweth it ſelf at
firſt ſight thereof like unto two Iſlands. Between four and
five of the clock that evening, we were Weſt from the ſaid
Point.
The next day likewiſe, being the laſt day of Auguſt, the
wind ſtill continued S. S. E. as it had done the whole day
before. This day we thought it convenient to ſtand far-
ther out to ſea, for fear of being deſeryed at Paita, which paita
2
now

78
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
Bark-logs and
their uſe.
now was not very far diſtant fromus. The morning proved
to be haſey. But about eleven we eſpied a Sail, which
ſtood then juſt as we did, E. by S. Coming nearer unto it,
by degrees we found her to be nothing elſe than a pair of
Bark-logs under a fail, which were going that way. Our
Pilot adviſed us not to meddle with thoſe Logs, nor mind
them in the leaſt,for it was very doubtful whether we ſhould
be able to come up with them or not; and then by giving
chace unto them, we ſhould eaſily be deſcryed and known
to be the Engliſh Pirates, as they called us. Theſe Bark-
logs ſail excellently well for the moſt part, and ſome of
them are of ſuch a bigneſs, that they will carry two hun-
dred and fifty packs of Meal from the Valleys unto Pana-
ma, without wetting any of it. This day by an obſervation
made, we found our ſelves to be in four degrees fifty five
Latitude South, Point Parina at N.E. by E. and at the di-
ſtance of ſix Leagues more or leſs, giveth this following
appearance.
olingo to oleo jon bien in
herri benswer
Ova manca Punta PARIN A.
17 S
ondo
osobu il 19 on
provodio
At

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
79
At the ſame time la Silla de Paita bore from us S.E. by
E. being diſtant only ſeven or eight Leagues. It had the
form of a high Mountain, and appeared thus unto us.
La Silla de PAIT A.
BV
I 8
The Town of Paita it ſelf is ſituated in a deep Bay, a-
bout two Leagues to Leeward of this Hill. It ſerveth for
an Embarcadero, or Port Town, unto another great place
which is diſtant from thence about thirteen Leagues higher
in the Country, and is called Piura, being ſeated in a very Piuras
barren Country.
On Wedneſday the firſt of September , our courſe was
S. by W. The midnight before this day we had a land-
wind that ſprung up. In the afternoon La Silla de Paita,
at the diſtance of ſeven Leagues,at E. by N. appeareththus.
La Silla de P AITA.
19
All along hereabouts is nothing but barren land, as was
faid before. Hereabouts likewiſe for three or four days
laſt paſt, we obſerved along the Coaſts many Seales.
That night as we failed, we ſaw ſomething that appea-
red unto us to be as it were a light. And the next morn-
ing

80
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
JC
A prize deſ ing we eſpyed a fail
, from whence we judged the light had
Credo
come. The veſſel was at the diſtance of ſix Leagues from
us , in the winds eye, and thereupon we gave her chace.
She ſtood to windward as we did. This day we had an
obſervation, which gave us Lat. 5 d. 30 %. At night
we were about four Leagues to Leeward of her ; but to
great a Mift fell, that we ſuddainly loſt ſight of her. At
this time the weather was as cold with us as in England in
November. Every time we went about with our ship, the
sxbat ſhe was. other did the like. Our Pilot told us, that this fhip ſet
forth from Guayaqnil eleven days before they were taken.
And that ſhe was laden with Rigging, Woollen, and Cot-
ton Cloath, and other Manufactures made at Quito.More-
over, that he had heard that they had ſpent a Maft , and
had put into Paita to refit it.
The night following; they fhewed us ſeveral lights
through their negligence , which they ought not to have
done, fon by that means we ſteered directly after them.
The next morning ſhe was more than three Leagues in
the windseyediſtant fram us. Had they fufpected us, it
could not be doubted, but they would have made away to-
wards the Landi; but they ſeemed not to fly ner ſtir for
our chaces The Land hereall along is level, and not ve-
Ty high. The weather was haſey, ſo that about eleven of
the clock that morning we loft figlit of lier. At this time
Their shortneſs
of proviſions. we had been for the ſpace of a whole week, at an allow-
ance of only two draughts of water each day, ſo ſcarce
were Proviſions with us. That afternoon we ſaw the vef-
fel again, and at night we were not fulltwo Leagues diſtant
from her, and not more than half a League to Leeward.
We made fhort trips all the night long.
On Saturday, September the Fourth, about break of day,
we ſaw the ſhip again,at the diſtance of a League, more or
Teſs, and not above a mile to windward of us. They ſtood
out aſſoon as they eſpied us, and we ſtood direaly after
thein. Having purſued them for ſeveral hours, about four
of the clock in the Afternoon, we came up within the di-
ſtance

Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
80
ftance of half our ſmall Arms ſhot, to windward of them.
Hereupon they perceiving who we were preſently lower'd
all their Sails at once,and we caſt dice among our ſelves for
the firſt entrance. The lot fell to larboard; ſo that
twenty men belonging to that watch, entred her. In the
Veſſel were found Fifty packs of Cacao-nut, ſuch as Choco-
The Prize ta
late is made of, many packs of Raw-filk, Indian cloth, and ken.
Thred-ſtockings; theſe things being the principal part of
her Cargo. We ſtood out S. W. by S. all the night follow-
ing
The next day being come, we tranſported on board our
fhip the chiefeft part of her lading. In her hold we found
fome Rigging, as had been told us by Nicholas Moreno our
Pilot, taken in the former Veſſel off of Guayaquil : but the
greateſt part of the Hold was full of Timber. We took
out of her alſo ſome Ofenbriggs, of which we made Top-
gallant ſails, as fall be ſaid hereafter. It was now nine-
teen days, as they told us, ſince they ſet ſail from Guyaquil;
and then they had onely heard there of our Exploits be-
fore Panama, but did not ſo much as think of our coming
ſo far to the Southward, which did not give them the leaſt
ſuſpicion of us, though they had ſeen us for the ſpace of
two or three days before at Sea, and always ſteering after code to do
them ; otherwiſe they had made for the land, and endea-
voured to eſcape our hands.
The next morning likewiſe we continued to take in the
They turn a-
remaining part of what goods we deſired out of our Prize. way many pri-
When we had done, we ſent moſt of our Priſoners on board Soners.
the ſaid veſſel, and left only their fore-maſt ſtanding, all
the reſt being cut down by the board. We gave them a
fore-fail to fail withal; all their own water, and ſome of
our flour to ſerve them for Proviſions; and thus we turn
ned them away, as not caring to be troubled or encum-
bred with too many of their company. Notwithſtanding
we detained ftill ſeveral of the chiefeſt of our priſoners.
Such were Don Thomas de Argandona, who was Comman-
der of the veffel raken before Guayaquil ; Don Chriſtoval,
M
and

82
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
and Don Baltazar,both Gentlemen of Quality taken with
him ; Captain Peralta, Captain Juan Moreno, the Pilot,
and twelve ſlaves , of whom we intended to make good
uſe, to do the drudgery of our ſhip. At this time I recko-
ned that we were about the diſtance of thirty five Leagues,
little more or leſs from Land. Moreover, by an obierva-
tion made this day, we found Lat. 7. d. 1. S. Our plun-
der being over, and our Prize turned away, we fold both
Cheſts, Boxes, and ſeveral other things at the Maſt, by the
voice of a Cryer.
On the following day we ſtood S. S. W. and S. W. by S.
One of their
Corpany dyeth all day long. That day one of our company dyed, named
Robert Montgomery, being the ſame man who was ſhot by
the negligence of one of our own men with a Piſtol
through the leg, at the taking of the veſſel before Guaya-
quil, as was mentioned above. We had an obſervation al-
ſo this day, by which we now found Lat. 7.d. 26. S. On
the ſame day likewiſe we made a dividend, and ſhared all
They make a
the booty taken in the laſt Prize. This being done, we
hoiſted into our ſhip the Lanch which we had taken in her,
as being uſeful unto us. All theſe days laſt paſt, it was ob-
An obſervati- ſerved, that we had every morning a dark cloud in the
on of thefestas, sky; the which in the North Sea would certainly fore-
tell a ſtorm; but here it always blew over.de
Wedneſday September the eighth in the morning, we
They defory a threw our dead man above-mentioned into the Sea , and
light at sea.
gave him three French Volleys for his Funerai-Ceremony.
In the night before this day, we ſaw a light belonging to
ſome veſſel at ſea. But we ſtood away from it, as not de-
firing to ſee any more fails to hinder us in our voyage to-
wards Arica, whither now we were deſigned. This Light
was undoubtedly from ſome ſhip to Leeward of us; but
on the next morning we could defcry no fail. Here I
judged we had made a S. W. by S.way from Paita, and by
an obſervation found 8. d. oo. S.
dividend.
CHAP

Part IV.
83
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
CHA P. XIII.
A continuation of their long and tedious Voyage to
Arica, with a deſcription of the Coaſts and
Sailings thereunto. Great hardſhip they endu-
red for want of Water and other Proviſions.
They are deſcryed at Arica, and dare not land
there ; the Country being all in Arms before
them. They retire from thence, and go unto
Puerto de Hilo, cloſe by Arica. Here they land,
take the Town with little or no loſs on their fide,
refreſh themſelves with Proviſions ; but in the
end are cheated by the Spaniards, and forced
farefully to retreat from thence.
O
N September the Ninth we continued ftill to make a
S. W. by S. way,as we had done the day before. By
a clear and exact obſervation taken the ſame day,we found
now Lat. 8. d. 12 S. All the twenty four hours laſt paſt
Calms.
afforded us but little wind, ſo that we advanced but as lit-
tle on our Voyage, and were forced to tack about every
four or five hours.
The next day by another obſervation taken, we found
then Lat. 9 d. 00. Now the weather was much warmer
than before ; and with this warmth we had ſmall and mi-
Warm weathey
again.
ſty rains that frequently fell. That evening a ſtrong
breeze came upat S.E. by E.
The night following likewiſe we had a very great dew
that fell, and a freſh wind continued to blow. At this
time we were all hard at work to make ſmall fails of the They makeſails
Ofenbrigs we had taken in the laſt Prize, as being much
af Sea.
M 2
more

84
Bucaniers of America. Part IV
more convenient for its lightneſs
. The next morning be-
ing Saturday, September the 11th, we lay by to mend our
rigging. Theſe laſt twenty four hours we had made a
S. by W.way. And now we had an obfervation that gave
us Lat. 10. D. 9. S. I ſuppoſed this day that we were
Weſt from Coſmey about the diſtance of eighty nine leagues
and an half.
September the 12th. This day we reckoned a S. S. W.
way; and that we had made thirty four leagues and three
quarters or thereabouts
. Alſo that all our Wefting from
Paita was eighty four leagues. We fuppoſed our felves
now to be in Lat. 1 1. D. 40. S. But the weather being ha-
ſey, no obfervation could be made.
September the 13th, yeſterday in the Afternoon we had
A great Eclipſe a great Eclipſe of the Sun, which laſted from one of the
of the Sun.
clock till three after dinner. From this Eclipſe I then took
the true judgment of our longitude from the Canary I-
ſlands, and found my ſelf to be 285 D. 35. in Lat 11 D.
45
S. The wind was now ſo freſh, that we took in our
Top-fails; making a great way under our Courſes and
Sprit-ſail
.
September the 14th we had a cloudy morning, which
What followed continued ſo all the firſt part thereof. About eight it clea-
red up, and then we ſet our fore-top-fail; and, about
noon, our main-top-ſail likewiſe. This was obſervable,
mbbthat all this great wind precedent did not make any thing
of a great Sea. We reckoned this day that we had run
by a S. W. by W. way, twenty fix Leagues, and two
thirds.
The next day, in like manner, we had cloſe weather,
si vet ſuch as the former morning. Our reckoning was Twenty
ins-four Leagues and two thirds, by a S. W. by W.way. But,
by obſervation made, I found my ſelf to be 23 D. South-
ward of my reckoning, as being in the Lat. of , 15 D. 17
South.
On the 16th, we had but ſmall and variable winds.
For the twenty four hours laſt paſt we reckoned twenty
four

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, duc.
85
four leagues and two thirds, by a S. W. by S. way. By ob-
fervation we had Lat. 16.D. 41. That evening we had a
gale at E.S. E. which forced us to hand our top-fails.
The 17th likewiſe, we had many guſts of wind at ſeve.
ral times, forcing us to hand our top-fails often. But in
the forenoon, we ſet them with a freſh gale at.E.S. E. My
reckoning this day was thirty one leagues by a S.S. W.
way. All day long we ſtood by our top-fails.
On the 18th, we made a S. by W.way. We reckoned
our ſelves to be in Lat. 19. D. 33. S. The weather was
haſey; and the wind began to dye this day by degrees.
The next day, being the 19th, we had very ſmall wind.
I reckoned thirteen leagues and an half, by a S. W. by S.
way ; and our whole Weſting from Paita- to be 164
leagues in Lat. 20. D. 06. S. All the afternoon we had a
calm, with drizling rain.
Monday, September the zoth. Laſt night we ſaw the
Magallan Clouds, which are ſo famous among the Mariners Magallan
of theſe Southern Seas. The leaſt of theſe clouds was a-
bout the bigneſs of a mans hat. After this fight, the morn-
ing was very clear. We had run at noon at E. S. E. thir-
teen leagues and an half: and, by an obſervation then
made, we found Lat. 20. D. 15.S. This day the wind be-
gan to freſhen at W. by S. Yet notwithſtanding we had a
very finooth Sea.
But on the next morning, the wind came about to S.W.
and yet ſlacken by degrees. At four this morning it came
to S. by E. And at ten the fame day, to S. E. by S. We
had this day a clear obſervation, and by it Lat. 20. D. 25.
S. We ſtood now E. by N, with the wind at S. E.
September the 22d. This morning the wind was at
E. S. E. By a clear obſervation we found Lat. 19. D.30
S. Likewiſe on a N. E. by E. way, - -----and two leagues
and two thirds.
Septeméer the 2 3d we had a freſh wind, and a high Sea.
This morning early the wind was at E. and about ten at
E.N. E. From a clear obſervation we found our latitude
Clouds.

86
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
to be 20 D. 35 S. The way we made was S. by W. That
morning we hapned to ſplit our Sprit-fail.
Next morning the wind was variable and inconftant ,
and the weather but haſey. We reckoned a S. by E. way:
this day webent a new main-top-fail; the old one ferving
for a fore-top-fail
. In the afternoon we had but little wind,
whereupon we lowered our top-fails; having, in like man-
ner, a very ſmooth fea.
The following day likewiſe brought us calm and warm
weather; which occaſioned us to ſet up our ſhrouds both
fore and aft. An obſervation taken this day afforded us
Lat. 21. D. 57. That evening we bent a ſprit-fail.
On September the 26th, an obſervation gave us Lat. 22.
D. 05. S. At noon we had a breez at N. N. E. our courſe
being E.S. E. In the afternoon we fet up a larboard top-
fail ftudden-fail
. In the evening the wind came about at
North pretty freſh.
The next day we had a ſmooth ſea, and took in four
ſtudden-fails. For yeſterday in the afternoon we had put
out, beſides that above-mentioned, another ſtudden-fail,
and two main ſtudden-fails more. This day we had by
obfervation 22 D. 45 S. having made by an E. S. E. way,
thirty five leagues and an half. Our whole Merid. differ.
fixty eight leagues and an half.
September the 28th, all the forenoon we had very little
wind, and yet withal a great Southern ſea. By obſervati-
on we had Lat. 22 D. 40 S.
September the 29th. All the night paſt we had much
wind, with three or four fierce fhowres of rain. This was
the firſt that we could call rain, ever ſince that we left Cape
Franciſco above-mentioned. This day our allowance was
ſhortned, and reduced unto three pints and a half of water,
Their allow and one cake of boyled bread to each man for a day. An
ance Shotned
obſervation this day gave us Lat. 21 D. 59 S. by a N. E. by
On September the zoth we had a cloudy day, and the
wind very variable, the morning being freſh. Our way
Much rain.
again.
E. way.
was

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
87
was N. E. half N. wherein we made eighteen leagues.
O&tober the Firſt. All the night paſt and this day we
had a cloudy sky, and not much wind. We made a N. E.
by E. way, and by it ſeventeen leagues and two miles. Their allom-
ance ſtill ſhor-
This day we began at two pints and a half of water for a tens.
day.
The Second, we made a E.N. E.way, and by it twenty
fix leagues,
more or leſs. Our obſervation this day gave
us Lat. 20 D. 29 S. I reckoned now that we were ten
leagues and an half to Eaſt of our Meridian, the Port of
Paita; ſo that henceforward our departure was Eaſtward.
The wind was this day at S. E. by S.
On the Third we had both a cloudy morning, a high
fea, and drizling weather. An obſervation which we had
this day, gave us Lat. 19 D. 45 S. In the afternoon the
wind blew
ſo freſh, as that we were forced to hand our top-
fails and ſprit-lail.
The 4th likewiſe we had a high ſea and a cold wind.
Ar break of day we ſet our top-fails. An obſervation made
afforded us Lat. 19 D. 8 S. Here we ſuppoſed our felves
fifty nine leagues D. M.
The 5th we had ſtill a great ſea, and ſharp and cold
winds, forcing us to our low fails. By a N. E. by E way,
we reckoned this day twenty fix leagues and an half
.
But on the 6th we had great guſts of wind. Inſomuch,
that this morning our ring-bolts gave way which held our
Main-ſtay, and had like to have brought our Main-maſt by Their Maira
the board. Hereupon we ran three or four glaſſes Weſt mat in danger.
before the wind. By an obſervation we found Lat. 19 D.
45.
On the 7th of October the wind was ſomething fallen.
We had both a cloudy day and variable winds.
The 8th of the ſaid Month we had again a ſmooth fea,
and ſmall whiffling winds. This morning we ſaw a huge Water-ſnakes
fhoal of fiſh, two or threeWater-ſnakes, and ſeveral Seals.
On the next day we had in like manner a very ſmooth
Lea, and withal a cloudy day. Our courſe was Eaſt.
October
and Seals.

88
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
October the Tenth, we had likewiſe a cloudy day, with
ſmall and variable winds, and what is conſequent unto
theſe, a ſmooth Sea. Our way was S. by E. This day
Tufts of Sea- we eſpied floating upon the Sea, ſeveral Tufts of Sea-graſs,
grafs.
which gave us good hopes that we were not far from Thoar.
In the afternoon we had a N. E. by E. wind that ſprang up.
the night was very cold and cloudy.
On the eleventh we had a freſh wind at S. E. and E.S.E.
together with a cloudy day ;ſuch as we had experimented
for ſeveral days before. We reckoned this day thirty two
Leagues by a N. E. by E. way. Here our Pilot told us, that
A Haley sky, the sky is always haſey nigh the ſhoar upon theſe Coafts
near ſhoar. where we now were.
On October the 12th we had a clear day, and a North-
Eaſt way.
Awbale feen.
The 13th we had but little wind. This day we ſaw a
Whale, which we took for an infallible token that we were
not far diſtant from Land, which now we hoped to ſee in
a few days. We made an E.S.E. way, and by it we recko-
ned nineteen Leagues. All the evening was very calm.
Thurſday October the 14th we had both a calm, and
cloſe day until the afternoon. Then the weather became
Lard-Fonles very hot and clear. This day we ſaw ſeveral land-Fowls,
seen. being but ſmall Birds. Concerning which our Pilot ſaid,
that they uſe to appear about one or two days fail from
the Land. Our reckoning was eleven Leagues by an E.S.E.
way. In the evening of this day we thought that we had
feen Land; but it proved to be nothing elſe than a foggy
bank.
October the 15th, both the night paſt, and this day, was
very clear. We made an obſervation this day,which gave
us Lat. 18 d. oo South.
The 16th, laſt night and this day were contrary to the
former, both cloudy. Our way was N. E. by E. whereof
we reckoned thirteen Leagues.
Sunday October the 17th the wind blew very freſh, our
They deſcry
courſe being E. N.E. About five that morning we ſaw
Land
Lard.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, doc. 89
Land; but the weather was ſo haſey, that at firſt we could
ſcarce perceive whether it was Land or not. It was diſtant
from us about eight Leagues, and appeared as a high and
round hill, being in form like unto a Sugar-loaf
. We ſaw
Land afterwards all along to the S. E. by E. from it. In
the evening, we being then within five Leagues of the
ſhoar, the Land appeared very high and ſteep.
bob
Oktober the 18th, all the night laſt paſt we ſtood off to
fea with a freſh wind. This morning we could juſt ſee
Land at N. N.E. We reckoned a S. E. by E.way; and by
obſervation we found Lat. 17 d. 17 South.
Tueſday Oktober the 19th,we had very cloudy weather,
High-lands
finding what our Pilot had told us to be very true, con- near Arica.
cerning the haſeyneſs of this ſhoar. We ſaw all along as
we went very high Land.covered with Clouds ; inſomuch,
that we could not ſee its top.
On Wedneſday the next day, we had likewiſe cloudy
weather, and for the moſt part calm. The ſame weather
being very cloudy, as before, continued in like manner on
Thurſday
Friday Otober 22. this morning we ſaw the Land plain PuntadeHilo,
before us. Our Pilot being asked what Land that was,an-
ſwered, it was the Point of Hilo. At N.N.E. and about fix
or ſeven Leagues diſtance it appeared thus unto us.
Punta de HILO.
Lat. 18. d. 4. S.
20
There is every morning and evening a brightneſs over
the Point, which laſteth for two or three hours, being
cauſed by the reflection of the Sun on the barren land, as
N
ic

90
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
water.
it is ſuppoſed. This day we had but little wind; and the
Great want of huge want of water we were now under, occaſioned much
diſturbance among our men. As for my part, Imuſt ac-
knowledge I could not ſleep all night long through the
greatneſs of my drougth. We could willingly have lan-
ded here to ſeek for water; but the fear of being difco-
vered and making our ſelves known, hindred us from fo do-
ing. Thus we unanimouſly reſolved to endure our thirſt
for a little longer ſpace of time. Hereabouts is a ſmall
Current that runneth under the ſhoar. This morning
we had but little wind at South, our courſe being E S. Ē.
vita a The Point at the diſtance of five leagues N. E. looketh on
the following ſide, thus: ked: ?a den toled od going
who
Ebuolo raw borovcobrar dado
Punta de HILO. for bitcow.su
Cowola solit below cyn izen ali voblanba no
wertswoma odt misering floorba tol buvis
taniad
2T
Din
a
od 5 VVA
morat tar
Our wind continued to blow not above fix hours each
day. We reckoned the difference of our Meridian to be
this day one hundred and eighty leagues. Very great was
Half a pint a
our affliction now for want of water ; we having but half
day.
a pint a day to our allowance.
Oktober the 23d. This day we were forced to ſpare one
meaſure of water, thereby to make it hold out the longer ;
fo ſcarce it became with us. At three this afternoon the
Point looked thus :
190 lodgid sgrinave bananinom novinama
grisdal oint 10 o dat dit waniPunta
es . brak mora no muest nou bed bola
20

Part IV.
91
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
Punta de HILO.
Mora de SAMA.
22
nin no malae gut 02.10
Here the Point looketh like unto an Hand. And Mora
de Sama, to the Southward thereof, giveth this appearance: ot olous
ahoveaning to guedo brasoriis obtuor norr
dobo v Mora de SAMA. croman to
4. Colto
sod
chooni nini tenul sb bello 2
Alls vori bldo sw soogilisining
Inodoros o bastro
TO
To 23 noi
Sot
She
al's zoied aon bom101019
About nine of the clock at night we had a land wind, and
with it we ſtood S. E. by S. But all the night after we had
but little wind. od
Ołtober the 24th. All the night paſt we had very clou-
dy and dark weather, with mizling rain. The morning
being come, it cleared up; but all the land appeared cove-
red with clouds. Yet notwithſtanding in the afternoon it
gave us again this appearance.
VOUS
woro
llo labis na izdo N 2
wydaisri
bocor
Contoon Under

92
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Mora de SAMA.
Lat. 18 d. 29.5.
24
fa
RAMAM maammmmmmros
Under the Hill of Mora de Sama are eighteen or nine
teen white cliffs ; which appear in the form above deſcri-
They reſolve to bed. This day we reſolved that One hundred and twelve
men ſhould go aſhoar. And about eight this evening, we
ſent our Lanch and four Caņoas , with fourſcore men, to
take three or four Fiſher-men at a certain River, cloſe by
Mora de Sama, called el Rio de Juan Diaz, with intent to
gain what intelligence we could how affairs ſtood at pre-
ſent on the Coaſt and Country thereabouts.
Munday October the 25th. Laſt night being about the
diſtance of one league and an half from
ſhoar, we founded,
and found forty five fathom water, with an hard ground,
They cannot
at the bottom. This morning our people and Canoas that
find the River. were ſent to take the Fiſhermen, returned, not being able
to find either their houſes or the River. They reported
withal they had had a very freſh wind all the night long un-
der ſhoar, whereas we had not one breath of wind all night
on board.bario
ser
Tueſday Oktober the 26th. Laſt night, being the night
before this day, about ſix of the clock , we departed from
the ſhip to goto take Arica, reſolving to land about the
They dare not
Land at Arica. diſtance of a league to windward of the Town. We were
about fix leagues diſtant from the Town when we left our
flip, whereby we were forced to row all night, that we
might reach before day the place of our landing. Towards
morning, the Canoa's left the Lanch,which they had had all.
night

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
93
night in a Tow, and wherein I was; and made all the ſpeed
they poſſibly could for the ſhoar, with deſign to land be-
fore the Lanch could arrive. But being come nigh the
place where we deſigned to land, they found, to our great
forrow and vexation, that we were deſcryed; and that all
along the ſhoar, and through the Country, they had certain
news ofour arrival.Yęt notwithſtanding our diſcovery, we
would have landed, if we could by any means have found
a place to do it in. But the ſea ran ſo high, and with ſuch
a force againſt the rocks, that our boats muſt needs have
been ſtaved each in one thouſand pieces, and we in great
danger of wetting our arms,if we ſhould adventure to go on
ſhoar. The Bay all round was poſſeſſed by ſeveral parties
of horſe ; and likewiſe the tops of the hills, which ſeemed
to be gathered there by a general alarm through the whole
Country, and that they waited onely for our landing, with
deſign to make a ſtrong oppoſition againſt us. They fired
a gun at us, but we made them no anſwer, but rather re-
turned to our ſhip, giving over this enterprize until a fairer
opportunity. The hill of Arica is very white, being occa- Hin. of. Arica a
fioned by the dung of multitudes of Fowls that neſt them-
felves in the hollow thereof. To Leeward of the ſaid Hill
lyeth a ſmall IMand, at the diſtance of a mile, more or leſs,
from the ſhoar. About half a league from that Iſand, we
could perceive fix ſhips to ride at anchor : four of which
had their Yards taken down from their Maſts; but the o-
ther two ſeemed to be ready
for fail. We asked our Pilot
concerning theſe ſhips, and he told us that one of them was
mounted with fix guns, and the other with onely four.
Being diſappointed of our expectations at Arica, we now
reſolved to bear away from thence to the Village of Hilo, They bare e
there to take in Water and other Proviſions; as alſo to way for Hilo.
learn what intelligence we could obtain. All that night
we lay under a calm
On Oktober the 27th in the morning, we found our
felves to be about a league to windward of Mora de Sama.
Yet notwithſtanding the weather was quite calm, and we
onely

94
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
onely drived with the current at Leeward. The land be-
tween Hilo and Mora de Sama formeth two ſeveral Bays,
and the Coaſt runneth along N.W.and SE. as may appear
by the following demonſtration. Over the land we could
fee from our ſhip, as we drove the coming or riſing of a
very high land, at a great diſtance far up in the Country.
October the 28th. The night before this day, we ſent
They
men to land away our four Canoas with fifty men in them, to ſeize and
plunder the Town of Hilo. All the day was very calm,
as the day before.
The next morning about break of day, we had a fair
breeze ſprang up, with which we lay right in with the
They arrive at
Port. About one in the afternoon we anchored, and the
Port lyeth thus, as is here deſcribed.
there.
the l'ort.
Port of HILO.
Code
25
us,
Wecaſt anchor at the diſtance of two miles from the
Village : and then we perceived two flags, which our men
The Town ta-had put out, having taken the Town, and ſet up our Eng-
ken.
lifh Colours. The Spaniards were retreated unto the hills,
and there had done the ſame. Being come to an anchor,
our Commander Captain Sharp lent a Canoa on board of
and ordered that all the men our ſhip could ſpare,fhould
come aſhoar. Withal they told us, that thoſe of our par-
ty that landed the morning before, were met by ſome
horſemen on the ſhoar, who onely exchanged ſome few
volly's of ſhot with our men, but were ſoon put to flight.
That hereupon our forces had marched directly to the
Town, where the Spaniards expecting we would have lan-
ded at firſt, made a breaſt-work, thirty paces long, of clay
and

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
95
ons.
and banks of fand. Here, in a ſmall skirmiſh, we hapned
to kill an Indian, who told us before he dy'd, that they
had received news of our coming, nine days ago, from Li-
ma, and but one day before from Arica. Having taken
the Town, we found therein great quantity of Pitch, Tar,
Oyl, Wine and Flower, with ſeveral other forts of proviſi-
Weendeavoured to keep as good a watch as the Spa-
niards did on the hills, fearing left they ſhould ſuddainly
make any attempt to deſtroy us.
On the next day, being October the zoth, we choſe out
threeſcore men of them who were the firteſt to march, a- They ſearch the
mong the reſt; and ordered them to go up and ſearch the valley.
valley adjoyning and belonging to the Town. We found
the ſaid valley to be very pleaſant, being all over ſet with
Fig-trees, Olive-trees
, Orange, Lemmon, and Lime-trees,
with many other fruits agreeable to the Palat. About four
miles up within the valley , we came to a great Sugar-
work, or Ingenio de azucar, as it is called by the Spaniards,
where we found great ſtore of Sugar,Oyl,and Moloſſus. But
moſt of the Sugar,the owners had hidden from us in the
cane it ſelf. As we marched up the vally,the Spaniards mar-
ched along the hills, and obſerved our motion. From the
tops of the hills they often tumbled down great ſtones up-
on us, but with great care we endeavoured to eſcape thoſe
dangers, and but the report of one Gun would ſuddainly
cauſe them all to hide their heads. From this houſe, I
mean the Sugar-work above-mentioned, Mr.Cox, my ſelf,
and one Cannis a Dutchman (who was then our Interpre-
ter) went unto the Spaniards with a flag of Truće. They
met us very civilly, and promiſed to give us fourſcore with the Spa-
Beeves for the Ranſom of the Sugar-work, and upon con- niards.
dition that it ſhould not be ſpoilt nor demoliſhed. With
them we agreed, that they ſhould be delivered unto us at
the Port, the next day at noon. Hereupon Captain Sharp
in the evening ſent down unto the Port twenty men, with
ſtrict orders that our forces there fhould offer no violence
in the leaſt unto thoſe that brought down the Beeves.
Sunday

96
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
Sunday, Oktober the zift
. This day being employed in
caſting up fome accounts belonging to our Navigation, I
reckoned that Hilo was to the Eaſtward of Paita,
one hun
dred eighty and ſeven leagues. This morning the Cap-
tain of the Spaniards came unto our Commander Captain
Sharp, with a flag of Truce; and told him, that ſixteen
Beeves were already ſent down unto the Port, and that the
reſt ſhould certainly be there the next morning. Here-
upon we were ordered to prepare our ſelves to retreat, and
march back unto the Port, and there embark our ſelves on
board our ſhip. My advice was to the contrary, that we
ſhould rather leave twenty men behind to keep the houſe
of the Sugar-work, and that others ſhould poſſeſs them-
felves of the Hills, thereby to clear them of the Spaniards
and their look out. But my counſel not being regarded,
each man took away what burthen of Sugar he pleaſed,and
They begin to thus we returned unto our veſſel. Being come there, we
dealing in the found no Beeves had been brought down at all, which oc-
caſioned us much to ſuſpect fome double dealing would in
the latter end be found in this caſe.
The next morning being November the firſt, our Cap-
A parlay with tain went unto the top of the Hills afore-mentioned, and
ſpoke with the Spaniards themſelves, concerning the per-
formance of their agreement. The Spaniards made an-
fwer,that the Cattle would certainly come down this night.
But in caſe it did not , that the Maſter or Owner of the
Sugar-work was now returned from Potoſ, and we might
go up and treat with him, and make, if we pleaſed, a new
bargain for the preſervation of his Houſe and Goods ;
whoſe intereſt it was, more than theirs, to ſave it from
being demoliſhed. With this anſwer our men returned
unto us, and we concluded to expect until the next day for
the delivery of the Beeves.
On the following day about eight in the morning, there
Akag of truce came in unto us a Flag of Truce from the enemy, telling
us, that the winds were ſo high, that they could not drive
the Cattle, otherwiſe they had been delivered before now.
But
enemy.
The6neny

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, doc. 97
But withal, that by noon we ſhould in no manner fail to
have them brought unto us. Noon being come, and no
Cattle appearing, we now having filled our water, and
finiſhed other concerns, reſolved to be revenged on the
Enemy, and do them what miſchief we could ; at leaſt,by
ſetting fire on the Sugar-work. Hereupon, threeſcore
men of us marched up the valley, and burnt both the They burn the
Houſe, the Canes, and the Mill belonging to the Ingenio.
We broke likewiſe the Coppers, Coggs, and multitudes of
great Jars of Oyl that we found in the houſe. This being
done, we brought away more Sugar, and returned unto the
Port over the Hills or Mountains; the which we found to
be very pleaſant, ſmooth, and level after once we had af-
cended them. It fell out very fortunately unto us that we
returned back this way we did, for otherwiſe our men at
the Sea-ſide had inevitably been cut off and torn in pieces
by the enemy, they being at that time diſperſed and ſtrag-
ling up and down by two and three in a Party. For from
the Hills we efpied coming from the Northward of the
Horſe coming
Bay, above three hundred horſemen,all riding at full ſpeed againſt them.
towards our men, who had not as yet deſcryed them, and
little thought of any ſuch danger from the enemy ſo nigh
at hand. Being alarumed with this fight, we threw down
what Sugar we had, and ran incontinently to meet them,
thereby to give our other men time to rally,and put them-
felves into a poſture of defence. We being in good rank
and order, fairly proffered them Battle upon the Bay; but
as we advanced to meet them, they retired and rid towards
the Mountains to ſurround us, and take the Rocks from
us if poſſibly they could. Hereupon, perceiving their in-
tentions,we returned back and poſſeft our felves of the ſaid
Rocks, and alſo the lower Town; as the Spaniards them.
ſelves did of the upper Town (at the diſtance of half a mile
from the lower) the Hills and the Woods adjoyning there-
unto. The Horſemen being now in poſſeſſion of theſe Quar-
ters, we could perceive, as far as we could ſee, more and
more men reſort unto them, ſo that their Forces encreaſed
O
hour-
Three hundred

98
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
hourly to conſiderable numbers. We fired one at another
as long as we could reach, and the day would permit. But
in the mean while we obſerved, that ſeveral of them rid
unto the Watch-hill,and looked out often to the Sea-board.
This gave us occaſion to fear that they had more ſtrength
and Forces coming that way, which they expected every
minute. Hereupon, leaſt we ſhould ſpeed worſe than we
They are forced had done before, we reſolved to imbark ſilently in the dark
of the night, and go off from that Coaſt where we had
been ſo early deſcryed, and the enemy was ſo much prepa-
red againſt us. We carryed off a great Cheſt of Sugar,
whereof we ſhared ſeven pound weight and a half each
man ; thirty Jars of Oyl, and great plenty of all ſorts of
Garden Herbs, Roots, and moſt excellent Fruit.
104d barrio
to retreat.
What they got
at Hilo.
1190
To
CHA P. XIV.
The Bucaniers depart from the Port of Hilo, and
Jail unto that of Coquimbo. They are deſcry-
ed before their arrival
. Notwithſtanding they
land: are encountred by the Spaniards, and put
them to flight. They take, plunder,and fire the
City of la Serena. A deſcription thereof. A
Stratagem of the Spaniards in endeavouring to
fire their ſhip, diſcovered and prevented. They
are deceived again by the Spaniards, and forced
to retire from Coquimbo, without any Ranfone
for the City, or conſiderable pillage. They re-
leaſe ſeveral of their chiefeſt Priſoners.
T
He next morning (being Wedneſday November the
third, 1680.) about ſeven of the clock we ſet ſail
from Hilo, ſtanding directly off to Sea, with a ſmall land-
They depart
from Hilo.
wind.

A Deſcription Dalley of Hilo
Hilo
Hilo
upper
Plate this at Page 98
Rocke
ooooo
Hilo trext the sea
(FEAR
The Creek
Mooring place
The point of Hilo
Rocks

98
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
hourly to conſiderable numbers. We fired one at another
as long as we could reach, and the day would permit. But
in the mean while we obſerved , that ſeveral of them rid
unto the Watch-hill,and looked out often to the Sea-board.
This gave us occaſion to fear that they had more ſtrength
and Forces coming that way, which they expected every
minute. Hereupon, leaſt we ſhould ſpeed worſe than we
atly in the dark
of the i
been ſo
red agai
whereol
man ; t
Garden
They are forced had done befo
to retreat.
What they got
at Hilo.
The Bu
Jail
ed b
lana
them
City
Strai
firet
are d
to ret
for th
leaſe
They depart
from Hilo.
He next morning (being Wea.
v November the
third, 1680.) about ſeven of the clock we ſet ſail
from Hilo, ſtanding directly off to Sea, with a ſmall land-
wind.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
99
wind. Upon the ſhoar we could not diſcover this morn-
ring, above fifty men of our Enemies Forces, which cauſed
us to ſuſpect the reſt were run away from their Colours,
and had deſerted in the dark of the night. If this were fo,
we were equally afraid of each other, and as we quitted
the Land, being jealous of their multitudes, ſo they aban-.
doned their ſtations for fear of our Encounters. All the
while we lay in the Port of Hilo, we had a freſh wind but
now being come out from thence, we found it was almoſt
ſtark calme. Hereabouts runneth a great Sea all along
this Coaſt, as we experimented at Arica ; infomu.ch, that
there is no landing except under the favour of fome Rock
or other.
10
con
November the fourth in the morning, we ſaw the Port
A gyeat Yl-
of Hilo at E.NE. at the diſtance of nine Leagues, more flektion.
or leſs from the Land. The white ſand giveth a bright re-
flection over the land; the which we could ſee after we
had loſt the ſight of the land it ſelf.
The next day unto this, we had an indifferent freſh wind
at S.S.E. We reckoned a S. W. həff weſt way, and by it,
that we had made twenty Leagues. The day was very
fair and ſun-fhiny, and the ſea very ſmooth
November the 6th,we had a clear night the laſt paſt,and
the day proved very fair and clear, like unto the former.
We reckoned by a S. W. by W. way, about twenty one
leagues. In the afternoon it was almoſt ſtark calme.
On the following day we had in like manner very little They are troue
wind, no more than the laſt twenty four hours. We were bled with the
now about this time many of us very much troubled and Survey.
diſeaſed with the Survey. It proceeded as we judged, from
the great hardſhip and want of Proviſions which we had
endured for ſeveral Months paſt, as having had only bread
and water , as was mentioned above. Only at Hilo we At Hilo they
killed a Mule, which gave unto thoſe who would eat of eat a Mule.
the fleſh, a very good meal, as we eſteemed it, the Spani-
ards having ſwept away with them all other proviſions of
fleſh. But there we had plundered ſome ſmall quantity of
02
good

I0O
Bucaniers of America. Part. IV.
Chocolate.
land.
ved.
good Chocolate, whereof the Spaniards make infinite uſe.
So that now we had each morning a diſh of that pleaſant
liquor, containing almoſt a pint.
Next day likewiſe we had very little wind, as before.
We made an obſervation this day, and found Lat.20. d.05.
South.
November the Ninth we had ſtill very little wind, and
that variable. We took almoſt every hour an obſervation,
and found our felves to be in the Lat. of 20 d. 18. South.
The roth we had in like manner but little wind, as for
ſo many days before. We obſerved an E.S.E. current, or
neareft unto it, to run hereabouts. This day we ſaw the
homing of a very high land, which much admired us , for
They deſcry
at this time I conceived we
could not be lefs than thirty
five or forty leagues diſtant from land. We ſuppoſed it to
be Mora Tarapaca. That day we ſet up our ſhrouds.
Upon the with an indifferent gale of wind ſprang up at
But are decei- S. W. by S. by which we made twenty five Leagues, and
one third. We had now a great S.S.W. ſea. In the night
the wind as we experimented,came one or two points from
the land. This morning we ſaw the like homing of land,
whereby we were made ſenſible it was no land, that which
we had ſeen the day before.
On the 12th we had ſeveral miſts of rain, with windy
weather. We made by a S.S. W. half S. way, twenty five
leagues and one third. We had likewiſe a great and row-
ling S. S. W. ſea, as the day before.
The 13th of the ſaid Month, we had both cloudy and
miſty weather. We made a S.S. W. and one quarter S.
way; by which we ran fifty leagues.
But the next day, fair and clear weather came about a-
gain. We had likewiſe an eaſie gale of wind, by which we
made a S. W. way, and advanced twenty two leagues and
On the 15th of November, we had alſo clear weather, and
an indifferent gale of wind. Our way was S. W. by W. by
which we reckoned eighteen leagues. Likewiſe that our
Weſting
an half.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
IOI
the Author.
Weſting from Hilo, from whence we ſet forth, was one
hundred and fourteen leagues, and one third. Our lati-
tude by obſervation we found to be 23 D. 25 S. I took The Table of
now the Declination-Table uſed and made by the Cofmo- Lima uſed by
grapher of Lima.
Tueſday, November the 16th. In the night laſt paſt,
we had a ſhower or two of rain. This day we made an
obſervation, by which we found Lat. 23 D. 35 S.
The 17th we made a S. W. by W. half S. way. By ob-
- ſervation we found Lat. 23 D.45 S. with very little wind.
The 18th, upon a S. W. by W. way, we made twenty
one leagues. By obſervation we found Lat. 24 D. 20
South
Friday, Nov: the 19th, 1680. This morning, about an
A Comet leert.
hour before day,we obſerv'd a Comet to appear a degree N.
from the bright in Libra. The body thereof ſeemed dull;
and its tail extended it ſelf eighteen or twenty degrees in
length, being of a pale colour, and pointing directly N. N.
W. Our priſoners hereupon reported unto us, that the Strange fights
Spaniards had ſeen very ſtrange lights, both at Lima, the ſeen in the Air,
capital City of Peru, Guayaquil, and other places, much a-
bout the time of our coming into the South Seas. I
reckoned this day we had ran twenty leagues by a S. W.
way.100
The following day, unto the appearance of the Comet,
what followed
we had many ſtorms of wind at S.S.E. and at E. S. E. Our the Comet.
reckoning by a S. W. by W. way, was twenty two
leagues.
Sunday, November the 21th, we had likewiſe many
guſts of wind, ſuch as the day before, with frequent ſhowers
of rain. The wind varyed to and fro, according as the
Clouds drew it here and there. We reckoned a S. S. W.
way, and by it twenty one leagues and a half. In all, Weſt
frorn Hilo, we judged our ſelves to be one hundred ſeveri-
ty eight leagues and two thirds. We had this day a great
S.W. Sea, and cloudy weather. I ſuppoſed our Latitude
to te 26 D.53 S.
Novenia

102
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
November the 22d we had in like manner cloudy weather,
and now but little wind. We reckoned a S. way, and fifty
one leagues.
The 2 3d we had very little wind, all the ſtorm, after
Calm weather the appearance of the Comet, being now quite allayed.
again.'
We reckoned we had made a S. E. by E. way; and found
our latitude, by obſervation, to bare 27 D. 46 S.
Wedneſday, November the 24th. All the twenty four
hours laft paft, we had a N.W.wind. Our way was S. E.
half S. by which we reckoned thirty one leagues and one
third.
The 25th. Laſt night the wind blew at W. S.W. but
this morning it came about again at N. W. as the day be-
fore. Our reckoning this day was a S. E. and one quarter
E. way,twenty nine leagues and one third Our Latitude
now, by obſervation made this day, was 39 D. 57 S. Our
difference of Merid. 135
November the 26th. In the night the wind ſtarted to
S. S. W. But this day at noon we had little better than a
calm. I reckoned an E.S.E. half Es way, and by it twenty
three leagues.
Saturday the 27th. Yeſterday in the evening the wind
came to S. I reckoned an Eaſt, and ſomething Southerly
way, and by that, twenty three leagues, as the day before
this.
November the 28th. All the twenty four hours laft paſt
we enjoyed a freſh wind at S. S E. having a high S. W. fea.
Our reckoning was an E. by N. and half N. way, and with-
al twenty four leagues. By obſervation, we found Lat.
30 D. 16 S. and Meridian diſtance eighty eight leagues.
At noon the wind came at S. half E.
On the 29th we had a very great S. W. fea ; and with-
al cloudy weather. My reckoning was by an E. one third
S. way, twenty leagues and one third. This day we hap-
Great fowls. ned to ſee two or three great fowls flying in the air. Con-
cerning which our Pilot told us, that they uſed to appear
ſeventy or eighty leagues off from the Iſland, called of Juan
Fer-

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
103
Anchovas.
Fernandez. The day before this, Captain Peralta our pri-
Captain Peral-
foner, was taken very much frantick , his diſtemper being ta taken fran-
occaſioned, as we thought, through too much hardſhip and ticks
melancholy. Notwithſtanding, this preſent day he became
indifferent well again.
The following day we had likewiſe cloudy weather.
We made, according to our account, an E. half N. way,
and by it fixteen leagues and two thirds. Our Meridian
difference fifty two leagues.
The firſt of December we had laafey weather, and with-
al an indifferent good wind at S. yea, ſometimes S. by W.
Our way was E. by S. by which we reckoned twenty two
leagues. The night before this day, we ſailed over white
water like banks, of a mile in length, or more. But theſe
banks, upon examination, we found to be onely great Huge Shoals of
Thoals of Anchovas.
On December the ſecond, very early in the morning,we
They ſee lande
eſpied Land, the which appeared to be very high About
noon this day we were at fix leagues diſtance from it. All
the preceding night we had ſo much wind, that we were
forced to make uſe only of a pair of courſes. By an ob-
ſervation made this day, we found Lat. 3o. d. 35. South.
We went away largely , driving better than nine leagues
every watch. With this wind we made all the Sail we poffi-.
bly could, deſigning by this means to get into Coquimbo, Bay of Co-
upon which Coaſt we now were before night. But the
quimbo.
wind was ſo high, that ſometimes we were forced to lower
all our fail, it blowing now a meer fret of wind. Towards
the evening it abated by degrees; inſomuch, that at mid-
night it was ſtark calme again. At that time we hoiſted
out our Lanch and Canoas, and putting into them one
hundred men, we rowed away from the ſhip , with deſign
to take by ſurprizal a conſiderable City, ſituated nigh un-
to the Coaſt, called by the Spaniards, la Ciudad de la See
rena.
Friday,
Obwodoo
Prenorgue em

104
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
They land and Friday December the third, 1680. when we departed
take the City from the ſhip, we had above two leagues, more or leſs, to
of la Serena. row unto the ſhoar. Butas it hapned, the Lanch (wherein
I was) rowed ſo heavy, in compariſon to the Canoas, that
we could not keep pace with the ſaid Boats. For this rea-
fon, and no other', it was broad day before we got unto a
certain Store-houſe, ſituate upon the ſhoar ; the which we
found our men had paſſed by in the dark of the night,
without perceiving it. They being landed , immediately
marched away from their Canoas, towards the City afore-
mentioned of la Serena. But they had not proceeded far
on their march, when they found, to the great forrow and
chagrin of us ail, that we were timely diſcovered here al-
ſo, as we had been at the other two places before, to wit,
Arica and Hilo. For as they marched in a body together,
being but thirty five men in all, who were all thoſe that
were landed out of the Canoas, they were ſuddainly en-
countred and engaged by a whole Troop of an hundred
They rout the Spaniſh horſe. We that were behind hearing the noiſe of
Spaniſh horſes the diſpute, followed them at their heels, and made all
the haft we poſſibly could to come up to their relief. But
before we could reach the place of the Battle, they had al-
ready routed the Spaniards, and forced them to fly away
towards the Town.
Notwithſtanding this rout given unto the horſe , they
of the Enemy. rallyed again , at the diſtance of about a mile from that
place, and ſeemed as if they did wait for us, and would
engage us anew. But as ſoon as all our Forces were come
together, whereof we could make but fourſcore and eight
men in all, the reſt being left behind to guard the Boats,
we marched towards them and offered them Battle. As
we came nigh unto them we clearly found they deſign-
ed no ſuch thing ; for they inſtantly retired and rid away
before us, keeping out of the reach of our guns.
We fol-
lowed them as they rid, being led by them deſignedly clear
out of the road that went unto the Town, that we
might not reach nor find it ſo ſoon. In this engagement
A Stratagem
with

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 105
ons.
City.
with the horſe, our company had killed three of their chic-
feſt men, and wounded four more ; killing alſo four of
their horſes. When we found that we had been led by this
ftratagem of the enemy, out of the way of the Town, we
left the Bay, and croſſed over the green fields to find it;
wading oftentimes over ſeveral branches of water, which
there ferve to enclofe each plot of ground. Upon this
march we came unto ſeveral houſes, but found them all
empty, and ſwept clean both of inhabitants and proviſi-
We ſaw likewiſe ſeveral horſes and other heads of
cattel in the fields, as we went along towards the City.
This place of la Serena, our Pilot had reported unto us to La Serena a
be but a ſmall Town; but being arrived there, we found in conſiderable
it no fewer than ſeven great Churches and one Chappel
belonging thereunto. Four of theſe Churches were Mo-
naſteries or Convents, and each Church had its Organs
for the performance of Divine Service. Several of the
houſes had their Orchards of Fruit, and Gardens, belong-
ing unto them ; both Houſes and Gardens being as well
and as neatly furniſhed, as thoſe in England. In theſe Gar- Huge Straw-
dens we found Strawberries as big as Walnuts, and thoſe berries.
verg delicious to the taſte. In a word, every thing in this
City of la Serena, was moſt excellent and delicate, and far
beyond what we could expect in fo remote a place. The
Town was inhabited by all ſorts of Tradeſmen, and be
fides them, had its Merchants, fome of which were accoun.
ted to be very rich.obnih
The Inhabitants of la Serena, upon our approach and dif-
covery, were all fled, carrying with them whatſoever was tants all fledo
moſt precious of their goods and jewels, or leſs cumberſome
unto them. Much of their valuable things they had like-
wiſe concealed or buryed, as having had time ſince we were
firſt diſcovered, ſo to do. Beſides that they had had fore-
warning enough how to beware of us, fent them over land
from Arica, and ſeveral other places where we had landed
or been deſcryed at Sea. Notwithſtanding, we took in
the Town one Fryer, and two Chileno's, or Spaniards natives
P
of
The Ishabi-

106
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
The Bucaniers
of the Kingdom of Chile, which adjoyneth unto that of
Peru, towards the Streight of Magallanes. Theſe Priſo
ners related unto us, that the Spaniards, when they heard
of our coming, had killed moſt of their Chilean ſlaves, fea-
ring left they ſhould run or revolt from them unto us.
Moreover, that we had been deſcryed from their Coaſts
four days before our arrival, or deſcent upon land ; all the
which time they had employed in carrying away their
timely deſeryed Plate and Goods. Unto this information they added, that
by the Enemy, for their defence they had received a ſupply of fixty men
and prevented. from Arica. Having taken poſſeſſion of the Town, that
tome evening there came a Negro unto us, running away from
the Spaniards. He likewiſe informed us, that when we
were before Panama, we had taken a Negro, who was eo.
ſteemed to be the beſt Pilot in all the South-ſea ; but more
eſpecially for this place, and all the Coaſts of Coquimbo.
Moreover, that if the Spaniards had not ſent all the Ne-
gro's belonging unto this City farther up into the Coun-
try, out of our reach and communication, they would all
undoubtedly have revolted unto us.
7-bey purſue the
That night about midnight our Boatſwain, being accom
Inhabitants, panied by forty men, and having a Chilean for their guide,
went out of the Town ſome miles within the Country,
with deſign to find out the places where the Spaniards lay
concealed, and had hid their goods and plate. But before
they came, the Spaniards had received intelligence thereof
from ſome ſecret ſpies they had in the Town, and both the
men and their women were all fled to places that were
more occult and remote. So that by this ſearch, they on-
dy found an old Indian woman and three children ; but no
gold nor plate, nor yet any other priſoners. This morn-.
sing our fhip came to an anchor, by the Store houſe above-
mentioned, named Tortuga, at the diſtance of a furlong
from ſhoar, in the depth of feven fathom water. Mean
while we were quartered in the Town, I took this follow-
ing ground-plat thereof..
The
but in vain.

Part IV.
Voyage of Captain Sharp, eve.
107
5
8
5 st
st Francis
2 is Domingo
3. Peter
sohn Cedall
Auftine
6 st Mary
7 3* Phillip
8:5$aviours
9 Goveriours Seat
10 Scriveners houſe
JJ Markett place
12 Hoſpitali
13 Entrance from y Sea
Woodstood
10
6
try
12
ym
The City of las,Serena. Alitede 50.41 oo. South.
13

108
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
my.
Aftag of Iruce
The next morning, being Saturday, December the 4th,
from the Enam- came into the Town a flag of Truce from the Enemy.
Their meſſage was to proffer a ranſom for the Town to
preſerve it from burning; for now they began to fear we
would ſet fire unto it, as having found no conſiderable
booty nor pillage therein. The Captains, or chief Com-
manders of both fides, met about this point, and agreed
95000 nieces betwixt them for the ſum of 95000 pieces of eight to be
for en het pro- the price of the whole ranſom. In the afternoon of this
day, I was ſent down unto the Bay of Coquimbo, with a
party of twenty men, to carry thither both goods taken in
the Town, and proviſions for the ſhip. It is two leagues
and a half from the Town unto the Port; one league on the
Bay, the reſt being a very great road, which leadeth from
the Bay unto the City. The Spaniards promiſed that the
Ranſom ſhould be collected and paid in by the next day.
This day alſo there dyed one of our Negro ſlaves on board
the ſhip
The following day in the morning, I returned back unto
the Town, with the men I had brought down the day be-
fore. Onely ſix of them I left behind, to look after our
Canoa's at the end of the Bay. When I came up into the
breaketh his City, I found that the Spaniards had broken their promiſe,
avamiſe.
and had not brought in the Ranſom they had agreed for;
but had begged more time until to morrow at eight in the
forenoon. This evening another party of our men went
down unto the ſhip, to carry goods,ſuch as we had pillaged
in the Town. Moreover, that night about nine of the
quale clock, hapned an Earthquake, the which we were very
ſenſible of, as we were all together in the Church of San
Juan, where our chief rendezvous and Corps du garde was
kept. In the night the Spaniards opened a fluyce, and let
the water run in ſtreams about the Town, with intent ei-
ther to overflow it, and thereby force us out of the place,
or at leaſt that they might the eaſier quench the flame, in
cale we ſhould fire the Town.
On
The Energy
An Earth

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc.
109
On the next morning we ſet fire to the Town, percei-
They fire the
ving it to be overflown, and that the Spaniards had not Town.
performed, or rather that they never deſigned to perform
their promiſe. We fired, as nigh as we could, every houſe
in the whole Town, to the intent it might be totally re.
duced into aſhes. Thus we departed from la Serena, care
rying with us what plunder we could find, having ſent two
parties before loaded with goods unto the ſhip, as was men-
tioned above. As we marched down unto the Bay, we
beat up an Ambuſcade of two hundred and fifty horſe, An Ambuſcade
which lay by the way in private, with an intent to fall on of the Enemy.
our men, in caſe we had ſent down any other party again
with goods unto the ſhip. When we came to the Sea-lide,
being half way unto our ſhip, we received advice that the
Spaniards had endeavoured, by an unuſual ſtratagem, to Aftratagem
burn our ſhip, and by theſe means deſtroy us all. They
diſcovered
acted thus: They up blew a horſes hide like unto a bladder,
and upon this float a man ventured to ſwim from ſhoar,
and come under the ſtern of our ſhip. Being arrived there,
he crammed Okeham and Brimſtone, and other combuſti,
ble matter,between the Rudder and the Stern-poſt. Having
done this, he fired it with a match, fo that in a ſmall time
our Rudder was on fire, and all the ſhip in a ſmoak. Our
men both alarmed and amazed with this ſinoak, ran upand
down the ſhip, ſuſpecting the priſoners to have fired the
veſſel, thereby to get their liberty and ſeek our deſtructi-
on. At laſt they found out where the fire was, and had
the good fortune to quench it, before its going too far. Af-
ſoon as they had put it out, they ſent che boat afhoar, and
found both the hide afore-mentioned, and the match bur-
ning at both ends, whereby they came acquainted with the
whole matter. When we came unto the Store-houſe on
the ſhoar-fide, we fet at liberty the Fryar our priſoner, and
another Gentleman who was become our Hoſtage for the
performance of the Ranſom. Moreover, when we came & They fee at di
board, Jwe ſent away and ſet at liberty Captain Peralta , berty their
Don Thomas de Argandona, Don Baltazar, Don Chriſtoval,
chief priſoners,
Captain

110
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV
Captain Juan, the Pilots Mate, the old Moor, and ſeveral o-
thers of our chiefeſt priſoners. Unto this releaſment of
our priſoners we were moved, partly becauſe we knew not
well what to do with them, and partly becauſe we feared
left by the example of this ſtratagem, they ſhould plot our
deftru&tion in earneſt, and by the help of ſo many men, e-
ſpecially perſons of Quality, be able to go through it.
CHA P. XV.
The Bucaniers depart from Coquimbo for the Iſle of
Juan Fernandez. An exact account of this Voyage.
Miſery they endure, and great dangers they eſcape
very narrowly there. They mutiny among them-
ſelves and chooſe Watling to be their chief Com-
mander. Deſcription of the Iſland. Three Spa-
niſh Men of War meet with the Bucaniers , at
the faid Hand; but theſe ontbrave them on the
one ſide, and give them the flip on the other.
BELE
Eing all embarked again, as was mentioned in the pre-
cedent Chapter, the next morning, which was Tueſ-
day, December the 7th;twenty of us were ſent afhoar to ob-
ſerve the motion of the Enemy. We went unto the look-out,
or watch-hill, but from thence could learn nothing. Here-
upon, about noon we returned on board the ſhip, and at
two in the afternoon, we weighed anchor, and fet fail, di-
recting our courſe for the Ife of Juan Fernandez, not far di-
ſtant from the Coaſt of Coquimbo. At night we were five
leagues diſtant from thence at N. W. by N. The Souther-
moft Inand of thoſe which are called de los Paxaros, or the
Iſlands of Birds, was then N. N. W. from us. Before
our departure, I took this following draught of the Bay of
Coquimbo, and City of la Serena.
Decem-
Illas de Iso
Paxaros.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
La Ciudad
de Le Serena
Store.
House
Tortuga
o
I 송
​Heradura
Bay of Coquimbo
Rocks 30
Caquimbo Bay described
Paxaros

Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
December the 28th we had but very little wind, and a
leeward current here, which we could perceive did heave
us to the Northward. The afore-mentioned Hand de los
Paxaros, at three in the afternoon, bore N. E of us. At
the diſtance of three leagues, more or leſs, it appeard
thus.
Iſla de los PAXAROS.
26
It is diſtant from the main Continent four leagues,
and from the next Iſland of the ſame name, about two.
The Main is extream high and mountainous hereabouts.
At evening we were Weft from the faid Iſland five leagues.
About eight or nine leagues to Windward of Coquimbo, are
white cliffs.
certain white cliffs, which appear from the ſhoar to thoſe
that are off at Sea.
On the oth of December we had likewiſe but little wind,
as the day before. I ſuppoſed my felf this day to be about
thirteen Teagues Weſt from the Iſland above-mentioned.
The weather was cloudy, with miſling rain, ſo that no ob-
They are put to ſervation could be taken. However,this day it was thought
convenient to put us to an allowance of water; for we had
of water.
taken in little or none at Coquimbo. The ſame wea-
ther, or very like unto it, we had the next day, being the
1 oth; that is to ſay, ſtark calm and cloudy.
On the oth of December, we had ſome ſmall rain in the
forepart of the day. But in the afternoon it cleared up, ſo
that
an allowance
Calms.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 113
that the weather was very hot. We had ſtill but little
wind.
The next day, December the 12th, we had very fair
weather and by a clear obſervation made this day, we found
Lat. 30 D. COS.
December the 13th. By a W. S. W. way, we made for-
ty two leagues. By obſervation we found Lat. 30 D.45
S. D.M. four leagues and two thirds.
On the 14th in the morning, we had a handſom ſhower
of rain, which continued for ſome while. Then, about
eiglit of the clock, there ſprang up a S.S. W. breeze. My
reckoning was by an E. S. E. way, fourteen leagues. And
by obſervation, we found this day 30 D. 30 S. In the af- Ore of their
ternoon of this day, dyed one of our men, whoſe name company dyetka
was William Cammock. His diſeaſe was occaſioned by a
ſurfeit, gained by too much drinking on ſhoar at la Serena;
the which produced in him a Calenture, or Malignant Fea-
ver, and an Hicup. Thus in the evening we buryed him
in the Sea, according to the uſual cuſtom of Mariners, gi-
ving him three French Vollies for his Funeral.
The following day, we had an indifferent freſh wind on
both tacks. Our way was W. S. W. and by it we reckon-
ed thirty four leagues. So likewiſe by an obſervation we
had Lat. 30 D. 42 S. All the afternoon blew a S. by W.
wind very freſh, with a ſhort topping S. W. Sea.
But on the next enſuing day, we had no ſmall breez, but
rather hard guſts of wind. Theſe grew ſo high, that they
forced us to take in our top-lails. We made a S. W. half
S. way, and forty five leagues.
On the 17th we had likewiſe high winds, and withal a
S.W. ſea. Our way W. by S. By obſervation taken this
day, we found Lat. 30 D. 51 S. In the afternoon we had
a S.S. E. wind, our courſe being S.W.
December the 18th. This day we had the ſame high
winds as before, at S.S. E. We reckoned by a W. S.W.
way forty fiveleagues. At noon the wind was ſomething
fallen, and then we had ſome rain.
Q
The

114
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
ſeen again.
The 19th we had both cloudy and windy weather. My
reckoning was a S. W. by S.way, and here upon fifty eight
miles. Yeſterday we were affured by our Pilot, that we
were now in the Meridian of the Iſland of fuan Fernandez,
whither our courſe was directed for that preſent. What
occaſioned him to be ſo poſitive in his aſſertion, was the
Great birds ſeeing of thoſe great birds, of which we made mention in
the foregoing Chapter.
On the 20th, we had cloudy weather in the morning
on both tacks. We made a S. W. and half S. way, and by
it fifty two leagues. By obſervation we found this day
Lat. 32 D. 20 S. Difference of Meridian was now one
hundred and twenty three leagues.
The next day likewiſe we had cloudy weather ; yet by
obſervation we found a W. way. On the 22d by obfer-
vation we found and E. way proved. bou
Thurſday, December the 23d. All the night paſt we
They deſcry
had a freſh wind. But in the morning, from top-maſt
head, we deſcryed a hammock of land. In the evening
we ſaw it again. We found afterwards that what we had
feen, was the Weſtermoſt Iſland of Juan Fernandez ; which
is nothing elſe but a meer rock, there being no riding, nor
ſcarce landing, near unto it.
Fryday, December the 24th. This morning we could
deſcry the Iſland it ſelf, of Juan Fernandez, S. by E. it be-
Ieſl of Juan
Fernandez. ing at fixteen leagues diſtance when we ſaw it yeſterday.
At ſeven this morning the Ifland food E. the wind being at
N. W. by N. At eight the ſame morning, the Illand, at
the diſtance of five leagues, little more or leſs , appeared
thus.
land.
They ſee the
Iſla

Part IV.
115
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
Iſla de JUAN FERNANDEZ.
n
in
27
Here my obſervation was, that I could ſee neither fowl A particular
nor fiſh nigh unto this Iſland; both which things are uſu- obſervation.
ally to be ſeen about other Iſlands. Having told my ob-
fervation unto our Pilot, he gave me for anſwer, that he had
made many Voyages by this Iſland, and yet never ſaw any
either fowl or fiſh more than I. Our reckoning this day
was an E.S. E. way, and hereby thirty ſix leagues
. Our
latitude by obſervation was found to be 33 D. 30 S.
Saturday, December the 25th. Yeſterday in the after-
noon, at three of the clock, we ſaw the other Iſland, making
two or three hammocks of land. This morning wewere
about eight leagues diſtant from it, the Iſland bearing E. S.
E. from us. At eight the ſame morning, we were right
at breaſt with it. Here therefore are two Iſlands together,
the biggeſt whereof is three leagues and an half in length, Bigneſs of theſe
neareft N. W. and S.E. the other, and leſſer, is almoſt one Iſles.
league, and no more in circumference. At ten of the clock
we ſent off from the ſhip one of our Canoa's, to ſeek for the
beſt landing and anchoring for our Veffel
. As we ap-
proached, both Ilands
ſeemed unto us nothing but one en-
tire heap of rocks. That which lyeth more unto the N.
is the higheſt, though we could not now ſee the tops there-
of for the clouds which covered it. In moſt places it is ſo
ſteep, that it becometh almoſt perpendicular.
Q2
This

116
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Chriſtmas-day.
This day being Chriſtmas-day, we gave in the morning
early three Vollies of ſhot, for folemnization of that great
Feſtival. I reckoned an E. by S. way. By a clear obſer-
vation from the middle of the Iſland, I found here Lat.
33
D. 45 S. and M. D. to be ninty nine leagues. In the e-
vening of this day, we came to an anchor at the South end
of the Iſland, in a ſtately Bay that we found there, but
which lyeth open from the South, to the South-Eaſt winds.
We anchored in the depth of eleven fathom water, and at
the diſtance of onely one furlong from the ſhoar. Here we
Many seals. ſaw multitudes of Seals covering the Bay every where, in-
ſomuch that we were forced to kill them, to ſet our feet
on ſhoar.
Sunday, December the 26th. This day we ſent a Ca-
noa to ſee if we could find any riding ſecure from the Sou-
therly winds ; theſe being the moſt conſtant winds that
blow on theſe Coafts. The Canoa being gone, our Com-
mander ſent likewiſe what men we could ſpare on ſhoar,
They kill to drive Goats, whereof there is great plenty in this Iſland.
They caught and killed that day to the number of three-
ſcore, or thereabouts. The Canoa returning unto the ſhip,
made report that there was good riding in another Bay, fi-
tuate on the North ſide of the Iſland, in fcurteen fathom
water, and not above one quarter of a mile from the ſhoar.
Moreover that there was much wood to be had, whereas.
in the place where we had firſt anchored, not one ſtick of
wood nor tuft of graſs was to be found.
The next day, being the 27th, between two and four of
A great ftorra the clock in the morning,we had a tempeſt of violent winds
and fierce ſhowers of rain. The ſame day we got in two
They take in
hundred jars of water, bringing them the full diſtance of a
league from the place of our riding. In the mean while, o-
thers were employed to catch Goats, as they had done the
day before.
On the 28th of the ſaid month, in the morning I went
with ten more of our company, and two Canoas, to fetch
water from the land. Being come thither, and having fil-
led
Goats.
Watfy.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Owc.
117
led our jars, we could not get back unto the ſhip, by rea-
ſon of a Southerly wind that blew from off the Ocean, and The Author in
great dangere
hindred our return. Thus we were forced to lie ſtill in
a water-hole, and wait till the wind were over for a ſafer
opportunity. Mean while, the violence of the wind en-
creaſing, our ſhip was forced to get under fail, and make a-
way, not without danger of being forced aſhoar. Here-
upon the failed out of the harbour, to ſeek another place of
anchoring. At noon I ventured out, to try if I could fol-
low the ſhip, but was forced in again by the wind and a ra-
ging ſea. Thus we lay ſtill for ſome while longer, till the
evening came on. This being come, we ventured out at
gain both Canoa's together : but the winds were then fo
high, that we were forced to throw all our jarrs of water
over-board to lighten our boats, otherwiſe we had inevita-
bly periſhed. I ought to bleſs and praiſe God Almighty
for this deliverance; for in all humane reaſon, the leaſt
wave of that tempeſt muſt have funk us. Notwithſtan-
ding, we came that night to our place or harbour, where
we expected to have found our-ſhip (called Falſe wild har-
bour) but found her not. Hereupon not knowing what to
do, we went alhoar, and halled up our Canoa's dry. Ha-
ving done this, we aſcended higher within the Irland, along
a Gulley, for the ſpace of half a mile, there to clear our
ſelves of the noiſe and company of the Seals which were
Multitudes of
very troubleſome on the ſhoar. Here we kindled a fire, Seales...
and dryed our clothes, and reſted our ſelves all night,
though with extream hungry bellies, as having eaten very
litte or nothing all the day before. In the ſides of the hill,
under which we lay, we obſerved many holes like Coney-
holes. Theſe holes are the neſts and rooſting-places of
multitudes of birds that breed in this Iſland, called by the
Spaniards, Pardelas. One of theſe birds, as we lay drying Pardelas.
and warming our ſelves, fell down into our fire.
The next morning being come, very early before Sun-
riſe, we went farther to the Northward, to ſeek for our ſhip
which we feared we had loſt. But we were not gone far,
when

"118 The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
when we foon eſpied her at ſea. Hereupon we paſſed a
point of land, and entered a certain Bay, which was about a
mile deep, and not above half a league over. Into this Bay
we put, and inſtantly made a fire, thereby to ſhew the ſhip
whereabouts we were. Here we found good watering and
wooding cloſe unto the ſhoar. In this Bay alſo we law a-
nother fort of amphibious Animal, the which I imagined
Deſcription of to be the ſame that by ſome Authors is called a Sea-Lyon.
a Sea-Lyox. Theſe Animals are fix times bigger than Seals. Their heads
are like unto that of a Lyon, and they have four fins not
unlike unto a Tortoiſe. The hinder parts of theſe Crea-
tures are much like fins, but are drawn after them,as being
uſeleſs upon the ſhoar. They roared as if they had been
Lyons,and were full of a certain ſhort and thick hair,which
was of a Mouſe colour ; but that of the young ones was
ſomething lighter. The old ones of theſe Sea-Lyons are
between twelve and fourteen foot long, and about eleven
or twelve foot in thickneſs, or circumference. A Seal is
very eaſily killed, as we often experimented, but two of
our men with great ſtones could not kill one of theſe Ani-
mals.
That day in the afternoon there came a Canoa from on
The ſhip forced
to ſea twice or
board the ſhip with Proviſion for us, they fearing leaſt
we ſhould be ſtarved. In like manner the Lanch came
with men to cut wood. They told us that the ſhip came
to an Anchor in the other Bay, but that within half an
hour the Cable broke, and they were forced to leave their
Anchor behind them and get out to Sea again. Night be-
ing come, we made our beds of Fern,whereof there is huge
plenty upon this Iſland; together with great multitudes of
Trees like unto our Engliſh Box, the which bore a ſort of
green Berries, ſmelling like unto Pimiento, or Pepper. All
this day the ſhip was forced to ply off at Sea, not being
able to get in.
December the thirtieth. The morning of this day we
employed in filling water, and cutting down wood. But
in the afternoon, eight of us eleven, went aboard the ſhip,
all
thrice.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
119
all in one and the fame Canoa, ſending her aſhoar again with
Proviſions for the men that were there. This day in like
manner we could not get into the Harbour, for no ſooner
the ſhip came within the parts of Land, but the wind come-
ing out of the Bay,blew us clear out again. Thus we were
forced to ply out all that night, and great part of the fol-
lowing day.
On the next day having overcome all difficulties, and They get the
many dangers, we came to an Anchor in the afternoon, in fhip in again.
fifteen fathom water, at the diſtance of a Cable length
from ſhoar. Here it was obſervable, that we were forced
to keep men afhoar on purpoſe to beat off the Seals,mean
while our men filled water at the Sea fide , at high-water
mark, for as much as that the Seals covet hugely to lye in
freſh water. About this Ifland fiſh is ſo plentiful, that in
leſs then one hours time, two men caught enough for all
our whole company.
Saturday January the firſt, 1680. This day we put up Craw-fiſks.
a new Main-top, larger then the old one ; and we caught
Craw-fiſh that were bigger than our Englifh Lobſters.
The next day being January the ſecond, dyed a chief man The death of
of our company, whoſe name was John Hilliard. This the Maſter of
man until our weighing Anchor from the Port of Coquim- the ſhip.
bo, had been our Maſter all the ſpace of this Voyage. But
from that time we chofe John Cox for the Starboard, and
John Fall for the Larboard watch. The diſeaſe whereof he
dyed was the Dropſie. That evening we buryed our
dead Companion, and gave him a Volley for his Funeral,
according to the uſual cuſtom.
On the third of January we had terrible gufts of wind
from the ſhoar every hour. This day our Pilot told us, five years as
that many years ago a certain ihip was caſt away upon this lone.
Iſland, and onely one man faved, who lived alone upon .
the Iſland five years before any ſhip came this way to car-
ry him off. The Iſland hath excellent Land in many Val-
leys belonging thereunto. This day likewiſe we fetched
our Anchor which we left in the other Bay when the ſhip
broke her Cable.
Tueſday
A man liveth

1 20
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
gain
New dangers Tueſday January the fourth, 1680. This day we had
of the ſhip. fuch terrible flaws of wind, that the Cable of our ſhip
brake, and we had undoubtedly been on ſhoar, had not the
other held us faſt. At laſt it came home and we drove
outward. By the way it caught hold of a Rock, and held
- fome time, but at laſt wehaled it up, and the wind came
A great form with ſo much violence, that the waves flew as high as our
nisha Main-top, and made all the water of a foam. Og
They drive to
January the fifth, the fame huge gufts of wind continu-
ed all the night laſt paſt, which notwithſtanding this day
at noon it was brave and calme. But in the morning the
Anchor of our ſhip gave way again, and we drove to the
Eaſtward more than half a mile , till at laſt we, hapned to
faſten again in the depth of fixty fathom water. Here in
this Bay where we rid at Anchor,did run a violent current,
ſometimes into, and at other times out of the Bay; ſo that
all was uncertain with us. But our greateſt diſcomfort
The win begin was, that our men were all in a mutiny againſt each other,
to mutiny.
and much divided among themſelves. Some of them be-
ing for going home towards England, or our Forreign Plan-
tations,& that round about America through the Straights
of Magallanes, as Captain Sawkins had deſigned to do;
others of them being for ſtaying longer, and ſearching
farther into thoſe Séas, till ſuch time as they had got more
Money. This day at noon our Anchor drove again; where-
another Bay. upon to ſecure our felves from that dangerous place , we
failed from thence into the Weſt Bay, and anchored there
in twenty five fathom water, and moored our ſhip one
quarter of a mile from ſhoar.
6 On Thurſday Fanuary the fixth , our diſſentions being
The Mutineers now grown unto a great heighth, the Mutineers made a
new Election of another perſon to be our chief Captain
and Commander, by vertue whereof they depoſed Cap-
tain Sharp, whom they proteſted they would obey no
longer. They choſe therefore one of our company, whoſe
name was John Watling, to command in chief, he having
been an old Privateer, and gained the efteem of being a
They remove to
make a nero
Commander.
Itout

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
21
ſtout Seaman. The election being made, all the reſt were
forced to give their aſſent unto it, and Captain Sharp gave
over his command, whereupon they immediately made
Articles with Watling, and ſigned them.
The following day being the ſeventh, we burnt and tal- Cook put in
lowed the ſtar-board ſide of our ſhip. In this Bay where Irons.
we now anchored, we found a Croſs cut in the Bark of a
Tree, and ſeveral Letters beſides. Hereupon, in another
Tree up the Gulley, I engraved the two firſt Letters of my
name, with a Croſs over them. This day likewiſe Willi-
am Cook, ſervant unto Captain Edmund Cook, confeſſed that
his Maſter had oft times Buggered him in England, leaving
his Wife and coming to bed to him the ſaid William. That
the ſame crime he had alſo perpetrated in Famaica; and
once in theſe Seas before Panama. Moreover , ſearching
his Writings,we found a paper with all our names written
in it, the which it was ſuſpected he deſigned to have given
unto the Spaniſh priſoners. For theſe reaſons , this eve-
ning our Captain thought it convenient to put him in Irons,
which was accordingly done. The next day unto the a-
bove-mentioned in this Paragraph, we finiſhed the other
ſide of our ſhip.
Sunday January the ninth , this day was the firſt Sun-
day that ever we kept by command and common conſent, Sundays ordem
red to be kept.
ſince the loſs and death of our valiant Commander Cap-
tain Sawkins. This generous ſpirited man threw the dice
over board, finding them in uſe on the faid day.
Fanuary the Tenth, this day the weather was very clear Great plenty
and ſetled again. We caught every day in this Bay,where of fiſh.
we now were, great plenty
of fiſh ; and I ſaw the ſame
day a ſhoal of fiſh a mile and more long.
On the next day being the eleventh , we filled our wa- water and
ter, and carryed our wood on board the ſhip. Moreover, wood taken in
our two Canoas went to the other ſide of the Iſland to
catch Goats, for on the barren fide thereof are found and
caught the beſt ; and by Land it is impoſſible to go from
one ſide of the Iſland to the other.
Wed-
R

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Cabbage-treess trees.
They eſpy three Wedneſday January the twelfth, this morning our Ca-
men of war.
noas returned from catching of Goats, firing of Guns as
they came towards us to give us warning. Being come on
board, they told us,they had eſpied three ſail of thips, which
they conceived to be men of War coming about the Iſland.
Within half an hour after this notice given by our Boats,
the ſhips came in fight to Leeward of the Illand. Here-
upon we immediately ſlipt our Cables, and put to Sea, ta-
king all our men on board that were alkoar at that time.
Onely one William a Moſquito Indian, was then left behind
upon the Iſland, becauſe he could not be found at this our
ſuddain departure. Upon the Iland of Juan Fernandez
do grow certain Trees that are called by the name of Bilby-
trees. The tops of theſe trees are excellent
Cabbage and
of them is made the fame uſe that we do of Cabbage in
England. Here fiſh aboundeth in ſuch quantity, that on
the ſurface of the water I have taken fiſh with a bare and
naked hook, that is to ſay, unbaited. Much fiſh is taken
here of the weight of twenty pound; the ſmalleſt that is
taken in the Bay being almoſt two pound weight. Very
good Timber for building of Houſes and other uſes,is like-
wiſe found upon this Mand. It is diſtant from the Main
Continent the ſpace of ninety five Leagues, or thereabouts,
being ſituate in
33
d.40 South. The plats of the Iſlands
lye N. W. and S. E.
Being got out of the Bay we ſtood off to Sea, and kept
to windward as cloſe as we could. The biggeſt of theſe
Strength of the Spaniſh men of War, for ſuch they proved to be, was of
men of war.
the burthen of eight hundred Tuns,and was called El San-
to Chriſto, being mounted with twelve Guns. The ſecond
named San Franciſco, was of the port of ſix hundred Tuns,
and had ten guns. The third was of the carriage of three
hundred and fifty Tuns, whoſe name I have forgot. As
ſoon as they ſaw us , they inſtantly put out their bloody
ſlags, and we, to fhew them that we were not as yet daun-
ted, did the ſame with ours. We kept cloſe under the
wind, and were, to confeſs the truth, very unwilling to
fight

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
123
fight them, by reaſon they kept all in a knot together and
we could not ſingle out any one of them, or ſeparate him
from the reſt. Eſpecially conſidering, that our preſent
Commander Watling had ſhewed himfelf at their appea-
rance to be faint hearted. As for the Spaniards themſelves,
they might have eaſily come unto us, by reaſon we'lay by
ſeveral times: but undoubtedly they were cowardly gi-
ven , and peradventure as unwilling to engage us, as we
were to engage them.
The following day being January the thirteenth, in the
morning we could deſcry one of the fore mentioned men
of war, under the Leeward ſide of the Iſland; and we be-
lieved that the reſt were at Anchor thereabouts. At W.by
S. and at the diſtance of ſeven Leagues the Iſland appea-
reth thus.
Iſle of Juan Fernandez.
Lat. 33 d..40 South
28
At noon that day we ſtood in towards the Iſland , ma- They gave
king as if that we intended to be in with them. But in the then the ſlip.
afternoon our Commander propounded the queſtion unto
us, whether we were willing now that the Fleet was to
windward, to bare away from them? Unto this we all a-
greed with one conſent. And hereupon,night being come,
with a freſh wind at S.S.E. we ſtood away N.E. by N. and
thus gave them handſomly the ſlip, after having out bra-
ved them that day, and the day before,
R2
CHAP.

124
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
I Capi:Shares
Bay
I windyBay
Rockay Point
Illa de Iuan Fernandez.
Fall
운
​+
Great
Rock
&
"Bay
Great Key
suger logf Key

Part IV.
125
Voyage of Captain Sharp, dve.
C H A P. XVI.
The Bucaniers depart from the Iſle of Juan Fer-
nandez, unto that of Yqueque. Here they take
Several Priſoners, and learn intelligence of the
poſture of affairs at Arica. Cruelty committed
upon one of the ſaid priſoners, who had rightly
informed them. They attempt Arica the ſecond
time, and take the Town, but are beaten ont of it
again before they could plunder, with great loſs
of men, many of them being killed, wounded,
and made Priſoners. Captain Watling their
chief Commander is killed in this Attacque, and
Captain Sharp preſently choſen again, who lea-
deth them off, and through Mountains of diffi-
culties, maketh a bold Retreat unto the ſhip.
HAS
Aving bid our enemies adieu, after the manner as was
They leave the
faid in the precedent Chapter , the next morning iſe of J. Fer-
being January the 14th.we bore N. E. We reckoned this nandez.
day a N.N. E. one quarter South way, and by it, thirty
Leagues. We were four Leagues Eaſtward from the Iſle of
Fuan Fernandez, when I took our departure.
Saturday Fauuary the 15th, we had haſey weather. This
day we made by a N. E. by N. way eleven Leagues. The
fame haſey weather continued in like manner the 16th.
But about ten that morning the wind dyed away. Our
reckoning was a N.E. by N. way, and thirty fix Leagues.
On the 17th we had a ſoft gale, and a clear obſervati-
We found by it Lat. 28 d. 47 S. Eaſting ſeventy
Leagues. The next day we had likewiſe a clear day, and
01.
we

126
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
29 South.
la do
we reckoned by a N. E. by N. way, thirty one leagues. By
obfervation Lat. 27
d.
They reſolve
Wedneſday January the 19th, we had a clear day, as
for Arica.
before, and reckoned a N. E. by N. way, and thirty five
Leagues and two thirds. By obſervation we took Lat:25
2.00. South. This day we put up our top-gallant maſts
and fails, the which we had taken down at the Iſland of
Juan Fernandez, when we thought to have gone directly
from thence for the Straights of Magallanes. But now our
reſolutions were changed, and our courſe was bent for Ari-
ca, that rich place, the ſecond time, to try what good we
could do upon it by another attempt, in order to the ma-
king all our fortunes there. In the evening of this day we
faw Land at a great diſtance.
They deſcry Fanuary the 20th, about midnight paſt we had a ſmall
Land wind that ſprang up and reached us. At break of
day we could deſcry Land again, at the diſtance of nine or
ten Leagues more or leſs. This day was very hot and
calme, Eaſting ninety two Leagues.
On the 21. we had very little wind, and all along as we
went we could deſcry high land, and that barren. We ſai-
led N. by E. and N.N.E. along the Coaſt of the Continent.
The next day being Saturday the 22 of January, we
They look out
for Yqueque. had very hot weather. This day we failed N.and N.by E.
and looked out continually for the Iſland of Tqueque,which
our Pilot told us was hereabouts. We kept at a juſt di-
ſtance from Land, for fear of being defcryed by the ene-
my.
On the following day, Sunday the 23. we failed in like
manner N.N.E. along the Coaſt, which ſeemeth to be ve-
ry full of Bays hereabouts. Bý obſervation this day, we
took Lat. 21 d.49. South.
They ſend a
Munday January the 24th, this day we had an indiffe-
Canoa to ſeek rent gale of wind, and we ſtood N. and by E.the wind be-
the iſland. ing S.S.E. We found Latitude by obſervation 21 d.o2
South. Our whole Eaſting I reckoned to be ninety two
leagues and an half. In the afternoon of this day Captain
Watling

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, ve. 127
Watling our Commander, and twenty five men more de-
parted from the ſhip in two Canoas, with deſign to ſeek for,
and take the Iſland of Yqueque, and there to gain intelli-
gence of the poſture of affairs at Arica. We were at the
diſtance of twelve leagues from ſhoar, when they went a-
way from the ſhip.
The next day by a clear obſervation, we found Lat. 20 They find it
d.40 South. At four in the afternoon this day, returned nota
one of our Canoas, bringing word that they could not find
the Iſland, though they had ſearched for it very diligently.
At night came the other, being brought back by a wrong
ſign given us by the firſt Canoa. This ſecond Canoa had
landed upon the Continent, and there found a track, the
which they followed for ſome little ſpace. Here they met
a dead Whale, with whoſe bones the Spaniards had built a
Hut, and ſet up a Crofs. There lay alſo many pieces of
broken Jars. They obſerved likewiſe, that hereabouts up-
on the Coaſt were many Bays,good landing, and anchoring
for ſhips. That evening about ſeven of the clock, a freſh
gang departed from the ſhip to feek for the ſame INand,
mean while we lay becalmed all night, driving about a
league to leéward.
Wedneſday January the 26th, we had extream hot wea--Rich Mines
ther. This day the Spaniſh Pilot told us, that on the Con on the Cortia.
tinent over againſt us, and at the diſtance of a very little
way within the Land, are many rich Mines of Silver, but
that the Spaniards dared not to open them for fear of an
Invaſion from ſome Forreign enemy or other. We failed
North at the diſtance of about two leagues from ſhoar. At
noon we had an obſervation, and found Lat. 20 d. 21 S.
At four of the clock we ſaw a ſmoak made by our men, The Iſland isj]
cloſe by a white clift, which proved to be the Iſland. Here-
found.
upon we immediately ſent away another Canoa with more
men , to ſupply them in their attempts
. But in the mean
while the firſt Canoa which had departed the evening bea
fore this day, came aboard, bringing with them four prifc--
ners, two old white men, and two Indians.
The
menta

128
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
An account of The other Canoa which ſet out laſt, brought back Mo-
the Iſland. loſſus, Fiſh, and two Jars of wine. To windward of the
ſaid Íſland, is a ſmall village of eighteen or twenty houſes,
having a ſmall Chappel nigh unto it, built of ſtone , and
for adornment thereof, it is ſtuck full of Hides, or the skins
of Seals. They found about fifty people in this Hamlet,
but the greateſt part of them made their eſcape at the ar-
rival of the Canoa. Unto this Iſland do frequently come
Barks from Arica , which City is not far diſtant from
thence to fetch clay, and they have already tranſported a-
way a conſiderable part thereof
. The poor Indians, Inha-
bitants or Natives of this Iſland, are forced to bring all the
freſh water they uſe, the full diſtance of eleven leagues
from thence, that is to ſay, from a River name Camarones,
which lyeth to Leeward of the Iſland. The Barque where-
in they uſed to bring it, was then gone for water , when
our men landed upon the place. The IMand all over is
white, but the bowels thereof are of a reddiſh ſort of earth.
From the ſhoar is ſeen here a great path which leadeth o-
ver the Mountains into the Country. The Indians of this
Iſland uſe to eat much and often, a ſort of Leaves that are
of a taſt much like unto our Bay-leaves in England. Inſo-
much, that their teeth are died of a green colour, by the
continual uſe thereof. The Inhabitants go ſtark naked,
and are very robuſt and ſtrong people; yet notwithſtand-
ing they live more like beaſts than men.
Their cruelty Thurſday January the 271h, this morning on board the
towards an fhip, we examined one of the old men, who were taken
priſoners upon the Iſland the day before. But finding him
in many Lies, as we thought, concerning Arica, our Com-
mander ordered him to be ſhot to death, which was accor-
dingly done. Our old Commander Captain Sharp was
much troubled in his mind and diſſatisfyed at this cruelty
and raſh proceeding; whereupon he oppoſed it as much
as he could. But ſeeing he could not prevail, he took wa-
Sharp trosa
terand waſhed his hands, ſaying, Gentlemen, I am clear of
the blood of this old man; and I will warrant you a hot day
for
bled at it.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 129
for this piece of cruelty, whenever we come to fight at Arica.
Theſe words were found at the latter end of this expediti-
on of Arica, to contain a true and certain propheſie, as ſhall
be related hereafter.
The other old man being under examination, informed
Another priſo-
us, that the Iſland of Tqueque afore-mentioned, belonged ner examineda
unto the Governour of Arica,who was Proprietor thereof;
and that he allowed unto theſe men a little wine, and other
Neceſſaries, to live upon for their ſuſtenance. That he
himſelf had the ſuperintendance of forty or fifty of the
Governours ſlaves, who caught fiſh and dryed it , for the
profit of the ſaid Governour ; and he fold it afterwards to
the inland Towns, and reaped a conſiderable benefit there-
by. That by a Letter received from Arica , eight days
ago, they underſtood there was then in the Harbour of A-
rica, three ſhips from Chile, and one Bark. That they had
raiſed there a Fortification mounted with Twelve Copper
Guns. But that when we were there before, they had con-
veyed out of the Town unto the neighbouring ftantions,
all their Plate, Gold, and Jewels, burying it there in the
ground, and concealing it after ſeveral manners and ways.
The which whether it were now returned or not, he could
not eaſily tell. That there were two great places, the one
at ten, the other at twenty five leagues diſtance from Ari-
cajat which Towns lay all their ſtrength and treaſure. That
the day before had paſſed a Poſt to declare our having been
ar Coquimbo. That the Embargo laid on all veſſels going
to the Northward, was now taken off; ſo that a free pal-
fage was allowed them. That by Land it was impoſſible
to go from hence unto Arica in leſs than four or five days,
for as much as they muſt carry water for themſelves and
Horſes for the whole journey. At laſt, that thoſe Arms
that were brought from Lima unto Arica,as was mentioned
above, were now carryed away from thence unto Buenos
Ayres. All theſe things pleaſed us mighty well to hear
them. But however, Captain Sharp was ſtill much diſla-
tisfyed , by reaſon we had ſhot the old man. For he had
S
given

130
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
each man.
given us information to the full, and with all manner of
truth, how that Arica was greatly fortified, and much
more than before ; but our misfortune was, that we took
his information to be all contrary to the truth.
The leaves of which we made mention above, are
They take the
Barque of the brought down unto this Iſland in whole Bales, and then
Iſland. diſtributed unto the Indians by a ſhort allowance given to
This day we had very hot weather, and a S.
W. Sea. By obſervation we found Lat. 20. d. 13 South.
Beſides the things above-mentioned, our priſoners inform-
ed us, that at Arica the Spaniards had built a breaft-work
round about the Town; and one alſo in every ſtreet, that
in caſe one end of the Town were taken, they might be a
ble to defend the other. We ftood off and in for the grea-
teſt part of this day. In the afternoon we were eight
leagues and an half diſtant from ſhoar, with a freſh wind.
That morning moreover we took the Barque that was at
the River of Camarones, to fill water for the Hand.bog
Friday Fanuary the 28th, laſt night about midnight we
They embarke left the ſhip, and embarked our felves in the Barque afore-
mentioned, the Lanch,and four Canoas, with deſign to take
Arica by ſurprizal. We rowed and failed all night,making
in for the ſhoar.
Saturday January the 29th,about break of day this day,
They lye bid.
den by day.
we got under ſhoarl, and there hid our felves among the
Rocks for all the day long, fearing left we ſhould be del-
cryed by the enemy, before we came to Arica. At this
time we were about five leagues to Southward of Arica,
nigh Quebrada de San Vitor, a place ſo called upon that
Coaſt.
Night being come, we rowed away from thence.
Sunday January the zoth, 1680. this day (being the day
They land and
that is confecrated in our Engliſh Kalendar, unto the Mar-
attaque tbe
tyrdom of our glorious King Charles the Firſt) in the
morning about Sun-riſe, we landed amongſt ſome Rocks,at
the diſtance of four miles, more or leſs, to the Southward
from Arica. We put on ſhoar ninety two men in all, the
reſt remaining in the Boats, to keep and defend them from
for Arica.
70wn.
being

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, c.
131
being furprized by the enemy, to the intent we might
leave behind us a fafe retreat, in caſe of neceſſity. Unto
theſe men we left ſtrict orders, that if we made one ſmoak
from the Town, or adjoyning fields, they ſhould come af-
ter us towards the harbour of Arica with one Canoa ; but
in caſe we made two, that they ſhould bring all away,
leaving only fifteen men in the Boats. As we marched from
our landing place towards the Town, we mounted a very
ſteep hill, and ſaw from thence no men, nor Forces of the
enemy; which cauſed us to hope we were not as yet def-
cryed, and that we ſhould utterly ſurprize them. But
when we were come about half of the way unto the Town,
we eſpied three horſemen,who mounted the Look-out hill;
and ſeeing us upon our march, they rid down full ſpeed
towards the City, to give notice of our approach. Our
Commander Watling choſe out forty of our number, to
attaque the Fort, and ſent us away firſt thitherwards, the
They affault
reft being deſigned for the Town. We that were appoint- the Forts
ed for the Fort,had ten hand Granadoes among us,when we
gave the aſſault, and with them, as well as with our other
Arms, we attacked the Caſtle, and exchanged ſeveral ſhot
with our enemies. But at laſt, ſeeing our main body in
danger of being overborn with the number of our ene-
mies, we gave over that attempt on the Fort,and ran down
in all haft unto the valley, to help and aſſiſt them in the
fight. Here the Battel was very deſperate, and they kil-
led three, and wounded two more of our men from their
out-works,before we could gain upon them. But our rage
encreafing with our wounds, we ſtill advanced, and at lait
beat the enemy out of all, and filled every ſtreet in the
City with dead bodies. The enemy made ſeveral retreats The Town sa«
unto ſeveral places, from one breaſt-work to another; and ken.
we had not a fufficient number of men wherewith to man
all places taken. Inſomuch, that we had no ſooner beat
them out of one place, but they came another way, and
man'd it again with new Forces and freſh men.
We
S 2

132
Bucaniers of America Part VI.
deb ont.
Maky priſoners We took in every place where we vanquiſhed the ene-
my, great number of Priſoners, more indeed, then perad-
venture we ought to have done, or we knew well what to
do withal; they being too many for ſuch a ſmall body as
ours was to manage. Theſe priſoners informed us, that
we had been deſcryed no leſs than three days before, from
the Iſland of Tqueque,whereby they were in expectation of
our arrival every hour, as knowing we had itilla deſign
to make a ſecond attempt upon that place. That into the
City were come four hundred Souldiers from Lima, the
which, beſides their own, had brought feven hundred Arms
for the uſe of the Country-people ; and that in the Town
they had fix hundred armed men, and in the Fort three
hundred.
The Fort ſtan Being now in poſſeſſion of the City, or the greateſt part
thereof, we ſent unto the Fort, commanding them to fur-
render. But they would not vouchſafe to ſend us any an-
fwer. Hereupon we advanced towards it, and gave it a le-
cond Attaque, wherein we perſiſted very vigorouſly for
a long time. Being not able to carry it, we got upon the
top of a houſe that ſtood nigh unto it, and from thence fi-
red down into the Fort, killing many of their men, and
wounding them at our eaſe and pleaſure. But mean while
we were buſyed in this Attaque,the reſt of the enemies For-
ces had taken again ſeveral Poſts of the Town, and began
to ſurround us in great numbers, with deſign to cut us off.
The Spaniards Hereupon we were conſtrained to defiſt the ſecond time,as
rally again
before, from aſſaulting the Fort , and make head againſt
them. This we no ſooner had done, but their numbers
and vigour increaſing every moment, we found our ſelves
to be overpowred, and conſequently we thought it conve-
nient to retreat unto the plaee where our wounded men
were, under the hands of our Surgeons, that is to ſay, our
Hoſpital At this time our new Commander Captain
Watling kil-
led and many
Watling, both our Quartermaſters, and a great many o-
thers of our men were killed, beſides thoſe that were woun-
ded and diſabled to fight. So that now the enemy rally-
theme.
etboys.
ing

Part I V. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc. 133
ing againſt us,and beating us from place to place, we were
in a very diſtracted condition, and in more likelihood to
periſh every man, than eſcape the bloodineſs of that day
Now we found the words of Captain Sharp to bear a true
propheſie, being all very ſenſible,that we had had a day too
hot for us , after that cruel heat in killing and murdering
in cold blood, the old Meſtizo Indian whom we had taken
priſoner at Tqueque, as before was mentioned. : to jo
Being ſurrounded with difficulties on all ſides, and in
Sharp is choſen
great diſorder, as having no head nor leader to give orders aner?
for what was to be done, we were glad to turn our eyes
unto our good and old Commander Captain Bartholomew
Sharp, and beg of him very earneſtly to commiſerate our
condition, and carry us off. It was a great while that we
were reiterating our fupplications unto him, before he would
take any notice of our requeſt in this point. So much
was he diſpleaſed with the former mutiny of our people a-
gainſt him, all which had been occafioned by the inſti-
gation of Mr.Cook. But Sharp is a man of an undaunted
courage, and of an excellent conduct, not fearing in the
leaſt to look an inſulting enemy in the face, and a perſon
that knoweth both the Theory and practical parts of Na-
vigation, as well as moſt do. Hereupon, at our requeſt and
earneſt petition, he took upon him the command in chief They retreat
again , and began to diſtribute his orders for our ſafety. dificulty.
He would have brought off our Surgeons, but that they
had been drinking in the mean while that we aſſaulted
the Fort, and thus would not come with us when they were
called. They killed and took of our number twenty
eight men, beſides eighteen more that we brought off, who
were deſperately wounded. At this time we were all ex-
tream faint for want of water and victuals, whereof we
had had none all that day. Moreover, we were almoſt
choaked with the duſt of the Town ; this being ſo much
raiſed by the work that their great Guns had made, that
we could ſcarcely ſee each other. They beat us out of the
Town,and then followed us into the Savanas,or open fields,
Itill

134
Part IV
The Bucaniers of America.
ſtill charging us as faſt as they could. But when they ſaw
that we rallyed again, reſolving to dye one by another,
they then ran from us into the Town, and ſheltred them
feives under their breaſt-works. Thus we retreated in as
good order as we could poſſibly obſerve in that confuſion.
But their Horſemen followed us as we retired, and fired at
us all the way, though they would not come within reach
of our Guns; for their own reached farther then ours,and
out-ſhot us more than one third. We took the ſea-ſide for
our greater ſecurity; the which when the enemy faw, they
betook themſelves unto the Hills, rowling down great
ſtones, and whole Rocks to deſtroy us. In the mean while
thoſe of the Town examined our Surgeons and other men
whom they had made priſoners. Theſe gave them our
ſigns that we had left unto our Boats that were behind us,
ſo that they immediately blew up two ſmoaks,which were
perceived by the Canoas. This was the greateſt of our
dangers. For had we not come at that inſtant that we
did, unto the ſea-ſide, our Boats had been gone, they be-
ing already under fail, and we had inevitably periſhed eve-
ry man.
Thus we put off from the ſhoar, and got on
board about ten of the clock at night, having been invol-
ved in a continual and bloody fight with the enemy all
that day long. ori maid nogu zoon
101-2 tobro ir 91
bluewart 1707
Obye
BUY
TOTO
Toron adaption
Toro
Garda Ho SOCHAP.
to ads at oncom
Bed and show and boli
sen
borib

Part IV.
935
Vayage of Captain Sharp, doc.
C H A P. XVII.
A deſcription of the Bay of Arica. They ſail
from hence unto the Port of Gualco, where
they get Proviſions. A draught of the ſaid
Port. They land again at Hilo to revenge
the former affronts, and took what they could
find.
H
Aving ended our attempt at Arica, the next day, be- They dep are
ing Fanuary the laſt, we plyed to and fro in ſight of from Arica.
the Port, to ſee if they would ſend out the three ſhips we
had ſeen in the Harbour to fight us. For upon them we
hoped to revenge the defeat and diſappointment we had
received at the Town the day before. But our expectati-
ons in this point alſo were fruſtrated, for not one of thoſe
veſſels offered to ftir.
The houſes of this Town of Arica are not above eleven an account of
foot high, as being built of earth , and not of brick or
timber. The Town it ſelf is fourſquare in figure, and
at one corner thereof ſtandeth the Caſtle,which may eaſi-
ly be commanded even with ſinall Arms, from the hill
which lyeth cloſe unto it. This place is the Embarcadero,
or Port-Town of all the Mineral Towns that lye herea-
bouts, and hence is fetched all the Plate that is carryed to
Lima, the head-City of Peru. I took the Bay of Arica as
it appeared to me thus.
Arica.
VUC
On

136
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
AH:
V tomto di
sob
Rio de handiaz
BLE
do
hinos dit in die loot bin Motot se
BA
>
seneste vous ad boyshort stamonuobol zniva
A morto ang oil brug Serlowignis
sw eqid 99 do uso bro blow motor,
wirner nok
u gi osam
Snimel
bari wapy abbonatolioBoqori
s Boque 10 -8 orlod bowo oil is by vipoor
Diods to 270 301101 baronologica allo stesso
"Donostingvolo
bovodo son 910 mayo Tan luon iT
od 20 30
bnse Sugil ni
i ST Dumit
-1163 vom ibid To Nontou no 35
Ilic one miol.2) daš no vp Sheyemamo od vl
เอา shootina osi a T si oul si lo paylasid
agen ovl tilt anyonM silnwT10910
od bogra cinta dalle borbotol Dinon bns 3300d
z mois 19 de son au pirebsorl or .
un esot borngq98
Landed
00
Arica
zu
Rocks

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp &c.
137
20
On Tueſday February the firſt, we had a clear obſerva-
tion, and by it we found Lat. 19 d.06. South. This day They make a
we ſhared the old remains of our Plate, taken in ſome of Small dividend
our former booties. Our ſhares amounted only unto thir-
ty ſeven pieces of Eight to each man.
N. B. Here I would have my Reader to take notice, that
from this day forwards, I kept no conſtant Diary or Journal,
as I had done before, at leaſt for ſome conſiderable ſpace of
time, as you ſhall ſee hereafter ; my diſeaſe and ſickneſs at Sea
being the occaſion of intermitting what I had never failed to
do in all the courſe of this Voyage till now. Only ſome few
Memorandums, as my weakneſs gave leave, I now and then
committed to paper, the which I ſhall give you as I find them,
towards a continuance of this Hiſtory. Thus :
Munday February the 14th , this night between eleven
add twelve of the clock dyed on board our ſhip William man dyetibo
CaptainCooks
Cook, who was the ſervant afore-mentioned unto Captain
Edmund Cook, of whom likewiſe mention liath been often
made in this Journal. He deſiſted not in the leaſt , even
at his laſt hour, to accufe his Maſter of Buggering him, as
before was related. Moreover, that his Maſter ſhould
ſay, It was no fin to ſteal from us,who thought it none to rob the
Spaniards.
February the 16th, 1680. this day we found our felves
to be in Lat. 27 d. 30 South. We had a conſtant breeze at a
S. E. and S. S. E, till we got about two hundred Leagues
from land. Then at the Eclipſe of the Moon, we had a
a calm for two or three days : and then a breeze at North
for the ſpace of two days ; after which we had a calm a-
gain for two or three days more.
March the firſt we found Latitude by obſervation 34 d.o.
of South. At this time beginneth the dirty weather in Dirty weather
theſe Seas. We lay under a pair of courſes, the wind be-
ing at S. E. and E.S. E. with a very great Sea at S.S.E
March the third, all hands were called up, and a Councel
held; wherein conſidering it was now dirty weather, and They reſolve to
late in the year, we bore up the Helm, and reſolved to go land.
T
603
Se
Several calis.
go home over
unto

138
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
allowance.
land.
unto the Main for water, and thence to Leeward, and ſo
march over land towards home , or at leaſt to the North
Sea. But God directed us from following this reſolution,
as you ſhall hear hereafter. We being thus determined that
day, we ſtood N.E.with a ſtrong wind at S.E. and E.S.E.
On March the fifth dyed our Coquimbo Indian. The ſe-
venth we had a weſt-wind, our courſe being E. by N. The
Are put to an eighth of the faid Month we were put to an allowance,
having only one Cake of bread a day. March the tenth we
had a ſtrong South-wind. galtiontatos o sob 350 gas guted
They deſcry On March the i2th we fell in with the mainland, fome-
thing to Leeward of Coquimbo. Within the Iſland of Pax-
aros are double lands, in whoſe Valleys are fires for the
Eupenes of melting of Copper, with
Which Metal theſe Hills abound.
Off to ſea-board it is a rocky land, and within it is fandy,
About the diſtance of eight Leagues to Leeward is a rocky
point with ſeveral Keys or Rocks about it. About one
half mile to Leeward of this point turneth in the Port of
Point of Gual- Guaſco. Right againſt the anchoring are three Rocks,cloſe
under the ſhoar.
Being arrived here, we landed on ſhoar threeſcore men
of our company, with deſign to get Proviſions, and any
thing elſe that we could purchaſe. The people of the
Country ran all away as ſoon as they ſaw us. There was
building on ſhoar in this Port, a fire-Barque of fixteen or
eighteen Tuns burthen, with a Cock-boat belonging unto
and get Pro- it. We took one Indian Priſoner , and with him went up
viſions.
the ſpace of ſix or ſeven miles into the Country , unto an
Indian Town of Threeſcore or Fourſcore houſes. From
thence we came back unto the Church,which is diftant four
miles from the Sea-ſide,and lodged there all night! Here
are multitudes of good Sheep and Goats in the Countrey
adjoyning to this Port, and it is watered with an excellent
freſh-water River ; but the getting of water is very diff-
ma solo cult, the banks being very high , or otherwiſe inacceſſible.
However, we made a kift to get in five hundred Jars of
water, Furthermore, we brought away one hundred and
twenty
CO.
They land.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
139
Guaſco.
or
twenty Sheep, and fourſcore Goats, with which ſtock we
vi&ualled our veſſel for a while. As for Oxen, they had
driven them away farther up into the Countrey. The ju. An account of
riſdiction of Guaſco it felf is governed by a Teniente ,
Deputy-Governour, and a Fryar, and is in ſubjection unto the
City of la Serena above-mentioned, as being a dependance
thereupon. Here groweth both Corn, Peaſe, Beans , and
feveral other forts of Grain; and for Fruits, this place is
not inferiour unto Coquimbo. Here we found likewiſe a
Mill to grind Corn, and about two hundred buſhels there-
of ready ground; the which we conveyed on board our
ſhip. Every houſe of any account hath branches of wa-
ter running through their yards or courts. The Inhabi-
tants had hidden their Wine,and other beſt things,as Plate,
and Jewels, having deſcryed us at ſea before our landing : They were des
ſo that our booty here, beſides Proviſions, was inconfide- cryed before
rable. However, we caught ſome few Fowls, and eat five landing.
or fix Sheep, and likewiſe a great Hog, which taſted ve-
ry like unto our Engliſh Pork. The hills are all barren, ſo
that the Countrey that beareth Fruit, is only an excellent
Valley, being four times as broad as that of Hilo above-
mentioned. Theſe people of Guaſco ſerve the Town of
Coquimbo with many ſorts of Proviſions. We
We gave the
Indian whom we had taken his liberty, and I took the Port
of Guaſco thus.
T2
Tueſday

144
or
Bucaniers of America
Part VI:
e
A Deferiprion
Of Guasco
Dalley of Guaſco
Rio de Guaſco
کے
da Guaſco
2009 O abis
ned to be
Rocks
Guasco
mooring
placg
Lalt:28:40.S.
30

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
141
Tueſday March the 15th, 1680. This morning we de- Zbey depart
parted from the Port of Guaſco aforementioned, with very
from Guaſco
Iittle wind, having done nothing conſiderable there,except-
ing only the taking in the few Proviſions above-related.
We were bent therefore to ſeek greater matters, having
experimented but ill ſucceſs in moſt of our attempts hither-
to. On March the 2oth, Moro de Horſe, being high dou-
bled Land, and at E. by N. appeared thus unto us, in Lat. .
24 d. South
Moro de Horſe.
Lat. 24 d. S.
29
At North, and at the diſtance of ten Leagues, more or
leſs, we ſaw the great and high hill of Morro Moreno, being
ſo called from its colour. It is a dark hill,but much high-
er and bigger than the other afore-mentioned, and appea-
reth like unto an Iſland, thus.
Morro Moreno.
Lat. 23 d. 30 $
30
We had now very dark weather all along the Coaſt. On
March

142
The Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
lones.
the River Loa.
But cannot
Bay of Mexil- March the 21 we were Weſt from the Bay of Mexillones.
The point of this Bay one League upwards , repreſenteth
exactly a Sugar-loaf
.
They ſeek for
March the 22. This day our Boat and Canoas went from
the ſhip, being well man'd, to find the River Loa. They
went alſo about two Leagues to Leeward of it, unto a fiſh-
find it.
ing village, but could find no place fit for landing ; where-
upon they returned without acting any thing. The next
day another Canoa of our company went out upon the
fame exploit, but found the ſame ſucceſs. Yet notwith-
ſtanding, here Sir Francis Drake watered, and built a Church,
as we were told by our Pilot. This Church is now ſtand-
ing on the Sea-ſide by the River, whoſe mouth is now dry.
There are ſeveral Huts to windward of it; and from the
faid Church or Chappel goeth a great path up the hills,
which leadeth to Pica.
On Thurſday March the 24th, we found Latitude by
obſervation, 20 d. 10 South. This day alſo we ſaw Land,
at eighteen leagues diſtance more or lefs.
Sunday March the 27th, we ſaw Mora de Sama, and La
cumba at ſome diſtance. The ſame day we had an obſer-
vation, and found by it Lat. 18 d. 17 South.
That eve-
ning we departed from the ſhip with our Boats and Canoas,
towards the Coaſt of Hilo , upon which we now were.
They ſurprize We landed and took the village of Hilo undiſcryed, they
,
ſcarce ſuſpecting we could have any deſign upon that place
the ſecond time. We caught the Fryar who was Chaplain
unto the Town, and moſt of the Inhabitants aſleep, making
them priſoners at war. Here we heard a flying report, as
if five thouſand Engliſh had lately taken Parama the ſecond
time, and kept it. But this rumour, as it ſhould ſeem, pro-
ved to be a falſity. At this time the River came out, and
was overflown, it being near the time of the freſhes. Here
They hear of the priſoners told us that in Arica ten of our men were ſtill
their Surgeons alive, whereof three were Surgeons, all the reſt being dead
of their wounds. The Spaniards ſent word unto Hilo,that
we had killed them ſeventy men, and wounded three times,
Hilo.
at Arica.
as

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, oco
143
as many of their Forces. But here the Inhabitants ſaid,
that of forty five men ſent to the relief of Arica from
hence, there carne home but only two alive. We filled
what water we pleaſed here; but a ſmall boat that we
brought from Guaſco broke looſe from us,and was ſtaved to
pieces on the Rocks. Here we took eighteen Jars of wine,
and good ſtore of new Figs. On Tueſday following we
went up to the Sugar-work, mentioned in our former ex-
pedition againſt Hilo, and found all Fruits juſt ripe, and fit
for eating. There we laded ſeven Mules downwards with
Moloſſus and Sugar. The Inhabitants told us moreover,
that thoſe men who came to fight us when we were here
the firſt time, were moſt of them Boys, and had only fifty
Fire-arms amongſt them. They being commanded by an
Engliſh Gentleman who is Married at Arequipa. Likewiſe
that the owner of the Sugar-work afore-mentioned was
now engaged in a Suit at Law againſt the Town of Hilo,
pretending it was not the Engliſh who robbed him, and
ſpoilt his Ingenio, when we were there before, but the
Townſmen themſelves
. This day in the evening we failed
from Hilo with dark weather, and little wind, which con-
tinued for ſeveral days afterwards.
obrok
id
oll bisedapteri
it bus vobots
banillas da Uko
niobanul 1919 tulong
CHAP
wilowat oorbe
1
agnels witiw mowld als 2-0
- ovoos on lo bachar o base
odilir brue aniod zidosku trbuon at badito
nogo os onnige moedeloos
chois

140
Part IV
Bucaniers of America.
CHA P. XVIII.
They depart from the Port of Hilo, unto the Gulf
of Nicoya, where they take down their decks,
and mend the ſailing of their ſhip. Forty ſeven
of their Companions leave them; and go home on
ver land.
A deſcription of the Gulf of Ni-
coya. They take two Barks and fome Priſoners
there. Several other remarques belonging to this
Voyage.me
They leave
Hilo,
Frumillaridag taper wehe tenth, 1968 1. nothing hapned
"Rom the time that we fet fail from the Port of Hilo,
until Sunday April the
unto us that might be accounted remarkable ; neither did
I take any notes all this while , by reaſon of my indiſpofi-
tion afore-mentioned. This day we could hear diſtinctly
the breaking of the Seas on the ſhoar , but could ſee no
land , the weather being extream dark and haſey. Not-
withſtanding about noon it cleared up, and we found our
ſelves to be in the Bay called de Malabrigo. The land in
this Bay runneth due Eaſt and Weſt. By an obſervation
made, we found this day 6 d. 35 South. We ſaw from
hence the Leeward Illand of Lobos, or Seals, being nothing
elſe than a rocky and ſcraggy place. On the S.W. fide
thereof is a red hill, which is a place about the ſaid Iſland,
where the Indian Fiſhermen much frequent. It is ſituate in
Lat. 6 d. 15 S. This day likewiſe in the evening we faw
the Point called Aguja.
Ife of Plate. On Saturday April the 16th, we came within a league
diſtance of the Weſt-end of the Iſland of Plate, above deſ-
They mutiny a- cribed. The next day unto this, being Sunday April the
themſelves.
17th, 1681. our Mutineers broke out again into an open
diſſention,
gain among

Part IV.
141
Voyage of Captain Sharp, Oc.
diffention, they having been much diſſatisfyed all along the
courſe of this Voyage, but more eſpecially ſince our unfor-
tunate fight at Arica, and never entirely reconciled unto
us fince they choſe Captain Watling, and depoſed Sharp at
the Iſle of Fuan Fernandez, as was related above. Nothing
now could appeaſe them, nor ſerve their turn,but a ſepara-
tion from the reſt of the company, and a departure from
us. Hereupon this day they departed from the ſhip, to
Forty Seven
the number of forty ſeven men, all in company together, return home.
with deſign to go over land by the ſame way they came
into thoſe Seas. The reſt who remained behind, did fully
reſolve, and faithfully promiſe to each other, they would
ſtick cloſe together. They took five ſlaves in their com-
pany, to guide and do them other ſervice in that Journey.
This day we had 1 d. 30 minutes Southern Latitude. We
failed N. N. W. before the wind.
The next day after their departure,being April the 18th,
Teey begin to
we began to go to work about taking down one of our upe take down the
per decks, thereby to cauſe our ſhip ſtill to mend her fail- decks.
ing. We now made a N. W.by N. way, and had Latitude
by obſervation 25 North, the wind being at S. W.
On April the 19th we made a N. W. by N. way. This
day our obfervation was Lat. 2 d. 45 North. In the af-
ternoon we had cloudy weather. The following day like-
wife we made the fame way, and by it ſeventy miles , ac-
cording to my reckoning.
On the twenty firſt in the morning we had ſome ſmall
ſhowers of rain, and but little wind. We ſaw ſome Turtle.
upon the ſurface of the water, and great quantity of fiſh.
We caught twenty fix ſmall Dolphins. By a N. W. by N.
way, we reckoned this day forty miles.
April the 22. this day we caught ſeven large Dolphins, Dolphins-
and one Bonito. We ſaw likewiſe whole multitudes of caught.
Turtle ſwimming upon the water, and took five of them.
We had an obſervation that gave us Lat. 5 d. 28 North.
Hereaboutsrunneth a great and ſtrong current. This day
we lowered the quarter deck of our ſhip, and made it even
unto the
the upper deck.
V.
The

142
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
They ſave wa The following day we had but ſmall wind, and yet great
main change fello ſhowers of rain. Hereupon every man faved water for
himſelf, and a great quantity was faved for the whole
company. In the morning of this day we caught eight
Bonitos, and in the evening ten more.
On April the 24th we had both cloudy and rainy wea-
ther. By an obſervation we had Lat. 7.d.
37
North.
Meridian difference was ninety two Leagues. This morn-
ing we caught forty-Bonitos,and in the evening thirty more.
In the afternoon we ſtood North, the wind being at S.W.
by S.
Ifia del Cano. Munday April the 25th, all the night before this day,
we had huge guſts of wind and rain. At break of day
we were cloſe in with Land, which upon examination pro-
ved to be the Ifland of Cano. To weſtward thereof is ve-
ry high land. About noon this day it cleared up, and we
had Lat. 8 d.34 N. In the evening we ſent a Canoa to
ſearch the Iſland. In it they found good water, and even
ground, but withal, an open road. At night we ſtood off
the firſt watch, and the laſt we had a land wind.
The next day following, at day light we ſtood in, and
about noon we came to an anchor at the Eaſt ſide of the
Iſland afore-mentioned, which is not in breadth above one
Jeague over. In the afternoon we removed from our for-
mer anchoring place, and anchored again within ſhot of
the N. E. point of the Iſland. In this place groweth great
number of Cacao trees, all over the greateſt part of the
Iſle. On the North ſide thereof are many Rivulets of good
What elſe they water to be found in ſandy bays. We ſaw moreover fome
found.
good Hogs on ſhoar, whereof we killed one and two pigs.
Here are great numbers of Turtle-doves, and huge ſtore
of fiſh, but withal, very ſhye to be caught. To North-
ward of the Inand it looketh thus.
Obey anchor
bere.
Cacao-trees.
Illa

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
143
Ta del Cano.
Lat. 8 d. 45 N.
31
Cano.
April the 27th, we had ſome rain and wind the forepart
of the day ; but the afternoon was fair. The next day They depart
in like manner we had great quantity of rain. On Satur- from the Iſle of
day the 30th, about ſeven of the clock in the morning we
weighed from the aforeſaid Ifand with little wind, and
ſtood N. W. That day fell much rain with great thunder
and lightning
Munday, May the 2d. This day we obſerved and found
Lat. 9 D. N. The Coaſt all along appeared to us very
high and mountainous, and ſcarce fix hours did paſs, but Much thunder
we had thunder, lightning, and rain. The like continued and rain.
for the two days following, wherein we had nothing but al-
moſt continual thunder and rain.
On May the 5th we had an indifferent fair day. And
that evening we were right off of the Gulf of Nicoya.
Gulf of Nicoya
Friday, May the 6th. This morning we ſaw the Cape
very plain before us. N. by E. from it, are certain keys at:
eight leagues diſtance , cloſe under the Main. We ſteered
N. N. W. towards the biggeſt of them ; at whoſe E S. E.
fide are two or three ſmall rocks. The Main Eaſtward is
fine Savana, or plain and even land, through which goetha
very great road, which is to be ſeen from off at Sea. At
noon the Port of Caldero, commonly called Puerto Caldero Puerto Calde-
bore N. from us. At which time the Ebb forced us to
found in the middle of the Gulf, where we found fourteen
fathom water. After this we anchored nearer unto the
V.2
Eaſtern
ro,

1144
Bucaniers of America. Part IV
Eaſtern keys, in the depth of nineteen fathom, where we
had oofey ground.
Saturday, May the 7th. The night before this day was
very fair all night long. In the morning we went in a
Canoa, being ſeveral in company, to ſeek for a place to lay
our ſhip in. Amongſt the Irlands along the ſhoar, we found
many brave holes, but little or no water in them, which
cauſed us to diſlike what we had found. On one of the
ſaid Iſlands we hapned to find a hat, and many empty jarrs
of water, which ſhewed us that ſome people had been late-
ly there. About eight in the evening our ſhip weighed
anchor at young flood, and about three after noon we an-
chored again in fix fathom water.
Sunday, May the 8th, 1681. The night before this day,
we had much rain with thunder and lightning. The morn-
ing being come, our Commander Captain Sharp departed
from the ſhip in two Canoas, with twenty two men in his
company, out of deſign to ſurprize any veſſels or people
they could meet hereabouts. In the mean while , i'th'
evening we drove up with the tide (there being no wind)
They take some in the ſhip, for the ſpace of two or three leagues higher, till
priſoners, and that we found but three fathom high water.
Here we
two barks.
back’t a ftern. At this time we ſaw one of our Ca-
noas coming off from the Iſland, that was at head of us
(which was named Chira) calling for more men and arms,
and ſaying there was two fail of thips that were ſeen higher
up the Gulf. Hereupon eight of us went away with them
aſhoar, whereof two joyned the party aforementioned, and
the ſix remaining were appointed to guard the priſoners
they had taken. Unto theſe we ſhewed our felves very
kind, as finding that they were very ſenſible of the cruelties
of the Spaniards towards them and their whole Nation.
Here we found to the number of eight or nine houſes, and
a ſmall Chappel ſtanding. Theſe people have been in for-
mer times a conſiderable and great Nation, but are now al-
moſt deſtroyed and extinguiſhed by the Spaniards. We a-
ſcended a creek of the Sea for the ſpace of a league, or
there-

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
145
thereabouts, and took there by ſurpriſal two Barks, which
were the two fail they had told us of before. On of theſe
Barks was the fame we had taken before at Panama, of
which I made mention at the beginning of this Hiſto-
ry.
On Munday following this day, we weighed anchor
with our barks, and drove down the creek,with the tide at
They learn in-
ebb, towards our ſhip. The priſoners that we had taken telligence, axd
here, informed us, that when we were to Weſtward in get some spa-
theſe Seas before, there lay one hundred men at the Port niflo Carpenters
of Santa Maria. That our men who left us at the Iſland
of Cayboa, as was mentioned above, met the other Bark
that we loſt at Sea, as we were ſailing thither, and thus all
went over land together. That in the North Seas, near
Puerto Velo, they had taken a good ſhip, and that for this
cauſe, ever ſince the Spaniards had kept at the mouth of the
river of Santa Maria, three Armadilla-barks, to ſtop and
hinder others from going that way. On Munday night
our Captain with twenty four men, went from the ſhip in-
to another creek, and there took ſeveral priſoners, among
whom was a Shipwright and his men, who were judged able
to do us good ſervice in the altering of our ſhip ; thoſe
Carpenters being there actually building two great ſhips
for the Spaniards. Having taken theſe men, they made
a float of timber to bring down the Tools and Inſtruments
they were working withal
. Here it hapned that they put
ſeveral tools, and fome quantity of iron-work, into a
Doree, to be conveyed down the river with the float. But
this Doree fank by the way, as being over-laden with iron,
and one of our company, by name John Alexander a Scotch- A Scorch an
man, was unfortunately drowned by this means.
On Thurſday following, May the 12th, we ſent a Canoa
from the ſhip, and found the Doree that was drowned.
That evening likewiſe drove down the body of our drow-
ned man aforementioned. Hereupon we took him up, and bury?d.
He is found
and on Friday morning following threw him over-board,
giving him three French vollies for his cuſtomary Cere-
mony,
drowned

146
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
away.
Much thunder
mony. Both this day and the day before, we fetched wa.
ter from a Point near the houſes, on the Iſland of Chira ao
forementioned. From the ſhip alſo we fent away a Spa-
A Merchant nith Merchant, whom we had taken among the priſoners,
fext to seek a
sansom. to fetch a certain number of Beeves, that might ſerve for a
ranſom of the new bark taken here. This day the weather
was fair ; but on Sunday following it rained from morning
until night.
On Munday, May the 16th, we began to work all hands
A boy runneth together on our ſhip. On Tueſday an Indian boy named
Peter ran away from us. He belonged unto Captain Saw
kins, and waited upon him as his Servant. On Wedneſday
A Slave dyeth.
died an Indian ſlave, whoſe name was Salvador. On Thurl.
day we heard thirty or forty guns fired on the Main,
which cauſed us to think that theſe would alſo turn to Hilo
Beeves. On Friday we caught cockles, which were as large
as both our fiſts. At night there fell ſuch dreadful rain,
and rain. with thunder, lightning, and wind, that for the ſpace of two
hours the air was as light as day; the thunder not ceaſing
all the while. On Sunday we continued to work; the
night before which day we had more thunder, lightning,
and rain.
7 hey finiſh
Wedneſday, May the 25th. This day we finiſhed our
their work.
great piece of work, viz. the taking down the deck of our
fhipBeſides which, the length of every maft was ſhort-
ned, and all was now ſerv’d and rigg’d. Inſomuch that it
would ſeem incredible unto ſtrangers, could they but ſee
They set at li-
how much work we performed in the ſpace of a fortnight
Derty ſeveral or leſs. The ſame day likewiſe we ſet at liberty our Spa-
priſonekese
niſh Carpenters, who had been very ſerviceable to us all this
while ; the old Pilot ; the old Spaniard taken at the Iſle
of Tqueque ; and ſeveral others of our Spaniſh priſoners and
flaves. Unto theſe people, but chiefly unto the Spaniſh
San Carpenters as a reward of their good fervice, we gave the
new Bark, which we had taken at this place. But the old
They put men Bark we thought fit to keep and fail her in our company,as
Bark:
we did, putting into her for this purpoſe fix of our own
into tbe other
men

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dr.
147
Their Interpre-
us.
men and two ſlaves. The next day we fell down as low as
Vanero, a place ſo called hereabouts, and would have failed a- Vanero.
way again that very evening, but that our tackle gave
way in hoiſting our anchor, whereby we lay ſtill. In the
Gulf of Nicoya we experimented moſt commonly a freſh
breeze, and at night a land wind.
Friday, May the 27th. This day likewiſe we drove down
with the tide as low as Cavallo, another place ſo named in
the Gulf. Here we ſtayed and watered that day; and
here one Cannis Marcy our Interpreter, ran away from runneth away.
On May the 28th in the morning we failed from thence,
and came within twenty nine leagues of that rich and roc-
ky ſhore. Yet notwithſtanding we had but ſeven fathom
water. Here I ſaw this day a white Porpus. Behind this A white Por-
Iſland is a Town called New Cape Blanco. At Puerto Cal- puso
dero above-mentioned is but one Store-houſe to be ſeen. We
came to an anchor in the depth of ſeven fathom water, at
the diſtance of a league from ſhoar, and caught five Tur-
tle.
May the 29th. This day we ſaw Cape Blanco. Both
this day and the day following we continued turning it
out of the Gulf, againſt a South wind. Here I took the
enſuing demonſtration of the Gulf of Nicoya, which, for the
uſe of the Reader, I have hereunto annexed.
OS
CHAP

148
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
indtagere Do WP70
svg Dood
oli low
Torso from
bare hoodly on
Lovebacus S
STO
Herradura
C.
Sorento bola
morkas novel sud bed
2017 Side A al brida ise
23 of 1.A OSS I mo
Wolod o luod
Taw maotluste tegoboda core
Tavi idu poolt asoil bugsoleil
S*Chriſtophers-R:
be
loot Voir
mol sodiyor
Para
Paqr.goy DKODIN fofing
3
mopponio
Chira
Jos
po
artugas
0
osuma odoy

Part IV.
149
Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
00
HOWS
CHA P. XIX.
They depart from the Gulf of Nicoya, un-
to Golfo Dulce, where they careen their Vef-
fel. An account of their ſailings along the
Coaſt. Alſo a deſcription of Golfo Dulce.
The Spaniards force the Indians of Darien un-
to a Peace, by a ſtratagem contrived in the name
of the Engliſh.
per
octovi.com
boss the
5.231
WE
7 Edneſday, June the firſt, 1681. This day we had They leave the
very fair weather, and yet withal but little wind. Gulf.
Hereupon the Tide, or Current, drove us to the Weſtward
of Cabo Blanco. Off of this Cape, and at the diſtance of
two miles within the Sea, is ſituate a naked and nothing
but barren Key. At E. by N. and at four leagues diftance,
Cape Blanco gave us this appearance.
Cabo BLANCO.
Lat. 9 D. 30 N.
Les Bandaraan
baino z nogi
Follow us at nenas
or ilgnomone med enog obban
$1991 en bon golocal
bo
132
n
The Coaſt here along runneth N. W. half W. and grow-
eth lower and lower towards Cape Guyones. This Cape
now mentioned, at ſeven leagues diſtance, and at N. W. by
N. appeared thus unto us.
X
Cabo

150
Part IV..
Bucaniers of America.
Cabo de Guyones.
Lat. 1o D. 00 N.
À
33
rilindo
At firſt ſight the Cape appeared very like unto two
Nands. The latter part of this day was cloudy, which hin-
dred much our proſpect.
Fune the 2d. This morning we faw land, which appea-
peared like ſeveral Keys to us at N. W. by N. and at ſeven
Teagues diſtance. It was the land of Puerto de Velas, and
appeared thus
bolta
wilowed Puerto de VELAS.
to gonftib ont besoin
aninhas bolsa noi
34 a on
They reſolve te This evening our Captain called us together, and asked
Careen, and
our opinions concerning the courſe we ought to ſteer. Ha-
then crnize.
ving diſcuſſed the points by him propoſed amongſt us, we
all reſolved to bear up for Golfo Dulce, and there to careen
our Vefſels. This being done, we concluded to go from
thence unto the Cape, and cruizethereabouts under the E-
quinoctial. We obſerved this day that our Bark taken at
the Gulf of Nicoya, ſailed much better than our ſhip.
Friday, June the 3d. The night before this day was ve-
ry fair, and we had a freſh wind, our courſe being S.E.
This morning we ſaw no land. In the evening the wind
came about at S.S. W. and S. W. by S.
June

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, de
351
June the 4th. This day we ſtood E. and E. by N. the
wind being W. and W.by N. In the evening we ſtood N.
E. and deſcryed land at the diſtance of twenty four leagues,
more or leſs, from Cabo Blanco.
Sunday, June the 5th. Laſt night we lay by for all, or
the greateſt part thereof. This morning we ſaw the Iſland
of Cano above deſcribed, which bore E. S. E. from us. We
faw likewiſe multitudes of fiſh, but they would not bite.
Alſo Water-ſnakes of divers colours.
Fune the 6th. All the night paſt we had rain, and with
it but little wind. Yea , Icarce enough to carry us clear
off from the Iſland aforementioned. Towards morning is the lates
we had a freſh wind at N. N.W. So then we ſtood out Š.
until morning, and this being come, we ſtood N. E. by E.
The land runneth from Punta Mala to Golfo Dulce , and
Punta Borrica, E.S. E. half S. At nine leagues diſtance we
laid the Iſland of Cano. And Punta Borrica at the ſame
diſtance, or thereabouts, looketh thus.
hi
Punta Borrica.
Lat. 8 D. oo N.
2
35
2
The Weſt-end of Golfo Dulce is very high land, and a
high rock lye clofe off it. Beſides which, two other
rocks lyeth farther out; the outermoſt of which is a mile
diſtant from the ſhoar. The Eaſt-ſide is alſo high, but
breaketh into ſmall points and bays, growing lower and
lower to Punta Borrica. We came within the mouth of
the Gulf about the ſpace of a mile. Then we anchored in They unchora
eight fathom and a half water. The mouth of the Gulf is
almoſt three leagues over.
The next day, being June the 7th, we weighed anchor a-
gain
20
X2

152
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
gain at young flood, and got about two leagues higher. At
evening we came again to an anchor in the depth of ſeven
Mucle rain.
fathom and a half water. It rained this day until eight of
the clock, more like the pouring down of water from the
clouds, than the uſual falling of drops.
Wedneſday, June the 8th, at day break we weighed an-
chor again, with a freſh Sea-breeze. The higher up we
went, the deeper we found the Gulf, and at laſt no ground
even with thirty fathom of line. This day we ſent our
Canoa away to ſeek water and a good place to lay our ſhip
They take three in. Having landed, they found one Indian and two boys,
priſoners. all which they made priſoners and brought aboard. Here
we uſed them very kindly giving them victuals and cloaths,
for they had no other than the bark of a tree to cover
their nakedneſs withal. Being examined, they informed
us that a Spaniſh Prieſt had been amongſt them, and had
made Peace with their Nation, ordering them ſtrictly not
to come near any ſhip nor veſſel that had red Colours ;
foraſmuch as that they were Engliſh-men, and would cer-
tainly kill them. Being asked where now the Prieſt
was ? they anſwered he was gone to a great Spaniſh Town,
which was diſtant from thence four ſleeps up in the Coun-
try. After this, the Indian left the two boys which were
his children, with us, and went to fetch more Indians unto
us , from a Plantane-walk or grove, ſituate by á river a
league off, or thereabouts. We came to an anchor in a
Bay ciofe by one of the Indian Keys, where two freſh Ri-
vers were within a ſtones throw of each other, in twenty
feven fathom and a half water, and at a cables length from
the mark of low water. The Indians whom our priſoner
went to ſeek, came to us feveral times, ſelling unto us Ho-
ney, Plantanes,and other neceſſaries that we uſually bought
of them, or truckt for with other things. We alſo made
uſe of their bark-logs in tallowing our ſhip, in which con-
cern they did us good ſervice. Their Darts are headed
with iron as ſharp as any razor.
- Yos
VOOR
Here

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Quc.
153
Here one of the priſoners which we took at the Gulf of 4 peace forced
Nicoya, informed us, by what means, or rather ſtratàgem ans of Darien.
of War the Spaniards had forced a peace upon the Indians
of the Province of Darien,fince our departure from thence.
The manner was as followeth. A certain Frenchman who
ran from us at the Iſland of Taboga unto the Spaniards, was
ſent by them in a ſhip to the Rivers mouth, which diſem-
bogueth from that Province into the South-Sea. Being ar-
rived there, he went alhoar by himſelf in a Canoa, and
told the Indians that the Engliſh who had paſſed that way,
were come back from their adventures in the South-Sea.
Withal, he asked them, if they would not be ſo kind and
friendly unto the Engliſh men,as to come aboard and con-
duct them on ſhoar? The poor deceived Indians were ve-
ry joyful to underſtand this good news; and thus forty of
the chiefeſt men amongſt them went on board the Spaniſh
veſſel, and were immediately carryed priſoners at War to
Panama. Here they were forced to conclude a peace, though
upon terms very diſadvantageous unto them, before they
could obtain their liberty.
Theſe poor and miſerable Indians of Golfo dulce, would
They career
come every day into our company, and eat and drink very their vesſel
.
familiarly with us all the time we were there. We laid
our ſhip on ground, but the water did not ebb low enough
to ſee her keel. Mean while we were careening our vef-
ſel, we built a houſe upon the ſhoar , both to lodge and
eat in ; and every day we caught plenty of good fith. On
Sunday June the 12th, the work of Careening our ſhip go- A frange.com
ing on in due order, we came to cleanſe our hold, and here cidente
on a ſuddain, both my ſelf and ſeveral others were ſtruck-
en totally blind with the filth and naſtineſs of the ſaid place.
Yet foon after we recovered our fight again, without any
other help than the benefit of the freſh and open air,
which diffipated tho e malignant vapours that oppreſſed,
our eyes. On June the 14th, we had a great and fierce
Tornado, with which our Cable broke , and had it not
A great dan
then hapned to be high water at that inſtant, we had been
loft
ger

154
Bucaniers of America.
Part VI.
Two Negroes
cape.
loft inevitably. However, we had the good fortune to
ſhoar her upagain,and by that means ſecure our felves from
farther danger. On June the 21. We weighed anchor a-
gain, and went a league higher than the former place.
Here we watered and in the mean while left men below to
cut wood.
Thurſday June the 23. this day ran away from us two
make their ef. Negroes; the name of one of them was Hernando, who
was taken with Dor Thomas de Argandona, upon the Coaſt
of Guayaquil, as was mentioned above. The other was
named Silveſtre, being taken at the Town of Hilo. Fol-
lowing the example of theſe afore-mentioned, on Munday
June the 27th , that is four days after, two more of our
priſoners endeavoured to make their eſcape, both of them
flaves. One of theſe was named Franciſco, who was a Ne-
gro , and had been taken in the Cacao-ihip mentioned be-
Others endea- fore. The name of the other was alſo Franciſco , and he
vour it but are was an Indian born, who was taken before Panama. Their
taken.
attempts to eſcape fucceeded not, for we caught them both
again,
before they got on ſhoar. On Tueſday following I
went to fail up and down the Gulf, in the little Bark be.
longing to our ſhip; and having viewed all places, took
this deſcription of Golfo Dulce here inſerted. Our Cap-
tain gave this Gulf the name of King CHARLES his
Harbour.
CHAP

Part IV.
155
Voyage of Captain Sharp, evc.
Isle
Caicaus
pta Mala
oo
Ooo
& Golfo = Dulce
Broad Reuer
Pta Borica
Pulce
Adefeription S Gollo
O

156
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
CHA P. XX.
They depart from Golfo Dulce, to go and
cruiſe under the Æquinoctial. Here they take
a rich Spaniſh veſſel with 37000 Pieces
of Eight, beſides Plate and other Goods. They
take alſo a Pacquet-boat bound from Panama to
Lima. An account of their Sailings and the
Coaſts along.
09
Ur veſſel being now careened, and all things in a rea-
They reſolve to
go and cruiſe.
dineſs for our departure, on Tueſday June the 28th
in the afternoon, we weighed anchor to go to Sea again,
turning out towards the mouth of Golfo Dulce. Our de
ſign was to cruiſe under the Æquinoctial
, as had been con-
cluded upon before, thereby to get what purchaſe we could
by Sea, ſeeing the greateſt part of our attempts upon land
had proved hitherto very unſucceſsful unto us.
Wedneſday June the 29th, both the night laſt paſt and
this day we had rainy weather. About three in the after-
noon a freſh gale ſprang up at S. W.and S.S.W. our courſe
being S. E. and S. E. by S. At five this evening the Gulf
bore N. W. by W. being ſeven leagues diſtant; and Punta
Borrica three leagues and an half diſtant.
The bark out Thurſday Fune the zoth,all night paſt we enjoyed a freſh
Soiletb the fhip.
gale at S.S.W. We failed in the Barque (where I was) bet-
ter than the man of war; for ſo we called the Trinity vel-
ſel; notwithſtanding that ſhe was newly cleanſed and tal-
lowed. This day we had haſey weather, and I reckoned
my ſelf from Punta Borrica S.S.E. eighteen leagues and an
half.
July the firſt 1681, laſt night we had two or three Tor-
nados. I reckoned this day a S.S.E. way,and by a clear ob-
fervation
Tornados,

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
157
fervation, found Lat. 6 d. 10. North. We ſaw great quan-
tities of fiſh as we failed this day.
Fuly the ſecond, we made a S. Eaſt way, and our recko-
ning was 64 by it. By obſervation I found Lat. 5 d. 20,
North. At noon the ſame day we had a freſh gale at S.W.
with ſome rain.
Fuly the third, we had haſey weather. We made a S.E.
by S.way, and 37:
Munday Fuly the fourth, the night paſt was windy with
rain, which forced us to hand our top-fails. Our recko-
ning this day was a S. E. way, and an hundred miles.
Fuly the fifth we had a clear night the laſt paſt, and with-
al, a freſh gale. By this we made a S.E. way. Our Lati-
tude this day gave us 2 d.20. North. This morning we
faw Land Southward of us lying in low hammocks. It
was the Point, ſo called, of Manglares.
Wedneſday Fuly the 6th, we turned up along ſhoar, and
by obſervation took this day,Lat. 2 d. 02 N. Hereabouts
every new Moon is experimented a windward current. In
the evening of this day we were cloſe in with low land.
We had windy weather and a great Sea.
Thurſday July the ſeventh , this day by obſervation ta-
ken, we found Lat. ord. 48. North. In the evening of
the ſaid day we loſt ſight of the ſaid ſhip.
The next day being Fuly the eighth, we ſaw the ſhip a-
gain, whoſe loſs began to create ſome concern in our minds.
This day we made very high land all along as we went.
And the Port,or rather Bay,
of San Mateo, or St. Matthews,
appeared unto us like feveral Iſlands.
Saturday July the ninth, this morning we ſtood fair in
with the Port of Tucames Off of the higheſt part of
the land ſeemeth to lye a Key. At the North Eaſt point
of the Port it appeareth exactly thus.
Y
Puerto

58
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Puerto de Tucames.
36
They eſpy
Sail.
This day at noon we had a clear obſervation, which gave
us Lat. OI d 22 North.
Sunday Fuly the tenth , laſt night paft we ſtood off to
Sea, thereby to keep clear of the ſhoar. This days obfer-
vation ſhewed us Lat, or d. 31. North. About noon the
ſame day we hapned to efpy a Sail, unto which immedi-
ately we gave chace. Webore up one point of the Com-
paſs, thereby to hinder her lasking away ; but notwith-
ſtanding in the evening loft fight of her again. However,
our great ſhip got up with her, and about eight of the clock
at night made her a Prize. She proved to be the ſame ſhip
named San Pedro, which we had taken the laſt year, being
then bound from Truxillo to Panama,and laden with Wine,
Gunpowder , and pieces of Eight, whereof mention was
made in its due place. Thus this fame bottom became
doubly fortunate unto us, being twice taken by us in the
ſpace of fourteen Months. For ſhe had on board her now
twenty one thouſand pieces of Eight, in eight Cheſts, and
in bags ſixteen thouſand more, beſides Plate.
Munday and Tueſday the IIth and 12th of the ſaid
Month we made in for the ſhoar. Our Prize was fo deep-
ly laden,that ſhe ſeemed clearly to be buryed in the water.
She had forty men on board her beſides fome Merchants
and Fryars. On Tueſday an obſervation gave us Lat. I
ul. 2oN.
Wedneſday, July the 13th, this day we dared not adven-
ture into the Bay of San Mateo , becauſe we ſaw fome In.
dians

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
159
away.
dians who had made a great fire on ſhoar, which as we
judged, was deſignedly done to give intelligence of our ar-
rival. Hereupon we bore away for the River of San Tia-
go , ſix leagues more or leſs, diſtant from the Bay afore-
mentioned, to the North Eaſt Thurſday, Friday, and Sa- They commage
turday of the ſaid week, we ſpent in taking out what par- the Prize.
cels of Cacao-nut we thought fit from on board the Prize,
which was chiefly laden with the faid Commodity. This
being done, we cut down the Main-maſt by the board,and And turn ber
gave them only their Main-fail, and thus turning the ſhip
looſe, ſent away in her all our old flaves, for the good fer-
vice they had done us, taking new ones from the Prize in
their room. One only we ſtill derained, who was Fran-
ciſco the Negro, that attempted to run away by ſwimming
alhoar, as was mentioned above.
Sunday Fuly the 17th, this day we went from the ſhip, River of San
and found the River of San Tiago afore-mentioned. At Tiago.
the mouth of this River we ſtayed Munday and Tueſday
following to take in water, which we now much wanted.
On the ſides of the River we found good ſtore of Plantans.
Our freſh water we fetched the diſtance of four miles up
the River. We ſaw ſeveral Indians, but could not ſpeak
with them, they were fo ſhy of us, being forewarned by
the Spaniards not to come near us.
On Wedneſday July the 20th, we ſhared our plunder
mong our ſelves, or rather this day made part of the divi- dividendo
dend of what we had taken, the reſt being reſerved to a-
nother day. Our priſoners being examined, informed us,
that the Spaniards had taken up our Anchors and Cables
which we left behind us at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez. Al-
ſo that they had ſurprized the Moſquito Indian that we left
behind us there on fhoar, by the light of a fire which he
made in the night upon the Iſle.
Tueſday Fuly the twenty firſt, all the four and twenty They (hars the
hours laſt paſt, we ſtood off and in. The next day we reſt of the
ſhared the reſt of our things taken in the Prize; as alſo the goods.
Money that was in the bags; the reſt we laid up to divide
upon
2- They make a
Y 2

160
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
3
upon another occaſion. Eſpecially after ſuch time as we
were got through the Straights of Magallanes. Our divi-
dend amounted to the ſum of 234 Pieces of Eight unto
each man. Our priſoners informed us this day that a new
Vice-roy of Peru was arrived at Panama, and that he da-
red not adventure up to Lima in a ſhip of twenty five guns
that was at Panama,
for fear of meeting with us at Sea, but
had choſe rather to ſtay until the Armada came down from
Lima to ſafeguard and conduct him thither.
Fuly the 23 we had a freſh breeze at S.W. And the next
day a clear obſervation , which gave us only Latitude 14.
m. North. This day Cape San Franciſco at N. E. appeared
thus unto us.
zino 900
Cabo de San Franciſcence en sorts
37
tocmai
swieto bollo
no
Munday, July the 25th , this day we obſerved Latitude
ÔI d. 20 S. And we had a South Weſt wind. July the
26th, this morning we had a very great dew fallen in the
night laſt paſt. The weather in like manner was very
cloſe. On Wedneſday July the 27th Cape Paſao, at S.S.W.
and at fix leagues diſtance appeared thus.
Cabo

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, eve.
bilo • Cabo Paſſao.
orgia
38
G
The ſame morning about ſeven of the clock we eſpied They efpy anon
a ſail E.S.E. from us, under the ſhoar. We preſently gave ther ſail at ſea
her cloſe chace, as eagerly as we could, and about noon
came up with her
. But ſeveral of the people belonging to
her were already got to ſhoar, whereby they made their ef-
cape from being taken our priſoners. Theſe were chiefly a
Fryar, who was either a paſſenger, or Chaplain to the vel-
fel, and five Negroes, si She proved to be a Barco de Avi- VVhich is ta-
ſo, or Pacquet-boat that was going with Letters from Pa- ken.
nama to Lima. In this Barque we took among other Pric
ſoner's, two white women who were paſſengers to the ſame
place. Both theſe and the reſt of the priſoners told
us,
they had heard at Panama, that we were all gone out of
theſe Seas homewards over land, and that made them ad-
ventúre now up towards Lima , otherwiſe they had not
come. This day and Thurſday following, we ſpent in ta-
king out of the Pacquet-boat what we could find in her ;
which all were things of no conſiderable value,they having
ſcarce brought any thing with them but the Pacquet. They
told us moreover, that the new Vice-roy of Peru,of whom
we made mention above, was ſetting forth from Panama.
under the conduct of three fail of ſhips ; the one of fixe
teen, the other of eight, and the third of fix Guns. That
a general peace was all over Europe,excepting only that the
Engliſh had wars with the Argerines by Sea, and the Spani-
ards by land. Having got what we could out of the pri-
ſoners and the veſſel, we gave them their liberty, and ſent
them

162
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
them away in the ſame Barque,as being deſirous not to en-
cumber ourſelves with more then we could well manage.
That night we ſtood out to Sea all night long, moſt of
our men being fudled.
THe next
CHH P. XXI.
They take another Spaniſh fbip richly laden under
so it box the Æquinoctial. They make ſeveral Dividends
no of their boaty among themſelves. They arrive
at the Iſlel of plate, where they are in danger of
being all Maſſacred by their Slaves and Priſo-
ners. Their departure from thence for the Port
and Bay of Paita, with deſign to plunder the faid
place.
29 de groen brod-sunod to a
poor
They met with
*He next morning after we had turned away the
another Prize. Pacquet-Boat afore-mentioned, the weather being
very cloſe, we eſpied another fail creeping cloſe under our
Lee. This veſſel looked mighty big; ſo that we thought
ſhe had been one of their chiefeſt men of war, who was
ſent to furprize or deſtroy us. Notwithſtanding, our
brave Commander Captain Sharp reſolved to fight her,and
either to take the ſaid veſſel, though never ſo big, or that
fhe ſhould take us. Unto this effect, coming nearer unto
her, we eaſily perceived ſhe was a Merchant ſhip of great
bulk, as moſt of your Spaniſh Veſſels are, and withal, ye
ry deeply laden. Being up with them, thoſe within her fi-
red three or four Guns at us firſt, thinking to make their
party good againſt us. But we anſwered them briskly,
with a continual volley of ſmall Arms, ſo that they ſoon
Ahd take ber. ran down into the Hold, and ſurrendred, crying aloud for
quarter. As it fhould ſeem we had killed in that Volley
their

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, Ovc. 163
their Captain , and one Seaman , and alſo wounded their
Boat-ſwain; which loſs of their Commander daunted them
fo ſuddenly, he being a man of good repute in thoſe Seas.
Captain Sharp, with twelve more of our Company, entered
her the firſt. In this Veſſel I ſaw the beautifulleſt woman
that I ever did ſee in all the South Sea. The name of the
Captain of this Vefſel was Don Diego Lopez, and the ſhip
was called el Santo Roſario, or the Holy Roſary. The men
we found on board her, were about the number of forty,
more or leſs.
Having examined our priſoners, they informed us, tlat
the day before they ſet ſail from el Callaoffrom which Port They beay of *
they were going towards Panama)our men whom they had their surgeons.
taken priſoners at Arica, were brought in to that place.
And that they had been very civilly entertained there by all
forts of people, but more eſpecially by the women. That
one of our Surgeons, whom we ſuſpected to be Mr.Bul-
lock, was left behind and remained ſtill at Arica.
We lay at anchor from Friday, July the 29th, which was
They yummagi
the day we took this prize, until Wedneſday following, at the prize.
the ſame place under Cape Paſao that we anchored before.
Here we ſunk the Bark that we had taken at the Gulf of They find their
Nicoya, being willing to make uſe of what rigging ſhe had, Bark.
and alſo to contract our number of men. In the mean
while we took out of the prize much plate, and fome mo-
ney ready coyned, beſides fix hundred and twenty jarrs of
wine and brandy, and other things. Thus, leaving onely
the fore-maſt ſtanding in the ſaid veſſel, we turned her a-
way, as we had done the others before, together with all
the priſoners in her , giving them their liberty not to be
encumbred with them; and withal, being deſirous to
ſpare our proviſions as much as we could. We detained
onely one man, named Franciſco, who was a Biſcainer, by
reaſon he reported himſelf to be the beſt Pilot of thoſe
Seas. This being done, we ſhared all the Plate and Linnen
taken in our prize, and weighed from thence, ſtanding S.S.
E. with a freſh wind that ſprang up.
Friday,

164
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
Another divi-
dend made.
Friday, Auguſt the 4th. This day we ſhared the ready
money taken in the Roſario, our laſt prize. Our dividend
came unto ninety four pieces of eight each man. Cape
Paſſao, under which all theſe prizes were taken, at N. E.
appearerh thus
Cabo Palao.
ma
39
dends.
The land runneth S. E. and is for five leagues together
to windward of this Cape, all mountainous and high
land.
They compleat The next day, being Auguſt the 5th, we compleated our
their divi dividends, ſharing this day all our odd money ready coined
and plate, with ſome other things
Letters perused Saturday, Auguſt the 6th. This day peruſing ſome let-
A ters taken in the laſt prize, I underſtood by them that the
Spaniards had taken priſoner one of the laſt party of our
men that left us." Alſo, that they were forced to fight all
their way over land as they went, both againſt the Spani-
ards and the Indians; theſe having made peace with the
Spaniards fince our departure, as was mentioned above.
That our Engliſh-men had killed, amongſt other Spaniards,
the brother of Captain Aſientos , and Captain Alonſo, an
Officer ſo named. Moreover, that ten ſail of Privateers
were coming out of the North Sea, with intent to march
over-land into the South Sea, as we had done before, but
that they were prevented, being forced back by the great
rains that fell near the Iſlands called Zamblas.
On Auguſt the 7th we had very fair weather, and not-
A ftrong Cur- withſtanding ſometimes ſtrong winds from ſhoar, and alſo
a ſtrong Current to leeward. This ran fo fierce againſt
us

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cuc. 165
us the next day, Auguſt the 8th, that in the ſpace of the
laſt four and twenty hours we loſt three leagues.
Tuefday Auguſt the ninth, we ſaw the Port and Town Manta.
of Manta ; this being nothing elſe than fixteen or ſeven-
teen ſtragling houſes, with a large and high brick Church
belonging unto it. What we got in the day by the help of
the wind, we loſt in the night by the current. The ſame
fortune we had the next day, for we ſtill gained no way
all this while.
Thurſday Auguſt the eleventh, all the night laſt paſt we
had but little wind; this day we had a violent current to
windward, as before, with ſome guſts of wind. How-
ever , by the help of theſe we made ſhift to get to wind-
ward of the Iſle of plate.
Auguſt the 12th in the morning, we came to an anchor
at the aforeſaid Ille. We ſent our boat afhoar with men,as
Iſle of Plate,
we had done formerly to kill Goats, but we experimented
them to be extreamly ſhy and fugitive over what they
were the laſt year. Here it was that our Quarter-maſter The Author
James Chappel and my ſelf fought a Duel together on ſhoar, fighteeb a Duet
In the evening of this day our ſlaves agreed among them-
ſelves, and plotted to cut us all in pieces, not giving quar-
ter to any, when we ſhould be buryed in ſleep. They A plot of their
conceived this night afforded them the fitteſt opportuni- Paves
,
ty, by reaſon we were all in drink. But they were diſco-
vered unto our Commander by one of their own Compa-
nions. And one of them named San Tiago, whom we
brought from Tqueque , leapt over-board; who notwith-
ſtanding was ſhot in the water by our Captain, and thus
puniſhed for his Treaſon. The reſt laid the fault on that
Nave, and ſo it paſſed, we being not willing to enquire any
farther into the matter, having terrifyed them with the
death of their companion. We lay at this Iſle until Tueſ-
day following, and in the mean while gave our veſſel a pair
of boots and tops, being very merry all the while with the
wine and brandy we had taken in the Prize.
Z
On

166
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
On Tueſday Auguſt the 16th in the afternoon,we weigh-
ed from thence with a S. W.wind. The Iſland at N. W.
from us, gave us this following appearance.
Iſla de la Plata.
Wedneſday Augujt the 17th, the Iand at Eaſt, this
morning and at two leagues and an half diſtance,appeared
thus.
Iſland of PLATE
40
Solango.
All the day long until the evening we had a Leeward
current, but then I could not perceive any.
Thurſday Auguſt the 18th, this morning we were to
windward of the mand of Solango. In the night before
we had continual miſty rain. At noon the aforeſaid Illand
bore N. by E, of us, and at three Leagues diſtance appear-
ed thus.
Isla

Part IV.
167
Voyage of Captain Sharp, duc.
Iſla de Solango.
Crve
41
.03
About three Leagues from Solango are two Rocks, called
Los ahorcados. They appear both high and black unto
the view. Beſides this N.N. E. from Point St. Helena
is a high Rock, which to windward thereof runneth ſhoa.
ling for the ſpace of half a mile under water. It is diftant
about eight leagues, more or leſs, from the ſaid Point, and
is called Chanduy. At this place, and upon this Rock, was j) | |
foſt the ſhip afore-mentioned, that was ordered from theſe
Seas, to the aid of our moſt gracious Soveraign King Charles
the Firſt, late King of England. Said ſhip had on board as
the Spaniards relate, to the ſum of many millions of pieces
of Eight; all which quantity of Plate was ſent as a preſent
unto our King, being then in his troubles, by the worthy
Merchants of Lima. The Rock afore-mentioned lyeth a-
bout two Leagues diſtant from the Main.
Auguſt the 29th, this day our Pilot told us, that ſince we a great rich
were to windward, a certain ſhip that was coming from veſſel caſt a
Lima, bound for Guayaquil
, ran alhoar on Santa Clara, loo. way.
ſing there in money, to the value of one hundred thou-
fand pieces of Eight ; which otherwiſe, peradventure, we
might very fortunately have met withal. Moreover, that
the Viceroy of Peru had Beheaded their great Admiral
Ponce, for not coming to fight and deſtroy us, mean while
we were at Gorgora. This evening we ſaw the Point of
Santa Helena, at the diſtance of ten leagues to S.S.E.from
Auguſt the 20th, this day we had both miſty and cold Point St. Helena
weather. In the afternoon we ſaw la Punta de Santa He-
lena,
us.
Z 2

168
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
lena , at N.E. by N. and at ſeven leagues diſtance more
or leſs.
ro.
On Sunday, August the 21ſt, we had a fair and clear
day. I reckoned my ſelf this day to be about twenty five
leagues to the Southward of Santa Helena.
Auguſt the 22d. This morning about two of the clock
we came cloſe in with the ſhoar. We found our ſelves to
Punta de Me- be Leeward of a certain point called Punta de Mero, which
is nothing elſe than a barren and rocky Point. Here
runneth an eddy current under the ſhoar.
Tueſday, Auguſt the 23d. This day in the morning we
had but little wind. At noon it blew freſh again. We
made all day but ſhort trips, and riffed top-fails.
Wedneſday, Auguſt the 24th. This morning a great
dew fell. At noon we were Weſt from Cape Blanco. We
found by obſervation Lat. 4 D. 13 S. We reſolved now to
They reſolve for bear up for Paita, and take it by ſurprizal if poſſible, there-
by to provide our ſelves with many neceſſaries that we
wanted.
o no bodgid binê baby logni
Orrolar sanat es
Vinowano CH A P. XXII. .
obnostro con CDO TODO
o atritM
They arrive at Paita, where they are diſap
pointed of their expectations, as - not daring
to land, ſeeing all the Country alarmed before
them. They bear away for the Straight of
Magallanes. Deſcription of the Bay and
Port of Paita, and Colan. An account of their
Sailings towards the Streight aforementioned.
109 ton 1099109
T
*Hurſday, Auguſt the 25th. The night before this
They deſcry the day, we ſtood off to Sea for fear of the ſhoar, and
land of Paita leſt we ſhould be deſcryed from the Coaft of Paita, unto
which we were now pretty nigh. About 'noon this day
We

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 169
a
to
we began to ſtand in again, and ſaw the homing of land,
though with haſey weather. The next day,being Auguſt the
26th, we had cold winds, great dews, and dry wea-
ther:
Saturday, Auguſt the 27th. All this day, but more e-Ly Sila de
ſpecially in the morning, we had many fogs. In the after- Paica,
noon we ſaw la Silla de Paița at W. S. W. being about five
leagues diſtant from it.
Sunday Auguſt the 28th, laſt night about ten of the
clock we were cloſe in with land, at the diſtance of half
a league, more or leſs to leeward of the Iſland of Lobos. Iſle of Lobos
We continued our courſe all that night, and about break of
day found our ſelves to be cloſe under Pena Horadada ,
Pena Trade
high and ſteep rock ſo called. From hence we failed with da,
a land-wind, and fent away from the ſhip two Canoas well
Manned and Armed, with good hopes that we had concei- They endeavoa?
ved in our mind, to have taken the Town of Paita undif-
cryed. But as it ſhould ſeem , they had already received
news of our coming, or being upon that Coaſt, and alſo
fupplies of Forces that were ſent them from the City of
Piura , diſtant from thence twelve leagues up within the
Country. Theſe ſupplys conſiſted chiefly of three Com-
panies of Horſe and Foot, all of them being armed with
fire-arms. Beſides this, they had made for the defence of
the Town, a breaſt-work along the ſea-ſide, and the great
Church which lyeth at the outermoſt part of the Town.
From theſe places, as alſo from a hill that covereth the
Town, they fired at our men,who were innocently rowing
towards ſhoar with their Canoas. This prepoſterous fia
ring was the preſervation of our people
. For had the
Spaniards permitted our men to come aſhoar, they had af-
ſuredly deſtroyed them every man. But fear always hin-
dreth that Nation of Victory , at leaſt in moſt of our at-
tempts.
Our men perceiving themſelves to be diſcovered, and
They dare 1841
the enemy prepared for their reception, hereupon retreated, to landa
and came on board the ſhip again without attempting to
land,

170
Bucaniers of America. Part VI.
land, or do any thing elſe in relation to the taking of the
place. We judged there could not be leſs then one hun-
dred and fifty fire-arms, and four times as many Lances
upon the ſhoar, all in a readineſs to hinder our people from
landing. Within the Town our Pilot told us, there might
be to the number of one hundred and fifty Families, more
or leſs.
Being diſappointed of our expectations at Paita,we ſtood
A deſcription
of Colan.
down the Bay towards Colan. This is another Town fo
called, and which exceedeth three times the bigneſs of Pai-
ta. It is chiefly inhabited by Fiſhermen, and from hence
they ſend fiſh unto moft inland Towns of Peru ; and alſo
ſerve Paita with water from the River Colan, not far die
ftant from the Town. It is the ſpace of two leagues more
or leſs from the Town of Paita afore-mentioned to Colan,
and from thence unto the River, one league, although the
Houſes of Colar do reach almoſt unto the River. The
Town it ſelf of Colan is only inhabited by Indians, and
theſe are all rich; for as much as that they will be paid in
ready money for every thing they do for the Spaniards.
But the Town of Paita is chiefly inhabited by Spaniards,
though there be alſo ſome Indians ; but the Spaniards do
not ſuffer the Indians to be any great gainers, or grow rich
under them.
They ſand do
About ten of the clock a young breeze ſprang up, and
mway for the with that, we ſtood away Weſt, and W. by S. Within a
little while it blew fo freſh, that we were forced to riff our
Magallanes.
top-fails
. the weather being very dark and haſey. I took
the Port of Paita, and Bay of Colan , as they lay exactly
ſituated, thus.
Straight of
Munday

Part IV.
171
Voyage of Captain Sharp, Orc.
Colu
ATefeription of
Paita and Colan
The Pit and bay
of Paita
D Paita
The Point
+
Golden Rock

172
Bucaniers of America. - Part IV.
Munday, Auguſt the 29th. All our hopes of doing any
farther good upon the Coaſts of the South Sea, being now
fruſtrated , ſeeing we were deſcryed before our arrival
where-ever we came, we reſolved unanimouſly to quit all
other attempts, and bear away for the Straight of Magal-
lanes, in order to our return homewards either for Eng-
land, or ſome of our Plantations in the Weſt Indies. This
day we had a great dew, and I reckoned my ſelf W. S.W.
from Paita thirteen leagues and an half, with very little
wind. So we ſtood Eaſt.
The next day, Auguſt the zath, we had miſty weather.
We made a W. S. W. way, and by it five leagues and one
third. In the afternoon of this day, the wind freſhned a.
gain, having been but little before, and we ſtood E. S.E.
The laſt day of Auguſt we had very fair weather. I
believed now that the wind was ferled at S. E. and S. S. E.
We made a S.S. W. way, and twenty one leagues and two
thirds.
September the Firſt. The night paſt was very cloudy,
but withal we had a freſh gale. Our reckoning was a
S. W by S. way, and that we had made ſixteen leagues and
two thirds.
September the 2d we reckoned a S. W. way, and by it
twenty fix leagues and two thirds. This day we had an
obfervation, and found Lat. 7 D. 40 S.
September the 3d brought us both cloudy and miſty
weather. We made a W.S.W.way, and fourteen leagues.
September the 4th. This day the wind was at E. S. E.
and ſometimes E. coming in many flaws. We had a S. W.
by S. way, and reckoned twenty three leagues and two
thirds. We had a great Sea from the South.
Munday, September the 5th, we had great winds, and a
high and ſhort Sea. Our way was S. S. W. and half W.
by which we reckoned twenty eight leagues and two
thirds of a league.
September the 6th we had a very freſh wind at S. E.
by E. with an indifferent ſmooth Sea. By obfervation we
found

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cuc.
173
found this day Latitude 12 d.00 South. We made a S.W.
by S. way, and twenty eight leagues and one third.
Wedneſday September the ſeventh, we had a very freſh
wind. We reckoned a S.W. by S. way, and thirty fix
leagues. We obſerved Latitude 13 d.24 South. We make
now each meſs a plumb Pudding of Salt-water and wine-
Lees.
On the eighth we enjoyed a freſh gale of wind, though
with haſey weather. Our reckoning was a S.W.by S. way,
and hereby twenty five leagues, and one third of a league.
September the 9th, we made a S.W.by S. way, and twen-
ty one leagues and a third. In the afternoon the wind
came about ſomething more Southerly, allowing us a S. W.
courſe.
Saturday September the roth, all the night paſt and this
morning the wind was very freſh at Eaſt. Our way was
S.S.W. and by our reckoning thirty five leagues and one
third. The weather now was warm. An obſervation this
day gave us Lat. 16 d. 40. South.
September 11 we had whiffling winds. A South-weſt
half South way,and thereby twelve leagues and two thirds.
By an obſervation made we found 17d. 10 South. Now
we had a very great' Sea, ſo that we took in our fprit-Sail:
September the 12th, all the night before this day, we
were under a pair of courſes. Yet this morning we hea-
ved out main top-fail
. We made a W.S.W.way, and le-
venteen leagues and one third. By obſervation we found
Lat. 17 d. 30 South.
The 13th, in the night paſt we had huge and great
ſtorms of wind. In the morning our Gooſe-head gave
way, ſo that about noon we were forced to lye by till four
in the afternoon to mend it. Our courſe was S. W. half
W. and our reckoning twenty nine leagues, and two thirds
of a league. Latitude by obſervation 18 d.12 South.
Wedneſday September the 14th, this day we had very
haſey weather. We made a S.S.W.way, and twenty leagues.
September the 15th, this day likewiſe we had a S.S.W.
way,
Аа

174
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
way, and reckoned twenty three leagues and one half. Our
obſervation taken this day gave us 20 d. 09. South.
On September the 16th, we had a clear day, a S. W. half
South way, and made ſixteen leagues and two thirds, We
found by, obſervation, Lat. 20 d. 48 South.
The 17th, laſt night was very calm. Alſo this day, it
being a full Moon. We reckoned a S.W. way,and only by
reaſon of the calmneſs of the weather nine leagues and one
third of a league. We had an obſervation which afforded
us 21 d. 08 S. Latitude.
Sunday, September the 18th, in the night laſt paft a wind
ſprang up at S.S.E. which the morning of this day freſhned
at S. Ē. We made a W.S. W. way, and by it eighteen
leagues
. Moreover, this day we had a clear obſervation
that ſhewed us Lat. 21 d. 30 S.
September the 19th, all the night paſt we had a very
freſh wind. But this morning it came about to E. by S.
and E.S.E. with haſey weather. I reckoned a S.W. by S.
way, and twenty two leagues. O
September the 20th, this day gave us a freſh wind, hafey
weather, a S.by W.way,and hereupon twenty three leagues
and one third.
September the 21, this day alſo the freſh gale continued,
with cloudy, and ſometimes miſty weather. Our recko-
ning ſhewed us a S. by W. way, as the day before, and by
it twenty eight leagues and one third. By an obſervation
made, we found Lat. 25 d. 15 South.
Thurſday September the 22,this day we had a very freſh
wind: 'We reckoned a South half Weſt way, and by that
twenty nine leagues and two thirds. An obfervatior ta-
ken gave us Lat. 26 d. 42 South. We obſerved this day a
A North Eaſt North Eaſt Sea, which ſeemed very ſtrange unto us.
The next day we had ſeveral ſhowers of ſmall rain. My
reckoning was a S. by W. way; and thereupon twenty fix
leagues. We found by obſervation Lat:27. d. 57 South.
September the 24th, we had haſey weather, and the wind
not ſo freſh at E. S. E. with a ſmooth Sea. We made a
S.S.W.
Sra.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. "75
utan from
S. S. W.way half weſterly, and twenty three leagues and
two thirds. This day alſo an obſervation gave us Lat. 28
d.57 South. I reckoned now that we were diſtant from
Paita 302 leagues and two thirds,
Sunday September the 25th, this day we had not much
wind, and withal, haſey weather. At noon the wind came
Eaſt, then E.N.E. and then again N.E. by E. We reckoned
a S.by E. way, half Eaſterly and 55.
Munday the 26th, we had haſey weather and a freſh
wind at N. Eaſt. We reckon a S.E. half South way, and
twenty four leagues. In the afternoon we experimented a
N.N.E. Sea, and then ſoon after a N.N.E. wind. After this
a North wind, and that but very little.
September the 27th, all the night before this day we had
a frelh wind at N.N.E. About eight this morning it came
about again to N.N.W. We made a S.E. by S. way, and
thirty eight leagues. By obſervation I found Lat. 32 d.30
South. Now we enjoyed a very ſmooth ſea, and fair wea-
ther.
Wedneſday September the 28th, in the night paſt a very
freſh wind at N.N.W. and N.W. At break of day we had
a wind at.... heaving us a back at once. Ac noon again
the wind was at S.W. our courſe being S. E. This morning
we took down our top gallant-maſts. We made a S.E. by E.
way, and on this road twenty ſeven leagues and two thirds.
We found by an obſervation made, Lat. 33 d. 16 South, a
South weſt fea.
On the 29th we had very windy and haſey weather with
fome rain now and then.
All laſt night we handed our
main top-fail
. We made a S.E. by E. way, and thirty two
leagues and two thirds. We had a South weſt ſea and
wind.
Friday September the zoth,this day we had freſh winds
between S. W. and W. We reckoned a S. E. half South
way, and thereupon forty four leagues. By obſervation
we found Lat. 35 d. 54 South.
Oktober
Аа 2

176
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
the Axthor.
Oētober the firſt, the wind this day was not very freſh,
but varying. My reckoning was a S. E half South way,
and twenty four leagues. An obſervation gave us 36 d. 50
Another Qua- South. This day I finiſhed another Quadrant, being the
drant made by
third I finiſhed in this Voyage. We had a South weſt ſea,
with ſhowers of rain and guſts of wind.
Sunday October the fecond, the wind this day was hang-
ing between W.N.W. and N.W. by N. We made a S.E.by
S. way, and thirty three leagues and two thirds. By ob-
ſervation we found 38 d. 14 South. About noon we had
a freſh wind at N.W. and S.W.
October the third, the laſt night in the forepart thereof
was clear, but the latter was rainy. The wind very freſh
at N.W. by N. But this day we had little wind, and clou.
dy weather. A S.W. by W.wind, and a S.E. by S. way,
by which we reckoned thirty three leagues and one third
of a league.
October the fourth,we had a clear night and a very freſh
wind. We reckoned a S. E. by S. way, and thereby forty
three leagues. An obſervation taken thewed us, that we
were in Lat. 41 d. 34 South. This day alſo fell ſeveral
fhowers of rain.
O&tober the fifth, we had a windy night the laſt paſt,and
a clear day. We reckoned a S.S.E. half E. way, and forty
four leagues and two thirds. By an obſervation made,we
found Lat. 43. d. 26 South. The weather now was very
windy, cauſing a huge tempeſtuous ſea. The wind at N.W.
and N.W.by N. blowing very high.
Oktober the ſixth, this day the wind was ſtill at N.W.
and yet not ſo freſh as it was yeſterday, the weather very
foggy and miſty. As for the wind it came in guíts, ſo
that we were forced to hand our top-ſails, and Iprit-fail.
We reckoned a S. E. half S. way, and thereby forty three
leagues and one third of a league. The Seas now were not
ſo high, as for ſome days paft. In the evening we ſcudded
away under our fore courſe.
Friday, Oktober the 7th. Laſt night was very cloudy,
and

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dc.
177
and this day both dark and foggy weather with ſmall rain.
We made a S. E. way, and thirty leagues and two thirds.
A freſh wind at N.N. W. and N. W. We keep ſtill under
a fore courſe, not ſo much for the freſhneſs of the wind, as
the cloſeneſs of the weather.
October the 8th, we had a clear night the night before
A great ſtorms.
this day, and withal a ſtrong gale; inſomuch that this day
we were forced to take in our fore-fail, and looſen our Mi-
zen, which was ſoon blown to pieces. Our eldeſt Sea-
men ſaid that they were never in the like ſtorm of wind
before. The Sea was all in a foam. In the evening it dul-
led a little. We made a S. E. half E. way, and eighteen
leagues, with very dark weather.
Sunday, October the 9th. All the night paſt we had a
They drive at
furious W.N.W. wind. We ſet our ſail a drough, and ſo a great rate.
drove to the Southward very much, and almoſt incredibly,
if an obſervation had not hapned, which gave us Lat. 48
15
S. We had a very ſtiff gale at W.N. W. with a great
Sea from W. which met with a S.S. W. Sea as great as it.
Now the weather was very cold, and we had one or two
frofty mornings. Yeſterday in the afternoon we had a ve
ry great ſtorm of hail At noon we bent another Mi-
Monday,Oétob. the roth. This day brought us a freſhwinding
at N. W. and N. N. W, We made a S. E. half E, way,
and by it forty four leagues. By obſervation we found
Lat.49 D. 41 S. I reckoned my ſelf now to be Eaſt from
Paita fixty nine leagues and an half
.
Tueſday, October the ith. Laſt night we had a ſmall
time calm. This day was both cloudy and rainy weather.
The wind at S. W. and S. S. W. fo furious, that at ten of the
clock this morning we ſcudded under a main ſail
. At noon
we lower'd our fore-yard while we failed. We made a S.
E. by Es way, and thirty leagues.
zen.
CHAP . ..

178
Part VI
Bucaniers of America.
ใน w odnow regol bus habelsoo vuestos
W this day
baw si C HA P. XXIII.
The Bucaniers arrive at a place incognito, unto
which they give the name of the Duke of Yorks
Iſlands. A deſcription of the ſaid Iſlands, and
of the Gulf, or Lagoon, wherein they lie, ſo far
as it was ſearched. They remain there many
days by ſtreſs of weather, not without great dan-
gers of being loft. An account of ſome other
things remarkable that hapred there.
terscl be deli na
Edneſday, Očłober the 12th. All the night before
this day we had'many high winds. I reckoned an
E.S. E. way, and twenty leagues; for our veſſel drove at
a great rate. Moreover, that we were in Lat. 50 D. 50 S.
So that our Eaſting from Paita by my account ought to
be one hundred and one leagues, or thereabouts.
This morning about two hours before day, we hapned
They ſee land by great accident to eſpie land. It was the great mercy
before day, and of God, which had always attended us in this Voyage, that
Lexly preſerved faved us from periſhing at this time ; for we were cloſe a-
fhoar before we ſaw it; and our fore-yard, which we moſt
needed in this occaſion, was taken down. The land we
had ſeen was very high and towering ; and here appeared
to be many Iſlands ſcattered up and down. We ſteered in
with what caution we could, between them and the Main,
and at laſt, God be praiſed, arrived at a place or rather Bay,
where we perceived our felves to be land-lockt, and as we
thought pretty ſafe from the danger of thoſe tempeſtuous
Seas. From hence we ſent away our Canoa to ſound and
ſearch the fitteſt place for anchoring. At this time one
One of their of our men, named Henry Shergall, as he was going into
our ſprit-fail top, hapned to fall into the water, and was
drow-
men drowned.

Part IV: Voyage of Captain Sharp, Oc. 179
drowned before any help could be had unto him, though
we endeavoured it as much as we poſſibly could. This ac-
cident feveral of our company did interpret as a bad Omen
of the place; which proved not ſo, through the providence
of the Almighty, though many dangers were not wanting
here unto us, as I ſhall relate.
We came to an anchor in the depth of forty fathom Wa- They came to
ter, more or leſs, and yet at no greater diſtance than a an anchor.
ſtones caſt from ſhoar. The water where we anchored was
very ſmooth, and the high lands round about all covered
with ſnow. Having conſidered thetime of the year, and
all other circumſtances, we reſolved, that in caſe we could
find a ſufficient ſtock of proviſions here, we would ſtay the They reſolve to
longer, that is, until Summer came, or ſomething more, ſtay berl.
before we proſecuted our intended Voyage homewards
through the Straights of Magallanes ; which now we be-
gan to be careful how to find. That day of our ancho-
ring in this Bay, we ſhot fix or eight brave Geeſe, and They kill Geeſe
fome ſmaller fowl beſides. Here we found alſo many hun-
dreds of Muſſel-banks ; all which were very plentifully
ſtockt with that kind of fiſh. We buryed our dead man
on the ſhoar, giving him ſeveral Volleys for his Funeral-
Rites, according to the cuſtom. In the night of this day our
anchor came home, ſo that we were forced to let go a
grapling to ſecure our ſelves. But ſtill every flaw of wind
They are in
drove us. Hereupon we ſet our ſprit-ſail, and ran about a danger.
mile into another Bay, where we let go another anchor,
and thus anchored again. The firſt anchor, which was al-
ſo the biggeſt in our ſhip, we loſt by this accident, the cable
being cut by tlie rocks. Unto theſe Iſlands afore-mentio-
ned our Captain gave the name of His Royal Highneſs the
Duke of Yorks Iſlands.
Thurſday, October the 13th. This day, we began to moor
our ſhip, ſhe driving as we eaſily could perceive with eve their wegel.
ry
flaw of wind that blew. The tide floweth here full
ſeven foot up and down. We moored our Veſfell into a
rockey point, being a key whereof there be many in the
circum-
and Fowls.

180
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
circumference of this Bay. The ground of the bottom of
the ſaid Bay we found was hard and fandy, being here and
there rockey. This evening we brought on board great
ſtore of Lamperts, of which we made a kettle of broath,
that contained more than all our company could eat.
On Friday October the 14th, we killed feveral Geeſe.
As alſo many of another ſort of Fowl like unto an Eagle,
Aftrange ſeda
fosolo
but having a bigger beak, with their noſtrils riſing from
the top of the middle of their beak by a hand trunk.
This Fowl liveth on Fiſh, but we faw none. Yeſterday
in the evening there fell a great fleet of ſnow on the hills,
round about the Bay, but none where we were at anchor.
Multitudes of
Moreover, this day in the evening we caught Lamperts in
Lamperts and great quantity, being three times as many as we could eat.
Muffels.
Our men in ranging the Keys for Game, found graſs plai-
ted above a fathom Iong,and a knot tyed at the end there-
of. In like manner on other Keys they found Muſſels and
Lampert ſhells. From theſe things we preſently conclu-
They find to- ded, that theſe Countries were inhabited, and that ſome In-
kens of the dians or others were to be found hereabouts.
Inhabitants
Saturday Oétober the 15th, in the night laſt paft we had
Another ftorm. much rain, with large hail-ftones
. About midnight the
wind came to North with ſuch great fury,that the Tree un-
to which our Cable was faſtned on fhoar, gave way, and
came up by the Roots. All thoſe guſts of wind were mixt
with violent ſtorms of rain and hail. Thus we faſtned a-
gain unto other trees. But here it hapned, that our ſhip
coming up to the ſhoar, our Rudder toucht, and thereup-
on broke our Gooſe-neck. Great was now our extremity,
great danger. and greater it will be , if God ſend not better weather.
Scarce a minute now paſſed without flaws of wind and
rain.
Sunday O&tober the 16th, all the night paſt was rainy, as
before. About nine of the clock our biggeſt harſer gave
way and brake. All this day likewiſe we had rain with ſe-
veral ſhowers of hail, and but little wind to weſtward of
the North.
Munday
They are in
Mucb rain.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc. 181
Munday O&tober the 17th , all laſt night until five this
morning, it ceaſed not to rain. Then until ten it ſnowed.
On the hills it ſnowed all the night long. This day we Tracts of peo-
hanced on the ſhoar many tracts of people hereabouts, ple.
but could find none hitherto, they having fled and conceal-
ed themſelves for fear of us, as we ſuppoſed.
Oktober the 18th. In the night paſt we had much rain
and hail. But the day was very clear. Hereupon we
made an obſervation, which gave us Lat. 50 D. 40 S.
Moreover, this day we had pretty warm weather.
Oktober the 19th. Both a clear and froſty night the laſt
paſt. This day was haſey, and ſomething windy from
the North quarter. Every day we had plenty of Lam-
perts, and Muſſels of a very large ſize.
O&tober the 20th. The night paſt was rainy, and this Another storm.
day windy, with very great gufts of wind at N. N.W. un-
til the afternoon. Then we had wind at N. W. being very
freſh and in guſts
Ołtober the 2 Ift. All the night paſt was tempeſtuous, which conti-
with huge guſts of wind and ſhowers of hail. Yeſterday nueth.
in the evening we carried a cable aſhoar , and faſtned it
unto a tree. This being done, at midnight our biggeſt
cable broke in the middle. Towards morning we had New dangers...
much ſnow. In the day, great guſts of wind with large
hail ſtones, and alſo great plenty of Lamperts.
October the 22d. Laſt night we had ſtrange guſts of
wind from N, W. together with much hail and rain. This
day we killed a Penguin ; and alſo began to carry water on Penguin.
board.
October the 23d. All the twenty four hours laſt paft Much rain fiix
we had much rain. The wind was but little at W. and
W. S.W.
Oktober the 24th. All this time until noon nothing but
rain. At that time it held up fair for the ſpace of half an
hour, or thereabouts, and then it rained again all the reſt of
the day
ВЫ
Oštos

182
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
October the 25th. All this while we had not one mi-
nute fair. Towards evening it held up from raining, but
the weather was cloudy, and withal much warmer than
Warm weather. when we came hither at firſt.
Wedneſday, October the 26th. All the night paſt, and
this forenoon, we had fair weather. But after noon it
Cockles.
rained again. We found Cockles like unto thoſe we have
in England.
Thurſday, Oktober the 27th. In the night paſt we had
A new ſtorm. much rain, with very great guſts of wind, laſting for the
whole ſpace thereof. Yet notwithſtanding, this day pro-
ved to be the faireft that we ever had ſince we came into
this place. In the evening of this day, our Canoa which
was gone to ſearch the adjacent places for Indians, or what
elſe they could find, returned unto the ſhip,with a Doree at
her ſtern. They had gone, as it ſhould feem, beyond the
old Bay where we firſt anchored, and thereabouts hapned
They take a
to meet with this Doree. In it were three Indians, who
Doree and oxe perceiving themſelves nigh being taken, leapt over-board
priſoner. to make their eſcape. Our men in purſuing them did
unadviſedly ſhoot one of them dead. A ſecond, being a
woman, eſcaped their hands. But the third, who was a
luſty boy about eighteen years of age, was taken, and him
they brought on board the ſhip. He was covered onely
with a Seals skin, having no other cloathing about him:
His eyes were ſquinted, and his hair was cut pretty ſhort.
In the middle of the Doree they had a fire burning either
for dreſſing of victuals, or ſome other uſe. The Doree it
felf was built ſharp at both ends, and flat bottom'd. They
had a net to catch Penguins,and a club like unto our bandies,
called by them a Tomahunks. His Language we could not
underſtand, but withal he pointed up the Lagoon, giving
us to underſtand, that there were more people thereabouts.
This was confirmed by our men, who alſo ſaid they had
ſeen more. They had Darts to throw againſt an Eenemy
pointed with wood.
On
His habit.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, ove.
183
On the next day, being October the 28th, in the evening
our Canoa went from the ſhip again to ſeek for more Indi. They ſearch for
ans. They went into ſeveral Lagoons, and ſearched them find zone.
narrowly. But they could find nothing elſe than two or
three Huts ; all the Natives being fled before our arrival.
In the evening they returned unto the fhip, bringing with
them very large Lamperts, and alſo Muſſels which were Huge Musſels..
fix inches and an half long. Our Indian priſoner could
open Muſſels theſe with his fingers, which our men could
not ſo hreadily do with their knives. Both the night paſt
and this day we ad very fair weather. wallotas ad amus
On the 29th we had in like manner a very fair day, and
alſo a ſmooth wind at S. S. E. Our Indian this day poin-
ted unto us, that there were men in this Country, or not
far off from hence, with great beards. He appeared unto
us by his actions to be very innocent and fooliſh. But by
his carriage I was alſo perfwaded that he was a Man-eater.
This day likewiſe we caught Lamperts enough to fuffice
us for the morrow.
ord-ovodse not
Sunday, October the zoth. This day was fair, and there
blew a ſmall S. S. E. wind. In the morning we ſent a They can find
Canoa over to the Eaſtward-ſhore, to ſeek either for provi- neither provisi
ons nor India
fions or Indians. I my felf could not go, as I deſired, be-
ing with two or three more, at that time very much
tormented with the Gripes. I am perfwaded that this place
where we now were, is not fo great an Iſland as fome Hy.
drographers do lay it down, but rather an Archipelago of
ſmaller Inands. We ſaw this day many Penguins, but they Penguins.
were ſo ſhie, that we could not come near them. They
pad on the water with their wings very faſt, but their bo-
dies are too heavy to be carried by the ſaid wings. The
Sun now made the weather very warm, inſomuch that the warm weather,
ſnow melted apace.
Oftober the 31ſt. Both laſt night and this day were
very fair. At noon our Canoa returned from the
Eaſtern ſhoar, bringing word they had found ſeveral good
Bays and Harbours, that were deep even cloſe unto the
hoar..
ans.
Bb 2

184
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ſhoar. Onely that there lay in them ſeveral funcken
Rocks, the which we had alſo where we were. But theſe
Rocks are not dangerous to ſhipping, by reaſon they have
stond weeds which lyerwo fathoms in circumference about them.
This morning Blew a ſmall wind at N.N.E.
1 November the firſt, this day was alſo fair, and we had a
Imall wind as before, at NINE.stor
November the ſecond laſt night I took the Polar diſtance
of the South ſtar of the Cocks foot, and found it to be
28 d. 25. I obſerved alſo the two Magallan Clouds , of
which I made mention in this Journal before, and found
them to be as followeth, viz the leffer 14 d.05. and the
greater 14 d. 25. The morning of this day we hoyſted
an end our top-maſts, and alſo brought too a Main-top-
fail and Fore-fail, and finiſhed our filling all the water we
needed. At the ſame time the wind hung Eaſterly, and I
was ſtill much tormented with the Gripes as before.
November the third, this morning we hanged our Rud-
They make red-
dy to depart. der, the greateſt piece of work we had to do, after thoſe
violent ſtorms above-mentioned. In the afternoon we
halled in our two biggeſt Harfers; and alſo our biggeſt
mn i Cable from the ſhoar. For the three days laſt paſt we had
a very great and dark fog between us and the Eaftward
ſhoar. We had now very little wind in the Cove where
we were , but abroad at ſea there blew at the ſame time a
ſtiff gale at S.S.E. Moreover, we could perceive now,the
ſtormy weather being blown over, much ſmall fry of fiſh
about the ſhip, whereof we could ſee none, as was mentio-
ned before. This day we had a very clear and calme eve-
ning od 190 200-D 5
November the fourth, both all laſt night and this day we
Calme weather
again. had very calme weather. And this morning a ſmall
breeze ſprang up at N. and N.N.E.which afterwards wheel-
ed about unto S. and S.S.E. This morning we hoiſted
our Main and Fore-yards; and likewiſe fetcht off from
the ſhoar our other harfer and Cable, into the depth of ele-
ven fathom water. Our reſolutions were now changed
Sololo
for

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
185
They sail away
for a departure, in order to ſeek the mouth of the Straights
of Magallanes , ſeeing that we could not winter here, for
want of Proviſions, which we could not find either on the
Continent, or about theſe Inands afore-mentioned. The
weather now was very warm, or rather hot, and the Birds
did ſing as ſweetly as thoſe in England. We ſaw here both
Thruſhes and Black birds, and many other ſorts of thoſe
that are uſually ſeen in our own Country.
Saturday November the fifth, this inorning brought us a
wind at N.N.E. hereupon, we warped unto a rocky point,
thereby to get out of the Cove where we lay. For our an-
chor came home unto us as we were carrying our Warp
At this time a ſecond breeze came up very freſh in
our ſtern ; ſo that we took the opportunity thereof, and
went away before it. By noon this day we hoiſted in our
Canoas,and alſo turned away looſe unto the ſea our Indian
Doree. As for the Indian boy whom we had taken in ſaid
Doree,we kept him ſtill priſoner,and called him Orſon. Our
Cove at our departure from this place , looked thus, as I
took then the deſcription thereof. When we were come
out into the Channel
, the weather grew ftark calme. On-
ly now and then we had a ſmall breeze, ſometimes from
one quarter, and then from another. By this ſlackneſs of
wind we obſerved, that the Current hoiſted us to the South-
ward. On the Eaſt-ſide of this Lagoon, we perceived the
Indians to make a great ſmoak at our departure.
out.
We

186
Part VI.
Bucaniers of America.
Am
Oo
xete
Bronco
The Cave
fods,
land
A description of hiRenal Highneses Isle

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, bv. 187
We had a very fair day till fix in the evening, when we
got without the mouth of the Gulf, it blew ſo hard, that
in an hour it forced us to hand our top-fails. Having now for
a fit gale at N. W. and N. N W. we ſtood S. W.by W. to
clear our felves of ſome breaks which lye four Leagues
from the Gulfs mouth at S. and S. S. E. Hereabouts we
faw many riffs and rocks, which occafioned us to ſtand
cloſe halled. I have drawn here and given unto my Rea-
der, ſo much as I have ſeen of the Gulf it felf; the reſt
muſt be compleated in due time by them, that have grea-
ter opportunities of making a farther ſearch into it, then I
had at the time of our ſtay here under ſuch tempeſtuous
weather, as I have deſcribed, and the diſtemper which
hung upon me at the ſame time.
СНАР.

188
Part IV.
Bucaniers of America.
Snowy mountaines
Srow hills
Spring R
Engliſh Gulfe
Shergalls R.
windy Harbor
Cox's. R:
Frarpes Bay
Limp ett point
Muſsell point
A deſcription of} Engliſh Gulfe
Lying a litle to the Northward
of Magallanes Straights.
DO
6 Penguin
fhoat
x

Part IV.
189
Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
CHA P. XXIV.
They depart from the Engliſh Gulf in queſt of the
Straight of Magallanes which they cannot find.
They return bome by an unknown way, never
Navigated before.
SY
Unday November the ſixth, this morning we had loſt
the ſight of land, ſo that we could ſee it no more. All
the night laſt paſt, and this day, we were under our two
Courſes and Sprit-fail
. The weather this day was haſey.
My reckoning was a S.W. hall South way, and by it twen-
ty one Leagues. We had now an indifferent high Sea,
and a freſh wind at N.N.W.
November the ſeventh,laſt night was both rainy and fog- Variation of
gey, but in the morning it cleared up. The wind for the the Needle
found bere
moſt part was at W. and W. N.W. But at noon it came
about at W. S. W. Our reckoning was a S. W. by S. way,
and by it twenty Leagues. We found by obſervation Lat.
52 d. 03. We now ſteered away S.S.E. the wind being at
that time at W.S.W. In the evening of this day I found
a variation of the Needle to N.E. to the number of 15 d.
or better. I was ſtill troubled with the Gripes as I had
been before.
November the eighth, we had a fair night the laſt paſt.
About midnight the wind came to N.N.W. This day ear-
ly, at the break of day,we all were perſwaded that we had
ſeen Land, but at noon we ſaw that it was none, but only
a Cloud. The wind was now at North. My reckoning
was a S.E. half Eaſt way, and thirty two leagues and one
third of a league. We had an obſervation that gave us 53
d.27 South. The whole day was very fine and warm and
we faw great numbers of Fowles and Seales.
November the ninth, yeſterday in the evening the wea-
Сс
ther

190
Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
ther was cloudy. Hereupon we lay by under a main-courſe.
After midnight we failed Eaſt, and E. by N. with a freſh
wind at W. N. W. and not any great Sea. The day it ſelf
was cloudy, and toward noon we had ſome rain. So at two
in the afternoon we lay by under a Main courſe, the wind
being freſh at N. W. I reckoned an E. N. E. way, and
thereby twenty eight Leagues.
Aftoruto
Thurſday November the tenth, all the night laſt paſt we
lay under a Main-courſe,with a meer fret of wind at N.W.
and N.N.W. Day being come, the wind did rather en-
creaſe ; inſomuch, that about noon our ſail blew to pieces.
Hereupon we were forced to lower the yard, and unbend
the ſail, lying for a little while under a Mizen. But that
alſo foon gave way. So that all the reſt of this day we
lay a hull in very dark weather, foggy and windy, with a
huge ſea, which often times rowled over us. In the after-
noon it ſeemed to abate for ſome ſpace of time ; but foon
after it blew worſe than before, which compelled us to
lower our Fore-yard.
November the tenth, all the night laſt paſt we had furi-
all night and ous windy and tempeſtuous weather, from the points of
next day.
N.W.and N. N. W. together with Seas higher and higher.
In the evening we ſet our Mizen. At which time the Sun
appeared very waterifh; but the wind now abated by de-
grees, and the Seas alſo.
November the twelfth, this morning little wind was ſtira
ing, but only ſome rain fell
. About ten it cleared up, and
by an obſervation then made,we found Lat. 55 d. The
Sea was now much fallen, and a freſh wind wasſprung up
at W. and W.S. W. We experimented alſo a very great
current to the S. W. In the afternoon of this day we fet
our fails again, reſolving now unanimouſly together, to
make for the Straights of St. Vincent, otherwiſe called the
Straights of Fernando de Magallanes. We had a freſh wind
at W.N.W.our courſe being Š.S.E.under our Sprit-fail,Fore-
fail, and Fore-top-fail. This day we ſaw many Fikes, or
rather Fowls, who had heads like unto Muſcovia Ducks, as
alſo
It continueth
d. 25.
Paxaros Ninos
feer at Sea.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 191
alſo two feet like unto them. They had two Fins like the
fore-fins of Turtles: white breaſts and bellies; their beak
and eyes being red. They are full of Feathers on their bo-
dies, and their hinder parts are like unto thoſe of a Seal,
wherewith they cut the water. The Spaniard callerh
theſe Fowles Paxaros Ninos. They weigh moſt common
ly about fix or ſeven pound, being about one foot, a little
more or leſs in length. Our Commander Captain Sharp,
had ſo much dexterity as to ſtrike two of them. In the
evening we ſet alſo our Main-lail; the wind now coming
to the Southward of the Weſt.
Sunday November the 13th, all the night paſt we had a
freſh wind between S.W.and W.N.W. with ſometimes miſts
of ſmall rain. In the evening we enjoyed a fine leading
gale at W.N. W. together with both clear and wholeſome
weather. We made a S.E. way,and by it forty two leagues
and two thirds. This day an obſervation gave us Lat. 56
d.
55 South. We ſtill experimented a great S. W.current,
In the afternoon of this day we ſteered E.S.E. and in the e-
vening had whiffling winds.
November the 14th, both laſt night and this morning we
had cloudy weather. About eight it cleared up. My
reckoning was a S.E.by E.way,and by it thirty two leagues.
Our obſervation gave us Lat. 57 d. 50. South. This day
we could perceive land, and at noon were due Weft from They ſee Land.
it. In the evening we ſtood E.by S.
November the 15th, all the night paſt was very cloudy. But loſe it a-
gain.
We judged now that we ſhould be cloſe in with the Land
we had ſeen the day before, but the morning being come
we could ſee none. In the night much ſnow fell, and in
the day we had great fleets thereof, the weather being ve-
ry cold and cloudy. I reckoned an E.S.E. way, and hereby
twenty nine leagues and two thirds. Moreover, that our
Latitude was 58 d.25 S. The wind was now ſo freſh at
North, that we were forced to lye under our two Courſes
and Sprit-fail.
Novembe the 16th, moſt of this time we had ſtill rain
Сс2
and

192
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
23
and ſnow, but now no night at all, though the weather was
dark. The wind was various, but from midnight before
They alter
their course
. this day,the wind was at S.E. and S.S.E. We now lay E.N.E.
I reckoned a N.E. by E. way, and twenty three leagues.
About four in the afternoon two of our fore-ſhrouds bolts
broke, but withal, were preſently mended. This after-
noon alſo we ſaw a very large Whale. In the evening we
A Whale ſeen. handed in our fore-top fail, and lay under our pair of Cour-
fes, and Sprit-fail
, the evening being very clear.
November the 17th , in the night paſt there was a very
Great Iflands
of Ice.
hard froſt. At four this morning we faw two or three I-
flands of Ice , the diſtance of two or three leagues to the
Southward of us. Soon after this, we ſaw ſeveral others,
the biggeſt of them being at leaſt two leagues round. By
an obſervation made this day, we found Lat. 58 d.
South. We had now a vehement current to the South-
ward. At noon I ſaw many others of theſe Iſlands of Ice
afore-mentioned, of which fome were ſo long,that we could
fcarce ſee the end of them, and were extant about ten or
twelve fathom above water. The weather in the mean
while was very clear, and the wind cold. I found variati-
Variation of
on of the Needle eighteen degrees to the North Eaſt,
November the 18th, all the night paft was very fair. I
No night here- muſt call it night; for otherwiſe it was not dark at all
.
The Sea was very ſmooth, and the wind at N. and N.N.W.
I reckoned a N.E. by N. way, and by the ſame twenty two
leagues. At ten it grew ſtark calme, which held all the
afternoon of this day. But at night we had a wind again at
N.and N.by E.
November the 19th, this day was cloudy with fnow,and
a froſty night preceeding it. The wind now was ſo freſh at
North, that we were forced to take in our top-fails, and
lye all day under our Courſes and Sprit-ſail. We made by
an E.S.E. way, eighteen leagues and two thirds.
November the twentieth, we had a cloudy night the laſt
A great fog
paſt, together with miſling rain and ſnow. This morning
fell ſo great a fog, that we could not ſee from ſtem to ſtern
of
tbe Needle.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
193
reen yet no
Lande
of our ſhip. From ten of the clock laft night we had alſo
a calm and very cold weather. But what was worſe than A ſhort allora
all this, we were now kept to a very ſhort allowance of our ance.
forry victuals; our Proviſions growing very ſcanty with
us. About ten this morning we had a very ſmall breeze
at North. Several of our men were not able to endure the Extremity of
cold, fo fierce it was whereby they were forced to lye and cold.
keep themſelves as cloſe as they could. We made an Eaſt
way, and by the ſame fixteen leagues. This day at noon
I reckoned my ſelf to be Eaſt from the Gulf, from whence
we laſt departed, two hundred and five leagues and two
thirds of a league.
Munday November the 21, laſt evening we caught a Land Fodples
ſmall and white land fowl, and ſaw two or three more ;
and alſo this morning. This fight afforded us good hopes
we were not far diſtant from ſome Coaſt or other,yet none
we could ſee in all this long and tedious voyage. In the
night paſt we had a calme, and all this morning a great fog
with much ſnow and rain. We reckoned an E.by N. way,
and ten leagues. At one in the afternoon we had a freſh
gale that ſprang up at Eaſt, and at E. by N.
November the 22, moſt part of this day was calme. In
the mean while we could obſerve our ſhip to drive Eaſt.
My reckoning was an E. N. E. way, and thereby thirteen
leagues and one third. At one in the afternoon we had a tourido
ſmall gale at W. S. W. our courſe being N. N. E. and N. E,
by N.
November the 23 , this day we had a gale at N.W. and
freſhning ſtill more and more; ſo that we were forced to
take in our top-fails and ſprit-fail
. The wind was not a ſet-
led gale, but often varied from point to point. At noon
it came at N. E. and our courſe was then N. N. W. By a
North way we reckoned fixteen leagues.
November the 24th, both the night paſt and this morn-
ing was foggy weather, with ſome calmes between times.
But at eight in the morning the Sun brake out, though
notwithſtanding the day was not clear.. By a N.N.E. way
we

194
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
we reckoned fifteen leagues. This morning the wind came
olla troch about to Eaſt, and by noon it was again at N.E. We had
a clear evening and a freſh gale. von 919
November the 2 zth, all the night paft we had a freſh
wind at E. and E.N.E. Inſomuch, that at eight in the morn-
ko ing we took in our top-fails. But at noon the wind was
not fo freſh as it had been before. I reckoned a N.N.W.
half Weſt way, and by the ſame twenty leagues..meri qa01
November the 26th, laſt night the wind was not altoge-
ther ſo freſh as before ; but this morning it was again ve
ry high. The weather was both dark and cloudy, and
brought now and then rain and ſnow. We made a N.N.E.
es way, and hereby thirty leagues. The wind all along E.by
am S. and E.S. E. In the evening we had fair weather again.
We experimented for the ten days laſt paſt a great Weft-
ern Sea, and ſaw in the ſame time ſeveral Seals.
Sunday November the 27th,all the night paft we enjoy-
ed a freſh gale and clear weather. I reckoned thirty fix
30 d. variatic leagues by a N. E. by N. way. By an obſervation made,
on of the Nee- we now found Lat. 52 d. 48 South. And I judged my ſelf
to be Eaſt from the Gulf, two hundred eighty five leagues,
In the evening of this day we had a very exact ſight of the
Sun, and found above 30 d.variation of the Needle.From
Obſervation.
whence ought to be concluded , that it is very difficult to
direct a courſe of Navigation in theſe parts. For in the
ſpace of only twenty five leagues failing, we have experi-
mented eight or nine degrees difference of variation, by a
good Dutch Azimouth Compaſs.
November the 28th, all laſt night we had a freſh wind at
E.S.E. Towards morning we had but little wind, all the
but no land. day being haſey weather. This day we ſaw a whole flight
of ſuch Land-fowles, of which fort we killed one before, as
was mentioned above. This fight gave us occaſion to be-
lieve, that neither then, nor at this prefent, we were not
far diſtant from land, and yet we deſcryed none in the refi-
due of this whole voyage. We made by a N.N. E. way,
thirty three leagues. Yeſterday in the evening we fet a
dle.
More land
Fowles ſeen,
new

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 195
new ſprit-ſail, and about three this morning we alſo ſet our
main-lail
. At one after-noon, the wind came about N. E.
and N. N. E. which in the evening blew very freſh, with
cloudy weather.
November the 29th. The night proved very cloudy,
and the wind blew very freſh at E. N. E. and N. E. by
E. This morning it was at Eaſt, both with ſnow, and
hail. Towards noon the weather cleared up, and we
found by an obſervation taken, Lat. 49 D 45 S. Our
reckoning was a North way, and thirty leagues. This
day we had a ſhort Eaſtern ſea, and withal, a very cold e-
vening. I took the Sun, and hereby I found variation 26
D. 30. unto the North Eaſt. This night the wind came
about W. and W. N. W. continuing ſo all the night,
November the 3oth. This day the wind was N. and
N. N. E. with ſome clouds hovering in the sky. At this
time we had already almoſt four hours of night. The Four hours of
morning of this day was very fair and clear. Hereupon night. -
for to give my ſelf ſatisfaction in the point, as fearing
the truth of Spaniſlı Books; I worked the true Ampli-
tude of the Sun, and found his variation to be 26 25 to
the N. E. being very conformable to what I had both read
and experimented before. Hereabouts, alſo we experi-
mented a current to the Northward. Moreover, this day
we ſaw much rock-weed, which renewed our hopes, once Rock-weod.
more of ſeeing land. We reckoned a N. E. way and by
the ſame twenty two leagues. By an obſervation made
we found Lat. 48 D. 53 S. This day alſo we ſaw ſeveral
of thoſe fowl-fiſh afore
deſcribed called Paxaros-ninos ; and Pasaros-ninis
theſe of a larger ſize, than any we had feen before. In
the afternoon, the wind came about at N.N.E. whereby
we ſtood N. W. by W. with a freſh gale, and ſmooth wa-
ter. The weather now began to grow warmer, then he-
therto, and the evening of this day was clear.
clique
Tueſday, December the firſt
. The latter part of the
night paſt wa's very cloudy, and alſo ſometimes rainy.
About midnight we had a furious and violent Tornado , Several Tora-
forcing nados,

196
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
forcing us in a moment to hand in our top-fails. At five
in the morning we ſet them again, and at eleven, we had
another Tornado, forcing us to hand our top-fajls the fe-
cond time. We made a N. N. E. two thirds Eaſt way,
and thereby thirteen leagues and two thirds of a league.
The afternoon of this ſtormy day, proved very fair, and
the wind came to W.S. W. our courſe being N. E. by N.
In the evening the wind freſhned, with cloudy weather
.
Which continue December the ſecond. Laſt night we experimented a
very furious whirle-wind, which notwithſtanding, it plea-
fed God, did paſs about the length of our ſhip, to Weſt-
ward of us. However, we handed in our top-fails, and
halled fup our low-fails, in the brails. After the whirle-
wind came a freſh ftorm of large hail-ftones, in the night,
and ſeveral Tornados; but God be thanked, they all came
large of our ſhip. We now made a great way under a
fore-courſe and ſprit-fail
. At four of the clock this morn-
ing, our fore-fail ſplit, whereby we were forced to lower
our fore-yard. At half an hour after ten we hoyſted it a-
gain with a furious S. W. wind. We made a N. E. by E.
way, and by the ſame forty ſeven leagues and an half
. By
obſervation we now had Lat. 46 D.54 S. We riffed our
fore-fail, with reſpect to the violence of the wind. But in
the evening, this rather increaſed, and we had a very great
Sea. Our ſtanding rigging, through the fury of this gale,
gave way in ſeveral places, but was foon mended again.
Warm weather December the third. The wind all the night paft
, was
very freſh, with ſeveral flaws both of wind and rain, at S.
W. and S. W. by S. We enjoyed now very warm wea-
ther. This morning we ſet our fore-top-fail. Our reckon-
ing gave us, a N. E. half E. way and forty five leagues.
We found Lat. by obfervation 45 D. 28 S. This day at
noon, a large ſhoal of young Porpuſes came about our thip,
Porpuffes.
and played up and down.
December the 4th. All the night paſt we had a freſh
gale at W. S. W. The night was clear, onely that now
and then we had a ſmall cloud affording ſome rain. In
the

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 197
3007. 8. to
the morning, from four of the clock till eight it rained.
But then it cleared up again, with a S. W. wind and a ve-
ry
ſmooth ſea. We made by a N.E. one quarter N. way,
thirty nine leagues. By obfervation we found Lat. 44
D.OI S. At noon the wind came to S. S. W. our courſe
then being N.N.E. This day we agreed among ourſelves
having the conſent of our commander, to ſhare the eight A dividend
cheſts of money, which as yet were remaining unſhared. made of eight
.
Yeſterday in the evening, we let out the reiff of our fore-
fail, and hoyſted up our fore-yard. This evening I found
variation 17 D. N. E.
Munday, December the 5th. All the night paft, a
clear night, and this a fair day, with a freſh wind at S. S.
W. We reckoned a N. E. 5.D. N. way, and by the fame
forty two leagues. An obſervation gave us Lat. 42 D.
29. S. This afternoon we ſhared of the cheſts abovemen-
tioned, three hundred pieces of eight each man. I now éachman.
reckoned my ſelf to be Eaſt from my departure four hun-
dred ſeventy one leagues and one third of a league. At
night again we ſhared twenty two pieces of eight more to
each.
December the 6th. We had a clear ſtar-light-night the
laſt and a fair morning this day, with a freſh gale at S. W.
At noon we took in our fore-top-fail
. We reckoned a N.
E. half N. way, and hereby fifty leagues and two thirds.
An obſervation taken afforded us 40D. 31.5. This e-
vening was cloudy.
December the 7th. The night was both windy and
cloudy. At one in the morning, we took in our top-fails,
and at three, handed our ſprit-fail, and ſo we ſcudded away
before the wind, which now was very freſh at Weft.
This morning a guſt of wind came and tore our main-fail
into an hundred pieces, which made us put away before
the wind, till we could provide for that accident. My
reckoning was a N. E, three quarters E. way, and by the
fame thirty three leagues. By obſervation we found Lat.
39 D. 37, S. We had now a great Sea, and a freſh wind.
D d
At

198
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
At three in the afternoon we ſet another fore-fail; the firſt
being blown to pieces. Moreover, at the ſame time we
furled our ſprit-ſail. At five the wind came at W. S. W.
with very bad weather. This day our worthy comman-
A plot against der Captain Sharp, had very certain intelligence given him,
Captain Sharp that on Chriſtmas-day, which was, now at hand, the
diſcovered.
company, or at leaſt a great part thereof, had a deſign to
ſhoot him; he having appointed that day fomne time
ſince to be merry. Hereupon he made us fhare the wine
amongſt us, as being perſwaded they would ſcarce attempt
any ſuch thing in their ſobriety. The wine we ſhared fell
out to three jarrs unto each meſs. That night the wind
encreaſed
December the 8th. The night paſt was both cloudy
and windy ; the wind often varying between the N. W.
and S. W. points. This morning it varyed between W.
and N. W. by W. About noon this day, we brought a
new main-fail to the yard, but did not ſet it then, by rea-
ſon there blowed too much wind. I reckoned a N. E.
half N. way, and by the fame thirty leagues. By obſerva-
tion made we found Lat. 38 D. 29 S. In the afternoon
we had one or two ſqualls of wind and rain; but the vio-
lence of both fell at ſtern of us. In the evening it blew
again very hard. I obſerved this day, the riſing and ſet-
7be wariation. ting of the Sun, and found the exact variation to be 12
D. 15 N. E.
December the 9th. The night was ſtarry-light, but
withal, very windy. About the break of day, the wind
came to N. W. and at ſeven we ſet our fore-top-fail, and
ſtood N.N. E. with not much wind. We made fince our
laſt reckoning a N. E. quarter E. way, and twenty nine
leagues. We found by obſervation Lar. 37 D. 30 S. The
Their Velfel is ſea was much fallen, but our ſhip now began to complain
Beaky.
of ſeveral leakes, through our tedious and long Voyage.
This afternoon we hoyſted up our main-yard and ſet up
back-ſtays and main-ſwifter ; whoſe ring-bolt gave way,
but was mended. In the evening of this day we had but
little wind.
Decembe

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc. 199
December the ioth. The night was very clear, but till
ten of the clock this forenoon, we had no wind. Then a
ſmall breeze ſprang up at N. and N. by E.
We made an
E N. E. one third N. way, and hereby twenty one leagues.
An obſervation gave us Lat. 37 D. or S. In the afternoon
of this day our chief Surgeon cut off the foot of a Negro The foot of a
Negro cut off
boy, which was periſhed with cold. Now it was like to
be bad weather again. Hereupon we furled our top-fails,
and lay under a pair of courſes. But in the evening we
lay under a fore-fail and mizen, with miſty weather.
Sunday, December the 11th. All the night paſt, we had
a freſh wind at N. and ſometimes at N N.W. The wea.
ther was very cloudy with drizling rain. We made an
E. way, and thereby twenty five leagues. This day
brought a great ſea. About ten in the morning, one of
our main throuds gave way. In the evening fell fome
ſmall rain.
December the 12th. All the night paſt we had miſty
rain, and but little wind; yea, in the morning a perfect
calm. At noon came up a ſmall gale at E. S. E. and S. E.
bringing with it cloudy weather. We reckoned a N. E.
by E. way, and by the ſame eighteen leagues. Yeſterday
dyed the Negro boy whoſe leg was cut off by our Surgeon, Two Negro's
as was mentioned the day before. This afternoon alſo dyed dye.
another Negro, fomething bigger than the former, named
Chepillo. The boy's name was Beafero. All this evening
but ſmall wind.
December the 13th. All night the wind was at E.S.
E. our courſe being N.N.E. At three in the morning it
came about at S. S.W. and at nine at E. by N. I reckoned
a N. E. by N. way, and fifteen leagues. The weather
was haſey. In the afternoon the wind was at N. E. our
courſe being N. N. W. We enjoyed now a very ſmooth
ſea, and ſaw multitudes of Grampuſſes, Whales, and Por- Grampusses,
puſſes, every day as we ſailed along.
Porpufjes.
December the 14th. The evening paſt was cloudy, as
alſo the night foggy. Hereupon we took in our top-fails.
Dd 2
At
VVbales, and

200
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ther
At half an hour after three this morning, we ſtood N. E.
the wind being then at N. N. W. At five we put out our
top-fails again. At feven of the morning, we faw a Tur-
tle floating upon the ſea. We reckoned a N. N. E.
way.
This days obſervation afforded us 34 D. 32. S. At this
Pery bot wea- time we had very hot weather, and great dews in the
night. My whole Eaſting I reckoned to be now, fix
hundred ſeventy ſeven leagues and one third of a
league.
December the 15th. We had a fine night the laſt paft,
and a great dew. The wind in the interim was between
N.and N. W. I reckoned a N. E. half E. way, and by the
fame thirty one leagues. We had an obſervation that
gave us Lat. 33 D. 46 S. At noon the wind came about
at N. N. W. our courſe being N. E. We had this day a
very clear evening, and at the fame time a freſh wind.
December the 16th. We had a fair night and wind at
N. N. W. and N. W. by N. This morning I took the
Variation of Sun at its riſing, and found N. E. variation 20 D. 30. My
reckoning was a N.N. E. way, and thirty fix leagues and
one third of another. By obſervation I found Lat. 32 D.
09 S. At noon this day the wind came about to N. W.
December the 17th. Moft part of the laſt night, the
wind was at N. W. as before. But towards morning a
a fine and eaſie gale ſprang up at W. N. W. This mor-
Delphins ſeen, ning we faw ſeveral Dolphins playing upon the ſea, which
made us hope they would at laſt befriend us, and ſuddain-
ly fhew us fome land or other. We reckoned a N. E. by
N. one third N. way, and by the ſame twenty five leagues.
An obſervation gave us, now Lat. 31 D.04. A fair e-
vening
December the 18th. We had a clear night paft, toge
ther with a ſmooth gale at N. W. which this morning was
at W. by S. We had now a fmooth fea, for ſeveral days
paft. Our reckoning was twenty five leagues, by a N.
E. by N. way. By obſervation we perceive Lat. 29 D.
285.
December
the Needle.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, buc.
201
December the 19th. A clear night the laſt paſt, and a
freſh breeze at S. S.W.and S. W. by E. laſting untill nine
in the morning. Then ſprang up a wind at S.E. by E.
I reckoned this day a N. N. E. half E. way, and upon the
ſame thirty leagues. By obſervation made, we took Lat.
28 D. 29 S. The day was very fair, and a fmooth ſea,
with weather that was very hot. My whole Eaſting I Very hot meas
reckoned now to be ſeven hundred and fixty leagues.
This evening I found variation 02 D. 50 N. E.
ther.
CHA P. XXV.
The Bucaniers continue their Navigation, without
ſeeing any Land, till they arrive at the Caribby
Tands in the West Indies. They give away
their Ship to ſome of their Companions that were
poor; and diſperce for ſeveral Countrys. The
Author of this Journal arriveth in England.
was
Ecember the 20th, 1681. The night before this
day was ſomething cloudy, but the weather
fair and the wind but little. At noon the wind came a-
bout N. by E. our courſe being W.N.W. We made a
N. N. W. way, and thereby as I reckoned twenty two
leagues. By an obſervation made we took Lat. 27 D. 25
S. The evening of this day was cloudy, and now and then
there fell a ſhower of rain.
December the 21ſt. At eight of the clock laſt night,
the wind came N. W. by N. but withal, with ſuch dark
weather, that we were forced to take in our top-fails. The
night was ſomething rainy, and the weather, this mor-
ning calm and rainy. About ten we had a ſmall breeze at
3
N. W. Wereckoned a N. by E. way, and by the ſame fix-
teen leagues. The afternoon of this day was calm and
ſtill.
December

Bucaniers of America.
Part IV.
December the 22d. We had a fair and clear night the
laſt paſt, which produced this day a ſmooth ſea, and ex-
Extream hot tream hot weather, and very little wind near the Sun; ſo
weather. that no obfervation was made.
December the 23d. The night was very fair. At mid-
night or thereabouts, a freſh gale ſprang up at S. E. and E.
S. E. whicla ſometime was E. This freſhned by degrees.
We had in the day very hot and clear weather. By a
N. way I reckoned fifteen leagues.
December the 24. Laſt night we had both a freſh
gale, and a clear night. The wind was at E. by S. We
reckoned a N. E. by E. way, and by it thirty one leagues.
Chritmas-day: Sunday, December the 25th. This day being Chrift-
mas-day, for celebration of that great feſtival, we killed
yeſterday in the evening a fow. This ſow we had brought
from the Gulf of Nicoya, being then a fucking pig of three
weeks old, more or leſs, but now weighed about four-
The weather ſcore and ten pound. With this hogs-fleſh we made our
Chriſtmas-dinner, being the onely fleſh we had eaten ever
ſince we turned away our prizes under the Æquinoctial,
and left the Iſland of Plata. We had this day ſeveral flaws
of wind, and ſome rain ; but the weather otherwiſe was
pretty clear. I reckoned a N. by E. way, and thirty three
leagues by the ſame. It was now alſo extream hot wea-
ther, as we fignified before.
December the 26th. We had this day ſeveral gufts of
wind, which forced us to ſtand by our top-fails. Yet
were they but very ſhort, and all the reſt of the while we
enjoyed an indifferent freſh gale at E. and E. by S. We
reckoned a N. by E. way, and twenty eight leagues.
December the 27th. We had fair weather, and a freſh
wind at E. and E. by S. I reckoned a N. by E. way, and
upon the ſame thirty two leagues. The evening of this
day was cloudy.
December the 28. Laſt night was cloudy with a freſh
wind. We reckoned a N. E. way, and by the ſame forty
fix leagues. We found by an obſervation made Lat.15
D.
extrem hot.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c. 203
D. 30 S. My whole Eaſting I reckoned this day to be
eight hundred and twenty five leagues. Now we faw
much flying-fiſh, with ſome Dolphins, Bonito's, and Albi- Much fils feer.
cores; but they will not take the hook.
December the 29th. All laſt night was cloudy, with a
freſh wind between E. and E. S. E. The weather all the
afternoon was haſey. I reckoned a N. by E. way, and
hereupon forty leagues and one third. In the afternoon
we had a S. E. by E. wind, which blew very freſh. The
evening was clear. At Sunſet I found variation to N. W. Variation.
04 D. 19.
December the 30th. The night paſt was cloudy. To
wards morning the wind came about at E. At fix it
came E. S. E and at ten to S. E. by S. We made a N. by
E. way, and forty three leagués. By obſervation we found
Lat. 11 D. 03 S. The evening of this day was clear.
December the 31ſt. We had a cloudy night the laſt
paſt, but the morning was haſey. We came now, to a
ſtrict allowance of onely three good pints of water each
day. We made a N. by E. way, and found Lat. by obſer.
vation 08 D. 55 S. In the afternoon we had an E. S. E.
and S. E. by E. wind. My whole Eaſting I reckoned now
to be eight hundred eighty four leagues and one third. At
noon we ſtood away N. W.
Sunday, January the firſt 1681. All the night paſt
was cloudy, as this day alſo with ſome ſhowers of rain.
We made a N. W. one eight N. way, and forty leagues.
In the afternoon came about a freſh wind at S. E. and E.
S. E.
January the 2d. The weather this day was both dull
and cloudy. We reckoned a N. W. one quarter N. way,
and by the ſame thirty two leagues. By obfervation we
found, that our Lat. now was o6 D. 06 S. The wind came
pretty freſh at S. E.
January the 3d. We had ſeveral fqualls of wind, and
ſome rain. But, withal a freſh wind at S. E. and E.S. E.
Our reckoning was a N. W. one quarter N. way, and thir-
ty.

204
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
ty four leagues. The afternoon was clear, but the e-
vening cloudy.
Fanuary the 4th. All the night paſt was very cloudy;
bur this forenoon it cleared up. Yeſterday we put a-
broad our main-top-ſail, ſtudden-fails; but took them in
at night. At four this morning we ſet our larboard ſtud-
den-lail, and before noon fitted up top-gallant-maſts, and
yård. We made a N. W. way, and by it forty leagues and
two thirds. By obfervation we had now Lat. 03 D. 09
S. This afternoon alſo, we ſet our top-gallant-fail, being
forced to make out all its running rigging. The wind
was pretty freſh at S. E. and S. E. by E.
January the 5th. Moſt part of the night paſt was
clear, and ſtar-light, though with ſome rain towards the
morning. This being come, we put out our top-gallant-
fail, and both our top-fail, ſtudden-fails. At noon like-
wife, we put up our fore-top-gallant maſts, and yard. We
A huge Albi- caught an Albicore, this day, weighing about one hun-
core taken.
dred and twenty pound weight. The wind was at S. E.
by S. and S. S. E. We made a N.W.way, and reckoned
thereby thirty five leagues. By obfervation we found
Lat. 02 D. 03 S. We had now mighty hot weather.
January the 6th. Yeſterday in the evening we
Another small caught another Albicore which weighed onely eight or
nine pound weight. We made a N. W. way, and reckon-
ed thirty five leagues, as before. Now by an obſervation
made, we could perceive onely Lat. oo D.49 S. The e-
vening of this day was very clear.
January the 7th. The wind was variable between S.
S. E. and S.S. W. though not altogether fo freſh as before.
Our reckoning was a N. W. one quarter N. way, and
thirty fix leagues by the fame. This day an obſervation
They paß the gave us Lat. oo D. 32 N. of the Aquinoctial, which now
Æquinoctial.
we had paſſed again. In the afternoon of this day we
An Albicore of caught another Albicore which weighed more than the
1351.
firſt we took; that is, between one hundred thirty five,
and one hundred and forty pound. But little wind ſtir-
ring this afternoon.
January
onl.

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, &c.
205
Fanuary the 8th. This evening laſt paſt, we had little
better than a calm. At nine this morning, we had a freſh
wind at S.S.E. with dark weather, ſo that we thought it
convenient, to take in our main-top-ſail
. But, at noon
we ſet it again, and alſo, our larboard top-ſtudden-fail with
both top-gallant-Sails. We made a N. W. way, and by it
thirty four leagues. By an obſervation made we found
Lat. Or D.55 N. We had now extream hot weather, and
a very ſmall allowance of water. ld be olitiw gor
Fanuary the 9th. Laſt night we took in top-fails all
night, the wind then whiffling between S. and W. points.
We had nowithſtanding, for the moſt part very little wind.
The morning of this day was rainy, and thereupon, with
good diligence, we ſaved a bompkin of water. There was
now a great ripling ſea, riſing very high ; and it is repor-
ted, that ſometimes and ſomewhere hereabouts, is to be
ſeen an enchanted Iſland; which others ſay,and dare aſſert, An exchanted
that they have ſailed over. I reckoned a N. W. by N. one
Illand.
quarter N. way, and twenty five leagues. Thisafternoon
we had very dark and calm weather, looking, as if we
ſhould have much rain. Now, reckoning up my meridi-
an I found my ſelf E. from my departure, feven hundred
and two leagues. In the evening we had very rainy wea-
ther and a cockling fea.
Fanuary the roth. All the night paſt was cloudy. A-
bout midnight ſprang up a ſmall breeze varying all round
the compaſs
. At five this morning we had a breeze at S.
E. and a very clear sky, which afterwards continued to
freſhen, with the ſame clearneſs as before. We made a N.
W. by N. one quarter N. way, and by the ſame two leagues
and two thirds. By a clear obſervation we had now Lat.
03 D. 16 N. At four this evening the wind was at E. S.
E. the weather being violent hot; in ſo much, that our al-
lowance of water was tedious unto us for its ſhortneſs.
At the ſame time we had an indifferent ſmooth ſea from
the E.
Fanuary the rith. All the night paſt we had little or
Еe
no

206
Bucaniers of America. Part IV
variation.
no wind. But about two in the morning, the wind freſh-
ned again at E.N. E. and brought both a clear and hot day.
We made twenty three leagues by a N. W. one quarter W.
way. This days obſervation gave us Lat. 04 D. 06. N.
In the afternoon we had a ſhower of rain; and afterward
a freſh wind at E. N. E. But the evening grew dull.
January the 12th. In the night paſt we had two or
three ſqualls of wind, and ſome ſhowers of rain. In the
mean while the wind blew freſh at N. E. and N. E. by E.
as it alſo continued to do in the day. Freckoned a N. W.
way, and forty four leagues and one third. Our obſerva-
tion this day gave us 05 D. 49 N. Yeſterday and to day
we ſet our main-top-fail
. Now I could not finde much
Little 0variation of the needle.
January the 13th. We had a freſh gale all the laſt night,
but more Northerly than before ; for
now it was N. E. by
N. We reckoned a W. N. W. way, and thereupon
leagues and two thirds. An obſervation taken thewed us
Lat. 06 D.41 N. We had a N.N.E. ſea and very clear
weather.
Fanuary the 14th. We had a clear night the laſt, and a
freſh wind at E. N E. We made a N. W. one fifth W.
way, and thirty eight leagues. By obſervation we found
Lat. 07 D. 46 N.
D. 46 N. We had a ſmooth ſea; and now we
were come to onely three horns of water a day, which
Their allew. made in all but a quart allowance for each man.
Aare fhorined. vening was clear, and we had a freſh wind.
Sunday, January the 15th. The night paſt was clear,
and the wind freſh at E.N.E. and again at N.E. by E. very
freſh. About eleven of the clock at night, dyed one of
one of their
men dgeth. our companions, named William Stephens. It was com-
monly believed that he poyſoned himſelf with Manzanil--
la in Golfo dulce, for he never had been in health ſince that
time. This forenoon was cloudy. We reckoned forty
four leagues and a N.W.way. An obſervation gave us
chis day 09D.18N. All the laſt night we kept out our top-
gallahi-fails. We ſaw hereabouts, many flying-filh being
The e
very

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cc.
207
very large in fize. This morning alſo, we threw over
board our dead man, and gave him two French volly's and by
one Engliſh one. I found now again very ſmall variation. b.
January the 19th. We had a clear night, and a very
freſh wind at N. E. and E. N. E. with a long homeing fea.
My reckoning was a N.W.one ſeventh W. way, and there.
by forty eight leagues and one third. The obſervation og
made this day gave us Lat. 10 D. 48 N. I reckoned myt side oh
ſelf now, Eaſt from my departure five hundred fifty three
leagues. We had a cloudy evening, snaltiovel rol be
January the 17th. All the night paſt we enjoyed a
freſh wind, and ſo this day alſo, at N. E. by N. We made
a N.W. half W. way, and thereupon forty ſeven leagues
and one third of a league. By obſervation we found Lat.
12 D. 19 N. We had now a long North ſea. At noon
this day we ſteered away N. N. W. The day was very
hot, but the night both cool and dewy.
January the 18th. All the night paſt was both cloudy
and windy. At fix this morning our ſprit-fail-top-maſt
broke. I reckoned a W. N. W. way, and forty eight
leagues by the ſame. We found by obſervation Lat. 13
D. 12 N. At noon we ſteered away W. the wind being
at N. E. freſh, with a clear evening.
January the 19th. We had a clear night the laſt, and a
freſh wind at E. N. E. which ſometimes came in puſhes,
Our reckoning was a W. half Southerly way, and by the
fame forty ſix leagues. We found by obſervation Lat. 13
D. OI N. Yeſterday in the evening we put up a new
ſprit-fail-top-maſt; with a fine ſmooth gale at N. E. by E.
January the 20th. The night paſt was clear, and not
very freſh; but at day-break it freſhened again. Laſt night
we ſaw a great ſhoal of fiſh ; whereof we caught none, by
reaſon the Porpuſſes frightened them from us, as they oft-
times had done before. Yeſterday in the evening alſo, we
ſaw a Man of War-Fowl, and that gave us good hopes we A Man of Wat
ſhould er’e long fee land. Theſe hopes, and the great de-Fowl
fires we had to end our voyage; gave us occaſion this day
Ee 2
to

208
IV.
?
. Bucaniers of America. Part feeth land.
to put in, or ftáke down, each man of our company a
A reward to piece of eight for a reward unto him, that ſhould firſt
bim that first diſcover land. We reckoned, a W. one fixth Northerly
way, and by it thirty eight leagues. An obfervation gave
us this day Lat. 13 D. IIN. The wind was at N. E. and
E. N E. This day we paſſed over many riplings, and
Porpuſles bin- alſo ſaw many multitudes of fiſh ; but the Porpulles did
der their filh- always hinder us of having any good of them.
On January the 21ſt. We madea W.way, and reckon-
ed forty ſeven leagues: By obſervation we found Lat.13
D.07 N. 9 The wind was at E. N. E. and from thence
came a long ſea. The evening was very clear.
Fanuary the 22d. We had a fair and a clear day, the
wind being at E. We reckoned a W. by N. one third W.
way, and forty leagues. An obſervation ſkewed us Lat.
13 D. 147 NC We had a clear evening, and a freſh wind at
E.N.E.
Fanuary the 23d. This day was both clear and hot,
with a fresh wind at E. N. E. My reckoning was a W.
way, and forty fix leagueś. Our obfervation made this
day afforded us Lat. 13 D. 15 N. In the evening we had
ſome rain.i wodi
TS 329919 noon
January the 24th. This day brought us likewiſe clear
weather, ſuch as the day before. I reckoned a W. way,
and forty leagues and one-third. By obfervation we found
Lar. 13 D. 12.N. The afternoon was cloudy, and had
ſome rain, the wind frethning at E.N.E. and at E. by N.
reckoned now, that I was Eaſt from my departure three
hundred and eleven leagues. We had a cloudy evening.
Fanuary the 25th. Both laſt night and this morning ,
the weather was cloudy. This morning we ſaw ſeveral
Tropick - birds Tropick-birds of divers forts. Our reckoning was a W.
feen.
three quarters N.way, and forty three leagues. We found
by obſervation Lat. 13 D. 29 N. This afternoon we ſaw
A Borby ſeen a Booby flying cloſe aboard the Horiſon. The weather
They took out was hafey. But now we began to look our ſharp on all
foaip ferland. fides for land, expe&ting to fee it every minute. I reckon-
ed

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, cvc.
2010
ed my ſelf to be Eaſtward- of my departure two hundred:
fixty eight leagues.
January the 26th. The night laſt paſt was indifferent
clear. Yet notwithſtanding, this morning we had a ſmart
fhower of rain, and it was very windy. Hereupon we
furled our ſprit-ſail, the weather being very haſey to the
Weſtward. We reckoned a W. way, and thereby forty ſix
leagues and one third. By obſervation taken we found
Lat. 13 D. 17. N. At noon this day, we had a very
fierce Tornado, and rain together; but withal, a clear af- A fierce Tormina -
ternoon. We had a high E N. E. fea; and ſaw multi-do.
tudes of flying-fiſh, alſo ſeveral fowls, and amongſt theſe,
two or three Booby's. The evening was haſey.
January the 27th. All night paſt we had a freſh wind,
and clear weather. This morning our fore-top- maſt
back-ſtay gave way, and at day-break, the ſtar-board-ſheet
of our fore-top-ſail brake. We had ſeveral Tornado's this
day, and dark weather. Our reckoning was a W. way,
and forty eight leagues by the ſame. We had a clear e
vening, and a dark night. This day alſo a certain bird,
called a Noddy, came on board us, which we took for a A Noddy.com -
certain token that we were not, now very far from land. eth dboard.
Saturday, January the 28th. We had a very clear
night the laſt paft. About an hour before day one of our
company happened to deſcry land, which proved to be the They déſery the
Iſland of Barbado's, at S.S. W. from us, and at two leagues and of Bar---
and an half diſtance, more or leſs
. Hereupon we clapt on
a wind, N. and by W. At day-break we were onely four
leagues diſtant from Chalky-Mount, at which time we ſtood
S. W. by S. As we failed we ſaw ſeveral ſhips at anchor
in Spikes-Road. Soon after a Shalop paſſed by, between
us and the ſhoar, but would not come within call of us.
Hereupon we ſtood in, within a mile of the ſhore ; and
made a wiff unto a Pinnace which we ſaw coming out of
the road aforementioned. She came cloſe aboard us, and
as it ſhould ſeem, was the Barge of one of his Majeſties
Frigats, the Richmond then lying at the Bridge - town at They are afraid
anchor, mond-Frigas ,
.

BIO
Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
way for Ante-
go.
anchor. They told us of a peace at home, but would not
come on board us, though often invited thereunto. Nei.
ther dared we be ſo bold, as to put in there at Barbado's;
for hearing of a Frigat lying there, we feared leaſt the faid
Frigat ſhould ſeize us for Privateers, and for having acted
in all our voyage without Commiſſion. Thus we ftood
They bear 2- away from thence for the Iand of Antego.
Here I cannot eaſily expreſs the infinit joy we were
poſſeſſed withal, this day to ſee our own country-men a-
gain. They told us that a ſhip, which we ſaw in the
offing to leward of the Iſland, was a Briſtol-man, and an
Interloper; but, we feared that ſame veſſel, to be the
Frigat aforementioned. I reckoned a way of twenty five
leagues. So that I was now by my account, to Eaſtward
of my departure one hundred fifty one leagues. Now we
ſtood N. by W. and by obſervation found Lat. 13 D. 17
N. we being then N. W. from the body of the iſland of
Barbado's, between ſeven and eight leagues. This after-
They give li- noon we freed the Negro who was our fhooemaker by
bexty to a Ne- his trade, giving him his liberty for the good ſervice he had
done us in all the courſe of this voyage. We gave alſo
unto our good commander Captain Sharp, a Mulato boy,
as a free gift of the whole company, for to wait upon him,
in token of the reſpects we all were owing unto him, for
the ſafety of our conduct through ſo many dangerous ad-
ventures. This being done, we ſhared ſome ſmall parcels
of money, that had not as yet been touched of our former
The last divi- prizes; and this dividend amounted unto twenty four
olend made. picces of eight each man.
At one of the clock this day, from our fore-yard we de
Ifland of San- ſeryed the Inand of Santa Lucia, being one of the Weſtern
Inands, not far diſtant from that of Barbados. I had o-
mitted to tell a paſſage which happened in our ſhip, on
Thurſday laſt, which was the 26th day of this Month, and
juſt two days before we made the Hand aforementioned
A Dog fold for of Barbados
. On that day therefore a little Spaniſh ſhock-
Dog, which we had found in our laſt Wine-prize, taken
under
ta Lucia.
40 P..

Part IV. Voyage of Captain Sharp, dove.
nica.
under the Æquinoctial, and had kept alive till now; was
fold at the maſt by publick cry, for forty pieces of eight,
his owner faying that all he could get for him ſhould be
ſpent upon the company at a publick merriment. Our
commander Captain Sharp bought the Dog, with intenti-
on to eat him, in caſe we did not fee land very ſoon. This
money therefore, with one hundred pieces of eight more,
which our Boatſwain, Carpinter and Quartermaſter had
refuſed to take at this laſt dividend, for ſome quarrel they
had againſt the ſharers thereof; was all laid up in ſtore
till we came to land, to the intent of ſpending it aſhore, at
a common feaſt, or drinking bout. At Sunſet the Iſland
of Santa Lucia bore W. S. W. from us, and was at ten
leagues diſtance. Alſo the Iſland of Martinica bore N. W. ipe of Martie
by W. of us at twelve or thirteen leagues diſtance. We
had this day a very clear evening.
Sunday, January the 29th. We had a clear night and
a freſh wind at E. by N. and at E.N.E. Our reckoning
was a N. N. W. half W. way, and hereby forty fix leagues.
By obſervation we took Lat. 15 D. 46 N. At noon this
day we ſaw the Iſand named la Deſeada, or the Deſired l- la Deffeada,
land, which then bore N. W. from us, and ſeemed to be
at eight leagues diſtance more or lefs. At fix of the clock
in the evening, we ſaw likewiſe Marigalanta, another of Marigalantaa
the Cariby Inands, at S.W. by W. from us, and that of
Guadalupe, ſtreaking it felf in ſeveral hammocks of land, Guadalupe,
both Weſtward and Northward : as alſo la Deſſeada above.
mentioned at S. E, which from thence ſhoweth like table-
land, and at each end hath a low point running out. At
fix this evening it was W. S. W. and at five or ſix-leagues
diſtance from us. At the ſame time we ſaw the Inand of
Monſerrate, at a great diſtance from our ſhip ; and making Monſersarea
three round hammocks cloſe together. This evening
likewiſe, we caught an Albicore of twenty pound weight.
Munday, January the zoth. We had a fair nighit all
the laſt paſt, and a freſh wind. Hereupon, all night we
halled up our main-fail in brails, ſtanding at the ſame time
N.

Bucaniers of America. Part IV.
N. by W. with the wind at E.N.E. At midnight we
ftood N. W. At three in the morning we lay by until
five. Then we ſtood away W. N. W. until fix; and at
that hour we ſtood W. At eight of the clock we ſaw the
la Antigua. Iſland of la Antigua, called by us Antego, to the Southward
of us, making three round hammocks of land, and a long
high hill to Northwd. Hereupon, we ſtood W. S.W.
for it. At noon we found Lat. 17 D. N. the Iſland being
then juſt W. from us,
We came about to th: S. of the Iſland, and ſent a Canoa
on fhore,for to get Tobacco, and other neceſſaries that we
wanted; as alſo to ask leave of the Governour to come in-
to the Port. The Gentry of the place and common peo-
ple, were very willing and deſirous to receive us.
Wedneſday, February the firſt, the Governour flatly deny-
ed us entry; at which all the Gentry were much greived,
and ſhewed themſelves very kind unto us. Hereupon
They give a-we agreed among our ſelves, to give away, and leave the
way the ſhip. fhip unto them of our company, who had no money left
them of all their purchaſe in this Voyage, having loſt it
And diſperſe. all ar play; and then to divide our felves into two Ships,
which were now bound for England. Thus I my ſelf, and
thirteen more of our company, went on board Captain
Robert Porteen his ſhip, called the Lisbon Merchant, and
ſet ſail from la Antigua on February the eleventh, and lan-
ded at Dartmouth in England, March the 26th, Anno 1,682.
But on
FINIS

alt osy disshme
2- THE molo) sa TA
TABLE
stogas
To the Second Volumiho
12 OF THE
BUCANIERS
145
A: got 931 ot with
Lbicores, a ſort of fiſh fo called by the Spaniards, 47,
203. i An huge one taken, 204. Another taken of
one hundred and thirty five pound weight,
ibid.
Alexander (John) one of the Bucaniers, and a Scotchmar,
drowned
at the Gulf of Nicoya,
Captain Allefton, a Commmander among the Bucaniers : bis
Forces, p. 2. He is left to guard the ſhips, d) srarlı 4
Captain Alonſo, a Spaniſh Oficer, killed by the Bucaniers,
tra Solarb 164
Ahorcados, two rocks ſo called, nigh the Iſland of Solango,
167
Anchova's, huge ſhoals of them,
103
Captain Andræas, a chief Commander among the Indians :
be conducteth the Bucaniers to the Golden Iſland, 3. He
embarketh with them for Santa Maria, 8. He returneth
home with the King of Darien from Panama, 35
Captain Antonio, a man of great parts, and a chief Comman-
der among the Indians of Darien, 5. He joyneth the Bu-
caniers, and perſwadeth them to undertake the Fourney of
Santa Maria, ibid. He returneth home from before Pa-
35
Ff
Anti-
nama,

The TABLE.
Antigua, alias Antego, one of the Caribe Iſlands, 212. Its
Governour denieth entry to the Bucaniers,
ibid.
Argandona (Don Tomas) Commander of a Spaniſh Veſel,
taken before Guayaquil, 81. He is ſet at liberty,
109
Arequipa, an Engliſh Gentleman inhabitant thereof, and mar-
ried there, fought the Bucanžers at Hilo,
143
Arica, dehgned upon by the Bucaniers, 53. Being arrived
there, they dare not to land, 93. is deſigned upon the ſea
cond time, 126. its Governour is Proprietor of Yqueque,
129. The Town aſaulted and taken, but the Fort ſian-
deth out, 130, &c. A deſcription of its Coaſt, and ſcitu-
ation, 136. Some account of the place,
135
Alligators, their bigneſs and nature,
43
Armadilla of Panama deſtroyed by the Bucaniers, 27. De
fcription of that bloudy
fight, ibid. &c. Three Armadil-
la-barks ſent to keep the mouth of the River of Santa Ma-
ria, for fear of the Bucaniers, 29105d. 145
Captain Affientos his brother killed by the Bucaniers, 164
bidi
spises ltdoo suit taskan bahawa se
serta to? bunn zwin B. Io (a lot) vobis
Don Baltazar, a Gentleman of Quality, taken in a Veſſelbe-
fore Guayaquil, 82. He is fet at libertyr oftella si: 109
Barahona (Don Jacinto) Admiral of the Armadilla of Pana-
{"ma, 28. He is killed in the engagement, Opole 30
Barbadas Iſland deſcryed by the Bucaniers, being the firſt
Jand they ſaw,
Coins bons
loot ouis CD 209
Barbacoa, a part of the Continent of America, in the South
Sea,
mocht To znod svoni 49
Barcos de la Armadilla, 27. Iwo of them taken by the Bu-
si caniers,asi allo stes za
vienas dibid. c.
Barco de aviſo, or a Packet-boat, taken by the Bucaniers, 161
Bark-logs, 70. Their uſe,
78
Beafero, or rather:Viviero, a Negro-boy, wboſe leg was cut
off at Sea, dyeth, 11s
199
Boca del Toro, the place of the general rendezvous of the
Bucaniers, ditt s
CM 1
Boni

The TABLE
at hand,
Bonitos, a fort of filih ſo called, 47. many caught, 141, 142
ſeen,
So sin un
stben, 1203.
Booby, a bird ſo called ſeen at Sea, being a token of land nigh
Sunstro pont oltin 208
Captain Bournano, a French Commander ; bis forces; his
attempts on a place called Chepo : betampereth with the
Indians of Darien, 2. He leaveth the Bucaniers, and
why,
8:1 pe 3
Bucaniers, they land on Darien, being in all three hundred
and thirty one men: their march towards Santa Maria,
4: Their Arms and proviſons, ibid. Four of their number
tire, and return to the ſhips, 5. Difficulties of this march,
ibid.&c. They are jealous of the Indians,yet without cauſe,
9. They take the Town and Fort of Santa Maria, 10. They
find little purchaſe there, the Gold being conveyed away,
ibid. They reſolve to go for Panama, 12. Are deſerted
by the Indians, excepting the chief Commanders of them.
Are encouraged by a Spaniard, who promiſerb to guide
them Safely, ibid. They take two Barks by the way, 24.
Item, ſeveral priſoners (whom they kill in cold blood) as
alſo a Peragua at Chepillo, 25,26. They engage the Ar-
madilla of Panama, and deſtroy it by a fierce and bloody
fight, 27, &c. They block up Panama by Sea, and take
ſeveral Veſſels before the Town, 31. They go to the Iſle
of Tavoga, where they take other prizes, 36. Thence to
Otoque, and Cayboa, 38, 39. They are repulſed from
Puebla Nueba, 41. Theytake here one Veſſel, and deſtroy
two more,42. Are deſerted by many of their company, 43.
They career at Gorgona, and alter their Veſel, 49, &c.
They loſe a ſhip of their company, and find her again, 55,
62. They deſign to plunder Arica, 54. Eight of their.com-
pany loſt at the Iſle of Gallo, 75. They take a prize off of
Guayaquil
, 72. Their cruelty towards a Spaniſh Fryer,
75. They arrive at Arica, but dare not land. 92. Hence
they bare away for Hilo: take the place : plunder and de-
Stroy a Sugar-work : are cheated by the Spaniards; and
at laſt forced to retire with little or no pillage, &c. They
Ff 2

The T ABLE.
arrive at Coquimbo: take the City of la Serena ; plun-
der it, and are forced again to retire without any confide-
rable purchaſe, 104&c. Multitudes of dangers they
were in at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez, 116, &e. They
mutiny among themſelves, and chooſe a new Commander,
120. They out-brave three Spaniſh men of war, and give
them the go-by, 122. Their cruelty towards an old man at
Yqueque, 128. They attempt Arica the ſecond time,
126. Are beaten out of the Town, yet make a bold rem
treat, 132, &c. They reſolve to go home over-land, 137.
They landat Guaſco, 139. They jurprize Hilo the ſecond
time, 142. They mutiny again among themſelves, 140.
They go to the Gulf of Nicoya, where they take down the
decks of their ship, and bereby mend its Jayling, 140, &c.
Forty ſeven of their Companions leave them, and go home
over-land, 141. Theytake ſome priſoners and two Barks
at the Gulf of Nicoya, 144. They careen at Golfo Dulce
and reſolve to go and cruize under the Æquinoctial, 150,
156. They take there ſeveral prizes, 158, &c. eſpeci.
ally one very rich, 162. They are in danger of being maf
facred by their own ſlaves, 165. They attempt the ſure
prizal of Paita, but in vain, 168, &c. They ſtand away
for the Streights of Magallanes, 170. They arrive at a
place incognito, which they call the Duke of Torks Illands,
and are in great danger of being loſt at their arrival,
178. They run many other dangers in the ſaid place by
Atreſs of weather, ibid. &c. Some of them reſolve to ſhoot
Captain Sharp on Chriſtmas-day, 198. They arrive at
Barbadas, but dare not put in there for fear of the Rich-
mond-Frigat,209. They bare away for Antego,and arrive
at the ſaid Iſland, 212. They give away their ſhip to the
pooreſt of their company, and diſperſe for ſeveral places,
212. Some of them arrive in England,
ibid.
Mr. Bull, one of the Bucaniers, killed,
25
Mr. Bullock, one of the Bucaniers, and a Surgeon, made pri-
foner at Arica, and detained there by the Spaniards, 163
Cab.

The TABLE.
122
113
61
C.
Cabbage-trees,
Cacao-nut, whereof Chocolate is made, the beſt fort, 71.
Cacao-trees in great plenty at the Iſle of Cano,
142
Caldero, a Port of this name in the Gulf of Nicoya, 143
Calms, very great, and where,
68
Camarones, a river of this name nigh Yqueque,
130
Cammock (William), one of the Bucaniers, dyeth
Cannis, a Dutchman, Interpreter to the Bucaniers, 95. He
runneth away to the Enemy,
147
Canoas, none about Guayaquil,
70
Cano, an Iſland of this name : its latitude and appearance at
Sea, 143. Some account thereof,
142
Cape of San Francilco,
58,160
Cape Pallao,
51,161, 164
Cape St. Lawrence,
Cape Blanco, 77, 149. New Cape Blanco, a place ſo cala
led,
147
Carabaxal (Don Diego) one of the Commanders of the Spa-
niſh Armadilla, 28. He eſcapeth from the fight, 29
Carpenters (Spaniſh) do the Bucaniers good ſervice at the
Gulf of Nicoya,
and are rewarded by them,
146
Cavallo, a place ſo called in the Gulf of Nicoya. 145
Cayboa, an Ifland famous for the fiſhery of Pearl, 39. its
ſcituation, ibid. Some account thereof,
43
Chandy, or Chanduy, a Point ſo called, 71,167
Chappel (James) one of the Bucaniers, with whom the Au-
thor fouglit a Duel, at the Iſle of Plate,
165
Santa Clara, a place fo.named, where a rich Veſſel was caſt
away,
Chepilo, an Iſland nigh Panama, where the Bucaniers meet,
25. They take there ſeveral priſoners, and a Peragua,
25,26,
Chira, au Iſland of this name, in the Gulf of Nicoya,
144, 146
Chocolate, much uſed by the Bucaniers,
Chriſtmas-day folemnized by the Bucaniers, 116, 202
Don.
167
100

The TABLE.
IOI
192
Don Chriſtoval, a perſon of Quality, taken before Guaya-
quil, 82. He is ſet at liberty,
109
Comet, one ſeen and obſerved, with what followed,
Coaſts very deep,
55
Colan, a Town of this name, its deſcription, 170, 171
Cold, in extremity, whereabouts the Bucaniers experimented
it,
193
Cockles as large as two fifts, 146. like unto thoſe in Eng.
land,
Captain Cook, a Commander among the Bucaniers : bis For-
ces, 2. What party he led at their firſt landing, 4. He
is put into a Vēſel taken at Puebla Nueba ; but ſoon quit-
teth that Command, 44. is put into irons, and where
fore,
Cook (William) ſervant unto Captain Cook, dieth, 137.
He accuſeth his Maſter of ſeveral Crimes,
ibid.
Copper-furnaces and Mines,
138
Ccquimbo-Bay, 103. its deſcription and topography, 111
Coves, or Cuevas, what they are,
Cox (Captain John) one of the Bucaniers, is put into a Ves-
ſel taken at Puebla Nueba, 44. His Veſſel is ſurk by order,
76. He is ſent to parly with the Exemy at Hilo, 95
Cox's River,
188
Captain Coxon fetteth forth towards Darien, 1. His forces,
2. What party he led at the firſt landing, 4. He is cho-
ſen to be chief Commander of the Bucaniers, 12. He en-
gageth a Spaniſh Bark, but miſſeth of his deſign, 25. is
branded with cowardize, 35. He mutineth, and retur-
neth home, with many more over-land,
ibid.
I21
2
D.
Darien,a Province of America,whoſe Indian King meeteth the
Bucaniers: his habit and attire : as alſo the of Queen, 6,7.
The women free, airy, and brisk, ibid. The Indians of this
Country can tell no farther than twenty, 8. They wage al-
moſt continual Wars againſt the Spaniards, 2. Wherea-
bouts is the place of their general rendezvous in the ſaid
Wars,

The TABLE.
Wars, 9. The Kings Daughter redeemed by the Engliſh
at Santa Maria, 12. Cruelty of the Indians againſt the Spa-
niards, ibid. They deſert'the Bucaniers, ibid. Are forced
to a peace with the Spaniards by a Stratagem contrived in
the Name of the Engliſh,
153
Drake (Sir Francis) Some memoires of him, 63. Hedi-
vided the Plate by whole bowls unto his Company, and
threw much over-board, idid. He built a Church at the
River Loa in the South Sea,
142
Deſſeada, one of the Caribe-Iſländs,
Dog, one ſold by the Bucaniers at the maſt for forty pieces of
eight,
Dolphins caught, 141. Seen at Sea with hopes of land,
202, 203
Duke of Torks Iflands, ſo called by the Bucaniers : an, aca
count of them as far as they were ſearched, 178. &c.
Their draught
186
2II
2IO
E.
Earthquake, which hapned at the City of la Serena, while the
Bucaniers were there,
108
Eclipſe of the Sun obſerved, 84. What followed, ibid.
Embargo laid on all Spaniſh Veſſels in the South Sea, for
fear of the Bucaniers, 76. it is taken off,
129
Enchanted Iſland,
205
Engliſh Gulf
, a place ſo named by the Bucaniers, its draught,
188
F.
Farol, or Farollon, de Glantanos, an Iſland ſo called nigh
Panama, 24. The Bucaniers arrive there, and ſeize the
watchman of the Iſle,
ibid.
Fowls very great ſeen at Sea, and where, 102. ſeen again,
114. A ſtrange Sea fowl like an Eagle,
189
Franciſco, a Negro, attempteth to make his eſcape, 154. He
is detained priſoner for this attempt,
159
Franciſco, an Indian, attempteth the ſame,
ibid,
Franciſco, a Biſcayner, and a Pilot of the South Sea, 163
Gal

The TABLE.
64
56
71
G.
Galapagos, an Iſland of the South Sea, where the Bucaniers
deſigned to career, 48. Great currents and calms there-
abouts,
Gallo, an Iſland nigh Gorgona, its latitude and appearance
at Sea,
Grampuſſes,
53, 61,199
Guayaquil, deſigned upon by Sawkins; alſo by Captain
Sharp, 45. They change this reſolution, 53. An account
of the ſaid place,
Goat-key, a place ſo called,
74
Goats in rouge quantity at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez, 116
Gold, whereabouts gathered in great quantity, 11,50,53,127
Golden Iſland, whereabouts ſcituated: the Bucaniers meet at
the ſaid place,
4
Golfo Dulce, a draught thereof, 155. it is named King
Charles his Harbour, by Captain Sharp,
Gorgona Iſland, its latitude, ſcituation, appearance at Sea,
and deſcription, 50, 51, &c. its continual rains,
49
Gorgcnilla, another Iſland,
Gulf of San Miguel, 4, 15, 16. its ſmoothneſs of water, 18
Gulf of Ballona, 14. its deſcription, 20. How it lieth in re-
lation to the Bay of Panama,
40
Gulf of Nicoya, its deſcription, 148. The Bucaniers arrive
there, and ſearch it, 143. They take there ſome priſoners
and two barks,
144
Gulf of the Engliſh, or Engliſh Gulf, its draught and deſcripti-
154
56
on,
188
Guadalupe, one of the Caribe-Iſlands, its appearance at Sea,
211
Guaſco its Point, 138. An account of this place, 139. De-
fcription of its Port,
144
Guyones, a Cape ſo named, its latitude and appearance at
150
H.
Captain Harris, a chief Commander among the Bucaniers, 2.
What party he led at their firſt landing upon Darien, 4.
He
Sea,

The TABLE.
6
136
He taketh a Spaniſh Bark, 25. is killed in the engagement
before Panama,
32
Hilo, its Port and Point, 94, 91, 92. The Town taken, 94.
The Sugar-work burnt, 97. The inhabitauts force the Bu-
caniers to retreat, ibid. What they got there, 98. The
place ſurprized and taken again,
142
Hernando, a Negro of this name, runneth away from the Bu-
caniers,
154
Houſes of Darien, how they are built, even neater than thoſe
at Jamaica,
buon luoo toinen
1.
Juan Fernandez, an Iſland of this name, its appearance at
Sea, defcription, and ſome account thereof, 115, &c. A
particular obſervation made there by the Author and o-
thers,
ibid,
Juan Diaz, a River ſo called nigh Arica,
Captain Juan, a Spaniſh Commander, promiſeth to conduct the
Bucaniers to Guayaquil, 45. He is ſet at liberty, 109
Joſeph Gabriel, a Spaniard, dieth, 53. He promiſeth to de
liver Panama into the hands of the Bucaniers, ibid.
Iſlands of Ice,
192
Íſland enchanted,
205
K.
King of Darien goeth with the Bucaniers to take Panama, 13.
He promiſeth 50000 men to alift the Engliſh, ibid. He
returneth home from Panama,
35
King Golden-cap, Son unto the King of Darien, 13. Hego-
eth with the Bucaniers on the expedition of Panama,ibid.
He remxineth behind after his Father was returned home,
35
King Charle's his Harbour
154
King Charles the firſt of England aſfted by the Merchants of
Lima,
63
L:n edus
Land of San Tiago, su
Land of San Matteo,
Land-fowls, 88. ſeen at Sea, yet no land, 193, 194
Land
57
57
Gg

The TAB LE.
MO167
cia 210
Land
ſeen, but not found, about the Latitude of 57, D. South,
191
Leaves of a certain nature, eaten by the Inhabitants of Y que.
que,
2 128
Lapina, the Embarcadero of Guayaquil, set of
71
Lima, its Merchants ſend a ſhip laden with Plate, unto the
King of England, 63. its Table uſed by the Author, 10r.
Whereabouts the ſhip was loſt,
Limpets in ſtrange quantities at the Duke of Yorks Flands,
180, &c. Limpet point,
Joirsdir (188
Loa, a River ſo called, 142. The Bucaniers could not find
it, ibid. A Church built there by Sir Francis Drake, ibid.
Lobos, an Iſland ſo called, or the Iſle of Seals, 140, 169
Lopez (Don Diego) Commander of el Santo Rofario, being
a rich prize taken under the Æquinoctial, 163. is killed
in the fight,
UAB Sibid.
Santa Lucia, an Iſle of this name, being one of the Weſtern |
slands,
Lyons adore the Croſs at Tumbez, beleid
Lyon of the Sea, or a Sea-Lyon, its deſcription, and where
feen by the Author,
M.
Captain Mackett, a Commander among the Bucaniers ; bis
forces, 2, He is left to guard the ſhips,
4
Magallan-Clouds, very famous among the Bucaniers,
85
Man-of-war-fowl, a Sea-fowl ſo called in the Weſt-India's
200
Manta, a Port and Town fo called,
60, 61, 165
Manzanilla-tree, the effects of the drops falling from off the
leaves, 44. One of the Bucaniers poyſoned therewith, 206
Santa Maria, a Town fo called, with a Garriſon : is deſigned
upon by the Bucaniers : its fcituation, 4. is taken and
burnt,
IO, 14
Santa Martha, a Spaniſh Town taken by Captain Sawkins,
38. The Biſhop thereof made Biſhop of Panama.
Marigalanta, one of the Caribe-Iſlands,
Martinica-Iſland, another of the Weſtern Iſles, ibid.
San
IIO
211

The TABLE.
142
San Matteo its Bay, 158. Land of San Matteo,
57
Mero, a Point of land of this name,
I68
Mexillones, a Bay ſo called,
Mines of Silver very rich,
San Miguel, the Gulf
.
ibid.
Miſcelaw, how it is prepared,
7,8
Monte de Chriſto, its latitudea nd appearance at Sea, 61
Montgomery (Robert) one of the Bucaniers, dieth,
82
Monferrate, one of the Caribe-Iſlands, its appearance at Sea,
I27
211
210
Mora de Sama,
91,92
Moro de Horſe, its appearance at Sea,
141
Morro Moreno, its appearance at Sea,
ibid.
Mulato-boy, one given by the Bucaniers unto Captain Sharp
for to wait on him,
Mules fleſh eaten by the Bucaniers at Hilo,
99
Muſſels in great quantities found at the Duke of Yorks Iſlands,
180. Huge ones, 183. Thoſe Indians open them more rea-
dily with their fingers, than we with knives,
ibid.
Muſſel Point,
188
N.
Negro's, two of them make their eſcape, 154. More at-
tempt it, but are taken,
ibid.
Negro, a Shoomaker to the Bucaniers, ſet at liberty for his
good ſervice,
Needle, its variation obſerved by the Author, at ſeveral
places
and times. 189, 192, 194, 198, 200, 203, 206
Nicoya, the Gulf.
Night, whereabouts the Bucaniers found none,
192
Noddy, a bird of this name ſeen at Sea, with hopes of ſeeing
land,
209
0.
Obſervation made by the Author, concerning the Navigation
about the latitude of 52 D. S. where the Needle varieth
194
Orſon, a name fo given to an Indian boy taken in the Engliſh
Gulf,
185
Gg 2
Oiſters
210
very much,

The TABLE.
44
38, 40
117
II2 .
Oifters very large and great at Cayboa,
Otoque, an 1Aand of the Bay of Panama,
P.
Paita, 77,78. The Bucaniers deſign upon the ſaid place,
168. Deſcription of its Bay and ſcituation, I91
Panama taken by Sir Henry Morgan, 1. Deſigned upon a-
new, 3. The Bucaniers arrive there, and block it up by
Sea, 27, &c. Deſcription of the preſent ſtate thereof, 33.
It hath been burnt three times within this few years, ibid.
its Bay deſcribed,
40
Pardela, a bird of this name,
Paxaros, an Iſland ſo called; its appearance at Sea,
Paxaros Ninos, a Sea-fowl ſo called by the Spaniards ; its
deſcription,
190, 195
Plate Iſland, or Iſle of Plate, 55,62, 140, 165, 167
San Pedro, a Ship of this name, twice taken by the Bucaniers
in the ſpace of fourteen months,
158
Pena Horadada, a high and ſteep rock of this name near
Paita,
169
Penguin, a Sea-fowl ſo called, 181. Some account of them,
Penguin-fhoal,
188
Preſident of Panama, ſendeth a meſſage to the Bucaniers,
38. Their anſwer,
ibid.
Peter, an Indian boy, runneth away from the Bucaniers, 146
Peralta (Don Franciſco) a valiant Spaniſh Commander, 28.
His undaunted Courage in the engagement before Pana-
ma, 30. He highly commendeth the valour of the Engliſh,
32. He diſwadeth the Bucaniers from attempting the ſhips
at Perico, 31. He giveth an account of the preſent ſtate
of Panama, 33. is removed from the Admiral,on board the
jhip of Mr. Cox, 45. He directeth the Bucaniers to the
Iſland of Gorgona, 49. He admireth the ſailings of the
Engliſh, 64. is taken frantick, but recovereth, 103. He
as ſet at liberty,
Perico, an Iſland before Panama, where the Bucaniers take
veral Veſſels,
183
109
27, &c.
Phili-

The TABLE.
Philippinas Iſlands, how the Spaniards fail unto them,
47
Pilots of the Spaniſh Nation, their ignorance,
63
Piura, an in-land City, unto which Paita ſerveth as a Port or
Embarcadero,
169
Point St. Helen,
69,167
Point Chandy, or Chanduy,
71,167
Point Parina,
Point of Mangroves, 57. its draught and deſcription, 65
Punta de Mero,
168
Punta de Hilo,
89,90
Punta Borrica, its latitude and appearance,
151
Punta Mula, a Point ſo called in Golfo Dulce, 151, 155
Punta de San Lorenzo, 17. Onder it is a great ripling,
77,78
21
I
Puebla Nueba, a Town on the Continent, where Captain Saw-
kins was killed,
41
Puerto Velo taken the ſecond time,
Porpus, a white one ſeen, 147. Young Porpuſes, 196, 199-
They hinder the fiſhing of the Bucaniers,
208
Priſoners releaſed by the Bucaniers, 81. Others detained,
ibid. 109
46
571
Q.
Quicara, its latitude and appearance at Sea,
Quito, a great City, unto which Guayaquil ſerveth for an
Embarcadero,
R.
Rains very continual, and almoſt inceſſant, at Gorgona, 49
Reflection of the white ſand very great at Hilo,
99
Richmond-Frigat hindreth the Bucaniers from landing at
the Iſle of Barbadas,
209
Mr. Ringroſe the Author emharketh on the River of Santa
Maria, 8. His misfortune going to Panama, 14, &c. He
is caſt away, 17. He Saveth the lives of Six Spaniards,
19. is made priſoner by the ſame, but releaſed for his
gene-
rofity, 21, 22. He overtaketh the reſt of the fleet, 23. Her
putteth to flight one of the Veſels of the Armadilla, 29.
He reſolveth. to ſtay, and not go
home over-land with the
deſero

The TABLE.
212
92
defeffors, 43. Me repentech of this refolution, and wbere-
fore, 49. He maketh Quadrants at Sea; 68; 176. He
as Sent down with a party of men from the City of la Serena
to the Bay of Coquimbo, 6o. and returneth, 108. is ſent
with a flag of truce to the enemy at Hilo; 95. His advice
is not followed, to the prejudice of that enterprize, 96. He
is in great danger of being caſt away in the Iſle of Juan Fer-
nandez, is šĚrucken blind by a ſtrange accident, but
recovereth again, 153. He fighteth a Duel at the Iſle of
Plate, 165. He arriveth in England,
Rio de Juan Diaz, a River of this name,
Rockweed ſeen at Sea, yet no land,
195
Rofarlo, or el Santo Rofario, the name of a great Prize taken
under the Æquinoctial,
163, 164
Captain Row, a Commander among the Bucaniers ; his for
ces, 2. He leaveth the Bucaniers, and why,
3
S.
Salvador, an Indian ſlave dieth,
146
San Tiago, a River of this name,
159
San Tiago, a ſlave ſo named, ſhot in the water by Captain
Sharp, for plotting the deſtruction of the Bucaniers, 165
Captain Sawkins fetteth forth towards Darien, I. What
party he led at the firſt landing; 4. He leadeth the for-
Zorn with fourſcore-men, 7. He goeth to purſue them that
fled from Santa Maria, 12.
He behaveth himſelf very
couragiouſly in the engagement before Panama, 29. is
three times beaten off from the ſhip of Captain Peralta,
30. yet at laſt taketh him,ibid. He is choſen in chief, 36.
He took the Town of Santa Martha fome years ago, 38. is
complemented by the Biſhop of Panama, ibid. He is kil-
led before Puebla Nueba,
41
Captain Sharp ſetteth forth towards Darien; with what de-
Tign and forces, 1. What party he led at the firſt landing,
4. He was then very faint and weak, ibid. He was abſent
at the engagement before Panama, 36. He taketh in his
abſence a Spaniſh bark, ibid. Is choſen in chief at Cayboa,
He taketh there three ſeveral Veſſels, ibid. He de-
figneth

31 The TABLE
1. He
210
8
165
$105
SOS
figneth upon Guayaquil, 45. but changeth reſolution, 53.
Heftriketh Tortoiſes very dexterouſly, 66. He is remo-
ped from his Command, Watling being choſen in his place,
Izo. His prophecy at Yqueque, ſeeing the cruelty of the
Bucaniers, 128. He is choſen in chief again, 133: He
maketh a bold retreat from Arica to the ſhip, 133.
fhooteth in the water one of the ſlaves, who had plotted the
deſtructiou of zbe Bucaniers, 165 Heftriketh two Paxa-
ros Ninos, 191. He diſcovererh and preventeth a Plot
e againſt his life, 198. He buyeth a dog for forty pieces of
eight, with intention to ear's
to eat him, 211. Is preſented with
a Mulato-boy from the reſt of the Company,
Slaves of the Bucaniers, they plot to maſſacre them at the Ile
of Plate, in senang 42
"Snakes of huge Bigners; 53. Warer-Snakes it echt spor 67
Strawberriesvery
large at la Serena,
Seals, 87. Huge quantities at the Iſle of Juan Fernandez,
116. Iſle of Seals,
140
Sea-graſs,
88
la Serena, a City ſo called, taken by the Bucaniers, 104. its
deſcription, 105,&c. The Town fred, son* 014
TO9
Shergal (Henry, one of the Bucaniers, drowned, not 178
Shergal's River, to shining sun
Stephens (WiMiam) bne of the Bucaniers, dyeth, te rol-206
Silveſtre, a Negro of this name, ranneth, away from the Bu-
caniers, grises
Silla de Paita, s odreteincond gut 10 10 10,18;1369
Captain Springer, one of the Bucaniers, 29. He putteth to
flight one of the Peffets of the Armidilla,
Solango,an iſle of this name, its lat, and appearance, 69, 167
Sloath, an animal ſo called, taken,
South-Sea, an obſervation made therein,
Snowy hills and mountains, a lotta geus
188
Sundays ordered to be kept among the Bucaniers,
Scurvy much troubleth the Bucamers,
99
T.
Tavaga , a little Iſland before Panama , where the Buca-
niers
2188
154
ibid.
3
121

The TABLE.
niers lay ſeveral days, and took feveral prizes, 36,&c.
Trinidad (La Santiſſima) or the Bleſſed Trinity, a ſhip ſo cal-
led taken before Panama, 33. He choſeth her for his chief
si Veſel, 44. They take down her Round-house, 54. And her
31 decks, 140, &c. In this Kelel the Bucaniers came home,
11212. They give ber away to the pooreſt of the Company,
ibid.
Tocamora, a great and rich place, deſigned upon by the Buca-
nierşı 2. They quit this dehgufor another,
20mVI 2013
Tornados, tabi nga!
156 1955, 196, 209
Tortoiſes, the pleaſanteft meat in the world, 2. Great quanti-
ties of them, and whexerit ne gre soit moi 66,141
Tropick-birds ſo called, as to point de
Tucames, a Port of this name ; its appearance at Sea, 158
Tumbes, the
firſt place ſetled in the South Seas after Pana-
sr1918 STAN 9
Thunder and lightning, very great at. Cayboa,
Truxillo, a rich Vejel of this place taken before Panama,
208
ma,
i 45
AR
V.
Otegia
Vanero, a place ſo called in the Gulf of Nicoya,
147
Variation of the Needle, See Needle.
Velas, a Port ſo called, its appearance at Sea, 1 s 150
Vice-Roy of Lima preſeth ſhips, and armeth them againſt the
Bucaniers, 73. Another new Vice-Roy dareth not ad-
venture up to Lima from Panama, in a ſhip of twenty
five
guns, for fear of the Bucaniers, 160. He reſolveth to go
under the conduct of three fail of fhips, 161. He behead-
eth Admiral Ponce for not deſtroying the Bucaniers at
Gorgona.
Sen to all ,
0167
Water-key, an Iſland ſo-called, Solino donar so ein
Water ſnakes,
61, 87
Captain Watling choſen to command in chief, 120. He was
an old Privateer, ibid. He putteth Captain Cook in
irons, 121. He or dereth Sundays to be kept, ibid. is
daunted at the ſight of three Spaniſh men of war, 123. His
oruelty at Yqueque, 128. He is ſlain at Arica, 132
Whales,
12
2

The T ABLE.
88, 192,199
Whales, 53. a hgn of land,
William, a Moſquito-Indian left behind at the Iſle of Juan
Fernandez, 122. He is found there, and taken priſoner
by the Spaniards,
159
Winds very inconſtant in ſome parts of the South-Sea,
47
OldWives, a ſort of fiſh ſo called,
47
Woman, one very beautiful taken in the Roſario,
163
Y.
Yqueque, an Iſland of this name : Some account thereof, 127
&c. Cuſtoms of the inhabitants,
ibid.
Z.
Zamblas, certain Iſlands ſo called: whereabouts they lie :
habit of the Indians of thoſe Iſles: their women fairer than
the faireſt of Europe: theſe can ſee in the dark better than
in the light, 2, 3. The natives diffwade the Bucaniers
from the deſign of Tocamora, 3. Great rains falling there,
binder ten ſail of Privateers from landing, and going to the
South Sea,
164
or FIN I S.
bolig i Dan
TOTTE
olub oot
golia
Hh
BOOKS

A Catalogue of BOOKS printed and fold by
William Crooke Bookſeller, at the Sign of the
Green Dragon without Temple-bar, nigh the
Paſſage into the Temple by Devereux-Court,
1685
litsuse
DIVINITY.
40: price 6 d.
B Ron
Revis Demonſtratio, being the Truth of the Chriſtian Religi-
on, proved by Reaſon, 12º. price Bound 10 d.
2. The Primitive Inſtitution, Chewing the antiquity and uſefulneſs
of Catechifing, together with his ſuitableneſs to heal the diſtempers
of the Church. By L. Addiſon, D.D. and Dean of Litchfield.
Price 1 1.6 d.
3. A Sermon preacht at the Funeral of a ſober religious man,
found drown'd in a Pit. In 80. price Bound 1 sa
4. Mr. Howel's Viſitation-Sermon before the Biſhop of Chicheffers
s. Dr. Haſcard's two Sermons, the one on the Fifth of Novema
ber, the other before the Lord Mayor of London, both in 4º.
6. Mr. Manningham's two Sermons, one before the Lord Mayor,
the other at St. Maries in Oxford. In 46.
7. A Sermon preached at the Savoy-Church in French, and
fince printed in French and Engliſh, 12º. price bound 8 d.
8. A Modeft Plea for the Clergy, wherein is conſidered the reaſons
why the Clergy are ſo contemned and neglected. By L. A. D. D.
and Dean of Litchfield. Price 1 s. 6 d.
9. Hugo Grotius his Catechiſm, Greek, Latin, and Engliſh, with
a Praxis of all the Greek words therein contained. In 8°, price
bound 2 s.
10. The Spirit of Prophecy, proving that Chriſt and his Apoſtles
were Prophets : written by the directions of, and recommended to
the Preſs,by the late Peter Ganning, then Lord Biſhop of Ely. In 8%
price 3 s.
11. The King-killing Do&trine of the Jeſuites, in a fmcere diſcourſe
to the Freneb King: written by a Roman Catholick. In 4.. price
12

DIVINITY
12. Juftifing Faith; or the Faith by which the Juſt do live,
together with the excellency of the Common-Prayer-Book. In 8°
price bound is.
13. Merey Iriumphant, or the Kingdom of Chriſt enlarged be-
yond the narrow bounds which have been wont to be ſet to it. By
Ed. Lane, M. A. and Rector of Sparſhalt.
14. Du Moulin's Refledions reverberated,
being a full anſwer to the
damning Doctrine of Dr. Lewis du Moulin: alſo, a Confutation of
Edmond Hickeringill againſt the Ecclefiaftical Courts. By E.Lane, &c.
In 4°. Is. 6 d.
15. A Diſcourſe about Conſcience, relating to the preſent Dif-
ferences among us, in oppoſition to both extremes of Popery and
Fanaticiſm. In 4°. price 6 de
16. A Thankſgiving-Sermon for the Diſcovery of the late Fa-
natick Plot Septemb. 9. 1683. By John Hariſon, D.D. Rector of
Pulborrow, 49
17. An Introduction to the Sacrament : or, a ſhort, plain, and
ſafe way to the Communion-Table, being an Inſtruction for the
worthy receiving the Lords Supper ; Collected for, and familiarly
addreſſed to every particular Communicant. By L. Addiſon, D. D.
Dean
of Litchfield.
18. The Proteſtant Religion the fafe way to Salvation : or, an
Anſwer to a Book entituled, Mercy and Truth, or Charity maintained,
by Catholicks which pretend to prove the contrary, together with
the Apoftolical Inſtitution of Epifcopacy; as alſo nine Sermons on
ſpecial occaſions. By William Chillingworth, M. A. of Oxford, the
fifth Edition ; to which is now added Mr. Chillingworths Reaſons
againſt Popery, to perſwade Mr. L. to return to the Church of Eng-
land. In fol. price 14 s.
19. The Caſe of Refiftance of Supreme Powers ftated and re-
ſolved. By W. Sherlock, D.D.
20. A Continuation and Vindication of the Defence of Dr. Stil-
lingfleet's Uureaſonableneſs of Separation, in Anſwer to Mr. Baxter
and Mr.Lobb, &c. with an Examination of Mr.Humphreys materials
for Union. By W. Sherlork, D. D.
21. Primitive Chriſtianity: or, the Religion of the Antient
Chriſtians in the firſt Ages of the Goſpel. By W.Cave, D.D.
22. The Hiſtory of the Charter-houſe, (being once a Carthuſian
Order) ſetting out the Gift of Mr. Sutton in making it ſo famous
an Hoſpital, with all the Laws and Inſtitutions of it, &c. written
by Mr. Heiron of the ſaid Foundation. In 8°.
23. Dr. Barrows two Sermons; the one at the Spittle in Eaſter,
the other a Paffion-Sermon. In 8.
Hh 2
24.

Sie
LAW.
24.
The Souls Communion with her Saviour: or, the Hiſtory of
our Lord Jeſus Chriſt, written by the four Evangeliſts: digeſted
into Devotional Meditations; 12°. price I s. 6 d.
25. Reſponſo Valedi&toria ad fecundum Sandii Epiſtolam, &c. Per
Sam. Gardiner, S. T. D. In 8. price i s. 6 d.
26. A Demonftration of the Divine Authority of the Law of
Nature, and of the Chriſtian Religion, in two parts, by Sam. Par-
ker, D. D. in 4º.
27. The Practiſe of Chriſtianity, in two parts. By Dr. Sherlock
In 80, price 5 s.
28. A Collection of private Devotions in the practice of the
ancient Church, called the hours of Prayer ; taken out of the Scri-
ptures, Fathers, &c. By Doctor Cozens late Biſhop of Durham,
12°. price 2 s.
29. Robinſon's Annalium Mundi Univerſalium. Folio.
With other forts of Divinity Books.
L A W.
TH
He Juriſdiction of the Authority of Court-Leets, Court-Ba-
rons, Court-Marſhalſea, &c. together with the moſt neceſſary
learning of Tenures, and all their - Incidents of Effoyns, &c. with
the Return and Forms of ſeveral Original and Judicial Writs, now
in uſe, relating to Writs of Errour, Writs of falfe Judgment, and
other Proceedings of frequent uſe in the Courts of Weſtminſter, by
J. Kitchin of Grays-Inn Eſq; To which is added Brevia ſelecta, be-
ing a choice Collection of ſpecial Writs; the Fifth Edition, in 8.
price 7 se
2. Praxis Curie Admiralitatis Anglie, Author F.Clarke. In 12°.
3. The Reports of Sir Henry. Hobart, Chief Juſtice of the Gom-
mon-Pleas, folio, price 10 s.
4. The ſecond part of the Inſtitutes of the Laws of England; con-
taining the Expoſition of the Statutes. By Sir Edw. Coke, folio,
price 15 s.
5. The third Part of the Inſtitutes of the Laws of England, concer-
ning the Pleas of the Crown. By Sir Edw. Coke, folio, price 6 s.
6. The fourth Part of the Inſtitutes of the Laws of England , con-
cerning the Juriſdiction of Courts. By Sir Edw. Coke, in folio,
price 10 s.
7. The Law of charitable Ufes reviſed, and much enlarged, with
many Cafes in Law, both ancient and modern ; with the Readings
of Sir Francis Moor upon the Statute of the 43 of Eliz. digeſted by
G. Duke Eſq; folio.
8.0f-

L AW.
8. Officina Brevium, ſelect and approved Forms of Judicial Writs,
and other Proceſs, with their Returns and Entries in the Court of
Common-Pleas; as alſo ſpecial pleadings to Writs, fol.
9. Young Clerks Guide, in four parts, or an exact Collection of
their Engliſh Preſidents, 80.
10. Reports of divers Caſes in Law, taken by R. Brownlow and
J. Goldsbrough Eſquires, both Prothonotaries; with directions how
to proceed in any intricate Actions, both real and perſonal, with
an exact Table; the third Edition, in 4º.
11. The Touchſtone of Preſidents, relating to Judicial proceedings
at Common Law, in 8°
12. Ations on the Caſe for Deeds, viz. Contracts
, Affumpfits,
Deceipts, Nuſances, Trover, and Converſion, &c. with two Tables,
by W. Sheppard Efq; 80,
13. A Dialogue betwixt a Student and a Philoſopher, about the
Common Law of England, by Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury. In 8º.
14. Several Statutes of Bankrupt, with the Judges Reſolution
thereon. In 8e price i s. 6 d.
15. Les Reports des tres Honorable, Edw. Seigneur Littleton Bas
ron de Mounſlow, Cuſtos de la Grand Seale d'Angleterre , & de ses
Majeſtie pluis Honorable Privy.Council,en le Courts del Common Bank &
Exchequer, en le 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7, &c. ans del Reigne de Roy Charles
lel.
16. The Complete Clark, containing the belt Forms of all ſorts
of Preſidents for Conveyances and Affurances, and other Inſtru-
ments now in uſe and practice s with forms of Bills, Pleadings,
and Anſwers in Chancery, Oc. whereunto now are divers Prefi-
dents that were wanting, and alſo fome Saxon Prefidents, with
expoſition of Words uſed in ancient Charters, &c. with Alphabe-
tical Tables of the whole Contents of the Book. In 4º.
17. The Compleat Sollicitor, entring Clerk and Attorney,fully in-
fructed in the practice, methods, and Clerkſhip of all his Majeſties
Courts of Equity and Common Law, Superiour and Inferiour, as
well as thoſe at Weftminſter, and in the City of London, as elſewhere
throughout the Kingdom of England: a Collection more correct,
uniform, and univerſally advantageous, than any Treatiſe hereto-
fore extant of the ſame kind. In 8°
18. The Laws againſt Conventicles, written at the requeſt of
the Juſtices of Peace of Middleſex, by Order of the Council, by the
late Sir Edmund Saunders Lord Chief Juſtice of England. In 8°.
price I s. 6 d.
19. The Reports of all the pleadings to them of the late Lord
Chief

HISTORY..
Chief Juſtice Sir Edm. Saunders are printing in folio in two Vo.
lumes.
With other uſeful Law-Books.
HISTORY.
A А
N Inſtitution of general Hiſtory, or the Hiſtory of the World;
being a compleat body thereof, in two Volumes, by W.
Howel, late Chancellour of Lincoln. In folio.
2. Hiſtorical Collections ; being an account of the Proceedings of
the Four laft Parliaments of Queen Elizabeth, by H. Townſend, Efq;
in folio.
3. Clelia, the whole work, in five parts ; written in French, now
put into Engliſh, in folio.
4. Scarron's Comical Romance; being an Hiſtorical account of
a company of Stage-players, full of variety of Novels, rare Adven-
tures, amorous Intreagues, &c. being both witty and pleaſant. In
folio.
5. Popiſh Cruelties, being an account of the Treaſons of Dr.
Perry againft Queen Elizabeth, with his Confeffion of it at his Try-
al, and his Denial at his Execution, folio, priče i s.
6. The Life of Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury, written by himſelf
in Latin, fince tranſlated into Engliſh. In folio, price 6 d.
7. An Hiſtorical Narration of Herefy, with an account of the Pu-
niſhments thereof. By Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury. In folio, price
6 d.
8. Megalopſichy ; being a particular and exact account of the
laſt ſeventeen years of Queen Elizabeths Reign, both Military and
Civil; the firſt written by Sir W. Monfon one of the ſaid Queens Ad-
mirals; the ſecond written by H.Townſend Eſq; a Member of her laft
Parliament. Wherein is a true and faithful Relation of all the ex-
peditious attempts, deſigns, fucceffes, and errours, both of the Eng-
liſh and Spaniſh, in the Wars from the year 1585, to the faid
Queens Death ; with a full account of the eminent Speeches and
Debates, &c. in the ſaid time: To which is added, Dr. Parry's
Tryal in the year 1584, all written at the time of the Actions, by
perſons that were eminently acting therein. Folio, price bound
IOS.
9. AVoyage into the Levant, being a relation of a Journey lately
performed from England to Grand Cairo, by Sir Henry Blunt, 120.
pr ice s.
10. A defcription of Candia, with an exact account of the laſt
Siege and Surrender of it to the Turks. In 8°, price i s.
II. A

HISTORY.
11. A Diſcourſe of the Dukedom of Modena, containing the 0.
riginal, Antiquity, &c. of that Dukedom. In 4º. price 6 d.
12. The Travels of Olyles, how he went to Hell and came back
again, &c. by Tho. Hobbs, price I s.
13. The preſent ſtate of London, containing the Antiquity, Fame,
Walls, Rivers, Gates, Churches, Bridge, with the Cuſtoms and In-
franchiſements. By F. Bridal Eſq; price i s.
14. The Wonders of the Peak in Darbyſhire, commonly called the
Devils Arſe of Peak. By Tho. Hobbs, 8º. price I s.
15. The Life and Death of Mahomet, being the firſt eftate of
Mahometiſm, ſhewing all the deſigns that that Impoſtor Mahomet
had to carry on and ſettle the Turkijm Religion ; written by L. Ad-
difon D.D. price i s. 6 d.
16. The Hiſtorians Guide : or, Britain's Remembrancer ; being
a ſummary account of all the Actions, Exploits, Sieges, Battels, De-
Gigns, Attempts, &c. taking notice of the Year, Month, and day of
the Month, all eminent Paffages that have been for 80 years laſt
paſt, price i s. A portable Book.
17. The Connexion ; being Collections of ſome principal matters
in the Reign of King James, being the time that nothing of this
nature is printed, being betwixt the end of Megalapſichy, or the
laſt ſeventeen years of Queen Elizabeth, and the beginning of Mr.
Rufbworth, Heath, Nalfon, Whitlock, and others, price I s. 6 d.
18. The Moors baffled; being a diſcourſe of the Government of
Tangier, under the Earl of Tiviot ; (laewing the ſubtilty and polli-
cies of both parties: written by Dr. Addiſon, who lived there ma-
ny years, 40. price 6 d.
19. All the Works of Homer, both Illiads and Oddyſes, tranſla,
ted out of Greek into Engliſh, by Thomas Hobbs of Malmsbury, price
20. Conſiderations on the Loyalty, Religion, Manners, and Re-
putation of Thomas Hobbs, 80. price bound I's.
21. The Memoires and rare Adventures of Henrietta Sylvia Mo-
liere, a great Lady in France, now living, written by her ſelf, in fix
parts in French, and now tranſlated into Engliſk, price 4 s.
22. Tho. Hobbs Angli-Malmsb. Vita, being an account of Mr.
Hobbs, of the Books he wrote of the times, when, and the occaſion
thereof; of the Books and Authors againſt him, of his Converſati-
on, Acquaintance, &c. part wrote by himſelf, the reſt by Dr. B. in.
8o, printed 1681.
23. Behemotla, being the Hiſtory of the Civil Wars of England,
and the Councels and Artifices by which they were carried on,
from 1649, to 1669. printed row from his own perfect Copy, in
wlich
I s. 6 do

HISTORY.
which is marry pages more than was in the former Counterfeit E-
dition ; none of which Editions before this, had leſs than a thou-
Sand faults in them, whole Lines left out in a hundred places, which
did extremely pervert the ſence of the Author Tho. Holbs.
The Iracts of Mr. Tho. Hobbs of Malmsbury, in two Volumes
in 8. gathering nine of his Treatiſes together, which are alſo to
be had ſingle, viz. 1. His Life in Latin. 2. His Conſiderations on
his Loyalty, Religion, &c. 3. His Art of Rhetorick, in Engliſh. 4.
His Dialogue about the Common Law of England. 5. His ten Dia-
logues of Natural Philoſophy. 6. His Civil Wars of England, the
perfect Edition 7. His Hiſtorical Narration of Hereſy. 8. His
Anſwer to Biſhop Brambal in defence of his Leviathan. 9. His ſeven
Problems, with an Apology for his writings to the King, price
bound 12 s.
sos
:25. A Nero Survey of the preſent State of the World, newly
written in French, and now tranſlated into Engliſh, in 8°.
26. Compendium Geographicum : or, a more exact, plain, and
eaſie Introduction into all Geography than yet extant, after the
lateſt Diſcoveries and new Alteration ; very uſeful, eſpecially for
young Noblemen and Gentlemen ; the like not printed in Engliſh.
By P.Chamberlayne of the Inner-Temple, Gent. the ſecond Edition
with Additions, 12°, price bound 1 s.
27. Bucaniers of America : or, a true Account of the moſt re-
markable Aſſaults committed of late years upon the Coaſts of the
Weſt-Indies, by the Bucaniers of Jamaica and Tortuga, both Engliſh
and French; &c. Written in Dutch, Spaniſh, &c. and now put into
Engliſh ; the ſecond Edition, with the Addition of Captain
Cookes, and another Relation to it, in 4º.
28. The preſent State of the feros, wherein is contained an exact
Account of their Cuftoms, Secular and Religious ; to which is an-
nexed a ſummary Diſcourſe of the Miſna, Talmud, and Gemara.
By L. Addiſon D. D. Dean of Litchfield, and Archdeacon of Coven-
try, 12º. price bound 1 s. 6 d.
29. French Intrigues : or, the Hiſtory of their Delufory Promiſes
ſince the Pyrenæan Treaty : printed in French at Cologne, and now
101 DOLINIST WORDED
made Engliſh, price I s.
Ndio M ilgredores
With ocher Curious Hiſtories, doc. w tool
brisalcedar
23raid u prometni up:
801 hour
2017 livonis 1 daltos&
bos ជន
Pero

ESQUEMELING (John), BUCANTERS OF | AMELA: | Or a true
Account | of the Most Remarkable Assaults comitted of late gears
upon the Coasts of The West Indies. | ... Written originally in
Dutch, by. John Esquemeling, one of the Bucaniers and thence
translated into Spanish, by Alonso de Bonne-maison . . Now faithfully
rendered into English. London, Printed for William Crooke, at the
Green,
Dragon, without. I'emple-Bar, 1684.-Bucaniers of America. The
second Volume Containing the Dangerous Voyage and Bold Attempts
Quericht
927
of Captain Bartholomew Sharp and others; written by Mr. Basil
Ringrose. London: Printed for William Crooke, at the Sign of the
Green Dragon without Temple-Bar. 1685.-In ote volume, sm. 4to., with
plates and maps ; beautifully clean and crisp copy, bound in dark yellou,
pigslin
1684-85 35 00
Collation : Vol. I: 6 prel. leaves (viz. Title and " to the Reader"). Text: Part I:
115 pp. Part II : 151 pp. Part III: 124 pp. ; the Table, 11 pp., with 8 plates and
engraving in the text.
Vol. 11, Title-page and 7 leaves of preface ; 212 pp. ; 12 leaves of Table and
List of Books ; numerous engraved charts in the letterpress ; one small map and
a large folding map (Sharp's Map of the South Sea and Coasts of America).
the same. Vol. I. only. Sm. 4to., calf
1684 550
the same. Second Edition . . inlarged with two additional Rela-
tions, viz. the one of Captain Cook, and the other of Captain Sharp.
2 vols. in 1, $m. 4to., calf
1684-85 99 0
Collation of Vol. 1: Title-page, An: Advertisement to the Readers concerning this
Second Edition (I leaf), the Translator to the Reader (3 leaves); 37, 80 81 pp the
Table (6 leaves).
The plates and engravings, as well as the whole of the second Volume, are the
same as in the first edition.
17
18
С C
1684
Ex х
Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier


BIBLIOTECA ISMAEL GLUSMAN
INVENT NO ALFABET TEMATIC AUTOR TOMOS
001 BUC
1
99/1 CRE